209907-Jaguar XF-R Supercharged 50L 2010-2011 PDF

2012 Jaguar XF Supercharged
GENERAL INFORMATION Emission Control Abbreviations
GENERAL INFORMATION
Emission Control Abbreviations
"A"
A/C
Air Conditioning
A/C-ISUS
A/C Idle Speed-Up Solenoid
AAI
Air Assist Injector
ACL
Air Cleaner (Thermostatic Air Cleaner)
ACL-AD
ACL Air Diverter
ACL-BMS
ACL Bimetallic Sensor
ACL-CKV
ACL Check Valve
ACL-DV
ACL Delay Valve
ACL-PVS
ACL Ported Vacuum Switch
ACL-RDV
ACL Reverse Delay Valve

ACL-RDVS
ACL Reverse Delay Valve (Single)
ACL-TCV
ACL Thermal Control Valve
ACL-TS
ACL Temperature Sensor
ACL-TSOV
ACL Temperature Sensor Override Valve
ACL-TVS
ACL Thermal Vacuum Switch
ACL-TVV
ACL Thermal Vacuum Valve
ACL-VCDV
ACL Vacuum Control Delay Valve
ACL-VCV
ACL Vacuum Control Valve
ACL-VM
ACL Vacuum Motor
ACL-WP
ACL Wax Pellet Type Motor
ADS
Anti-Dieseling Solenoid
AFS
Air/Fuel Ratio Sensor
AIH
Air Intake Heaters
AIH-TS
AIH Temperature Sensor
AIS
Air Injection System
AIS-ACV
AIS Air Control Valve
AIS-AMV
AIS Air Management Valve
AIS-ASS
AIS Air Switching Solenoid
AIS-ASV
AIS Air Switching Valve
AIS-BPV
AIS By-Pass Valve
AIS-CKV
AIS Check Valve
AIS-CV
AIS Combination Valve
AIS-DV
AIS Diverter Valve

AIS-PAF
AIS Pulse Air Feeder
AIS-PM
AIS Pump Motor
AIS-PV
AIS Pneumatic Valve
AIS-RV
AIS Relief Valve
AIS-SOL
AIS Solenoid
AIS-SV
AIS Solenoid Valve
AIS-VCV
AIS Vacuum Control Valve
AIS-VSV
AIS Vacuum Switching Valve
AIS-VT
AIS Vacuum Tank
AIS-VCV
AIS Vacuum Control Valve
AIS-VSV
AIS Vacuum Switching Valve
ALVW
Adjusted Loaded Vehicle Weight
AP
Air Pump Injection System
AP-ACV
AP Air Control Valve
AP-AMV
AP Air Management Valve
AP-ASRV
AP Air Switching Relief Valve
AP-ASS
AP Air Switching Solenoid
AP-ASV
AP Air Switching Valve
AP-BPV
AP By-Pass Valve
AP-CKV
AP Check Valve
AP-CS
AP Control Solenoid
AP-DCTO
AP Dual Coolant Temperature Override
AP-DLY
AP Delay Valve
AP-DV
AP Diverter Valve
AP-EADV
AP Electric Air Control Diverter Valve
AP-EAMR
AP Electric Air Management Relay
AP-EAMS
AP Electric Air Management Solenoid
AP-EAP
AP Electric Air Pump
AP-EC
AP Electromagnetic Clutch
AP-ERLY
AP Electric Air Pump Relay
AP-RDV
AP Reed Valve
AP-RV
AP Relief Valve
AP-SOV
AP Shut-Off Valve
AP-SV
AP Solenoid Valve
AP-SWV
AP Switchover Valve
AP-TV
AP Transmitting Valve
AP-VCS
AP Vacuum Control Solenoid
AP-VCV
AP Vacuum Control Valve
AP-VSV
AP Vacuum Switching Valve
A/T
Automatic Transmission
ATCV
Air Temperature Control Valve
"B"
BP/EGR
Backpressure EGR System
BP/EGR-BPS
BP/EGR Backpressure Sensor
BP/EGR-BPT
BP/EGR Backpressure Transducer
BP/EGR-BPV
BP/EGR Backpressure Valve
BP/EGR-BS
BP/EGR Bleed Solenoid
BP/EGR-BVSV
BP/EGR Bimetallic Vacuum Switching Valve
BP/EGR-C
BP/EGR Controller
BP/EGR-CLR
BP/EGR Cooler
BP/EGR-CS
BP/EGR Control Solenoid
BP/EGR-CTO
BP/EGR Coolant Temperature Override
BP/EGR-CV
BP/EGR Control Valve
BP/EGR-DCTO
BP/EGR Dual Coolant Temperature Override
BP/EGR-DS
BP/EGR Diagnostic Solenoid
BP/EGR-DSOL
BP/EGR Duty Solenoid
BP/EGR-DTVSW
BP/EGR Distributor Thermal Vacuum Switch
BP/EGR-DV
BP/EGR Delay Valve

BP/EGR-EET
BP/EGR Electric Transducer
BP/EGR-EPV
BP/EGR External Pressure Valve
BP/EGR-FDV
BP/EGR Forward Delay Valve
BP/EGR-LC
BP/EGR Load Control Valve
BP/EGR-PS
BP/EGR Position Sensor
BP/EGR-PVS
BP/EGR Ported Vacuum Switch
BP/EGR-RES
BP/EGR Reservoir
BP/EGR-RST
BP/EGR Restrictor
BP/EGR-SOL
BP/EGR Solenoid
BP/EGR-TCTVS
BP/EGR Torque Converter Thermal Vacuum Switch
BP/EGR-TCV
BP/EGR Thermal Control Valve
BP/EGR-TCVLV
BP/EGR Temperature Control Valve
BP/EGR-TS
BP/EGR Temperature Sensor
BP/EGR-TVS
BP/EGR Thermal Vacuum Switch
BP/EGR-TVV
BP/EGR Thermal Vacuum Valve
BP/EGR-VCV
BP/EGR Vacuum Control Valve
BP/EGR-VM
BP/EGR Vacuum Modulator
BP/EGR-VRV
BP/EGR Vacuum Regulator Valve
BP/EGR-VS
BP/EGR Vacuum Switch
BP/EGR-VSOL
BP/EGR Vent Solenoid
BP/EGR-VSV
BP/EGR Vacuum Switching Valve
"C"
C-4
Computer Controlled Catalytic Converter
CAC
Charge Air Cooler
CAS
Clean Air System
CB
Crankcase Breather
CBPS
Coasting By-Pass System
CBVC
Crankcase Breather Vapor Canister
CCIEV
Coolant Controlled Idle Enrichment Valve
CCS
Controlled Combustion System
CCV
Closed Crankcase Ventilation
CD-REGVLV
Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve
CDRV
Crankcase Depression Relief Valve
CEAB
Cold Engine Air Bleed
CEAB-TVS
CEAB Thermal Vacuum Switch

CEAB-TVV
CEAB Thermal Vacuum Valve
CEC
Computerized Engine Controls
CESS
Cold Engine Sensor Switch
CETS
Cold Engine Temperature Switch
CFI
Continuous Fuel Injection
CMH
Cold Mixture Heater
CNG
Compressed Natural Gas
CO
Carbon Monoxide
CO2
Carbon Dioxide
CPI
Central Port Injection
CRV
Coasting Richer Valve
CSI
Central Sequential Injection
CTAVS
Cold Temperature Activated Vacuum System
CTOX
Continous Trap Oxidizer
"D"
DCLV
Deceleration Valve
DCS
Deceleration Control System
DDI
Direct Diesel Injection
DFI
Direct Diesel Injection
DI
Direct Injection
DKV
Deceleration Kick Valve
DMCV
Deceleration Mixture Control Valve
DMS
Dual Manifold System
DOHC
Dual Overhead Cam
DPF
Diesel Particulate Filter
DPFE
Differential Pressure Feedback EGR Valve
DPFEGR
Differential Pressure Feedback EGR Valve
DTM
Deceleration Throttle Modulator
"E"
EAIR
Electric Air Injection System
EAIR-DV
EAIR Diverter Valve
ECM
Electronic Control Module
ECU
Electronic Control Unit
EDC
Electronic Diesel Control
EDS
Electronic Diesel System
EEC
Electronic Engine Control
EFE
Early Fuel Evaporation
EFE-CKV
EFE Check Valve
EFE-CV
EFE Control Valve
EFE-DTVS
EFE Delay Thermal Vacuum Switch
EFE-HTR
EFE Heater
EFE-HCV
EFE Heat Control Valve
EFE-OTS
EFE Oil Temperature Switch
EFE-PTC
EFE Positive Temperature Coefficient (Intake Heater Grid)
EFE-PVS
EFE Ported Vacuum Switch
EFE-SOL
EFE Solenoid
EFE-TVS
EFE Thermal Vacuum Switch

EFE-TVV
EFE Thermal Vacuum Valve
EFE-VSV
EFE Vacuum Switching Valve
EFI
Electronic Fuel Injection
EFI-MA
EFI Mass Airflow Sensor
EFI-MAF
EFI Mass Airflow Sensor
EGR
Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
EGR-BCS
EGR Boost Check Solenoid
EGR-BPBV
EGR By-Pass Backpressure Valve
EGR-BPT
EGR Backpressure Transducer
EGR-BPV
EGR By-Pass Valve
EGR-BS
EGR Bleed Solenoid
EGR-BSSV
EGR Boost Sensor Solenoid Valve
EGR-BVSV
EGR Bimetallic Vacuum Switching Valve
EGR-C
EGR Controller
EGR-CC
EGR Coolant Controlled
EGR-CLR
EGR Cooler
EGR-VSOL
EGR Vacuum Solenoid
EGR-CKV
EGR Check Valve
EGR-CS
EGR Control Solenoid
EGR-CSOL
EGR Cut-Off Solenoid
EGR-CSV
EGR-CTO
EGR Coolant Temperature Override
EGR-CTS
EGR Charge Temperature Sensor

EGR-CTSW
EGR Charge Temperature Switch
EGR-CTTS
EGR Coolant Temperature Thermoswitch
EGR-CV
EGR Control Valve
EGR-CVCV
EGR Constant Vacuum Control Valve
EGR-CVS
EGR Control Vent Solenoid
EGR-DC
EGR Digital Control
EGR-DCTO
EGR Dual Coolant Temperature Override
EGR-DPFE
Differential Pressure Feedback EGR Sensor
EGR-DPFS
EGR Differential Pressure Feedback Sensor
EGR-DS
EGR Diagnostic Solenoid
EGR-DSOL
EGR Duty Solenoid
EGR-DTVS
EGR Delay Thermal Vacuum Switch
EGR-DTVSW
EGR Distributor Thermal Vacuum Switch
EGR-DV
EGR Delay Valve
EGR-EPRS
EGR Exhaust Pressure Regulator Solenoid
EGR-EPRV
EGR Exhaust Pressure Regulator Valve
EGR-EPV
EGR External Pressure Valve
EGR/EVAP-CSV
EGR/EVAP Control Solenoid Valve
EGR-EVR
EGR Vacuum Regulator
EGR-EVRV
EGR Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve
EGR-FDV
EGR Forward Delay Valve
EGR-FJS
EGR Floor Jet System
EGR-FPS
EGR Feedback Pressure Sensor

EGR-LCV
EGR Load Control Valve
EGR-MAP
EGR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
EGR-PFE
EGR-PFE Sensor
EGR-PS
EGR Position Sensor
EGR-PSW
EGR Pulse Switch
EGR-PVS
EGR Ported Vacuum Switch
EGR-REG
EGR Regulator
EGR-RES
EGR Reservoir
EGR-RST
EGR Restrictor
EGR-SC
EGR Signal Converter
EGR-SEC
EGR, Secondary
EGR-SEN
EGR Sensor
EGR-SOL
EGR Solenoid
EGR-SU
EGR Switchover Valve
EGR-SUB
Sub-EGR Valve
EGR-T
EGR Temperature Sensor
EGR-TC
EGR Transmission Controlled
EGR-TCTVS
EGR Torque Converter Thermal Vacuum Switch
EGR-TCV
EGR Thermal Control Valve
EGR-TCVLV
EGR Temperature Control Valve
EGR-TRANS
EGR Transducer
EGR-TS
EGR Temperature Sensor
EGR-TSW
EGR Temperature Switch

EGR-TVD
EGR Throttle Valve Diaphragm
EGR-TVS
EGR Thermal Vacuum Switch
EGR-TVSOL
EGR Throttle Valve Solenoid
EGR-TVV
EGR Thermal Vacuum Valve
EGR-VA
EGR Vacuum Amplifier
EGR-VCV
EGR Vacuum Control Valve
EGR-VM
EGR Vacuum Modulator
EGR-VR
EGR Vacuum Regulator
EGR-VRS
EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid
EGR-VRSV
EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve
EGR-VRV
EGR Vacuum Regulator Valve
EGR-VS
EGR Vacuum Switch
EGR-VSDV
EGR Vacuum Switch Dump Valve
EGR-VSEN
EGR Vacuum Sensor
EGR-VSOL
EGR Vent Solenoid
EGR-VSS
EGR Vacuum Switching Solenoid
EGR-VSV
EGR Vacuum Switching Valve
EGR-VVCS
EGR Venturi Vacuum Control System
EGRC
EGRC-BPT
EGR Control Backpressure Transducer
EGRC-SV
EGR Control Solenoid Valve
EHOC
Electronically Heated Oxidation Catalyst
EHTWC
Electronically Heated Three-Way Catalyst

EI
Electronic Ignition System
EIS
Electronic Ignition System
ELB
Electronic Lean Burn
EPR
Exhaust Pressure Regulator
EPR-SOL
EPR Solenoid
ESA
Electronic Spark Advance
EVAP
Fuel Evaporative System
EVAP-AAC
EVAP Auxiliary Air Control
EVAP-BPSV
EVAP By-Pass Solenoid Valve
EVAP-BVSV
EVAP Bimetallic Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-CAV
EVAP Canister Air Valve
EVAP-CCV
EVAP Control Canister Close Valve
EVAP-CCVSV
EVAP Control Canister Vent Shut Valve
EVAP-CCVVSV
EVAP Closed Canister Valve Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-CDCV
EVAP Canister Drain Cut Valve
EVAP-CKV
EVAP Check Valve
EVAP-CPCS
EVAP Canister Purge Control Solenoid
EVAP-CPCV
EVAP Canister Purge Control Valve
EVAP-CPRV
EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve
EVAP-CPSV
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
EVAP-CPT
EVAP Canister Purge Timer
EVAP-CPTVS
EVAP Canister Purge Thermal Vacuum Switch
EVAP-CPV
EVAP Canister Vent Valve

EVAP-CPVCSV
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control
EVAP-CPVDV
EVAP Canister Purge Vacuum Delay Valve
EVAP-CS
EVAP Control Solenoid
EVAP-CSPS
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor
EVAP-CST
EVAP Canister Surge Tank
EVAP-CVCS
EVAP Canister Vent Control Solenoid
EVAP-CVCV
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve
EVAP-CVS
EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
EVAP-CVSV
EVAP Carburetor Vent Switching Valve
EVAP-CVV
EVAP Canister Vent Valve
EVAP-DCTO
EVAP Dual Coolant Temperature Override
EVAP-DPS
EVAP Differential Pressure Sensor
EVAP-EV
EVAP Emission Valve
EVAP-FBVV
EVAP Fuel Bowl Vent Valve
EVAP-FBVS
EVAP Fuel Bowl Vent Solenoid
EVAP-FLS
EVAP Fuel Level Sensor
EVAP-FOLV
EVAP Fuel Overflow Limiter Valve
EVAP-FS
EVAP Flow Switch
EVAP-FSV
EVAP Flow Switchover Valve<
EVAP-FTPCSV
EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
EVAP-FTPS
EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
EVAP-FTS
EVAP Fuel Temperature Sensor
EVAP-FVCV
EVAP Fuel Vapor Control Valve

EVAP-FVS
EVAP Fuel Vapor Separator
EVAP-FVV
EVAP Fuel Vent Valve
EVAP-IVS
EVAP Inner Vent Solenoid
EVAP-LDP
EVAP Leak Detection Pump
EVAP-LDPAF
EVAP Leak Detection Pump Air Filter
EVAP-LDPF
EVAP Leak Detection Pump Filter
EVAP-LDPVV
EVAP Leak Detection Pump Vent Valve
EVAP-LSEP
EVAP Liquid Separator
EVAP-NVLD
EVAP Natural Vacuum Leak Detection
EVAP-ORVR
Evaporative On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System
EVAP-ORVRFTVRV
EVAP-ORVR Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation
EVAP-OVCV
EVAP Outer Vent Control Valve
EVAP-OWV
EVAP One-Way Valve
EVAP-PCSV
EVAP Purge Cut-Off Solenoid Valve
EVAP-PFS
EVAP Purge Flow Sensor
EVAP-PFSVVSV
EVAP Purge Flow Switching Valve Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-PRRV
EVAP Pressure Relief Rollover Valve
EVAP-PSVVSV
EVAP Pressure Switching Valve Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-PSOL
EVAP Purge Solenoid
EVAP-PSSV
EVAP Pressure Switching Solenoid
EVAP-PSVVSV
EVAP Pressure Switching Valve Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-PV
EVAP Purge (Frequency) Valve
EVAP-PVS
EVAP Ported Vacuum Switch

EVAP-RV
EVAP Rollover Valve
EVAP-RV/FTPS
EVAP Rollover Valve/Fuel Tank
EVAP-RVSV
EVAP Rollover Vapor Separator Valve
EVAP-SNR
EVAP Canister Sensor
EVAP-SOV
EVAP Shutoff Valve
EVAP-SSV
EVAP Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
EVAP-SV
EVAP Solenoid Valve
EVAP-TS
EVAP Temperature Switch
EVAP-TPBPV
EVAP Tank Pressure By-Pass Valve
EVAP-TPCS
EVAP Tank Pressure Control Solenoid
EVAP-TPCV
EVAP Tank Pressure Control Valve
EVAP-TRWV
EVAP Tree-Way Valve
EVAP-TV
EVAP Thermal Valve
EVAP-TVS
EVAP Thermal Vacuum Switch
EVAP-TWV
EVAP Two-Way Valve
EVAP-VC
EVAP Vapor Canister
EVAP-VCAT
EVAP Vapor Canister Air Tank
EVAP-VCF
EVAP Vapor Canister Filter
EVAP-VCTV
EVAP Vacuum Control Valve
EVAP-VCV
EVAP Vacuum Canister Valve
EVAP-VCVS
EVAP Vapor Canister Vent Solenoid
EVAP-VM
EVAP Vacuum Motor
EVAP-VPS
EVAP Vapor Pressure Sensor

EVAP-VPSVSV
EVAP Vapor Pressure Sensor Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-VS
EVAP Vacuum Sensor
EVAP-VSOL
EVAP Ventilation Solenoid
EVAP-VSOL/LDP
EVAP Ventilation Solenoid/Leak Detection Pump
EVAP-VST
EVAP Vacuum Surge Tank
EVAP-VSV
EVAP Vacuum Switching Valve
EVAP-VV
EVAP Ventilation Valve
EVRS
EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid
"F"
FBC
Feedback Carburetor
FCOV
Fuel Change Over Valve
FF
Flex Fuel
FF-CKV
Fuel Fill Check Valve
FF-FCV
Fuel Tank Fuel Cut-Off Valve
FF-FLVV
Fuel Tank Fill Limit Vent Valve
FGOV
Fuel Gravity/Overflow Valve
FGVV
Fuel Gravity Vent Valve
FI
Fuel Injected
FICD
Fast Idle Control Device
FISR
Fast Idle Solenoid Relay
FLV
Fill Limit Valve
FLVV
Fill Limiting Vent Valve
FP-CKV
Fill Pipe Check Valve
FP-RV
Fill Pipe Rollover Valve
FR
Fill Pipe Restrictor
FT-FLVV
Fuel Tank Fill Limit Vent Valve
FT-GVV
Fuel Tank Grade Vent Valve
FT-OPRV
Fuel Tank Over Pressure Vent Valve
FT-PCV
Fuel Tank Pressure Control Valve
FT-VCV
Fuel Tank Vapor Control Valve
FT-VRV
Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation Valve
FTCV
Fuel Tank Check Valve
FTDPS
Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor
FTEV
Fuel Tank EVAP Valve
FTPS
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

FTT
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
FTTS
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
FTVPRV
Fuel Tank Ventilation Pressure Retention Valve
FTVV
Fuel Tank Vent Valve
FVV
Fuel Vapor Valve
"G"
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
"H"
HAC
High Altitude Compensator
HAFS
Heated Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
HAI
Hot Air Intake
HAS
High Altitude System
HC
Hydrocarbons
HCAC-VSV
Hydrocarbon Absorber Catalyst Vacuum Switching Valve
HDC
Heavy Duty Cooling
HDC-CTO
HDC Coolant Temperature Override
HFM-SFI
Hot Film Engine Management SFI
HIC
Hot Idle Compensator
HIM
Heated Intake Manifold
HO
High Output
HO2S
Heated Oxygen Sensor
HP
High Performance
HP
Horsepower
HPCA
Housing Pressure Cold Advance

HSC
High Swirl Combustion
"I"
IAC
Idle Air Control Valve
IACV-SW
IACV Switch
ICOM
Idle Compensator
IDI
Indirect Diesel Injection
IES
Idle Enrichment System
IMCO
Improved Combustion System
"K"
KS
Knock Sensor
"L"
LH-SFI
Hot Wire Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
LVFD
Liquid/Vapor Fuel Discriminator

LVW
Loaded Vehicle Weight
"M"
MD-TICS
Timing & Injection rate Control System
ME-SFI
Motor Electronics Sequential Fuel Injection
MFI
Multiport Fuel Injection
MFI-MAF
MFI Mass Airflow Sensor
MFLS
Main Fuel Level Sensor
MI
Mechanical Fuel Injection
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Light
M/T
Manual Transmission
"N"
NAC
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Adsorbing Catalyst
NLV
Non-Linear Valve
NOS
NOx Sensor
NOx
NOx Emission Control
NOxC
Nitrogen Oxide Catalyst
NOxS
Nitrogen Oxide Sensor
NSC
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Storage Catalyst
"O"
OBD
On-Board Diagnostic System
PBD (F)/(P)
Full/Partial On-Board Diagnostic
OC
Oxidation Catalytic Converter
OHC
Overhead Cam
ORVR
On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery
ORVR-COV
ORVR Cut-Off Valve
ORVR-CV
ORVR Control Valve
ORVR-FMV
ORVR Flow Management Valve
ORVR-FTVCV
ORVR Fuel Tank Vapor Control Valve
ORVR-FTVRV
ORVR Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation Valve
ORVR-LV
ORVR Leveling Valve
ORVR-OCKV
ORVR Overfill Check Valve
ORVR-RCV
ORVR Refueling Control Valve
ORVR-VCV
ORVR Vapor Cut Valve
ORVR-VRV
ORVR Vapor Recirculating Valve
ORVR-VSV
ORVR Vent Shut Valve
ORVR-VV
ORVR Vent Valve

OVCV
Outer Vent Control Valve
O2S
Oxygen Sensor
"P"
PAIR
Pulsed Secondary Air Injection
PAIR-ABV
PAIR Anti-Backfire Valve
PAIR-ACOV
PAIR Air Cut-Off Valve
PAIR-ACS
PAIR Air Control Solenoid
PAIR-ACV
PAIR Air Control Valve
PAIR-AIV
PAIR Air Injection Valve
PAIR-ASCS
PAIR Air Suction Control Solenoid
PAIR-ASOV
PAIR Air Shutoff Valve
PAIR-ASS
PAIR Air Switching Solenoid

PAIR-ASV
PAIR Air Switching Valve
PAIR-ASVL
PAIR Air Suction Valve
PAIR-AVCS
PAIR Air Valve Control Solenoid
PAIR-CSV
PAIR Control Solenoid Valve
PAIR-CKV
PAIR Check Valve
PAIR-DV
PAIR Diverter Valve
PAIR-PAF
PAIR Pulse Air Feeder
PAIR-PAV
PAIR Pulse Air Valve
PAIR-RES
PAIR Resonator
PAIR-RV
PAIR Reed Valve
PAIR-SCSV
PAIR Swirl Control Solenoid Valve
PAIR-SCV
PAIR Swirl Control Valve
PAIR-SOL
PAIR Solenoid
PAIR-VSV
PAIR Vacuum Switching Valve
PCM
Powertrain Control Module
PCV
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
PCV-DOV
PCV Dual Orifice Valve
PCV-HCB
PCV Heated Crankcase Breather
PCV-HE
PCV Heating Element
PCV-PRV
PCV Pressure Regulator Valve
PCV-SOL
PCV Solenoid
PEVR
Power Enrichment Vacuum Regulator
PPM
Parts Per Million

PTOX
Periodic Trap Oxidizer
PURCV
Purge Crankcase Ventilation
PVCS
Ported Valve Control System
PVCS-A
PVCS Actuator
PVCS-CS
PVCS Control Solenoid
PVLCS
Power Valve Control System
"R"
ROV
Rollover Valve
"S"
SAI-SV
Secondary Air Injection Shutoff Valve
SC
Supercharged or Super Charger
SC MFI
Supercharged Multiport Fuel Injection
SCR
Selective Catalytic Reduction
SCSV
Swirl Control Solenoid Valve
SCV
Swirl Control Valve
SCV-A
SCV Actuator
SFI
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
SFI-MAF
SFI Mass Airflow Sensor
SFLS
Sub-Fuel Level Sensor
SOHC
Single Overhead Cam
SPK
Spark Controls
SPK-AVM
SPK Advance Vacuum Modulator
SPK-BVSV
SPK Bimetal Vacuum Switching Valve
SPK-CC
SPK Computer Controlled

SPK-CKV
SPK Check Valve
SPK-CSSA
SPK Cold Start Spark Advance System
SPK-CSSH
SPK Cold Start Spark Hold System
SPK-CTO
SPK Coolant Temperature Override
SPK-DAVS
SPK Distributor Vacuum Advance Solenoid
SPK-DCKV
SPK Distributor Check Valve
SPK-DCTO
SPK Dual Coolant Temperature Override
SPK-DDD
SPK Dual Diaphragm Distributor
SPK-DMV
SPK Distributor Modulator Valve
SPK-DPD
SPK Dual Point Distributor
SPK-DPVS
SPK Distributor Ported Vacuum Switch
SPK-DRCV
SPK Distributor Retard Control Valve
SPK-DRS
SPK Distributor Retard Solenoid
SPK-DSVMV
SPK Distributor Spark Vacuum Modulator Valve
SPK-DTVS
SPK Distributor Thermal Vacuum Switch
SPK-DTVV
SPK Distributor Thermal Vacuum Valve
SPK-DV
SPK Delay Valve
SPK-DVA
SPK Distributor Vacuum Advance
SPK-DVAS
SPK Distributor Vacuum Advance Solenoid
SPK-DVCS
SPK Distributor Vacuum Control Solenoid
SPK-DVCSW
SPK Distributor Vacuum Controlled Switch
SPK-DVCV
SPK Distributor Vacuum Control Valve
SPK-DVDV
SPK Distributor Vacuum Delay Valve

SPK-DVRS
SPK Distributor Vacuum Retard Switch
SPK-DVRV
SPK Distributor Vacuum Regulating Valve
SPK-DVVV
SPK Distributor Vacuum Vent Valve
SPK-EAVS
SPK Electronically Actuated Vacuum Switch
SPK-EDM
SPK Electronic Distributor Modulator
SPK-EI
SPK Electronic Ignition
SPK-ESA
SPK Electronic Spark Advance
SPK-ESC
SPK Electronic Spark Control (Retard)
SPK-ESS
SPK Electronic Spark Selection
SPK-EST
SPK Electronic Spark Timing
SPK-FDV
SPK Forward Delay Valve
SPK-HPCA
SPK Housing Pressure Cold Advance
SPK-ITCS
SPK Ignition Timing Control System
SPK-ITVS
SPK Ignition Timing Vacuum Switch
SPK-NLVR
SPK Non-Linear Vacuum Regulator
SPK-OSAC
SPK Orifice Spark Advance Control
SPK-PVA
SPK Ported Vacuum Advance
SPK-PVS
SPK Ported Vacuum Switch
SPK-RDO
SPK Retard Delay Orifice
SPK-RDV
SPK Reverse Delay Valve
SPK-RDVD
SPK Reverse Delay Valve (Dual)
SPK-RDVLV
SPK Retard Delay Valve
SPK-RDVS
SPK Reverse Delay Valve (Single)

SPK-RETS
SPK Retard Switch
SPK-SC
SPK Speed Controlled
SPK-SOL
SPK Solenoid
SPK-SRRV
SPK Spark Relay Regulator Valve
SPK-TAVIA
SPK Temperature Activated Vacuum Ignition Advance
SPK-TCS
SPK Transmission Controlled Spark
SPK-TCSYS
SPK Timing Control System
SPK-TIDC
SPK Thermostatic Ignition Distributor Control
SPK-TV
SPK Thermal Valve
SPK-TVS
SPK Thermal Vacuum Switch
SPK-VACTO
SPK Vacuum Advance Coolant Temperature Override
SPK-VAS
SPK Vacuum Advance Solenoid
SPK-VAV
SPK Vacuum Advance Valve
SPK-VR
SPK Vacuum Retard
SPK-VRSW
SPK Vacuum Retard Switch
SPK-VSV
SPK Vacuum Switching Valve
SPK-VTCS
SPK Vacuum Timing Control System
SPL
Smoke Puff Limiter
SRI
Service Reminder Indicator
SSCA
Stepped Speed Control Actuator
SSCS
Stepped Speed Control Solenoid
STS
Service Throttle Soon Light
STVS
Secondary Throttle Valve System

SUB-O2S
Sub-Oxygen Sensor
SUB-TWC
Sub Three-Way Catalytic Converter
"T"
TAA
Turbo Air-To-Air
TAA
Throttle Actuator Assembly
TAB
Thermactor Air By-Pass
TAD
Thermactor Air Diverter
TBI
Throttle Body Injection
TBPCS
Throttle By-Pass Control System
TC
Turbo Charger
TCC
Torque Converter Clutch
TCCL
Torque Converter Control

TCD
Throttle Closing Dashpot
TC-DV
TC Delay Valve
TC-TVC
TC Thermal Vacuum Switch
TC-VS
TC Vacuum Switch
TD
Thermactor Diverter
TFT
Tank Fuel Temperature Sensor
TICV
Thermal Ignition Control Valve
TIV
Thermal Idle Valve
TK
Throttle Kicker
TLUC
Transmission Lock-Up Converter
TLUC-TVS
TLUC Thermal Vacuum Switch
TLUC-VS
TLUC Vacuum Switch
TM
Throttle Modulator
TOS
Throttle Opener System
TP
Throttle Positioner
TPI
Tuned Port Fuel Injection
TPV
Throttle Poppet Valve
TR
Thermal Reactor
TRC
Throttle Return Control
TRCS
Throttle Return Control Solenoid
TRCTL
Throttle Return Control Throttle Lever Actuator
TRSCV
Throttle Return Solenoid Control Valve
TRTVV
Temperature Regulator Thermal Vacuum Valve

TRVV
Transmission Vacuum Valve
TSOL
Throttle Solenoid
TVISD
Throttle Vacuum Idle Speed Diaphragm
TVM
Transmission Vacuum Modulator
TWC
Three-Way Catalytic Converter
TWC+OC
Three-Way + Oxidation Catalytic Converter
"V"
VA
Vacuum Advance Unit
VAC-AMP
Vacuum Amplifier
VA-CTO
VA Coolant Temperature Override
VCV
Vacuum Cut Valve
VCV-BV
VCV By-Pass Valve

VLFR
Vent Line Flow Restrictor/Anti-Trickle Fill Valve
"W"
WU
Warm-Up Catalyst
WU-OC
Warm-Up Oxidation Converter
WU-TWC
Warm-Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter

ENGINE PERFORMANCE Acceleration Control
ENGINE PERFORMANCE
Acceleration Control
ACCELERATION CONTROL
SPECIFICATIONS
Torque Specifications
Description Nm lb-ft lb-in

Accelerator pedal 10 7 89
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
ACCELERATION CONTROL
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
For a detailed description of the acceleration controls, refer to Acceleration Control. .
INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION
CAUTION: Diagnosis by substitution from a donor vehicle is NOT acceptable.

Substitution of control modules does not guarantee confirmation of a
fault, and may also cause additional faults in the vehicle being tested
and/or the donor vehicle.
1. Verify the customer concern.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of damage and system integrity.
Visual Inspection
Mechanical Electrical
 Accelerator pedal  Fuses
 Throttle body  Wiring harness
 Electrical connector(s)
 Sensor(s)
 Engine control module (ECM)
3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause (if possible) before
proceeding to the next step.
4. If the cause is not visually evident check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC
Index.
DTC INDEX
CAUTION: When probing connectors to take measurements in the course of the

pinpoint tests, use the adaptor kit, part number 3548-1358-00.
NOTE: If the module or a component is suspect and the vehicle remains under the
Manufacturers warranty, refer to the Warranty Policy and Procedure manual
(section B1.2), or determine if any prior approval programme is in operation,
prior to the installation of a new module/component.
NOTE: Generic scan tools may not read the codes listed, or may read only five digit
codes. Match the five digits from the scan tool to the first five digits of the
seven digit code listed to identify the fault (the last two digits give additional
information read by the manufacturer-approved diagnostic system).
NOTE: When performing electrical voltage or resistance tests, always use a digital
multimeter (DMM) accurate to three decimal places, and with an up-to-date
calibration certificate. When testing resistance, always take the resistance of
the DMM leads into account.
NOTE: Check and rectify basic faults before beginning diagnostic routines involving
pinpoint tests.
NOTE: If DTCs are recorded and, after performing the pinpoint tests, a fault is not
present, an intermittent concern may be the cause. Always check for loose
connections and corroded terminals.
DTC Description Possible Cause Action

P012100 Throttle/Pedal Position  TP sensor sensing Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor A Circuit circuits TP 1 and TP with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance 2 - short to power, approved diagnostic system. Refer to
high resistance the electrical circuit diagrams and
check TP sensor sensing circuits TP 1
 TP sensor failure and TP 2 for short to power, high
resistance. Check and install a new
throttle body as required
Sensor A Circuit Low circuit TP 1 - short with this DTC using the manufacturer
to ground, high approved diagnostic system. Refer to
resistance the electrical circuit diagrams and
check TP sensor sensing circuit TP 1
 TP sensor failure for short to ground, high resistance.
Check and install a new throttle body
as required
Sensor A Circuit High circuit TP1 - short with this DTC using the manufacturer
to power approved diagnostic system. Refer to
the electrical circuit diagrams and
 TP sensor failure check TP sensor sensing circuit TP 1
for short to power. Check and install a
new throttle body as required
Sensor/Switch B Circuit circuit TP 2 - short with this DTC using the manufacturer
Low to ground, high approved diagnostic system. Refer to
check TP sensor sensing circuit TP 2
 TP sensor failure for short to ground, high resistance.
Check and install a new throttle body
as required
Sensor/Switch B Circuit circuit TP 2- short with this DTC using the manufacturer
High to power approved diagnostic system. Refer to
 TP sensor failure check TP sensor sensing circuit TP 2
for short to power. Check and install a
new throttle body as required
P022700 Throttle/Pedal Position  APP sensor circuit Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch C Circuit APP 1 - short to with this DTC using the manufacturer
Low ground, high approved diagnostic system. Refer to
check APP sensor circuit APP 1 for
short to ground, high resistance
P022800 Throttle/Pedal Position  APP sensor circuit Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch C Circuit APP 1 - short to with this DTC using the manufacturer
High power approved diagnostic system. Refer to
check APP sensor circuit APP 1 for
short to power
P210129 Throttle Actuator  Signal invalid Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Motor Circuit with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance  Jammed throttle approved diagnostic system. Refer to
blade, gearing or the electrical circuit diagrams and test
motor throttle actuator control motor circuit
for short to ground, power, high
resistance. Suspect the throttle body,
check and install a new throttle body as
required, refer to the new
module/component installation note at
the top of the DTC Index
P210162 Throttle Actuator  Signal compare Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Motor Circuit failure with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance  Jammed throttle approved diagnostic system. Refer to
blade, gearing or the electrical circuit diagrams and test
motor throttle actuator control motor circuit
for short to ground, power, high
P210164 Throttle Actuator  Signal plausibility Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Range/Performance approved diagnostic system. Refer to
 Jammed throttle the electrical circuit diagrams and test
blade, gearing or throttle actuator control motor circuit
motor for short to ground, power, high
P210177 Throttle Actuator  Commanded Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Motor Circuit position not with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance achievable approved diagnostic system. Refer to
the electrical circuit diagrams and test
 Throttle blade stuck throttle actuator control motor circuit
open for short to ground, power, high
 Intake air system resistance. Suspect the throttle body,
leak check and install a new throttle body as
P210329 Throttle Actuator  Signal invalid Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Motor Circuit with this DTC using the manufacturer
High  Throttle motor approved diagnostic system. Refer to
control circuit - the electrical circuit diagrams and
short to power check throttle motor control circuit for
 ECM fault short to power. If ECM is suspect,
check and install a new module as
required, refer to new
top of DTC Index
P210364 Throttle Actuator  Signal plausibility Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
High approved diagnostic system. Refer to
 Throttle motor the electrical circuit diagrams and
control circuit - check throttle motor control circuit for
short to power short to power. If ECM is suspect,

 ECM fault check and install a new module as
required, refer to new
top of DTC Index
P210500 Throttle Actuator  Throttle MIL Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control System - Forced request due to fuel with this DTC using the manufacturer
Engine Shutdown cut approved diagnostic system
P211800 Throttle Actuator  Throttle motor Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Motor Current control circuit - with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance short to ground, approved diagnostic system. Refer to
power, high the electrical circuit diagrams and
resistance check throttle motor control circuit for
short to ground, power, high resistance
P211900 Throttle Actuator  Throttle spring Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Control Throttle Body faulty with this DTC using the manufacturer
Range/Performance approved diagnostic system. Suspect
throttle body faulty. Check and install a
new throttle body as required, refer to
the new module/component installation
note at top of DTC Index
P212200 Throttle/Pedal Position  APP sensor circuit 2 Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch D Circuit - low input with this DTC using the manufacturer
Low approved diagnostic system. Refer to
check APP sensor circuit 2 for short to
ground, open circuit
P212216 Throttle/Pedal Position  Accelerator pedal Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch D Circuit position (APP) with this DTC using the manufacturer
Low Input sensor circuit 1 - approved diagnostic system. Refer to
short to ground, electrical circuit diagrams and check
power accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
circuit 1 for short to ground, power. Set
 Accelerator pedal ignition status to 'ON' engine 'OFF'
position (APP) check and record 'Pedal value sensor
sensor failure 1' datalogger signal. With pedal in idle
position, value of signal should be
approximately 0%, if not suspect the
pedal position sensor, check and install
a new sensor as required
Sensor/Switch D Circuit - high input with this DTC using the manufacturer
High approved diagnostic system. Refer to
check APP sensor circuit 2 for short to
power
Sensor/Switch D Circuit position (APP) with this DTC using the manufacturer
High Input sensor circuit 1 - approved diagnostic system. Refer to
short to power electrical circuit diagrams and check
accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
 Accelerator pedal circuit 1 for short to ground, power. Set
position (APP) ignition status to 'ON' engine 'OFF'
sensor failure check and record 'Pedal value sensor
1' datalogger signal. With pedal in
fully depressed position, value of
signal should be approximately 99%, if
not suspect the pedal position sensor,
check and install a new sensor as
required
Sensor/Switch E Circuit position (APP) with this DTC using the manufacturer
Low Input sensor circuit 2 - approved diagnostic system. Refer to
short to ground, electrical circuit diagrams and check
high resistance accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
circuit 2 for short to ground, power. Set
 Accelerator pedal ignition status to 'ON' engine 'OFF'
position (APP) check and record 'Pedal value sensor
sensor failure 2' datalogger signal. With pedal in idle
position, value of signal should be
approximately 0%, if not suspect the
pedal position sensor, check and install
Sensor/Switch E Circuit position (APP) with this DTC using the manufacturer
High Input sensor circuit 2 - approved diagnostic system. Refer to
short to power electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Accelerator pedal circuit 2 for short to ground, power. Set
position (APP) ignition status to 'ON' engine 'OFF'
sensor failure check and record 'Pedal value sensor
2' datalogger signal. With pedal in
fully depressed position, value of
signal should be approximately 99%, if
required
Sensor/Switch A/B and 2 range with this DTC using the manufacturer
Voltage Correlation performance - sub- approved diagnostic system. Refer to
processor the electrical circuit diagrams and
check APP sensor circuits 1 and 2 for
short to ground, power and high
resistance. Clear the DTCs and retest.

If the code remains, replace the APP
sensor
P213529 Throttle/Pedal Position  APP sensor - Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch A/B excessive difference with this DTC using the manufacturer
Voltage Correlation between raw values approved diagnostic system. Refer to
of circuit 1 and 2 - the electrical circuit diagrams and
sub-processor check APP sensor circuits 1 and 2 for
short, open circuit
Voltage Correlation performance - sub- approved diagnostic system. Refer to
processor the electrical circuit diagrams and
short to ground, power and high
resistance. Clear the DTCs and retest.
If the code remains, replace the APP
sensor
Voltage Correlation performance approved diagnostic system. Refer to
short, open circuit
P213862 Throttle/Pedal Position  Pedal value Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch D/E difference between with this DTC using the manufacturer
Voltage Correlation channel 1 and approved diagnostic system. Refer to
channel 2 greater electrical circuit diagrams and check
than a threshold accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
circuit 1 and 2 for short to ground,
power. Set ignition status to 'ON'
engine 'OFF' check and record 'Pedal
value sensor 1' and 'Pedal value
sensor 2' datalogger signal. With pedal
in fully depressed position, value of
signals should be approximately 99%,
with pedal in idle position, value of
signals should be approximately 0%, if
required
P213864 Throttle/Pedal Position  Gradient on one Carry out any pinpoint tests associated
Sensor/Switch D/E channel without with this DTC using the manufacturer
Voltage Correlation gradient on the approved diagnostic system. Refer to
other electrical circuit diagrams and check
circuit 1 and 2 for short to ground,
power. Set ignition status to 'ON'

engine 'OFF' check and record 'Pedal
value sensor 1' and 'Pedal value
sensor 2' datalogger signal. With pedal
in fully depressed position, value of
signals should be approximately 99%,
with pedal in idle position, value of
signals should be approximately 0%, if
required
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL
NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
1. Refer to Battery Disconnect and Connect information.

2. See figure
3. Torque: 9 Nm
INSTALLATION
1. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ENGINE Accessory Drive (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Accessory Drive (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ACCESSORY DRIVE (V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS

Accessory drive belt tensioner retaining bolt 40 30 -
Accessory drive belt idler pulley retaining bolt - all vehicles 40 30 -
Accessory drive belt center idler pulley retaining bolt - vehicles 25 19 -
without supercharger
Accessory drive belt idler pulley retaining bolt to tensioner 40 30 -
bracket - vehicles with supercharger
Supercharger belt tensioner bracket retaining bolt 25 19 -
Supercharger belt tensioner retaining bolt 40 30 -
Supercharger belt 76mm idler pulley retaining bolt 40 30 -
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
ACCESSORY DRIVE
COMPONENT LOCATION
Item Number Description

A Primary accessory drive
B Secondary accessory drive
1 Coolant pump
2 Power steering pump
3 Primary drive belt
4 A/C (air conditioning) compressor
5 Belt tensioner
6 Crankshaft pulley/torsional vibration damper
7 Idler pulley
8 Generator
9 Idler pulley
10 Supercharger
11 Idler pulley
12 Belt tensioner
13 Secondary drive belt
14 Idler pulley
OVERVIEW
The accessory drive is a belt system powered by a pulley attached to the front of the crankshaft. The crankshaft
pulley, which incorporates a torsional vibration damper, drives two drive belts. An automatic belt tensioner in
each belt run maintains the drive belt at the correct tension. Together with idler pulleys, the belt tensioners also
guide the drive belts clear of obstructions and set the correct 'wrap-around' of the accessory component drive
pulleys to ensure a slip-free drive.
PRIMARY DRIVE BELT
The primary drive belt is a six-ribbed poly-V belt that drives the:
 Coolant pump
 Power steering pump
 Air conditioning (A/C) compressor
 Generator.
SECONDARY DRIVE BELT
The secondary drive belt is an eight-ribbed poly-V belt that drives the supercharger (SC).
BELT TENSIONERS
Each belt tensioner consists of an idler pulley on the end of a spring loaded pivot arm. The pivot arms can be
turned manually for removal and installation of the drive belts.
Each belt tensioners is calibrated to automatically maintain the correct tension in the related drive belt.
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL
WARNING: Make sure to support the vehicle with axle stands.
2. Raise and support the vehicle.

3. Refer to Air Deflector information.
4. Torque: 55 Nm.
5. Torque: 25 Nm.
CAUTION: Make sure that the accessory drive belt is correctly aligned to the
pulleys. Failure to follow this instruction may result in damage to the
vehicle.
CAUTION: Clean and inspect the accessory drive belt pulleys for damage.
NOTE: Some variation in the illustrations may occur, but the essential information
is always correct.
NOTE: Engine shown removed for clarity.
NOTE: Note the fitted position.
6. See figure.
INSTALLATION
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT IDLER PULLEY
REMOVAL

2. Supercharger BeltRefer to
3. Refer to Air Cleaner Outlet Pipe LH information.
4. See figure.
5. Torque: 25 Nm.
6. Torque: 40 Nm.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the accessory belt is correctly aligned to the pulleys.
Failure to follow this instruction may result in damage to the vehicle.
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Air Cleaner Outlet Pipe T-Connector information.
4. See figure.
5. Torque: 40 Nm.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the accessory belt is correctly aligned to the pulleys.
SUPERCHARGER BELT IDLER PULLEY
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Air Cleaner Outlet Pipe RH information.

4. See figure.
5. Torque: 40 Nm.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the supercharger belt is correctly aligned to the pulleys.
SUPERCHARGER BELT TENSIONER
REMOVAL

4. See figure.
5. Torque: 40 Nm.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the supercharger belt is correctly aligned to the pulleys.

ENGINE Accessory Drive (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Accessory Drive (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ACCESSORY DRIVE (V8 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS

Accessory drive belt idler pulley retaining bolt - all vehicles 40 30 -
Accessory drive belt center idler pulley retaining bolt - vehicles without 25 19 -
supercharger
Accessory drive belt idler pulley retaining bolt to tensioner bracket - 40 30 -
vehicles with supercharger
Supercharger belt tensioner bracket retaining bolt 25 19 -
Supercharger belt tensioner retaining bolt 40 30 -
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Coolant pump
2 Power steering pump
3 Belt tensioner
4 A/C (air conditioning) compressor
5 Primary drive belt
6 Crankshaft pulley/torsional vibration damper
7 Idler pulley
8 Generator
9 Idler pulley
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The accessory drive is a belt system powered by a pulley attached to the front of the crankshaft. The crankshaft
pulley, which incorporates a torsional vibration damper, drives a single (primary) drive belt. An automatic belt
tensioner maintains the drive belt at the correct tension. Together with idler pulleys, the belt tensioner also
guides the drive belt clear of obstructions and sets the correct 'wrap-around' of the accessory component drive
pulleys to ensure a slip-free drive.
DRIVE BELT
The drive belt is a six-ribbed poly-V belt that drives the:
 Coolant pump
 Air conditioning (A/C) compressor
 Generator.
BELT TENSIONER
The belt tensioner consists of an idler pulley on the end of a spring loaded pivot arm. The pivot arm can be
turned manually for removal and installation of the drive belt.
The belt tensioner is calibrated to automatically maintain the correct tension in the drive belt.
ACCESSORY DRIVE
For a detailed description of the accessory drive system and operation, refer to Accessory Drive and Accessory
Drive and Accessory Drive information.

Substitution of control modules does not guarantee confirmation of a fault
and may also cause additional faults in the vehicle being checked and/or
the donor vehicle.
pinpoint tests.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical damage.
Visual Inspection
Mechanical
 Belt drive belt condition (cracking/damage/contamination)
 Belt tension
 Pulley alignment
 Coolant pump
 Belt tensioner assembly
 Air conditioning compressor
 Crankshaft pulley
 Generator
 Deflection pulley
 Cooling fan pulley
CAUTION: If the engine is run without the accessory drive belts connected to
eliminate driven components, diagnostic trouble codes, (DTCs) may
be set which must be cleared before the vehicle is returned to the
owner. The engine should not be run for more than 2-3 minutes with
the belts disconnected. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
damage to the vehicle.
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the symptom and refer to the Symptom Chart, alternatively
check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC Index.
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom Possible Causes Action

Noise  Belt condition Check the belt condition. Check the tensioner
function. Check the pulley alignment. Check the
 Belt tension driven components for excessive resistance to
 Pulleys misaligned rotation. Rectify as necessary.
 Driven components
(including tensioners)
Drive belt does not  Belt condition Check the belt condition. Check the tensioner
hold tension function. Rectify as necessary.
 Tensioner fault
DTC INDEX
For a list of Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Engine Control Module (ECM),
please refer to Section 303-14. Refer to Electronic Engine Controls and Refer to Electronic Engine Controls
information.

ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL

CAUTION: Make sure that the accessory drive belt is correctly located on each
pulley.
4. See figure
INSTALLATION
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT IDLER PULLEY
REMOVAL

3. Refer to: Accessory Drive Belt - Vehicles Without: Supercharger.
4. Torque: 25 Nm
INSTALLATION
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER
REMOVAL

3. See figure
NOTE: Install the bolt finger tight before final tightening.
4. Torque: 40 Nm
INSTALLATION

HVAC Air Conditioning
HVAC
Air Conditioning
AIR CONDITIONING
SPECIFICATIONS

A/C compressor retaining bolts 25 18 -
A/C compressor manifold and tube retaining bolt 9 - 80
A/C condenser core retaining studs 5 - 48
A/C condenser core supply and return lines retaining nuts 8 - 71
Power steering oil cooler retaining nuts 7 - 62
A/C desiccant bag retaining screw (vehicles fitted with petrol engines) 22 16 -
A/C desiccant bag retaining screw (vehicles fitted with diesel engines) 4 - 37
A/C pressure cutoff switch 8 - 71
AIR CONDITIONING
For additional information. Refer to Climate Control System information.
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) COMPRESSOR V6 3.0L PETROL
Special Tools
Tool Illustration Tool Name Tool Number

Accessory belt tensioner 303-703
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation and Charging information.

5. See figure
6. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure that all openings are sealed. Use new blanking caps.
7. TORQUE: 9 Nm
8. TORQUE: 25 Nm
INSTALLATION
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) COMPRESSOR V8 4.2L PETROL/V8 S/C 4.2L PETROL
REMOVAL
NOTE: Removal steps may contain installation details.

NOTE: Make sure to support the vehicle with axle stands.


4. See figure
5. See figure
6. Refer to Engine Mount LH information.
NOTE: Make sure that all openings are sealed. Use new blanking caps.
7. TORQUE: 9 Nm
8. TORQUE: 25 Nm
INSTALLATION

AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) COMPRESSOR V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

3. Refer to Wheel and Tire information.
5. Refer to Specifications information.
6. Refer to Refrigerant Oil Adding information.
7. See figure
CAUTION: Immediately cap all refrigerant lines to prevent ingress of dirt and
moisture.
8. Torque: 9 Nm
9. See figure
CAUTION: Take care not to damage the O-ring seals during installation.
10. Torque: 25 Nm
INSTALLATION
CONDENSER CORE V6 3.0L PETROL
REMOVAL
WARNING: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported only by a jack. Always

support the vehicle on safety stands.

2. Refer to Radiator Splash Shield information.
4. See figure
5. Torque: 20 Nm
6. Torque: 20 Nm
7. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
REMOVAL



is always correct.
5. See figure
6. Torque: 20 Nm
7. Torque: 10 Nm
8. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
CONDENSER CORE V8 S/C 4.2L PETROL
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Radiator information.
4. Torque: 20 Nm
5. Torque: 20 Nm
CAUTION: Protect the A/C condenser.
6. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
2. Torque: 9 Nm
3. See figure
4. Torque: 7 Nm


is always correct.
7. See figure
8. Torque: 8 Nm
9. Torque: 8 Nm
10. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION
CONDENSER CORE V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Radiator information.
is always correct.
4. See figure
5. Torque: 8 Nm
6. Torque: 8 Nm
NOTE: Support the air conditioning (A/C) condenser.
7. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION
PRESSURE CUTOFF SWITCH
REMOVAL
2. Refer to Air Cleaner information.
3. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure the air conditioning (A/C) hose does not turn when
removing the low pressure switch.
4. TORQUE: 8 Nm
INSTALLATION

BRAKES Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist
BRAKES
Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist
ANTI-LOCK CONTROL - STABILITY ASSIST

SPECIFICATIONS
Lubricants, Fluids, Sealers and Adhesives
Item Specification
Brake fluid Shell ESL Dot 4

Brake master cylinder primary pressure transducer 30 22 -
Brake tubes to hydraulic control unit (HCU) 17 13 -
Rear wheel speed sensor retaining bolt 6 - 53
Yaw rate sensor and accelerometer retaining nuts 7 - 62
Hydraulic control unit (HCU) retaining bolts 8 - 71
Steering wheel rotation sensor retaining screws 4 - 35
Steering column to lower shroud retaining screws 3 - 27
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: right-hand drive (RHD) installation shown, left-hand drive (LHD) installation
similar.

1 anti-lock brake system (ABS) module
2 right-hand (RH) front wheel speed sensor
3 Instrument cluster
4 Steering angle sensor
5 Yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor

6 right-hand (RH) rear wheel speed sensor
7 left-hand (LH) rear wheel speed sensor
8 left-hand (LH) front wheel speed sensor
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) and DSC (dynamic stability control) system features a Bosch modulator,
which is an integrated four-channel hydraulic control unit (HCU) and anti-lock brake system (ABS) module.
The unit is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger side, and is installed in the brake
hydraulic circuit between the brake master cylinder and the four brake calipers.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module is connected to the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus,
and actively interacts with other vehicle system control modules and associated sensors to receive and transmit
current vehicle operating information.
When required, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module will actively intervene and operate the hydraulic
control unit (HCU) during braking or vehicle maneuvers to correct the vehicle attitude, stability, traction or
speed. During incidents of vehicle correction, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module may also request the
engine control module (ECM) to control engine power in order to further stabilize and correct the vehicle.
To provide full system functionality, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) and DSC system comprise the following
components:
 DSC switch.
 Four wheel speed sensors.
 Steering angle sensor.
 Yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor.
 Stoplamp switch.
 Instrument cluster indicator lamps.
 Integrated anti-lock brake system (ABS) module and hydraulic control unit (HCU).
 Brake booster vacuum sensor (3.0L vehicles only).
Two variants of anti-lock brake system (ABS) module are available, Bosch ESP®8.1 and Bosch ESP®plus8.1.
The Bosch ESP®plus8.1 system is fitted to vehicles with ACC (adaptive cruise control) and incorporates a new
feature to Jaguar known as 'electronic brake prefill'.
Electronic brake prefill, senses any rapid throttle lift off, activating a small brake hydraulic pressure build-up of
approximately 3 to 5 bar (43.5 to 72.5 lbf/in2 ) in anticipation of the brakes being applied. This application
produces a quicker brake pedal response and consequently slightly shorter stopping distances. When the engine
control module (ECM) detects rapid throttle lift off it signals the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module which
controls the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to apply a low brake pressure to assist in a quicker brake application.
NOTE: All vehicles with ACC are supported by the Bosch ESP®plus8.1 system.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) provides the following brake functions that are designed to assist the vehicle
or aid the driver:
 Anti-lock brake system (ABS).

 DSC, including Trac DSC.
 CBC (corner brake control).
 Electronic brake force distribution (EBD).
 ETC (electronic traction control).
 Emergency brake assist (EBA).
 EDC (engine drag-torque control).
 Understeer control.
 Electronic brake prefill (vehicles with ACC only).
 Brake vacuum assist (3.0L vehicles only).
All the brake functions listed are automatically active when the ignition is in power mode and the engine is
running. The DSC system can be selected to off using the DSC switch.
WARNING: Although the vehicle is fitted with DSC, it remains the drivers
responsibility to drive safely according to the prevailing conditions.
SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus; N = Medium
speed controller area network (CAN)CAN bus; V = Private controller area
network (CAN) bus.

1 Battery
2 battery junction box (BJB) (250 A megafuse)
3 central junction box (CJB)
4 engine junction box (EJB)
5 left-hand (LH) front wheel speed sensor

6 right-hand (RH) front wheel speed sensor
7 Brake fluid level switch
8 left-hand (LH) rear wheel speed sensor
9 right-hand (RH) rear wheel speed sensor
10 rear junction box (RJB)
11 High mounted stop lamp
12 left-hand (LH) stop lamp
13 right-hand (RH) stop lamp
14 Diagnostic socket
15 transmission control module (TCM)
16 Electronic parking brake module
17 engine control module (ECM)
19 anti-lock brake system (ABS) module
20 JaguarDrive selector module
21 Adaptive damping control module
22 Adaptive speed control module
23 Yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor
24 Roof opening panel motor/module
25 Brake booster vacuum sensor (3.0L vehicles only)
26 Steering angle sensor
SYSTEM OPERATION
Anti-Lock Brake System
anti-lock brake system (ABS) controls the speed of all road wheels to ensure optimum wheel slip when braking
at the adhesion limit. The wheels are prevented from locking to retain effective steering control of the vehicle.
The brake pressures are modulated separately for each wheel. Rear brake pressures are controlled to maintain
rear stability on split friction surfaces.
Dynamic Stability Control
DSC (dynamic stability control) uses brakes and powertrain torque control to assist in maintaining the yaw
stability of the vehicle. While the ignition is energized the DSC function is permanently enabled, unless selected
off using the DSC switch.
DSC enhances driving safety in abrupt maneuvers and in under-steer or over-steer situations that may occur in a
bend. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module monitors the yaw rate and lateral acceleration of the vehicle,
steering input and individual wheel speeds, then selectively applies individual brakes and signals for powertrain
torque adjustments to reduce under-steer or over-steer conditions.
In general:
 In an under-steer situation the inner wheels are braked to counteract the yaw movement towards the outer
edge of the bend.
 In an over-steer situation the outer wheels are braked to prevent the rear end of the vehicle from pushing
towards the outer edge of the bend.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module monitors the tracking stability of the vehicle using inputs from the
wheel speed sensors, the steering angle sensor, and the yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor. The tracking
stability is compared with stored target data. Whenever the tracking stability deviates from the target data, the
anti-lock brake system (ABS) module intervenes by applying the appropriate control strategy.
The following interactions occur in an intervention situation:
 High speed controller area network (CAN) signal to the engine control module (ECM), to reduce engine
torque.
 Application of braking to the appropriate corner of the vehicle.
Trac DSC
TracDSC is an alternative setting of DSC with reduced system interventions. With TracDSC engaged, traction
may be somewhat increased, although stability may be reduced compared to normal DSC. TracDSC is intended
for use only on dry tarmac, by suitably experienced drivers and should not be selected for other surfaces or by
drivers with insufficient skill and training to operate the vehicle safely with the TracDSC function engaged.
The less restrictive TracDSC setting may be preferred, for example, by expert drivers engaged in high
performance driving on dry Tarmac surfaces such as tracks and circuits.
Switching between DSC and Trac DSC:
 Press and hold the DSC switch for less than 10 seconds.
 The message center will temporarily display either Trac DSC or DSC ON .
 The warning indicator in the instrument panel will illuminate while Trac DSC is selected.
 The warning indicator will flash when DSC or Trac DSC is active.
NOTE: If cruise control is engaged, it will automatically disengage if DSC activates.
Corner Brake Control
CBC (corner brake control) influences the brake pressures, below and within DSC and anti-lock brake system
(ABS) thresholds, to counteract the yawing moment produced when braking in a corner. CBC produces a
correction torque by limiting the brake pressure on one side of the vehicle.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
electronic brake force distribution (EBD) limits the brake pressure applied to the rear wheels. When the brakes
are applied, the weight of the vehicle transfers forwards, reducing the ability of the rear wheels to transfer
braking effort to the road surface. This may cause the rear wheels to slip and make the vehicle unstable.
electronic brake force distribution (EBD) uses the anti-lock brake system (ABS) braking hardware to
automatically optimize the pressure to the rear brakes, below the point where anti-lock brake system (ABS) is
normally invoked.
NOTE: Only the rear brakes are controlled by the electronic brake force distribution
(EBD) function.
Electronic Traction Control
ETC (electronic traction control) attempts to optimize forward traction by reducing engine torque, or by
applying the brake of a spinning wheel until traction is regained.
ETC is activated if an individual wheel speed is above that of the vehicle reference speed (positive slip) and the
brake pedal is not pressed. The brake is applied to the spinning wheel, allowing the excess torque to be
transmitted to the non-spinning wheel through the drive line. If necessary, the anti-lock brake system (ABS)
module also sends a high speed controller area network (CAN) bus message to the engine control module
(ECM) to request a reduction in engine torque.
When the DSC function is selected off using the DSC switch, the braking and engine torque reduction features
are both disabled, except when the JaguarDrive control is in winter mode. When the JaguarDrive control is in
winter mode, selecting the DSC function off retains the braking and engine torque reduction features, but
reduces intervention levels compared to DSC and Trac DSC modes.
Emergency Brake Assist
Emergency brake assist (EBA) assists the driver in emergency braking situations by automatically increasing
the applied braking effort. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module invokes emergency brake assist (EBA)
when:
 The brake pedal is rapidly pressed.

 The brake pedal is pressed hard enough to bring the front brakes into anti-lock brake system (ABS)
operation.
When the brake pedal is rapidly pressed, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module increases the hydraulic
pressure to all of the brakes until the threshold for anti-lock brake system (ABS) operation is reached. This
action applies the maximum braking effort for the available traction. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module
monitors for the sudden application of the brakes, using inputs from the brake pedal switch and from the
pressure sensor within the hydraulic control unit (HCU). With the brake pedal pressed, if the rate of increase of
hydraulic pressure exceeds the predetermined limit, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module invokes
emergency braking.
When the brake pedal is pressed hard enough to bring the front brakes into anti-lock brake system (ABS)
operation, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module increases the hydraulic pressure to the rear brakes up to the
anti-lock brake system (ABS) threshold.
emergency brake assist (EBA) operation continues until the driver releases the brake pedal, sufficiently for the
hydraulic pressure in the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to drop below a threshold value stored in the anti-lock
brake system (ABS) module.
Engine Drag-Torque Control
EDC (engine drag-torque control) prevents wheel slip caused by any of the following:
 A sudden decrease in engine torque when the accelerator is suddenly released.

 A downshift using the Jaguar sequential shift function on automatic transmission vehicles.
When the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module detects the onset of wheel slip without the brakes being
applied, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module signals the engine control module (ECM) via the high speed
controller area network (CAN) bus to request a momentary increase in engine torque.
Understeer Control
Understeer Logic Control is a proactive system which monitors the vehicle for understeer by comparing signals
from the yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor with signals from the steering angle sensor and wheel speed
sensors.
When the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module detects the onset of understeer, the anti-lock brake system
(ABS) module signals the engine control module (ECM) via the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus
to request a decrease in engine torque. At the same time the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module will control
the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to apply brake pressure to the relevant wheels to correct the understeer.
Electronic Brake Prefill (Vehicles With ACC Only)
Electronic brake prefill (Bosch ESP®plus8.1), senses any rapid throttle lift off, activating a small brake
hydraulic pressure build-up of approximately 3 to 5 bar (43.5 to 72.5 lbf/in2 ) in anticipation of the brakes being
applied.
This application produces a quicker brake pedal response and consequently slightly shorter stopping distances.
The system supports vehicles with ACC (adaptive cruise control).
When the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module detects rapid throttle lift off (from the signals received from the
engine control module (ECM) over the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus), it controls the hydraulic
control unit (HCU) to apply a low brake pressure to assist in a quicker brake application.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
Dynamic Stability Control Switch


1 DSC switch
The DSC switch is mounted in the floor console adjacent to the JaguarDrive selector.
DSC becomes active whenever the engine is running. A momentary press of the switch allows the driver to
toggle between the standard DSC settings and the optimized 'Trac DSC' settings. The message 'Trac DSC' or
'DSC on' will temporarily be displayed in the instrument cluster message center. The amber DSC warning
indicator in the instrument cluster remains illuminated while 'Trac DSC' is selected.
The DSC can be switched off by pressing and holding the switch for more than 10 seconds.
In each case the message 'DSC OFF' will be displayed in the instrument cluster message center to confirm DSC
has been switched off. The amber DSC warning indicator in the instrument cluster will remain illuminated. The
system can be switched back on again by simply pressing and releasing the switch. The message 'DSC ON' will
then temporarily appear in the instrument cluster message center to confirm the system is on.
NOTE: Switch requests may be delayed if the switch is pressed while a DSC operation
is taking place. The switch request will be displayed in the instrument cluster
but the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module will not initiate any stability
changes until it is safe to do so.
If a fault is detected with the DSC switch, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module defaults to the 'DSC ON'
setting and any switch requests are ignored.
WARNING: It is recommended that when using snow chains, Trac DSC is switched off
and JaguarDrive control winter mode is selected.
Wheel Speed Sensors

1 Front wheel speed sensor
2 Rear wheel speed sensor
An active wheel speed sensor is installed in each wheel hub to provide the anti-lock brake system (ABS)
module with a rotational speed signal from each road wheel. The head of each front wheel speed sensor is
positioned close to a magnetic encoder ring incorporated into the inboard seal of the wheel bearing. The head of
each rear wheel speed sensor is positioned close to a magnetic encoder ring incorporated into the rear wheel
bearing assembly. Each encoder ring contains 46 north and south poles. A fly lead connects each sensor to the
vehicle harness.
The wheel speed sensors each have a signal and a return connection with the anti-lock brake system (ABS)
module. When the ignition is ON the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module supplies a signal feed to the wheel
speed sensors and monitors the return signals. Any rotation of the road wheels induces current fluctuations in
the return signals, which are converted into individual wheel speeds and overall vehicle speed by the anti-lock
brake system (ABS) module.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module broadcasts the individual wheel speeds and the vehicle speed on the
high speed controller area network (CAN) bus for use by other systems, although vehicle speed information to
the roof opening panel motor/module is a hardwired connection.
If a wheel speed sensor fault is detected by the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module, 'ABS FAULT' will be
displayed in the instrument cluster message center and an amber warning indicator will illuminate. Refer to
Information and Message Center information.
As the wheel speed sensors are active devices, a return signal is available when the road wheels are not rotating.
This enables the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module to check the condition of the speed sensors while the
vehicle is stationary.
Steering Angle Sensor

The steering angle sensor measures the steering wheel angle and the rate of change of the steering wheel angle.
These measurements are received by the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module and broadcast on the high speed
controller area network (CAN) bus for use by other systems.
The steering angle sensor is mounted on the steering column upper shroud mounting bracket, immediately
behind the multifunction switches, and is secured by 2 screws. A fly lead connects the sensor to the passenger
compartment wiring harness via a 4 pin multiplug.
The sensor is housed in a 'U' shaped plastic casing and contains two offset light emitting diode (LED)s facing
two detectors.
An encoder ring is mounted on the inner steering column shaft and intersects the light emitting diode (LED)s
and detectors. The encoder ring contains 60 slots which break and restore the light beams between the light
emitting diode (LED)s and the detectors as the steering wheel is rotated. The anti-lock brake system (ABS)
module is able to determine the direction of rotation of the steering wheel by monitoring when the light beams
change state. The light emitting diode (LED)s and detectors are mounted in such a way that only one beam will
change state, either to broken or restored, at any one time.
The center (straight ahead) position of the steering wheel has to be learned by the anti-lock brake system (ABS)
module every time the ignition is switched ON. The steering angle sensor is unable to determine the center
position so inputs from the yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor and wheel speed signals are also used by the
anti-lock brake system (ABS) module to help it perform this process. If extreme weather conditions are present,
for example ice causing extreme wheel spin or understeer/oversteer, the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module
may not be able to determine the center position of the steering wheel. In this situation 'DSC NOT
AVAILABLE' will be displayed in the instrument cluster message center and the amber warning indicator will
illuminate. Refer to Information and Message Center information.
'DSC NOT AVAILABLE' will also be displayed if the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module detects a steering
angle sensor fault. The amber warning indicator will illuminate until the fault is rectified.
Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor

The yaw rate and lateral acceleration sensor is mounted on the rear parcel shelf. The sensor is secured by two
screws and connects to the vehicle wiring via a four pin multiplug.
When the ignition is ON, the sensor receives a power feed from the central junction box (CJB). The ground path
for the sensor is located behind the left hand rear seat back. The sensor measures the yaw rate and lateral
acceleration of the vehicle, providing values to the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module via a dedicated,
private high speed controller area network (CAN) bus connection. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module
broadcasts these values on the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus for use by other systems.
If a sensor fault is detected by the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module, 'DSC NOT AVAILABLE' will be
displayed in the instrument cluster message center and the amber warning indicator will illuminate. Refer to
Information and Message Center information.
Stoplamp Switch
The stoplamp switch is mounted on the brake pedal box and is connected to the vehicle harness via a four pin
multiplug.
When the brake pedal is pressed, the switch contacts close. This allows a hard wired signal feed to be sent to the
engine control module (ECM). A stoplamp switch status message is then sent from the engine control module
(ECM) to the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module on the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus. The
anti-lock brake system (ABS) module is then able to control braking force accordingly in conjunction with the
hydraulic control unit (HCU).
NOTE: The stoplamp switch also forms part of the speed control system.
Refer to: Speed Control information.
Instrument Cluster Warning Indicators

1 anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning indicator (USA only)
2 anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning indicator (Canada and Mexico only)
3 anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning indicator (all except USA, Canada and Mexico)
4 DSC warning indicator
5 Brake warning indicator (USA only)
6 Brake warning indicator (all except USA)
The instrument cluster and message center contains warning indicators and warning messages to display the
operating status of the anti-lock control - stability assist functions. The warning indicators and messages provide
a visual notification of either a system warning or information indication to the driver. There are three warning
indicators on the instrument cluster, which vary dependent on market, and several types of message relating to
the anti-lock control - stability assist functions. The DSC OFF message is accompanied by an audible warning.
The following anti-lock control - stability assist warning indicators are installed in the instrument cluster:
 An amber anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning indicator.

 A red brake warning indicator.
 An amber DSC warning indicator.
Refer to Instrument Cluster information. Refer to Information and Message Center information.
ABS Module

1 left-hand (LH) front brake
2 right-hand (RH) rear brake
3 left-hand (LH) rear brake
4 right-hand (RH) front brake
5 Primary inlet
6 Secondary inlet
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module is located in the passenger side, rear engine bay and incorporates the
hydraulic control unit (HCU). The module is mounted on the rear face of the hydraulic control unit (HCU),
which it uses to control all braking and stability functions by modulating hydraulic pressure to the individual
wheel brakes.
Two types of anti-lock brake system (ABS) modules are available; one for vehicles with standard Speed
Control, one for vehicles fitted with Adaptive Speed Control.
If an anti-lock brake system (ABS) modulator fault is detected, 'ABS FAULT' will be displayed in the
instrument cluster message center and the amber warning indicator will illuminate. Refer to Information and
Message Center information.
CAUTION: The anti-lock brake system (ABS) module and the hydraulic control unit
(HCU) comprise a single unit and must not be separated.
Hydraulic Control Unit
The hydraulic control unit (HCU) is a four channel unit, secured to a mounting bracket located in the passenger
side, rear engine bay. The hydraulic control unit (HCU) modulates the supply of hydraulic pressure to the
brakes under the control of the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module. Refer to Hydraulic Brake Actuation
information.
ANTI-LOCK CONTROL - STABILITY ASSIST
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
For a detailed description of the Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist system, refer to Anti-Lock Control -
Stability Assist and Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist and Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist.


2. Confirm if the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) warning light was illuminated, or still is.
NOTE: An intermittent fault may allow the warning light to go off. This does not
necessarily mean the fault is not present. Some warnings will appear to
clear when the ignition is cycled. This is often because the warning has
flagged as a result of one of the vehicle's on-board diagnostic routines
having run to detect the fault. If the same routine is not run when the
ignition status is set to ON , the warning will not re-flag until the routine
does run.
Visual Inspection
 Brake fluid level  Warning light operation
 Vacuum system  Fuses
 Wheel speed sensor installation  Wheel speed sensors
 Wheel speed sensor air gap  Connectors/Pins
 Magnetic pulse wheel(s)  Harnesses
(damaged/contaminated)  Steering wheel rotation sensor
 Steering angle sensor  Yaw rate sensor and accelerometer cluster
 Yaw rate sensor and accelerometer cluster  Booster pressure sensor
installation
 Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)
 Incorrect wheel or tire size
5. If the cause is not visually evident check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC
Index.
DTC INDEX

pinpoint tests, use the adaptor kit, part number 3548-1358-00
NOTE: If the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is suspect and the vehicle remains under
manufacturer warranty, refer to the Warranty Policy and Procedures manual
prior to the installation of a new HCU.
NOTE: When performing voltage or resistance tests, always use a digital multimeter
(DMM) accurate to three decimal places and with a current calibration
certificate. When testing resistance, always take the resistance of the DMM
leads into account.
pinpoint tests.

C0021- Brake Booster  No vacuum available from  Check integrity of brake booster
09 Performance engine due to split/leaking vacuum hose. Check and install a
hose etc new brake booster as required
 Brake booster servo has
failed due to lack of
vacuum
C0030- Left Front Tone  Left front magnetic pulse  Check the left front magnetic
38 Wheel - signal ring pulse ring for damage or
frequency incorrect damaged/contaminated contamination. Clean or replace
 Incorrect component as required. If no
installed damage/contamination found,
suspect wheel speed sensor.
 * Sensor internal fault Refer to the Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual if a
module/component is suspect. To
validate the repair and extinguish
the lamps, the vehicle needs to
be driven above 9mph/15kph for
more than 10 seconds
C0031- Left Front Wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Speed Sensor - short fault diagrams and check the wheel
to battery speed sensor circuit for short to
 Sensor internal fault
power. Repair harness as
required. If no harness fault
found, suspect wheel speed
sensor. Refer to the Warranty
Policy and Procedures manual if
a module/component is suspect
14 Speed Sensor - fault diagrams and check the wheel
circuit short to speed sensor circuit for short to
ground or open ground or open circuit. Repair

harness as required. If no harness
fault found, suspect wheel speed
25 Speed Sensor - signal fault diagrams and check the wheel
shape/waveform speed sensor circuit for partial or
failure  Sensor internal fault
intermittently grounded signal
circuit. Repair harness as
a module/component is suspect.
To validate the repair and
extinguish the lamps, the vehicle
needs to be driven above
9mph/15kph
2F Speed Sensor -signal fault diagrams and check the wheel
erratic speed sensor circuit for
intermittent short to power,
ground or open circuit. Repair
9mph/15kph
31 Speed Sensor - no fault diagrams and check the wheel
signal speed sensor circuit for open
 Magnetic pulse ring de-
magnetised or damaged circuit or high resistance. Check
connectors for damage or
 Sensor internal fault corrosion. Check the wheel
speed sensor for correct location
and contamination. Check the
magnetic pulse wheel for
contamination, damage or de-
magnetisation. Clean or replace
the sensor or wheel bearing as
required. Refer to the Warranty

9mph/15kph
compare failure speed sensor circuit for
9mph/15kph
C0031- Left Front Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tires  Check the correct wheels and
64 Speed Sensor - signal installed tyres are installed. Refer to the
plausibility failure electrical circuit diagrams and
 Electrical wiring harness
fault check the wheel speed sensor
circuit for intermittent short to
 EMC influences on left power, or ground. Check for
front wheel speed sensor EMC influences on the speed
and supply line sensor and circuits. Check
 Magnetic pulse wheel magnetic pulse wheel for
damaged/contaminated, damage/contamination and de-
de-magnetised magnetisation. Repair Wiring
 Sensor internal fault harness, install a new sensor or
wheel bearing as required. Refer
to the Warranty Policy and
module/component is suspect
C0032- Left Front wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Speed Sensor Supply fault diagrams and check the wheel
- circuit short to speed sensor circuit for short to
ground  Sensor internal fault
ground. Repair harness as
C0033- Right Front Tone  Right front magnetic pulse  Check the right front magnetic
C0034- Right Front Wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit
ground or open  Sensor internal fault
9mph/15kph
C0034- Right Front Wheel
2F Speed Sensor -signal  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit
erratic fault diagrams and check the wheel
 Sensor internal fault speed sensor circuit for
9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
C0034- Right Front Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct wheels and
 EMC influences on right power, or ground. Check for
front wheel speed sensor EMC influences on the speed
de-magnetised magnetisation. Repair wiring
C0036- Left Rear Tone  Left rear magnetic pulse  Check the left rear magnetic
C0037- Left Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit

9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph

9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
C0037- Left Rear Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct wheels and
rear wheel speed sensor EMC influences on the speed

C0039- Right Rear Tone  Right rear magnetic pulse  Check the right rear magnetic
 Incorrect component as required.. If no
 Sensor internal fault Refer to the Warranty Policy and
C003A- Right Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit

9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
9mph/15kph
C003A- Right Rear Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct wheels and
rear wheel speed sensor EMC influences on the speed
C003B- Right Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring harness  Refer to the electrical circuit
C0047- Brake Booster  Brake booster pressure  Carry out any pinpoint test
16 Pressure Sensor - sensor supply circuit - associated with this DTC using
circuit voltage below voltage below threshold the manufacturer approved
threshold diagnostic system. Refer to the
 HCU failure
electrical circuit diagrams and
check brake booster pressure
sensor power supply for short to
ground. Check and install a new
HCU as required, refer to the
new module/component
installation note at the top of the
DTC Index
1C Pressure Sensor - sensor supply circuit - associated with this DTC using
circuit voltage out of voltage out of range 4.5v- the manufacturer approved
range 5.3v diagnostic system. Refer to the
 Brake booster pressure electrical circuit diagrams and

sensor failure check brake booster pressure
sensor power supply for short,
 HCU failure high resistance. Establish if
sensor or HCU is at fault. Check
and install a new brake booster
pressure sensor or HCU as
module/component installation
note at the top of the DTC Index
29 Pressure Sensor - sensor signal 1 circuit - associated with this DTC using
signal invalid short to ground, power, the manufacturer approved
open circuit diagnostic system. Refer to the
sensor signal 2 circuit - check brake booster signal 1 and
short to ground, power, 2 circuits for short to ground,
open circuit power, open circuit. Clear DTC
and re-test. If DTC remains,
 Brake booster pressure suspect the brake booster
sensor failure pressure sensor, check and install
a new sensor as required, refer to
the new module/component
DTC Index. To validate the
repair and extinguish the lamps,
start the engine and apply the
foot brake
C0047- Brake Booster NOTE:  Carry out any pinpoint test
62 Pressure Sensor - Fault detected during braking associated with this DTC using
signal compare event the manufacturer approved
failure diagnostic system. Refer to the
sensor signal circuits 1 check brake booster pressure
and 2 - shorted together sensor signal circuits 1 and 2 for
shorting together. Repair any
harness faults found and retest.
extinguish the lamps, start the
engine and apply the foot brake
C0047- Brake Booster NOTE:  Carry out any pinpoint test
64 Pressure Sensor - Fault detected during non- associated with this DTC using
signal plausibility braking event the manufacturer approved
failure diagnostic system. Refer to the
 Signal plausibility failure electrical circuit diagrams and
 Electrical wiring harness check brake booster signal 1 and
fault 2 circuits for short to ground,

 Brake booster pressure power, open circuit or high
sensor failure resistance. Check connectors for
damage or corrosion. Repair any
harness faults found and retest. If
DTC remains, suspect the brake
booster pressure sensor, check
and install a new sensor as
note at the top of the DTC Index.
extinguish the lamps, start the
engine and apply and release the
foot brake
C0062- Longitudinal  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor is securely
28 Acceleration Sensor - mounted mounted. If the mounting is
signal bias level out secure suspect the yaw sensor,
of range/zero  Yaw sensor fault
Refer to the Warranty Policy and
adjustment failure Procedures manual if a
C0062- Longitudinal  The longitudinal  Check the longitudinal
54 Acceleration Sensor - acceleration sensor has acceleration sensor has been
missing calibration not been calibrated calibrated
 Mounting bracket  If it has been calibrated check
bent/misaligned that the sensor is aligned
correctly, check for bent
mounting bracket
 To validate the calibration/repair,
ignition on and wait 10 seconds.
Check lamps remain
extinguished
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical wiring
08 bus signal /message diagrams and check the integrity
failures  Yaw sensor fault
of the power and ground supplies
to the yaw sensor. Check the
integrity of the bus connections.
Repair any harness faults found
and retest. If no harness faults
are found suspect the yaw sensor,
validate the repair, ignition on
and wait 10 seconds. Check
lamps remain extinguished.

C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical wiring
14 circuit short to diagrams and check the high
ground or open  Sensor fault
speed CAN circuit between the
yaw sensor and the Anti-Lock
Braking System Hydraulic
Control Unit for short to ground
or open circuit. Repair any
no harness faults are found
suspect the yaw sensor, Refer to
the Warranty Policy and
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor power  Refer to the electrical wiring
1C circuit voltage out of distribution fault diagrams and check the power
range and ground supplies to the yaw
 Wiring harness fault
sensor. Check power circuit for
 Yaw sensor internal fault short to ground or open circuit.
Check ground circuit for short to
power or open circuit. Repair any
no harness faults are found
suspect the yaw sensor, Refer to
 To confirm the repair and
extinguish the warning lamps,
clear the DTC, cycle the ignition
state to off, then return the
ignition state to on and wait up to
10 seconds
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor is securely
27 signal rate of change mounted mounted. Check the yaw sensor
 Yaw sensor connector harness connector is securely
insecure located. Refer to the electrical
wiring diagrams and check the
 Wiring harness fault power and ground supplies to the
 Yaw sensor fault yaw sensor. Check circuits for
 Anti-Lock Braking intermittent open circuit or high
System Hydraulic Control resistance. Repair any harness
Unit fault faults found and retest. If no
harness faults are found suspect
the yaw sensor or Anti-Lock
Braking System Hydraulic
Control Unit, Refer to the

Warranty Policy and Procedures
manual if a module/component is
suspect
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor is securely
28 signal bias level out mounted mounted. If the mounting is
of range/zero secure suspect the yaw sensor,
adjustment failure  Yaw sensor fault
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor fault  Replace the yaw sensor, clear the
41 checksum error DTC and retest the system. If the
 Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic Control DTC remains install a new Anti-
Unit fault Lock Braking System Hydraulic
Control Unit. Refer to the
suspect
10 seconds
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor internal  Refer to the electrical wiring
49 internal electronic electronic failure diagrams and check the power
failure and ground supplies to the yaw
sensor. Repair any harness faults
found and retest. If no harness
faults are found suspect the yaw
sensor, Refer to the Warranty
10 seconds
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  The vehicle has been NOTE:
64 signal plausibility operated on a This DTC can be set if the vehicle is
failure dynamometer/rolling road operated on a dynamometer/rolling
road, if this is the case the DTC
 Yaw rate sensor should be stored as a historic DTC
incorrectly installed
 Yaw rate sensor fault  This DTC is set if the

information coming from the
yaw sensor is deemed to be
implausible when compared with
other sensor information such as
steering angle sensor. Check that
the yaw sensor is correctly
installed on the vehicle. If the
sensor is installed correctly
suspect the sensor has an internal
fault. Refer to the Warranty
C0063- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Incorrect yaw sensor  Check the part number of the
95 incorrect assembly installed yaw sensor and fit the correct
sensor as required
10 seconds
C101F- Generic Valve  Anti-Lock Braking  Refer to the Warranty Policy and
49 Failure - internal System Hydraulic Control Procedures manual if a
electronic failure Unit fault module/component is suspect.
Check and install a new Anti-
Lock Braking System Hydraulic
Control Unit
C1A77- Valve Relay Supply  Valve relay supply circuit  Refer to the electrical wiring
16 Circuit - voltage fault diagrams and check the valve
below threshold relay supply circuit for open
 Valve relay ground circuit
fault circuit or short to ground. Check
the valve relay ground circuit for
open circuit
10 seconds. If required road test
the vehicle at a speed above 20
KPH
C1A90- Wheel Speed Sensor  Wiring harness fault  This DTC is set if at least one
12 Supply - circuit short wheel speed sensor supply circuit
to battery is short to power. Refer to the
electrical wiring diagrams and

check the wheel speed sensor
circuits for short to power.
Repair wiring harness as
required. Clear the DTC and
retest the system
C1A95- Wheel speed Sensor -  Incorrect wheel speed  Check and install the correct
4A incorrect component sensor installed wheel speed sensor
installed
30 seconds
C1A95- Wheel Speed Sensor  Incorrect wheels/tyres NOTE:
64 - signal plausibility installed This DTC could be set by a flat tire
failure which would give a continuous
 Electrical wiring harness different rate of speed when
fault compared to other 3 wheels, if this is
 Magnetic pulse wheel the case the DTC should be stored
damaged/contaminated or as a historic DTC
de-magnetised
 EMC influences on wheel  Check that approved wheels and
speed sensors and supply tyres are installed. Refer to the
circuits electrical circuit diagrams and
check the wheel speed sensor
 Wheel speed sensor circuits for intermittent short to
internal fault power, or ground. Check the
wheel speed sensors and pulse
wheels for
contamination/damage or de-
magnetisation. Clear the DTC
and retest the vehicle. If the fault
remains check the wheel speed
sensor circuits for possible EMC
interference. Examine the output
from the sensors using an
oscilloscope to identify
inconsistent patterns or spikes.
Repair wiring harness or replace
wheel speed sensors or wheel
bearings as required. Refer to the
suspect
C1A96- Brake Light Switch -  Brake pedal switch out of  This DTC is set when the signal
64 signal plausibility
failure adjustment from the brake pedal position

 Brake pedal switch circuit switch is contradicted by the
faults signal from the master cylinder
pressure sensor. Check the
 Brake pedal switch fault adjustment of the brake pedal
position switch. Check the
Engine Control Module for brake
pedal switch related DTCs.
Check brake pedal switch
circuits for open circuit. Repair
wiring as required or install a
replacement switch as required.
Switch the ignition state to on,
press and release brake pedal at
least once
C1A97- Lateral  Sensor Internal Fault  This DTC is set when the lateral
24 Accelerometer - accelerometer produces an
signal stuck high erroneous signal with the vehicle
stationary. Suspect sensor, refer
C1A98- Yaw Rate Sensor  Internal electronic failure  Check and install a new sensor as
49 required, refer to the Warranty
C1A98- Yaw Rate Sensor NOTE:  Check the Yaw rate sensor is
64 This DTC may set due to a correctly installed to the vehicle.
sustained period of steep Check and install a new sensor as
uphill driving (>35% for four required, refer to the Warranty
seconds)
 Yaw rate sensor
incorrectly mounted to the
vehicle
 Yaw rate sensor failure
C1A98- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor  Check the mounting of the yaw
92 performance or incorrectly mounted to the rate sensor and correct or replace
incorrect operation vehicle. sensor as required. Refer to the
suspect
C1A98- Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor  Clear the DTC and retest the
96 component internal incorrectly installed system. If the fault remains
failure check for additional DTCs and
 Yaw rate sensor wiring
fault refer to the DTC index. Check

 EMC influences on yaw the Yaw sensor is mounted
rate sensor and circuits correctly on the vehicle. Check
the wiring connections to the
 Yaw rate sensor internal sensor are correct and secure.
fault Check for any sources of EMC
interference with the sensor or
circuits. If no external causes are
evident suspect the sensor. Refer
C1A98- Yaw Rate Sensor -  The signal from the yaw NOTE:
2F signal erratic rate sensor has been This DTC may be stored even though
suspicious for > 2 minutes no fault condition is present and
but has not yet moved should be ignored. Clear the DTC
and retest. Verify the customer
fully to fault condition concern prior to diagnosis
 Information only, regard as

normal operation. Clear the DTC
and retest the system
C1A99- Pressure Sensor -  Pedal box adjustment  Check the pedal box is
28 signal bias level out incorrect adjusted/operating correctly,
of range / zero perform any necessary
adjustment failure  Pedal box fault
adjustments, clear DTC and
 Anti-Lock Braking retest system. If DTC resets
System Control Module suspect Anti-Lock Braking
fault System Control Module. Refer to
C1B00- Steering Angle  Steering angle sensor not  The sensor is calibrated at every
16 Sensor - circuit initialized and calibrated new ignition cycle, every time
voltage below the vehicle is driven away from
threshold  Wiring harness fault
standstill. The DTC indicates
 Sensor internal fault that the steering offset exceeded
allowed values and that the
calibration process was restarted.
Check for a disturbance of the
ignition supply to the sensor.
Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check the steering
angle sensor wiring harness and
circuits for open circuits, short to
ground. Refer to the Warranty

C1B00- Steering Angle  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
1C Sensor - circuit diagrams and check the steering
voltage out of range  Sensor internal fault
angle sensor wiring harness and
sensor signal circuits for open
circuits, short to power or
ground. Refer to the Warranty
C1B00- Steering Angle  Harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
27 Sensor - signal rate of diagrams, check the wiring
change above  Sensor internal fault
harness connection at the
threshold steering angle sensor for security
and check circuits for
intermittent faults. Clear DTC
and retest system. The sensor is
calibrated at every new ignition
cycle, every time the vehicle is
driven away from standstill. If
fault returns suspect sensor.
C1B00- Steering Angle  Steering angle sensor not  Check the installed position of
49 Sensor - internal installed in the correct the steering angle sensor.
electronic failure position Remove and reinstall if required.
 Steering angle sensor Clear DTC. The sensor is
internal fault calibrated at every new ignition
cycle, every time the vehicle is
driven away from standstill.
Retest system. If fault returns
suspect sensor. Refer to the
suspect
C1B00- Steering Angle  Steering angle sensor not  This DTC is set when there is
64 Sensor - signal installed in the correct conflicting information coming
plausibility failure position from the Steering Angle Sensor
 Yaw rate sensor not and the Yaw Rate Sensor. Check
installed in the correct both of these sensors to ensure
position they are correctly installed on the
vehicle. Check for other related
 Steering angle sensor DTCs. Clear the DTC. The
internal fault sensor is calibrated at every new
ignition cycle, every time the
vehicle is driven away from

standstill. If the DTC returns
suspect the Steering Angle
Sensor. Refer to the Warranty
C1B00- Steering Angle  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
66 Sensor - signal has diagrams and check the steering
too many  Steering angle sensor
internal fault angle circuits for short circuit to
transitions/events each other. If no harness faults
are found suspect the steering
angle sensor, refer to the
suspect
C1B00- Steering Angle  Conditions not met under  Information only, regard as
68 Sensor - event which the sensor can learn normal operation. Clear the DTC
information the center position and retest the system. Switch the
ignition state to on, engine
running, accelerate > 5.4 kph
with steering input
C1B02- Return Pump - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
16 voltage below diagrams and check the return
threshold pump supply and ground circuits
for short to ground or open
circuit
ignition state to on and drive the
vehicle above 9mph/15kph
C1B02- Return Pump -  Internal fault within the  Install a new hydraulic control
49 internal electronic Anti-Lock Braking unit. Refer to the Warranty
failure System Hydraulic Control Policy and Procedures manual if
Unit a module/component is suspect
ignition state to on and drive the
vehicle above 9mph/15kph
C2009- Front Axle Wheel  Vehicle unevenly loaded  Check the vehicle is not
95 Speed Sensors unevenly loaded (heavy on one
Swapped - incorrect  Incorrect tyres installed
side). Check that approved
assembly  Wiring harness fault wheels and tyres are installed.

Refer to electrical circuit
diagrams and check if the front
wheel speed sensor connectors
are transposed or incorrectly
attached at the wiring harness
connector
C200A- Rear Axle Wheel  Vehicle unevenly loaded  Check the vehicle is not
95 Speed Sensors unevenly loaded (heavy on one
Swapped - incorrect  Incorrect tyres installed
side). Check that approved
assembly  Wiring harness fault wheels and tyres are installed.
Refer to electrical circuit
diagrams and check if the rear
wheel speed sensor connectors
are transposed or incorrectly
attached at the wiring harness
connector
U0001- High Speed CAN  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
88 Communication bus - diagrams and check the power
bus off and ground connections to the
module. Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system,
complete a CAN network
integrity test. Refer to the
check the CAN network
U0074- Control Module  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Communication Bus diagrams and check the power
B off - circuit open and ground connections to the
module. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check the
private CAN bus circuits
between the Yaw Rate Sensor
and the Anti-Lock Braking
System control module for open
circuit
U0074- Control Module  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
88 Communication Bus diagrams and check the power
B off - bus off and ground connections to the
module. Refer to the electrical
private CAN bus circuits
between the Yaw Rate Sensor
System control module for short
to ground, short to power open
circuit. check for insecure

connectors
U0100- Lost Communication  Power distribution fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 With ECM/PCM A - diagrams and check the power
no sub type  Wiring harness fault
and ground connections to the
information module. Using the manufacturer
check the CAN network between
the Engine Control Module and
the Anti-Lock Braking System
Control Module
10 seconds
87 With ECM/PCM "A" diagrams and check the power
- Missing message  Wiring harness fault
the Engine Control Module and
Control Module
10 seconds
00 With TCM - no sub diagrams and check the power
type information  Wiring harness fault

the Transmission Control
Module and the Anti-Lock
Braking System Control Module
87 with TCM - missing diagrams and check the power
message  Wiring harness fault
the Transmission Control
00 With Gear Shift diagrams and check the power
Control Module A -  Wiring harness fault
no sub type module. Using the manufacturer
information approved diagnostic system,
the Transmission Shift Control
87 With Gear Shift diagrams and check the power
Module - Missing  Wiring harness fault
message module. Using the manufacturer
the Transmission Shift Control
00 With Cruise Control diagrams and check the power
Module - no sub type  Wiring harness fault

the Adaptive Speed Control
U0104- Lost Communication  Invalid brake demand NOTE:
87 With Cruise Control pressure received from the This DTC can be set by either lost
Module - missing Adaptive Speed Control communication over CAN or by the
message Module ABS receiving an invalid brake
demand pressure from the Adaptive
 Power distribution fault Speed Control Module
 Check for Adaptive Speed
Control Module related DTCs
 Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check the power
the Adaptive Speed Control
00 With Yaw Rate diagrams and check the power
Sensor Module - no  Wiring harness fault
sub type information  Sensor failure Yaw Rate Sensor. Refer to the
the Yaw Rate Sensor Module
System Control Module
 If no harness faults are found,
suspect the yaw rate sensor.

10 seconds
U0123- Lost Communication  Yaw rate sensor HS CAN  Refer to the electrical circuit
87 With Yaw Rate circuit - open circuit diagrams and check the power
Sensor Module - and ground connections to the
missing message  Yaw rate sensor ignition
supply circuit - short to Yaw Rate Sensor. Refer to the
ground, open circuit electrical circuit diagrams and
 Sensor failure the Yaw Rate Sensor Module
 If no harness faults are found,
suspect the yaw rate sensor.
10 seconds
00 With Park Brake diagrams and check the power
Control Module - no  Wiring harness fault
sub type information module. Using the manufacturer
the Park Brake Control Module
87 With Park Brake diagrams and check the power
Control Module -  Wiring harness fault
Missing message module. Using the manufacturer
the Park Brake Control Module

00 With Suspension diagrams and check the power
Control Module B -  Wiring harness fault
no sub type module. Using the manufacturer
information approved diagnostic system,
Control Module and the
Adaptive Damping Control
Module
00 With Central diagrams and check the power
Junction Box - no sub  Wiring harness fault
type information module. Using the manufacturer
the Central Junction Box and the
Anti-Lock Braking System
Control Module
00 With Instrument diagrams and check the power
Panel Cluster (IPC)  Wiring harness fault
Control Module - no module. Using the manufacturer
sub type information approved diagnostic system,
Control Module and the
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
Control Module
U0300- Internal Control  The Anti-Lock Braking  Check the Anti-Lock Braking
00 Module Software System Control Module is System control module part
Incompatibility - no not compatible with the number, install the correct part as
sub type information vehicle required. Refer to the Warranty

10 seconds
U0401- Invalid Data  Event information -  Check the Engine Control
68 Received From engine control module Module for related DTCs and
ECM/PCM - event related concern refer to the relevant DTC index
information
10 seconds
U0402- Invalid Data  Event information -  Check the Transmission Control
68 Received From Transmission Control Module for related DTCs and
Transmission Control Module related concern refer to the relevant DTC index
Module - event
information
U0404- Invalid Data  Event information -  Check the Transmission Shift
68 Received From Gear transmission shift module Module for Dynamic Stability
Shift Module A - related concern Control switch related DTCs and
event information refer to the relevant DTC index
U0405- Invalid Data  Event information - speed  Check the Speed Control Module
68 Received From control module related for related DTCs and refer to the
Cruise Control concern relevant DTC index
Module - event
information
U0417- Invalid Data  Event information -  Check the Electric Park Brake
68 Received From Park electric park brake control Control Module for related DTCs
Brake Control module related concern and refer to the relevant DTC
Module - event index
information
U0443- Invalid Data  Event information  Check the RJB for related DTCs
68 Received From Body and refer to the relevant DTC
Control Module "B" Index
U1A14- CAN Initialization  Power distribution fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Failure - no sub type diagrams and check the power
information  Wiring harness fault

U2001- Reduced System  Event information - The  Refer to the Warranty Policy and
68 Function - event pump motor wear Procedures manual if a
information estimator has reached a module/component is suspect.
preset limit which mean Check and install a new Anti-
that the Anti-Lock Lock Braking System Hydraulic
Braking System control Control Unit as required
module will no longer
support adaptive speed
control
U200D- Control Module  Wiring harness fault NOTE:
14 Output Power A - This monitoring is based on
circuit short to  Vacuum boost pressure
detecting that the supply voltage
ground or open sensor failure (V6 petrol from the ABS modulator is out of
variants only) range (4.5V - 5.3 V)
 Steering angle sensor fault
 HCU failure  Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check the power
Control Module. Check the
circuits between the steering
angle sensor and the Anti-Lock
Braking System Control Module,
in particular check the steering
angle sensor ground at the Anti-
Lock Braking System Control
Module connector pin. On V6
Petrol variants check the circuits
between the vacuum boost
pressure sensor and the Anti-
Module, in particular check the
vacuum boost pressure sensor
power supply at the Anti-Lock
connector pin. If no wiring
harness faults are found and the
power and ground supplies to the
vacuum boost pressure sensor,
steering angle sensor and Anti-
Module are ok then suspect (1)
the vacuum boost pressure
sensor, (2) the steering angle
sensor, (3) the Anti-Lock
Braking System Control Module.

U2101- Control Module  Anti-Lock Braking  Check/amend the car
00 configuration System Control Module configuration file in the Central
Incompatible - no sub variant code value not Junction Box using the
type information supported on this vehicle manufacturer approved
diagnostic system
U2101- Control Module  Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
68 configuration System Control Module The DTC is only for information and
Incompatible - event has been substituted from the system will have full functionality
information another vehicle
 Check if the Anti-Lock Braking
 A new Anti-Lock Braking
System Control Module System Control Module has been
has been installed previously installed to another
vehicle, if so: Install the correct
Control Module for this vehicle.
If the Anti-Lock Braking System
Control Module is new, cycle the
ignition ON/OFF and clear the
DTC. Retest the system
U2300- Central  Configuration missing  Check/amend the car
54 Configuration - configuration file using the
missing calibration manufacturer approved
diagnostic system
U3000- Control Module -  Anti-Lock Braking  Check Anti-Lock Braking
45 program memory System Control Module System Control Module, clear
failure memory failure DTC and retest system. If the
fault returns install a new Anti-
Lock Braking System Hydraulic
control Unit. Refer to the
suspect
U3000- Control Module -  Anti-Lock Braking  Refer to the Warranty Policy and
49 internal electronic System Control Module Procedures manual if a
failure internal electronic failure module/component is suspect.
Install a new Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic Control Unit
U3000- Control Module -  Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
4B over temperature System valve overheat This DTC may be set if the
protection has been manufacturer approved diagnostic
activated system has been operating the
valves for a prolonged period
 Allow the Anti-Lock Braking

System Hydraulic Control Unit
to cool, Clear the DTC and retest
the system
U3000- Control Module -  Event information - Anti-  Check for other DTCs relating to
68 event information Lock Braking System wheel speed, yaw rate, steering
intervention in progress angle and component failures.
for an unfeasible length of Refer to the Warranty Policy and
time Procedures manual if a
U3000- Control Module -  Error/mismatch in Car  Download the Car Configuration
87 missing message Configuration file File from the RJB using the
manufacturer approved
diagnostic system, check and
amend to suit vehicle
specification
U3002- Vehicle Identification  The Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
81 Number - invalid System Hydraulic Control The module will continue to work
serial data received Unit has previously been normally even with the stored DTC
installed to another
vehicle  Check and install the original, or
a new Anti-Lock Braking System
Hydraulic Control Unit. Refer to
U3003- Battery Voltage -  There is a difference of  Refer to the electrical circuit
62 signal compare more than 2 volts between diagrams and check the power
failure the power supply to the and ground supply circuits to the
Anti-Lock Braking Central Junction Box and the
System Hydraulic Control Anti-Lock Braking System
Unit and the Central Hydraulic Control Unit. Repair
Junction Box wiring as required, clear the DTC
U3006- Control Module Input  Power supply voltage low  Refer to the electrical circuit
16 Power A - circuit at Anti-Lock Braking diagrams and check the power
voltage below System Hydraulic Control and ground supply circuits to the
threshold Unit Anti-Lock Braking System
Hydraulic Control Unit for open
circuit, short to ground. Repair
wiring as required, clear the DTC
U3006- Control Module Input  Power supply voltage high  Suspect overcharging. Check the
17 Power A - circuit at Anti-Lock Braking Engine Control Module for
voltage above
threshold System Hydraulic Control charging related DTCs and refer

Unit to the relevant DTC index. Refer
to the workshop manual and
battery care manual and check
the vehicle charging circuit
performance. Rectify any
charging circuit concerns and
clear the DTC. Retest the system
U3006- Control Module Input  Power supply voltage  Refer to the electrical circuit
1C Power A - circuit momentarily low at the diagrams and check the power
voltage out of range Anti-Lock Braking and ground supply circuits to the
System Hydraulic Control Anti-Lock Braking System
Unit Hydraulic Control Unit for
intermittent open circuit, short to
ground, or high resistance. Check
the Engine Control Module for
charging related DTCs and refer
to the relevant DTC index. Refer
to the workshop manual and
battery care manual and check
the vehicle battery condition and
charging circuit performance.
Rectify any battery or charging
circuit concerns and clear the
DTC. Retest the system
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE
REMOVAL
NOTE: The anti-lock braking system (ABS) module mounted to the hydraulic
control unit (HCU) cannot be serviced separately. If the ABS module
requires replacement, the unit must be replaced as a complete assembly.
1. Remove the HCU. Refer to: Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). .
INSTALLATION
1. Install the HCU. Refer to: Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). .
FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL


2. Refer to Fender Splash Shield information.
NOTE: LH illustration shown, RH is similar.
3. See figure
4. See figure
CAUTION: Note the fitted position of the component prior to removal.
5. See figure
INSTALLATION
1. See figure
2. See figure
3. See figure
HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
Special Tools
Tool Illustration Tool Name Tool Number

Brake pedal hold down tool JDS9013
REMOVAL
All vehicles
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Refer to Battery Disconnect and Connect information.
Left-hand drive vehicles
2. Remove the secondary bulkhead RH panel. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel RH information.
Right-hand drive vehicles
3. Remove the secondary bulkhead LH panel. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
All vehicles


5. Connect brake bleed pipes and bottles to the left-hand front and the left-hand rear brake caliper bleed
nipples and loosen the brake caliper bleed nipples.
NOTE: To prevent the loss of brake fluid, using the special tool apply the brake
pedal and set to 40mm (1.6 in) below the rest position.
6. Using the special tool, press and hold the brake pedal.
7. Remove the bleed pipes and bottles.
 Tighten the left-hand front brake caliper bleed nipple.
1. For vehicles with supercharger: Tighten to 14Nm.

2. For vehicles without supercharger: Tighten to 8 Nm.

 Tighten the left-hand rear brake caliper bleed nipple.
1. All vehicles: Tighten to 14 Nm.
 Disconnect and remove the brake bleed pipes and bottles.
 Install the bleed nipple dust caps.
is always correct.
8. Disconnect the hydraulic control unit (HCU) electrical connector.
CAUTION: If brake fluid is spilt on the paintwork, the affected area must be
immediately washed down with cold water.
NOTE: Some fluid spillage is inevitable during this operation.
NOTE: Note the position of the components prior to removal.
is always correct.
9. Disconnect the 6 brake pipe unions.
is always correct.
10. Remove the HCU.

 Loosen but do not remove the 2 nuts.
 Lift and remove the HCU.
INSTALLATION
All vehicles
CAUTION: If accidentally dropped or knocked install a new hydraulic control

unit (HCU) and module.
NOTE: Make sure the HCU locating grommet is correctly seated in the bracket
before installing the ABS module.
NOTE: Make sure the HCU locating pin is correctly located in the grommet, and
the 2 isolators are fully seated in the bracket slots.
is always correct.
1. Install the HCU to the retaining bracket.

 Tighten to 8 Nm.
CAUTION: Make sure that the area around the component is clean and free of
foreign material.
CAUTION: Make sure that these components are installed to the noted removal
position.
NOTE: Remove and discard the blanking caps.
is always correct.
2. Connect the brake pipe unions.

is always correct.
3. Connect the HCU electrical connector.

4. Remove the special tool.

5. Bleed the brake system. Refer to Brake System Bleeding information.
6. Install the secondary bulkhead RH panel. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel RH information.
7. Install the secondary bulkhead LH panel. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
All vehicles
8. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to Battery Disconnect and Connect information.
9. Using the diagnostic tool, configure the new HCU.
REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

REMOVAL
NOTE: The ignition must be switched off.
NOTE: Some variation in the illustrations may occur, but the essential information is
always correct.


2. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor electrical connector.
CAUTION: Make sure that the harness retaining bracket is not removed. Failure
to follow this instruction may result in damage to the harness.
NOTE: Note the orientation of the clip.
3. Release the wiring harness grommet.
4. Remove the wheel speed sensor.

 Remove the retaining bolt.
 Release the wheel speed sensor.

INSTALLATION
NOTE: Make sure that the component is installed to the position noted on
removal.

STEERING WHEEL ROTATION SENSOR
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Clockspring information.
3. See figure
4. See figure
INSTALLATION
YAW RATE SENSOR AND ACCELEROMETER

REMOVAL

2. Refer to Parcel Shelf information.
3. Torque: 6 Nm
CAUTION: Make sure that all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) have been
removed after the road test.
NOTE: Make sure that this component is installed to the noted removal position.
4. See figure
INSTALLATION

ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Anti-Theft - Active
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT
Anti-Theft - Active
ANTI-THEFT - ACTIVE
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Alarm indicator
2 Latch mechanism - front door
3 Intrusion detection module
4 Latch mechanism - rear door
5 Central locking Radio Frequency (RF) receiver

6 Luggage compartment lid latch mechanism
7 Keyless vehicle module
8 Latch mechanism - rear door
9 Latch mechanism - front door
10 Start control unit
11 Battery backed sounder
12 Passive sounder
13 Hood latch mechanism
14 Vehicle horn
OVERVIEW
The active anti-theft system is available with three different levels of vehicle protection depending on market
specification:
 Hinged panel sensing

 Hinged panel and intrusion sensing
 Hinged panel, intrusion and inclination sensing.
The central junction box (CJB) automatically arms and disarms the active anti-theft system when it functions
the central locking system. Refer to: Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems information.
Depending on market specification two modes of protection are used: perimeter mode and volumetric mode.
Perimeter mode
Perimeter mode, monitors the security of the hinged panels, which include:
 All doors,
 Luggage compartment lid, and
 Engine compartment lid.
When perimeter mode is active, the CJB monitors the panel ajar switches in the latch mechanisms of the hinged
panels.
Volumetric mode
In volumetric mode the CJB monitors the interior of the vehicle for movement using an ultrasonic sound wave
sensor.
If the battery backed sounder incorporates an inclination sensor the vehicle will also be monitored for
unauthorized tilting; for example towing or jacking.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; N = Medium speed CAN; O = LIN bus


1 Battery
2 Megafuse (250 amp)
5 Vehicle horn
7 Central locking - Radio Frequency (RF) receiver
8 Engine compartment lid - latch mechanism
9 Passive sounder
10 Battery backed sounder
11 Alarm indicator
13 Start control unit
14 Luggage compartment lid - latch mechanism
15 Door latch mechanism - left-hand (LH) rear
16 Door latch mechanism - right-hand (RH) rear
17 Door latch mechanism - RH front
18 Door latch mechanism - LH front
19 Door module - LH rear
20 Door module - RH rear
21 Door module - RH front
22 Door module - LH front
23 Intrusion detection module
SYSTEM OPERATION
Anti-Theft - Active
The active anti-theft system is available with three different levels of vehicle protection depending on market
specification:
 Hinged panel sensing

 Hinged panel and intrusion sensing
 Hinged panel, intrusion and inclination sensing.
The system is controlled by software in the central junction box (CJB) and rear junction box (RJB) and
indicates a trigger condition:
 Visually, using the direction indicators, and

 Audibly, using the vehicle horn and either a passive or active sounder to indicate a trigger condition.
The passive sounder takes the form of an anti-theft disc horn located at the rear of the engine compartment on
the left-hand (LH) side. The active sounder takes the form of a battery backed sounder located in the same
position.
Depending on market specification, the battery backed sounder may be fitted with an inclination sensor. Both
types of battery backed sounder are visually identical and can only be identified by their part number. Both are
also intelligent units, and communicate to the CJB over a local interconnect network (LIN) bus connection.
Monitoring of the hinged panels is carried out using switches located in each door latch assembly, the engine-
compartment-lid latch assembly, and the luggage-compartment-lid latch assembly. The condition of the
switches is monitored by the CJB.
Monitoring of front door lock status is carried out using switches located in the door latch mechanisms. The
condition of the switches is monitored by the front door modules and transmitted to the CJB over the medium
speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
Monitoring of the cabin interior is carried out using an intrusion detection module mounted behind the roof
console. The intrusion detection module comprises an ultrasonic sound wave sensor to determine if there is
movement within the cabin.
Information from the intrusion detection module is communicated to the CJB over a LIN bus connection.
CAUTION: The intrusion detection module electrical connections, particularly those

to the sensors mounted in the roof console, are very delicate and must be
handled with care.
CAUTION: The intrusion detection module is an electro-statically sensitive part and

should only be handled in an electro-statically controlled environment.
When armed, the active anti-theft system can be triggered in one of the following ways:
 A door ajar switch indicates a door has been opened.

 The engine compartment lid or luggage compartment lid ajar switches indicate that either has been
opened.
 Either front door latch mechanism indicates a door has been unlocked.
 The emergency key blade is used to open either the LH front door or luggage compartment.
 The CJB or RJB are disconnected (this may result in only a partial trigger).
 An attempt is made to start the engine without a valid signal from the Smart Key. Refer to: Anti-Theft -
Passive information.
 The battery backed sounder is disconnected (partial trigger only).
 The vehicle battery is disconnected on a vehicle fitted with a battery backed sounder (partial trigger only).
 The inclination sensor detects a change in vehicle attitude.
 The intrusion detection module detects movement within the cabin.
Door Modules
The door modules provide the interface between the door latch-motors, the door latch-switches and the CJB.
The door modules provide door switch status information and enable the door latch-motors on request from the
CJB or the keyless vehicle module.
Keyless Vehicle Module
The keyless vehicle module interfaces with the Central locking, Radio Frequency (RF) receiver and collects RF
signal information which is transmitted from the Smart Key. This information is translated into commands
which are passed on the medium speed CAN bus to the:
 CJB,
 RJB,
 Door modules, and
 Instrument cluster.
The keyless vehicle module also monitors:
 2 interior antennae,
 1 luggage compartment antenna,
 A rear bumper antenna, and
 4 door handle antennae if the passive entry system is fitted.
On vehicles with passive entry, the additional fast latch motors are controlled via the keyless vehicle module
and the locking status is passed to the CJB on the medium speed CAN bus.
Instrument Cluster
The instrument cluster controls the alarm indicator, and in conjunction with the engine control module (ECM),
the engine immobilization. The ECM controls the engine crank and fuel functions and the instrument cluster
processes the valid transponder information.
Alarm Indicator
The alarm indicator is a light emitting diode (LED) located in the body of the sunload/light sensor. When the
ignition is off the indicator gives a visual indication of the active anti-theft system to show if the alarm system is
active or not active. Operation of the alarm indicator is controlled by the instrument cluster which varies the
flash rate of the LED to indicate the system status of the alarm and the immobilization systems.
When the ignition is on, the indicator provides a visual indication of the status of the passive anti-theft (engine
immobilization) system. If the immobilization system is operating correctly, the LED will be illuminated for 3
seconds at ignition on and then extinguish. If a fault exists in the immobilization system, the LED will be either
permanently illuminated or flashing for 60 seconds. This indicates that a fault exists and fault code has been
recorded. After the 60 second period the LED will flash at different frequencies which indicate the nature of the
fault. Refer to Anti-Theft - Passive information.
Passive Anti-Theft Horn
The passive anti-theft horn is hardwired to the CJB which activates the horn when the alarm is triggered.
Battery Backed Sounder
Operation of the battery backed sounder is controlled by the CJB on the LIN bus. The sounder is also connected
with a permanent battery supply via the CJB. An integral, rechargeable battery powers the sounder if the battery
power supply from the CJB is interrupted.
Dependent on vehicle, a incitation sensor is incorporated into the battery backed sounder, to monitor vehicle
attitude, see Inclination Sensor.
Inclination Sensor
The CJB monitors the inclination sensor and will activate the alarm system if the vehicle is being raised.
Intrusion Detection Module
The intrusion detection module comprises an ultrasonic sound wave sensor which monitors the vehicle's
interior.
The intrusion detection module is activated with volumetric mode which in turn is enabled when the vehicle is
double locked. The vehicle can be locked and alarmed with the module de-activated if a pet is to be left in the
vehicle for example by single-locking the active anti-theft system. The intrusion detection modules can also be
de-activated by deselecting the 'Alarm Sensors' option in the 'Vehicle Settings' screen on the Touch Screen
Display.
NOTE: The Touch Screen method of de-activation of the intrusion detection module is
only for one arm cycle, it will revert to active once the engine is next started.
When the volumetric mode is active and the vehicle battery voltage falls below 9 volts, the CJB will ignore any
inputs from the intrusion detection module to prevent false alarm activation.
ANTI-THEFT - ACTIVE
For a detailed description of the anti-theft - active system, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and
OVERVIEW and SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.


Visual Inspection
 Door latch micro switches  Fuse(s)
 Hood ajar switch  Electrical connector(s)
 Passive anti-theft alarm horn (if installed)  Wiring Harness
 Battery backed sounder (if installed) or
battery backed sounder with tilt sensor (if
installed)
 Vehicle horns
4. If the cause is not visually evident, check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the relevant
DTC Index.
NOTE: For Remote Keyless Entry system failures. Refer to Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) Module information.
DTC INDEX

NOTE: If the control module or a component is suspect and the vehicle remains under
information read by the manufacturer approved diagnostic system).

pinpoint tests.
NOTE: Inspect connectors for signs of water ingress, and pins for damage and/or
corrosion.

B108783 LIN Bus "A"  Checksum of the received Check operation of rain/light sensor
LIN frame from battery by covering sensor or applying water
backed sounder, roof to screen, install a new sensor as
header console, and/or required
rain/light sensor is
incorrect
B108788 LIN Bus "A"  Bus off. Battery backed Carry out any pinpoint tests
sounder, roof header associated with this DTC using the
console, and/or rain/light manufacturer approved diagnostic
sensor LIN circuit - short system. Refer to the electrical circuit
to ground, power diagrams and check battery backed
sounder, roof header console, and
rain/light sensor LIN circuit for short
to ground, power
B10EB11 Driver door double  Driver door double Refer to the electrical circuit
locking motor locking motor control diagrams and test driver door double
circuit - short to ground locking motor control circuit for
short ground
B10EB15 Driver door double  Driver door double Carry out any pinpoint tests
locking motor locking motor control associated with this DTC using the
circuit - short to power, manufacturer approved diagnostic
open circuit system. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and test driver door double
locking motor control circuit for
short to power or open circuit
B10EC11 Passenger door  Passenger door double Refer to the electrical circuit
double locking locking motor control diagrams and test passenger door
motor circuit - short to ground double locking motor control circuit
for short ground
B10EC15 Passenger door  Passenger door double Carry out any pinpoint tests
double locking locking motor control associated with this DTC using the
motor circuit - short to power, manufacturer approved diagnostic
diagrams and test passenger door
double locking motor control circuit
for short to power or open circuit
B10ED11 Rear door driver  Rear door driver side Refer to the electrical circuit
side double locking double locking motor diagrams and test rear door driver
motor control circuit - short to side double locking motor control
ground circuit for short ground
B10ED15 Rear door driver  Rear door driver side Carry out any pinpoint tests
side double locking double locking motor associated with this DTC using the
motor control circuit - short to manufacturer approved diagnostic
power, open circuit system. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and test rear door driver
side double locking motor control
circuit for short power, open circuit
B10EE11 Rear door  Rear door passenger side Refer to the electrical circuit
passenger side double locking motor diagrams and test rear door
double locking control circuit - short to passenger side double locking motor
motor ground control circuit for short ground
B10EE15 Rear door  Rear door passenger side Carry out any pinpoint tests
passenger side double locking motor associated with this DTC using the
double locking control circuit - short to manufacturer approved diagnostic
motor power, open circuit system. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and test rear door
passenger side double locking motor
control circuit for short power, open
circuit
B10F111 Key In Switch  Keyless vehicle module, Carry out any pinpoint tests
key IN status circuit - associated with this DTC using the
short to ground manufacturer approved diagnostic
system. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check keyless vehicle
module, key IN status circuit for
short to ground
B10F112 Key In Switch  Keyless vehicle module, Refer to the electrical circuit
key IN status circuit - diagrams and check keyless vehicle
short to power module, key IN status circuit for
short to power
B10F113 Key In Switch  Keyless vehicle module, Refer to the electrical circuit
key IN status circuit - diagrams and check keyless vehicle
open circuit module, key IN status circuit for
open circuit
B110811 Driver door central  Driver door central Refer to the electrical circuit
locking motor locking motor control diagrams and test driver door central
circuit - short to ground locking motor control circuit for
short ground
B110815 Driver door central  Driver door central Carry out any pinpoint tests
locking motor locking motor control associated with this DTC using the
circuit - short to power, manufacturer approved diagnostic
diagrams and test driver door central
locking motor control circuit for
short to power, open circuit
B110A11 Rear door driver  Rear driver door central Refer to the electrical circuit
side central locking locking motor control diagrams and test rear driver door
motor circuit - short to ground central locking motor control circuit
for short ground
B110A15 Rear door driver  Rear driver door central Refer to the electrical circuit
side central locking locking motor control diagrams and test rear driver door
motor circuit - short to power, central locking motor control circuit
open circuit for short to power, open circuit
B117513 Driver Door Ajar  Driver door ajar switch Refer to the electrical circuit
Switch signal circuit - open diagrams and check driver door ajar
circuit switch signal circuit for open circuit
B117613 Passenger Door  Passenger door ajar Refer to the electrical circuit
Ajar Switch switch signal circuit - diagrams and check passenger door
open circuit ajar switch signal circuit for open
circuit
B11C013 Driver Side Rear  Left rear door ajar switch Refer to the electrical circuit
Door Ajar Switch signal circuit - open diagrams and check left rear door
circuit ajar switch signal circuit for open
circuit
B11C113 Passenger Side  Right rear door ajar Refer to the electrical circuit
Rear Door Ajar switch signal circuit - diagrams and check right rear door
Switch open circuit ajar switch signal circuit for open
circuit
B122223 Master  Master lock or unlock Refer to the electrical circuit
Lock/Unlock switch digital input circuit diagrams and check master lock and
Switch - signal stuck low unlock switch digital input circuits
for short to ground, open circuit
B1D1711 Battery Backed  Battery backed sounder Refer to the electrical circuit
Sounder inclination sensor control diagrams and check battery backed
circuit - short to ground sounder inclination sensor control
circuit for short to ground
B1D1811 Volumetric Sensor  Intrusion sensor module Carry out any pinpoint tests
supply circuit - short to associated with this DTC using the
ground manufacturer approved diagnostic
system. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check intrusion sensor

module supply circuit for short to
ground
B1D9796 Tilt Sensor  Component internal Suspect the battery backed sounder,
failure check and install a new battery
backed sounder as required
P162413 Anti-theft System  RJB anti-theft signal Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit - open circuit diagrams and check RJB anti-theft
signal circuit for open circuit
P254F13 Engine Hood  Hood ajar switch signal Refer to the electrical circuit
Switch circuit - open circuit diagrams and check hood ajar switch
Circuit/Open signal circuit for open circuit
ANTI-THEFT ALARM HORN
REMOVAL
1. Remove the cowl vent screen. Refer to Cowl Vent Screen information.
2. Remove the engine compartment brace.
3. Remove the secondary bulkhead LH panel. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
4. Remove the pedestrian protection actuator.
 Reposition the pedestrian protection hood actuator.
5. Release the pedestrian protection actuator bracket.

6. Remove the anti-theft alarm horn.

INSTALLATION
1. Install is the reverse of removal.

2. Tighten to 25 Nm.
3. Tighten to 8 Nm.
4. Tighten to 25 Nm.
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Anti-Theft - Passive
Anti-Theft - Passive
ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE
COMPONENT LOCATION

2 Radio frequency receiver
5 Low frequency antennae (3 off)

6 Start control module
OVERVIEW
The passive anti-theft system (PATS) prevents the vehicle's engine from being started by unauthorized persons.
Engine starting is prevented by inhibiting the fuel, engine (spark, injectors and crank) and ignition systems from
operating.
This is achieved by using a uniquely coded Smart Key and an encoded data exchange between multiple control
modules.
The system is automatic and requires no input from the driver.
The engine start system is initiated when the encoded data between the Smart Key and vehicle control modules
is verified. The engine can then be started when the drive selector is in the 'Park' position, and the start/stop
switch and the brake pedal are pressed simultaneously.
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed CAN; N = Medium speed CAN; O = LIN bus

1 Battery
2 Drive selector
4 anti-lock brake system (ABS)

7 Low frequency antenna - front
8 Low frequency antenna - center
9 Low frequency antenna - rear
10 Radio frequency receiver
11 Start control module
14 Megafuse (250 amp)
System Operation
The passive start function prevents the vehicle from being started by unauthorized persons. It does this by
immobilizing the ignition, fuel and engine crank functions. The system is automatic and requires no input from
the driver.
At the request of the central junction box (CJB), the keyless vehicle module prompts each of the Low
Frequency (LF) antennae to output a signal. When the Smart Key is in the vehicle cabin, it detects the LF
signals and responds with a Radio Frequency (RF) data-identification signal back to the keyless vehicle module
via the RF receiver.
If the data received matches that stored in the keyless vehicle module it continues the passive start process by
communicating a 'Smart Key valid' signal to the CJB via the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
Once the CJB receives the authorization and confirms a response with an internal calculation, it passes the result
to the instrument cluster on the medium speed CAN bus.
Before the instrument cluster sends a mobilization signal to the engine control module (ECM)it will exchange
encrypted data with:
 The electric steering lock mechanism to authorize unlocking the steering column.
 The rear junction box (RJB) to authorize fuel pump operation. Once the RJB receives the authorization
and confirms the response with an internal calculation, it will enable the fuel pump driver module
(FPDM).
 The CJB to authorize the ignition status. If the drive selector is in the park position and the driver presses
the brake pedal and simultaneously presses the start/stop switch, the CJB interprets this as an engine
crank request. Before the engine crank request is allowed, the CJB compares a brake pressure signal
received from the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module. The brake pressure signal is compared to an
internally stored threshold value within the CJB. If the signal is greater than the stored threshold value, a
crank request signal is sent to the ECM on the high speed CAN bus.
Once these factors have been confirmed, and the vehicle is in 'Park', the engine can be started by pressing the
brake pedal and the Stop/Start button simultaneously.
NOTE: If the keyless vehicle module fails to locate the Smart Key, the message 'SMART
KEY NOT FOUND PLEASE INSERT IN SLOT' will appear in the instrument
cluster message center. When inserted the start control module will read the
transponder within the Smart Key. If the transponder identification is valid,
authorization will be transmitted to the instrument cluster on the local
interconnect network (LIN) bus.
NOTE: When the vehicle is delivered from the factory the passive start function is
inhibited. In this condition the vehicle can only be started by placing the Smart
Key in the start control module. The system should be switched on during the
Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI) using the Jaguar approved diagnostic system. For
additional information, refer to the PDI Manual.
To ensure optimum long term reliability of the smart key the battery must be replaced with a brand new, unused
battery. If a used battery is installed the "SMART KEY BATTERY LOW" message may not be cleared. To
avoid contamination of the contacts the battery should be removed from its packaging and installed into the
smart key while wearing gloves. To confirm that the replacement battery is working correctly press the unlock
button twice while holding the smart key outside the vehicle, then enter the vehicle with the smart key, press the
start button and confirm that the "SMART KEY BATTERY LOW" message is not displayed.
Start Control Module
The start control module is used if the keyless vehicle module is unable to authorize the Smart Key.
If the keyless vehicle module is unable to identify the Smart Key, for example if the Smart Key battery voltage
is low or there is local RF interference, the transponder within the Smart Key can be read in the conventional
manner. The driver will be alerted to this by a chime and a message in the instrument cluster message center
'SMART KEY NOT FOUND PLEASE INSERT IN SLOT'.
Once inserted the start control module will read the transponder within the Smart Key. If the transponder
identification is valid, authorization will be transmitted to the instrument cluster on the LIN bus.
NOTE: Inserting the Smart Key into the start control module will not charge the Smart
Key battery. The battery is non-chargeable and must be replaced if defective.
A message 'REMOVE SMART KEY' will be displayed if the Smart Key is still in the start control module and
the driver's door is opened.
Low Frequency Antenna
Three Low Frequency (LF) antennae for the passive start system are positioned in specific locations in the
vehicle; refer to Component Location graphic.
NOTE: On vehicles with the passive entry system, five additional antennae are used;
one integrated into the rear bumper and one in each door handle assembly.
These are only used by the passive entry system and have no function in the
passive start system. Refer to Anti-Theft - Active article.
The keyless vehicle module transmits an LF signal via the antennae which is received by the Smart Key. The
Smart Key then responds by transmitting a Radio Frequency (RF) signal which is received by the RF receiver
and passed to the keyless vehicle module for authorization.
Keyless Vehicle Module
The keyless vehicle module controls signal transmissions to and from the Smart Key and provides authorization
to allow the vehicle to be started. The module has a medium speed CAN connection to the CJB for authorizing
vehicle starting.
Radio Frequency Receiver
The Radio Frequency (RF) receiver transmission is received from the Smart Key to enable key identification.
For a detailed description of the Anti-Theft - Passive system, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and
Anti-theft - Passive
The best method to confirm the correct operation of the Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) is to check the LED
(located in the center of the instrument panel). The LED should illuminate solid for 3 seconds, when the ignition
status is set to ON, and then extinguish. This validates all PATS functions (i.e. the key transponder matches a
stored key code, the challenge/response sequence between the respective modules was successful resulting in
the EMS being enabled).
Ignition fails to operate
Check that the smart key is located within the vehicle interior, and that it is the correct one for the vehicle.
Insert the smart key into the start control unit (located at out board side of driver instrument panel lower panel),
this is an alternative method to allow Ignition On/Engine Start.
Check that the start button circuit to the CJB is not open circuit or short circuit to power.
Check that the Low Speed CAN network is not malfunctioning, i.e. open circuit or short circuit. This would
mean that the remote keyless entry module, Central Junction Box (CJB) and instrument cluster would be unable
to communicate.
Engine fails to crank
If a PATS fault is detected, the LED will flash for 60 seconds at 4Hz with a 50% duty cycle. At the end of this
period, the LED will flash a 2 digit code; this code is repeated 10 times. The meaning of these fault codes along
with the frequency of flashing is given in the accompanying table. As a general rule a fault code of 16 or less
will cause the vehicle not to crank. Additionally, the manufacturer approved diagnostic system should be used
to check the instrument cluster, CJB & ECM for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
One potential occurrence for failing to crank could be due to the P & N start switch (input to the ECM).
Check the Crank Request output from the CJB to ECM is not short circuit to ground or open circuit.
Check the Starter Relay circuit.
NOTE: On petrol engine variants, due to Smart Start, both sides of Relay Coil are
switched directly from ECM (If conditions correct). On diesel engine variants the
low side only is switched directly from the ECM.
Check that the Steering Column Lock correctly operates and the steering wheel can turn freely.
Check that the High Speed CAN network is not malfunctioning, i.e. the CAN circuit is open or short circuit.
This would mean that the instrument cluster and ECM would be unable to communicate resulting in no
Challenge being performed to enable the ECM. This would be supported by LED Flash Code 24, see PATS
Fault Code Table.
Also check the CAN network between the ABS module and the CJB. The CJB uses the
CAN_BrakePressureTMC signal to determine if the brake pedal has been pressed in order to allow an engine
crank. The CJB uses a value of 0x05, if the CJB sees a value less than this, it will not enable the Crank Request
Output.
Engine cranks but will not start
If the Engine is cranking it means that the ECM has passed the authorization required with the Instrument
Cluster. If this authorization failed, the ECM would not engage the starter relay. This could be confirmed by
verifying the PATS LED prove out (illuminated solid for 3 seconds) or by reading DTCs from the instrument
cluster and ECM.
In this case, the fuel pump circuit should be verified. The Fuel Pump Delivery Module (FPDM), which is
supplied via the RJB (authentication required with the instrument cluster) and controlled by the ECM, supplies
the fuel pump.
In all cases of suspected non-start issues, the most logical failure modes should be eliminated first. i.e.
Check all relevant supplies and grounds to the relevant modules listed herein.
Note any unusual behavior from other systems/functionality.
Note any functions that are not operating as expected.
PATS Fault Codes
For the various PATS modes/faults listed in the table, the instrument cluster will store a DTC and indicate this
to the customer during the detection period defined in the 'when logged' column, by illuminating the indicator as
described for 60 seconds and then flashing the LED 10 times as appropriate. The indication will stop
immediately the ignition status is set to OFF any time during the fault indication sequence. Up to 4 DTCs could
be stored per key read sequence (1-10 read attempts). No DTCs will be stored until all retry attempts are
complete. Only the highest priority fault code will be flashed.
To determine the fault code from the LED: The LED will flash initially ten times with 1.5 seconds between.
The LED will remain OFF for 2.5 seconds then flash a number of times with 0.5 seconds between (the number
of times the LED flashes represents the first digit of the code), the LED will remain OFF for 1.5 seconds then
flash a number of times with 1.5 seconds between (the number of times the LED flashes represents the second
digit of the code).
The PATS LED will be commanded on as shown under 'indication'. Normal PATS operations are complete
within 400ms of the ignition switch transition from OFF to ON or START, worst case for ECM communication
problems will be less than 2 seconds. If PATS is not complete during the 2 seconds the ECM will terminate
PATS and await the next ignition ON or START event. PATS faults will be indicated via the LED as soon as
possible and will terminate the LED prove out. At ignition OFF all previous flashing will cease and the
perimeter anti-theft system will control the LED when the vehicle is locked and armed.
PATS FAULT CODE TABLE

Mode of LED Fault
Operation/Fault When Logged Ignition Status DTC Code Indication
Prove out N/A Transition from N/A N/A 3 Seconds of
OFF to ON steady
illumination
Perimeter Anti- N/A OFF - Vehicle N/A N/A Off or 0.5Hz
theft Control locked and flashing at 5%
armed duty cycle ±
20% until Off
Start Control Unit Key Insert Any B1B0105 N/A No Indication
already
programmed
status = invalid
response
programming
error
Start Control Unit Key Insert OFF B1B0162 N/A No Indication
challenge
response error
Key Programming Key Insert Any B1B0187 N/A No Indication
timer expired or
Key Auth Timer
expired
Transponder Key Insert Any B1B0164 N/A No Indication
challenge
response error
Transponder keys B&A/Dealer Any B1B0100 N/A No Indication
stored below
minimum number
required
Transponder not B&A/Dealer Any B1B0155 N/A No Indication
programmed
If the instrument EMS CAN OFF to ON B1B3364 16 60 seconds of

cluster sends a communication 4Hz flashing at
'theft' key status to 50% duty cycle
the ECM or the followed by
ECM returns a fault code 16
status message flashing 10
containing the times
data
'Disabled/Theft',
the instrument
cluster will set this
DTC
During B&A/Dealer OFF to ON B1B3305 22 60 seconds of
manufacturing a steady indication
Target ID is followed by
transferred from fault code 22
the ECM when flashing 10
requested by the times
instrument cluster.
The instrument
cluster stores this
unique vehicle
number in
EEPROM. If this
ID fails to store in
EEPROM
correctly, the
instrument cluster
will set this DTC
If the status Challenge/Response OFF to ON B1B3362 23 60 seconds of
message received steady indication
from the ECM followed by
contains the data fault code 23
challenge flashing 10
response error, the times
instrument cluster
will set this DTC
After the Idle message OFF to ON B1B3387 24 60 seconds of
instrument cluster missing steady indication
has transmitted its followed by
first PATS idle fault code 24
message, it will flashing 10
start a 2 second times
timer running. If
the PATS
sequence does not
complete (Cluster
received the
Enable msg)
within this time
period the
instrument cluster
will set this DTC
2. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the symptom and refer to the manufacturer approved diagnostic
system.
TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission/Transaxle External Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6 3.0L
Diesel)
TRANSMISSION
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle External Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6
3.0L Diesel)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE EXTERNAL CONTROLS (V8 5.0L

PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL/TDV6 3.0L DIESEL)
SPECIFICATIONS

Uppshift paddle switch to steering wheel retaining bolt 3 - 27
Downshift paddle switch to steering wheel retaining bolt 3 - 27
Transmission control switch (TCS) to floor console bracket retaining 4 - 35
bolts
Emergency park position release lever cable bracket to transmission 11 8 -
housing retaining bolts
COMPONENT LOCATION
Diesel)

1 Upshift (+) paddle switch
2 Downshift (-) paddle switch
3 JaguarDrive selector
4 Emergency park release
Diesel)
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The external controls for the transmission consist of a JaguarDrive selector, two paddle switches and an
emergency park release.
The JaguarDrive selector transmits driver transmission selections to the transmission control module (TCM).
The paddle switches allow the driver to initiate gear shifts when the transmission is in the sequential shift
manual mode. The emergency park release ensures the transmission is kept in neutral during vehicle recovery
operations.
Four additional switches adjacent to the JaguarDrive selector control the JaguarDrive control functions. For
additional information, refer to 204-06 Ride and Handling Optimization Description and Operation.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus; O = local
interconnect network (LIN) bus
Diesel)

1 Battery
2 BJB (battery junction box) (250 A megafuse)
3 CJB (central junction box)
4 EJB (engine junction box)
Diesel)
5 TCM (transmission control module)

6 Clockspring
7 Steering wheel audio switches
8 Upshift paddle switch
9 Downshift paddle switch
SYSTEM OPERATION
JAGUARDRIVE SELECTOR
Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector to any of the five positions is sensed by the transmission control module
(TCM) via the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus. A local interconnect network (LIN) bus
connection is also provided, but is only used in the event of a controller area network (CAN) bus failure as a
back-up. The transmission control module (TCM) then reacts according to the selected position. The
JaguarDrive selector is a magnetic system using Hall effect sensors to determine the position of the selector.
The S (sport) position selection allows the transmission control module (TCM) to operate the transmission
using the semi-automatic Jaguar sequential shift. Gear selections are sensed by the transmission control module
(TCM) when the driver operates the steering wheel paddle switches. Once the JaguarDrive selector position is
confirmed, the transmission control module (TCM) outputs appropriate information on the high speed controller
area network (CAN) bus which is received by the instrument cluster to display the gear selection information in
the message center. Refer to Information and Message Center information.
The paddles can also be used on a temporary basis when the JaguarDrive selector is in the D (drive) position to
override the automatic gear selection if required.
PARK INTERLOCK AND NEUTRAL LOCK
Neutral lock is a requirement for the JaguarDrive selector. The selector is always locked at ignition on when the
engine is not running, except after an engine stall when the selector is not in P (park) or N (neutral).
If, when driving with the JaguarDrive selector in S, D or R (reverse) at a speed of more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the driver selects P or N:
 Without the brake pedal pressed, the JaguarDrive selector will be immediately locked once the vehicle
speed falls to below 5 km/h (3 mph).
 With the brake pedal pressed, the JaguarDrive selector will remain locked for as long as the brake pedal
remains pressed, regardless of vehicle speed.
The transmission will only engage park once the vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h (1 mph).
If the driver selects N and releases the brake pedal with a vehicle speed of less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the
JaguarDrive selector will be locked 2 seconds after N is selected. The selector will remain locked until the
driver presses the brake pedal again.
Diesel)
To ensure that a driver request to change from a non-driving range (N for example) to a driving range (D for
example), the park interlock and neutral lock features are used in conjunction with the intermediate position.
If the transmission receives a range change request without the brake pedal pressed, the transmission control
module (TCM) initiates a soft lock function. The transmission will remain in park or neutral, depending on the
starting position.
If a transmission position letter is flashing in the message center and the vehicle has no drive, the driver must:
 Press the brake pedal.

 Reselect N or P on the JaguarDrive selector.
 Select the required driving range, ensuring that the brake pedal is pressed.
Rocking Function
The rocking function compliments the neutral lock function. For all changes from a non-driving range to a
driving range, it is necessary to press the brake pedal (to release either the park interlock or neutral lock).
In situations where the driver will require to change the gear selection from R to D, or from D to R, without
brake pedal input (car park maneuvering, 3 point turns or 'rocking' the vehicle from a slippery surface for
example), the rocking function gives a 2 second lock delay when N is selected on the JaguarDrive selector and
the brake pedal is not pressed.
Intermediate Position
If the JaguarDrive selector is rotated slowly from P to S and back to position P with the brake pedal pressed, the
R or D position display letter in the message center will flash and the transmission will remain in park or neutral
depending on the previous starting position of the selector.
If the brake pedal is released when R or D is flashing in the message center and the JaguarDrive selector is
rotated to the R or D position, the required range will not be selected and the transmission will remain in park or
neutral, depending on the previous starting position. This feature is known as soft lock.
If the driving range letter in the message center is flashing and the vehicle has no drive, the driver should
depress the brake pedal to reselect N or P, and then select the required driving range while the brake pedal
remains pressed.
Diesel)
The Jaguardrive selector is a rotary selector installed in the top of the JaguarDrive selector module. The
JaguarDrive selector module is located in the floor console and controls the vehicle optimization functions on
the vehicle. For additional information, refer to: Ride and Handling Optimization (204-06 Ride and Handling
Optimization, Description and Operation).
The transmission control module (TCM) allows the transmission to be operated as a conventional automatic
unit by selecting P, R, N, D on the JaguarDrive selector.
Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector allows the selection of P, R, N and D. By depressing the JaguarDrive
selector and rotating clockwise from the D position, S mode can be selected. The JaguarDrive selector is fully
electronic rotary transmission selector with no mechanical connection to the transmission.
The JaguarDrive selector rises from the JaguarDrive selector module once the engine is running. When the
engine is stopped with the JaguarDrive selector in any position other than N, it retracts into the JaguarDrive
selector module again. If the selector is in position N when the engine is stopped, it remains in the raised
position for up to 10 minutes, for use in a drive through car wash for example. After 10 minutes the selector
automatically retracts into the JaguarDrive selector module. The selector also retracts if P is selected within the
10 minute period.
If the JaguarDrive selector does not rise from the console when the engine is started, but electrical power is
Diesel)
supplied to the selector, the retracted selector can still be rotated to make selections. If electrical power to the
JaguarDrive selector is lost, the selector will not rise from the console when the engine is started and the
retracted selector will not rotate.
The JaguarDrive selector contains an internal interlock solenoid to prevent the selector from being rotated when
the engine is not running.
The engine can be stopped with the JaguarDrive selector in any position. Once the engine is stopped the selector
will automatically reset to the P position and the transmission park lock will be engaged, except if the selector is
moved to the N position when the engine is stopped.
PADDLE SWITCHES
Diesel)
Diesel)
Two gear change 'paddle' switches are fitted at the rear of the steering wheel and allow the driver to operate the
transmission as a semi-automatic manual gearbox using the Jaguar sequential shift feature.
Each paddle switch has three connections; ground, illumination pulse width modulation (PWM) supply and
ground switch signal. The paddle switches are hardwired to the steering wheel audio switches. Operation of the
paddle switch completes a ground path to the audio switch assembly. The audio switch assembly converts the
completed ground signal into a local interconnect network (LIN) bus signal which is passed via the clockspring
to the instrument cluster. The instrument cluster converts the signal into a high speed controller area network
(CAN) bus signal to the transmission control module (TCM).
Pulling the left-hand (LH) downshift - paddle provides down changes and pulling the right-hand (RH) upshift
(+) paddle provides up changes. The first operation of either paddle, after sport mode is selected, puts the
transmission into permanent manual Jaguar sequential shift mode. Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector back to
the D position, returns the transmission to conventional automatic operation.
Temporary operation of manual Jaguar sequential shift mode can also be operated with the JaguarDrive selector
in the D position. Operation of either the upshift or downshift paddles activates the manual mode operation. If
the JaguarDrive selector is in D, Jaguar sequential shift will cancel after a time period or can be cancelled by
pressing and holding the + paddle for approximately 2 seconds.
EMERGENCY PARK RELEASE

Diesel)

1 Latch
2 Strap
3 Locking cylinder
4 Operating lever
5 Upper cable
6 Cable joint
7 Lower cable
8 Cable bracket
9 Park interlock lever
If a vehicle requires recovery/transportation, the emergency park release mechanism is used to manually
disengage the park lock and engage the transmission in neutral.
The emergency park release mechanism consists of an operating lever that is connected to a park interlock lever
on the transmission by an upper and lower cable assembly.
The operating lever is installed in the floor console, under the trim panel between the drinks holder and the
Diesel)
cubby box. The park interlock lever is attached to the transmission selector shaft.
One end of the operating lever is attached to a base by a hinge pin. A locking cylinder is installed in the other
end of the operating lever, to secure the operating lever to the base. The operating lever is raised by pulling on a
strap.
When operated, the emergency park release mechanism turns the transmission selector shaft.
To disengage the park lock:
 Open the cubby box lid and the drinks holder lid.
 Remove the trim panel from between the drinks holder and the cubby box.
 Rotate the locking mechanism of the emergency park release lever 90 degrees counterclockwise.
 Apply the footbrake, pull the operating lever upwards and ensure it locks in the vertical position.
Raising the operating lever causes the emergency park release cable to rotate the park interlock lever on the
transmission, which disengages the parking pawl and engages neutral. This allows the vehicle to freewheel.
To re-engage the park lock:
 Hold the strap on the operating lever, release the latch and lower the operating lever to the horizontal
position.
 Lock the operating lever by turning the locking mechanism 90 degrees clockwise.
 Install the trim panel.
 Close the cubby box lid and the drinks holder lid.
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
For a detailed description of the transmission external controls, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and


Diesel)
Visual Inspection
 Check for stuck/jammed switches and buttons  Fuse(s)
 Visibly damaged or worn components  Loose or corroded electrical connector(s)
 Loose or missing fasteners
4. If the cause is not visually evident, check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC
Index.
DTC INDEX

NOTE: If the control module/component is suspect and the vehicle remains under
pinpoint tests.
corrosion.
Diesel)
DTC Description Possible Causes Action

B1087-08 LIN Bus "A" - Bus  LIN Bus "A" Error Refer to the electrical circuit
Signal / Message diagrams and check LIN input signal
Failures circuit for short, open circuit
B1087-81 LIN Bus "A" - invalid  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
serial data received module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
error: complement fault circuit for short, open circuit faults.
Check Transmission control module
for related DTCs and refer to relevant
DTC Index
B1087-82 LIN Bus "A" - alive /  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
sequence counter module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
incorrect / not updated error: Alive counter circuit for short, open circuit faults.
fault Check Transmission control module
DTC Index
B1087-83 LIN Bus "A" - value of  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
signal protection module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
calculation incorrect error: checksum fault circuit for short, open circuit faults.
DTC Index
B1087-87 LIN Bus "A" - missing  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
message module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
error: missing message circuit for short, open circuit faults.
DTC Index
B1142-62 Ignition Status 1 - signal  Hardwired Ignition and Refer to the electrical circuit
compare failure CAN powermode diagrams and check ignition supply
signals differ circuit for short, open circuit
B123C-01 Dynamic Stability  Dynamic stability Suspect transmission shift module,
Control Status Indicator control LED failure check operation of the Dynamic
- General Electrical stability control button status
Failure illumination, check and install new
transmission shift module as
module/component installation note
at the top of the DTC Index
B123D- Dynamic Stability  Dynamic stability Check for normal Dynamic stability
64 Control Button - signal control button may be control button functionality. If it
plausibility failure stuck, May be due to a operates normally then no further
faulty button or to the action required. If the Dynamic
user holding the button stability control button fails to
for a prolonged period. operate normally then may be due to
an internal fault, check and install
Diesel)
(Dynamic stability new transmission shift module as

control button detected required, refer to the new
as pressed for 30 module/component installation note
seconds) (S1) at the top of the DTC Index
B123F-01 Adaptive Speed Limiter  Adaptive Speed Limiter Suspect transmission shift module,
Mode Indicator - LED failure check operation of the active speed
General Electrical limiter button status illumination,
Failure check and install new transmission
shift module as required, refer to the
new module/component installation
B1241-64 Adaptive Speed Limiter  May be due to a faulty Check for normal adaptive speed
Button - signal button or to the user limiter button functionality. If it
plausibility failure holding the button for a operates normally then no further
prolonged period action required. If the adaptive speed
(Adaptive Speed limiter button fails to operate
Limiter button detected normally then may be due to an
as pressed for 30 internal fault, check and install new
seconds) transmission shift module as
B1242-64 Winter Button - signal  May be due to a faulty Check for normal winter button
plausibility failure button or to the user functionality. If it operates normally
holding the button for a then no further action required. If the
prolonged period. winter button fails to operate
(Winter button detected normally then may be due to an
B1243-01 Winter Button Mode  Winter LED failure Suspect transmission shift module,
Indicator - General check operation of the winter button
Electrical Failure status illumination, check and install
new transmission shift module as
B1244-64 Dynamic / Sport Button -  May be due to a faulty Check for normal dynamic mode
signal plausibility failure button or to the user button functionality. If it operates
holding the button for a normally then no further action
prolonged period. required. If the dynamic mode button
(Dynamic/Performance fails to operate normally then may be
button detected as due to an internal fault, check and
pressed for 30 seconds) install new transmission shift module
as required, refer to the new
Diesel)

B1245-01 Dynamic / Sport Button  Dynamic / Sport LED Suspect transmission shift module,
Mode Indicator - Failure check operation of the dynamic mode
General Electrical button status illumination, check and
Failure install new transmission shift module
C113A- Wake up Control - signal  Hardwired delayed Refer to the electrical circuit
62 compare failure power and CAN Bus diagrams and check hardwired wake
Engine Running status up (start stop illumination) input
differ. circuit for short, open circuit
P0603-44 Internal Control Module  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Keep Alive Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(KAM) Error - data shift module as required, refer to the
memory failure new module/component installation
Random Access Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(RAM) Error - data shift module as required, refer to the
Read Only Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(ROM) Error - program shift module as required, refer to the
P0606-2F Control Module  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Processor - signal erratic module Internal failure check and install new transmission
P0606-47 Control Module  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Processor - watchdog / module Internal failure check and install new transmission
safety Micro controller shift module as required, refer to the
failure new module/component installation
P0705-09 Transmission Range  PRNDS sensor fault Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit check and install new transmission
(PRNDL Input) - shift module as required, refer to the
Component Failures new module/component installation
P0705-46 Transmission Range  PRNDS calibration Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit missing/invalid check and install new transmission
Diesel)
calibration / parameter new module/component installation

memory failure note at the top of the DTC Index
P0705-86 Transmission Range  Received signal Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit incorrect check and install new transmission
(PRNDL Input) - signal shift module as required, refer to the
invalid new module/component installation
P0814-01 Transmission Range  PRNDS LED failure Suspect transmission shift module,
Display Circuit - General check operation of PRNDS display,
Electrical Failure check and install new transmission
P081C-64 Park Input Circuit -  Hardwired Park and Refer to electrical circuit diagrams
signal plausibility failure Transmission control and check Park input signal circuit
module Position for short, open circuit. Check
Display signals are not Transmission control module for
consistent Park signal failure DTCs. Check
operation of signal - should be set
(equal to vehicle supply voltage)
when transmission in P and un-set
(equal to vehicle ground) when
transmission in R, N, D, S
P084F-11 Park/Neutral Switch  Park/neutral signal Refer to the electrical circuit
Output Circuit - circuit circuit short to ground diagrams and check the park/neutral
short to ground signal circuit for short to ground
P084F-15 Park / Neutral Switch  Park/neutral signal Refer to the electrical circuit
Output Circuit - circuit circuit short to power or diagrams and check the park/neutral
short to battery or open open circuit signal circuit for short to power or
open circuit
P176A-01 Transmission Range  Raise/Lower Suspect transmission shift module,
Selector Up and Down mechanism up / down check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - sensor fault shift module as required, refer to the
General Electrical new module/component installation
Failure note at the top of the DTC Index
Selector Up and Down mechanism current check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - circuit sense fault shift module as required, refer to the
open new module/component installation
Selector Up and Down mechanism motor over check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - circuit current shift module as required, refer to the
current above threshold new module/component installation
P176A-94 Transmission Range  Motor current detected Suspect transmission shift module,
Diesel)
Selector Up and Down while gear selector knob check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - not moving up or down shift module as required, refer to the
unexpected operation for 100ms new module/component installation
P176B-71 Transmission Range  Raise Lower failure. Check that no visible obstructions are
Selector Up and Down Note: Can be due to present and test for normal
Position Control Error - driver abuse! If DTC is raise/lower operation. If transmission
actuator stuck detected then test shift module raises and lowers
raise/lower functionality normally then no further action is
to confirm OK with no required. If the transmission shift
abuse forces or module fails to raise and lower
obstructions present. normally even though no
Only replace obstructions or abuse forces are
Transmission shift present then may be due to an
module if raise/lower internal fault, check and install new
issues are present with transmission shift module as
no abuse forces or required, refer to the new
obstructions present. module/component installation note
P176C-07 Transmission Range  Gear selector movement Check for normal shift interlock
Selector Lock Control detected while locked. lock/unlock operation, and check for
Error - Mechanical DTC set after 100ms. short circuit DTCs. If the
Failures Park lock failure transmission shift module locks and
Transmission shift unlocks normally then no further
module has detected action is required. If the transmission
that the selector has shift module fails to lock normally
been turned while a when fully in the P position then may
lock request has been be due to an internal fault, check and
received from the install new transmission shift module
Transmission control as required, refer to the new
module This is usually module/component installation note
due to the driver at the top of the DTC Index
releasing the brake
pedal with the selector
in between positions
and does not represent a
fault.
P176C-11 Transmission Range  Short to ground Suspect transmission shift module,
Selector Lock Control detected while solenoid check operation of the shift interlock,
Error - circuit short to active for 100ms. check and install new transmission
ground shift module as required, refer to the
P176C-12 Transmission Range  Short to power detected Suspect transmission shift module,
Selector Lock Control for 100ms. check operation of the shift interlock,
Error - circuit short to check and install new transmission
Diesel)
power shift module as required, refer to the

P176C-73 Transmission Range  Solenoid Unlock Check for normal shift interlock
Selector Lock Control Failure. This may be lock/unlock operation. If the
Error - actuator stuck due either to the user transmission shift module locks and
closed applying a prolonged unlocks normally then no further
rotational force against action is required. If the transmission
the selector lock shift module fails to lock and unlock
mechanism while it is normally then may be due to an
attempting to unlock or internal fault, check and install new
due to an internal transmission shift module as
failure required, refer to the new
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  HS CAN Failure (Bus Refer to the electrical circuit
Communication Bus - Off) diagrams and check CAN bus for
bus off short, open circuit
U0100-00 Lost Communication  Lost communication Refer to the electrical circuit
With ECM/PCM "A" - with the engine control diagrams and check the CAN Bus
missing message module connection to the engine control
module for short, open circuit. Check
 Engine speed signal not the engine control module for related
received for 450mS DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
(S3) Index
with TCM - missing with the transmission diagrams and check the CAN Bus
message control module connection to the transmission
control module for short, open
 TCM_PosDisp signal circuit. Check the transmission
not received for 75mS. control module for related DTCs and
(S3) refer to the relevant DTC Index
With Anti-Lock Brake with the anti-lock brake diagrams and check the CAN Bus
System (ABS) Control system (ABS) control connection to the anti-lock brake
Module - missing module system (ABS) control module for
message short, open circuit. Check the anti-
 Message containing lock brake system (ABS) control
TCSSwitchSports is not module for related DTCs and refer to
received for 450mS. the relevant DTC Index
(S3)
With Suspension Control with the suspension diagrams and check the CAN Bus
Module "B" - missing control module "B" connection to the suspension control
message module "B for short, open circuit.
 Message containing Check the suspension control module
SUMB signals is not "B" for related DTCs and refer to the
Diesel)
received for 750mS. relevant DTC Index

(S3)
With Instrument Panel with instrument panel diagrams and check the CAN Bus
Cluster (IPC) Control cluster connection to the instrument panel
Module - missing cluster for short, open circuit. Check
message  Message containing the instrument panel cluster for
Powermode is not related DTCs and refer to the
(S3)
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Invalid master Re-configure the RJB using the
Software Incompatibility configuration ID manufacturer approved diagnostic
- no sub type information received system. Clear DTC and re-test, if
DTC remains suspect the
transmission shift module. Check and
install a new module as required,
refer to the new module/component
DTC Index
U0401-92 Invalid Data Received  Jaguar Drive Check ECM for related DTCs and
From ECM/PCM - Optimization Winter/ refer to the relevant DTC Index
performance or incorrect Performance modes not
operation available. Fault message
if a Jaguar Drive
Optimization mode
button is pressed
 Message received from
Engine Control Module
indicates it is unable to
support Jaguar Drive
Optimisation modes.
U0402-64 Invalid Data Received  Implausible lock Unexpected lock data received from
from Transmission request received Transmission control module. Check
control module - signal for additional communication DTCs
plausibility failure and follow relevant service actions. If
no other communication DTCs
present, check Transmission control
module for related DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC Index
U0402-81 Invalid Data Received  Transmission control Check Transmission control module
from Transmission module CAN message for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - invalid error: complement fault DTC Index. If no fault found then
serial data received refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
and check CAN bus for short, open
circuit
U0402-82 Invalid Data Received  Alive Counter fault Check Transmission control module
Diesel)
from Transmission detected (Stuck, jumps for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - alive / or Fault Flag). More DTC Index. If no fault found then
sequence counter than 1 fault in 200ms. refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
incorrect / not updated and check CAN bus for short, open
circuit
U0402-83 Invalid Data Received  Calculated checksum Check Transmission control module
from Transmission for Transmission for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - value of control module message DTC Index. If no fault found then
signal protection data does not match refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
calculation incorrect received checksum. and check CAN bus for short, open
More than 1 fault in circuit
200ms.
U0402-92 Invalid Data Received  Message received from Check Transmission control module
from Transmission Transmission Control for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - Module indicates it is DTC Index
performance or incorrect unable to support Jaguar
operation Drive Optimisation
modes.
U0415-92 Invalid Data Received  Information only. Check ABS module for DTCs and
From Anti-Lock Brake Message received from refer to the relevant DTC Index
System (ABS) Control Anti-Lock Brake
Module - performance or System module
incorrect operation indicates it is unable to
Optimisation modes.
U0422-08 Invalid Data Received  Update bit for Check central junction box for DTCs
From Body Control powermode signal not and refer to the relevant DTC Index
Module - Bus Signal / received from central
Message Failures junction box. Possible
CAN fault
U0422-81 Invalid Data Received  Invalid powermode Check central junction box for DTCs
From central junction complement data and refer to the relevant DTC Index
box - invalid serial data received from central
received junction box
U0422-92 Invalid Data Received  Message received from Check instrument cluster and central
From central junction power assisted steering junction box for DTCs and refer to
box - performance or module indicates that it the relevant DTC Index. If no fault
incorrect operation is unable to support found then refer to the electrical
Jaguar Drive circuit diagrams and check CAN bus
Optimisation modes for short, open circuit
U043A- Invalid Data Received  Information only, Check Suspension Control Module
92 From Suspension Suspension Module "B" for related DTCs and refer to the
Control Module "B" - unable to support Jaguar relevant DTC Index
performance or incorrect Drive Optimisation
operation
Diesel)
modes(Invalid Data is
received from the
SUMB)
U101A- Lost Communication  CAN and LIN bus Check for Transmission control
86 With Transmission failed. FOR module CAN and/or LIN DTCs
control module (Multiple INFORMATION present in transmission shift module
Bus) - signal invalid ONLY - No action then refer to actions for these specific
necessary if no DTCs. If no additional Transmission
additional CAN or LIN control module CAN and/or LIN
DTCs present DTCs present in transmission shift
module then no further action
required
U1A14- CAN Initialization  Signal configuration not Suspect transmission shift module,
04 Failure - System Internal present / incorrect. check and install new transmission
Failures shift module as required, refer to the
U2012- Car Configuration  Mismatch detected Check correct transmission shift
4A Parameter(s) - incorrect between vehicle hardware variant is installed for the
component installed configuration and vehicle configuration - i.e. for
installed gear selector supercharged variants, transmission
variant. Check correct shift modules with dynamic mode
part fitted, and if fault button should be installed only. All
still present, check other vehicles should contain
vehicle configuration hardware without the dynamic mode
button. If correct hardware installed
then check/amend car configuration
parameters using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system
U2100-00 Initial Configuration Not  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Complete - no sub type module not fully check and install new transmission
information configured. shift module as required, refer to the
U3003-16 Battery Voltage - circuit  Low voltage detected at Ensure battery is in a fully charged
voltage below threshold Transmission shift and serviceable condition, refer to the
module (Battery voltage battery care manual. Check ECM for
< 8.5V for 660mS) alternator related DTCs, Check
battery power feed circuit to
Transmission shift module, Clear
DTCs, Cycle ignition
U3003-17 Battery Voltage - circuit  High voltage detected at Check ECM for alternator/over
voltage above threshold Transmission shift charging related DTCs, Clear DTCs,
module (Battery voltage Cycle ignition
> 16.5V for 660mS)
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Measured voltage Compare vehicle voltage to voltage
Diesel)
compare failure different to CAN present at the Transmission shift

received voltage module, Repair fault, Clear DTCs,
(Voltage difference > Cycle ignition
2V for > 10s)
Diesel)
TRANSMISSION
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle External Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6
3.0L Diesel)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE EXTERNAL CONTROLS (V8 5.0L

PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL/TDV6 3.0L DIESEL)
SPECIFICATIONS

Uppshift paddle switch to steering wheel retaining bolt 3 - 27
Downshift paddle switch to steering wheel retaining bolt 3 - 27
Transmission control switch (TCS) to floor console bracket retaining 4 - 35
bolts
Emergency park position release lever cable bracket to transmission 11 8 -
housing retaining bolts
COMPONENT LOCATION
Diesel)

1 Upshift (+) paddle switch
2 Downshift (-) paddle switch
4 Emergency park release
Diesel)
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The external controls for the transmission consist of a JaguarDrive selector, two paddle switches and an
emergency park release.
The JaguarDrive selector transmits driver transmission selections to the transmission control module (TCM).
The paddle switches allow the driver to initiate gear shifts when the transmission is in the sequential shift
manual mode. The emergency park release ensures the transmission is kept in neutral during vehicle recovery
operations.
Four additional switches adjacent to the JaguarDrive selector control the JaguarDrive control functions. For
additional information, refer to 204-06 Ride and Handling Optimization Description and Operation.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus; O = local
interconnect network (LIN) bus
Diesel)

1 Battery
Diesel)

6 Clockspring
SYSTEM OPERATION
Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector to any of the five positions is sensed by the transmission control module
(TCM) via the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus. A local interconnect network (LIN) bus
connection is also provided, but is only used in the event of a controller area network (CAN) bus failure as a
back-up. The transmission control module (TCM) then reacts according to the selected position. The
JaguarDrive selector is a magnetic system using Hall effect sensors to determine the position of the selector.
The S (sport) position selection allows the transmission control module (TCM) to operate the transmission
using the semi-automatic Jaguar sequential shift. Gear selections are sensed by the transmission control module
(TCM) when the driver operates the steering wheel paddle switches. Once the JaguarDrive selector position is
confirmed, the transmission control module (TCM) outputs appropriate information on the high speed controller
area network (CAN) bus which is received by the instrument cluster to display the gear selection information in
the message center. Refer to Information and Message Center information.
The paddles can also be used on a temporary basis when the JaguarDrive selector is in the D (drive) position to
override the automatic gear selection if required.
PARK INTERLOCK AND NEUTRAL LOCK
Neutral lock is a requirement for the JaguarDrive selector. The selector is always locked at ignition on when the
engine is not running, except after an engine stall when the selector is not in P (park) or N (neutral).
If, when driving with the JaguarDrive selector in S, D or R (reverse) at a speed of more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the driver selects P or N:
 Without the brake pedal pressed, the JaguarDrive selector will be immediately locked once the vehicle
speed falls to below 5 km/h (3 mph).
 With the brake pedal pressed, the JaguarDrive selector will remain locked for as long as the brake pedal
remains pressed, regardless of vehicle speed.
The transmission will only engage park once the vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h (1 mph).
If the driver selects N and releases the brake pedal with a vehicle speed of less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the
JaguarDrive selector will be locked 2 seconds after N is selected. The selector will remain locked until the
driver presses the brake pedal again.
Diesel)
To ensure that a driver request to change from a non-driving range (N for example) to a driving range (D for
example), the park interlock and neutral lock features are used in conjunction with the intermediate position.
If the transmission receives a range change request without the brake pedal pressed, the transmission control
module (TCM) initiates a soft lock function. The transmission will remain in park or neutral, depending on the
starting position.
If a transmission position letter is flashing in the message center and the vehicle has no drive, the driver must:
 Press the brake pedal.

 Reselect N or P on the JaguarDrive selector.
 Select the required driving range, ensuring that the brake pedal is pressed.
Rocking Function
The rocking function compliments the neutral lock function. For all changes from a non-driving range to a
driving range, it is necessary to press the brake pedal (to release either the park interlock or neutral lock).
In situations where the driver will require to change the gear selection from R to D, or from D to R, without
brake pedal input (car park maneuvering, 3 point turns or 'rocking' the vehicle from a slippery surface for
example), the rocking function gives a 2 second lock delay when N is selected on the JaguarDrive selector and
the brake pedal is not pressed.
Intermediate Position
If the JaguarDrive selector is rotated slowly from P to S and back to position P with the brake pedal pressed, the
R or D position display letter in the message center will flash and the transmission will remain in park or neutral
depending on the previous starting position of the selector.
If the brake pedal is released when R or D is flashing in the message center and the JaguarDrive selector is
rotated to the R or D position, the required range will not be selected and the transmission will remain in park or
neutral, depending on the previous starting position. This feature is known as soft lock.
If the driving range letter in the message center is flashing and the vehicle has no drive, the driver should
depress the brake pedal to reselect N or P, and then select the required driving range while the brake pedal
remains pressed.
Diesel)
The Jaguardrive selector is a rotary selector installed in the top of the JaguarDrive selector module. The
JaguarDrive selector module is located in the floor console and controls the vehicle optimization functions on
the vehicle. For additional information, refer to: Ride and Handling Optimization (204-06 Ride and Handling
Optimization, Description and Operation).
The transmission control module (TCM) allows the transmission to be operated as a conventional automatic
unit by selecting P, R, N, D on the JaguarDrive selector.
Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector allows the selection of P, R, N and D. By depressing the JaguarDrive
selector and rotating clockwise from the D position, S mode can be selected. The JaguarDrive selector is fully
electronic rotary transmission selector with no mechanical connection to the transmission.
The JaguarDrive selector rises from the JaguarDrive selector module once the engine is running. When the
engine is stopped with the JaguarDrive selector in any position other than N, it retracts into the JaguarDrive
selector module again. If the selector is in position N when the engine is stopped, it remains in the raised
position for up to 10 minutes, for use in a drive through car wash for example. After 10 minutes the selector
automatically retracts into the JaguarDrive selector module. The selector also retracts if P is selected within the
10 minute period.
If the JaguarDrive selector does not rise from the console when the engine is started, but electrical power is
Diesel)
supplied to the selector, the retracted selector can still be rotated to make selections. If electrical power to the
JaguarDrive selector is lost, the selector will not rise from the console when the engine is started and the
retracted selector will not rotate.
The JaguarDrive selector contains an internal interlock solenoid to prevent the selector from being rotated when
the engine is not running.
The engine can be stopped with the JaguarDrive selector in any position. Once the engine is stopped the selector
will automatically reset to the P position and the transmission park lock will be engaged, except if the selector is
moved to the N position when the engine is stopped.
PADDLE SWITCHES
Diesel)
Diesel)
Two gear change 'paddle' switches are fitted at the rear of the steering wheel and allow the driver to operate the
transmission as a semi-automatic manual gearbox using the Jaguar sequential shift feature.
Each paddle switch has three connections; ground, illumination pulse width modulation (PWM) supply and
ground switch signal. The paddle switches are hardwired to the steering wheel audio switches. Operation of the
paddle switch completes a ground path to the audio switch assembly. The audio switch assembly converts the
completed ground signal into a local interconnect network (LIN) bus signal which is passed via the clockspring
to the instrument cluster. The instrument cluster converts the signal into a high speed controller area network
(CAN) bus signal to the transmission control module (TCM).
Pulling the left-hand (LH) downshift - paddle provides down changes and pulling the right-hand (RH) upshift
(+) paddle provides up changes. The first operation of either paddle, after sport mode is selected, puts the
transmission into permanent manual Jaguar sequential shift mode. Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector back to
the D position, returns the transmission to conventional automatic operation.
Temporary operation of manual Jaguar sequential shift mode can also be operated with the JaguarDrive selector
in the D position. Operation of either the upshift or downshift paddles activates the manual mode operation. If
the JaguarDrive selector is in D, Jaguar sequential shift will cancel after a time period or can be cancelled by
pressing and holding the + paddle for approximately 2 seconds.
EMERGENCY PARK RELEASE

Diesel)

1 Latch
2 Strap
3 Locking cylinder
4 Operating lever
5 Upper cable
6 Cable joint
7 Lower cable
8 Cable bracket
9 Park interlock lever
If a vehicle requires recovery/transportation, the emergency park release mechanism is used to manually
disengage the park lock and engage the transmission in neutral.
The emergency park release mechanism consists of an operating lever that is connected to a park interlock lever
on the transmission by an upper and lower cable assembly.
The operating lever is installed in the floor console, under the trim panel between the drinks holder and the
Diesel)
cubby box. The park interlock lever is attached to the transmission selector shaft.
One end of the operating lever is attached to a base by a hinge pin. A locking cylinder is installed in the other
end of the operating lever, to secure the operating lever to the base. The operating lever is raised by pulling on a
strap.
When operated, the emergency park release mechanism turns the transmission selector shaft.
To disengage the park lock:
 Open the cubby box lid and the drinks holder lid.
 Remove the trim panel from between the drinks holder and the cubby box.
 Rotate the locking mechanism of the emergency park release lever 90 degrees counterclockwise.
 Apply the footbrake, pull the operating lever upwards and ensure it locks in the vertical position.
Raising the operating lever causes the emergency park release cable to rotate the park interlock lever on the
transmission, which disengages the parking pawl and engages neutral. This allows the vehicle to freewheel.
To re-engage the park lock:
 Hold the strap on the operating lever, release the latch and lower the operating lever to the horizontal
position.
 Lock the operating lever by turning the locking mechanism 90 degrees clockwise.
 Install the trim panel.
 Close the cubby box lid and the drinks holder lid.
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
For a detailed description of the transmission external controls, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and


Diesel)
Visual Inspection
 Check for stuck/jammed switches and buttons  Fuse(s)
 Visibly damaged or worn components  Loose or corroded electrical connector(s)
 Loose or missing fasteners
Index.
DTC INDEX

NOTE: If the control module/component is suspect and the vehicle remains under
pinpoint tests.
corrosion.
Diesel)

B1087-08 LIN Bus "A" - Bus  LIN Bus "A" Error Refer to the electrical circuit
Signal / Message diagrams and check LIN input signal
Failures circuit for short, open circuit
B1087-81 LIN Bus "A" - invalid  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
serial data received module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
error: complement fault circuit for short, open circuit faults.
DTC Index
B1087-82 LIN Bus "A" - alive /  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
sequence counter module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
incorrect / not updated error: Alive counter circuit for short, open circuit faults.
fault Check Transmission control module
DTC Index
B1087-83 LIN Bus "A" - value of  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
signal protection module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
calculation incorrect error: checksum fault circuit for short, open circuit faults.
DTC Index
B1087-87 LIN Bus "A" - missing  Transmission control Refer to the electrical circuit
message module LIN message diagrams and check LIN input signal
error: missing message circuit for short, open circuit faults.
DTC Index
B1142-62 Ignition Status 1 - signal  Hardwired Ignition and Refer to the electrical circuit
compare failure CAN powermode diagrams and check ignition supply
signals differ circuit for short, open circuit
B123C-01 Dynamic Stability  Dynamic stability Suspect transmission shift module,
Control Status Indicator control LED failure check operation of the Dynamic
- General Electrical stability control button status
Failure illumination, check and install new
transmission shift module as
B123D- Dynamic Stability  Dynamic stability Check for normal Dynamic stability
64 Control Button - signal control button may be control button functionality. If it
plausibility failure stuck, May be due to a operates normally then no further
faulty button or to the action required. If the Dynamic
user holding the button stability control button fails to
for a prolonged period. operate normally then may be due to
an internal fault, check and install
Diesel)
(Dynamic stability new transmission shift module as

control button detected required, refer to the new
as pressed for 30 module/component installation note
seconds) (S1) at the top of the DTC Index
B123F-01 Adaptive Speed Limiter  Adaptive Speed Limiter Suspect transmission shift module,
Mode Indicator - LED failure check operation of the active speed
General Electrical limiter button status illumination,
Failure check and install new transmission
B1241-64 Adaptive Speed Limiter  May be due to a faulty Check for normal adaptive speed
Button - signal button or to the user limiter button functionality. If it
plausibility failure holding the button for a operates normally then no further
prolonged period action required. If the adaptive speed
(Adaptive Speed limiter button fails to operate
Limiter button detected normally then may be due to an
B1242-64 Winter Button - signal  May be due to a faulty Check for normal winter button
plausibility failure button or to the user functionality. If it operates normally
holding the button for a then no further action required. If the
prolonged period. winter button fails to operate
(Winter button detected normally then may be due to an
B1243-01 Winter Button Mode  Winter LED failure Suspect transmission shift module,
Indicator - General check operation of the winter button
Electrical Failure status illumination, check and install
new transmission shift module as
B1244-64 Dynamic / Sport Button -  May be due to a faulty Check for normal dynamic mode
signal plausibility failure button or to the user button functionality. If it operates
holding the button for a normally then no further action
prolonged period. required. If the dynamic mode button
(Dynamic/Performance fails to operate normally then may be
button detected as due to an internal fault, check and
pressed for 30 seconds) install new transmission shift module
Diesel)

B1245-01 Dynamic / Sport Button  Dynamic / Sport LED Suspect transmission shift module,
Mode Indicator - Failure check operation of the dynamic mode
General Electrical button status illumination, check and
Failure install new transmission shift module
C113A- Wake up Control - signal  Hardwired delayed Refer to the electrical circuit
62 compare failure power and CAN Bus diagrams and check hardwired wake
Engine Running status up (start stop illumination) input
differ. circuit for short, open circuit
Keep Alive Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(KAM) Error - data shift module as required, refer to the
Random Access Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(RAM) Error - data shift module as required, refer to the
Read Only Memory module Internal failure check and install new transmission
(ROM) Error - program shift module as required, refer to the
P0606-2F Control Module  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Processor - signal erratic module Internal failure check and install new transmission
P0606-47 Control Module  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Processor - watchdog / module Internal failure check and install new transmission
safety Micro controller shift module as required, refer to the
failure new module/component installation
P0705-09 Transmission Range  PRNDS sensor fault Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit check and install new transmission
Component Failures new module/component installation
P0705-46 Transmission Range  PRNDS calibration Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit missing/invalid check and install new transmission
Diesel)
calibration / parameter new module/component installation

memory failure note at the top of the DTC Index
P0705-86 Transmission Range  Received signal Suspect transmission shift module,
Sensor A Circuit incorrect check and install new transmission
(PRNDL Input) - signal shift module as required, refer to the
invalid new module/component installation
P0814-01 Transmission Range  PRNDS LED failure Suspect transmission shift module,
Display Circuit - General check operation of PRNDS display,
Electrical Failure check and install new transmission
P081C-64 Park Input Circuit -  Hardwired Park and Refer to electrical circuit diagrams
signal plausibility failure Transmission control and check Park input signal circuit
module Position for short, open circuit. Check
Display signals are not Transmission control module for
consistent Park signal failure DTCs. Check
operation of signal - should be set
(equal to vehicle supply voltage)
when transmission in P and un-set
(equal to vehicle ground) when
transmission in R, N, D, S
P084F-11 Park/Neutral Switch  Park/neutral signal Refer to the electrical circuit
Output Circuit - circuit circuit short to ground diagrams and check the park/neutral
short to ground signal circuit for short to ground
P084F-15 Park / Neutral Switch  Park/neutral signal Refer to the electrical circuit
Output Circuit - circuit circuit short to power or diagrams and check the park/neutral
short to battery or open open circuit signal circuit for short to power or
open circuit
Selector Up and Down mechanism up / down check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - sensor fault shift module as required, refer to the
General Electrical new module/component installation
Failure note at the top of the DTC Index
Selector Up and Down mechanism current check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - circuit sense fault shift module as required, refer to the
open new module/component installation
Selector Up and Down mechanism motor over check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - circuit current shift module as required, refer to the
current above threshold new module/component installation
P176A-94 Transmission Range  Motor current detected Suspect transmission shift module,
Diesel)
Selector Up and Down while gear selector knob check and install new transmission
Position Circuit - not moving up or down shift module as required, refer to the
unexpected operation for 100ms new module/component installation
P176B-71 Transmission Range  Raise Lower failure. Check that no visible obstructions are
Selector Up and Down Note: Can be due to present and test for normal
Position Control Error - driver abuse! If DTC is raise/lower operation. If transmission
actuator stuck detected then test shift module raises and lowers
raise/lower functionality normally then no further action is
to confirm OK with no required. If the transmission shift
abuse forces or module fails to raise and lower
obstructions present. normally even though no
Only replace obstructions or abuse forces are
Transmission shift present then may be due to an
module if raise/lower internal fault, check and install new
issues are present with transmission shift module as
no abuse forces or required, refer to the new
obstructions present. module/component installation note
P176C-07 Transmission Range  Gear selector movement Check for normal shift interlock
Selector Lock Control detected while locked. lock/unlock operation, and check for
Error - Mechanical DTC set after 100ms. short circuit DTCs. If the
Failures Park lock failure transmission shift module locks and
Transmission shift unlocks normally then no further
module has detected action is required. If the transmission
that the selector has shift module fails to lock normally
been turned while a when fully in the P position then may
lock request has been be due to an internal fault, check and
received from the install new transmission shift module
Transmission control as required, refer to the new
module This is usually module/component installation note
due to the driver at the top of the DTC Index
releasing the brake
pedal with the selector
in between positions
and does not represent a
fault.
P176C-11 Transmission Range  Short to ground Suspect transmission shift module,
Selector Lock Control detected while solenoid check operation of the shift interlock,
Error - circuit short to active for 100ms. check and install new transmission
ground shift module as required, refer to the
P176C-12 Transmission Range  Short to power detected Suspect transmission shift module,
Selector Lock Control for 100ms. check operation of the shift interlock,
Error - circuit short to check and install new transmission
Diesel)
power shift module as required, refer to the

P176C-73 Transmission Range  Solenoid Unlock Check for normal shift interlock
Selector Lock Control Failure. This may be lock/unlock operation. If the
Error - actuator stuck due either to the user transmission shift module locks and
closed applying a prolonged unlocks normally then no further
rotational force against action is required. If the transmission
the selector lock shift module fails to lock and unlock
mechanism while it is normally then may be due to an
attempting to unlock or internal fault, check and install new
due to an internal transmission shift module as
failure required, refer to the new
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  HS CAN Failure (Bus Refer to the electrical circuit
Communication Bus - Off) diagrams and check CAN bus for
bus off short, open circuit
With ECM/PCM "A" - with the engine control diagrams and check the CAN Bus
missing message module connection to the engine control
module for short, open circuit. Check
 Engine speed signal not the engine control module for related
received for 450mS DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
(S3) Index
with TCM - missing with the transmission diagrams and check the CAN Bus
message control module connection to the transmission
control module for short, open
 TCM_PosDisp signal circuit. Check the transmission
not received for 75mS. control module for related DTCs and
(S3) refer to the relevant DTC Index
With Anti-Lock Brake with the anti-lock brake diagrams and check the CAN Bus
System (ABS) Control system (ABS) control connection to the anti-lock brake
Module - missing module system (ABS) control module for
message short, open circuit. Check the anti-
 Message containing lock brake system (ABS) control
TCSSwitchSports is not module for related DTCs and refer to
received for 450mS. the relevant DTC Index
(S3)
With Suspension Control with the suspension diagrams and check the CAN Bus
Module "B" - missing control module "B" connection to the suspension control
message module "B for short, open circuit.
 Message containing Check the suspension control module
SUMB signals is not "B" for related DTCs and refer to the
Diesel)

(S3)
With Instrument Panel with instrument panel diagrams and check the CAN Bus
Cluster (IPC) Control cluster connection to the instrument panel
Module - missing cluster for short, open circuit. Check
message  Message containing the instrument panel cluster for
Powermode is not related DTCs and refer to the
(S3)
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Invalid master Re-configure the RJB using the
Software Incompatibility configuration ID manufacturer approved diagnostic
- no sub type information received system. Clear DTC and re-test, if
transmission shift module. Check and
install a new module as required,
refer to the new module/component
DTC Index
U0401-92 Invalid Data Received  Jaguar Drive Check ECM for related DTCs and
From ECM/PCM - Optimization Winter/ refer to the relevant DTC Index
performance or incorrect Performance modes not
operation available. Fault message
if a Jaguar Drive
Optimization mode
button is pressed
 Message received from
indicates it is unable to
Optimisation modes.
U0402-64 Invalid Data Received  Implausible lock Unexpected lock data received from
from Transmission request received Transmission control module. Check
control module - signal for additional communication DTCs
plausibility failure and follow relevant service actions. If
no other communication DTCs
present, check Transmission control
module for related DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC Index
U0402-81 Invalid Data Received  Transmission control Check Transmission control module
from Transmission module CAN message for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - invalid error: complement fault DTC Index. If no fault found then
serial data received refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
and check CAN bus for short, open
circuit
U0402-82 Invalid Data Received  Alive Counter fault Check Transmission control module
Diesel)
from Transmission detected (Stuck, jumps for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - alive / or Fault Flag). More DTC Index. If no fault found then
sequence counter than 1 fault in 200ms. refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
incorrect / not updated and check CAN bus for short, open
circuit
U0402-83 Invalid Data Received  Calculated checksum Check Transmission control module
from Transmission for Transmission for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - value of control module message DTC Index. If no fault found then
signal protection data does not match refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
calculation incorrect received checksum. and check CAN bus for short, open
More than 1 fault in circuit
200ms.
U0402-92 Invalid Data Received  Message received from Check Transmission control module
from Transmission Transmission Control for DTCs and refer to the relevant
control module - Module indicates it is DTC Index
performance or incorrect unable to support Jaguar
operation Drive Optimisation
modes.
U0415-92 Invalid Data Received  Information only. Check ABS module for DTCs and
From Anti-Lock Brake Message received from refer to the relevant DTC Index
System (ABS) Control Anti-Lock Brake
Module - performance or System module
incorrect operation indicates it is unable to
Optimisation modes.
U0422-08 Invalid Data Received  Update bit for Check central junction box for DTCs
From Body Control powermode signal not and refer to the relevant DTC Index
Module - Bus Signal / received from central
Message Failures junction box. Possible
CAN fault
U0422-81 Invalid Data Received  Invalid powermode Check central junction box for DTCs
From central junction complement data and refer to the relevant DTC Index
box - invalid serial data received from central
received junction box
U0422-92 Invalid Data Received  Message received from Check instrument cluster and central
From central junction power assisted steering junction box for DTCs and refer to
box - performance or module indicates that it the relevant DTC Index. If no fault
incorrect operation is unable to support found then refer to the electrical
Jaguar Drive circuit diagrams and check CAN bus
Optimisation modes for short, open circuit
U043A- Invalid Data Received  Information only, Check Suspension Control Module
92 From Suspension Suspension Module "B" for related DTCs and refer to the
Control Module "B" - unable to support Jaguar relevant DTC Index
performance or incorrect Drive Optimisation
operation
Diesel)
modes(Invalid Data is
received from the
SUMB)
U101A- Lost Communication  CAN and LIN bus Check for Transmission control
86 With Transmission failed. FOR module CAN and/or LIN DTCs
control module (Multiple INFORMATION present in transmission shift module
Bus) - signal invalid ONLY - No action then refer to actions for these specific
necessary if no DTCs. If no additional Transmission
additional CAN or LIN control module CAN and/or LIN
DTCs present DTCs present in transmission shift
module then no further action
required
U1A14- CAN Initialization  Signal configuration not Suspect transmission shift module,
04 Failure - System Internal present / incorrect. check and install new transmission
Failures shift module as required, refer to the
U2012- Car Configuration  Mismatch detected Check correct transmission shift
4A Parameter(s) - incorrect between vehicle hardware variant is installed for the
component installed configuration and vehicle configuration - i.e. for
installed gear selector supercharged variants, transmission
variant. Check correct shift modules with dynamic mode
part fitted, and if fault button should be installed only. All
still present, check other vehicles should contain
vehicle configuration hardware without the dynamic mode
button. If correct hardware installed
then check/amend car configuration
parameters using the manufacturer
U2100-00 Initial Configuration Not  Transmission shift Suspect transmission shift module,
Complete - no sub type module not fully check and install new transmission
information configured. shift module as required, refer to the
U3003-16 Battery Voltage - circuit  Low voltage detected at Ensure battery is in a fully charged
voltage below threshold Transmission shift and serviceable condition, refer to the
module (Battery voltage battery care manual. Check ECM for
< 8.5V for 660mS) alternator related DTCs, Check
battery power feed circuit to
Transmission shift module, Clear
DTCs, Cycle ignition
U3003-17 Battery Voltage - circuit  High voltage detected at Check ECM for alternator/over
voltage above threshold Transmission shift charging related DTCs, Clear DTCs,
module (Battery voltage Cycle ignition
> 16.5V for 660mS)
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Measured voltage Compare vehicle voltage to voltage
Diesel)
compare failure different to CAN present at the Transmission shift

received voltage module, Repair fault, Clear DTCs,
(Voltage difference > Cycle ignition
2V for > 10s)
TRANSMISSION Transmission/Transaxle Cooling (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6 3.0L Diesel)
TRANSMISSION
Transmission/Transaxle Cooling (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6 3.0L Diesel)
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE COOLING (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L

PETROL/TDV6 3.0L DIESEL)
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Transmission fluid ATF Shell M 1375.4
Vehicles with 3.0L diesel engine
Description Nm lb-ft
Transmission fluid cooler tube to transmission housing bolt 23 17
Transmission fluid cooler tube bracket to engine oil pan retaining bolt 23 17
Vehicles with 5.0L engine
Description Nm lb-ft
Transmission fluid cooler tube to transmission housing bolt 23 17
Transmission fluid cooler tube bracket to engine oil pan retaining bolt 11 8
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Latch-plate
2 Feed hose and pipe (from transmission)
3 Transmission fluid cooler
4 Engine coolant hose connections
5 Return hose and pipe (to transmission)
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
Transmission cooling is provided by a transmission fluid cooler, which transfers heat from the transmission to
the engine cooling system. The transmission fluid cooler is attached to a mounting bracket on the front
subframe, in the front left corner of the engine compartment.
Two hose and pipe assemblies connect the transmission fluid cooler to the automatic transmission. Two engine
coolant hose connections are incorporated into the top of the transmission fluid cooler for the supply and return
of coolant from the engine cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING (V8 5.0L
PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL) .
SYSTEM OPERATION
Fluid from the pump in the automatic transmission flows through the feed hose and pipe to the transmission
fluid cooler. The fluid then flows through the transmission fluid cooler, and the return hose and pipe, to the
sump of the automatic transmission.
TRANSMISSION COOLING
For a detailed description of the automatic transmission cooling system, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION
and OVERVIEW and SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.
1. Verify the customer concern by operating the system.

Visual Inspection
Mechanical
 Feed and return tubes
 Connections to the automatic transmission and the automatic transmission fluid cooler
 Automatic transmission fluid level
SYMPTOM CHART
Condition Possible Causes Action

Over heating of the Obstruction in the automatic Flush out the automatic transmission fluid
automatic transmission fluid cooler cooler with new automatic transmission
transmission fluid. If the flushing is unsuccessful, install a
new transmission fluid cooler.
Over heating of the Obstruction in the automatic Flush out the automatic transmission fluid
automatic transmission fluid tubes cooler tubes with new automatic
transmission transmission fluid. If the flushing is
unsuccessful install new automatic
transmission fluid cooler tubes.
Loss of automatic Connections to the automatic Check the integrity of the tubes, connections
transmission fluid transmission and the automatic and seals. Check the torque of the tube
transmission fluid cooler fixings.
Loss of automatic Leak at oil cooler Check the integrity of tubes, connections and
transmission fluid seals. Check the torque of the tube fixings.
TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill information.
3. Refer to: Cooling System Draining And Vacuum Filling information.
CAUTION: Be prepared to collect escaping fluids.
4. See figure
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. Torque: 5 Nm
INSTALLATION
TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER TUBES
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill information.

3. See figure
4. Torque: 11 Nm
5. Torque: 23 Nm
is always correct.
6. See figure
INSTALLATION

TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission/Transaxle (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6 3.0L Diesel)
TRANSMISSION
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol/TDV6 3.0L Diesel)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L

PETROL/TDV6 3.0L DIESEL)
SPECIFICATIONS
CAUTION: CAUTION: Use only Shell M1375.4 Automatic transmission fluid. Use of
any other fluids may result in a transmission malfunction or failure.
Description Intervals
Normal maintenance Filled for life.
Severe duty maintenance Change the fluid at 48, 000 km (30, 000 miles) intervals.
NOTE: Lubricants, Fluids, Sealers and Adhesives
Description Specification
Transmission fluid Shell M1375.4
Sealant WSS-M4G323-A6
Metal surface cleaner WSW-M5B392-A
High temperature grease Molecote FB180
NOTE: General Specifications
Refill capacity approximate dry capacity, includes cooler

and tubes. Check the level at normal operating
temperature. DO NOT OVERFILL. If it is necessary to
add or change fluid, use only fluid which has been certified
Approximate by the supplier as meeting the Jaguar Cars Ltd
Vehicle Engine Liters specification shown. U.S. Quarts
XJ All 10.0 10.57
vehicles
NOTE: Torque Specifications

Transmission retaining bolts 48 35 -
Transmission mount retaining bolts 51 38 -
Transmission fluid fill plug A A A
Transmission control module (TCM) and main control valve body 8 - 53
retaining bolts
Output shaft flange retaining nut 60 44 -
Torque converter retaining bolts 62 46 -
Transmission fluid cooler tube retaining bolt 22 16 -
Transmission fluid drain plug 8 - 53
Transmission fluid pan, gasket and filter retaining bolts 8 - 53
A = refer to the procedure for correct torque sequence
COMPONENT LOCATION
OVERVIEW
The ZF 6HP28 transmission is an electronically controlled, hydraulically operated, six speed automatic unit.
The hydraulic and electronic control elements of the transmission, including the transmission control module
(TCM), are incorporated in a single unit located inside the transmission and is known as 'Mechatronic'.
5.0L supercharger (SC) and 3.0L diesel models use an uprated derivative of the ZF 6HP28 transmission used in
the 5.0L naturally aspirated models.
The ZF 6HP28 transmission has the following features:
 Designed to be maintenance free

 Transmission fluid is 'fill for life'
 The torque converter features a controlled slip feature with electronically regulated control of lock-up,
creating a smooth transition to the fully locked condition
 Shift programs controlled by the transmission control module (TCM)
 Electronic park lock, controlled by the transmission control module (TCM), with a mechanical
emergency release
 ASIS (adaptive shift strategy), to provide continuous adaptation of shift changes to suit the driving style
of the driver, which can vary from sporting to economical.
 Connected to the engine control module (ECM) via the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus for
communications
 Default mode if major faults occur
 Diagnostics available from the transmission control module (TCM) via the high speed controller area
network (CAN) bus.
The transmission selections are made using the rotary JaguarDrive selector in the floor console and two paddle
switches on the steering wheel. For additional information, refer to 307-05B Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
External Controls - 5.0L/3.0L Diesel).
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; B = K bus; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus; O
= local interconnect network (LIN) bus

1 Battery

6 Diagnostic socket
9 Clockspring
13 ECM (engine control module)
SYSTEM OPERATION
POWER FLOWS
Operation of the transmission is controlled by the transmission control module (TCM), which electrically
activates various solenoids to control the transmission gear selection. The sequence of solenoid activation is
based on programmed information in the transmission control module (TCM) memory and physical
transmission operating conditions such as vehicle speed, throttle position, engine load and JaguarDrive selector
position.

1 Torque input from engine
2 Torque converter lock-up clutch

3 Single web planetary gear carrier
4 Single web planetary gears
5 Single web sunwheel 1
6 Double web sunwheel 2
7 Double web planetary gears - long
8 Double web planetary gear carrier
9 Double web planetary gears - short
10 Double web sunwheel 3
11 Torque output from transmission
A Multiplate clutch
B Multiplate clutch
C Multiplate brake
D Multiplate brake
E Multiplate clutch
Engine torque is transferred, via operation of single or combinations of clutches to the 2 planetary gear trains.
Both gear trains are controlled by reactionary inputs from brake clutches to produce the 6 forward gears and 1
reverse gear. The ratios are as follows:
Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Reverse

Ration 4.171 2.340 1.521 1.143 0.867 0.691 3.403
Shift Elements

1 Turbine shaft
2 Stator shaft
3 Single web planetary gear train
4 Ring gear 1
5 Clutch A
6 Clutch B
7 Clutch E
8 Brake clutch C
9 Fixed connection to transmission housing
10 Shaft key
11 Brake clutch D
12 Double web planetary gear train
13 Planetary gears - long
14 Ring gear 2
15 Sunwheel 2
16 Sunwheel 3
17 Double web planetary gear carrier
18 Planetary gears - short
19 Single web planetary gear carrier
20 Sunwheel 1
The shift elements are three rotating multiplate clutches (A, B and E) and two fixed multiplate brakes (C and
D). All shifts from 1st to 6th gears are power-on overlapping shifts. Overlapping shifts can be described as one
of the clutches continuing to transmit drive at a lower main pressure until the next required clutch is able to
accept the input torque.
The shift elements, clutches and brakes are actuated hydraulically. Fluid pressure is applied to the required
clutch and/or brake, pressing the plates together and allowing drive to be transmitted through the plates. The
purpose of the shift elements is to perform power-on shifts with no interruption to traction and smooth transition
between gear ratios.
Power Flow 1st Gear

The JaguarDrive selector and the selector valve spool are in the 'D' position. Engine torque is transmitted from
the torque converter turbine shaft to the ring gear 1 of the single web planetary gear train and the outer plate
carrier of clutch 'E'.
Ring gear 1 drives the planetary gears which rotate around sunwheel 1. This drives the planetary gear carrier 1
and also the outer plate carrier of clutch 'A' and the inner plate carrier of clutch 'B'.
When clutch 'A' is engaged, sunwheel 3 in the double web planetary gear train is driven and meshes with the
short planetary gears.
The double web planetary gear train is locked against the transmission housing by brake 'D'. This allows ring
gear 2 (output shaft) to be driven in the same direction as the engine via the long planetary gears.
NOTE: Refer to 'Shift Elements' illustration for key

Power Flow 2nd Gear

The JaguarDrive selector and the selector spool valve are in the 'D' position. Engine torque is transmitted from
Sunwheel 2 is locked to the transmission housing by brake clutch 'C'. The long planetary gears, which are also
meshed with the short planetary gears, roll around the fixed sunwheel 2 and transmit drive to the double web
planetary gear train carrier and ring gear 2 in the direction of engine rotation.

Power Flow 3rd Gear

Sunwheel 2 is driven via clutch 'B' which is engaged. The long planetary gears, which are also meshed with the
short planetary gears, cannot roll around the fixed sunwheel 2 and therefore transmit drive to the locked double
web planetary gear train carrier in the direction of engine rotation.

Power Flow 4th Gear

the torque converter turbine shaft to ring gear 1 of the single web planetary gear train and the outer plate carrier
of clutch 'E'.
The double web planetary gear carrier is driven via clutch 'E' which is engaged. The long planetary gears, which
are also meshed with the short planetary gears and the double web planetary gear carrier, drive ring gear 2 in the
direction of engine rotation.

Power Flow 5th Gear

of clutch 'E'.
The long planetary gears, which are also meshed with the short planetary gears and the double web planetary
gear carrier, drive ring gear 2 in the direction of engine rotation.

Power Flow 6th Gear

of clutch 'E'.
Clutches 'A' and 'B' are released, removing the effect of the single web planetary gear train.
Clutch brake 'C' is applied which locks sunwheel 2 to the transmission housing.
Clutch 'E' is engaged and drives the double web planetary gear carrier. This causes the long planetary gears to
rotate around the fixed sunwheel 2 and transmit drive to ring gear 2 which is driven in the direction of engine
rotation.

Power Flow Reverse Gear

The JaguarDrive selector and the selector spool valve are in the 'R' position. Engine torque is transmitted from
of clutch 'E'.
Ring gear 1 drives the planetary gears of the single web planetary gear train which rotate around the fixed
sunwheel 1. This transmits the drive to the single web planetary gear carrier, the outer plate carrier of clutch 'A'
and the inner plate carrier of clutch 'B'.
With clutch 'B' applied, sunwheel 2 in the double web planetary gear train is driven and meshes with the long
planetary gears.
The double web planetary gear carrier is locked to the transmission housing by brake clutch 'D'. This allows
ring gear 2 to be driven in the opposite direction to engine rotation by the long planetary gears.

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1 Transmission selected gear status
2 MIL (malfunction indicator lamp)
3 Message center
The instrument cluster is connected to the transmission control module (TCM) via the high speed controller area
network (CAN) bus. Transmission status is transmitted by the transmission control module (TCM) and
displayed to the driver in one of two displays in the instrument cluster. For additional information, refer to 413-
01 Instrument Cluster.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is located in the tachometer in the instrument cluster. Transmission
related faults which may affect the vehicle emissions output will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL).
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is illuminated by the engine control module (ECM) on receipt of a
relevant fault message from the transmission control module (TCM) on the high speed controller area network
(CAN). The nature of the fault can be diagnosed using a Jaguar approved diagnostic system which reads the
fault codes stored in the transmission control module (TCM) memory.
Transmission Status Display
The transmission status display is located in a liquid crystal display (LCD) at the top of the instrument cluster,
between the speedometer and the tachometer. The liquid crystal display (LCD) shows the JaguarDrive selector
position or the selected gear when in manual 'Jaguar Sequential Shift' mode.
The following table shows the displays and their descriptions.
Symbol Description
P Park selected
R Reverse selected
N Neutral selected
D Drive selected
S Sport mode selected
1 1st gear selected (manual Jaguar sequential shift mode)
2 2nd gear selected (manual Jaguar sequential shift mode)
3 3rd gear selected (manual Jaguar sequential shift mode)
4 4th gear selected (manual Jaguar sequential shift mode)
The message center is located in the lower center of the instrument cluster. The message center is a liquid
crystal display (LCD) to relay vehicle status and operating information to the driver and can display messages
relating to a number of the vehicle systems. If a transmission fault occurs, the message center will display the
message 'GEARBOX FAULT'.
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
The transmission control module (TCM) outputs signals to control the shift control solenoid valve and the
EPRS (electronic pressure regulating solenoid) to control the hydraulic operation of the transmission.
The transmission control module (TCM) processes signals from the transmission speed and temperature
sensors, the engine control module (ECM) and other vehicle systems. From the received signal inputs and pre-
programmed data, the module calculates the correct gear, torque converter clutch setting and optimum pressure
settings for gear shift and lock-up clutch control.
The engine control module (ECM) supplies the engine management data over the high speed controller area
network (CAN) bus. The transmission control module (TCM) requires engine data to efficiently control the
transmission operation, for example; flywheel torque, engine speed, accelerator pedal angle, engine
temperature. The steering angle sensor and the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module also supply data to the
transmission control module (TCM) on the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus. The transmission
control module (TCM) uses data from these systems to suspend gear changes when the vehicle is cornering
and/or the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module is controlling braking or traction control.
Using the signal inputs and the memorized data, the transmission control module (TCM) control program
computes the correct gear and torque converter lock-up clutch setting and the optimum pressure settings for
gear shift and lock-up clutch control. Special output-side modules (power output stages, current regulator
circuits), allow the transmission control module (TCM) to control the solenoid valves and pressure regulators
and consequently precisely control the hydraulics of the automatic transmission. In addition, the amount and
duration of engine interventions are supplied to the engine management by way of the controller area network
(CAN) bus.
The transmission has a fully electronic JaguarDrive selector with no Bowden cable connection to the
transmission. The transmission selections are made using a rotary JaguarDrive selector which rises from the
floor console once the engine is running. Rotation of the JaguarDrive selector to any of the five positions is
sensed by the transmission control module (TCM) via the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus. The
transmission control module (TCM) then reacts according to the selected position. The 'S' (sport) position
selection allows the transmission control module (TCM) to operate the transmission using the semi-automatic
'Jaguar Sequential Shift'.
Gear selections are sensed by the transmission control module (TCM) when the driver operates the steering
wheel paddle switches. Once the JaguarDrive selector position is confirmed, the transmission control module
(TCM) outputs appropriate information on the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
If the JaguarDrive selector is in 'D', 'Jaguar Sequential Shift' is temporary and will cancel after a time period or
can be cancelled by pressing and holding the + paddle for approximately 2 seconds.
If the JaguarDrive selector is in 'S', 'Jaguar Sequential Shift' is permanent and can only be cancelled by pressing
and holding the + paddle for approximately 2 seconds or by moving the JaguarDrive selector to the 'D' position.
The transmission control module (TCM) can be reprogrammed using a Jaguar approved diagnostic system using
a flash code. The transmission control module (TCM) processor has a 440 kb internal flash memory. Of this
capacity, approximately 370 kb are used by the basic transmission program. The remainder, approximately 70
kb is used to store vehicle-specific application data.
Engine Stall
If the vehicle stalls it will coast down in gear, with the transmission providing drive to the engine. A restart can
be attempted at this point and the engine may start and the driver can continue.
If the coast down speed reduces such that the speed of the engine is less than 600 rev/min, the transmission will
go to neutral, D illumination will flash in the instrument cluster. The driver needs to select neutral or park and
then press the brake pedal to restart the engine.
If the start/stop button is pressed when driving, the message ENGINE STOP BUTTON PRESSED is displayed
in the message center but there will be no change to the ignition state. If the driver requires to switch off the
engine, the start/stop button must be pressed for a second time. The engine will be stopped and will be back
driven by the transmission as the vehicle coasts down. When the engine speed is less than 600 rev/min the
transmission engages neutral (flashing D illumination in the instrument cluster). When vehicle speed is less than
2 km/h (1.2 mph) Park is engaged. The JaguarDrive selector automatically rotates back to its lowered P position
and the vehicle ignition is switched off.
The park engagement is prevented in a stall case as the ignition power is on and D was the last selected gear.
The park engagement speed at ignition off is from the least value of the wheel speeds (controller area network
(CAN) signal) and transmission output speed (internal signal).
TRANSMISSION
The transmission comprises the main casing which houses all of the transmission components. The main casing
also incorporates an integral bell housing.
A fluid pan is attached to the lower face of the main casing and is secured with bolts. The fluid pan is sealed to
the main casing with a gasket. Removal of the fluid pan allows access to the Mechatronic valve block. The fluid
pan has a magnet located around the drain plug which collects any metallic particles present in the transmission
fluid.
A fluid filter is located inside the fluid pan. If the transmission fluid becomes contaminated or after any service
work, the fluid pan with integral filter must be replaced.
The integral bell housing provides protection for the torque converter assembly and also provides the
attachment for the gearbox to the engine cylinder block. The torque converter is a non-serviceable assembly
which also contains the lock-up clutch mechanism. The torque converter drives a crescent type pump via drive
tangs. The fluid pump is located in the main casing, behind the torque converter.
The main casing contains the following major components:
 Input shaft
 Output shaft
 Mechatronic valve block which contains the solenoids, speed sensors and the transmission control module
(TCM)
 Three rotating multiplate drive clutches
 Two fixed multiplate brake clutches
 A single planetary gear train and a double planetary gear train.

1 Torque converter lock-up clutch
2 Torque converter
3 Fluid pump
4 Single planetary gearset
5 Clutch A
6 Clutch B
7 Clutch E
8 Brake C
9 Brake D
10 Double planetary gearset
11 Park lock gear
12 Output shaft
13 Park lock pawl
14 Drain plug
15 Magnet
16 Pressure regulator
17 Mechatronic valve block
18 Fluid filter
19 Fluid pan
20 Input shaft
21 Bell housing
TORQUE CONVERTER

1 Impeller
2 Turbine
3 Stator
4 Freewheel clutch
5 Torque converter hub
6 Stator shaft
7 Turbine shaft
8 Drive plate
9 Journal - Drive plate/crankshaft location
10 Torque converter cover
11 Lock-up clutch piston
12 Lock-up clutch plate
The torque converter is the coupling element between the engine and the transmission and is located in the bell
housing, on the engine side of the transmission. The driven power from the engine crankshaft is transmitted
hydraulically and mechanically through the torque converter to the transmission. The torque converter is
connected to the engine by a drive plate attached to the rear of the crankshaft.
The torque converter comprises an impeller, a stator and a turbine. The torque converter is a sealed unit with all
components located between the converter housing cover and the impeller. The two components are welded
together to form a sealed, fluid filled housing. With the impeller welded to the converter housing cover, the
impeller is therefore driven at engine crankshaft speed.
The converter housing cover has four threaded bosses, which provide for attachment of the engine drive plate.
The threaded bosses also provide for location of special tools which are required to remove the torque converter
from the bell housing.
Impeller
Fluid Flow

1 Turbine
2 Stator
3 Impeller
When the engine is running the rotating impeller acts as a centrifugal pump, picking up fluid at its center and
discharging it at high velocity through the blades on its outer rim. The design and shape of the blades and the
curve of the impeller body cause the fluid to rotate in a clockwise direction as it leaves the impeller. This
rotation improves the efficiency of the fluid as it contacts the outer row of blades on the turbine.
The centrifugal force of the fluid leaving the blades of the impeller is passed to the curved inner surface of the
turbine via the tip of the blades. The velocity and clockwise rotation of the fluid causes the turbine to rotate.
Turbine
The turbine is similar in design to the impeller with a continuous row of blades. Fluid from the impeller enters
the turbine through the tip of the blades and is directed around the curved body of the turbine to the root of the
blades. The curved surface redirects the fluid back in the opposite direction to which it entered the turbine,
effectively increasing the turning force applied to the turbine from the impeller. This principle is known as
torque multiplication.
When engine speed increases, turbine speed also increases. The fluid leaving the inner row of the turbine blades
is rotated in a counter-clockwise direction due to the curve of the turbine and the shape of the blades. The fluid
is now flowing in the opposite direction to the engine rotation and therefore the impeller. If the fluid was
allowed to hit the impeller in this condition, it would have the effect of applying a brake to the impeller,
eliminating the torque multiplication effect. To prevent this, the stator is located between the impeller and the
turbine.
Stator
The stator is located on the splined transmission input shaft via a freewheel clutch. The stator comprises a
number of blades which are aligned in an opposite direction to those of the impeller and turbine. The main
function of the stator is to redirect the returning fluid from the turbine, changing its direction to that of the
impeller.
The redirected fluid from the stator is directed at the inner row of blades of the impeller, assisting the engine in
turning the impeller. This sequence increases the force of the fluid emitted from the impeller and thereby
increases the torque multiplication effect of the torque converter.
Stator Functions

1 Blades
2 Stator held - fluid flow redirected
3 Stator rotates freely
4 Roller
5 Converter at coupling speed
6 Fluid flow from turbine
7 Converter multiplying
8 Fluid flow from impeller
9 Drive from engine
10 Impeller
11 Stator
12 Turbine
13 Output to transmission
Fluid emitted from the impeller acts on the turbine. If the turbine is rotating at a slower speed than the fluid
from the impeller, the fluid will be deflected by the turbine blades in the path 'A' . The fluid is directed at and
deflected by the stator blades from path 'B' to path 'C' . This ensures that the fluid is directed back to the pump
in the optimum direction. In this condition the sprag clutch is engaged and the force of the fluid on the stator
blades assists the engine in rotating the impeller.
As the rotational speed of the engine and therefore the turbine increases, the direction of the fluid leaving the
turbine changes to path 'D' . The fluid is now directed from the turbine to the opposite side of the stator blades,
rotating the stator in the opposite direction. To prevent the stator from resisting the smooth flow of the fluid
from the turbine, the sprag clutch releases, allowing the stator to rotate freely on its shaft.
When the stator becomes inactive, the torque converter no longer multiplies the engine torque. When the torque
converter reaches this operational condition it ceases to multiply the engine torque and acts solely as a fluid
coupling, with the impeller and the turbine rotating at approximately the same speed.
The stator uses a sprag type, one way, freewheel clutch. When the stator is rotated in a clockwise direction the
sprags twist and are wedged between the inner and outer races. In this condition the sprags transfer the rotation
of the outer race to the inner race which rotates at the same speed.
One Way Free Wheel Clutch - Typical


1 Sprags
2 Inner race
3 Outer race
4 Sprag and cage assembly
5 Sprag outer race
6 Sprag inner race
7 Retaining ring
The free wheel clutch can perform three functions; hold the stator stationary, drive the stator and free wheel
allowing the stator to rotate without a drive output. The free wheel clutch used in the ZF 6HP28 transmission is
of the sprag type and comprises an inner and outer race and a sprag and cage assembly. The inner and outer
races are pressed into their related components with which they rotate. The sprag and cage assembly is located
between the inner and outer races.
The sprags are located in a cage which is a spring which holds the sprags in the 'wedge' direction and maintains
them in contact with the inner and outer races.
Referring to the illustration, the sprags are designed so that the dimension 'B' is larger than the distance
between the inner and outer race bearing surfaces. When the outer race rotates in a clockwise direction, the
sprags twist and the edges across the dimension 'B' wedge between the races, providing a positive drive through
each sprag to the inner race. The dimension 'A' is smaller than the distance between the inner and outer race
bearing surfaces. When the outer race rotates in an anti-clockwise direction, the dimension 'A' is too small to
allow the sprags to wedge between the races, allowing the outer race to rotate freely.
On the illustration shown, when the outer race is rotated in a clockwise direction, the sprags twist and are
'wedged' between the inner and outer races. The sprags then transfer the rotation of the outer race to the inner
race, which rotates at the same speed.
Lock-Up Clutch Mechanism
The torque converter clutch (TCC) is hydraulically controlled by an EPRS, which is controlled by the
transmission control module (TCM). This allows the torque converter to have three states of operation as
follows:
 Fully engaged
 Controlled slip variable engagement
 Fully disengaged.
The torque converter clutch (TCC) is controlled by two hydraulic spool valves located in the valve block. These
valves are actuated by pilot pressure supplied via a solenoid valve which is also located in the valve block. The
solenoid valve is operated by pulse width modulation (PWM) signals from the transmission control module
(TCM) to give full, partial or no lock-up of the torque converter.

A Unlocked condition
B Locked condition
1 Clutch plate
2 Clutch piston
3 Torque converter body
4 Turbine
5 Impeller
6 Stator
7 Piston chamber
8 Turbine chamber
The lock-up clutch is a hydro-mechanical device which eliminates torque converter slip, improving fuel
consumption. The engagement and disengagement is controlled by the transmission control module (TCM) to
allow a certain amount of controlled 'slip'. This allows a small difference in the rotational speeds of the impeller
and the turbine which results in improved shift quality. The lock-up clutch comprises a piston and a clutch
friction plate.
In the unlocked condition, the oil pressure supplied to the piston chamber and the turbine chamber is equal.
Pressurized fluid flows through a drilling in the turbine shaft and through the piston chamber to the turbine
chamber. In this condition the clutch plate is held away from the torque converter body and torque converter
slip is permitted.
In the locked condition, the torque converter clutch (TCC) spool valves are actuated by the EPRS. The fluid
flow in the unlocked condition is reversed and the piston chamber is vented. Pressurized fluid is directed into
the turbine chamber and is applied to the clutch piston. The piston moves with the pressure and pushes the
clutch plate against the torque converter body. As the pressure increases, the friction between the clutch plate
and the body increases, finally resulting in full lock-up of the clutch plate with the body. In this condition there
is direct mechanical drive from the engine crankshaft to the transmission planetary gear train.
FLUID PUMP
The fluid pump is an integral part of the transmission. The fluid pump is used to supply hydraulic pressure for
the operation of the control valves and clutches, to pass the fluid through the transmission cooler and to
lubricate the gears and shafts.
The ZF 6HP28 fluid pump is a crescent type pump and is located between the intermediate plate and the torque
converter. The pump has a delivery rate of 16 cm3 per revolution.

1 Securing ring
2 Shaft oil seal
3 O-ring seal
4 Pump housing
5 Ring gear
6 Crescent spacer
7 Roller bearing
8 Impeller
9 Centering pin
10 Spring washer
11 Outlet port (high pressure)
12 Inlet port (low pressure)
The pump comprises a housing, a crescent spacer, an impeller and a ring gear. The housing has inlet and outlet
ports to direct flow and is located in the intermediate plate by a centering pin. The pump action is achieved by
the impeller, ring gear and crescent spacer.
The crescent spacer is fixed in its position by a pin and is located between the ring gear and the impeller. The
impeller is driven by drive from the torque converter hub which is located on a needle roller bearing in the
pump housing. The impeller teeth mesh with those of the ring gear. When the impeller is rotated, the motion is
transferred to the ring gear which rotates in the same direction.
The rotational motion of the ring gear and the impeller collects fluid from the intake port in the spaces between
the teeth. When the teeth reach the crescent spacer, the oil is trapped in the spaces between the teeth and is
carried with the rotation of the gears. The spacer tapers near the outlet port. This reduces the space between the
gear teeth causing a build up of fluid pressure as the oil reaches the outlet port. When the teeth pass the end of
the spacer the pressurized fluid is released into the outlet port.
The fluid emerging from the outlet port is passed through the fluid pressure control valve. At high operating
speeds the pressure control valve maintains the output pressure to the gearbox at a predetermined maximum
level. Excess fluid is relieved from the pressure control valve and is directed, via the main pressure valve in the
valve block, back to the pump inlet port. This provides a pressurized feed to the pump inlet which prevents
cavitation and reduces pump noise.
MECHATRONIC VALVE BLOCK
The Mechatronic valve block is located in the bottom of the transmission and is covered by the fluid pan. The
valve block houses the transmission control module (TCM), electrical actuators, speed sensors and control
valves which provide all electro-hydraulic control for all transmission functions. The Mechatronic valve block
comprises the following components:
 transmission control module (TCM)

 Pressure regulator solenoids
 Shift control solenoid
 Damper
 Hydraulic spool valves
 Selector valve
 Temperature sensor
 Turbine speed sensor
 Output shaft speed sensor.
Sensors
Speed Sensors
The turbine speed sensor and the output shaft speed sensor are Hall effect type sensors located in the
Mechatronic valve block and are not serviceable items. The transmission control module (TCM) monitors the
signals from each sensor to determine the input (turbine) speed and the output shaft speed.
The turbine speed is monitored by the transmission control module (TCM) to calculate the slip of the torque
converter clutch and internal clutch slip. This signal allows the transmission control module (TCM) to
accurately control the slip timing during shifts and adjust clutch application or release pressure for overlap shift
control.
The output shaft speed is monitored by the transmission control module (TCM) and compared to engine speed
signals received on the controller area network (CAN) bus from the engine control module (ECM). Using a
comparison of the two signals the transmission control module (TCM) calculates the transmission slip ratio for
plausibility and maintains adaptive pressure control.
Temperature Sensor
The temperature sensor is also located in the Mechatronic valve block. The transmission control module (TCM)
uses the temperature sensor signals to determine the temperature of the transmission fluid. These signals are
used by the transmission control module (TCM) to control the transmission operation to promote faster warm-
up in cold conditions or to assist with fluid cooling by controlling the transmission operation when high fluid
temperatures are experienced. If the sensor fails, the transmission control module (TCM) will use a default
value and a fault code will be stored in the transmission control module (TCM).
Damper
There is one damper located in the valve housing. The damper is used to regulate and dampen the regulated
pressure supplied via EPRS. The damper is load dependent through modulation of the damper against return
spring pressure.
The damper comprises a piston, a housing bore and a spring. The piston is subject to the pressure applied by the
spring. The bore has a connecting port to the function to which it applies. Fluid pressure applied to the
applicable component (i.e. a clutch) is also subjected to the full area of the piston, which moves against the
opposing force applied by the spring. The movement of the piston creates an action similar to a shock absorber,
momentarily delaying the build up of pressure in the circuit. This results in a more gradual application of
clutches improving shift quality.
Spool Valves
The valve block spool valves control various functions of the transmission. The spool valves are of
conventional design and are operated by fluid pressure.
Each spool valve is located in its spool bore and held in a default (unpressurized) position by a spring. The
spool bore has a number of ports which allow fluid to flow to other valves and clutches to enable transmission
operation. Each spool has a piston which is waisted to allow fluid to be diverted into the applicable ports when
the valve is operated.
When fluid pressure moves a spool, one or more ports in the spool bore are covered or uncovered. Fluid is
prevented from flowing or is allowed to flow around the applicable waisted area of the spool and into another
uncovered port. The fluid is either passed through galleries to actuate another spool, operate a clutch or is
returned to the fluid pan.
DRIVE CLUTCHES

1 Input shaft
2 Main pressure supply port
3 Piston
4 Cylinder - external plate carrier
5 Clutch plate assembly

6 Baffle plate
7 Diaphragm spring
8 Output shaft
9 Bearing
10 Dynamic pressure equalization chamber
11 Piston chamber
12 Lubrication channel
There are three drive clutches and two brake clutches used in the ZF 6HP28 transmission. Each clutch
comprises one or more friction plates dependent on the output controlled. A typical clutch consists of a number
of steel outer plates and inner plates with friction material bonded to each face.
On 5.0L supercharger (SC) and 3.0L diesel models, the uprated transmission includes additional clutch plates to
enable the transmission to manage the additional power output from these engines.
The clutch plates are held apart mechanically by a diaphragm spring and hydraulically by dynamic pressure.
The pressure is derived from a lubrication channel which supplies fluid to the bearings etc. The fluid is passed
via a drilling in the output shaft into the chamber between the baffle plate and the piston. To prevent inadvertent
clutch application due to pressure build up produced by centrifugal force, the fluid in the dynamic pressure
equalization chamber overcomes any pressure in the piston chamber and holds the piston off the clutch plate
assembly.
When clutch application is required, main pressure from the fluid pump is applied to the piston chamber from
the supply port. This main pressure overcomes the low pressure fluid present in the dynamic pressure
equalization chamber. The piston moves, against the pressure applied by the diaphragm spring, and compresses
the clutch plate assembly. When the main pressure falls, the diaphragm spring pushes the piston away from the
clutch plate assembly, disengaging the clutch.
PLANETARY GEAR TRAINS
The planetary gear trains used on the ZF 6HP28 transmission comprise a single web planetary gear train and a
double web planetary gear train. These gear trains are known as Lepelletier type gear trains and together
produce the six forward gears and the one reverse gear.
Single Web Planetary Gear Train
The single web planetary gear train comprises:
 Sunwheel
 Three (naturally aspirated versions) or four (5.0L supercharger (SC) and 3.0L diesel versions) planetary
gears
 Planetary gear carrier (spider)
 Ring gear or annulus.

1 Cylinder
2 Baffle plate
3 Ring gear
4 Sun gear
5 Planetary gear spider
6 Torque converter input shaft
Torque Converter Input Shaft


1 Planetary gear spider
2 Planetary gears (short)
3 Ring gear
4 Output shaft
5 Planetary gear carrier
6 Sunwheel
7 Double planetary gears (long)
8 Sunwheel
The double planetary gear train comprises:
 Two sunwheels
 Three short planetary gears
 Three long planetary gears
 Planetary gear carrier
 Ring gear or annulus
ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK
The park lock is electronically actuated by solenoid valve located in the valve block. The park lock is engaged
by a mechanical spring system comprising a parking disc and a lock cylinder controlled by a solenoid valve.
The park lock is engaged when the transmission control module (TCM) receives a park request from the
JaguarDrive selector. When the park lock is released, a solenoid valve in the valve housing directs hydraulic
pressure to the lock cylinder, which moves the piston within the cylinder and releases the park lock pawl at the
rear of the transmission by means of a connecting rod. The solenoid on the lock cylinder is energized and locks
the cylinder piston in the unlocked position. Additional locking of the piston is achieved with ball catches
within the lock cylinder.
When park is selected, the solenoid on the lock cylinder is de-energized, the ball catches are released and the
piston is free to move in the lock cylinder. The solenoid in the valve housing is also de-energized. The spring
loaded parking disc pulls the cylinder piston in the park direction which allows the park disc to move on its
mounting. This movement is transferred via the connecting rod to parking pawl, which is engaged in the park
lock gear.
If an electrical failure occurs, the park lock can be manually released by means of an emergency park release
lever located in the floor console. The lever is connected to the parking disc by a cable and allows the park lock
to be released manually. For additional information, refer to 307-05B Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
External Controls.
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
The transmission control module (TCM) is an integral part of the Mechatronic valve block which is located at
the bottom of the transmission, within the fluid pan. The transmission control module (TCM) is the main
controlling component of the transmission.
The transmission control module (TCM) processes signals from the transmission speed and temperature
sensors, engine control module (ECM) and other vehicle systems. From the received signal inputs and pre-
programmed data, the module calculates the correct gear, torque converter clutch setting and optimum pressure
settings for gear shift and lock-up clutch control.
DIAGNOSTICS
For a detailed description of the automatic transmission/transaxle, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and
FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION CHECK
CAUTION: The vehicle should not be driven if the fluid level is low as internal failure
can result.
NOTE: The transmission fluid temperature must not be allowed to exceed 50°C (122°F)
whilst checking level. Should the temperature rise above this figure, abort the
check and allow the transmission fluid to cool to below 30°C (86°F).
This vehicle is not equipped with a fluid level indicator. An incorrect level may affect the transmission
operation and could result in transmission damage. To correctly check and add fluid to the transmission. Refer
to Transmission Fluid Level Check or TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK.
High Fluid Level
A fluid level that is too high may cause the fluid to become aerated due to the churning action of the rotating
internal parts. This will cause erratic control pressure, foaming, loss of fluid from the vent tube and possible
transmission damage. If an overfill condition is identified, with the engine at idle ensure the fluid temperature is
within the specified range and allow the excess fluid to drain until a small thread of fluid runs from the
filler/level plug hole.
Low Fluid Level
A low fluid level could result in poor transmission engagement, slipping, or damage. This could also indicate a
leak in one of the transmission seals or gaskets. Refer to Transmission Fluid Level Check or
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK.
Adding Fluid
CAUTION: The use of any other type of transmission fluid other than that specified
can result in transmission damage.
If fluid needs to be added, add fluid in 0.50 liter increments through the fill hole Opening. Do not overfill the
fluid. For fluid type, refer to the General Specification chart in this section. Refer to: Specifications.
Fluid Condition Check
1. Check the fluid level. Refer to Transmission Fluid Level Check or TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL
CHECK.
2. Observe the color and the odor of the fluid. The color under normal circumstances should be Honey.
3. Allow the fluid to drip onto a facial tissue and examine the stain.
4. If evidence of solid material is found, the transmission fluid pan should be removed for further inspection.
NOTE: In the event of a transmission unit replacement for internal failure, the oil cooler and pipes must also be
replaced.

Visual Inspection
Mechanical Electrical Hydraulic

 Damaged/stuck shift  Blown fuse(s)  Fluid level too high/low
mechanism  Damaged, loose or  Poor condition of fluid

 Damaged automatic corroded connectors  Fluid leak
transmission casing  Wiring harness
4. If the cause is not visually evident check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC Index.
DTC INDEX

NOTE: If the control module/transmission is suspect and the vehicle remains under
prior to the installation of a new module/transmission.
pinpoint tests.
corrosion.

P0121-86 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle/Pedal Position Check Engine Control Module
Sensor A Circuit Sensor Fault (Data for stored DTCs
Range/Performance - received over CAN Bus)
signal invalid
P0219-86 Engine Overspeed  Engine speed too low or Check Engine Control Module
Condition - signal invalid too high (Data received for stored DTCs
over CAN Bus)
P0500-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Vehicle Speed Sensor Check DSC module for stored
invalid serial data received fault (Data received over DTCs
CAN Bus)
P0501-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor A  Vehicle Speed receive Check Anti-lock braking system
Range/Performance invalid over CAN Bus does not module for stored DTCs. Check
serial data received match Transmission correct Differential is installed to
Output-Shaft speed the vehicle
P0561-1C System Voltage Unstable -  Power supply voltage out Check Engine control module for
Circuit voltage out of of range when engine stored DTCs. Check Charging
range running System and Battery condition
P0562-21 System Voltage Low -  Circuit low voltage. Refer to Circuit diagrams and
signal amplitude < Battery supply voltage to check Power and Ground Circuit
minimum Transmission Control for fault. Check Engine control
Module (Transmission module for stored DTCs. Check
control module) Charging System and Battery
condition
P0563-22 System Voltage High -  High Battery charge, Check Engine control module for
signal amplitude > alternator fault stored DTCs. Check Charging
maximum System and Battery condition
P0601-41 Internal Control Module  Software error Re-configure the Transmission
Memory Check Sum Error control module using the
- general checksum failure  Transmission control manufacturer approved
module failure diagnostic system, clear DTC
and re-test. If DTC remains,
Suspect the Transmission control
module. Install a new
Transmission control module as
P0604-00 Internal Control Module  Shift-by-Wire fault Suspect the Transmission control
Random Access Memory module. Install a new
(RAM) Error - no sub type Transmission control module as
information required, refer to the new
P0605-41 Internal Control Module  General checksum failure Suspect the Transmission control
Read Only Memory module. Install a new
(ROM) Error - general Transmission control module as
checksum failure required, refer to the new
P0606-04 Transmission control  Micro controller Suspect the Transmission control

module Processor - System component faults module. Install a new
Internal Failures Transmission control module as
module Processor - signal component faults module. Install a new
rate of change below Transmission control module as
threshold required, refer to the new
module Processor-internal component faults module. Install a new
electronic failure Transmission control module as
module Processor - System component faults module. Install a new
module Processor - component faults module. Install a new
Algorithm Based Failures Transmission control module as
P0613-11 Transmission control  Watchdog fault Suspect the Transmission control
module Processor - Circuit module. Install a new
Short to Ground Transmission control module as
Short to Battery Transmission control module as
Open Transmission control module as
Short to Ground or Open Transmission control module as
module Processor - signal module. Install a new
amplitude < minimum Transmission control module as
module Processor - signal module. Install a new
amplitude > maximum Transmission control module as
module Processor - module. Install a new
watchdog / safety Micro Transmission control module as
controller failure required, refer to the new
module Processor - component faults module. Install a new
internal electronic failure Transmission control module as
module Processor-Event module. Install a new
Information Transmission control module as
P061B-02 Internal Control Module  Transmission control Suspect the Transmission control
Torque Calculation module - positive torque module. Install a new
Performance - general signal not valid Transmission control module as
signal failure required, refer to the new
P061B-26 Internal Control Module  Transmission control Suspect the Transmission control
Torque Calculation module positive torque module. Install a new
Performance - signal rate signal not valid Transmission control module as

of change below threshold required, refer to the new
P062F-04 Internal Control Module  EEPROM communication Suspect the Transmission control
EEPROM Error - System error module. Install a new
P0642-21 Sensor Reference Voltage  Sensor supply voltage Suspect the Transmission control
A Circuit Low - signal fault low module. Install a new
amplitude < minimum Transmission control module as
P0643-22 Sensor Reference Voltage  Sensor supply voltage Suspect the Transmission control
A Circuit High - signal fault high module. Install a new
amplitude > maximum Transmission control module as
P0657-13 Actuator Supply Voltage A  Actuator supply (pressure Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit / Open - Circuit control valves etc) Open module. Install a new
Open Circuit Transmission control module as
P0657-1C Actuator Supply Voltage A  Actuator supply (pressure Refer to electrical Circuit
Circuit / Open - Circuit control valves etc) voltage diagrams and check
voltage out of range plausibility fault Transmission control module
connector for signs of water
ingress or damage, check pin 7
for Short to Power or Ground
(should NOT be connected and
harness terminal should have a
bung fitted). If no fault
identified, suspect the
Transmission control module.
Check and install a new
Circuit Low - Circuit Short control valves etc) voltage module. Install a new
to Ground Short to Ground Transmission control module as

Circuit High - Circuit control valves etc) voltage module. Install a new
Short to Battery Short to Power Transmission control module as
P0667-01 PCM / Engine control  General electrical failure Suspect the Transmission control
module / Transmission module. Install a new
control module Internal Transmission control module as
Temperature Sensor A required, refer to the new
Range/Performance - module/component installation
General Electrical Failure note at the top of the DTC Index
P0667-04 PCM / Engine control  Internal Electronic Failure Suspect the Transmission control
System Internal Failures note at the top of the DTC Index
P0667-49 PCM / Engine control  Internal electronic failure Suspect the Transmission control
internal electronic failure note at the top of the DTC Index
P0700-02 Transmission Control  General Signal failure Clear DTC, Road test and re-test,
System (MIL Request) - Read DTCs and Investigate as
General signal failure required
P0700-22 Transmission Control  Double fault from If any of the following DTCs are
System (MIL Request) - monitoring of internal also present; P074013, P096712,
signal amplitude > power supply and pressure P273912, P273012, P272112,
maximum regulator/solenoid control P096312, P276312, P097112,
software suspect the Transmission control
module, check and install a new
P0700-75 Transmission Control  Emergency Position Not Clear DTC, Road test and re-test,
System (MIL Request) - Reachable Read DTCs and investigate as
Emergency Position Not required
Reachable
P0710-13 Transmission Fluid  Transmission fluid Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Temperature Sensor A temperature sensor Circuit detects suspect the Transmission

Circuit - Circuit Open Open Circuit control module. Install a new
P0711-01 Transmission Fluid  General electrical failure Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Temperature Sensor A detects suspect the Transmission
Circuit Range/Performance control module. Install a new
- General Electrical Failure Transmission control module as
P0711-22 Transmission Fluid  Signal amplitude > Clear DTC. Carry out cold start
Temperature Sensor A maximum. Excessive road test, continue driving
Circuit Range/Performance jump in temperature vehicle until normal operating
- signal amplitude > temperature is achieved. Reads
maximum DTCs, if DTC returns, suspect
the Transmission control module.
Install a new Transmission
control module as required, refer
to the new module/component
DTC Index
Circuit Low - Circuit Short Short to Ground control module. Install a new
to Ground Transmission control module as
P0713-01 Transmission Fluid  General electrical failure Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Temperature Sensor A detects suspect the Transmission
Circuit High-General control module. Install a new
Electrical Failure Transmission control module as
Circuit High - Circuit Short to Power control module. Install a new
Short to Battery Transmission control module as
P0716-14 Turbine/Input Shaft Speed  Turbine/Input Shaft Speed Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Sensor A Circuit Sensor Circuit Short to detects suspect the Transmission

Range/Performance - Ground or Open Circuit control module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or Transmission control module as
Open required, refer to the new
P0716-21 Turbine/Input Shaft Speed  Turbine/Input Shaft Speed Clear DTC and road test, if DTC
Sensor A Circuit Sensor signal too small returns suspect the Transmission
Range/Performance - control module. Install a new
signal amplitude < Transmission control module as
minimum required, refer to the new
P0716-22 Turbine/Input Shaft Speed  Turbine/Input Shaft Speed Clear DTC and road test, if DTC
Sensor A Circuit Sensor signal above returns suspect the Transmission
Range/Performance - maximum control module. Install a new
signal amplitude > Transmission control module as
maximum required, refer to the new
P0717-12 Turbine/Input Shaft Speed  Turbine/input shaft speed Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Sensor A Circuit No sensor A Circuit Short to detects suspect the Transmission
Signal - Circuit Short to Power control module. Install a new
Battery Transmission control module as
P0720-12 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Transmission output shaft Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Circuit - Circuit Short to speed sensor Circuit Short detects suspect the Transmission
Battery to Power control module. Install a new
P0720-14 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Transmission output shaft Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Circuit - Circuit Short to speed sensor Circuit Short detects suspect the Transmission
Ground or Open to Ground or Open Circuit control module. Install a new
P0721-22 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Transmission output shaft Clear DTC and road test, if DTC
Circuit Range/Performance speed sensor signal above returns suspect the Transmission
- signal amplitude > maximum control module. Install a new
maximum Transmission control module as
P0721-27 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Output shaft speed Clear DTC and road test, if DTC
Circuit Range/Performance negative gradient too high returns suspect the Transmission
- signal rate of change control module. Install a new
above threshold Transmission control module as
P0721-64 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Signal plausibility failure Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Circuit Range/Performance detects suspect the Transmission
- signal plausibility failure control module. Install a new
P0731-07 Incorrect Gear Ratio-  Gear Ratio Monitoring. Check and correct oil level. Clear
Mechanical Failures Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Transmission (gearbox) internal
fault. Install a new Transmission

P0740-13 Torque Converter Clutch  Pressure control solenoid Clear DTC and test. If code re-
Solenoid Circuit / Open - 2 Circuit Open Circuit detects suspect the Transmission
Circuit Open control module. Install a new
P0741-07 Torque Converter Clutch  Too high slip at torque Suspect torque converter lockup
Solenoid Circuit converter clutch. clutch. Install a new torque
Performance/Stuck Off - Mechanical Failures converter, refer to the new
Mechanical Failures module/component installation
note at the top of the DTC Index.
If transmission fluid is in very
poor condition and dirty, install a
new transmission, refer to the
DTC Index
P0745-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System Internal Failures Suspect the Transmission control
A - System Internal module. Install a new
Failures Transmission control module as
P0745-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision Software Suspect the Transmission control
A - Supervision Software Failure module. Install a new
Failure Transmission control module as
P0758-12 Shift Solenoid B Electrical  Circuit Short to Power Suspect the Transmission control
- Circuit Short to Battery module. Install a new
P0758-13 Shift Solenoid B Electrical  Solenoid valve 1 or Suspect the Transmission control
- Circuit Open Pressure control Solenoid module. Install a new
G Circuit Open Circuit Transmission control module as
P0771-71 Shift Solenoid E  Actuator stuck Suspect the Transmission control
Performance/Stuck Off - module. Install a new
actuator stuck Transmission control module as
P0775-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System Internal Failures Suspect the Transmission control
B - System Internal module. Install a new
P0775-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision Software Suspect the Transmission control
B - Supervision Software Failure module. Install a new
P0781-07 1-2 Shift - Mechanical  Gear Ratio Monitoring. Check and correct oil level. Clear
Failures Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Transmission (Gearbox) internal
P0781-77 2-1 Shift - commanded  Gear Ratio Monitoring. Check and correct oil level. Clear
position not reachable Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect

P0798-1A Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
C Electrical - Circuit C Circuit resistance below module. Install a new
Resistance Below threshold Transmission control module as
Threshold required, refer to the new
P0798-1E Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
C Electrical - Circuit Short C electrical circuit short to module. Install a new
to Ground ground Transmission control module as
P0798-21 Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure Control Solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
C Electrical - signal C Electrical signal module. Install a new
amplitude < minimum amplitude < minimum Transmission control module as
P0814-62 Transmission Range  Transmission Range Suspect the Transmission control
Display Circuit - signal Display Circuit signal module. Install a new
compare failure compare failure Transmission control module as
P0826-08 Up and Down Switch  Invalid CAN signal from Check Central junction box and
circuit - Bus Signal BCM/Instrument cluster Instrument cluster for stored
Message Failures DTCs. Check gear change
 Stuck switch switches for correct operation.
 CAN bus circuit fault Refer to circuit diagrams and
check CAN bus for a circuit fault
P0826-81 Up and Down Switch  Invalid Can signal from Check Central junction box and
Circuit - invalid serial data BCM / Instrument cluster Instrument cluster for stored
received DTCs. Check Gear Change
 Stuck switch Switches for correct operation.
 CAN Bus Circuit fault Refer to Circuit diagrams and
check CAN Bus for Circuit fault
P0826-88 Up and Down Switch  SWM to BCM / Check Central junction box and
Circuit - Bus off Instrument cluster LIN Steering Wheel Ice Switches for
Bus failure stored DTCs. Refer to Circuit
diagrams and check LIN Bus for
Circuit fault
Transmission internal fault.
Install a new Transmission as
P0829-77 6-5 Shift - Commanded  Gear Ratio Monitoring. Check and correct oil level. Clear
Position Not Reachable Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Transmission internal fault.
Install a new Transmission as
P084F-01 Park / Neutral Switch  Wrong voltage level Check for correct output at
Input Circuit - General detected on Park/No Park Transmission control module

Electrical Failure signal park signal pin (check in all
positions) 12 volts in Park, 0
volts in all other positions. If
fault identified, suspect the
DTC Index. If no fault identified,
check Park signal circuit to
Transmission Shift Module for
short, open circuit.
P0850-01 Park / Neutral Switch  General electrical failure Suspect the Transmission control
Input Circuit - General module. Install a new
Electrical Failure Transmission control module as
P0850-02 Park / Neutral Switch  General signal failure Check park lock mechanism. If
Input Circuit - General park lock operation is correct,
signal failure suspect the transmission control
module. Check and install a new
transmission control module as
required. Refer to the warranty
policy and procedures manual, or
determine if any prior approval
programme is in operation, prior
to the installation of a new
module/component
P0850-29 Park / Neutral Switch  Signal invalid Check park lock mechanism. If
Input Circuit - signal park lock operation is correct,
invalid suspect the transmission control
module. Check and install a new
transmission control module as
programme is in operation, prior
to the installation of a new
module/component
P850-1C Park / Neutral Switch  Circuit voltage out of Check park lock mechanism, if
Input Circuit - circuit range park lock operation correct
voltage out of range suspect the Transmission control
module. Install a new

P0919-93 Gear Shift Position Control  No shifting despite driver Suspect the Transmission control
Error - no operation request module. Install a new
P0919-94 Gear Shift Position Control  Shifting without driver Suspect the Transmission control
Error - unexpected request module. Install a new
operation Transmission control module as
P0938-29 Hydraulic Oil Temperature  Transmission fluid Clear DTC. Carry out cold start
Sensor Range/Performance temperature compared road test, continue driving
- signal invalid with module temperature vehicle until normal operating
fault temperature is achieved. Read
DTCs, if DTC returns, suspect
the Transmission control module.
DTC Index
P0963-12 Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
A Control Circuit High - 1 Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Battery Transmission control module as
B Control Circuit / Open - B Control Circuit Open module. Install a new
Circuit Open Transmission control module as
B Control Circuit / Open - B Control Circuit Short to module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or Ground or Open Transmission control module as
B Control Circuit Low - 2 Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground Transmission control module as

B Control Circuit High - 2 Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
C Control Circuit / Open - 3 Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or or Open Circuit Transmission control module as
C Control Circuit Low - 3 Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
C Control Circuit High - 3 Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
P0972-22 Shift Solenoid A Control  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Range/Performance 1 current too large module. Install a new
- signal amplitude > Transmission control module as
maximum required, refer to the new
P0973-11 Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift solenoid A control Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit Short Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
P0973-14 Shift Solenoid A Control  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit Short 1 Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
to Ground or Open or Open Circuit Transmission control module as
P0973-1A Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift Solenoid A control Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit circuit resistance below module. Install a new
P0973-1E Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift Solenoid A control Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit circuit resistance out of module. Install a new
Resistance Out Of Range range Transmission control module as
P0976-11 Shift Solenoid B Control  Solenoid valve 2 Circuit Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit Short Short to Ground module. Install a new
P0976-14 Shift Solenoid B Control  Solenoid valve 2 Circuit Suspect the Transmission control
Circuit Low - Circuit Short Short to Ground or Open module. Install a new
to Ground or Open Circuit Transmission control module as
P1674-04 Control Module Software  System internal failures Suspect the Transmission control
Corrupted - System module. Install a new
P1674-48 Control Module Software  Supervision software Suspect the Transmission control
Corrupted - Supervision failure module. Install a new
Software Failure Transmission control module as
P1707-07 Transfer Case Neutral or  Transfer case neutral or Clear the DTC. Test drive the
Park/Neutral Indication park/neutral indication Vehicle, engaging and
Circuit - commanded circuit - mechanical disengaging the parking lock
position not reachable failures several times. If the DTC recurs,
check parking lock components
and replace as required. If no
faulty park lock component is
found Clear DTC and the DTC
returns suspect the Transmission
control module. Install a new

P1707-72 Transfer Case Neutral or  Transfer case neutral or Clear the DTC. Test drive the
Park/Neutral Indication park/neutral indication Vehicle, engaging and
Circuit - Actuator Stuck circuit - Actuator stuck disengaging the parking lock
Open open several times. If the DTC recurs,
P1707-77 Transfer Case Neutral or  Commanded position not Clear the DTC. Test drive the
Park/Neutral Indication reachable Vehicle, engaging and
Circuit - commanded disengaging the parking lock
position not reachable several times. If the DTC recurs,
P2700-07 Transmission Friction  Gear Ratio Monitoring. Check and correct oil level. Clear
Element A Apply Time Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Range/Performance - Transmission (Gearbox) internal
Mechanical Failures fault. Install a new Transmission
Element B Apply Time Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
P2702-07 Transmission Friction Check and correct oil level. Clear
Element C Apply Time  Gear Ratio Monitoring. DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Range/Performance - Mechanical Failures Transmission (Gearbox) internal
Element D Apply Time Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
Element E Apply Time Mechanical Failures DTC. If code re-detects suspect
P2713-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System internal failures Suspect the Transmission control
D - System Internal module. Install a new
P2713-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision software Suspect the Transmission control
D - Supervision Software failure module. Install a new
D Electrical - signal D Electrical signal module. Install a new
amplitude > maximum amplitude > maximum Transmission control module as
D Electrical - Circuit D circuit resistance below module. Install a new
D Electrical - Circuit D circuit resistance out of module. Install a new

D Control Circuit / Open - D Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or or Open Circuit Transmission control module as
D Control Circuit Low - D Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
D Control Circuit High - D Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
E - System Internal E system internal failures module. Install a new
E - Supervision Software E supervision control module. Install a new
Failure software failure Transmission control module as
E Electrical - signal E Electrical signal module. Install a new
E Electrical - Circuit E electrical resistance module. Install a new
Resistance Below below threshold Transmission control module as
E Electrical - Circuit E circuit resistance out of module. Install a new
E Control Circuit / Open - E Control Circuit Short to module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or Ground or Open Circuit Transmission control module as
E Control Circuit Low - E Circuit Short to Ground module. Install a new
E Control Circuit High- E Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
F-System Internal Failures F no sub type information module. Install a new
F - Supervision Software F supervision software module. Install a new
Failure failure Transmission control module as
F Electrical-signal F Electrical signal module. Install a new
F Electrical-Circuit F electrical circuit module. Install a new
Resistance Below resistance below threshold Transmission control module as
F Electrical-Circuit F electrical circuit module. Install a new
Resistance Out Of Range resistance out of range Transmission control module as
F Control Circuit / Open - F Control Circuit Short to module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground or Ground or Open Transmission control module as
F Control Circuit Low - F Control Circuit Short to module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground Ground Transmission control module as
F Control Circuit High - F Control Circuit Short to module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Battery Power Transmission control module as
P2763-12 Torque Converter Clutch  Pressure control solenoid Suspect the Transmission control
Pressure Control Solenoid F Circuit Short to Power module. Install a new
Control Circuit High - Transmission control module as
Circuit Short to Battery required, refer to the new
P2764-11 Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter clutch Suspect the Transmission control
Pressure Control Solenoid pressure control solenoid module. Install a new
Control Circuit Low - control Circuit Short to Transmission control module as
Circuit Short to Ground Ground required, refer to the new
P2764-1A Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter clutch Suspect the Transmission control
Control Circuit Low- control circuit resistance Transmission control module as
Circuit Resistance Below below threshold required, refer to the new
Threshold module/component installation
P2764-1E Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter clutch Suspect the Transmission control
Control Circuit Low- control circuit resistance

Circuit Resistance Out Of out of range required, refer to the new
Range module/component installation
P2807-11 Pressure Control Solenoid  Park solenoid Circuit Suspect the Transmission control
G - Circuit Short to Short to Ground module. Install a new
Ground Transmission control module as
G - Circuit Short to Battery Short to Power module. Install a new
G - Circuit Open Open Circuit module. Install a new
P2807-14 Pressure Control Solenoid  Park solenoid Circuit Carry out any diagnostic pinpoint
G - Circuit Short to Short to Ground or Open tests associated with this DTC
Ground or Open Circuit using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. Suspect the
DTC Index
B1087-82 LIN Bus "A" - alive /  Alive counter fault Check Transmission Shift
sequence counter Module for stored DTCs. Refer
incorrect / not updated to the electrical Circuit diagrams
and check Transmission control
module to Transmission Shift
Module for Short to Ground or
Open Circuit (LIN Bus)
B1087-83 LIN Bus "A" - value of  Checksum error Check Transmission Shift
signal protection Module for stored DTCs Refer to
calculation incorrect the electrical Circuit diagrams
Module for Short to Ground or
Open Circuit (LIN Bus)
B1087-87 LIN Bus "A" - missing  GSM is NOT visible to Check Transmission Shift
message the Transmission control Module for stored DTCs Refer to
module on the LIN Bus the electrical Circuit diagrams
Module for Short or Open Circuit
(LIN Bus)
B1087-88 LIN Bus "A" - Bus off  LIN Bus Circuit fault. Refer to the electrical Circuit
Check hardware of LIN diagrams and check
connection between Transmission control module to
transmission and GSM Transmission shift module for
Short, Open Circuit (LIN Bus).
Check Transmission Shift
Module for related DTCs
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  CAN Bus off Refer to the electrical Circuit
Communication Bus - Bus diagrams and check CAN Bus
off for Circuit fault
U0100-82 Lost Communication With  Alive counter fault Check Engine control module for
Engine control stored DTCs
module/PCM "A" - alive /
sequence counter
incorrect / not updated
U0100-83 Lost Communication With  Checksum fault Check Engine control module for
Engine control stored DTCs
module/PCM "A" - value
of signal protection
calculation incorrect
U0100-87 Lost Communication With  CAN Timeout NOTE:
Engine control Do NOT install a new Engine
module/PCM "A" - control module if an Engine
missing message control module Timeout DTC is
only logged in the
Transmission control module,
the failure is NOT with the
Engine control module
Check Engine control module for

stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
Circuit for fault
U0103-82 Lost Communication With  Alive counter fault Check Transmission shift module
Gear Shift Control Module for stored DTCs. Check CAN
A-alive / sequence counter Bus Circuit for fault
U0103-83 Lost Communication With  Checksum fault Check Transmission shift module
A - value of signal Bus Circuit for fault
protection calculation
incorrect
U0103-87 Lost Communication With  CAN Timeout Check Transmission shift module
A - missing message Bus Circuit for fault
U0122-82 Lost Communication With  Alive counter fault Check Anti-lock braking system
Vehicle Dynamics Control for stored DTCs. Check CAN
Module - alive / sequence Bus Circuit for fault
counter incorrect / not
updated
U0122-83 Lost Communication With  Checksum fault Check Anti-lock braking system
Module - value of signal Bus Circuit for fault
protection calculation
incorrect
U0122-87 Lost Communication With  CAN Timeout Check Anti-lock braking system
Module - missing message Bus Circuit for fault
U0126-00 Lost Communication With  Lost Communication Check Steering angle sensor for
Steering Angle Sensor With Steering Angle stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
Module - no sub type Sensor Module Circuit for fault
information
U0128-87 Lost Communication With  CAN timeout electronic Check Electronic Parking Brake
Park Brake Control parking brake module Module for stored DTCs. Check
Module - missing message CAN Bus Circuit for fault
U0140-82 Lost Communication With  Alive counter fault Check Central junction box for
Body Control Module - stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
alive / sequence counter Circuit for fault
U0140-83 Lost Communication With  Checksum fault Check Central junction box for
value of signal protection Circuit for fault
U0140-87 Lost Communication With  CAN Timeout Check Central junction box for
missing message Circuit for fault
U0155-87 Lost Communication With  CAN timeout instrument Check Instrument cluster for
Instrument Panel Cluster cluster stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
(Instrument cluster) Circuit for fault
Control Module - missing
message
U0300-68 Control Module - event  Transmission software Check Central junction box
information does not match vehicle software level, Check
network Transmission control module
Software level, Update software
as required using the
manufacturer approved process
U0401-08 Invalid Data Received  Inaccurate engine speed, Check Engine control module for
From Engine control torque information stored DTCs, Check CAN Bus
module/PCM A - Bus circuit for faults
Signal Message Failures
from Engine control torque information stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
module/PCM A - event Circuit for fault
information
from Engine control torque information stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
module/PCM A - Signal Circuit for fault
Invalid
U0404-68 Invalid Data Received  Incorrect CAN data Check Transmission Shift
from Gear Shift Control received from Module for stored DTCs. Refer
Module A - event Transmission shift module to Circuit diagrams and check
information CAN and LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U0404-81 Invalid Data Received  Incorrect LIN data Check Transmission Shift
from Gear Shift Control received from Module for stored DTCs. Refer
Module A - Invalid Serial Transmission shift module to Circuit diagrams and check
Data Received CAN and LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U0416-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information brake Check Engine control module for
From Vehicle Dynamics information stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
Control Module - event Circuit for fault
information
U0422-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information invalid Check Central junction box for
From Body Control Power mode information stored DTCs. Check CAN Bus
Module - event Circuit for fault
information
U101B- Lost Communication With  Missing message lost Check Transmission Shift
87 GSM - Multiple Bus- communication with Module for stored DTCs. Refer
missing message Transmission Shift to Circuit diagrams and check
Module (multiple Bus) CAN and LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U3000-49 Control Module - internal  Internal electronic failure Suspect the Transmission control
electronic failure module. Install a new
U3000- Control Module - Circuit  Internal electronic failure Check and correct oil level.
4B resistance above threshold Check hydraulic flow through oil
cooler and pipe circuit for
restriction or blockage. If no
restrictions found, suspect the

DTC Index
U3000-81 Control Module - invalid  Vehicle or Engine type Reflash the Transmission control
serial data received signal incorrect from module using the manufacturer
BCM or incorrect approved process
Transmission control
module software installed
U3001-94 Control Module Improper  Control Module Improper Check Engine control module
Shutdown - unexpected Shutdown (voltage For Power (generator) faults.
operation related) Check Power and Ground Circuit
and Battery for fault. Clear
DTCs. Road Test. If DTC
reoccurs suspect the
DTC Index
GENERAL PROCEDURES
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK
Special Tool(s)
307-452
Wrench, Transmission Filler Plug
ACTIVATION
WARNING: Observe due care when draining, as the fluid can be very hot.
WARNING: Observe due care when working near a hot exhaust system.
1.
 The following steps must be observed before starting the transmission fluid level check.
 The vehicle must be on a horizontal ramp.
 The parking brake must be applied.
 The engine must be running for 2 minutes with the transmission control switch (TCS) in the "P"
position.
CAUTION: Make sure that the transmission fluid temperature is below 30

degrees before starting the fluid level check.
2. Connect Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment to the vehicle.

3.
 Apply, and hold, the footbrake.

 Move the selector lever from 'P' through all the gear positions, pausing in each gear position for 2-3
seconds and return to the 'P' position.

5. Refer to: Air Deflector
6. Place a suitable container under the transmission fluid fill plug.
CAUTION: The transmission fluid level must only be checked when the
temperature of the fluid is between 30 degrees and 50 degrees. The
fluid level obtained will be incorrect if the reading is outside this
temperature range.
CAUTION: Discard the seal.
7. Special Tool(s): 307-452

NOTE: Use transmission fluid meeting Jaguar specification.
8. If the transmission fluid does not come out of the transmission fluid fill plug hole the transmission fluid
level is insufficient. If this is the case add the transmission fluid in 0.5 liter units into the transmission
fluid fill plug hole until fluid comes out.
NOTE: Make sure the transmission fluid temperature does not exceed 50°C (122°
F). If the transmission fluid temperature does exceed 50°C (122°F) stop the
transmission fluid level check and allow the transmission fluid to cool
until the temperature is below 30°C (86°F).
9. Allow the transmission fluid to drain from the transmission fluid filler plug hole until the flow almost
stops.
NOTE: Install a new sealing washer.

10. Using the special tool, install the new transmission fluid fill plug.
CAUTION: Make sure the transmission fluid fill plug is tightened to the correct
specification. Failure to follow this instruction may result in damage
to the vehicle.
11.
 To make sure the transmission fill plug is torqued to the correct specification. Using the special tool
and torque wrench the following calculation steps must be followed.
 Step 1. Multiply 35 Nm by the effective length of the torque wrench (1).
 Step 2. Add the effective length of the special tool (2) to the effective length of the torque wrench
(1).
 Step 3. Divide the total of step 1 by the total of step 2.
 Step 4. Set the torque wrench to the figure arrived at in step 3.
 Tighten the transmission fluid fill plug to the torque given by the calculation.

13. Remove the container.
14. Refer to: Air Deflector .
15. Lower the vehicle.
16. Disconnect the Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment from the vehicle.
TRANSMISSION FLUID DRAIN AND REFILL
Special Tool(s)
307-452
Wrench, Transmission Filler Plug
WARNING: Observe due care when draining, as the fluid can be very hot.
WARNING: Observe due care when working near a hot exhaust system.

3. Place a container under the transmission.
4. Wrench, Transmission Filler Plug (307-452)

CAUTION: Discard the component.
5.
 Allow the fluid to drain.
CAUTION: Make sure that a new component is installed.
6. Torque: 8 Nm
NOTE: Use transmission fluid meeting Jaguar specification.
7. Refill the transmission with fluid.

8. Allow the transmission fluid to drain from the transmission fluid filler plug hole until the flow almost
stops.
9.
 Loosely install the transmission fluid fill plug.
CAUTION: Make sure the transmission fluid fill plug is tightened to the correct
specification. Failure to follow this instruction may result in damage
to the vehicle.
10.
 To make sure the transmission fill plug is torqued to the correct specification. Using the special tool
and torque wrench the following calculation steps must be followed.
 Step 1. Multiply 35 Nm by the effective length of the torque wrench (1).
 Step 2. Add the effective length of the special tool (2) to the effective length of the torque wrench
(1).
 Step 3. Divide the total of step 1 by the total of step 2.
 Step 4. Set the torque wrench to the figure arrived at in step 3.
 Tighten the transmission fluid fill plug to the torque given by the calculation.
11. Carry out a transmission fluid level check. Refer to Transmission Fluid Level Check or
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK.
INPUT SHAFT SEAL
REMOVAL
Special Tool(s)
100-012
Slide Hammer
100-012-01
Slide Hammer Adapter
307-613
Holding Pins, Torque Converter
308-246
Installer, Front Seal
308-375
Remover, Input and Output Seal


3. Refer to Transmission - 3.0L Diesel
4. Holding Pins, Torque Converter (307-613)
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the edges of the component.

5. Slide Hammer (100-012)
Slide Hammer Adaptor (100-012-01)
Seal Remover Input and Output (308-375)
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Install a new seal.
1. Front Seal Installer (308-246)

NOTE: Make sure that the alignment mark is visible through the inspection hole
as illustrated.
2. Holding Pins, Torque Converter (307-613)

CAUTION: Make sure the torque converter is fully located into the oil pump
drive.
3. See figure
4. Refer to: Transmission - 3.0L Diesel. .

EXTENSION HOUSING SEAL
REMOVAL
Special Tool(s)
100-012
Slide Hammer
100-012-01
Slide Hammer Adapter
204-264
Pinion Seal Replacer
205-053
Retainer, Drive Flange
303-D121
Puller, General Purpose
308-375
Remover, Input and Output Seal

3. Refer to Driveshaft - 3.0L Diesel information.
4. Refer to Transmission Support Insulator - 3.0L Diesel .
CAUTION: Discard the nut.
5. Retainer, Drive Flange (205-053)

6. Puller, General Purpose (303-D121)

7. Slide Hammer (100-012)
Slide Hammer Adaptor (100-012-01)
Seal Remover Input and Output (308-375)

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure that the mating faces are clean and free of foreign
material.
1. Pinion Seal Replacer (204-264)

WARNING: Make sure that a new nut is installed.
2. Torque: 60 Nm
3. Refer to Transmission Support Insulator - 3.0L Diesel .

4. Refer to Driveshaft - 3.0L Diesel information.
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) AND MAIN CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL
NOTE: The transmission control module (TCM) is part of the main control valve body
and cannot be serviced separately.

3. Refer to: Transmission Fluid Pan, Gasket and Filter.

4. See figure
5. See figure
CAUTION: Discard the component.
6. See figure
NOTE: Note the position of the manual park brake release.
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure that when fully fitted, all seals protrude by the same
amount.
CAUTION: Install the new seals.
1.
 Install a new seal block.
CAUTION: Make sure that when fully fitted, all seals protrude by the same
amount.
2. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure the manual park release is correctly engaged.
3. Torque: 8 Nm
CAUTION: Make sure that a new component is installed.
4. See figure
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. Refer to: Transmission Fluid Pan, Gasket and Filter.

9. If a new component has been installed, configure using Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment.
TRANSMISSION FLUID PAN, GASKET AND FILTER
REMOVAL

4. Refer to: Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill.
5. See figure
is always correct.
6. See figure
foreign material.
7. Torque: 8 Nm
INSTALLATION
TRANSMISSION SUPPORT INSULATOR
REMOVAL

CAUTION: During this procedure the transmission crossmember is removed,

make sure the transmission is correctly supported to avoid damaging

associated components.
3. Torque: 48 Nm
NOTE: Do not disassemble further if the component is removed for access only.
4. Torque: 55 Nm
INSTALLATION
TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER AND TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER TUBES

REMOVAL
always correct.

3. Refer to Catalytic Converter RH information.
4. Refer to Catalytic Converter LH information.
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
NOTE: Remove and discard the O-ring seals.
10. Install blanking caps to the exposed ports.

11. See figure

12. See figure

13.
 Make sure that the alignment mark is visible through the inspection hole on removal of the last
torque converter bolt.
NOTE: Mark the position of the driveshaft on the transmission flange.
14. See figure

15.
 Using a suitable tie strap, secure the driveshaft.
WARNING: Make sure that the transmission is secured with suitable retaining
straps.
16. Using a suitable stand, support the transmission.

17. See figure
NOTE: The transmission is lowered for access.
18. Lower the rear of the transmission for access.

19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure

22. See figure

CAUTION: Make sure that the torque converter remains in the transmission.
NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

23.
 Install the torque converter retainer.
24. See figure

25.
 Clamp the hoses to minimize coolant loss.
26. See figure

27. See figure

28. See figure

is always correct.
29. See figure

INSTALLATION
is always correct.
1. See figure
2. Torque: 11 Nm
3. Torque: 5 Nm
4. See figure
5.
6. See figure
drive.
7. See figure
is always correct.
8. Raise the powertrain assembly jack and transmission assembly.
NOTE: Transmission shown removed for clarity.
9. Torque: 48 Nm
10. Torque: 48 Nm
11. Torque: 48 Nm
12. Torque: 45 Nm
13. Remove the support.

14. Torque: 110 Nm
CAUTION: Only rotate the crankshaft clockwise.
as illustrated.
15. Torque: 63 Nm
16. See figure

17. See figure

18. See figure

19. See figure

20. Torque: 10 Nm
CAUTION: Install new o-ring seals
21. Torque: 10 Nm
22. See figure

23. See figure


27. Check and top up the cooling system as required.
28. Set the heater controls to HOT.
CAUTION: Observe the engine temperature warning light. If the warning light is
displayed, switch off immediately and allow to cool. Failure to follow
this instruction may cause damage to the vehicle.
29. Start the engine and allow to idle until hot air is emitted at the face registers.
30. Raise the engine speed to 2000 RPM and maintain at 2000 RPM until the engine cooling fan operates.
CAUTION: Switch off the engine and allow the coolant temperature to go cold.
31. Switch the engine off and allow to cool.

32. Visually check the engine and cooling system for signs of coolant leakage.
WARNING: When releasing the cooling system pressure, cover the coolant
expansion tank cap with a thick cloth.
WARNING: Since injury such as scalding could be caused by escaping steam or

coolant, make sure the vehicle cooling system is cool prior to
carrying out this procedure.
CAUTION: Make sure the coolant level remains above the "COLD FILL RANGE"
lower level mark.
CAUTION: Anti-freeze concentration must be maintained at 50%.
NOTE: When the cooling system is warm, the coolant will be approximately 10mm
above the upper level mark on the expansion tank with the cap removed.
33. Check and top-up the coolant if required.

34. Refer to Transmission Fluid Level Check or TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK.
TRANSMISSION AND TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER
REMOVAL
always correct.


5. See figure
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
NOTE: Remove and discard the O-ring seals.
10. Install blanking caps to the exposed ports.

11. See figure

12. See figure

13.
NOTE: Mark the position of the driveshaft on the transmission flange.
14. See figure

15.
 Using a suitable tie strap, secure the driveshaft.
straps.

17. See figure

19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure

22. See figure


23.
24. See figure

25.
26. See figure

27. See figure

INSTALLATION
1. Torque: 5 Nm
2. See figure
3.
4. See figure
drive.
5. See figure
is always correct.
7. Torque: 48 Nm
8. Torque: 48 Nm
9. Torque: 48 Nm
10. Torque: 45 Nm

12. Torque: 110 Nm
as illustrated.
13. Torque: 63 Nm
14. See figure

15. See figure

16. See figure

17. See figure

18. Torque: 10 Nm
19. Torque: 10 Nm
20. See figure

21. See figure


25. Check and top up the cooling system as required.
26. Set the heater controls to HOT.
27. Start the engine and allow to idle until hot air is emitted at the face registers.
28. Raise the engine speed to 2000 RPM and maintain at 2000 RPM until the engine cooling fan operates.


lower level mark.

32. Refer to Transmission Fluid Level Check or TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK.
REMOVAL
TRANSMISSION
1. Refer to: Battery Disconnect And Connect information.

3. Refer to: Catalytic Converter RH information.
4. Refer to: Catalytic Converter LH information.
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

13.
14. See figure

straps.

16. See figure

18. See figure

19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure


22.
INSTALLATION
TRANSMISSION
always correct.
is always correct.
2. Torque: 48 Nm
3. Torque: 48 Nm
4. Torque: 48 Nm
5. Torque: 45 Nm

7. Torque: 110 Nm
as illustrated.
8. Torque: 63 Nm
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

13. Torque: 10 Nm
14. Torque: 10 Nm
15. See figure

16. See figure

17. Refer to: Catalytic Converter LH information.

18. Refer to: Catalytic Converter RH information.
NOTE: For NAS vehicles only.
20. If required, carry out a long drive cycle.
Refer to: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Long Drive Cycle Self-Test information.
HVAC Auxiliary Climate Control
HVAC
Auxiliary Climate Control
AUXILIARY CLIMATE CONTROL

SPECIFICATION

Electric booster heater 1.3 - 11
retaining screws
ELECTRIC BOOSTER HEATER
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: Left-hand drive (LHD) vehicle shown, right-hand drive (RHD) vehicle similar.

1 Evaporator
2 Heater core
3 Electric booster heater
4 Heater assembly
5 150 A megafuse
OVERVIEW
2.7L diesel vehicles incorporate an electric booster heater to ensure there is sufficient heat available to maintain
heater performance.
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus; N = Medium
speed controller area network (CAN) bus; O = local interconnect network (LIN)
bus.

1 Battery
2 battery junction box (BJB)
4 Integrated control panel
7 engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor
8 Ambient temperature sensor
9 Electric booster heater
10 Face/Feet distribution stepper motor
11 right-hand (RH) temperature blend stepper motor
12 left-hand (LH) temperature blend stepper motor
13 Windshield (defrost) distribution stepper motor
14 automatic temperature control (ATC) module
15 150 A megafuse
General
Operation of the electric booster heater is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module, which
communicates with the micro-controller in the booster heater using the local interconnect network (LIN) bus.
The temperature requested by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module is based on:
 The ambient air temperature.

 The engine coolant temperature.
 The temperatures selected on the integrated control panel.
The blower must be running for the electric booster heater to operate.
If electrical load management is in force, electric booster heater performance is reduced. Refer to SYSTEM
OPERATION AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION for S/C 5.0L or SYSTEM OPERATION AND
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION for 5.0L or SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION for 4.2L information.
Electric Booster Heater

The electric booster heater is installed in the heater assembly, on the downstream side of the heater core. It
consists of ceramic coated thermistor elements, rated at 1.25 kW, and a micro-controller. Electrical power for
the booster heater is supplied by the battery junction box (BJB) via a 150 A megafuse installed under the right-
hand (RH) front seat.
AUXILIARY COOLANT FLOW PUMP
REMOVAL


2. Refer to: AIR DEFLECTOR .
3. See figure.
NOTE: Clamp the coolant hose to minimize coolant lose.
4. See figure.
5. See figure
6. See figure.
INSTALLATION
1. See figure.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
4. See figure.

6. Remove the coolant expansion tank pressure cap.
7. Fill the cooling system up to the MAX mark on the coolant expansion tank using a fifty percent mixture
of Jaguar Premium Cooling System Fluid or equivalent, meeting Jaguar specification WSS M97B44-D
and fifty percent water.
8. Install the coolant expansion tank pressure cap.
9. Start and run the engine.
10. Set the heating system to MAX heat, the blower motor to MAX speed and the air distribution to the
instrument panel registers.
11. Allow the engine to run until hot air is emitted from the instrument panel registers, while observing the
engine temperature gauge.
12. Switch the engine off.
13. Allow the engine to cool.
14. Release the cooling system pressure.
15. Fill the cooling system up to the MAX mark on the coolant expansion tank using a fifty percent mixture
of Jaguar Premium Cooling System Fluid or equivalent, meeting Jaguar specification WSS M97B44-D
and fifty percent water.
16. Install the coolant expansion tank pressure cap.

17. Raise the vehicle.
18. Check all coolant hoses for visible signs of coolant leaks.
19. Install the air deflector.
Refer to: AIR DEFLECTOR .
ELECTRIC BOOSTER HEATER
REMOVAL
always correct.
All vehicles
1. Refer to: BATTERY DISCONNECT AND CONNECT .
2. Refer to: HEATER CORE AND EVAPORATOR CORE HOUSING .
All vehicles
3. Torque: 1.3 Nm
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the clips or screw threads. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in damage to the climate control
assembly.
is always correct.
4. See figure.
INSTALLATION

ELECTRICAL Battery and Charging System - General Information
ELECTRICAL
Battery and Charging System - General Information
BATTERY AND CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION

DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
BATTERY CARE REQUIREMENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
This information sets out the requirements for care and maintenance of batteries and thereby the standard of
battery care at dealers and retailers for new vehicles
This applies to all types of 12 Volt Lead Acid Batteries used in Jaguar and Land Rover vehicles whether they
are conventional flooded technology or Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM - also known as Valve Regulated Lead Acid
(VRLA)) technology and also applies to both Primary and Auxiliary Batteries. AGM batteries offer improved
resistance to cycling as seen in stop start applications.
In order to prevent damage to the battery and ensure a satisfactory service life, all processes detailed within this
document must be rigorously adhered to.
It is equally important therefore to note the following key points:
 All new vehicles leave the factory with either a transit relay installed and/or have a transit mode
programmed into the vehicle control modules. The transit relay must be removed and the transit mode
disabled (where applicable) using an approved diagnostic system, NOT MORE THAN 72 HOURS
before the customer takes delivery.
 12 Volt Lead Acid Batteries rely on internal chemical processes to create a voltage and deliver current.
These processes and the internal chemical structure of the battery can be damaged if the battery is allowed
to discharge over a number of weeks / months, or is left in a discharged state for a lengthy time period.
For this reason the battery must be tested / re-charged if necessary every month, and MUST BE re-
charged after every three month period of storage. Refer to the vehicle storage manual and update the
vehicle history sheet.
 The battery can be discharged by the following mechanisms:
 Self Discharge: - A lead acid battery will very slowly discharge itself due to its own internal chemical
processes whether it is connected to a vehicle or not.
 Quiescent Discharge: - The vehicle electrical systems when connected to the battery will draw charge
from the battery.
12 Volt Lead Acid Batteries rely on internal chemical processes to create a voltage and deliver current. These
processes and the internal chemical structure of the battery can be damaged if the battery is allowed to discharge
over a number of weeks / months, or is left in a discharged state for a lengthy time period.
 On vehicles with conventional ignition keys, these must not be left in the ignition lock barrel when the
transit relay has been removed, otherwise quiescent current will increase and the battery will discharge
more rapidly.
 For keyless vehicles, the Smart Key must be stored at least 5m away from the vehicle when the vehicle is
parked or stored.
 AGM Batteries are fully sealed and cannot have the electrolyte level topped up.
NOTE: Dealers and retailers involved in the storage / handling of vehicles and
replacement batteries have a responsibility to ensure that only a fully charged
battery may be processed through the distribution selling chain.
2. GENERAL RULES FOR BATTERY CARE
2.1 Dealer Demonstration Vehicles
Vehicles used as dealer demonstrator(s), in a showroom, must be connected to a showroom conditioner capable
of delivering 50 Amps. This will prevent the battery from being damaged.
2.2 Software Reflash, SDD work or Ignition On related workshop activities
Due to the high electrical current demand and high depth of Discharge that can occur during vehicle software
re-flash activities, SDD work or ignition on related work in the workshop, vehicles that are undergoing such
activities MUST have a power supply capable of delivering 50 Amps or more.
2.3 Extended Vehicle Rework
For any extended vehicle rework that results in consuming vehicle power, either the battery should be
disconnected or a suitable power supply connected.
2.4 Jump Starting New vehicles before they have been delivered to the customer
 It is the dealer / retailers responsibility to make sure the battery is not allowed to go flat by following the
instructions and processes defined in this manual.
 However, if circumstances dictate that a new vehicle must be jump started due to a flat battery whilst the
vehicle is in the dealer / retailers care, the battery on this vehicle must be replaced with a new one
prior to delivery to the customer at the dealer / retailers liability.
 The vehicle should also undergo investigation as to why the battery went flat.
 Do not connect the jump starting cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery. Always connect to the
recommended earth point. As defined in the owners handbook or service documentation for that vehicle.
2.5 AGM Batteries
 AGM batteries must not be charged above 14.8 Volts. Doing so will damage them.
 AGM Batteries must be tested with a capable battery tester as detailed in the equipment section
(Section 5) of this procedure.
NOTE: Under no circumstances should the battery be disconnected with the engine
running because under these conditions the alternator can give a very high
output voltage. This high transient voltage will damage the electronic
components in the vehicle. Loose or incomplete battery connections may also
cause high transient voltage.
3. HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: BATTERY CELLS CONTAIN SULPHURIC ACID AND EXPLOSIVE

MIXTURES OF HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN GASES. IT IS THEREFORE
ESSENTIAL THAT THE FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ARE
OBSERVED.
WARNING: Batteries emit highly explosive hydrogen at all times, particularly during
charging. To prevent any potential form of ignition occurring when
working in the vicinity of a battery:
 Do not smoke when working near batteries.

 Avoid sparks, short circuits or other sources of ignition in the battery vicinity.
 Switch off current before making or breaking electrical connections.
 Ensure battery charging area is well ventilated.
 Ensure the charger is switched off when: a) connecting to a battery; b) disconnecting from the battery.
 Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery terminal first and reconnect it last.
WARNING: Batteries contain poisonous and highly corrosive acid. To prevent

personal injury, or damage to clothing or the vehicle, the following
working practices should be followed when topping up, checking
electrolyte specific gravity, removal, refitting or carrying batteries:
 Always wear suitable protective clothing (an apron or similar), safety glasses, a face mask and suitable
gloves.
 If acid is spilled or splashed onto clothing or the body, it must be neutralized immediately and then rinsed
with clean water. A solution of baking soda or household ammonia and water may be used as a
neutralizer.
 In the event of contact with the skin, drench the affected area with water. In the case of contact with the
eyes, bathe the affected area with cool clean water for approximately 15 minutes and seek urgent medical
attention.
 If battery acid is spilled or splashed on any surface of a vehicle, it should be neutralized and rinsed with
clean water.
 Heat is generated when acid is mixed with water. If it becomes necessary to prepare electrolyte of a
desired specific gravity, SLOWLY pour the concentrated acid into water (not water into acid), adding
small amounts of acid while stirring. Allow the electrolyte to cool if noticeable heat develops. With the
exception of lead or lead-lined containers, always use non-metallic receptacles or funnels. Do not store
acid in excessively warm locations or in direct sunlight.
WARNING: Due to their hazardous contents, the disposal of batteries is strictly

controlled. When a battery is scrapped, ensure it is disposed of safely,
complying with local environmental regulations. If in doubt, contact your
local authority for advice on disposal facilities.
4. BATTERY CARE REQUIREMENTS
4.1 RECEIPT OF A NEW VEHICLE
Within 24 hours of receipt of a new vehicle, a battery condition check must be carried out in accordance with
the battery test process utilizing an appropriate tester as outlined in the equipment section (Section 5) of this
procedure.
NOTE: The midtronics code must be recorded on the form.
Any actions must be carried out in accordance with the table shown in the determining battery condition
information of this procedure. The details must be recorded on the New Vehicle Storage Form which is part
of the new vehicle storage document.
4.2 NEW VEHICLE STORAGE
If the vehicle is to be stored the transit relays MUST be refitted and / or the vehicle put into transport mode.
Transit relay removal / vehicle placed in normal mode should only be completed a maximum of 72 hours prior
to handover to customer
For vehicles without either a transit mode or transit relay the battery negative cable must be DISCONNECTED
from the battery.
The battery must be tested and/or re-charged every 30 days and MUST be re-charged after every 90 day period.
Any actions must be carried out in accordance with the table shown in the determining battery information
section of this procedure. The details must be recorded on the New Vehicle Storage Form which is part of the
new vehicle storage document.
4.3 PDI / DELIVERY TO CUSTOMER
Before the vehicle is handed over to the customer and as part of the PDI, the condition of the battery needs to be
confirmed. The battery condition must be checked in accordance with the battery test process utilizing an
appropriate tester as outlined in the equipment information of this procedure .
information of this procedure . The details must be recorded on the New Vehicle Storage Form which is part
4.4 REPLACEMENT BATTERIES FOR SERVICE
All service replacement batteries must have the battery condition checked within 24 hours of receipt and
controlled on a 'First In First Out' basis to ensure batteries are not allowed to age unnecessarily.
For batteries in storage and not yet fitted to a vehicle, they must be stored in a dry environment, not in direct
sunlight or under any direct heat source. Any batteries exhibiting any forms of damage or corrosion must not be
fitted to any vehicle. Any batteries which are dropped must be scrapped, this applies even if no external damage
is apparent.
The battery condition must be checked every 30 days in accordance with the battery test process utilizing an
appropriate tester as outlined in the equipment information of this procedure.
4.5 BATTERY MAINTENANCE
Any battery whether it is in a vehicle or a replacement part must be tested and/or re-charged every 30 days and
MUST be re-charged after every 90 day period.
4.6 BATTERY TEST PROCESS
It is recommended that this test is conducted at least 24 hours after the vehicle engine has been run or the
battery charged to avoid the need of surface charge removal. If time constraints make this unacceptable then the
surface charge must be removed.
Surface Charge Removal
A vehicle which has had its battery charged or been driven in a 24 hour period before the test, must have its
surface charge removed.
 Turn on the ignition but do not start the vehicle

 Switch on the headlamps on high beam for a minimum 3 minutes
 Switch off the headlamps
 Wait a minimum of 5 minutes before recording test results for any battery measurements
Battery Test
The battery may be tested either on a bench or on the vehicle.
The battery condition must be checked in accordance with the battery test process utilizing an appropriate tester
as outlined in the equipment information of this procedure.
CAUTION: DO NOT connect the tester to any other circuit or chassis point other than
the battery negative terminal.
5. EQUIPMENT
All equipment used must be functionally capable of meeting the compliance requirements. Please refer to the
approved equipment document.
In the case of batteries fitted to a new vehicle at the dealership, battery condition should be measured using the
appropriate hand-held Midtronics tester as follows:
Battery Battery Tester Battery Tester

Type
Jaguar Land Rover
Flooded Midtronics MCR 394 & 494 Midtronics Midtronics MCR 393 & 493 Midtronics
EXP1080 & GR1/GRX EXP1080 & GR1/GRX
AGM Midtronics EXP1080, GR1/GRX Midtronics EXP1080, GR1/GRX
The test results must be recorded on the New Vehicle Storage Form which is part of the new vehicle storage
document.
NOTE: All equipment must be calibrated
6. DETERMINING BATTERY CONDITION
TESTER RESULTS ACTION

GOOD BATTERY Return to service.
GOOD RE-CHARGE Fully charge battery and return to service.
CHARGE AND RE-TEST Fully charge battery. Remove surface charge. Re-test battery. If same
result replace battery.
REPLACE BATTERY OR Verify surface charge removed. Disconnect battery from vehicle and re-
BAD CELL BATTERY test. If result repeats after surface charge removal, replace battery. DO
NOT RECHARGE.
UNABLE TO DO TEST Disconnect battery from vehicle and re-test.
7. BATTERY CHARGING
It is essential that a suitably ventilated defined area exists in each dealership / retailer for battery charging.
CAUTION: It is very important that when charging batteries using the traction charger
or other stand-alone chargers that the charger is set for the correct type of
battery before charging commences. If the wrong switch is selected the
result would be a battery that is not charged fully and / or overheating can
occur. Follow the manufacturers operating instructions.
Batteries MUST BE tested and if necessary charged every 30 days and charged after 90 days irrespective of any
test. It is recommended that dealers / retailers always have fully charged batteries ready for use.
CAUTION: Do not charge AGM batteries with voltages over 14.8 Volts as this will
damage the battery.
A designated controlled area must be allocated for scrap batteries and clearly controlled as such.
To bring a discharged but serviceable battery back to a fully charged condition proceed as follows:
 Check and if necessary top-up the battery electrolyte level. (Flooded maintainable batteries only)
 Charge the battery using a charger as detailed in the approved equipment document following the
manufacturers operating instructions.
NOTE: When using the Midtronics Diagnostic Charger, automatic mode must always
be used. After charging and analysis, the charger may display 'Top-Off
Charging', Hit STOP To End. Do not stop charging until the current falls to 5A or
less, otherwise the battery will not be fully charged.
Following charging a post charge battery condition test must be carried out in accordance with the table shown
in the determining battery condition information of this procedure.
8. BATTERY REPLACEMENT
If it is determined that a battery requires replacement, always refer to the appropriate section of the workshop
manual for instructions on removing and installing the battery from the vehicle.
On in service vehicles fitted with a Battery Monitoring System (BMS), the BMS module must be reset
following the installation of a new battery. The BMS module reset procedure must be performed using an
approved diagnostic system.
9. CONFIRMING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL

WARNING: BEFORE CHECKING AND TOPPING-UP THE BATTERY ELECTROLYTE,

REFER TO THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION.
WARNING: AGM TECHNOLOGY BATTERIES ARE FULLY SEALED FOR LIFE AND NO
ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO CHECK OR TOP UP THE ELECTROLYTE
LEVEL.
On certain types of battery the electrolyte level may need to be checked.
 Make sure the battery is of a type suitable for topping up. These types of batteries will have cell plugs
visible on the top face of the battery or a removable access panel to allow access to the cells.
 On batteries with a clear or opaque case and level marks, check the electrolyte level by visual inspection
of the maximum level indicator mark on the battery casing indicating adequate level above the battery
separators.
 On batteries with black cases, remove the cell plugs or access panel and ensure the electrolyte level is
level with the indicator in the cell hole. A flashlight may be required to see the electrolyte level on this
type of battery.
 If the electrolyte level is low, top-up using distilled water.
NOTE: Maintenance free and Valve Regulated (AGM) batteries are sealed and therefore
cannot be topped up.
CAUTION: DO NOT overfill.
QUIESCENT DRAIN
VEHICLE QUIESCENT CURRENT TESTING
On vehicles fitted with a Battery Monitoring System (BMS), the diagnostic routine for quiescent drain testing in
the approved Jaguar or Land Rover diagnostic system should be utilized.
If a customer complains of a vehicle battery that discharges continuously or when left for a prolonged period of
time, it is recommended that a quiescent drain test is performed as described below.
The battery drain should be measured using the approved Jaguar or Land Rover diagnostic system or a Digital
Multi-Meter (DVOM). A procedure for quiescent drain measurement using the diagnostic system is available in
the Diagnosis and Testing section of the service information. The vehicle should be in the locked/armed state
(for example vehicle alarm fully armed), all doors, engine and luggage compartment lids are open and latched
(so as to appear closed from an electrical point of view). The test should take place after the vehicle has entered
shutdown mode. The time taken for this to occur after the ignition is switched off varies according to model
(Refer to the Topix On line resource for details).
When the vehicle is armed, the effect of the security system Light Emitting Diode (LED) flashing is to cause a
pulsation in the measured current drain. In this case, either the average current should be taken (using a Digital
Multi- Meter (DVOM) with an averaging system) or the current reading taken, ignoring the brief high current
peaks.
EQUIPMENT
Approved Jaguar or Land Rover diagnostic system with current probe OR Digital Multi-Meter (DVOM) with
current probe.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Using an Approved Jaguar or Land Rover Diagnostic System.
 Switch off all electrical loads and ensure that the ignition is off
 Connect the current probe to the approved Jaguar or Land Rover diagnostic system
 Calibrate the probe
 Install a clamp around the battery lead/junction box lead
 Go to the Quiescent Current Testing section in this procedure
Using a digital multimeter
Do not use an in-line DVOM to measure the quiescent drain on vehicles fitted with an electronic throttle (for
example XK 2006 onwards). The current exceeds the maximum amount the fuse in the DVOM is capable of
handling.
 Switch off all electrical loads and ensure that the ignition is off
 Connect the current probe to the digital multimeter
 Calibrate the probe
 Install a clamp around the battery lead/junction box lead
 Go to the Quiescent Current Testing section in this procedure
QUIESCENT CURRENT TESTING
 Switch ignition to 'on' or select ignition mode in keyless vehicles and switch to 'off' (do not crank)
 Remove key from ignition switch (if equipped)
 Open and latch all doors, hood and luggage compartment lid
 Lock the vehicle using the remote function on the remote handset. (Single lock only to avoid volumetric
alarm arming)
 Remove any other potential electrical drains such as accessories plugged into accessory sockets
 Record the amperage readings after the shutdown period referenced in the Topix on line resource for
details. Note all cars from 10MY onwards and XK from 07MY and XF from 08MY should be less than
30mA after 30 minutes
 Record the final reading on the battery report form
The preferred method of testing following an excessive current consumption figure is to use a current probe
around individual junction box leads to the various suspected circuits to identify a potential cause. This is in
preference to the old method of removing fuses for the following reasons:
 The drain may be caused by a module remaining active and preventing the quiescent drain from reducing
to normal levels
 The drain may be caused by a relay winding that is activated. Pulling the fuse can allow this to 'reset' and
the drain will be lost and go un-diagnosed
QUIESCENT DRAIN - TYPICAL VALUES
NOTE: The quiescent drain after the initial shutdown period should not exceed the
value shown in the table.
Jaguar Quiescent Drain Values
TYPICAL VALUES
MODEL SHUT DOWN PERIOD (minutes) BATTERY DRAIN (mA)
XJS 3.2 60 <30
Sovereign 3.2 60 <37.3
XJ6 4.0 60 <38.6
XJS 60 <43.9
XJ6 (X300) (1995MY) 60 <43
XJ8 (X300) 60 <30
XK8 (X100) 60 <30
S-Type (X200) 60 <30
X-Type (X400) 30 <30
XJ6 (X350) 40 <30
XJ8 (X350) 40 <30
XK (X150) - From 2006MY <20 (after lock/arm condition) <30
33 (unlocked) <30
XF (X250) - From 2008MY <20 (after lock/arm condition) <30
33 (unlocked) <30
XF (X250) - From 2013MY <10 (after lock/arm condition) <25
XF SportBrake (X250) - From <10 (after lock/arm condition) <25
2013MY <20 (unlocked) <25
XJ (X351) - From 2010MY - 10 (afterlock/arm condition) <20
2012MY 30 (unlocked) <20
XJ (X351) - From 2013MY 10 (afterlock/arm condition) <20
<20 (unlocked) <20
F - Type (X152) - From 2013MY 10 (afterlock/arm condition) <20
<20 (unlocked) <20
NOTE:
1. The total current drain will be higher if certain approved accessories are fitted
(for example: tracker, trailer module, etc.)
NOTE: 2. Applies to vehicles without Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Vehicle
shut-down period with TPMS is approximately 15 minutes.
BATTERY REPORT FORM - IN SERVICE BATTERIES ONLY
NOTE: Fields marked with * are mandatory and must be completed.
General Information
*Vehicle Identification Number (VIN): *Repair Vehicle Model:
Date:
Customer Questions
*1: What is the customer's reason for dealer visit? Non crank Crank but Warning Other:
(tick symptoms as appropriate) non start message
*2: How long was the vehicle left prior to issue. *
*3: How was the car left (Locked/unlocked) *
*4: How did you access to the vehicle Key fob Manual key Handle pull
*5: Has the vehicle required assistance for battery issues previously? Yes No
*6: Is the vehicle used? (tick symptoms as Daily Every other Weekly Less than
appropriate) day weekly
*7: Average journey length *
*8: How many starts do you typically do in a day *
*9: Did the customer see any instrument pack *
warnings prior to the issue?
*10: Have any of the Radio Power point CD DVD USB or TV Rear seat
features been used accessory IPOD entertainment
without the engine connection
running in the last 3
days (if fitted?)
11: Customer comments:- Please add any *
additional comments that are relevant.
Diagnostics (Battery Testing) - - - -
1: Loose battery clamps Yes * No *
2: Loose hold down clamps Yes * No *
3: Corroded terminal posts Yes * No *
4: Physical damage/leaks Yes No *
5: Low electrolyte (Flooded batteries only) Yes * No *
6: Battery Date Code *
7: FEAD belt tension OK * Not OK *
8: Quiescent Drain mA *
9: Vent tube correctly installed Yes * No *

10: Number of Times Battery Charged: *
10: Vent tube correctly installed Yes No
11: Remove the Surface Yes * No *
12: Battery voltage *
13: Midtronics test code before charging (EXP- *
1080)
13a: If Midtronics indicates that the battery needs *
re-charging, charge the battery following
instructions on the recommended battery charger
13b: Midtronics test code after charge *
13c: Midtronics test code result after charge *
13d: If "good and re-charge" charge the battery *
following instructions on the recommended
battery charger
13e: If "charge and re-test" for both before and *
after the charge renew the battery
13f: Only renew the battery if "renew battery", *
"bad cell" or charge and re-test has been
displayed twice.
CHARGING SYSTEM
For additional information. Refer to Battery information.

ELECTRICAL Battery, Mounting and Cables
ELECTRICAL
Battery, Mounting and Cables
BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES

SPECIFICATIONS
Battery Specification
Vehicle Specification
Europe
Vehicles fitted without Vehicles fitted with
electrical optional electrical optional
Engine Specification extras extras Rest of world
Vehicles fitted with 2.7L 90 Ahr 90 Ahr 90 Ahr
diesel engine
petrol engine
petrol engine
Battery cold cranking Specification
Item Specification
90 Ahr 800 Amps
80 Ahr 700 Amps

Battery positive cable to rear junction box retaining nut 12 9 -
Battery monitoring system retaining nut to battery positive terminal 5 - 44
Battery ground cable to body retaining bolt 12 9 -
Battery tray 10 - 89
Battery cable terminal 6 - 53
Battery clamp bolt 8 - 71
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 engine junction box (EJB)
4 Battery
5 Electric booster heater megafuse

OVERVIEW
Mounted on the battery negative terminal is a battery monitoring system module. The battery monitoring system
module is integral with the battery negative cable and is controlled by the engine control module (ECM).
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the battery monitoring system module, always use a
suitable body ground point rather than the battery negative terminal when
connecting a slave power supply to the vehicle.
If a new battery is fitted to the vehicle, the battery monitoring system module will require re-calibrating using
the Jaguar approved diagnostic system.
Fitted on the battery positive terminal is a transit relay. The transit relay must be removed from the vehicle
during the Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI). For additional information, refer to the PDI Manual.
The vehicle battery provides power to the battery junction box (BJB). The battery junction box (BJB) contains 3
megafuses, delivering power to the rear junction box (RJB), the central junction box (CJB) and the engine
junction box (EJB). In addition to containing fuses and relays, the rear junction box (RJB) and rear junction box
(RJB) contain software to control a number of vehicle systems. These functions are covered in the appropriate
sections of this service information.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed CAN bus; N = Medium speed CAN bus; O = LIN
bus

1 Battery monitoring system module
2 Battery
4 Generator/regulator
SYSTEM OPERATION
BATTERY MONITORING SYSTEM
Periodically the battery monitoring system module will instigate a self-calibration routine. To self calibrate, the
battery monitoring system first charges the battery to its full condition.
NOTE: If the vehicle is only driven for short periods the charging process could take a
number of days to complete.
Once the battery is fully charged, the battery monitoring system will discharge the battery to approximately
75% of its full state of charge, but never lower than 12.2 V. The time taken to complete this part of the routine
is dependent on the electrical load on the vehicle.
When the second part of the routine has been successfully completed, the battery monitoring system will return
the battery to its optimum level of charge. The optimum level of charge will be between 12.6 V and 15 V,
depending on battery condition, temperature and loading.
The battery monitoring system module also monitors the battery condition with the engine switched off. If a low
voltage condition is detected the module can request the infotainment system is switched off to protect battery
voltage. Once the infotainment system has been switched off, the vehicle must be run for at least 5 minutes to
charge the battery before the infotainment system can be operated with the engine switched off.
BATTERY
The battery is located under the floor in the right-hand (RH) side of the luggage compartment.
On new vehicles the battery positive terminal is fitted with a transit relay. The transit relay must removed using
the correct process detailed in the PDI manual.
The battery negative terminal is fitted with a battery monitoring system module. The module is integral with the
battery negative cable and communicates with the rear junction box (RJB) via a local interconnect network
(LIN) bus connection. The battery condition information is passed to the engine control module (ECM) which
controls the generator output accordingly.
CAUTION: To avoid damage to the battery monitoring system module, always use a
suitable body ground point rather than the battery negative terminal when
connecting a slave power supply. The recommended ground point is the
spare wheel securing bracket in the luggage compartment.
Failure to use the recommended ground point will lead to the setting of a
diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Incorrect information of battery condition
will be retained by the battery monitoring system module due to the
unmonitored current flow into the battery. The system will however,
recognize and compensate for the change in battery status after a period
of time.
If a new battery is fitted, the battery monitoring system module will require re-calibration using a Jaguar
approved diagnostic system. Replacement of the battery monitoring system module requires no action as the
module will re-calibrate automatically.
BATTERY MONITORING SYSTEM
Battery Monitoring System Module

The battery monitoring system module measures battery current and voltage, which it communicates to the rear
junction box (RJB) over a local interconnect network (LIN) bus connection. The rear junction box (RJB)
transmits the battery information to the instrument cluster over the medium speed controller area network
(CAN)bus. The instrument cluster acts as a gateway between the medium and high speed CAN bus networks,
and transmits the battery condition information to the engine control module (ECM) over the high speed
controller area network (CAN) bus. Based on the information received from the battery monitoring system
module, the engine control module (ECM) will control the output from the generator and request the switching
off of electrical loads if necessary. For additional information, refer to: Generator information.
CAUTION: Due to the self-calibration routine, it is recommended that all power supply
diagnostic testing is carried out using the Jaguar approved diagnostic
system rather than a digital multimeter
The battery monitoring system module is able to generate diagnostic trouble code (DTC)'s to help diagnose
battery or generator power supply issues. These diagnostic trouble code (DTC)'s can be read using the Jaguar
approved diagnostic system. The Jaguar approved diagnostic system can also be used to implement a battery
and generator self test routine. For additional information, refer to the Diagnosis and Testing section of the
service information.
If a fault is detected, the engine control module (ECM) will override the battery monitoring system module.
The battery monitoring system module diagnostic trouble code (DTC)'s can be used to help diagnose battery or
generator power supply faults. The diagnostic trouble code (DTC)'s are stored in both the rear junction box
(RJB) and the engine control module (ECM). The Jaguar approved diagnostic system has a process for an
automated power supply diagnostic procedure. The procedure provides a menu driven process to locate a fault
in a logical sequence. The procedure uses the capability of the battery monitoring system and generator local
interconnect network (LIN) bus controlled functions to provide current flow information and will detect if the
battery monitoring system or generator are functioning correctly.
BATTERY
For a detailed description of the Battery, Mounting and Cables and charging system, refer to COMPONENT
LOCATIONBattery and Cables and OVERVIEW and SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION


Visual Inspection
 Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD) belt  Electrical connectors/pins
condition/tension  Wiring harnesses
 Generator drive pulley
4. If the cause is not visually evident refer to the Symptom Chart, alternatively, check for Diagnostic
Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC Index.
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom Possible Cause Action

Battery discharged  Charging/monitoring circuit Carry out automated diagnostic

fault routine using manufacturer
 Battery monitoring system
failure
 Generator failure
 Battery failure
 Quiescent current high
Generator not charging  Charging/monitoring circuit Carry out automated diagnostic
fault routine using manufacturer
 Pulley loose/failure
DTC INDEX

NOTE: If a module or a component is suspect and the vehicle remains under

leads into account.
pinpoint tests.

B11D949 Vehicle Battery  Internal electronic Check vehicle has correct
battery type and size
failure. The battery installed. Install new as

monitoring module required. Using
has detected an manufacturer approved
internal circuit diagnostic system verify
failure vehicle quiescent current
 Incorrect battery type draw levels are correct
or size installed using power supply
diagnostic function.
 High quiescent Rectify as required. Using
current the Midtronics battery
 A temporary battery tester and battery care
state estimation manual check the battery is
error. The battery serviceable. Install new as
state estimation is required. The BMS will
performed by the correct a temporary battery
battery monitoring state estimation error
system BMS within a reasonable
 Battery failure, worn adaption time. The
out adaption time is dependent
 Battery damaged upon the driving time of
the vehicle and may take a
number of weeks.
B11DB01 Battery Monitoring  Battery monitoring Disconnect vehicle battery,
Module system hardware re-connect after 60
fault seconds, clear DTC and
retest. If DTC remains
install a new battery
monitoring module
B11DB87 Battery Monitoring  Battery monitoring If additional DTCs
Module module connector B108783, B108786,
dis-connected/poor B108787 are logged,
connection suspect the RJB. Check
and install a new RJB as
 Battery monitoring required, refer to the new
module to RJB LIN module/component
circuit - open circuit installation note at the top
 Battery monitoring of the DTC Index. If
module to battery additional DTCs B108783,
positive monitor B108786, B108787 are
circuit - open circuit NOT logged, check for
 Battery monitoring good/clean contact at
module/RJB failure battery monitoring module
connector, refer to
electrical circuit diagrams
and check battery
monitoring module to RJB
LIN circuit and battery
monitoring module to
battery positive monitor
circuit for open circuit.
Clear DTC and repeat
automated diagnostic
procedure using
diagnostic system. If DTC
remains suspect the battery
monitoring module, check
and install a new battery
monitoring module as
module/component
installation note at the top
of the DTC Index
P062001 Generator Control Circuit  Generator B+ or Carry out any pinpoint tests
battery terminal associated with this DTC
disconnected/poor using the manufacturer
connection approved diagnostic
system. Check for
 Charging circuit - good/clean contact at
short, open circuit generator B+ and battery
 Generator failure terminal connectors. Refer
to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check
charging circuit for short,
open circuit. Clear DTC
and repeat automated
diagnostic procedure using
the manufacturer approved
remains suspect the
generator, check and install
a new generator as
module/component
of the DTC Index
P065B16 Generator Control Circuit  Charging circuit - Carry out any pinpoint tests
Range/Performance short, open circuit associated with this DTC
using the manufacturer
 Quiescent current approved diagnostic
high system. Refer to the
 Battery electrical circuit diagrams
damaged/worn out and check charging circuit
 Generator failure for short, open circuit.
Clear DTC and repeat

procedure using the
remains check battery is in
fully charged and
serviceable condition using
the Midtronics battery
tester and battery care
manual. If ok suspect the
generator, check and install
a new generator as
module/component
of the DTC Index
P065B17 Generator Control Circuit  Charging circuit - Carry out any pinpoint tests
Range/Performance short, open circuit associated with this DTC
 Generator/ECM approved diagnostic
failure system. Check ECM for
over charging related
DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC Index. Clear
DTC and re-test, if DTC
remains suspect the
generator. Check and
install a new generator as
module/component
of the DTC Index
P065C00 Generator Mechanical  Poor FEAD belt Check FEAD belt
Performance tension condition/contamination
and for correct tension.
 Generator pulley Check generator pulley for
loose/failure failure. Clear DTC and
 Generator failure repeat automated
remains check and install a
new generator as required,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index

P0A1A87 Generator Control  Generator to ECM Check for good/clean
Module LIN circuit - open contact at generator and
circuit ECM LIN circuit
connectors/pins. Refer to
 Generator/ECM the electrical circuit
failure diagrams and check
generator to ECM LIN
Check for ECM hardware
DTCs and refer to relevant
DTC Index. Clear DTCs
and repeat automated
new generator/ECM as
module/component
of the DTC Index
P0A3B68 Generator Over  Generator Check the generator wiring
Temperature wiring/connectors and connectors for heat
heat damaged damage. Clear the DTC
and repeat the automated
 Generator failure diagnostic procedure using
new generator as required,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
MIDTRONICS EXP-1080 USER GUIDE
Carry out the following:
PINPOINT TEST A: VOLTAGE DROP
1. A1: Ground Circuit
NOTE: This test checks for high resistance between the battery terminal and the
battery clamp
1. Start the engine, turn on the following:

 (1) Air conditioning
 (2) Blower fan on full speed
 (3) Headlights on main beam
 (4) Heated screen - rear
 (5) Heated screen - front (if installed)
 (6) Heated seats (if installed)
2. Connect the multimeter between the battery negative terminal and the battery clamp as shown in
picture below (do not disconnect the battery at this stage)
3. Set the multimeter to read DC voltage and record the reading
Is reading equal to or below 0.1 volts?
YES: GO to 2.
NO: Switch all electrical loads and engine off, return the vehicle to an ignition off condition. Disconnect
the battery negative clamp, clean clamp and terminal then reconnect and repeat test GO to 1.
2. A2: Power Circuit
NOTE: This test checks for high resistance between the battery terminal and the
battery clamp
1. Start the engine, turn on the following:

 (1) Air conditioning
 (2) Blower fan on full speed
 (3) Headlights on main beam
 (4) Heated screen - rear
 (5) Heated screen - front (if installed)
 (6) Heated seats (if installed)

2. Connect the multimeter between the battery positive terminal and the battery clamp as shown in
picture below (do not disconnect the battery at this stage)
3. Set the multimeter to read DC voltage and record the reading
Is reading equal to or below 0.1 volts?
YES: Carry out midtronics battery test procedure
NO: Switch all electrical loads and engine off, return the vehicle to an ignition off condition. Disconnect
the battery power clamp, clean clamp and terminal then reconnect and repeat test GO to 2.
Reference Description
1 LCD screen with main menu
2 Control panel (key board and power button)
3 Positive and negative fly leads
4 Fly leads connection
5 Temperature sensor
6 Infra-red sensor (data transfer for printer)
7 Amp hour
8 Battery rating (CCA)
9 Rating units
10 Battery type
The following steps must be carried out to ensure correct operation of the EXP-1080 during the battery test
procedure
Checks Action
Battery fluid leakage, check for battery fluid leaks NOTE:
or damage to the battery casing If visible damage to the case is evident do not
return battery under warranty
Replace the battery if there is any battery fluid leaks

evident
Battery vent pipe routing Check for routing, ensure there are no kinks
EXP-1080 fly lead, condition of clamps Clean or replace as required
EXP-1080 fly lead connection Confirm secure connection
NOTE: The Midtronics EXP-1080 is suitable for testing flooded and absorbed glass mat
(AGM) type batteries Typical Values
Typical Values
Amp Hour CCA (Cold Cranking Amps Rating Units

12 200 EN
70 760 SAE
80 700 SAE
80 800 SAE
90 800 SAE
95 850 SAE
90 950 SAE
105 950 SAE
Midtronics Battery Test Procedure
This midtronics battery test procedure will confirm the serviceability of the battery
 1. Connect the fly-lead to the midtronics EXP-1080

 2. Connect the fly-leads to the battery terminals
 Black lead to negative terminal
 Red lead to positive terminal
 Confirm the connections are secure
 3. The EXP-1080 will power on automatically when connected to a battery, screen below is displayed
NOTE: MAIN MENU SCREEN
 4. Main Menu . Select Battery test and press SELECT

NOTE: BATTERY LOCATION
 5. Battery Location . Select either, Out of vehicle or In Vehicle as appropriate

 Select Next
NOTE: BATTERY RATING
 6. BATTERY RATING . Select the correct battery rating from the pre-installed list, (Go to step 10) .
Or ,
 To manually enter the correct battery type, specification and CCA rate. Scroll using the arrow keys on the
midtronics panel and select Other from the menu

 Select Next
NOTE: BATTERY TYPE

 7. Battery Type . Select the correct battery type (Regular or AGM )

 NOTE: All AGM batteries are marked (Refer to battery label)
 Select Next
NOTE: RATING UNITS
 8. Rating Units . Select the correct rating units. Refer to the battery label for correct specification.
Options EN , DIN , SAE
 Select Next
NOTE: BATTERY RATING
 9. BATTERY RATING . Scroll using the arrow keys on the midtronics panel, select the correct CCA
rating (For CCA refer to battery label)
 Select Next
NOTE: TEMPERATURE
NOTE: Ensure that the temperature sensor does not touch any part of the battery
or vehicle, this will cause damage not be covered under the midtronics
warranty and will require the unit to be returned to a service center
 10. Temperature . Aim the temperature sensor towards the battery casing (Maintain distance of 5cm)
 Select Next
NOTE: TESTING
 11. Testing . The screen displays clock hand's rotating, the EXP-1080 will automatically advance when
test has completed
NOTE: SURFACE CHARGE
NOTE: If there is no surface charge this step will not show. Go to next step
 11a. Surface Charge . Ensure the ignition state is on . Switch on the headlights (high beam) until EXP-
1080 shows Turn off headlights then return ignition state to off
NOTE: BATTERY CHARGE
NOTE: If the state of charge is sufficient this step will not show. Go to next step
 11b. Battery Charge . Select Before Charging if battery has not been on a recommended mains charger
for a minimum of 6 hours
 Select After Charging if battery has been on a recommended mains charger for a minimum of 6 hours
NOTE: DEEP SCAN TECHNOLOGY

NOTE: This test is automated and will show if required. Go to next step
 12. Testing . The EXP-1080 will carry out the deep scan test, then automatically advance when test has
completed
Number Description
1 Battery test result
2 CCA (Measured capacity rating)
3 Voltage
4 CCA (Manually entered)
5 Temperature
NOTE: RESULTS
Test Result Action

GOOD BATTERY Test complete no action required
GOOD - RE-CHARGE Charge battery using a recommended mains charger
(minimum 50 amp) until charging complete

CHARGE AND RE-TEST Charge battery using a recommended mains charger
(minimum 50 amp) until charging complete. Retest. If the
result is the same replace battery
REPLACE BATTERY / BAD CELL Replace battery. Do Not Recharge
BATTERY
UNABLE TO COMPLETE TEST Disconnect battery from vehicle and re-test
NOTE: TEST CODE
NOTE: Battery test code, must be given if a battery, starter motor or generator is
exchanged under warranty
NOTE: STATE OF HEALTH
NOTE: General health of the battery and its ability to deliver its specified performance
compared with a new battery
NOTE: SOC (State Of Charge)
NOTE: BATTERY STATE OF CHARGE
 Results . From the result display use the arrow keys on the control panel to view the test code
 The test code must be quoted with every battery claim under warranty
Flooded Battery Care Point
If the vehicle is equipped with a flooded battery, ensure the replacement battery is a flooded battery of the same
specification (cold cranking amperage (CCA) / amp hour rating (Ah)) as the original battery
Under no circumstances should you fit a flooded battery to a vehicle that originally had an AGM battery, unless
formally instructed by Jaguar/Land Rover
AGM Battery Care Point
If the vehicle is equipped with an absorbed glass mat (AGM) battery, ensure the replacement battery is a AGM
battery of the same specification (cold cranking amperage (CCA) / amp hour rating (Ah)) as the original battery,
unless formally instructed by Jaguar/Land Rover
GENERAL PROCEDURES
BATTERY DISCONNECT AND CONNECT
DISCONNECT
1. Refer to Battery and Battery Charging Health and Safety Precautions information.
2. Obtain and record the audio unit preset radio frequencies.
NOTE: Where fitted.
3. See figure
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the wiring harness.
4. See figure
5. See figure
CONNECT
1. Torque: 6 Nm
2. See figure
NOTE: Make sure that both the positive and negative battery terminals are
correctly located.
3. See figure
NOTE: Where fitted.
4. See figure
NOTE: This step is only necessary when installing a new component.

5. Using the Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment, reset the battery monitoring system.
6. Refer to Door Window Motor Initialization information.
7. Enter the audio unit preset radio frequencies.
8. Reset the clock to the correct time.
9. Start the engine and allow to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
BATTERY
REMOVAL
1. Obtain and record the audio unit preset radio frequencies.
NOTE: Where fitted.
2. See figure
3. See figure
4. Torque: 6 Nm
5. Torque: 6
6. See figure
7. Torque: 13 Nm
8. See figure
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Make sure that both the positive and negative battery terminals are
correctly located.

NOTE: This step is only necessary when installing a new component.
2. Using the Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment, reset the battery monitoring system.
3. Refer to Door Window Motor Initialization information.
4. Enter the audio unit preset radio frequencies.
5. Reset the clock to the correct time.

6. Start the engine and allow to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Body Closures
Body Closures
BODY CLOSURES
FRONT DOOR
REMOVAL
NOTE: The front door is manufactured from mild steel, it contains a side impact
reinforcement manufactured from boron steel.
1. The front door is serviced as a separate bolt-on panel.

2. For additional information relating to this repair procedure please see the following: Refer to Health and
Safety Precautions and Body Repairs and Corrosion Protection and Body and Frame information.
NOTE: If the procedure includes removal of the front door components, the
battery can remain connected to aid their removal and disconnected
afterwards.
NOTE: For new front door installation, this step may be carried out later in the
removal procedure.
4. Disconnect the front door wiring harness, accessed behind the grommet on the A-pillar.
NOTE: For new front door installation, this step may be carried out later in the
removal procedure.
5. Release the front door check strap from the body.
NOTE: This step is for removing the fully trimmed front door for access only, for
installing a new front door, continue to removal step 7.
6. Remove the front door upper and lower hinge pivot bolts and lift the front door to remove.
7. Remove the front door window regulator and motor. Refer to Front Door Window Regulator and
Motor information.
8. Remove the exterior mirror. Refer to Exterior Mirror information.
9. Remove the front door latch. Refer to Front Door Latch information.
10. Remove the front door outer window frame moldings.
11. Remove the front door weatherstrips.
12. Remove the front door wiring harness.
13. Remove the front door impact absorbers.
14. Remove the front door check strap.
15. Remove the front door glass run felt.
16. Remove any miscellaneous front door clips, grommets and blanking covers.
NOTE: If new hinges are being installed, install the complete hinges to the A-
pillar. To align the hinges at the A-pillar it will be necessary to remove the
front fender.
17. Remove the upper and lower front door hinge fixing bolts and remove the front door.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: If the front door has been removed for access only, it can be installed back
on to its upper and lower hinge pivots and secured with the upper and
lower hinge pivot bolts.
1. Offer up the front door and loosely install the front door hinge bolts.
2. Check alignment, if correct, proceed to next step, if not, rectify and recheck before proceeding.
3. Tighten the front door hinge bolts to 30 Nm.
4. When correctly aligned and with the front door hinge bolts tightened, the new front door can be removed
at its upper and lower hinge pivot bolts for refinishing.
NOTE: Install the front door upper frame weatherstrip prior to installing the front
door.
5. The installation of associated panels and components is the reversal of removal procedure.
 Tighten the front door upper and lower hinge pivot bolts to 30 Nm.
FUEL FILLER DOOR
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Do not align the bowl using the hinge arm.
1. See figure
CAUTION: Protect the surrounding paintwork to avoid damage.
2.
 Release the clip.
INSTALLATION
FUEL FILLER DOOR ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Do not align the bowl using the hinge arm.


2. Refer to: Fuel Tank Filler Pipe for 5.0L
Refer to: Fuel Tank Filler Pipe for 4.2L
3. See figure
4. See figure
5. See figure
CAUTION: Protect the surrounding paintwork to avoid damage.
6.
 Release the clip.
INSTALLATION
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID
REMOVAL
NOTE: The luggage compartment lid is manufactured from mild steel.
1. The luggage compartment lid is serviced as a separate bolt-on panel, less its hinges.
4. Remove the loadspace trim panel RH. Refer to Loadspace Trim Panel RH information.
5. Disconnect the luggage compartment lid wiring harness.
6. Remove the luggage compartment lid.

7. Remove the luggage compartment lid molding. Refer to Luggage Compartment Lid Molding
information.
8. Remove the luggage compartment lid latch actuator. Refer to Luggage Compartment Lid Latch
Actuator information.
9. Remove both rear fog lamps. Refer to Rear Fog Lamp information.
10. Remove both luggage compartment lid buffers.
11. Remove the luggage compartment lid wiring harness. Refer to Luggage Compartment Lid Wiring
Harness information.
NOTE: Where it is not practical to re-use the luggage compartment lid badges,
they should be renewed, therefore removal is not required.
12. Remove the luggage compartment lid badges.
INSTALLATION
1. Offer up the panel and loosely install the luggage compartment lid hinge retaining nuts.
2. Check alignment, if correct, proceed to next step, if not rectify and recheck before proceeding.
3. Tighten the luggage compartment lid hinge retaining nuts to 25 Nm.
REAR DOOR
REMOVAL
NOTE: The rear door is manufactured from mild steel, it contains a side impact
reinforcement manufactured from boron steel.
1. The rear door is serviced as a separate bolt-on panel.

NOTE: If the procedure includes removal of the rear door components, the battery
can remain connected to aid their removal and disconnected afterwards.
NOTE: For new rear door installation, this step may be carried out later in the
removal procedure.
4. Disconnect the rear door wiring harness, accessed behind the grommet on the B-pillar.
NOTE: For new rear door installation, this step may be carried out later in the
removal procedure.
5. Release the rear door check strap from the body.
NOTE: This step is for removing the fully trimmed rear door for access only, for
installing a new front door, continue to removal step 7.
6. Remove the rear door upper and lower hinge pivot bolts and lift the rear door to remove.
7. Remove the rear door fixed window glass. Refer to Rear Door Fixed Window Glass information.
8. Remove the rear door latch. Refer to Rear Door Latch information.
9. Remove the rear door outer window frame moldings.
10. Remove the rear door weatherstrips.
11. Remove the rear door wiring harness.
12. Remove the rear door impact absorbers.
13. Remove the rear door check strap.
14. Remove the rear door glass run felt.
15. Remove any miscellaneous rear door clips, grommets and blanking covers.
NOTE: If new hinges are being fitted, install the complete hinges to the B-pillar.
16. Remove the upper and lower rear door hinge bolts and remove the rear door.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: If the rear door has been removed for access only, it can be installed back
on to its upper and lower hinge pivots and secured with the upper and
lower hinge pivot bolts.
1. Offer up the rear door and loosely install the rear door hinge bolts.
2. Check alignment, if correct, proceed to next step, if not, rectify and recheck before proceeding.
3. Tighten the rear door hinge bolts to 30 Nm.
4. When correctly aligned and with the rear door hinge bolts tightened, the new rear door can be removed at
its upper and lower hinge pivot bolts for refinishing.
 Tighten the rear door upper and lower hinge pivot bolts to 30 Nm.
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPEMNT Body Repairs - Vehicle Specific Information and Tolerance
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPEMNT
Body Repairs - Vehicle Specific Information and Tolerance
BODY REPAIRS - VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION AND TOLERANCE

CHECKS
DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
BODY AND FRAME
FRONT END BODY DIMENSIONS
NOTE: All dimensions shown are in millimeters (mm).
NOTE: Dimensions shown to holes, are always taken from/to the hole center. They are
also always to the body panel surface, not to the top of bolts or components.
Item From To Dimension

A Headlamp RH inboard Front fender LH forward 510.5
fixing hole fixing hole
B Transmission LH Engine RH mounting, 987.2

mounting, forward stud forward fixing hole
C Transmission LH Engine RH mounting, 1091
mounting, rear stud forward fixing hole

A Front fender RH, rear Front fender LH, rear 1549.6
B Front fender RH, center Front fender LH, center 1518.1

C RH Headlamp top LH Headlamp top inboard 771
inboard fixing hole fixing hole

A Front bumper RH top Front bumper LH top 770.9
inboard fixing hole inboard fixing hole

A Instrument panel carrier Instrument panel carrier 1416
RH top fixing hole LH top fixing hole
B Instrument panel carrier Instrument panel carrier 1416
RH bottom fixing hole LH bottom fixing hole
SIDE PANEL DIMENSIONS


A Front door top hinge, top Rear door top hinge, top 1129.4
B Front door top hinge, top Rear door bottom hinge, 1133.8
fixing hole top fixing hole
C Front door bottom hinge, Rear door top hinge, top 1206.7
top fixing hole fixing hole
D Front door bottom hinge, Rear door bottom hinge, 1122.4
top fixing hole top fixing hole

E Rear door top hinge, top Rear door striker, top 844.4
F Rear door bottom hinge, Rear door striker, top 884.7

top fixing hole fixing hole

A Front seat belt retractor Front seat belt anchorage 1684.37
REAR END BODY DIMENSIONS


A RH Rear lamp location LH Rear lamp location 1501.8
hole hole
B RH Rear lamp top fixing LH Rear lamp top fixing 1109.6
hole hole
C Rear bumper RH Rear bumper LH 1024.7
outboard top fixing stud outboard top fixing stud
UNDER BODY DIMENSIONS


A Front subframe front Front subframe rear 510.5
B Front subframe RH rear Front subframe LH rear 821

C Front subframe RH front Front subframe LH front 860
D Front subframe front Front subframe rear 983.4

E Front subframe front Rear subframe rear fixing 3608.5
fixing hole hole
F Front subframe front Rear subframe front 3035.8
G Front subframe front Rear towing eye rear 4138.1

H Rear subframe LH rear Rear towing eye rear 1011.8
I Rear subframe RH rear Rear towing eye rear 560.8

J Front subframe front Rear towing eye rear 1015.3
K Rear subframe front Rear towing eye rear 1103.6
L Rear subframe RH rear Rear subframe LH front 1139
M Rear subframe RH front Rear subframe LH front 908.9
GAP AND PROFILE MEASUREMENTS
The following information is to be used as a guide to assist the technician in installing exterior body panels and
trim items so as to achieve a correctly aligned and cosmetically acceptable vehicle.
NOTE: All dimensions shown are in millimeters, (mm).

Section Description Gap Profile

A-A Hood to front bumper 4.0 ± 2.0 N/A
cover
B-B Hood to headlamp 4.0 ± 2.0 2.0 ± 2.0
C-C Hood to front fender 3.5 ± 1.0 0.5 ± 0.5
D-D Front fender to headlamp 2.0 ± 1.0 N/A
E-E Front fender to front 0.0 ± 0.5 0.5 ± 0.7
bumper cover

A-A Front bumper cover to 3.0 ± 2.0 N/A
headlamp
B-B A-pillar to hood 3.0 ± 1.3 -1.0 ± 0.9
C-C Front fender to front 0.0 ± 0.5 0.5 ± 0.7
bumper cover
D-D Front door to front fender 3.65 ± 1.0 -0.5 ± 1.0
E-E A-pillar to windshield 4.0 ± 1.0 N/A
F-F Front bumper cover to N/A 0.5 ± 1.3
front fender (inner sweep)

A-A Rocker panel finisher to 4.0 ± 1.5 N/A
front door
B-B Windshield to roof panel 4.0 ± 1.1 N/A
C-C Front door to rear door 3.65 ± 1.0 -0.5 ± 1.0
D-D Front door to rear door at 3.65 ± 1.0 0.0 ± 1.0
waist
E-E Front door to rear door 3.65 ± 1.0 0.0 ± 1.0
upper
F-F Front door to roof 11.7 ± 1.6 N/A

A-A Rear door to quarter panel 3.65 ± 1.0 0.00 ± 1.0
B-B Rear door to quarter panel 7.9 ± 1.5 N/A
upper
C-C Rocker panel finisher to 4.0 ± 1.5 N/A
rear door
D-D Rear door to roof panel 7.9 ± 1.5 N/A

A-A Luggage compartment lid 6.0 ± 1.5 N/A
to rear window glass
B-B Rear lamp to rear bumper 2.0 ± 0.9 -2.0 ± 1.5
cover
C-C Rear lamp to rear quarter 2.0 ± 0.9 -2.0 ± 1.5
upper
D-D Luggage compartment lid 6.0 ± 1.7 N/A
to rear bumper cover
E-E Luggage compartment lid 3.5 ± 1.1 0.5 ± 0.5
to quarter panel
F-F Rear lamp to rear bumper 2.0 ± 0.8 -2.0 ± 1.8
cover
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Bumpers
Bumpers
BUMPERS
SPECIFICATIONS

Radiator splash shield outer retaining bolts 3 - 26
Radiator splash shield inner retaining bolts 7 - 62
Radiator splash shield inner retaining screws 2 - 18
Front bumper cover retaining bolts 2 - 18
Rear bumper cover retaining bolts 7 - 62
Rear bumper retaining bolts 25 18 -
FRONT BUMPER
REMOVAL
1. The front bumper is serviced as a separate bolt-on panel.

2. The front bumper is replaced in conjunction with:

 Front bumper cover
WARNING: The hood and its associated components form part of the pedestrian
protection system, it is essential that any repair or replacement
operations do not affect the safe working of the system.
3. For additional information relating to the pedestrian safety system please see the following: Refer to
Pedestrian Protection System information.
6. Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to: Front Bumper Cover.
7. Release and position the front bumper wiring harness and the hood release cable to one side.
NOTE: Observe the different head sizes of the bolts.

8. Remove the front bumper.
9. Remove the horns. Refer to Horn information.
INSTALLATION
1. Offer up the panel. Check alignment, if correct, proceed to next step, if not rectify and recheck before
proceeding.
2. Install the front bumper.
 Tighten to 25Nm.
FRONT BUMPER COVER
REMOVAL

2. Torque: 3 Nm
3. Torque:
Retaining screws 2 Nm
Retaining bolts 7 Nm
4. Torque: 2 Nm
5. See figure
NOTE: On both sides.
6. See figure
7. See figure
INSTALLATION
1. To install, reverse the removal procedure

FRONT BUMPER COVER INSERT
REMOVAL
1. Refer to: Front Bumper Cover.

2. See figure
3. See figure
INSTALLATION
REAR BUMPER COVER
REMOVAL
NOTE: Removal steps may contain installation details.
1. Remove the rear lamp assemblies. Refer to Rear Lamp Assembly information.
2. Torque: 7 Nm
3. See figure
4. See figure
5. See figure
INSTALLATION
REAR BUMPER
REMOVAL
1. Refer to: Rear Bumper Cover.

2. See figure
3. See figure
4. Torque: 25 Nm
INSTALLATION

CABIN AIR FILTER Jaguar - XF
CABIN AIR FILTER
Jaguar - XF
REMOVAL & INSTALLATION
NOTE: Manufacturer's terminology for this filter may be pollen filter or cabin air filter.
NOTE: left-hand drive (LHD) vehicle shown, right-hand drive (RHD) vehicle similar.

1 Air inlet duct
2 Pollen filter
3 Cover
The pollen filter removes odors and fine particles from fresh air entering the passenger compartment. The
pollen filter is located in the air inlet duct, in the inlet to the blower. A cover on the underside of the air inlet
duct provides access to the pollen filter for servicing.
REMOVAL
1. See figure.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
INSTALLATION

ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular Phone
Cellular Phone
CELLULAR PHONE
BLUETOOTH MODULE
REMOVAL
2. Remove the left hand front seat.
3. Lift the carpet for access.
4. Disconnect the 2 electrical connectors.

5. Remove the bluetooth module.

INSTALLATION
1. Install is the reverse of removal.

HVAC Climate Control System - General Information
HVAC
Climate Control System - General Information
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION

SPECIFICATIONS
Air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant R134a
A/C compressor oil SPA2
Capacities
Description Grammes
A/C refrigerant - all engine variants 700
Refrigerant Oil Adding Capacities
NOTE: Rotate the A/C compressor shaft at least 6 to 8 turns when draining the
refrigerant oil.
Item Milliliters
A/C condenser core and desiccant bag Add 25ml oil
A/C evaporator Add 35ml oil
A/C compressor 1. Drain old A/C compressor. With drain plug
removed and ports uncapped, rotate shaft to remove
A/C compressor oil and measure the amount of oil
captured. 2. Drain new A/C compressor into a clean
vessel. With drain plug removed and ports
uncapped, rotate shaft to remove oil. Then add back
a quantity of the new oil that is identical to the
quantity of oil removed from the old A/C
compressor. However, if this quantity is less than
30ml, then make it up to 30ml.
A/C lines - if air conditioning has been operational. Add 5ml oil per A/C line
A/C system after flushing - with new compressor No oil should be used- new oil in new compressor is
installed sufficient
A/C system after flushing - without a new Add 110ml oil
compressor installed - remaining A/C compressor
oil is to be drained. Compressor and expansion
valve must not be flushed (removed from the
circuit)
A/C compressor drain plug Torque 12Nm
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
For a detailed description of the Climate Control system, refer to Air Distribution and Filtering and Heating
and Ventilation and Air Conditioning and Control Components and Electric Booster Heater and
information.
WARNING: Servicing must be carried out by personnel familiar with both vehicle
system and the charging and testing equipment. All operations must be
carried out in a well ventilated area away from open flame and heat
sources.

pinpoint tests.

Visual Inspection
 Coolant level  Fuse(s)
 Hose(s)  Wiring harness
 Coolant pump  Electrical connectors
 Control flap(s)  Blower
 Duct(s)  Air conditioning compressor
 Vent(s)  Electric cooling fan
 Cabin air filter  Automatic Temperature Control Module
 Drive belt (ATCM)
 Air conditioning compressor  Refrigerant pressure sensor
 Thermostatic expansion valve

 Evaporator
 Receiver drier
 Air conditioning condenser
 Refrigerant pipes
 Auxiliary drive belt
 Fuel fired booster heater
 Fuel fired booster heater fuel pump
 Fuel fired booster heater fuel pipes
Index.
5. Check DDW for open campaigns. Refer to the corresponding bulletins and SSMs which may be valid for
the specific customer complaint and carry out the recommendations as required
SYMPTOM CHART

Air conditioning performance  Refrigerant undercharged  GO to Pinpoint Test A.
poor or inoperative
 Refrigerant overcharged
 Thermostatic expansion
valve faulty
 Receiver drier restricted
 Water in refrigerant
Air conditioning operates briefly  Electric cooling fan  Test the operation of the
and then switches off inoperative electric cooling fan
 Air conditioning condenser  Check the air conditioning
airflow obstructed condenser for external
obstructions
PINPOINT TESTS
PINPOINT TEST A: PRELIMINARY TESTS
1. A1: PRELIMINARY TEST 1
NOTE: This test is performed with the engine not running.
1. Close the valves on the air conditioning station

2. Connect the air conditioning station to the vehicle charging ports

3. Record the pressure values
Is a pressure registered on both gauges?
YES: GO to Pinpoint Test B.
NO: GO to Pinpoint Test D.
PINPOINT TEST B: FUNCTIONALITY TESTS
1. B1: FUNCTIONALITY TEST 1

1. Close the valves on the air conditioning station
2. Connect the air conditioning station to the vehicle charging ports
3. Open all doors and the tailgate
4. Start the engine
5. Set the temperature to the lowest setting (all zones)
6. Set the fan speed to maximum
7. Set the recirculate switch to off
8. Insert a temperature probe into the center air vent
9. Raise engine speed to 1500rpm and maintain this speed for 5 minutes
10. Record the temperature value
Are the pressure readings stable and in the green 'normal' region of the gauge?
YES: Air conditioning system operating normally
NO: Air conditioning system fault present. GO to Pinpoint Test C.
PINPOINT TEST C: GAUGE TESTS
1. C1: GAUGE TEST 1

Did the gauges register a change in pressure when the air conditioning was switched on?
YES: GO to C2.
NO: Using the manufacturer approved diagnostic system, check the Automatic Temperature Control
Module (ATCM) for related DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC index
2. C2: GAUGE TEST 2

Are the pressure gauge readings fluctuating?
YES: Moisture present in the air conditioning system. Recover the refrigerant. Install a new receiver
drier. Refer to the relevant section of the service information and evacuate and recharge the air
conditioning system. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
NO: GO to C3.
3. C3: GAUGE TEST 3

Are the pressure gauge readings too low?
YES: GO to C4.
NO: GO to C6.
4. C4: GAUGE TEST 4

1. Using the manufacturer approved refrigerant leak detector, check for a refrigerant leak
Was a refrigerant leak detected?
YES: Refer to the relevant section of the service information and recover the refrigerant. Repair as
necessary. Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
NO: GO to C5.
5. C5: GAUGE TEST 5

1. Refer to the relevant section of the service information and recover the refrigerant
Was the weight of the recovered refrigerant less than specified for the air conditioning system?
YES: Refer to the relevant section of the service information and evacuate and recharge the air
NO: Install a new receiver drier. Refer to the relevant section of the service information and evacuate and
recharge the air conditioning system. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
6. C6: GAUGE TEST 6
NOTE: This test is performed with the engine running and the air conditioning set
to on.
Are the pressure gauge readings too high?
YES: GO to C7.
NO: Test inconclusive. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
7. C7: GAUGE TEST 7

1. Refer to the relevant section of the service information and recover the refrigerant
Was the weight of the recovered refrigerant more than specified for the air conditioning system?
YES: Refer to the relevant section of the service information and evacuate and recharge the air
NO: Install a new thermal expansion valve. Refer to the relevant section of the service information and
evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system. GO to C2.
PINPOINT TEST D : NITROGEN LEAK TESTS
1. D1: NITROGEN LEAK TEST
CAUTION: When charging the system with nitrogen, the pressure should be
regulated to 7 bar.
NOTE: This test is performed with the engine not running.
1. Charge the air conditioning system with nitrogen

2. Isolate the nitrogen supply
3. Monitor the pressure gauge and check for leaks
Has the source of the leak been identified?
YES: Rectify the leak as necessary. Install a new receiver drier. Refer to the relevant section of the
service information and evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
NO: Refer to the relevant section of the service information and evacuate and recharge the air
DTC INDEX

seven digit code listed to identify the fault (the last two digits give extra
leads into account.
pinpoint tests.

B105A01 Cabin Temperature  Aspirator motor Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor Fan diagnostic circuit - tests associated with this
short to ground, open DTC using the
circuit manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. Refer
 Aspirator fan to the electrical circuit
component failure diagrams and check
aspirator motor diagnostic
circuit for short to ground,
open circuit
B108100 Left Temperature  Left hand blend Carry out any pinpoint
Damper Motor stepper motor internal tests associated with this
or external fault DTC using the
diagnostic system
B108149 Left Temperature  Left hand blend Suspect the left hand
Damper Motor stepper motor internal blend stepper motor.
electronic failure Check and install a new
stepper motor as required,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index

B108200 Right Temperature  Right hand blend Carry out any pinpoint
Damper Motor stepper motor internal tests associated with this
or external fault DTC using the
diagnostic system
B108249 Right Temperature  Right hand blend Suspect the right hand
Damper Motor stepper motor internal blend stepper motor.
electronic failure Check and install a new
stepper motor as required,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
B108301 Recirculation Damper  RECIRC servo motor Carry out any pinpoint
Motor circuits - short to tests associated with this
ground, power, open DTC using the
diagrams and check
RECIRC servo motor
power, open circuit
B108500 Defroster Damper Motor  Defrost stepper motor Carry out any pinpoint
internal or external tests associated with this
fault DTC using the
diagnostic system
B108549 Defroster Damper Motor  Defrost stepper motor Suspect the defrost
internal electronic stepper motor. Check and
failure install a new stepper
motor as required, refer to
the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
B108600 Air Distribution Damper  Panel/foot stepper Carry out any pinpoint
Motor motor internal or tests associated with this
external fault DTC using the
diagnostic system
B108649 Air Distribution Damper  Panel/foot stepper Suspect the panel/foot
Motor motor internal stepper motor. Check and
electronic failure install a new stepper
motor as required, refer to
the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
B108788 LIN Bus "A"  LIN Bus power #1 Carry out any pinpoint
circuit - open circuit tests associated with this
DTC using the
diagrams and check LIN
Bus power #1 circuit for
open circuit
B108888 LIN Bus "B"  LIN Bus power #2 Carry out any pinpoint
circuit - open circuit tests associated with this
DTC using the
diagrams and check LIN
Bus power #2 circuit for
open circuit
B11ED68 Electric Heater Control  Event information. Clear DTC. With engine
Module Electric heater - coolant temperature low,
invalid set climate temperature to
communication high and re-test. If DTC
message remains in isolation
suspect the PTC heater,
check and install a new
heater as required, refer to
the new
module/component
of the DTC Index. If
additional LIN related
DTCs are logged refer to
the Actions for these
DTCs
B11ED87 Electric Heater Control  Electric heater - Carry out any pinpoint
Module missing tests associated with this
communication DTC using the
message manufacturer approved
diagnostic system
B11ED96 Electric Heater Control  Component internal Suspect the PTC heater,
Module failure check and install a new
heater as required, refer to
the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11ED98 Electric Heater Control  Component or system Clear DTC. With engine
Module over temperature coolant temperature low,
set climate temperature to
high and re-test. If DTC
remains suspect the PTC
heater, check and install a
new heater as required,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11EE01 A/C Compressor  Air conditioning Carry out any pinpoint
compressor clutch tests associated with this
solenoid circuits - DTC using the
short to ground, manufacturer approved
power, open circuit diagnostic system. Refer
diagrams and check air
conditioning compressor
clutch solenoid circuits
for short to ground,
power, open circuit
B11F011 Air Intake Damper  RECIRC servo motor Refer to the electrical
Position Sensor air intake feedback circuit diagrams and
and 5 volt supply check RECIRC servo
circuits - short to motor air intake feedback
ground and 5 volt supply circuits
for short to ground
B11F015 Air Intake Damper  RECIRC servo motor Carry out any pinpoint
Position Sensor air intake feedback tests associated with this
and ground circuits - DTC using the
short to power, open manufacturer approved
circuit diagnostic system. Refer
diagrams and check
RECIRC servo motor air
intake feedback and
ground circuits for short
to power, open circuit
B11F800 Left Outer Vent  Left outer IP vent Carry out any pinpoint
actuator internal or tests associated with this
diagnostic system.
B11F849 Left Outer Vent  Left outer IP vent Suspect the left outer IP
actuator internal vent actuator. Check and
electronic failure install a new actuator as
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11F900 Left Inner Vent  Left inner IP vent Carry out any pinpoint
diagnostic system.
B11F949 Left Inner Vent  Left inner IP vent Suspect the left inner IP
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11FA00 Right Inner Vent  Right inner IP vent Carry out any pinpoint
diagnostic system.
B11FA49 Right Inner Vent  Right inner IP vent Suspect the right inner IP
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11FB00 Right Outer Vent  Right outer IP vent Carry out any pinpoint
diagnostic system.
B11FB49 Right Outer Vent  Right outer IP vent Suspect the right outer IP
module/component
of the DTC Index
B11FF84 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Signal below This DTC can be logged
allowable range. A/C by the system due to low
System Refrigerant ambient temperature soak
Pressure too low (below 3°C) reducing the

pressure in the refrigerant
gas system. If the cabin
temperature logged along
with the DTC at the time
is below 10°C this could
indicate low temperature.
If the air conditioning
performance is
satisfactory and the in-
cabin temperature is
below 10°C then it is
likely that the system
contains a suitable
amount of gas and the
DTC is being recorded as
an effect of the low
ambient temperature. If
this is not the case carry
out any pinpoint tests
associated with this DTC
approved diagnostic
system. Refer to the
electrical circuit diagrams
and check air
conditioning pressure
sensor circuits for short,
open circuit. Check for
correct charge weight
B11FF85 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Signal above Carry out any pinpoint
allowable range. A/C tests associated with this
System Refrigerant DTC using the
pressure too high manufacturer approved
sensor circuits for short,
open circuit
B1A5911 Sensor 5 Volt Supply  Air conditioning Refer to the electrical
pressure sensor or circuit diagrams and
RECIRC servo motor check air conditioning
5 volt supply circuits pressure sensor and
- short to ground RECIRC servo motor 5
volt supply circuits for
short to ground
B1A5913 Sensor 5 Volt Supply  Air conditioning Refer to the electrical

pressure sensor 5 volt circuit diagrams and
supply circuits - open check air conditioning
circuit pressure sensor 5 volt
supply circuit for open
circuit
B1A6011 Pollution Sensor -  Pollution sensor Refer to the electrical
Hydrocarbon hydrocarbon input circuit diagrams and
circuit - short to check pollution sensor
ground hydrocarbon input circuit
for short to ground
B1A6111 Cabin Temperature  In car temperature Refer to the electrical
Sensor sensor circuit - short circuit diagrams and
to ground check In car temperature
sensor circuit for short to
ground
B1A6115 Cabin Temperature  In car temperature Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor sensor circuit - short tests associated with this
to power, open circuit DTC using the
diagrams and check In car
temperature sensor circuit
for short to power, open
circuit
B1A6311 Right Solar Sensor  Right sun load sensor Refer to the electrical
signal circuit - short circuit diagrams and
to ground check right sun load
sensor signal circuit for
short to ground
B1A6411 Left Solar Sensor  Left sun load sensor Refer to the electrical
signal circuit - short circuit diagrams and
to ground check left sun load sensor
signal circuit for short to
ground
B1A6713 Sensor Ground  Sensor ground Refer to the electrical
circuits - open circuit circuit diagrams and
check sensor ground
circuits for open circuit
B1A6901 Humidity Sensor  Humidity sensor Carry out any pinpoint
PWM input circuit - tests associated with this
short to ground, DTC using the
power, open circuit manufacturer approved
 Sensor component to the electrical circuit
failure
diagrams and check

humidity sensor PWM
input circuit for short to
ground, power, open
circuit. Check and install
B1B6211 Pollution Sensor - NOx  Pollution sensor NOx Refer to the electrical
input circuit - short to circuit diagrams and
ground check pollution sensor
NOx input circuit for
short to ground
B1B7111 Evaporator Temperature  Evaporator Refer to the electrical
Sensor temperature sensor circuit diagrams and
signal circuit - short check evaporator
to ground temperature sensor signal
B1B7115 Evaporator Temperature  Evaporator Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor temperature sensor tests associated with this
signal circuit - short DTC using the
to power, open circuit manufacturer approved
diagrams and check
evaporator temperature
short to power, open
circuit
B1B7211 LIN Bus #1 Power  Stepper motor circuit Refer to the electrical
Supply Circuit LIN Bus #1 power circuit diagrams and
supply - short to check stepper motor
ground circuit LIN Bus #1 power
supply for short to ground
C1B1413 Sensor Supply Voltage A  RECIRC servo motor Refer to the electrical
5 volt supply circuit - circuit diagrams and
open circuit check RECIRC servo
motor 5 volt supply
circuit for open circuit
C1B1513 Sensor Supply Voltage B  RECIRC servo motor Refer to the electrical
and EVAP sensor circuit diagrams and
ground circuits - open check RECIRC servo
circuit motor and EVAP sensor
ground circuits for open
circuit
P053011 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Air conditioning Refer to the electrical
Sensor A Circuit pressure sensor signal circuit diagrams and
circuit - short to check air conditioning
ground pressure sensor signal

P053015 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Air conditioning Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor A Circuit pressure sensor signal tests associated with this
circuit - short to DTC using the
power, open circuit manufacturer approved
short to power, open
circuit
U001088 Medium Speed CAN  Bus off Carry out any pinpoint
Communication Bus tests associated with this
DTC using the
diagnostic system.
U030000 Internal Control Module  Invalid configuration Re-configure the RJB
Software Incompatibility message is received using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the DTC
and retest. If the DTC is
still logged suspect the
climate control module,
refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index
U1A1449 CAN Initialization  Internal electronic Suspect the climate
Failure failure control module, check and
install a new module as
module/component
of the DTC Index
U300055 Control Module  Incorrect car Re-configure the RJB
configuration data using the manufacturer
received approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTC and
re-test. If the DTC
remains suspect the
climate control module.
module as required, refer
to the new
module/component

of the DTC Index
U300087 Control Module  Missing message Re-configure the RJB
approved diagnostic
system. Check climate
control module for DTCs
and refer to the DTC
Index. Carry out CAN
network integrity tests
approved diagnostic
system. If DTC remains
suspect the climate
control module. Check
and install a new module
as required, refer to the
of the DTC Index
U300281 Vehicle Identification  Vehicle/component Check and install
Number mis-match. Corrupt original/new module as
VIN data being required, refer to the new
transmitted, module module/component
previously installed installation note at the top
to other vehicle of the DTC Index
GENERAL PROCEDURES
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM RECOVERY, EVACUATION AND CHARGING
WARNING: Servicing must be carried out by personnel familiar with both vehicle
system and the charging and testing equipment. All operations must
be carried out in a well ventilated area away from open flame and
heat sources.
NOTE: The receiver drier need only be changed under the following
circumstances: There is dirt in the refrigerant circuit (eg. compressor
seizure), the system is leaking and refrigerant has been lost to
atmosphere, or the refrigerant circuit has been open more than 24 hours,
due to repair.
1. Refrigerant recovery.
2. Remove the dust covers from the high and low pressure connections.
3. Connect the high and low pressure lines to the appropriate connections.
4. Open the valves on the connections.
5. Turn the valves on the station to the correct positions.
6. Turn the process switch to the correct position.
7. Turn the main switch to 'ON'.
WARNING: Refrigerant must always be recycled before re-use to ensure that the
purity of the refrigerants high enough for safe use in the air
conditioning system. Recycling should always be carried out with
equipment which is design certified by Underwriter Laboratory Inc.
for compliance with SEA J1991. Other equipment may not recycle
refrigerant to the required level of purity. R143a Refrigerant Recover
Recycling Recharging station must not be used with any other type
of refrigerant. Refrigerant R134a from domestic and commercial
sources must not be used in motor vehicles air conditioning
systems.
8. Allow the system to recover the refrigerant from the system.

9. Close the valves on the refrigerant station.
10. Turn the main switch 'OFF'.
11. Close the valves on the connections.
12. Disconnect the high and low pressure connections.
13. Install the dust covers to the connectors.
14. Open the tap at the rear of the station to drain the refrigerant oil.
15. Measure and record the quantity of refrigerant oil recovered from the system.
16. Close the tap at the rear of the station.
17. Evacuation.
18. Remove the dust covers from the high and low pressure connections.
19. Connect the high and low pressure lines to the appropriate connections.
20. Open the valves on the connections.
21. Turn the valves on the station to the correct positions.
22. Turn the process switch to the correct position.
23. Turn the main switch to 'ON'.
24. Allow the station to evacuate the A/C system.
CAUTION: The system must be evacuated immediately before recharging

commences. Delay between evacuation and recharging is not
permitted
25. Recharging
27. Close the valve on the oil charger.

28. Disconnect the yellow line from the refrigerant station.
29. Remove the cover from the oil charger.
30. Pour the correct quantity of refrigerant oil into the oil charger.
31. Install the cover to the oil charger.
32. Connect the yellow line to the refrigerant station.
33. Open the valve on the oil charger.
34. Move the pointer on the refrigerant gauge to mark the position of the refrigerant drop.
35. Slowly open the correct valve on the refrigerant to allow the vacuum to pull the refrigerant into the
system.
36. Close the valve on the refrigerant station when the correct amount of refrigerant has been drawn into the
air conditioning system.
37. Turn the main switch 'OFF'.
38. Close the valves on the connections.
39. Disconnect the high and low pressure connections.
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM FLUSHING
WARNING: Use extreme care and observe all safety precautions related to the
use of refrigerants. Due to refrigerant hazards, always wear safety
goggles and non-penetrable gloves when working on or flushing air
conditioning (A/C) systems. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in personal injury.
WARNING: When flushing the A/C system, refer to the manufacturers equipment
instructions for additional information. Failure to do so may result in
system damage or personal injury.
WARNING: The A/C refrigerant analyzer must be used before the recovery of
any vehicle's A/C refrigerant. Failure to do so puts shop bulk
refrigerant at risk of contamination. If the vehicle A/C refrigerant is
contaminated, refer the customer to return to the repair facility that
performed the last A/C repair. If the customer wishes to pay the
additional cost, use the A/C recovery equipment that is designated
for recovering contaminated A/C refrigerant. All contaminated A/C
refrigerant must be disposed of as hazardous waste. For additional
information, refer to the manufacturers equipment instructions.
Failure to follow this instruction may result in personal injury.
WARNING: Prior to using the A/C flushing equipment for the first time, follow
the operating instructions. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in personal injury.
CAUTION: Prior to flushing, remove and discard the desiccant sack. Depending
on the equipment used, other A/C components may have to be
removed prior to flushing. For additional information, refer to the
manufacturers equipment instructions before flushing the A/C
system.
1. Recover the refrigerant. For additional information, refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery,
Evacuation And Charging information.
2. Remove the desiccant sack. Refer to Air Conditioning information.
3. Flush the system. For additional information, refer to the manufacturers equipment instructions.
4. Install new refrigerant lines if blocked with debris.
5. Install a new desiccant sack. Refer to Air Conditioning information.
6. Add the required amount of oil to the A/C system depending on the repair procedure. For additional
information, refer to: Refrigerant Oil Adding V8 4.2L Petrol/V8 S/C 4.2L Petrol and Refrigerant Oil
Adding V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
7. Evacuate and charge the A/C system. For additional information, refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C)
System Recovery, Evacuation And Charging information.
8. Carry out fluorescent dye leak detection test. For additional information, refer to: Fluorescent Dye Leak
Detection information.
9. Check the A/C system for correct operation.
CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT HANDLING
1. If contaminated refrigerant is detected DO NOT recover the refrigerant into your R-134a OR R-12
recovery/recycling equipment. Take the follow actions:
1. Repeat the test to verify contaminated refrigerant is present.
2. Advise the customer of the contaminated A/C system and any additional cost to repair the system.
The customer may wish to return to the repair facility performing the last A/C repair.
3. Recover the contaminated refrigerant using suitable recovery only equipment designed for
capturing and storing contaminated refrigerant. This equipment must only be used to recover
contaminated refrigerant to prevent the spread to other vehicles. As an alternative, contact an A/C
repair facility in your area with the proper equipment to perform the repair.
4. On completion of the recovery of the contaminated refrigerant, it will be necessary to carry out the
A/C system flushing procedure. For additional information, refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C)
System Flushing information.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTION
WARNING: Good ventilation is necessary in the area where A/C leak testing is to
be carried out. If the surrounding air is contaminated with refrigerant
gas, the leak detector will indicate this gas all the time. Odors from
other chemicals such as antifreeze, diesel fuel, disc brake cleaner,
or other cleaning solvents can cause the same problem. A fan, even
in a well ventilated area, is very helpful in removing small traces of
contamination from the air that might affect the leak detector. Failure
to follow this instruction may result in personal injury.
1. Attach an R-134a manifold gauge set or use a UL-approved recovery/recycling device such as an R-134a
A/C refrigerant center (which meets SAE Standard J 1991). For additional information, refer to the
manufacturers equipment instructions.
 Both gauges should indicate 413-551 kPa (60-80 psi) at 24°C (75°F) with the engine off.
 If little or no pressure is indicated, carry out the air conditioning (A/C) system recovery, evacuation
and charging procedure.
For additional information, refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation And
Charging information.
2. Use an R134-a Automatic calibration halogen leak detector to leak test the refrigerant system. For
additional information, refer to the manufacturers equipment instructions.
3. If a leak is found, carry out the air conditioning (A/C) system recovery procedure. For additional
information, refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation And Charging
information.
FLUORESCENT DYE LEAK DETECTION
WARNING: Eye protection glasses supplied with the ultraviolet (UV) lamp
should be used to protect eyesight from harm.
NOTE: The air conditioning (A/C) system has an R-134a leak trace dye wafer
incorporated into the desiccant bag. The exact location of leaks can be
pinpointed by the bright yellow/green glow of the tracer dye. Since more
than one leak may exist, always inspect each component. If it is necessary
to add dye (due to a severe leakage for example) use proprietary tracer
dye injection equipment.
1. Check for leaks using ultraviolet (UV) lamp.

2. Check all components, fittings and lines of the A/C system.
3. Carry out the repair. For additional information, Refer to: Air Conditioning information. .
4. After the leak is repaired, remove any traces of leak trace dye with a general purpose oil solvent.
5. Check the A/C system for correct operation.
6. Verify the repair by operating the system for a short time and inspecting with the (UV) lamp.
INSPECTION AND ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS
1. Check for leaks using ultraviolet (UV) Lamp. Refer to: Fluorescent Dye Leak Detection information.
NOTE: Any time a hose or component connection leak is observed, the

component and fitting must be separated, cleaned and a new O-ring fitted
and lubricated with air conditioning compressor oil. For additional
information, refer to Specifications in this section.
NOTE: When separating A/C joints, cap the open connections immediately. Do
not leave open to atmosphere.
2. O-ring seal surfaces must be free of dirt, lint, burrs and scratches. The O-ring and connector should be
lubricated with air conditioning compressor oil. For additional information, refer to: Specifications
information.
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET CONNECTION
use of refrigerants. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
personal injury.
WARNING: For additional information, refer to the manufacturers equipment

instructions. Failure to follow this instruction may result in personal
injury and system damage.
1. Install the manifold gauge set. For additional information, refer to the manufacturers equipment
instructions.
2. Carry out the repair.
3. Remove the manifold gauge set. For additional information, refer to the manufacturers equipment
instructions.
4. Carry out fluorescent dye leak detection test. Refer to: Fluorescent Dye Leak Detection information.
5. Check air conditioning (A/C) system for correct operation.
REFRIGERANT OIL ADDING V8 4.2L PETROL/V8 S/C 4.2L PETROL
CAUTION: Collect the refrigerant oil in a clean measuring cylinder.
NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out when removing the A/C
compressor.
NOTE: Rotate the compressor shaft at least 6 to 8 turns when draining the
refrigerant oil.
1. Drain the refrigerant oil from the defective A/C compressor and dispose of it.
CAUTION: The refrigerant oil top-up quantity must not exceed the refrigerant oil
fill quantity.
CAUTION: If other A/C components are being renewed in addition to the A/C
compressor, there is no need to top up with additional refrigerant oil,
apart from filling the compressor.
2. Top up with the calculated quantity of new refrigerant oil. Refer to: Specifications information. .
REFRIGERANT OIL ADDING V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
CHECK
CAUTION: Collect the refrigerant oil in a clean measuring cylinder.
NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out when replacing the A/C compressor.
is always correct.
1. Torque: 15 Nm
NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out when replacing the A/C compressor.
is always correct.
2. Rotate the A/C compressor shaft at least 6 to 8 turns when draining the refrigerant oil.
CAUTION: The refrigerant oil top-up quantity must not exceed the refrigerant oil
fill quantity.
CAUTION: If other A/C components are being renewed in addition to the A/C
compressor, there is no need to top up with additional refrigerant oil,
apart from filling the compressor.
3. Top up with the calculated quantity of new refrigerant oil.
Refer to: Specifications information.
ADJUSTMENT
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TESTS

use of refrigerants. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
personal injury. Use extreme care and observe all safety precautions
related to the use of refrigerants. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in personal injury.
WARNING: The A/C refrigerant analyzer must be used before the recovery of
any vehicle's A/C refrigerant. Failure to do so puts shop bulk
refrigerant at risk of contamination. If the vehicle A/C refrigerant is
contaminated, refer the customer to return to the repair facility that
carried out the last A/C repair. If the customer wishes to pay the
refrigerant must be disposed of as hazardous waste. For all
equipment, follow the equipment manufacturers procedures and
injury. The A/C refrigerant analyzer must be used before the
recovery of any vehicle's A/C refrigerant. Failure to do so puts shop
bulk refrigerant at risk of contamination. If the vehicle A/C refrigerant
is contaminated, refer the customer to return to the repair facility
that carried out the last A/C repair. If the customer wishes to pay the
refrigerant must be disposed of as hazardous waste. For all
equipment, follow the equipment manufacturers procedures and
injury.
NOTE: Jaguar Land Rover Limited supports the efficient usage, recovery and
recycling of the refrigerant used in passenger car air conditioners. Jaguar
Land Rover Limited recommends the use of UL-approved
recovery/recycling device such as R-134a A/C refrigerant center (which
meets SAE Standard J 1991) during any A/C system repair and recharge
procedure which requires that the system be evacuated. Jaguar Cars Ltd.
supports the efficient usage, recovery and recycling of the refrigerant
used in passenger car air conditioners. Jaguar Cars Ltd. recommends the
use of UL-approved recovery/recycling device such as R-134a A/C
refrigerant center (which meets SAE Standard J 1991) during any A/C
system repair and recharge procedure which requires that the system be
evacuated.
1. Use R-134a A/C Refrigerant Centre to evacuate and recover the A/C system.
 Follow the equipment manufactures procedures and instructions for use of equipment.
HVAC Climate Control
HVAC
Climate Control
CLIMATE CONTROL
SPECIFICATIONS

Blower motor control 1 - 9
module retaining bolts
Foot duct to cross car 5 - 44
beam retaining bolt
Climate control assembly 9 - 80
to cross car beam retaining
bolts
Climate control module 1 - 9
retaining bolts
Defrost vent/register blend 1 - 9
door actuator retaining
bolts
Evaporator pipe bracket 1 - 9
retaining bolts
Evaporator housing 1 - 9
retaining bolts
Footwell vent/duct blend 1 - 9
door actuator retaining
bolt
Heater core housing 2 - 18
retaining bolts
Sunload sensor retaining 2 - 18
bolt
Evaporator core pipes 1 - 9
mounting bracket retaining
bolts
Evaporator core pipes to 5 - 44
thermostatic expansion
valve retaining bolt
Thermostatic expansion 3 - 26
valve retaining bolts
AIR DISTRIBUTION AND FILTERING

COMPONENT LOCATION

1 left-hand (LH) side window vent
2 Windshield vent
3 Driver's face level duct
4 Windshield/Side window vent duct
5 Front passenger's face level duct
6 right-hand (RH) side window vent
7 Front passenger's face level register
8 Pollen filter
9 right-hand (RH) inner face level register
10 Front passenger's footwell duct
11 right-hand (RH) rear footwell duct
12 Rear face level registers
13 Rear face level duct
14 left-hand (LH) rear footwell duct
15 left-hand (LH) inner face level register
16 Driver's footwell duct
17 Driver's face level register
OVERVIEW
The air distribution and filtering system controls the distribution and quality of air supplied to the passenger
compartment. The system comprises of a pollen filter and a number of ducts, vents and registers.
NOTE: A = Hardwired; N = Medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus; O = local
interconnect network (LIN) bus; P = Media orientated system transport (MOST)
ring.

1 Battery
4 Touch screen display (TSD)
5 Information and entertainment module
7 right-hand (RH) outer face level register
10 left-hand (LH) outer face level register
Face Level Registers
Operation of the face level registers is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module, using
local interconnect network (LIN) bus messages to the integral stepper motors. The four registers operate
together in both the opening and closing phases.
The face level registers can be selected to run in one of two modes; 'automatic' or 'always open'. The mode is
selected on the climate control screen of the TSD. Refer to Navigation System or Navigation System
information.
In the automatic mode, operation of the face level registers is synchronized with the engine START/STOP
button. When the engine starts the automatic temperature control (ATC) module opens the registers. When the
engine stops, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module closes the registers.
If a face level register is fouled, when it receives an open or close request, the register concerned makes a
number of attempts to reach the requested position. If the register still does not move, it is left in the fouled
position. The remaining registers will continue to open and close as normal.
The automatic mode is disabled when the climate control system is off. The automatic temperature control
(ATC) module closes the registers if they are open in the automatic mode and the climate control system is
selected off.
Diagnostics
If a fault occurs with the face level registers, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is stored in the automatic
temperature control (ATC) module. The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) can be read using the Jaguar approved
diagnostic system. The Jaguar approved diagnostic system can also initiate a self test routine to check the
operation of the face level registers. Refer to Climate Control System information.
Air Ducts
The air ducts distribute air from the heater assembly to the registers and vents in the instrument panel and the
center floor console. Air ducts also direct air from the heater assembly into the front and rear footwells.
Registers and Vents
The registers control the flow and direction of air from the air ducts. The instrument panel contains four face
level registers; one at each end and two mounted centrally. For the rear seat occupants, two registers are
installed in the rear face of the center floor console. All of the registers incorporate vertical and horizontal
directional vane adjustment and full air flow adjustment down to zero.
The four face level registers in the instrument panel each contain an integral stepper motor. The stepper motors
enable the registers to rotate between the open and closed positions. In the open position, the registers have
normal appearance and functionality. In the closed position, the registers present a smooth surface flush with the
surrounding instrument panel.
The vents are fixed outlets. There are four vents in the upper surface of the instrument panel; one in each end to
direct air onto the side windows and two along the front edge to direct air onto the windshield.

A Registers closed
B Registers open
Pollen Filter

1 Air inlet duct
2 Pollen filter
3 Cover
The pollen filter removes odors and fine particles from fresh air entering the passenger compartment. The
pollen filter is located in the air inlet duct, in the inlet to the blower. A cover on the underside of the air inlet
duct provides access to the pollen filter for servicing.
HEATING AND VENTILATION
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: right-hand drive (RHD) vehicle shown, left-hand drive (LHD) vehicle similar.

1 Ventilation outlet
2 Blower relay (on rear junction box (RJB))
3 Heater assembly
4 Blower control module
5 Blower
7 Air inlet duct
8 Auxiliary coolant pump
Comments:
All except 3.0L vehicles; 4.2L version shown, 2.7L
diesel version similar.
OVERVIEW
The heating and ventilation system controls the temperature and flow of air supplied to the passenger
compartment. The system is a dual zone automatic system, which can provide different temperature settings for
the left-hand (LH) and right-hand (RH) sides of the passenger compartment.
ring.

1 Battery
Auxiliary coolant pump
Comments:
4
all except 3.0L vehicles; 4.2L version shown, 2.7L
diesel version similar
5 Touch screen display (TSD)
7 Information control module
15 Blower
Operation of the heating and ventilation system is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC)
module. See Control Components.
The system can be operated in automatic or manual mode, with temperature settings selected using the switches
on the integrated control panel.
When the engine is running, coolant is constantly circulated through the heater core by the engine coolant pump
and the auxiliary coolant pump. Where fitted, the auxiliary coolant pump is energized by the central junction
box (CJB) on receipt of medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus signals from the automatic
temperature control (ATC) module. The central junction box (CJB) broadcasts auxiliary coolant pump status
over the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus for use by other vehicle systems.
The blower is supplied with power by the blower relay on the rear junction box (RJB) and connected to ground
via the blower control module. The blower control module regulates the voltage across the blower motor to
control blower speed. The voltage set by the blower control module is controlled by a pulse width modulation
(PWM) signal from the automatic temperature control (ATC) module. The automatic temperature control
(ATC) module uses a feedback signal from the blower control module to monitor blower speed. See Control
Components.
Heater Assembly
The heater assembly controls the temperature and flow of air supplied to the air distribution ducts. The heater
assembly is mounted on the vehicle centerline, between the instrument panel and the engine bulkhead.
The heater assembly consists of a casing that contains an air conditioning (A/C) evaporator, a heater core, two
air distribution control doors and two temperature blend control doors. On 2.7L diesel vehicles, the heater
assembly also contains an electric booster heater. Refer to Electric Booster Heater information.
Mounted on the heater casing are four stepper motors. Each of the stepper motors is connected to either an air
distribution control door or a temperature blend control door.
The air conditioning (A/C) evaporator is part of the air conditioning (A/C) system. See Air Conditioning.
The heater core provides the heat source to warm the air supplied to the passenger compartment. The heater
core is an aluminum two pass, fin and tube heat exchanger, and is installed across the width of the heater
housing. Two aluminum tubes attached to the heater core extend through the engine bulkhead and connect to
the engine cooling system. Refer to Engine Cooling information.
Air Inlet Duct
The air inlet duct connects the fresh air inlet in the engine bulkhead to the heater assembly. The air inlet duct is
installed behind the instrument panel on the passenger side.
The air inlet duct consists of a casing that contains a pollen filter, an air inlet door, a blower and a blower
control module. A recirculation air inlet is incorporated into the casing. A servo motor is mounted on the casing
and connected to the air inlet door, to allow selection between fresh and recirculated air. See Control
Components.
The pollen filter is part of the air distribution and filtering system. See Air Distribution and Filtering.
The blower regulates the volume of air flowing through the air inlet duct to the heater assembly. The blower
consists of an open hub, centrifugal fan and an electric motor.
The blower control module regulates the power supply to the blower motor. The blower control module is
installed in the air inlet duct downstream of the blower, where any heat generated during operation is dissipated
by the air flow.
Auxiliary Coolant Pump
On all vehicles except 3.0L, an auxiliary coolant pump is installed on the rear right side of the radiator housing,
in the return line from the heater core. The auxiliary coolant pump is an electric pump that boosts the flow of
coolant through the heater core.
Ventilation Outlets
The ventilation outlets allow the free flow of air through the passenger compartment. The outlets are installed in
the LH and RH rear quarter panels, below the rear lamps. Each ventilation outlet consists of a grille covered by
a soft rubber flap, and is effectively a non-return valve. The flaps open and close automatically depending on
the pressure differential between the air inside and outside the vehicle.
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: left-hand drive (LHD) 4.2L vehicle shown, other vehicles similar.

1 Evaporator
2 Thermostatic expansion valve
3 Low pressure line
4 Low pressure servicing connection
5 air conditioning (A/C) compressor
6 Receiver/Drier
7 Condenser
8 Refrigerant pressure sensor
9 High pressure line
10 High pressure servicing connection
OVERVIEW
The air conditioning (A/C) system transfers heat from the passenger compartment to the outside atmosphere to
provide the heater assembly with dehumidified cold air. It is a sealed, closed loop system filled with a charge
weight of R134a refrigerant as the heat transfer medium. Oil is added to the refrigerant to lubricate the internal
components of the air conditioning (A/C) compressor.
General
To accomplish the transfer of heat, refrigerant is circulated around a sealed system, where it passes through two
pressure/temperature regimes. In each of the regimes the refrigerant changes state, during which process
maximum heat absorption or dissipation occurs.
The low pressure/temperature regime is from the thermostatic expansion valve, through the evaporator to the
compressor. The refrigerant decreases in pressure and temperature at the thermostatic expansion valve, then
changes state from a liquid to a vapor in the evaporator to absorb heat.
The high pressure/temperature regime is from the compressor, through the condenser and receiver drier
assembly to the thermostatic expansion valve. The refrigerant increases in pressure and temperature as it passes
through the compressor, then releases heat and changes state from a vapor to a liquid in the condenser.
Operation of the air conditioning (A/C) system is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC)
module. See Control Components.
The air conditioning (A/C) system works in conjunction with:
 The air distribution and filtering system. See Air Distribution and Filtering.
 The heating and ventilation system. See Heating and Ventilation.
A/C System Flow Diagram

NOTE: A = Refrigerant liquid; B = Refrigerant vapor; C = Air flow.


1 Evaporator
2 Thermostatic expansion valve
3 High pressure servicing connection
5 Engine cooling fan
6 Condenser
7 Receiver/Drier
8 air conditioning (A/C) compressor
9 Low pressure servicing connection
10 Blower
A/C Compressor

1 Pressure relief valve
2 Outlet port
3 Inlet port
4 Solenoid valve
5 Electrical connector
6 Pulley
The air conditioning (A/C) compressor circulates refrigerant around the system by compressing low pressure,
low temperature vapor from the evaporator and discharging the resultant high pressure, high temperature vapor
to the condenser.
The air conditioning (A/C) compressor is a permanently engaged variable displacement unit which is driven by
the engine accessory drive belt. To protect the system from excessive pressure, a pressure relief valve is
installed in the outlet side of the air conditioning (A/C) compressor. The pressure relief valve vents excess
pressure into the engine compartment.
Condenser

1 right-hand (RH) end tank
2 Condenser core
3 left-hand (LH) end tank
4 Mounting brackets (4 off)
5 High pressure compressor discharge line connector

block
6 High pressure liquid outlet line connector block
7 Receiver/Drier outlet pipe
8 Receiver/Drier inlet pipe
9 Receiver/Drier
The condenser transfers heat from the refrigerant to the surrounding air to convert the high pressure vapor from
the compressor into a liquid. The condenser is installed immediately in front of the radiator. Two brackets on
each end tank attach the condenser to the end tanks of the radiator.
The condenser is classified as a sub-cooling condenser and consists of a fin and tube heat exchanger core
installed between two end tanks. Divisions in the end tanks separate the heat exchanger into a four pass upper
(condenser) section and a two pass lower (sub-cooler) section.
The left-hand (LH) end tank provides the connections to the high pressure line from the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor and the high pressure liquid line to the evaporator.
The right-hand (RH) end tank provides the connections to the receiver drier.
Receiver Drier
The receiver drier is integrated into the right-hand (RH) end tank of the condenser to remove solid impurities
and moisture from the refrigerant. It also provides a reservoir for liquid refrigerant to accommodate changes of
heat load at the evaporator.
NOTE: The receiver drier is part of the condenser assembly and is not serviceable
separately.
Refrigerant entering the receiver drier passes through a filter and a desiccant pack, then collects in the base of
the unit before flowing through the outlet pipe back to the condenser.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor

The refrigerant pressure sensor is located in the high pressure/temperature refrigerant line between the
condenser and the thermostatic expansion valve. See Control Components.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve


1 Metering valve
2 Housing
3 Diaphragm
4 Temperature sensor
5 Outlet passage from evaporator
6 Inlet passage to evaporator
The thermostatic expansion valve meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator, to match the refrigerant
flow with the heat load of the air passing through the evaporator.
The thermostatic expansion valve is a block type valve located behind the heater assembly, and attached to the
inlet and outlet ports of the evaporator. The thermostatic expansion valve consists of an aluminum housing
containing inlet and outlet passages. A ball and spring metering valve is installed in the inlet passage and a
temperature sensor is installed in the outlet passage. The temperature sensor consists of a temperature sensitive
tube connected to a diaphragm. The bottom end of the temperature sensitive tube acts on the ball of the
metering valve. Pressure on top of the diaphragm is controlled by the evaporator outlet temperature conducted
through the temperature sensitive tube. The bottom of the diaphragm senses evaporator outlet pressure.
Liquid refrigerant flows through the metering valve into the evaporator. The restriction across the metering
valve reduces the pressure and temperature of the refrigerant. The restriction also changes the liquid stream of
refrigerant into a fine spray, to improve the evaporation process. As the refrigerant passes through the
evaporator, it absorbs heat from the air flowing through the evaporator. The increase in temperature causes the
refrigerant to vaporize and increase in pressure.
The temperature and pressure of the refrigerant leaving the evaporator acts on the diaphragm and temperature
sensitive tube, which regulate the metering valve opening and so control the volume of refrigerant flowing
through the evaporator. The warmer the air flowing through the evaporator, the more heat available to evaporate
refrigerant and thus the greater volume of refrigerant allowed through the metering valve.
Evaporator
The evaporator is installed in the heater assembly, between the blower and the heater matrix, to absorb heat
from the exterior or recirculated air.
Most of the moisture in the air passing through the evaporator condenses into water, which drains out of the
vehicle by passing through a drain tube to the underside of the vehicle.
Refrigerant Lines
To maintain similar flow velocities around the air conditioning (A/C) system, the diameter of the refrigerant
lines varies to suit the two pressure/temperature regimes. Larger diameter pipes are installed in the low
pressure/temperature regime and smaller diameter pipes are installed in the high pressure/temperature regime.
Low and high pressure charging connections are incorporated into the refrigerant lines for system servicing.
CONTROL COMPONENTS
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: right-hand drive (RHD) vehicle shown, left-hand drive (LHD) vehicle similar.

1 Pollution sensor
Comments:
where fitted
2 Unload sensor
3 Ambient air temperature sensor
4 Windshield (Defrost) distribution stepper motor
5 Evaporator temperature sensor
8 Control switches
9 Humidity and temperature sensor
10 Air inlet servo motor
11 Blower
16 air conditioning (A/C) compressor solenoid valve
OVERVIEW
The climate control system is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module. It controls the
heating and ventilation system and the air conditioning (A/C) system to regulate the temperature, volume and
distribution of air into the passenger compartment. The system is a fully automatic dual zone system capable of
maintaining individual temperature levels selected for the left-hand (LH) and right-hand (RH) sides of the
passenger compartment, up to a maximum differential of approximately 3°C (5.4°F). Manual overrides for the
system include inlet air source, blower speed and air distribution. These selections can be made using either the
soft switches on the home and climate control screens of the touch screen display (TSD), or the switches on the
integrated control panel.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module also controls:
 The rear window heater.

 The windshield heater (where fitted).
 The exterior mirror heaters.
 The seat heaters (where fitted).
 The steering wheel heater.

1 left-hand (LH) temperature switches
2 Blower switch
3 right-hand (RH) temperature switches
4 Automatic climate control switch
5 Recirculation switch
6 Rear window heater switch
7 Windshield heater switch
8 Programmed defrost switch
ring.

1 Battery
4 Auxiliary coolant pump
Comments:
All except 3.0L vehicles; 4.2L version shown, 2.7L
diesel version similar.
5 Information and entertainment module
6 TSD (touch screen display)
8 Evaporator temperature sensor
9 Humidity and temperature sensor
10 Sunload sensor
12 Pollution sensor
Comments:
where fitted
13 Air inlet servo motor
14 air conditioning (A/C) compressor solenoid valve
15 right-hand (RH) outer face level register
18 left-hand (LH) outer face level register
23 Windshield (Defrost) stepper motor
26 Blower
Air Inlet Control
The source of inlet air is automatically controlled unless overridden by pressing the air recirculation switch on
the integrated control panel. During automatic control, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module
determines the required position of the recirculation door from its 'comfort' algorithm and, if fitted, the pollution
sensor.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module provides analogue signals to the air inlet servo motor along a
hardwired connection. A potentiometer in the motor supplies the automatic temperature control (ATC) module
with a position feedback signal for closed loop control.
Air Temperature Control
Cooled air from the evaporator enters the heater assembly, where temperature blend doors direct a proportion of
the air through the heater core to produce the required output air temperature.
The two temperature blend doors operate independently to enable individual temperature settings for the left
and right sides of the passenger compartment. The temperature blend doors are operated by stepper motors,
which are controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module using local interconnect network
(LIN) bus messages.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module calculates the temperature blend stepper motor positions
required to achieve the selected temperature and compares it against the current position. If there is any
difference, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module signals the stepper motors to adopt the new
position.
Air temperature is controlled automatically unless maximum heating (HI) or maximum cooling (LO) is
selected. When maximum heating or cooling is selected, a 'comfort' algorithm in the automatic temperature
control (ATC) module adopts an appropriate strategy for air distribution, blower speed, and air source.
Temperature control in one side of the passenger compartment can be compromised by the other side of the
passenger compartment being set to a high level of heating or cooling. True maximum heating or cooling
(displayed as 'HI' or 'LO' on the TSD) can only be selected for the driver's side of the passenger compartment. If
'HI' or 'LO' is selected for the driver's side, the temperature for the front passenger's side is automatically set to
match the driver's side.
If air conditioning (A/C) is selected off in the automatic mode, no cooling of the inlet air will take place. The
minimum output air temperature from the system will be ambient air temperature plus any heat pick up in the
air inlet path.
If the Temp. sync. soft button on the TSD is pressed, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module
synchronizes the temperature of the passenger side of the passenger compartment with the driver's side.
Blower Control
When the system is in the automatic mode, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module determines the
blower speed required from a comfort algorithm. When the system is in the manual mode, the automatic
temperature control (ATC) module operates the blower at the speed selected using either the rotary control
switch on the integrated control panel or the + and - soft buttons on the touch screen display (TSD). The
automatic temperature control (ATC) module also adjusts blower speed to compensate for the ram effect on
inlet air produced by forward movement of the vehicle. As vehicle speed and ram effect increases, blower
motor speed is reduced, and vice versa.
Air Distribution Control
Two air distribution doors are used to direct air into the passenger compartment. The doors are operated by
stepper motors, which are controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module using local
interconnect network (LIN) bus messages.
When the air conditioning (A/C) system is in automatic mode, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module
automatically controls air distribution into the passenger compartment in line with its 'comfort' algorithm.
Automatic control is overridden if any of the TSD air distribution soft buttons are selected. Air distribution in
the passenger compartment will remain as selected until the 'Auto' switch is pressed or a different manual
selection is made.
A/C Compressor Control
When air conditioning (A/C) is selected the automatic temperature control (ATC) module maintains the
evaporator at an operating temperature that varies with the passenger compartment cooling requirements. If the
requirement for cooled air decreases, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module raises the evaporator
operating temperature by reducing the flow of refrigerant provided by the air conditioning (A/C) compressor.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module closely controls the rate of temperature increase to avoid
introducing moisture into the passenger compartment.
If the requirement for cooled air increases, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module lowers the
evaporator operating temperature by increasing the flow of refrigerant provided by the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor.
When air conditioning (A/C) is off, the compressor current signal supplied by the automatic temperature control
(ATC) module holds the air conditioning (A/C) compressor solenoid valve in the minimum flow position,
effectively switching off the air conditioning (A/C) function.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module incorporates limits for the operating pressure of the
refrigerant system. If the system approaches the high pressure limit, the compressor current signal is
progressively reduced until the system pressure decreases. If the system falls below the low pressure limit, the
compressor current signal is held at its lowest setting so that the air conditioning (A/C) compressor is
maintained at its minimum stroke. This avoids depletion of the lubricant from the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor.
A/C Compressor Torque
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module transmits refrigerant pressure and air conditioning (A/C)
compressor current values to the engine control module (ECM) over the medium speed then high speed
controller area network (CAN) bus, using the central junction box (CJB) as a gateway. The engine control
module (ECM) uses these values to calculate the torque being used to drive the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor. The engine control module (ECM) compares the calculated value with its allowable value and if
necessary forces the automatic temperature control (ATC) module to inhibit the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor by transmitting the 'ACClutchInhibit' controller area network (CAN) message. This forces the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module to reduce the drive current to the air conditioning (A/C)
compressor solenoid valve, which reduces refrigerant flow. This in turn reduces the torque required to drive the
air conditioning (A/C) compressor.
By reducing the maximum air conditioning (A/C) compressor torque, the engine control module (ECM) is able
to reduce the load on the engine when it needs to maintain vehicle performance or cooling system integrity.
Cooling Fan Control

The automatic temperature control (ATC) module determines the amount of condenser cooling required from
the refrigerant pressure sensor, since there is a direct relationship between the temperature and pressure of the
refrigerant. The cooling requirement is broadcast to the engine control module (ECM) on the medium speed
controller area network (CAN) bus. The engine control module (ECM) then controls the temperature of the
condenser using the cooling fan.
Programmed Defrost
The programmed defrost DEF switch is located on the integrated control panel. When the switch is pressed, the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module instigates the programmed defrost function. When selected, the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module configures the system as follows:
 Automatic mode off.

 Air conditioning (A/C) on.
 Selected temperature unchanged.
 Air inlet set to fresh air.
 Air distribution set to windshield.
 Blower speed set to level 6.
 Windshield heater (where fitted) and rear window heater on.
The programmed defrost function can be cancelled by one of the following:
 Selecting any air distribution switch on the TSD.

 Pressing the AUTO switch on the integrated control panel.
 A second press of the DEF button.
 Switching the ignition OFF.
The blower speed can be adjusted without terminating the programmed defrost function.
Rear Window Heater
Rear window heater operation is only enabled when the engine is running. The automatic temperature control
(ATC) module controls operation of the rear window heater using a relay in the rear junction box (RJB). When
rear window heater operation is required, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module broadcasts a
message to the rear junction box (RJB) on the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus. On receipt of
the message, the rear junction box (RJB) energizes the relay by providing a ground path for the relay coil. This
allows a battery feed to flow across the relay to power the rear window heater element.
There are two modes of rear window heater operation; manual and automatic.
Manual operation is activated by pressing the rear window heater switch on the integrated control panel. When
the switch is pressed, the status light emitting diode (LED) in the switch illuminates and the rear window heater
element is energized. Manual operation is discontinued when the rear window heater switch is pressed a second
time, 21 minutes have elapsed (the heating phase), or the engine stops. If manual operation is discontinued by
the engine stopping, the previous heating phase is resumed if the engine is re-started within 30 seconds.
There are two variants of automatic operation; automatic operation at the start of a journey and automatic
operation during a journey.
Automatic operation at the start of a journey is initiated if the ambient air temperature is below 5 °C (41 °F). In
this instance, the switch light emitting diode (LED) is illuminated and the heater element is energized for 21
minutes. Automatic operation is discontinued if the rear window heater switch is pressed or the engine stops.
Automatic operation during a journey is initiated when low ambient air temperatures are experienced and the
vehicle has been travelling for a set period of time above a threshold speed. In this instance, no feedback is
given to the driver to inform him the rear window heater is operational (the switch light emitting diode (LED) is
not illuminated). The duration of heater operation is variable depending on the ambient air temperature, vehicle
speed and the amount of time the vehicle has been travelling.
Windshield Heater (Where Fitted)
Windshield heater operation is only enabled when the engine is running. The automatic temperature control
(ATC) module controls operation of the windshield heater using two relays in the engine junction box (EJB).
When windshield heater operation is required, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module broadcasts a
message to the central junction box (CJB) on the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus. On receipt
of the message, the central junction box (CJB) energizes the relays by providing a ground path for both relay
coils. This allows a battery feed to flow across the relays to power the windshield left and right heater elements.
There are two modes of windshield heater operation; manual and automatic.
Manual operation is activated by pressing the windshield heater switch on the integrated control panel. When
the switch is pressed, the status light emitting diode (LED) in the switch illuminates and the windshield heater
elements are energized. Manual operation is discontinued when the windshield heater switch is pressed a second
time, 5 minutes have elapsed (the heating phase), or the engine stops. If manual operation is discontinued by the
engine stopping, the previous heating phase is resumed if the engine is re-started within 30 seconds.
There are two variants of automatic operation; automatic operation at the start of a journey and automatic
operation during a journey.
Automatic operation at the start of a journey is initiated if the ambient air temperature is below 5 °C (41 °F). In
this instance, the switch light emitting diode (LED) is illuminated and the heater elements are energized for 6.5
minutes. Automatic operation is discontinued if the windshield heater switch is pressed or the engine stops.
Automatic operation during a journey is initiated when low ambient air temperatures are experienced and the
vehicle has been travelling for a set period of time above a threshold speed. In this instance, no feedback is
given to the driver to inform him the windshield heater is operational (the switch light emitting diode (LED) is
not illuminated) and the duration of operation is variable depending upon the ambient air temperature, vehicle
speed and the amount of time the vehicle has been travelling.
Exterior Mirror Heaters
Operation of the exterior mirror heaters is fully automatic and not controllable by the driver. Exterior mirror
heater operation is determined by ambient air temperature and windshield wiper status. When ambient air
exterior mirror heating request to the door modules over the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
On receipt of this message, the door modules provide feed and ground connections to both exterior mirror
heater elements.
The amount of time the exterior mirror heaters are operational increases if the windshield wipers are switched
on. This ensures the mirrors remain mist free in damp and wet conditions, where there is an increased risk of
misting.
Seat Heaters (Where Fitted)
There are four seat heater settings available; off, 1, 2 and 3, which can be selected on the home and climate
control screens of the TSD. The heat setting is relayed to the vehicle occupants through a graduated display on
the TSD.
Operation of the heated seats is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module. When the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module receives a heating request from the TSD, it broadcasts a message
to the central junction box (CJB) over the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus. The central
junction box (CJB) then provides a hardwired 12 V supply to the three heater elements in the related front seat.
The heater elements, two in the seat cushion and one in the seat squab, are wired in series. The automatic
temperature control (ATC) module monitors seat temperature using a temperature sensor located in each seat
cushion. The central junction box (CJB) provides the temperature sensors with a 5 V supply. The level of the
returned voltage back to the central junction box (CJB) is proportional to the seat temperature. The value of the
return signal is broadcast to the automatic temperature control (ATC) module, over the medium speed controller
area network (CAN) bus, which allows it to control the seat temperature to the required level. The automatic
temperature control (ATC) module will suspend or disable operation of the seat heaters if any of the following
occur:
 Battery voltage exceeds 16.5 ± 0.3 V for more than 5 seconds. Seat heating is re-enabled when battery
voltage decreases to 16.2 ± 0.3 V.
 If a short or open circuit is detected.
 If the seat heat temperature rises significantly above the target temperature setting.
The graduated display on the TSD remains illuminated until the seat heaters are turned off or the engine stops.
If the engine is restarted within 30 seconds the seat heater resumes the previous heating level.
Steering Wheel Heater
The steering wheel heater has a single heat setting and is turned on/off on the home and climate control screens
of the TSD. The on/off status of the steering wheel heater is relayed to the vehicle occupants through the TSD.
When the ignition is switched off, the steering wheel heater will reset to off.
Power for the heater element is supplied by the central junction box (CJB) on receipt of a request from the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module over the medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
Temperature control for the heater element is provided by the steering wheel heater control module which
receives a temperature feedback signal from a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor located within
the steering wheel.
ATC Module
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module is mounted on the outboard end of the air inlet duct, behind
the front passenger side of the instrument panel. The automatic temperature control (ATC) module processes
inputs from the TSD, the switches on the integrated control panel and the system sensors. In response to these
inputs, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module outputs control signals to the air conditioning (A/C)
system and the heating and ventilation system.
Two electrical connectors provide the interface between the automatic temperature control (ATC) module and
the vehicle wiring. The automatic temperature control (ATC) module uses hardwired inputs from the system
sensors, the local interconnect network (LIN) bus to communicate with the stepper motors and the medium
speed controller area network (CAN) bus to communicate with other control modules on the vehicle.
A/C Compressor Solenoid Valve
The air conditioning (A/C) compressor solenoid valve is integral with the air conditioning (A/C) compressor.
Operation of the solenoid valve is controlled by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module using a
hardwired drive current of differing values. By controlling the flow of refrigerant through the compressor, the
solenoid valve can control the air conditioning (A/C) system pressure and the evaporator operating temperature.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
The refrigerant pressure sensor provides the automatic temperature control (ATC) module with a pressure input
from the high pressure side of the refrigerant system. The refrigerant pressure sensor is located in the refrigerant
line between the condenser and the thermostatic expansion valve.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module supplies a 5 V reference voltage to the refrigerant pressure
sensor and receives a return signal voltage, between 0 V and 5 V, related to system pressure.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module uses the signal from the pressure sensor to protect the
refrigerant system from extremes of pressure. The automatic temperature control (ATC) module transmits the
air conditioning (A/C) pressure, along with the compressor drive current value, to the instrument cluster on the
medium speed controller area network (CAN) bus. These signals are broadcast to the engine control module
(ECM) on the high speed controller area network (CAN) bus to allow it to calculate the torque being applied to
the engine by the compressor.
To protect the system from extremes of pressure, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module sets the air
conditioning (A/C) compressor to the minimum flow position if the pressure:
 Decreases to 2.1 ± 0.2 bar (31.5 ± 3 lbf/in2 ); the automatic temperature control (ATC) module loads the
air conditioning (A/C) compressor again when the pressure increases to 2.3 ± 0.2 bar (33.4 ± 3 lbf/in2 ).
 Increases to 31 ± 1 bar (450 ± 14.5 lbf/in2 ); the automatic temperature control (ATC) module loads the
air conditioning (A/C) compressor again when the pressure decreases to 26 ± 1 bar (377 ± 14.5 lbf/in2 ).
Evaporator Temperature Sensor

The evaporator temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor that provides the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module with a temperature signal from the downstream side of the
evaporator. The evaporator temperature sensor is mounted directly onto the evaporator matrix fins.
The automatic temperature control (ATC) module uses the input from the evaporator temperature sensor to
control the load of the air conditioning (A/C) compressor and thus the operating temperature of the evaporator.
Humidity and Temperature Sensor

The humidity and temperature sensor is installed above the glovebox in the instrument panel. The sensor
incorporates:
 A negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor to measure temperature.

 A capacitive sensor element to measure humidity.
 A motor driven fan to draw air through the sensor and over the sensing elements.
The humidity sensor element is built out of a film capacitor on different substrates. The dielectric is a polymer
which absorbs or releases water proportional to the relative humidity of the air being drawn through the sensor,
and thus changes the capacitance of the capacitor. For protection, the sensor element is contained in a nylon
mesh cover.
Humidity within the passenger compartment is controlled by raising and lowering the evaporator temperature.
An increase in evaporator temperature increases the moisture content of the air entering the passenger
compartment. Lowering the evaporator temperature reduces the moisture content of the air entering the
passenger compartment.
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor


1 left-hand (LH) door mirror
2 Ambient air temperature sensor
The ambient air temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor that provides the
automatic temperature control (ATC) module with an input of external air temperature. The sensor is hard wired
to the engine control module (ECM) and its signal is transmitted to the instrument cluster on the high speed
controller area network (CAN) bus. The instrument cluster acts as a gateway and transmits the ambient air
temperature signal to the automatic temperature control (ATC) module on the medium speed controller area
network (CAN) bus. The sensor is installed in the left-hand (LH) door mirror, and is accessed by removing the
mirror glass, cap and actuator.
Sunload Sensor
The sunload sensor consists of two photoelectric cells that provide the automatic temperature control (ATC)
module with inputs of light intensity; one as sensed coming from the left of the vehicle and one as sensed
coming from the right. The inputs are a measure of the solar heating effect on vehicle occupants, and are used
by the automatic temperature control (ATC) module to adjust blower speed, temperature and distribution to
improve comfort.
The sensor is installed in the speaker grill on the upper surface of the instrument panel. Power for the sensor is
provided by a 5 V feed from the instrument cluster.
The sensor also contains the active anti-theft alarm indicator. Refer to Anti-Theft - Active or Anti-Theft -
Active information.
Pollution Sensor (Where Fitted)

The pollution sensor allows the automatic temperature control (ATC) module to monitor the ambient air for the
level of hydrocarbons and oxidized gases such as nitrous oxides, sulphur oxides and carbon monoxide. The
sensor is attached to the center of the upper front crossmember.
The pollution sensor is powered by an ignition controlled voltage feed from the central junction box (CJB) and
provides the automatic temperature control (ATC) module with separate signals of hydrocarbon and oxidized
gas levels. With a pollution sensor fitted, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module can control the air
inlet source to reduce the amount of contaminants entering the passenger compartment. This function is fully
automatic, but can be overridden by manual selection of the air source using the recirculation switch on the
integrated control panel.
If there is a fault with the sensor, the automatic temperature control (ATC) module disables automatic operation
of the recirculation door.
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. Refer to Exterior Mirror Cover information.

2. See figure.
3. See figure.
4. See figure.
5. See figure.
INSTALLATION
BLOWER MOTOR
REMOVAL

2. See figure.
3. See figure.
INSTALLATION
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL
assembly.
NOTE: RHD illustration shown, LHD is similar.
2. See figure.
3. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

INSTALLATION
CENTER REGISTERS
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Do not manually open the registers. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in damage to the internal components.
NOTE: The center registers must be open before carrying out this procedure. To
achieve this set the registers to 'Always Open' using the climate settings tab on
the information and entertainment display. If the registers are set to 'Automatic'
mode (rotating with ignition on/off) and one or more are disconnected during an
ignition cycle, a vehicle battery reset may be required to reconnect the affected
registers to the LIN BUS.
1. Set the registers to 'Always Open', using the information and entertainment display.
2. See Passenger Side Register.
3. Fully extend and lower the steering column for access.
4. See figure.
5. See figure.
CAUTION: The center registers must be open to aid access and prevent damage
to surrounding trim.
CAUTION: Do not manually open the registers. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in damage to the internal components.
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
INSTALLATION

2. Return the registers to their original setting - 'Automatic' - using the information and entertainment
display.
CLIMATE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Instrument Panel Console information.
4. See figure.
5. Torque: 9 Nm.
CAUTION: Be prepared to collect escaping coolant.
6. Torque: 9 Nm.
7. See figure.
INSTALLATION
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL

assembly.
CAUTION: Make sure that the component is correctly located on the locating
dowels.

3. Torque: 1.3 nm.

INSTALLATION
DEFROST VENT/REGISTER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
REMOVAL

assembly.
dowels.
3. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

INSTALLATION
DESICCANT BAG
REMOVAL

4. See figure.
5. Torque: 12 Nm.
6. See figure.
INSTALLATION
DRIVER SIDE REGISTER
REMOVAL
NOTE: If the registers are set to 'Automatic' mode and one or more are disconnected
during an ignition cycle, a vehicle battery reset may be required to reconnect
the affected registers to the LIN BUS.
1. See figure.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
4. Fully extend and lower the steering column for access.

5. See figure.
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
8. See figure.
INSTALLATION
EVAPORATOR
REMOVAL
All vehicles

2. See Heater Core and Evaporator Core Housing.
3. See Thermostatic Expansion Valve.
assembly.
4. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

5. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

6. See figure.
7. See figure.
All vehicles
is always correct.
8. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

is always correct.
9. See figure.
WARNING: Only use moderate force when installing the sensor.
CAUTION: Make sure the evaporator temperature sensor harness does not
become trapped.
CAUTION: Make sure that the sensor is correctly installed.
is always correct.
10. See figure.

INSTALLATION
FLOOR CONSOLE REGISTER
REMOVAL
1. Remove both floor console side trim panels. Refer to Floor Console Side Trim Panel information.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
4. Remove the 2 clips.
INSTALLATION
FOOTWELL VENT/DUCT BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
REMOVAL

2. See Climate Control Assembly. .
assembly.
dowels.
3. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

INSTALLATION
HEATER CORE
REMOVAL
always correct.
All vehicles

2. See Heater Core and Evaporator Core Housing.
assembly.
3. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

4. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the component.
5. See figure.
6. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

7. See figure.
8. See figure.
INSTALLATION
HEATER CORE AND EVAPORATOR CORE HOUSING
REMOVAL

3. See Climate Control Assembly.
assembly.
4. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

assembly.
5. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

CAUTION: Make sure that the wiring harnesses are correctly located.
NOTE: Note the position of the wiring harnesses to aid installation.
6. See figure.
CAUTION: Make sure that the wiring harnesses are correctly located.
NOTE: Note the position of the wiring harnesses to aid installation.
7. See figure.
8. Torque: 2.4 Nm.
9. Torque: 2.4 Nm.

INSTALLATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL REGISTER TRIM PANEL
REMOVAL

2. See Center Registers.
3. See figure.
4. See figure.
5. See figure.
6. See figure.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure that the clutch rib is located between the two ribs on the
car rearward (front half), of the register housing to avoid damage on
installation.

2.
 Position the locating peg.
IN-VEHICLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL

1. Refer to Glove Compartment information.

2. See figure.
INSTALLATION
PASSENGER SIDE REGISTER
REMOVAL
NOTE: If the registers are set to 'Automatic' mode and one or more are disconnected
during an ignition cycle, a vehicle battery reset may be required to reconnect
the affected registers to the LIN BUS.
1. See figure.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
4. See figure.
5. See figure.
6. Install the clips into the instrument panel.

7. See figure.
NOTE: When removing the component, some of the clips may remain attached.
These clips should be removed and returned to their original positions in
the passenger side register carrier.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
INSTALLATION
POLLEN FILTER
REMOVAL
1. See figure.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
INSTALLATION
RECIRCULATION BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Glove Compartment information.
NOTE: Make sure that the actuator is correctly aligned to the recirculation blend
door arm.
3. See figure.
INSTALLATION
SUNLOAD SENSOR
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Protect the surrounding trim to avoid damage.
CAUTION: Make sure that the clips are correctly located.
2. See figure.
3. See figure.
dowels.
4. Torque: 2 Nm.
INSTALLATION

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE
REMOVAL
always correct.

2. See Climate Control Assembly.
assembly.
3. Torque: 1.3
assembly.
4. Torque: 1.3 Nm.

All vehicles
CAUTION: A new O-ring seal is to be installed.
5. Torque: 5.3 Nm.

6. Torque: 3.5 Nm.

INSTALLATION

GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
GENERAL INFORMATION
Commonly Used Abbreviations
* PLEASE READ THIS FIRST *
NOTE: This article is intended for general information purposes only. This information
may not apply to all makes and models. Not all abbreviations are covered as
manufacturers add new ones every day.
"A"
A
Amperes
ABS
Anti-Lock Brakes
ABRS
Air Bag Restraint System
AC
Alternating Current
A/C
Air Conditioning
ACCS
A/C Cycling Switch
ACCUM
Accumulator
ACCY
Accessory
ACT
Air Charge Temperature Sensor
ADJ
Adjust or Adjustable
ADV
Advance
AFS
Airflow Sensor
AI
Air Injection
AIR or A.I.R.
Air Injection Reactor
AIS
Air Injection System
Alt.
Alternator or Altitude
Amp./amp/amps
Ampere
ASCS
Air Suction Control Solenoid
ASD
Auto Shutdown
ASDM
Air Bag System Diagnostic Module

ASV
Air Suction Valve
A/T
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
ATC
Automatic Temperature Control
ATDC
After Top Dead Center
ATF
Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATS
Air Temperature Sensor
Aux.
Auxiliary
Avg.
Average
AXOD
Automatic Transaxle Overdrive (Ford Models Only)
"B"
BAC
By-Pass Air Control
BAP
Barometric Absolute Pressure Sensor

BARO
Barometric
Batt.
Battery
Bbl.
Barrel (Example: 4-Bbl.)
BCM
Body Control Module
BHP
Brake Horsepower
BMAP
Barometric and Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
BOO
Brake On-Off Switch
B/P
Backpressure
BPS
Barometric Pressure Sensor
BPT
Backpressure Transducer
BTDC
Before Top Dead Center
BTSI
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock
BTU
British Thermal Unit
BVSV
Bimetallic Vacuum Switching Valve
"C"
°C
Celsius (Degrees)
Calif.
California
CANP
Canister Purge
CARB
California Air Resources Board
CAT
Catalytic Converter
CB
Circuit Breaker
CBD
Closed Bowl Distributor
cc
cubic centimeter
CCC
Close Coupled Catalyst
CCC
Computer Command Control
CCD
Computer Controlled Dwell
CCOT
Cycling Clutch Orifice Tube
CCW
Counterclockwise
CDI
Capacitor Discharge Ignition
CEC
Computerized Engine Control
CID
Cubic Inch Displacement
cm
Centimeter
CMP
Camshaft Position Sensor
CO
Carbon Monoxide
CO2
Carbon Dioxide
Cont.
Continued
CONV
Convertible
CP
Canister Purge
CKP
Crankshaft Position Sensor
CTS
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Cu. In.
Cubic Inch
CVC
Constant Vacuum Control
CV
Check Valve or Constant Velocity
CW
Clockwise
CYL or Cyl.
Cylinder
C3 I
Computer Controlled Coil Ignition
C4
Computer Controlled Catalytic Converter
"D"
"D"
Drive
DC
Direct Current Or Discharge
DDD
Dual Diaphragm Distributor
Def.
Defrost
Defog.
Defogger
DERM
Diagnostic Energy Reserve Module
DFI
Digital Fuel Injection
Diag.
Diagnostic
DTC
Diagnostic Trouble Code
DIC
Driver Information Center
DIS
Distributorless Ignition System
DIST
Distribution
DLC
Data Link Connector
DOC
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
DOHC
Double Overhead Cam
DOT
Department of Transportation
DPF
Diesel Particulate Filter
DRB-II
Diagnostic Readout Box
DVOM
Digital Volt-Ohmmeter
"E"
EACV
Electric Air Control Valve
EATX
Electronic Automatic Transaxle
EBCM
Electronic Brake Control Module
EBL
Electronic Back Light
ECM
ECT
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
EDIS
Electronic Distributorless Ignition System
EEC
Electronic Engine Control
EECS
Evaporative Emission Control System
EEPROM
Electronically Erasable PROM
EFE
Early Fuel Evaporation
EGO
Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor
EGR
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EOT
Engine Oil Temperature

ESA
Electronic Spark Advance
ESC
Electronic Spark Control
EST
Electronic Spark Timing
EVAP
Fuel Evaporative System
EVIC
Electronic Vehicle Information Center
EVP
EGR Valve Position Sensor
EWMA
Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (MODE 6)
Exc.
Except
"F"
°F
Fahrenheit (Degrees)
F/B
Fuse Block
Fed.
Federal
FI
Fuel Injection
FICU
Fuel Injection Control Unit
FIPL
Fuel Injector Pump Lever
FLI
Fuel Level Indicator
FPR-VSV
Fuel Pressure Regulator Vacuum Switching Valve
Ft. Lbs.
Foot Pounds
FWD
Front Wheel Drive
"G"
g
grams
Gals.
gallons
GND or GRND
Ground
"H"
HAC
High Altitude Compensation
HC
Hydrocarbons
H/D
Heavy Duty
HO2S
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor
Hg
Mercury
Hgt.
Height
HLDT
Headlight
HO
High Output
HO2S
Heated Oxygen Sensor
HP
High Performance
HSC
High Swirl Combustion
HSO
High Specific Output

HTR
Heater
Hz
Hertz (Cycles Per Second)
"I"
IAC
Idle Air Control
IACV
Idle Air Control Valve
IAT
Intake Air Temperature
IC
Integrated Circuit
ID
Identification
I.D.
Inside Diameter
IFS
Independant Front Suspension
IFS
Inertia Fuel Shutoff (Ford)
Ign.
Ignition
IMRC
Intake Manifold Runner Control
In.
Inches
INCH Lbs.
Inch Pounds
in. Hg
Inches of Mercury
Inj.
Injector
IP
Instrument Panel
IRS
Independant Rear Suspension
ISC
Idle Speed Control
IVD
Interactive Vehicle Dynamics (Ford)
IVSV
Idle Vacuum Switching Valve
"J"
J/B
Junction Block
"K"
KAPWR
Keep Alive Power
k/ohms
kilo-ohms (1000 ohms)
kg
Kilograms (weight)
kg/cm2
Kilograms Per Square Centimeter
KM/H
Kilometers Per Hour
KOEO
Key On, Engine Off
KOER
Key On, Engine Running
KS
Knock Sensor
kW
Kilowatt
kV
Kilovolt
"L"
L
Liter
lbs. (Lbs. when used in table)
Pounds
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
L/D
Light Duty
LDP
Leak Detection Pump (Part of EVAP system.)
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LH
Left Hand
"M"
mA
Milliamps
MA or MAF
Mass Airflow
MAFS
Mass Airflow Sensor
MAP
Manifold Absolute Pressure
MAT
Manifold Air Temperature
Mem.
Memory
MEM-CAL
Memory Calibration Chip
mfd.
Microfarads
MFI
Multiport Fuel Injection
MICU
Multiplex Integrated Control Unit (Acura/Honda)
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Light
MPI
Multi-Point (Fuel) Injection
mm
Millimeters
MPH
Miles Per Hour
mV
Millivolts
"N"
NA
Not Available
NAC
NOx Adsorber Catalyst
NCA
No Color Available (Wiring Diagrams)
NGS
New Generation Star
N.m
Newton Meter
No.
Number
Nos.
Numbers
NOx
Oxides of Nitrogen
"O"
O2
Oxygen
OBD
On-Board Diagnostics
OC
Oxidation Catalyst
OD
Overdrive
O.D.
Outside Diameter
OHC
Overhead Camshaft
OSS
Output Speed Sensor
O/S
Oversize
oz.
Ounce
ozs.
Ounces
"P"
"P"
Park
P/C
Printed Circuit
PCM
Powertrain Control Module
PCS
Purge Control Solenoid
PC-SOL
Purge Control Solenoid
PCV
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
PFI
Port Fuel Injection
PGM-FI
Programmed Fuel Injection
PID
Parameter Identification
PIP
Profile Ignition Pick-up
PNP
Park Neutral Position Switch
P/N
Park/Neutral
PRNDL
Park Reverse Neutral Drive Low
PROM
Programmable Read-Only Memory
psi
Pounds Per Square Inch
P/S
Power Steering
PSPS
Power Steering Pressure Switch
PTC
Positive Temperature Coefficient
PTO
Power Take-Off
Pts.
Pints
Pwr.
Power
"Q"
Qts.
Quarts
"R"
RABS
Rear Anti-Lock Brake System
RECIRC
Recirculation
RH
Right Hand
RPM
Revolutions Per Minute
RWAL
Rear Wheel Anti-Lock Brake
RWD
Rear Wheel Drive
"S"
SAS
Steering Angle Sensor
SBC
Single Bed Converter
SBEC
Single Board Engine Controller
SDARS
Satellite Digital Audio Radio Service
SES
Service Engine Soon
SFI
Sequential (Port) Fuel Injection
SIL
Shift Indicator Light
SIR
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
SOHC
Single Overhead Cam
SOL or Sol.
Solenoid
SPFI
Sequential Port Fuel Injection
SPK
Spark Control
SPOUT
Spark Output
SRI
Service Reminder Indicator
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System (Air Bag)
STAR
Self-Test Automatic Readout
STO
Self-Test Output
SUB-O2
Sub Oxygen Sensor
Sw.
Switch
Sys.
System
"T"
TAB
Thermactor Air By-Pass
TAC
Throttle Actuator Module
TAD
Thermactor Air Diverter
TBC
Body Control Module (General Motors)
TBI
Throttle Body Injection
TCC
Torque Converter Clutch
TDC
Top Dead Center
Temp.
Temperature
TFI
Thick Film Ignition
THERMAC
Thermostatic Air Cleaner
TPM
Tire Pressure Monitor
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitor System

TPS
Throttle Position Sensor/Switch
TS
Temperature Sensor
TV
Thermovalve
TWC
Three-Way Catalyst
"V"
V
Valve
Vac.
Vacuum
VAF
Vane Airflow
VAPS
Variable Assist Power Steering
VCC
Viscous Converter Clutch
VCRM
Variable Control Relay Module
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number

VM
Vacuum Modulator
Volt.
Voltage
VOM
Volt-Ohmmeter (Analog)
VRV
Vacuum Regulator Valve
VSS
Vehicle Speed Sensor
VSV
Vacuum Switching Valve
"W"
W/
With
W/O
Without
WAC
Wide Open Throttle A/C Switch
WOT
Wide Open Throttle

ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (DRL)

OVERVIEW
The DRL (daytime running lamps) and side lamps are incorporated into the outer part of the headlamp
assemblies.
Refer to EXTERIOR LIGHTING .
The same LED (light emitting diodes) are used for the two lamp functions, but they illuminate with a higher
intensity for DRL operation than for side lamp operation. On Japan vehicles, the DRL function is inoperative.
The DRL operate automatically when a gear is selected after starting the engine. They then remain on until the
ignition is switched off, or side lamps or headlamps are selected on.
On NAS vehicles, the DRL also go off if the transmission is selected to P or N and the parking brake is applied.
When a turn signal indicator is operational, the daytime running lamp on that side of the vehicle either reduces
in intensity, to the side lamp level (all except NAS), or goes off (NAS).
System Operation
CENTRAL JUNCTION BOX (CJB)
The CJB (central junction box) controls the operation of the DRL (daytime running lamps). The DRL are
activated once the CJB detects an ignition on power mode 6 signal.
The CJB also monitors the lighting control switch and the auto lamps feature and overrides the DRL if required.
Component Description
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS - CANADA
The DRL for this market use full intensity low beam headlamps. The side marker lamps, tail lamps and license
plate lamps will be on, but instrument cluster illumination will be off. DRL are active when the following
parameters are met:
 PARK is not selected on the electronic transmission selector.

 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is off.
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
 Power mode 6 (ignition on) detected by the CJB.

 The CJB receives an engine running signal.
 The lighting control switch is in the off or side lamps position.
NOTE: If the lighting control switch is moved to the headlamp position, DRL are
deactivated and normal side lamp and headlamp functionality is operational.
When DRL are active, the headlamp flash function using the left hand steering
column multifunction switch will operate normally.
The high beam headlamp function using the left hand steering column stalk switch will be deactivated. When
the transmission is in PARK, DRL are turned off. This is to reduce battery discharge during long periods of
engine idling in cold climate conditions. When the electronic transmission selector is moved from the PARK
position, normal DRL functionality is restored.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS - DENMARK, HOLLAND, NORWAY, SWEDEN, FINLAND AND POLAND
NOTE: DRL for Poland is on vehicles from 2008MY.
DRL for these markets use full intensity low beam headlamps. Side lamps and license plate lamps will be on,
but instrument cluster illumination will be off. DRL are active when the following parameters are met:
 Power mode 6 (ignition on) detected by the CJB.

 The CJB receives an engine running signal.
 The lighting control switch is in the off position.
NOTE: When DRL are active, the headlamp flash function using the left hand steering
column multifunction switch will operate normally. The high beam headlamp
function using the left hand steering column stalk switch will be deactivated.
If the lighting control switch is moved to the side lamp or headlamp positions, DRL are deactivated and normal
side lamp and headlamp functionality is operational.
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMPS
On vehicles fitted with the automatic headlamps feature, DRL are overridden if the lighting control switch is in
the 'Auto' position and the CJB receives a signal from the rain/light sensor to activate the exterior lights.
When the CJB receives a signal to de-activate the automatic headlamps feature the DRL function is restored
providing the parameters for DRL activation are met.
DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveshaft
DRIVELINE/AXLES
Driveshaft
DRIVESHAFT
SPECIFICATIONS

Centre bearing retaining bolts 48 36 -
Transmission flexible joint retaining bolts 127 94 -
Rear drive axle CV joint retaining bolts 73 54 -
Driveshaft heat shield retaining bolts 7 - 62
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Transmission flexible joint
2 Collapsible front driveshaft tube
3 Splined slip joint
4 Center bearing
5 Universal joint
6 Rear driveshaft tube
7 Differential flexible joint
OVERVIEW
DRIVESHAFT OVERVIEW
The two-piece driveshaft, manufactured from lightweight tubular steel, transmits drive from the engine, via the
transmission, to the differential. The driveshaft aligns with the centerline of the vehicle's body and is supported
by a center bearing.

SYSTEM OPERATION
Driveshaft
The two-piece driveshaft, manufactured from lightweight tubular steel, transmits drive from the engine, via the
transmission, to the differential. The driveshaft aligns with the centerline of the vehicle's body and is supported
by a center bearing.
The driveshaft's front tube is of swaged construction, which is a crash energy management feature, designed to
collapse progressively and predictably in the event of a severe frontal impact. A low-friction splined slip-joint at
the center of the driveshaft provide the driveshaft's plunge capability.
Flexible couplings connecting the driveshaft to both the transmission and the differential counteract the angular
movement of the driveshaft caused by the driveline's acceleration and braking forces.
The center universal joint is positioned at a specified angle using shims between the center bearing and the
vehicle's body. The driveline angles have been carefully configured to balance minimum power losses with
excellent vibration and wear characteristics. The universal joint is lubricated during manufacture and sealed for
life.
COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Transmission flexible joint
2 Collapsible front driveshaft tube
3 Splined slip joint
4 Center bearing
5 Universal joint
6 Rear driveshaft tube
7 Differential flexible joint
OVERVIEW
Refer to: Driveshaft.
SYSTEM OPERATION
Refer to: Driveshaft.

DRIVESHAFT
For additional information. Refer to Driveline System information.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
DRIVESHAFT RUNOUT AND BALANCING
1. For additional information, refer to the Jaguar Approved Diagnostic System.
DRIVESHAFT
REMOVAL


2. Refer to: Exhaust System information.
3.
 Torque: 9 Nm
CAUTION: Under no circumstances must the flexible coupling (or its fixings) be
loosened or removed from the driveshaft.
CAUTION: Make sure that the driveshaft is supported with suitable retaining
straps.
4.
 Mark the position of the driveshaft flange in relation to the output flange.
 Torque: 127 Nm
CAUTION: Under no circumstances must the flexible coupling (or its fixings) be
loosened or removed from the driveshaft.
CAUTION: Make sure that the driveshaft is supported with suitable retaining
straps.
5.
 Mark the position of the driveshaft in relation to the rear drive axle flange.
 Mark the position of the balance nut (if fitted) in relation to the flexible coupling.
 Torque: 108 Nm
WARNING: This step requires the aid of another technician.
NOTE: Note the fitted position of the spacers.
6.
 Torque: 88 Nm
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Make sure that these components are installed to the noted removal
position.

GENINFO General Information - Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (1 of 3)
GENINFO
General Information - Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (1 of 3)
GENERAL INFORMATION - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX (1

OF 3)
DTC: ACTIVE SAFETY BELT MODULE (SPMA/SPMB)
Description and Operation

the donor vehicle.
When probing connectors to take measurements in the course of the

Generic scan tools may not read the codes listed, or may read only 5-digit
codes. Match the 5 digits from the scan tool to the first 5 digits of the 7-digit
code listed to identify the fault (the last 2 digits give extra information read by
the manufacturer approved diagnostic system).
When performing voltage or resistance tests, always use a digital multimeter

(DMM) accurate to three decimal places, and with an up-to-date calibration
leads into account.
Check and rectify basic faults before beginning diagnostic routines involving
pinpoint tests.
If DTCs are recorded and, after performing the pinpoint tests a fault is not
Where an 'on demand self-test' is referred to, this can be accessed via the 'DTC
Monitor' tab on the manufacturers approved diagnostic system.
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Active Safety Belt
Module, for additional Diagnosis and Testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing Section.
For additional information, refer to: AIR BAG AND SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONER SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) .

U1A14-00 CAN Initialization  Power distribution  Refer to the electrical
Failure - no sub type fault to control circuit diagrams and
information module check the power and
 CAN network fault ground connections
to the module. Using
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
integrity test. Refer to
the electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the CAN network.
After installing a new
control module,
updating software or
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test
and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system.
U2001-68 Reduced System  Seat belt retractor NOTE:
Function - event mechanism has If required, it is only
information exceeded the design necessary to install a new
limit for the component on the side
affected by the DTC.
durability Confirm the Safety belt
retractor mechanism
 Confirm the Safety

belt retractor
mechanism has
exceeded the design
limit for durability by
interrogating the
Active Safety Belt
Module. Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system check the

Dynamic Safety belt
Health Status at
PID5824, if the
Safety belt status is
confirmed as 'not
healthy' (01) install a
new retractor
mechanism as
required. If the Safety
belt status is
'healthy' (00) clear
the DTC and refer to
SAFETY BELT
SYSTEM and
perform the Retract
and Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual if
a module/component
is suspect
U2101-00 Control Module  The control module  Check the vehicle
Configuration is not compatible configuration file to
Incompatible - no sub with the vehicle ensure the vehicle
type information configuration is
correct for the
installed hardware.
The Active Safety
Belt Control Modules
are handed
(connector shell is
different between LH
and RH sides) and
cannot be installed on
another vehicle as
they store VIN data.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system run the
routine RID 0402h to
clear self learnt data
(except VIN). Cycle
the ignition and the

module should re-
learn the correct
configuration. clear
the DTC and refer to
SAFETY BELT
SYSTEM and
perform the Retract
and Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
U3000-45 Control Module -  Component internal  Install a new control
program memory failure memory failure module, refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect. After
installing a new
control module,
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test
and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U3000-49 Control Module -  Component internal  Install a new control
internal electronic failure electronic failure module, refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect. After
installing a new
control module,
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test

and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U3000-4B Control Module - over  Belt retraction  During 'aggressive'
temperature motor has exceeded cornering or braking
the design operating the belt mechanism
temperature will operate to ensure
the occupant is
correctly positioned
in the seat. This DTC
is set when the belt
retraction motor has
exceeded the
temperature threshold
and functionality is
inhibited until the
motor has cooled.
Allow the motor to
cool and then clear
the DTC. If the DTC
resets refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect. After
installing a new
control module,
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test
and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  Vehicle  Using the
Number - invalid serial identification manufacturer
data received number not stored approved diagnostic
 New module system carry out the
configuration new module
routine not configuration routine

completed
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Power distribution  This DTC is set when
compare failure fault to control the control module
module registers a difference
 CAN network fault of more than 2 volts
between the CAN
reference battery
voltage and the
module supply
voltage. Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the power and ground
connections to the
module. Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network.
control module,
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test
and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U3006-16 Control Module Input  Vehicle battery  This DTC is set when
Power "A" - circuit discharged the measured supply
voltage below threshold voltage is below 9
 Power distribution
fault to control volts. Refer to the
module causing volt battery care manual
drop on supply and confirm vehicle
circuits battery is fully
charged and
 Internal control serviceable. Refer to
module fault the relevant
information and
check the charging
system is performing
correctly. Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
connections to the
module. If no faults
are found suspect the
control module, refer
to the Warranty
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U3006-17 Control Module Input  Vehicle charging  This DTC is set when
Power "A" - circuit system fault the measured supply
voltage above threshold voltage is above 16
 Internal control
module fault volts. Refer to the
battery care manual
and confirm vehicle
battery is fully
charged and
serviceable. Refer to
the relevant
information and
check the charging
system is performing
correctly. Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
connections to the
module. If no faults
are found suspect the
control module, refer
to the Warranty
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U0452-29 Invalid Data Received  Supplementary  Check the Restraints
From Restraints Control Restraints System Control Module for
Module - signal invalid fault related DTCs and
 Restraints Control refer to the relevant
Module fault DTC index

U0452-31 Invalid Data Received  Supplementary  Check the Restraints
From Restraints Control Restraints System Control Module for
Module - no signal fault related DTCs and
 Restraints Control refer to the relevant
Module fault DTC index
U0415-29 Invalid Data Received  Anti-Lock Braking  Check the Anti-Lock
From Anti-Lock Braking System fault Braking System
System (ABS) Control Control Module for
Module - signal invalid  Anti-Lock Braking
System control related DTCs and
module fault refer to the relevant
DTC index
U0415-31 Invalid Data Received  Anti-Lock Braking  Check the Anti-Lock
From Anti-Lock Braking System fault Braking System
System (ABS) Control Control Module for
Module - no signal  Anti-Lock Braking
System control related DTCs and
module fault refer to the relevant
DTC index
U0422-29 Invalid Data Received  Central Junction  Check the Central
From Body Control Box system fault Junction Box for
Module - signal invalid related DTCs and
refer to the relevant
DTC index
U0422-31 Invalid Data Received  Central Junction  Check the Central
From Body Control Box system fault Junction Box for
Module - no signal related DTCs and
DTC index
U0423-29 Invalid Data Received  Instrument Panel  Check the Instrument
From Instrument Panel Control Module Panel Control
Control Module - signal system fault Module for related
invalid DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
U0423-31 Invalid Data Received  Instrument Panel  Check the Instrument
From Instrument Panel Control Module Panel Control
Control Module - no system fault Module for related
signal DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  Power distribution  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus - fault to control circuit diagrams and
bus off module check the power and
 CAN network fault ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network.
control module,
repairing a wiring
harness perform an
On Demand Self Test
and Retract and
Release Self Test
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U0104-00 Lost Communication  Power distribution  Refer to the electrical
With Cruise Control fault to control circuit diagrams and
Module - no sub type module check the power and
information ground connections
 CAN network fault
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Active
Safety Belt Module
and Speed Control
Module
U0405-29 Invalid Data Received  Speed control  Check the Speed
From Cruise Control system related fault Control Module for
Module - signal invalid related DTCs and
DTC index
U0103-00 Lost Communication  Power distribution  Refer To The
With Gear Shift Control fault to control Electrical Circuit
Module A - no sub type module Diagrams And Check
information The Power And
 CAN network fault
Ground Connections
To The Module.
Using The
Manufacturer
Approved Diagnostic
System, Complete A
Can Network
Integrity Test. Refer
To The Electrical
Circuit Diagrams
And Check The Can
Network Between
The Active Safety
Belt Module And
Transmission Shift
Control Module
DTC: ADAPTIVE DAMPING MODULE (SUMB)

and/or the donor vehicle

manufacturer warranty, refer to the warranty policy and procedures manual
prior to the installation of a new module/component
the manufacturer-approved diagnostic system)

accurate to three decimal places and with a current calibration certificate. When
testing resistance, always take the resistance of the digital multimeter leads
into account
pinpoint tests
Inspect connectors for signs of water ingress, and pins for damage and/or
corrosion
If diagnostic trouble codes are recorded and, after performing the pinpoint
tests, a fault is not present, an intermittent concern may be the cause. Always
check for loose connections and corroded terminals
Where an 'on demand self-test' is referred to, this can be accessed via the
'diagnostic trouble code monitor' tab on the manufacturers approved diagnostic
system
He table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the adaptive damping module,
for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section For additional
information, refer to VEHICLE DYNAMIC SUSPENSION .

C101D-12 Left Front vertical  Left Front vertical Refer to the electrical
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor circuit diagrams and check
short to power circuit short to left front vertical
power acceleration sensor circuit
for short to power or
another circuit. Repair
circuit, clear the DTC and
retest the system
C101D-14 Left Front vertical  Left Front vertical Refer to the electrical
short to ground, open circuit short to front vertical acceleration
circuit ground, open circuit sensor circuit for short to
ground, open circuit. If no
 Vertical acceleration fault found on wiring
sensor fault suspect sensor. Replace
sensor, clear DTC and
retest the system
C101D-22 Left Front vertical  Left front vertical With vehicle parked on a
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor level surface, read Left
signal amplitude > insecurely mounted Front Vertical
maximum Accelerometer voltage
 Left front vertical and check it lies in range
acceleration sensor 1.9 to 2.1 volts. If not OK
signal circuit short to then check electrical
another circuit wiring for shorts, loose
 Left front vertical connections and repair as
acceleration sensor required. If wiring OK
internal fault then suspect faulty
sensor/incorrectly fitted
sensor. Check the sensor
is correctly mounted,
secure or replace sensor as
required. Refer to the new
module/component
of the DTC Index, clear
DTC and retest system
C101D-26 Left Front vertical  Left front vertical Refer to the electrical
signal rate of change signal circuit short to Left Front Vertical
below threshold another circuit Accelerometer signal
circuit for faults, if circuit
 Left front vertical is correct suspect faulty
acceleration sensor sensor, refer to the new
internal fault module/component
of the DTC Index.
Replace the sensor, clear
the DTC and retest the
system
C101D-78 Left Front vertical  Left front vertical Check Left Front Vertical
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor Accelerometer for
alignment or adjustment bracket bent location and security, if
incorrect correct suspect faulty
 Left front vertical Accelerometer, refer to
acceleration sensor the new module
damaged installation note at the top
of the DTC Index.
Replace the sensor/bracket
as required, clear the DTC
C101E-12 Right Front vertical  Right Front vertical Refer to the electrical
short to power circuit short to right front vertical
retest the system
C101E-14 Right Front vertical  Right Front vertical Refer to the electrical
short to ground, open circuit short to right front vertical
circuit ground, open circuit acceleration sensor circuit
for short to ground, open
 Vertical acceleration circuit. If no fault found
sensor fault on wiring suspect sensor.
Replace sensor, clear DTC

C101E-22 Right Front vertical  Right front vertical With vehicle parked on a
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor level surface, read Right
signal amplitude > insecurely mounted Front Vertical
 Right front vertical and check it lies in range
 Right front vertical connections and repair as
module/component
C101E-26 Right Front vertical  Right front vertical Refer to the electrical
signal rate of change signal circuit short to Right Front Vertical
below threshold another circuit Accelerometer signal
circuit for faults, if circuit
 Right front vertical is correct suspect faulty
of the DTC Index.
system
C101E-78 Right Front vertical  Right front vertical Check Right Front
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor Vertical Accelerometer
alignment or adjustment bracket bent for location and security,
incorrect if correct suspect faulty
 Right front vertical Accelerometer, refer to
of the DTC Index.
C1024-00 System Temporarily  Loss of power to Refer to the electrical
Disabled Due To Power circuit diagrams and check
Interruption During control module power and ground circuits

Driving - no sub type whilst driving to Adaptive Damping
information Control Module for
intermittent or poor
connection. Repair wiring
circuits as required, clear
DTC and retest the system
C1030-12 Left Rear vertical  Left Rear vertical Refer to the electrical
short to power circuit short to left Rear vertical
retest the system
C1030-14 Left Rear vertical  Left rear vertical Refer to the electrical
short to ground, open circuit short to left Rear vertical
circuit ground, open circuit acceleration sensor circuit
for short to ground, open
 Vertical acceleration circuit. If no fault found
sensor fault on wiring suspect sensor.
Replace sensor, clear DTC
C1030-22 Left Rear vertical  Left Rear vertical With vehicle parked on a
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor level surface, read Left
signal amplitude > insecurely mounted Rear Vertical
 Left Rear vertical and check it lies in range
 Left Rear vertical connections and repair as
module/component
C1030-26 Left Rear vertical  Left Rear vertical Refer to the electrical
signal rate of change Left Rear Vertical
below threshold signal circuit short to Accelerometer signal

another circuit circuit for faults, if circuit
 Left Rear vertical is correct suspect faulty
of the DTC Index.
system
C1030-78 Left Rear vertical  Left Rear vertical Check Left Rear Vertical
acceleration sensor - acceleration sensor Accelerometer for
alignment or adjustment bracket bent location and security, if
incorrect correct suspect faulty
 Left Rear vertical Accelerometer, refer to
of the DTC Index.
C1A03-12 Left Front Height Sensor  Height sensor circuit Refer to the electrical
- circuit short to power shorted to another circuit diagrams and check
cable Front Left Height Sensor
circuit for short to power,
 Height sensor If circuit correct suspect
internal fault Sensor internal fault,
replace as required
C1A03-14 Left Front Height Sensor  Wiring to sensor Disconnect electrical
- circuit short to ground (signal) open circuit connector to height sensor
or open and inspect connector pins
 Wiring to height & terminals for evidence
sensor partial short of corrosion or water
to ground ingress. If no corrosion
 Wiring to height found, disconnect harness
sensor short to other at Control Module. A:
cable Check for short circuits
 Height sensor between any of the 3
internal electrical terminals and vehicle
fault ground. B: Check for
electrical continuity
between the two
connectors for each of the
3 terminals. Reconnect
electrical connector at
Control Module only. C:
Check voltages at
terminals within height

sensor connector (sensor
not connected), with
respect to vehicle body.
Voltage to sensor ground
connection should be ~0v
Voltage to sensor signal
Voltage to sensor supply
All voltages should be
within ± 0.15v
C1A03-21 Left Front Height Sensor  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
- signal amplitude < linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
minimum connected any height sensor fixings
were slackened or found
 Height sensor or to be loose or if a height
bracket loose sensor was changed, the
 Height sensor vehicle ride height MUST
bracket bent be re-calibrated. Confirm
 Incorrect height that the correct height
calibration sensor part number is
 Height sensor fitted, as specified in the
linkage toggled service parts database. To
check height sensor:
 Height sensor water Disconnect electrical
ingress connector to height sensor
 Wiring to height and inspect connecter pins
sensor partial short & terminals for evidence
to ground of corrosion or water
 Wiring to height ingress. If no corrosion
sensor short to other found, disconnect harness
cable at Control Module. A:
Check for short circuits
 Height sensor
between any of the 3
electrical fault
terminals and vehicle
 Height sensor ground. B: Check for
linkage bent electrical continuity
 Incorrect height between the two
sensor fitted connectors for each of the
Check voltages at

within ± 0.15v. To check
sensor operation on the
vehicle: Check for water
ingress around the height
sensors, electrical
connectors or shaft end.
Check for excessive
movement in the shaft in
all directions. Raise
vehicle (ideally on
wheels-free ramp) until
suspension on corner
under investigation is at
rebound to gain access to
height sensor. Access may
be improved by removing
road wheel. Carefully
disconnect the height
sensor link from the upper
suspension arm. Monitor
the height sensor signal
voltage output for the
height sensor under
investigation. Position the
sensor arm so it is in the
mid position and confirm
that the voltage is around
2.5 volts. Move the sensor
arm over the range ±40°
around the mid position
and confirm that the
voltage changes smoothly
between around 0.2 volts
and 4.8 volts. If voltages
are incorrect or do not
change smoothly then
replace sensor. NOTE:
For angles of movement
beyond ±40°, the sensor
signal will clamp to a

voltage of ~0.15v or
~4.85v, depending on
position of sensor lever.
This is normal. When
investigation is complete,
refit height sensor link to
upper arm. If any fixings
to the height sensor body
or mounting bracket were
slackened or found to be
loose or if a height sensor
was changed, the vehicle
ride height MUST be re-
calibrated. Refer to the
relevant information for
the calibration procedure
C1A03-22 Left Front Height Sensor  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
- signal amplitude > linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
maximum connected any height sensor fixings
 Height sensor
electrical fault

Check voltages at
sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under

C1A03-76 Left Front Height Sensor  Incorrect height Refer to the infoamtion
- wrong mounting calibration and perform the height
position sensor calibration
procedure. Clear the DTC
C1A03-78 Left Front Height Sensor  Incorrect height Refer to the information
- alignment or adjustment calibration and perform the height
incorrect sensor calibration
C1A04-12 Right Front Height  Height sensor circuit Refer to the electrical
Sensor - circuit short to shorted to another circuit diagrams and check
power cable Front Right Height Sensor
replace as required
C1A04-14 Right Front Height  Wiring to sensor Disconnect electrical
Sensor - circuit short to (signal) open circuit connector to height sensor
ground or open and inspect connector pins

between the two
Check voltages at
within ± 0.15v
C1A04-21 Right Front Height  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
Sensor - signal amplitude linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
< minimum connected any height sensor fixings
 Height sensor
electrical fault

between the two
 Incorrect height connectors for each of the
sensor fitted 3 terminals. Reconnect
Check voltages at
sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under

relevant section of the
information for the
calibration procedure
C1A04-22 Right Front Height  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
Sensor - signal amplitude linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
> maximum connected any height sensor fixings

electrical fault terminals and vehicle
Check voltages at
sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under

C1A04-76 Right Front Height  Incorrect height Refer to the information
Sensor - wrong mounting calibration and perform the height
C1A04-78 Right Front Height  Incorrect height Refer to the information
Sensor - alignment or calibration and perform the height
adjustment incorrect sensor calibration
C1A05-12 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Height sensor circuit Refer to the electrical
circuit short to power shorted to another circuit diagrams and check
cable Rear Left Height Sensor
 Height sensor circuit for short to power,

internal fault If circuit correct suspect
Sensor internal fault,
replace as required
C1A05-14 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Wiring to sensor Disconnect electrical
circuit short to ground or (signal) open circuit connector to height sensor
open and inspect connector pins
between the two
Check voltages at
within ± 0.15v
C1A05-21 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
signal amplitude < linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
minimum connected any height sensor fixings
 Height sensor water check height sensor:

ingress Disconnect electrical
connector to height sensor
 Height sensor Check for short circuits
electrical fault between any of the 3
 Height sensor terminals and vehicle
linkage bent ground. B: Check for
Check voltages at
sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on

height sensor under
C1A05-22 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
signal amplitude > linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If

fitted, as specified in the
 Height sensor service parts database. To
linkage toggled check height sensor:
electrical fault terminals and vehicle
Check voltages at
sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under
C1A05-76 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Incorrect height Refer to the information
wrong mounting position calibration and perform the height
sensor calibration
C1A05-78 Left Rear Height Sensor -  Incorrect height Refer to the information
wrong mounting position calibration and perform the height
sensor calibration
C1A06-12 Right Rear Height Sensor  Height sensor circuit Refer to the electrical
- circuit short to power shorted to another circuit diagrams and check
cable Rear Right Height Sensor
replace as required
C1A06-14 Right Rear Height Sensor  Wiring to sensor Disconnect electrical
- circuit short to ground (signal) open circuit connector to height sensor
or open and inspect connector pins
between the two
Check voltages at
within ± 0.15v
C1A06-21 Right Rear Height Sensor Inspect for damage or
- signal amplitude <  Height sensor loose fixings. NOTE If

minimum linkage not any height sensor fixings
connected were slackened or found
to be loose or if a height
 Height sensor or sensor was changed, the
bracket loose vehicle ride height MUST
 Height sensor be re-calibrated. Confirm
bracket bent that the correct height
 Incorrect height sensor part number is
calibration fitted, as specified in the
 Height sensor service parts database. To
linkage toggled check height sensor:
Disconnect electrical
 Height sensor water connector to height sensor
ingress and inspect connecter pins
 Height sensor
electrical fault
ground. B: Check for
 Height sensor electrical continuity
linkage bent between the two
 Incorrect height connectors for each of the
sensor fitted 3 terminals. Reconnect
Check voltages at
sensors, electrical

Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under

C1A06-22 Right Rear Height Sensor  Height sensor Inspect for damage or
- signal amplitude > linkage not loose fixings. NOTE If
 Height sensor
electrical fault
Check voltages at

sensors, electrical
Check for excessive
vehicle (ideally on
height sensor under

C1A06-76 Right Rear Height Sensor  Incorrect height Refer to the information
- wrong mounting calibration and perform the height
C1A06-78 Right Rear Height Sensor  Incorrect height Refer to the information
- alignment or adjustment calibration and perform the height
incorrect sensor calibration
C110C-01 Left Front Damper  Left front damper Refer to the electrical
Solenoid - General solenoid circuit fault circuit diagrams and check
electrical failure Front Left damper
solenoid circuit for faults,
If no faults are evident
suspect a faulty control
module, refer to the new
module installation note at
C110C-18 Left Front Damper  Front Left Damper Refer to the electrical
Solenoid - circuit current Actuator open circuit circuit diagrams and check
below threshold at startup Front Left Damper
Solenoid circuit
resistance. Damper
solenoid circuit should lie
in range of 2 to 3.5 ohms
Solenoid - circuit current Solenoid circuit circuit diagrams and check
above threshold current above Front Left Damper
threshold Solenoid circuit
resistance. Damper
C110C-14 Left front damper  Left front damper Carry out any pinpoint
solenoid - short to solenoid - short to tests associated with this
ground, open circuit ground, open circuit DTC using the

diagrams and check left
front damper solenoid
open circuit. Check and
install a new damper as
required. Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C110C-1D Left front damper  Left front damper Carry out any pinpoint
solenoid solenoid circuit - tests associated with this
short to DTC using the
ground/power, open manufacturer approved
 Left front damper diagrams and check left
failure front damper solenoid
power, open circuit.
damper as required. Refer
to the warranty policy and
module/component is
suspect
Solenoid - signal Solenoid Measured circuit diagrams and check
plausibility failure Current control loop Front Left Damper
failed Solenoid circuit
resistance. Damper
 Front Left Damper solenoid circuit should lie
Solenoid open circuit in range of 2 to 3.5 ohms
C110D-01 Right Front Damper  Right front damper Refer to the electrical
electrical failure Front Right damper
C110D-18 Right Front Damper  Front Right Damper Refer to the electrical
below threshold Front Right Damper
at startup Solenoid circuit

resistance. Damper
above threshold current above Front Right Damper
resistance. Damper
C110D-14 Right front damper  Right front damper Carry out any pinpoint
solenoid - short to solenoid circuit - tests associated with this
ground, open circuit short to ground, open DTC using the
 Right front damper to the electrical circuit
failure diagrams and check Right
front damper solenoid
warranty policy and
module/component is
suspect
C110D-1D Right front damper  Right front damper Carry out any pinpoint
 Right front damper diagrams and check Right
failure front damper solenoid
module/component is
suspect
plausibility failure Current control loop Front Right Damper
Solenoid circuit
failed resistance. Damper

 Front Right Damper solenoid circuit should lie
C110E-01 Left Rear Damper  Left Rear damper Refer to the electrical
electrical failure Rear Left damper solenoid
circuit for faults, If no
faults are evident suspect
a faulty control module,
refer to the new module
of the DTC Index
C110E-18 Left Rear Damper  Rear Left Damper Refer to the electrical
below threshold at startup Rear Left Damper
Solenoid circuit
resistance. Damper
above threshold current above Rear Left Damper
resistance. Damper
C110E-14 Left Rear damper  Left Rear damper Carry out any pinpoint
 Left Rear damper to the electrical circuit
failure diagrams and check left
Rear damper solenoid
warranty policy and
module/component is
suspect
C110E-1D Left Rear damper  Left Rear damper Carry out any pinpoint

 Left Rear damper to the electrical circuit
failure diagrams and check left
module/component is
suspect
plausibility failure Current control loop Rear Left Damper
resistance. Damper
 Rear Left Damper solenoid circuit should lie
C110F-01 Right Rear Damper  Right Rear damper Refer to the electrical
Electrical Failure Rear Right damper
C110F-18 Right Rear Damper  Rear Right Damper Refer to the electrical
below threshold at startup Rear Right Damper
Solenoid circuit
resistance. Damper
above threshold current above Rear Right Damper
resistance. Damper
C110F-14 Right Rear damper  Right Rear damper Carry out any pinpoint
 Right Rear damper to the electrical circuit

failure diagrams and check Right
warranty policy and
module/component is
suspect
C110F-1D Right Rear damper  Right Rear damper Carry out any pinpoint
 Right Rear damper diagrams and check Right
failure Rear damper solenoid
module/component is
suspect
plausibility failure Current control loop Rear Right Damper
resistance. Damper
 Rear Right Damper solenoid circuit should lie
C1B14-1C Sensor Supply Voltage A  Left Front Height Refer to the electrical
- out of range Sensor or Right circuit diagrams and check
Front Height Sensor sensor supply for circuit
or Left Rear Height fault. Check all height
Sensor or Right Rear sensors. Check module
Height Sensor sensor supply output
supply partial short voltage measured voltage
to other circuit or should be between 4.995
ground volts and 4.85 volts
 Left Front Height
Sensor or Right
Front Height Sensor
or Left Rear Height

Sensor or Right Rear
Height Sensor
internal failure
module failure
C1B15-1C Sensor Supply Voltage B  Left Front Vertical Refer to the electrical
- out of range Acceleration Sensor circuit diagrams and check
or Right Front sensor supply for circuit
Vertical fault. Check all Vertical
Acceleration Sensor Acceleration Sensors.
or Left Rear Vertical Check control module
Acceleration Sensor sensor supply output
or Right Rear voltage Measured voltage
Vertical should be between 4.995
Acceleration Sensor volts and 4.85 volts
supply partial short
to other circuit or
ground. Left Front
Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Right Front
Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Left Rear Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Right Rear
Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
supply partial short
to other circuit or
ground
 Left Front Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Right Front
Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Left Rear Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
or Right Rear
Vertical
Acceleration Sensor
internal failure
module failure
U0001-88 High speed CAN  Lost Communication Check Engine Control
communication bus - bus With Engine Control Module for stored DTCs.
off Module (ECM) Refer to the electrical
(CAN Bus circuit circuit diagrams and check
fault) CAN Bus circuit for
faults, check CAN circuits
for open circuits or shorts
to power, ground or other
circuits
U0100-00 Lost Communication  Missing message Check Engine Control
With ECM/PCM A - no from ECM Module for stored DTCs.
sub type information Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check
CAN Bus for circuit fault
U0101-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Transmission
with TCM - no sub type with Transmission Control Module for stored
information control module DTCs. Refer to the
(TCM) (CAN Bus electrical circuit diagrams
circuit fault) and check CAN Bus for
circuit fault
U0103-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Gear Shift Module
With Gear Shift Control With Gear Shift for stored DTCs. Refer to
Module A - no sub type Module (GSM) the electrical circuit
information (CAN Bus circuit diagrams and check Can
fault) Bus for circuit faults
U0121-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Anti lock Brake
With Anti-Lock Brake With Anti-Lock System Control Module
System (ABS) Control Brake System (ABS) for stored DTCs. Refer to
Module - no sub type Control Module the electrical circuit
information (CAN Bus circuit diagrams and check Can
fault) Bus circuit to Anti lock
Brake System Control
Module for circuit faults
U0132-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Air Suspension
With Suspension Control With Air Suspension Control Module for stored
Module A - no sub type Control Module DTCs. Refer to the
information (CAN Bus circuit electrical circuit diagrams
fault and check CAN Bus
circuit to Air Suspension
Control Module for circuit
faults
U0136-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Rear Differential
With Differential Control With Rear Control Module for stored
Module - Rear - no sub Differential Control DTCs. Refer to the
type information Module (CAN Bus electrical circuit diagrams
circuit fault) and check Can Bus circuit
to Rear Differential
Control Module for circuit

faults
U0140-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Body Control
With Body Control With Body Control Module for stored DTCs.
Module - no sub type Module (Front Smart Refer to the electrical
information Junction Box) (CAN circuit diagrams and check
Bus circuit fault) CAN Bus circuit to Body
Control Module for faults
U0142-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Rear Smart
With Body Control rear smart junction Junction Box for stored
Module B - no sub type box (CAN Bus DTCs. Refer to the
information circuit fault) electrical circuit diagrams
and check Can Bus circuit
to Rear Smart Junction
Box for faults
U0155-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication Check Instrument Panel
With Instrument Panel With Instrument Cluster for stored DTCs.
Cluster (IPC) Control Panel Cluster (IPC) Refer to the electrical
Module - no sub type Control Module circuit diagrams and check
information (CAN bus circuit CAN Bus to Instrument
fault) Panel Cluster for circuit
fault
U0300-00 Internal control module  CAN master Check Front Smart
software incompatibility configuration ID Junction Box vehicle
incorrect configuration file, check
part number of adaptive
damping control module
U0401-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check Engine Control
from ECM/PCM A - Received from Module for DTCs. Refer
event information Engine Control to the relevant DTC index
Module
U0402-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check for Transmission
from TCM - event Received from Control Module DTCs.
information Transmission control Refer to relevant DTC
module index
U0404-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid data received Check Gear Shift Control
from Gear Shift Control from gear shift Module for DTCs. Refer
Module A control module to the relevant DTC index
U0415-68 Invalid Data Received  * Invalid Data Check for Anti lock Brake
From Anti-Lock Brake Received From Anti- System DTCs. Refer to
System (ABS) Control Lock Brake System the relevant DTC index
Module - event (ABS) Control
information Module
U0421-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check Air Suspension
from Suspension Control Control Module for stored
Module A event Received From Air DTCs. Refer to the

information Suspension Control relevant DTC index
Module
U0422-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check Body Control
From Body Control Received From Body Module (Front Smart
Module - event Control Module Junction Box) for stored
information (Front Smart DTCs. Refer to the
Junction Box) relevant DTC index
U0437-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check Rear Differential
From Differential Control Received From Rear Control Module for stored
Module - Rear - event Differential Control DTCs. Refer to the
information Module relevant DTC index
U0443-68 Invalid Data Received  Invalid Data Check rear smart junction
From Body Control Received From body box for DTCs and refer to
Module B - event control module B relevant DTC index
information (Rear Smart Junction
Box)
U1A14-00 CAN initialization failure  CAN network Refer to circuit diagrams
- no sub type information harness short, and check CAN Bus
disconnected circuit for fault (short to
power, ground or open
circuit)
U2100-00 Initial Configuration Not  Car Configuration Install car config to Front
Complete - no sub type Data not loaded Smart Junction Box. Clear
information (New Body Control DTC and retest systems
Module (Front Smart
Junction Box) fitted
to vehicle and not
initialized)
 Internal Body
Control Module
(Front Smart
Junction Box) failure
U2101-00 Control Module  Car Configuration Carry out the new module
Configuration Data transmitted software installation
Incompatible - no sub over CAN does not procedure
type information match adaptive
damping control
module internal
config
U3000-01 Control module - General  General electrical Check integrity of
Electrical Failure failure electrical connectors and
pins to module. Check
damper negative circuits
for short to Ground. Refer
to the new module

of the DTC Index. Install
a new Adaptive Damping
Control Module.
U3000-04 Control Module - System  Module Internal Refer to the electrical
Internal Failure failure wiring diagrams and
check all damper solenoid
circuits for short to power.
If no harness faults are
found suspect adaptive
damping control module.
Install a new module, refer
to new module installation
note at top of DTC Index
U3000-43 Control Module - special  Module Internal Suspect Adaptive
memory failure failure Damping Control Module
internal failure. Install a
new module, refer to the
of the DTC Index
U3000-45 Control Module -  Module Internal Refer to the electrical
program memory failure failure circuit diagrams and check
power and ground circuit
for fault. Clear DTC turn
off ignition, wait 1
minute. Turn on ignition,
check for DTCs. If DTC
returns suspect Adaptive
Damping Control Module
internal failure. Install a
new module, refer to the
of the DTC Index
U3000-47 Control Module -  Module Internal If this DTC is logged
watchdog / safety Micro Failure contact your local in-
controller failure market support
U3000-52 Control Module - not  Adaptive Damping Install the latest software /
activated Control Module has Carry out the new-module
been replaced and (software) install
not programmed procedure
U3000-54 Control Module - missing  Adaptive damping Refer to the information.
calibration control module has Install the latest software /
been replaced and no Carry out the new-module
software is installed (software) install

procedure
U3003-1C Battery voltage - circuit  Adaptive damping Check the battery is in
voltage out of range control module has good condition and fully
been replaced and no charged, refer to the
software is installed battery care manual. Refer
to the starting and
charging information and
check the performance of
the charging system. Refer
diagrams and check power
and ground circuit to
adaptive damping control
module for faults,
including intermittent high
resistance
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  High Resistance Check the battery is in
compare failure Connections good condition and fully
Adaptive Damping charged, refer to the
Control module battery care manual. Refer
Internal Failure to the starting and
charging information and
check the performance of
the charging system. Refer
diagrams and check power
and ground circuit to
adaptive damping control
module for faults,
including intermittent high
resistance
DTC: ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)




into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the anti-lock braking system
module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing Section. For
additional information, refer to ANTI-LOCK CONTROL - STABILITY ASSIST .

C0021-09 Brake Booster  No vacuum available  Check integrity of
Performance from engine due to brake booster vacuum
split/leaking hose etc. hose. Check and
 Brake booster servo install a new brake
has failed due to lack booster as required
of vacuum
C0030-38 Left Front Tone Wheel  Left front magnetic  Check the left front
- signal frequency pulse ring magnetic pulse ring
incorrect damaged/contaminated for damage or
 Incorrect component contamination. Clean
installed or replace as required.
If no
 * Sensor internal fault
damage/contamination
found, suspect wheel
speed sensor. Refer to
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect. To validate
the repair and
extinguish the lamps,
the vehicle needs to be
driven above
9mph/15kph for more
than 10 seconds
C0031-12 Left Front Wheel Speed  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Sensor - short to battery harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for short
to power. Repair
harness as required. If
no harness fault found,
suspect wheel speed
sensor. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Sensor - circuit short to harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
ground or open internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground or open
circuit. Repair harness
as required. If no
harness fault found,
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Sensor - signal harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
shape/waveform failure internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
partial or
intermittently
grounded signal
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0031-2F Left Front Wheel Speed  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Sensor -signal erratic harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
sensor circuit for
intermittent short to
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Sensor - no signal harness fault Magnetic circuit diagrams and
pulse ring de- check the wheel speed
magnetised or damaged sensor circuit for open
Sensor internal fault circuit or high
resistance. Check
connectors for damage
or corrosion. Check
the wheel speed sensor
for correct location
and contamination.
Check the magnetic
pulse wheel for
contamination,
damage or de-
magnetisation. Clean
or replace the sensor
or wheel bearing as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Sensor - signal compare harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
failure internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0031-64 Left Front Wheel Speed  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct
Sensor - signal installed Electrical wheels and tyres are
plausibility failure wiring harness fault installed. Refer to the
 EMC influences on left electrical circuit
front wheel speed diagrams and check
sensor and supply line the wheel speed sensor
circuit for intermittent
 Magnetic pulse wheel short to power, or
damaged/contaminated,
de-magnetised Sensor ground. Check for

internal fault EMC influences on
the speed sensor and
circuits. Check
magnetic pulse wheel
for
and de-magnetisation.
Repair Wiring
harness, install a new
sensor or wheel
bearing as required.
Refer to the Warranty
Policy and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C0032-11 Left Front wheel Speed  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Sensor Supply - circuit harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
short to ground internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0033-38 Right Front Tone Wheel  Right front magnetic  Check the right front
If no
 * Sensor internal fault damage/contamination
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
the repair and

driven above
9mph/15kph for more
than 10 seconds
C0034-12 Right Front Wheel  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Speed Sensor - short to harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
battery internal fault check the wheel speed
to power. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Speed Sensor - circuit harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
short to ground or open internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground or open
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Speed Sensor - signal harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
sensor circuit for
partial or
intermittently
grounded signal
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0034-2F Right Front Wheel  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Speed Sensor -signal harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
erratic internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Speed Sensor - no harness fault Magnetic circuit diagrams and
signal pulse ring de- check the wheel speed
resistance. Check
or corrosion. Check
and contamination.
Check the magnetic
pulse wheel for
contamination,
damage or de-
or wheel bearing as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
compare failure internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0034-64 Right Front Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct
Speed Sensor - signal installed wheels and tyres are
plausibility failure installed. Refer to the
 Electrical wiring
harness fault electrical circuit
diagrams and check
 EMC influences on the wheel speed sensor
right front wheel speed circuit for intermittent
sensor and supply line short to power, or
 Magnetic pulse wheel ground. Check for
damaged/contaminated, EMC influences on
de-magnetised the speed sensor and
 Sensor internal fault circuits. Check
for
Repair wiring harness,
install a new sensor or
wheel bearing as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Speed Sensor Supply - harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
circuit short to ground internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0036-38 Left Rear Tone Wheel -  Left rear magnetic  Check the left rear
signal frequency pulse ring magnetic pulse ring
If no
 * Sensor internal fault damage/contamination
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph for more
than 10 seconds
C0037-12 Left Rear Wheel Speed  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Sensor - short to battery harness fault circuit diagrams and
 Sensor internal fault check the wheel speed
to power. Repair
suspect wheel speed

Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Sensor - circuit short to harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
ground or open internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground or open
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Sensor - signal harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
sensor circuit for
partial or
intermittently
grounded signal
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0037-2F Left Rear Wheel Speed  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Sensor -signal erratic harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
sensor circuit for

as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Sensor - no signal harness fault Magnetic circuit diagrams and
pulse ring de- check the wheel speed
resistance. Check
or corrosion. Check
and contamination.
Check the magnetic
pulse wheel for
contamination,
damage or de-
or wheel bearing as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Sensor - signal compare harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
failure internal fault check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for

as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C0037-64 Left Rear Wheel Speed  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct
Sensor - signal installed wheels and tyres are
diagrams and check
 EMC influences on left the wheel speed sensor
rear wheel speed sensor circuit for intermittent
and supply line short to power, or
de-magnetised Sensor the speed sensor and
internal fault circuits. Check
for
Repair Wiring
sensor or wheel
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
Sensor Supply - circuit harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
short to ground internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0039-38 Right Rear Tone Wheel  Right rear magnetic  Check the right rear
installed or replace as required..
If no
 Sensor internal fault damage/contamination
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph for more
than 10 seconds
C003A-12 Right Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Speed Sensor - short to harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
battery internal fault check the wheel speed
to power. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
Speed Sensor - circuit harness fault Sensor circuit diagrams and
short to ground or open internal fault check the wheel speed
to ground or open
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
sensor circuit for
partial or
intermittently
grounded signal
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C003A-2F Right Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Speed Sensor -signal harness fault circuit diagrams and
erratic check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and

driven above
9mph/15kph
Speed Sensor - no harness fault circuit diagrams and
signal check the wheel speed
circuit or high
 Sensor internal fault resistance. Check
or corrosion. Check
and contamination.
Check the magnetic
pulse wheel for
contamination,
damage or de-
or wheel bearing as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
Speed Sensor - signal harness fault circuit diagrams and
compare failure check the wheel speed
sensor circuit for
as required. If no
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair and
driven above
9mph/15kph
C003A-64 Right Rear Wheel  Incorrect wheels/tyres  Check the correct
Speed Sensor - signal installed wheels and tyres are
diagrams and check
 EMC influences on left the wheel speed sensor
rear wheel speed sensor circuit for intermittent
and supply line short to power, or
de-magnetised the speed sensor and
 Sensor internal fault circuits. Check
for
Repair Wiring
sensor or wheel
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C003B-11 Right Rear Wheel  Electrical wiring  Refer to the electrical
Speed Sensor Supply - harness fault circuit diagrams and
circuit short to ground check the wheel speed
to ground. Repair
suspect wheel speed
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0047-16 Brake Booster Pressure  Brake booster pressure  Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor - circuit voltage sensor supply circuit - test associated with

below threshold voltage below this DTC using the
threshold manufacturer
 HCU failure approved diagnostic
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
brake booster pressure
sensor power supply
for short to ground.
Check and install a
new HCU as required,
refer to the new
module/component
installation note at the
top of the DTC Index
C0047-1C Brake Booster Pressure  Brake booster pressure  Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor - circuit voltage sensor supply circuit - test associated with
out of range voltage out of range this DTC using the
4.5v-5.3v manufacturer
 Brake booster pressure approved diagnostic
sensor failure system. Refer to the
electrical circuit
 HCU failure diagrams and check
sensor power supply
for short, high
resistance. Establish if
sensor or HCU is at
fault. Check and
install a new brake
booster pressure
sensor or HCU as
required, refer to the
new
module/component
top of the DTC Index
C0047-29 Brake Booster Pressure  Brake booster pressure  Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor - signal invalid sensor signal 1 circuit - test associated with
short to ground, power, this DTC using the
open circuit manufacturer
sensor signal 2 circuit - system. Refer to the
short to ground, power, electrical circuit
open circuit diagrams and check
 Brake booster pressure brake booster signal 1

sensor failure and 2 circuits for short
to ground, power,
open circuit. Clear
DTC and re-test. If
DTC remains, suspect
the brake booster
pressure sensor, check
and install a new
sensor as required,
refer to the new
module/component
top of the DTC Index.
To validate the repair
and extinguish the
lamps, start the engine
and apply the foot
brake
C0047-62 Brake Booster Pressure NOTE:  Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor - signal compare Fault detected during test associated with
failure braking event this DTC using the
manufacturer
sensor signal circuits 1 system. Refer to the
and 2 - shorted together electrical circuit
diagrams and check
sensor signal circuits 1
and 2 for shorting
together. Repair any
harness faults found
and retest. To validate
the repair and
start the engine and
apply the foot brake
C0047-64 Brake Booster Pressure NOTE:  Carry out any pinpoint
Sensor - signal Fault detected during non- test associated with
plausibility failure braking event this DTC using the
manufacturer
 Signal plausibility approved diagnostic
failure system. Refer to the
 Electrical wiring electrical circuit
harness fault diagrams and check
brake booster signal 1
 Brake booster pressure
sensor failure and 2 circuits for short

to ground, power,
open circuit or high
resistance. Check
or corrosion. Repair
any harness faults
found and retest. If
DTC remains, suspect
the brake booster
pressure sensor, check
and install a new
sensor as required,
refer to the new
module/component
To validate the repair
and extinguish the
lamps, start the engine
and apply and release
the foot brake
C0062-28 Longitudinal  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor
Acceleration Sensor - mounted is securely mounted. If
signal bias level out of the mounting is secure
range/zero adjustment  Yaw sensor fault
suspect the yaw
failure sensor, Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0062-54 Longitudinal  The longitudinal  Check the longitudinal
Acceleration Sensor - acceleration sensor has acceleration sensor has
missing calibration not been calibrated been calibrated
 Mounting bracket  If it has been
bent/misaligned calibrated check that
the sensor is aligned
correctly, check for
bent mounting bracket
 To validate the
calibration/repair,
ignition on and wait
10 seconds. Check
lamps remain
extinguished
C0063-08 Yaw Rate Sensor - bus
signal /message failures  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical

 Yaw sensor fault wiring diagrams and
check the integrity of
supplies to the yaw
sensor. Check the
integrity of the bus
connections. Repair
any harness faults
found and retest. If no
harness faults are
found suspect the yaw
sensor, Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
the repair, ignition on
and wait 10 seconds.
Check lamps remain
extinguished.
C0063-14 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
circuit short to ground wiring diagrams and
or open  Sensor fault
check the high speed
CAN circuit between
the yaw sensor and the
Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic
Control Unit for short
to ground or open
circuit. Repair any
and retest. If no
harness faults are
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0063-1C Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor power  Refer to the electrical
circuit voltage out of distribution fault wiring diagrams and
range check the power and
ground supplies to the
 Yaw sensor internal yaw sensor. Check
fault power circuit for short
to ground or open
circuit. Check ground
circuit for short to
power or open circuit.
Repair any harness
faults found and retest.
If no harness faults are
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
 To confirm the repair
and extinguish the
warning lamps, clear
the DTC, cycle the
ignition state to off,
then return the ignition
state to on and wait up
to 10 seconds
C0063-27 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor
signal rate of change mounted is securely mounted.
 Yaw sensor connector  Check the yaw sensor
insecure harness connector is
 Wiring harness fault securely located. Refer
to the electrical wiring
 Yaw sensor fault diagrams and check
 Anti-Lock Braking the power and ground
System Hydraulic supplies to the yaw
 Control Unit fault sensor. Check circuits
for intermittent open
circuit or high
resistance. Repair any
and retest. If no
harness faults are
sensor or Anti-Lock
Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit, Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0063-28 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor insecurely  Check the yaw sensor
signal bias level out of mounted is securely mounted. If
range/zero adjustment the mounting is secure
failure  Yaw sensor fault
suspect the yaw
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C0063-41 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw sensor fault  Replace the yaw
checksum error sensor, clear the DTC
 Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic and retest the system.
Control Unit fault If the DTC remains
install a new Anti-
Lock Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
C0063-49 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor  Refer to the electrical
internal electronic internal electronic wiring diagrams and
failure failure check the power and
 Wiring harness fault ground supplies to the
yaw sensor. Repair
any harness faults
found and retest. If no
harness faults are
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the

to 10 seconds
C0063-64 Yaw Rate Sensor -  The vehicle has been NOTE:
signal plausibility operated on a This DTC can be set if the
failure dynamometer/rolling vehicle is operated on a
road dynamometer/rolling road,
if this is the case the DTC
 Yaw rate sensor should be stored as a
incorrectly installed historic DTC
 Yaw rate sensor fault
 This DTC is set if the
information coming
from the yaw sensor is
deemed to be
implausible when
compared with other
sensor information
such as steering angle
sensor. Check that the
yaw sensor is correctly
installed on the
vehicle. If the sensor
is installed correctly
suspect the sensor has
an internal fault. Refer
to the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C0063-95 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Incorrect yaw sensor  Check the part number
incorrect assembly installed of the yaw sensor and
fit the correct sensor
as required
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
C101F-49 Generic Valve Failure -  Anti-Lock Braking  Refer to the Warranty
internal electronic
failure System Hydraulic Policy and Procedures

Control Unit fault manual if a
module/component is
suspect. Check and
install a new Anti-
Lock Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit
C1A77-16 Valve Relay Supply  Valve relay supply  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - voltage below circuit fault wiring diagrams and
threshold check the valve relay
 Valve relay ground
circuit fault supply circuit for open
circuit or short to
ground. Check the
valve relay ground
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds. If
required road test the
vehicle at a speed
above 20 KPH
C1A90-12 Wheel speed Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  This DTC is set if at
incorrect component least one wheel speed
installed sensor supply circuit is
short to power.
 Refer to the electrical
wiring diagrams and
check the wheel speed
sensor circuits for
short to power. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
C1A95-4A Wheel Speed Sensor -  Incorrect wheel speed  Check and install the
signal plausibility sensor installed correct wheel speed
failure sensor
and extinguish the

the DTC, cycle the
to 30 seconds
C1A95-64 Wheel Speed Sensor -  Incorrect wheels/tyres NOTE:
signal plausibility installed This DTC could be set by a
failure flat tyre which would give
 Electrical wiring a continuous different rate
harness fault of speed when compared
 Magnetic pulse wheel to other 3 wheels, if this is
damaged/contaminated the case the DTC should
or de-magnetised be stored as a historic
DTC.
 EMC influences on
wheel speed sensors  Check that approved
and supply circuits wheels and tyres are
 Wheel speed sensor installed. Refer to the
internal fault electrical circuit
diagrams and check
circuits for
power, or ground.
Check the wheel speed
sensors and pulse
wheels for
contamination/damage
or de-magnetisation.
Clear the DTC and
retest the vehicle. If
the fault remains
check the wheel speed
sensor circuits for
possible EMC
interference. Examine
the output from the
sensors using an
oscilloscope to
identify inconsistent
patterns or spikes.
Repair wiring harness
or replace wheel speed
sensors or wheel
bearings as required.
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1A96-64 Brake Light Switch -  Brake pedal switch out  This DTC is set when
signal plausibility of adjustment the signal from the
failure brake pedal position
 Brake pedal switch
circuit faults switch is contradicted
by the signal from the
 Brake pedal switch master cylinder
fault pressure sensor. Check
the adjustment of the
brake pedal position
switch. Check the
Engine Control
Module for brake
pedal switch related
DTCs. Check brake
pedal switch circuits
for open circuit.
Repair wiring as
required or install a
replacement switch as
required. Switch the
ignition state to on,
press and release
brake pedal at least
once
C1A97-24 Lateral Accelerometer -  Sensor Internal Fault  This DTC is set when
signal stuck high the lateral
accelerometer
produces an erroneous
signal with the vehicle
stationary. Suspect
sensor, refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1A98-49 Yaw Rate Sensor  Internal electronic  Check and install a
failure new sensor as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1A98-64 Yaw Rate Sensor NOTE:  Check the Yaw rate
This DTC may set due to a sensor is correctly

sustained period of steep installed to the
uphill driving (>35% for four vehicle. Check and
seconds) install a new sensor as
 Yaw rate sensor Warranty Policy and
incorrectly mounted to Procedures manual if a
the vehicle module/component is
 Yaw rate sensor failure suspect
C1A98-92 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor  Check the mounting of
performance or incorrectly mounted to the yaw rate sensor
incorrect operation the vehicle. and correct or replace
sensor as required.
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1A98-96 Yaw Rate Sensor -  Yaw rate sensor  Clear the DTC and
component internal incorrectly installed retest the system. If
failure the fault remains
 Yaw rate sensor wiring
fault check for additional
 EMC influences on DTC index. Check the
yaw rate sensor and Yaw sensor is
circuits mounted correctly on
 Yaw rate sensor the vehicle. Check the
internal fault wiring connections to
the sensor are correct
and secure. Check for
any sources of EMC
interference with the
sensor or circuits. If
no external causes are
evident suspect the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1A98-2F Yaw Rate Sensor -  The signal from the NOTE:
signal erratic yaw rate sensor has This DTC may be stored
been suspicious for > 2 even though no fault
minutes but has not yet condition is present and
should be ignored. Clear
moved fully to fault the DTC and retest. Verify
condition
the customer concern

prior to diagnosis
 Information only,
regard as normal
operation. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
C1A99-28 Pressure Sensor - signal  Pedal box adjustment  Check the pedal box is
bias level out of range / incorrect adjusted/operating
zero adjustment failure correctly, perform any
 Pedal box fault
necessary adjustments,
 Anti-Lock Braking clear DTC and retest
System Control system. If DTC resets
Module fault suspect Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module. Refer
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-16 Steering Angle Sensor -  Steering angle sensor  The sensor is
circuit voltage below not initialised and calibrated at every
threshold calibrated new ignition cycle,
 Wiring harness fault every time the vehicle
is driven away from
 Sensor internal fault standstill. The DTC
indicates that the
steering offset
exceeded allowed
values and that the
calibration process
was restarted. Check
for a disturbance of
the ignition supply to
the sensor. Refer to
diagrams and check
the steering angle
sensor wiring harness
and circuits for open
circuits, short to
ground. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-1C Steering Angle Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
circuit voltage out of circuit diagrams and
range  Sensor internal fault
check the steering
angle sensor wiring
harness and sensor
signal circuits for open
circuits, short to power
or ground. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-27 Steering Angle Sensor -  Harness fault  Refer to the electrical
signal rate of change circuit diagrams,
above threshold  Sensor internal fault
check the wiring
harness connection at
the steering angle
sensor for security and
check circuits for
intermittent faults.
Clear DTC and retest
system. The sensor is
calibrated at every
new ignition cycle,
every time the vehicle
is driven away from
standstill. If fault
returns suspect sensor.
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-49 Steering Angle Sensor -  Steering angle sensor  Check the installed
internal electronic not installed in the position of the steering
failure correct position angle sensor. Remove
 Steering angle sensor and reinstall if
internal fault required. Clear DTC.
The sensor is
calibrated at every
new ignition cycle,
is driven away from
standstill. Retest
system. If fault returns

suspect sensor. Refer
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-64 Steering Angle Sensor -  Steering angle sensor  This DTC is set when
signal plausibility not installed in the there is conflicting
failure correct position information coming
 Yaw rate sensor not from the Steering
installed in the correct Angle Sensor and the
position Yaw Rate Sensor.
Check both of these
 Steering angle sensor sensors to ensure they
internal fault are correctly installed
on the vehicle. Check
for other related
DTCs. Clear the DTC.
The sensor is
calibrated at every
new ignition cycle,
is driven away from
standstill. If the DTC
returns suspect the
Steering Angle
Sensor. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-66 Steering Angle Sensor -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
signal has too many circuit diagrams and
transitions/events  Steering angle sensor
internal fault check the steering
angle circuits for short
circuit to each other. If
no harness faults are
found suspect the
steering angle sensor,
refer to the Warranty
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
C1B00-68 Steering Angle Sensor -  Conditions not met  Information only,
event information under which the sensor regard as normal

can learn the centre operation. Clear the
position DTC and retest the
system. Switch the
ignition state to on,
engine running,
accelerate > 5.4 kph
with steering input
C1B02-16 Return Pump - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
voltage below threshold circuit diagrams and
check the return pump
supply and ground
circuits for short to
ground or open circuit
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
state to on and drive
the vehicle above
9mph/15kph
C1B02-49 Return Pump - internal  Internal fault within the Install a new hydraulic
electronic failure Anti-Lock Braking control unit. Refer to the
System Hydraulic Warranty Policy and
Control Unit Procedures manual if a
module/component is
suspect To confirm the
repair and extinguish the
warning lamps, clear the
DTC, cycle the ignition state
to off, then return the
ignition state to on and drive
the vehicle above
9mph/15kph
C2009-95 Front Axle Wheel  Vehicle unevenly  Check the vehicle is
Speed Sensors Swapped loaded not unevenly loaded
- incorrect assembly (heavy on one side).
 Incorrect tyres installed
Check that approved
 Wiring harness fault wheels and tyres are
installed. Refer to
electrical circuit
diagrams and check if
the front wheel speed
sensor connectors are
transposed or
incorrectly attached at
the wiring harness
connector
C200A-95 Rear Axle Wheel Speed  Vehicle unevenly  Check the vehicle is
Sensors Swapped - loaded not unevenly loaded
incorrect assembly (heavy on one side).
 Incorrect tyres installed
Check that approved
 Wiring harness fault wheels and tyres are
installed. Refer to
electrical circuit
diagrams and check if
the rear wheel speed
sensor connectors are
transposed or
incorrectly attached at
the wiring harness
connector
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
Communication bus - circuit diagrams and
bus off check the power and
ground connections to
the module. Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0074-13 Control Module  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus B circuit diagrams and
off - circuit open check the power and
the module. Refer to
diagrams and check
the private CAN bus
circuits between the
Yaw Rate Sensor and
the Anti-Lock Braking
System control
module for open
circuit
U0074-88 Control Module  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus B circuit diagrams and

off - bus off check the power and
the module. Refer to
diagrams and check
the private CAN bus
Yaw Rate Sensor and
System control
module for short to
ground, short to power
open circuit. check for
insecure connectors
U0100-00 Lost Communication  Power distribution fault  Refer to the electrical
With ECM/PCM A - no circuit diagrams and
sub type information  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Engine
Control Module and
System Control
Module
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
With ECM/PCM "A" - circuit diagrams and
Missing message  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Engine
Control Module and
System Control
Module To confirm
the repair and
extinguish the warning
lamps, clear the DTC,
cycle the ignition state
to off, then return the
ignition state to on and
wait up to 10 seconds
With TCM - no sub circuit diagrams and
type information  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the
Transmission Control
Module and the Anti-
Lock Braking System
Control Module
with TCM - missing circuit diagrams and
message  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the
Lock Braking System
Control Module
With Gear Shift Control circuit diagrams and
Module A - no sub type  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
information ground connections to
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the
Transmission Shift
Control Module and
System Control
Module
With Gear Shift Module circuit diagrams and
- Missing message  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the
Transmission Shift
Control Module and
System Control
Module
With Cruise Control circuit diagrams and
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Adaptive
Speed Control Module
and the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module
U0104-87 Lost Communication  Invalid brake demand NOTE:
With Cruise Control pressure received from This DTC can be set by
Module - missing the Adaptive Speed either lost communication
message Control Module over CAN or by the ABS
receiving an invalid brake
 Power distribution fault demand pressure from the
 Wiring harness fault Adaptive Speed Control
Module
 Check for Adaptive

related DTCs
circuit diagrams and
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Adaptive
and the Anti-Lock

Braking System
Control Module
With Yaw Rate Sensor circuit diagrams and
check the power and
information  Sensor failure ground connections to
the Yaw Rate Sensor.
Refer to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
Yaw Rate Sensor
Lock Braking System
Control Module
 If no harness faults are
found, suspect the yaw
rate sensor. Refer to
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
U0123-87 Lost Communication  Yaw rate sensor HS  Refer to the electrical
With Yaw Rate Sensor CAN circuit - open circuit diagrams and
Module - missing circuit check the power and
message ground connections to
 Yaw rate sensor
ignition supply circuit - the Yaw Rate Sensor.
short to ground, open Refer to the electrical
circuit circuit diagrams and
check the CAN
 Sensor failure network between the
Yaw Rate Sensor
Lock Braking System
Control Module
 If no harness faults are
found, suspect the yaw

rate sensor. Refer to
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
With Park Brake circuit diagrams and
Control Module - no  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
sub type information ground connections to
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Park
Brake Control Module
and the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module
With Park Brake circuit diagrams and
Control Module -  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
Missing message ground connections to
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Park

Brake Control Module
and the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module
With Suspension circuit diagrams and
Control Module B - no  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
sub type information ground connections to
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module and
the Adaptive Damping
Control Module
With Central Junction circuit diagrams and
Box - no sub type  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Central
Junction Box and the
Anti-Lock Braking
System Control
Module
With Instrument Panel circuit diagrams and
Cluster (IPC) Control  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
Module - no sub type ground connections to
information the module. Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
between the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module and
the Instrument Panel
Cluster (IPC) Control
Module
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  The Anti-Lock Braking  Check the Anti-Lock
Software System Control Braking System
Incompatibility - no sub Module is not control module part
type information compatible with the number, install the
vehicle correct part as
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
U0401-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information -  Check the Engine
From ECM/PCM - engine control module Control Module for
event information related concern related DTCs and refer
to the relevant DTC
index
and extinguish the
the DTC, cycle the
to 10 seconds
U0402-68 Invalid Data Received
From Transmission  Event information -  Check the

Control Module - event Transmission Control Transmission Control
information Module related concern Module for related
relevant DTC index
U0404-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information -  Check the
From Gear Shift transmission shift Transmission Shift
Module A - event module related concern Module for Dynamic
information Stability Control
switch related DTCs
and refer to the
relevant DTC index
U0405-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information -  Check the Speed
From Cruise Control speed control module Control Module for
Module - event related concern related DTCs and refer
information to the relevant DTC
index
U0417-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information -  Check the Electric
From Park Brake electric park brake Park Brake Control
Control Module - event control module related Module for related
information concern DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
U0443-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information  Check the RJB for
From Body Control related DTCs and refer
Module "B" to the relevant DTC
Index
U1A14-00 CAN Initialisation  Power distribution fault  Refer to the electrical
Failure - no sub type circuit diagrams and
information  Wiring harness fault
check the power and
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U2001-68 Reduced System  Event information -  Refer to the Warranty
Function - event The pump motor wear Policy and Procedures
information estimator has reached a manual if a
preset limit which module/component is
mean that the Anti- suspect. Check and
Lock Braking System install a new Anti-

control module will no Lock Braking System
longer support adaptive Hydraulic Control
speed control Unit as required
U200D-14 Control Module Output  Wiring harness fault NOTE:
Power A - circuit short This monitoring is based
to ground or open  Vacuum boost pressure
on detecting that the
sensor failure (V6 supply voltage from the
petrol variants only) ABS modulator is out of
 Steering angle sensor range (4.5V - 5.3 V)
fault
 HCU failure  Refer to the electrical
check the power and
System Control
Module. Check the
steering angle sensor
and the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module, in
particular check the
ground at the Anti-
Lock Braking System
Control Module
connector pin. On V6
Petrol variants check
the circuits between
the vacuum boost
pressure sensor and
System Control
Module, in particular
check the vacuum
boost pressure sensor
power supply at the
Anti-Lock Braking
System Control
Module connector pin.
If no wiring harness
faults are found and
supplies to the vacuum
boost pressure sensor,

and Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module are ok
then suspect (1) the
vacuum boost pressure
sensor, (2) the steering
angle sensor, (3) the
Anti-Lock Braking
System Control
Module. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
module/component is
suspect
U2101-00 Control Module  Anti-Lock Braking  Check/amend the car
configuration System Control configuration file in
Incompatible - no sub Module variant code the Central Junction
type information value not supported on Box using the
this vehicle manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U2101-68 Control Module  Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
configuration System Control The DTC is only for
Incompatible - event Module has been information and the
information substituted from system will have full
functionality
another vehicle
 A new Anti-Lock
 Check if the Anti-
Braking System
Lock Braking System
Control Module has
Control Module has
been installed
been previously
vehicle, if so: Install
the correct Anti-Lock
Braking System
Control Module for
this vehicle. If the
Anti-Lock Braking
System Control
Module is new, cycle
the ignition ON/OFF
and clear the DTC.
Retest the system
U2300-54 Central Configuration -  Configuration missing  Check/amend the car
missing calibration configuration file

approved diagnostic
system
U3000-45 Control Module -  Anti-Lock Braking  Check Anti-Lock
program memory System Control Braking System
failure Module memory Control Module, clear
failure DTC and retest
system. If the fault
returns install a new
Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic
control Unit. Refer to
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
U3000-49 Control Module -  Anti-Lock Braking  Refer to the Warranty
internal electronic System Control Policy and Procedures
failure Module internal manual if a
electronic failure module/component is
suspect. Install a new
Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic
Control Unit
U3000-4B Control Module - over  Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
temperature System valve overheat This DTC may be set if the
protection has been manufacturer approved
activated diagnostic system has
been operating the valves
for a prolonged period
 Allow the Anti-Lock

Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit to cool, Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U3000-68 Control Module - event  Event information -  Check for other DTCs
information Anti-Lock Braking relating to wheel
System intervention in speed, yaw rate,
progress for an steering angle and
unfeasible length of component failures.
time Refer to the Warranty
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
U3000-87 Control Module -  Error/mismatch in Car  Download the Car
missing message Configuration file Configuration File
from the RJB using
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, check and
amend to suit vehicle
specification
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  The Anti-Lock Braking NOTE:
Number - invalid serial System Hydraulic The module will continue
data received Control Unit has to work normally even with
previously been the stored DTC
vehicle  Check and install the
original, or a new
Anti-Lock Braking
System Hydraulic
Control Unit. Refer to
the Warranty Policy
and Procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  There is a difference of  Refer to the electrical
compare failure more than 2 volts circuit diagrams and
between the power check the power and
supply to the Anti- ground supply circuits
Lock Braking System to the Central Junction
Hydraulic Control Unit Box and the Anti-
and the Central Lock Braking System
Junction Box Hydraulic Control
Unit. Repair wiring as
required, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U3006-16 Control Module Input  Power supply voltage  Refer to the electrical
Power A - circuit low at Anti-Lock circuit diagrams and
voltage below threshold Braking System check the power and
Hydraulic Control Unit ground supply circuits
to the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit for open circuit,
short to ground.
Repair wiring as
required, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U3006-17 Control Module Input  Power supply voltage  Suspect overcharging.
Power A - circuit high at Anti-Lock Check the Engine
voltage above threshold Braking System Control Module for
Hydraulic Control Unit charging related DTCs
and refer to the
relevant DTC index.
Refer to the
information and
battery care manual
and check the vehicle
charging circuit
performance. Rectify
any charging circuit
concerns and clear the
DTC. Retest the
system
U3006-1C Control Module Input  Power supply voltage  Refer to the electrical
Power A - circuit momentarily low at the circuit diagrams and
voltage out of range Anti-Lock Braking check the power and
System Hydraulic ground supply circuits
Control Unit to the Anti-Lock
Braking System
Hydraulic Control
Unit for intermittent
open circuit, short to
ground, or high
resistance. Check the
Engine Control
Module for charging
related DTCs and refer
to the relevant DTC
index. Refer to the
information and
battery care manual
and check the vehicle
battery condition and
charging circuit
performance. Rectify
any battery or
charging circuit
concerns and clear the
DTC. Retest the
system
DTC: AUDIO AMPLIFIER MODULE (AAM)



into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Audio Amplifier
For additional information, refer to INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM .

B128A-11 Speaker #13 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
short to ground circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
check left co-axial
 Audio amplifier surround speaker
fault circuits for short to
ground. Check
speaker for short
circuit, open circuit.
If no harness or
speaker fault suspect
audio amplifier
module. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
short to battery circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
check left co-axial
power. Check speaker
for short circuit, open
circuit. If no harness
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
open circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
check left co-axial
fault circuits for open
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128A-1A Speaker #13 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
resistance below circuit diagrams,
threshold  Speaker fault
check left co-axial
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128A-1E Speaker #13 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
resistance out of range circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
check left co-axial
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128B-11 Speaker #14 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault
check right co-axial
ground. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier

Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128B-1A Speaker #14 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
fault circuits for short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or

audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128B-1E Speaker #14 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault
circuit, high
resistance, or short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128C-11 Speaker #15 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault
check front center
 Audio amplifier speaker circuits for
fault short to ground.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check front center
fault short to power. Check
speaker for short

If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check front center
fault open circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128C-1A Speaker #15 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
check front center
fault short circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B128C-1E Speaker #15 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault
check front center
fault open circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1A01-11 Speaker #1 - circuit short  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
to ground circuit diagrams, on a
 Speaker fault
premium & high line
 Audio amplifier system check left
fault front tweeter circuits,
on a low line system
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
ground. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
to battery circuit diagrams, on a
 Speaker fault
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuit. if no harness
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.

Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1A01-13 Speaker #1 - circuit open  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault circuit diagrams, on a
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuits for open
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1A01-1A Speaker #1 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
resistance below circuit diagrams, on a
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuits for short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1A01-1E Speaker #1 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
resistance out of range  Speaker fault circuit diagrams, on a

premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuits for open
circuit, high
resistance or short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
to ground circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
check left front bass
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
to battery circuit diagrams,
 Speaker fault
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault circuit diagrams,
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or

audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
to ground circuit diagrams, on a
 Speaker fault
premium & high line
 Audio amplifier system check right
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
ground. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
to battery circuit diagrams, on a
 Speaker fault
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuit. if no harness
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault circuit diagrams, on a
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuits for open
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
resistance below circuit diagrams, on a
premium & high line
check mid range
speaker and tweeter
circuits for short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
resistance out of range circuit diagrams, on a
 Speaker fault
premium & high line
Wiring harness fault on a low line system

Speaker fault Audio check mid range
amplifier fault speaker and tweeter
circuits for open
circuit, high
resistance or short
circuit. Check
speaker for short
if no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right front bass
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
speaker for short
Wiring harness fault circuit, open circuit.
Speaker fault Audio If no harness or
amplifier fault speaker fault suspect
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left rear
 Audio amplifier tweeter speaker
ground. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left rear
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
check left rear
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier

Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
check left rear
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left rear
circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left rear bass
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right rear
ground. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right rear

or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
check right rear
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
check right rear
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right rear

circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right rear bass
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect

speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left front mid
 Audio amplifier range speaker circuits
fault for short to ground.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
fault for short to power.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
fault for open circuit.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
fault for short circuit.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
fault for open circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1A10-11 Speaker #10 - circuit  Wiring harness fault  Refer to electrical
 Speaker fault
check right front mid
fault for short to ground.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
fault for short to power.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
fault for open circuit.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
fault for short circuit.
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
fault for open circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check left sub-woofer
Check speaker for
short circuit, open
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
speaker for short

If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right sub-
 Audio amplifier woofer speaker
ground. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right sub-
or speaker fault
suspect audio
amplifier module.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right sub-

circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
check right sub-
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
 Speaker fault
check right sub-
circuit, high
circuit. Check
speaker for short
If no harness or
audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1297-01 Digital Headphone  Wiring harness fault NOTE:
Module - General Applies to vehicles with
Electrical Failure  Infra-red headphone
Digital wireless
transmitter module headphones installed only
fault
 Audio amplifier  Refer to electrical
fault circuit diagrams and
check data signal
audio amplifier and
the infra-red
transmitter module
for short circuit.
Confirm power and
ground supplies are
present at the module.
as required. Clear
DTC and retest
system. If fault resets
suspect (1) infra-red
transmitter module,
(2) audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
B1297-13 Digital Headphone  Wiring harness fault NOTE:
Module - circuit open Applies to vehicles with
 Infra-red headphone
Digital wireless
transmitter module headphones installed only
fault
 Audio amplifier  Refer to electrical
fault circuit diagrams and
check data signal
audio amplifier and
the infra-red
transmitter module
for open circuit.
Confirm power and
ground supplies are
present at the module.
as required. Clear
DTC and retest

system. If fault resets
suspect (1) infra-red
transmitter module,
(2) audio amplifier
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U2300-54 Central Configuration - Configuration missing  Check/amend the car
missing calibration configuration file
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U2300-56 Central Configuration - Vehicle configuration file  Check the vehicle is
invalid / incomplete error configured correctly
configuration using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U2300-64 Central Configuration -  Configuration file  Check the
signal plausibility failure error components installed
 Substituted to the vehicle are
component correct (not
substituted from
 New (blank) another vehicle).
component Install the original or
a new component as
required. This DTC
will occur once if a
new module is
installed. Clear the
DTC, cycle the
ignition state to off.
Lock the vehicle (to
ensure the
infotainment system
has reset). Unlock the
vehicle, cycle the
ignition state to on.
Retest the system
U3000-55 Control Module - not Configuration file error  The local
configured configuration file has
not been programmed
into the audio

amplifier. Programme
the audio amplifier
with the correct file
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U3000-96 Control Module - Audio amplifier internal  Check power and
component internal fault ground supplies to the
failure Audio Amplifier
Module. If no fault
found suspect internal
fault within audio
amplifier module.
Clear DTCs and run
Amplifier On
Demand Self Test.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U3000-98 Control Module -  Audio amplifier  Check for possible
component or system cooling vents causes of the
over temperature obstructed amplifier overheating.
 Speaker circuit fault Check that the
amplifier module
 Internal electronic ventilation is not
failure obstructed (rear left
quarter of luggage
compartment). Check
for speaker circuit
related DTCs. Check
for internal electronic
failure related DTCs.
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
DTC: BLIND SPOT MONITORING SYSTEM MODULE (SODL/SODR)
BLIND SPOT MONITORING SYSTEM MODULE (SODL/SODR)


the donor vehicle.

NOTE: Generic scan tools may not read the codes listed, or may read only 5-digit
leads into account.
pinpoint tests.
NOTE: If DTCs are recorded and, after performing the pinpoint tests a fault is not
NOTE: Where an 'on demand self-test' is referred to, this can be accessed via the 'DTC
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Blind Spot Monitoring
System Module, for additional Diagnosis and Testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing
Section. Refer to WARNING DEVICES information.

B11C9-11 Driver Display Status  Circuit short to ground  Refer to the electrical circuit
LED - Circuit short diagrams and check driver
to ground display status LED circuit for
short to ground
B11C9-15 Driver Display Status  Circuit short to power or  Refer to the electrical circuit
LED - Circuit short open circuit diagrams and check driver

to battery or open display status LED circuit for
short to ground
B11D6-11 Driver Display Alert  Circuit short to ground  Refer to the electrical circuit
LED - Circuit short diagrams and check driver
to ground display status LED circuit for
short to ground
B11D6-15 Driver Display Alert  Circuit short to power or  Refer to the electrical circuit
LED - Circuit short open circuit diagrams and check driver
to battery or open display status LED circuit for
short to ground
U0010-00 Medium Speed CAN  No sub type information  Refer to the electrical circuit
Communication Bus diagrams and check the power
- No sub type and ground connections to the
U0140-00 Lost Communication  No sub type information  Refer to the electrical circuit
With Body Control diagrams and check the power
Module - No sub and ground connections to the
type information module. Using the manufacturer
the Central Junction Box and
Blind Spot Monitoring System
Module
U0155-00 Lost Communication  No sub type information  Refer to the electrical circuit
With Instrument diagrams and check the power
Panel Cluster (IPC) and ground connections to the
Control Module - No module. Using the manufacturer
sub type information approved diagnostic system,
the Instrument Cluster and Blind
Spot Monitoring System Module
U0232-00 Lost Communication  CAN bus circuit fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
With Blind Spot diagrams and check the power
Monitoring System  Harness fault between and ground connections to the

Module - Left - No left side mirror and left module. Using the manufacturer
sub type information side module approved diagnostic system,
the left Blind Spot Monitoring
System Module and the right
Module
diagrams and check the left side
harness between the left side
mirror and left hand module
U0233-00 Lost Communication  CAN bus circuit fault  Refer to the electrical circuit
With Blind Spot diagrams and check the power
Monitoring System  Harness fault between
right side mirror and and ground connections to the
Module - Right - No module. Using the manufacturer
sub type information right side module
the left Blind Spot Monitoring
System Module and the right
Module
diagrams and check the right side
harness between the right side
mirror and right hand module
U0300-00 Internal Control  No sub type information  Check Central Junction Box for
Module Software related DTCs and refer to the
Incompatibility - No relevant DTC Index. Check
sub type information Restraints Control Module for
related DTCs and refer to DTC
Index. Check correct components
are installed and that the latest
software version is installed
U0415-68 Invalid Data  Event information  Using the manufacturer approved
Received From Anti- diagnostic system check the
Lock Brake System central junction box and the anti-
(ABS) Control lock brake system (ABS) control
Module - event module for related DTCs and
information
refer to the relevant DTC Index

U0422-68 Invalid Data  Event information  Check the Central Junction Box
Received From Body for related DTCs and refer to the
Control Module - relevant DTC index
Event information
U2100-00 Initial Configuration  Car Configuration File  Check/amend Car Configuration
Not Complete - No information not received File using manufacturer approved
sub type information completely diagnostic system
U2101-00 Control Module  Car Configuration File  Check/amend Car Configuration
Configuration information incompatible File using manufacturer approved
Incompatible - No to Control module diagnostic system
sub type information
U3000-44 Control Module -  Control module data  Refer to the electrical circuit
Data memory failure memory failure diagrams and check the power
and ground circuits to the
component. Refer to the warranty
policy and procedures manual if
a module is suspect
U3000-47 Control Module -  Control module internal  Refer to the electrical circuit
Watchdog/safety watchdog/safety diagrams and check the power
microcontroller MicroController failure and ground circuits to the
failure component. Refer to the warranty
a module is suspect
U3000-49 Control Module -  Control module internal  Refer to the electrical circuit
Internal electronic electronic failure diagrams and check the power
failure (internal error) and ground circuits to the
component. Refer to the warranty
a module is suspect
U3003-62 Battery Voltage -  Mis-match in battery  Check the module connector for
Signal compare voltage, between Central security and integrity. Refer to
failure Junction Box and Blind the electrical circuit diagrams and
Spot Monitoring System check the Control module supply
module, of 2 volts or voltage. Check vehicle battery
more voltage and state of charge.
Check the power signal line to
the module
DTC: CENTRAL JUNCTION BOX (CJB)
CENTRAL JUNCTION BOX (CJB)

Substitution of control modules or components does not guarantee

confirmation of a fault, and may also cause additional faults in the vehicle
being tested and/or the donor vehicle.

leads into account.
pinpoint tests.
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Central Junction Box, for
additional Diagnosis and Testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing Section. Refer to
Communications Network information.

B00D5-  Passenger airbag disabled lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 supply circuit - short circuit to diagrams and check passenger
Restraint System ground airbag disabled lamp supply circuit
Passenger Disable for short circuit to ground. Repair
Indicator - circuit wiring harness as required, clear th
short to ground DTC and retest the system
B1009- Ignition NOTE:  Configure the Central Junction Box

51 Authorization - This DTC is only likely to occur as a New module using the
Not programmed following component replacement manufacturers approved diagnostic
applications failing prior to completion system
 Security Identifier not programmed

in Central Junction Box (Part of
Immobilization set-up)
B1009- Ignition NOTE:  Configure the module using the
62 Authorization - This DTC is only likely to occur manufacturers approved diagnostic
Signal compare following component replacement system. If problem persists carry
failure applications failing prior to completion out CAN Network Integrity Test
and On Demand Self Test using
 Encrypted data exchange between manufacturer approved diagnostic
Instrument Cluster and the Central system. Alternatively, refer to the
Junction Box does not match electrical circuit diagrams and
check CAN circuit
B1009- Ignition  Circuit/component protection time- NOTE:
63 Authorization - out Only diagnose this DTC if the Custome
Circuit/component is reporting a start related issue
protection time-  CAN circuit fault
out  Instrument Cluster fault  Clear the DTC and retest. Check
 Central Junction Box fault for additional ignition related DTC
 Battery voltage too low and rectify as necessary. If problem
persists, carry out CAN Network
Integrity Test and On Demand Self
Test using manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. Alternatively,
refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check CAN circuits
B1009- Ignition  Central junction box fault NOTE:
64 Authorisation - Refer to the electrical circuit diagrams
signal plausibility  Low speed CAN fault
and check the power and ground
failure  Instrument cluster fault connections to the central junction box
and instrument cluster
 Using the manufacturer approved

diagnostic system, complete a CAN
network integrity test. Refer to the
the central junction box and
instrument cluster
B102B- Passive Key - NOTE:  Configure the Central Junction Box
67 Signal incorrect This DTC is only likely to occur as a New module using the
after event following component replacement manufacturer approved diagnostic
applications failing prior to completion system. If the problem persists,

carry out CAN Network Integrity
 Passive key Authorization signal Test and On Demand Self Test
incorrect after event using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. Alternatively,
 Encrypted data exchange between refer to the electrical circuit
Steering Column Lock and Central diagrams and check CAN circuits
Junction Box does not match
 Low speed CAN fault
 Remote Function Actuator module
fault
 Central Junction Box fault
B102B- Passive Key -  Passive key Authorization missing NOTE:
87 Missing message message The action below is only required if this
DTC and DTC B1B01-87 have been
 Confirm placement of key within stored, or vehicle start issue has been
vehicle reported
 Low speed CAN fault
 Key fob battery low/battery contact  Check whereabouts of keys,
issue including Spare and confirm correc
 Interference from other RF signal functionality. Refer to the electrica
 Electromagnetic power and ground circuits to the
compatibility/noise Remote Function Actuator module
 Remote Function Actuator fault and receiver. Check CAN
 Receiver fault communications between Central
Junction Box and Remote Function
 Receiver not programmed correctly
Actuator. Check key fob battery.
 Serial communication fault Check vehicle surroundings for
(between receiver and Remote possible sources of interference,
Function Actuator module) move vehicle and retest. Check
 Key fault CAN network for
 Passive antenna fault interference/electromagnetic
compatibility related issues. Check
 Central Junction Box fault serial circuit between receiver and
Remote Function Actuator module
diagrams and check circuits to all
three antennas. Disconnect battery,
then re-connect - confirm correct
operation by re-programming keys
using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system
B1084- Boot/Trunk Motor NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Close Switch - This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the boot open
circuit open completion of an on demand test signal circuit for open circuit, high
routine (routine 0202h)
 Boot open signal circuit - open resistance

circuit, high resistance  If no circuit faults are present,
 Switch fault check and install new switch as
required. Clear DTC and retest
B108A- Start Button -  Start/stop switch analogue input  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to circuits 1 or 2 - short circuit to diagrams and check start/stop
ground ground switch analogue input circuits 1 an
 Switch fault 2 for short circuit to ground. Repai
wiring harness as required, clear th
 If no circuit faults are present,
check and install new transmission
shift module as required. Clear
DTC and retest
 Refer to the warranty policy and
procedures manual, or determine if
any prior approval programme is in
operation, prior to the installation
of a new module/component
12 circuit short to circuits 1 or 2 - short circuit to diagrams and check start/stop
battery ground switch analogue input circuits 1 an
 Switch fault 2 for short circuit to power. Repair
DTC and retest
13 circuit open circuits 1 or 2 - short circuit to diagrams and check start/stop
ground switch analogue input circuits 1 an
 Switch fault 2 for open circuit, high resistance.
Repair wiring harness as required,
clear the DTC and retest the system
DTC and retest

B108A- Start Button -  Start button signal stuck low  Check the operation of the start
23 signal stuck low button and renew as required
 Switch activated for more than 30
seconds  Refer to the electrical circuit
 SW1 constantly active for a long diagrams and check start/stop
period of time while button press switch analogue input circuits 1 an
detected at SW2 2. Clear DTC and retest
 Switch fault  If no circuit faults are present,
DTC and retest
B1095- Wiper On/Off  Wiper on/off relay circuit short  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Relay - Circuit circuit to power diagrams and check the circuit
short to battery
B1096- Wiper High/Low  Wiper circuit short circuit to power  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Relay - Circuit diagrams and check the circuit
short to battery
B1097- Heated  Heated windshield relay circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Windshield Relay short circuit to power diagrams and check the circuit
- Circuit short to
battery
B10A6- Main Light  Master light switch signal from  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Switch - circuit roof header console circuit - open diagrams and check master light
open circuit, high resistance switch signal from roof header
 Switch fault console circuit for open circuit,
high resistance
check and install new switch as
B10A6- Main Light  Master light switch signal from  Check the operation of the master
23 Switch - signal roof header console signal stuck light switch and renew as required
stuck low low. Switch is read as ON for too  Refer to the electrical circuit
long a time diagrams and check master light
 Switch fault switch signal from roof header
console circuit. Clear DTC and
retest
B10AD- Rain Sensor -  Rain Sensor/Ambient Light Sensor  Check the Rain/Light Sensor is not
09 Component obscured obscured
Failures
 Battery Supply Voltage below 9  Check for related Low Voltage
Volts stored DTCs
 Sensor incorrectly installed  Check the security and installation
 Component failure of the Rain/Light Sensor
 Clear the DTC and retest. If the
DTC returns suspect an internal
fault. Refer to the warranty policy
and procedures manual if a
B10AD- Rain Sensor -  Rain sensor power circuit - short  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to circuit to ground diagrams and check rain sensor
ground power circuit for short circuit to
 Component failure
ground
problem persists, renew the
rain/ambient light sensor
B10AD- Rain Sensor -  Component internal failure  Clear the DTC and retest. If the
96 Component problem persists, renew the
internal failure Rain/Light Sensor as required.
Refer to the warranty policy and
B10E5- PCM Wake-Up  Engine management system engine  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Signal - Circuit wake-up signal circuit - short diagrams and check the engine
short to ground circuit to ground management system engine wake-
up signal circuit for short circuit to
ground. Repair wiring harness as
required, clear the DTC and retest
the system
B10F2- Sunroof Control -  Sunroof enable signal circuit - short  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to circuit to ground diagrams and check the sunroof
ground enable signal circuit for short
circuit to ground. Repair wiring
harness as required, clear the DTC
B10F3- Left Front
11 Position Light -  Left front side lamps circuit - short  Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit short to circuit to ground diagrams and check the left front
ground side lamps circuit for short circuit
to ground. Repair wiring harness a
the system
B10F4- Right Front  Right front side lamps circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Position Light - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the right front
circuit short to side lamps circuit for short circuit
ground to ground. Repair wiring harness a
the system
B10F8- Accessory Socket  Cigar lighter relay control circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 'A' Relay - Circuit short circuit to ground diagrams and check the cigar
short to ground lighter relay control circuit for shor
 Cigar lighter relay fault
 If no wiring faults are present,
check and install new cigar lighter
relay as required. Clear DTC and
retest
B10F9- Accessory Socket  Front powerpoint power supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 'B' Relay - Circuit circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the front
short to ground powerpoint power supply circuit fo
 Powerpoint socket fault
short circuit to ground. Repair
check and install new socket as
B10FF- Ignition control -  Engine junction box ignition relay  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to control circuits - Circuit diagrams and check the engine
ground FPDB_IGNITION_CTRL - Short junction box ignition relay control
circuit to ground circuits - Circuit
FPDB_IGNITION_CTRL - For
B10FF- Ignition control -  Engine junction box ignition relay  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 circuit short to control circuits - Circuit diagrams and check the engine
battery or open FPDB_IGNITION_CTRL - Short junction box ignition relay control
circuit to power, open circuit, high circuits - Circuit
resistance FPDB_IGNITION_CTRL - For
short circuit to power, open circuit

high resistance. Repair wiring
B1100- O2 sensor heater  Upstream heated exhaust gas  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 relay - circuit oxygen sensor relay control circuit diagrams and check the upstream
short to ground - Circuit UHEGO_RLY_CTRL - heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor
Short circuit to ground relay control circuit - Circuit
 Heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor UHEGO_RLY_CTRL - For short
relay fault circuit to ground
check and install new upstream
heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor
retest
B1100- O2 sensor heater  Upstream heated exhaust gas  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 relay - circuit oxygen sensor relay control circuit diagrams and check the upstream
short to battery or - Circuit UHEGO_RLY_CTRL - heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor
open Short circuit to power, open circuit, relay control circuit - Circuit
high resistance UHEGO_RLY_CTRL - For short
 Heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor circuit to power, open circuit, high
relay fault resistance
check and install new upstream
heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor
retest
B113D- Sunroof Global  Roof opening panel open/close  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Open/Close control circuit - short circuit to diagrams and check the roof
Control - circuit power opening panel open/close control
short to battery circuit for short circuit to power.
 Roof opening panel control module
fault Repair wiring harness as required,
check and install new roof opening
panel control module as required.
B1140- Engine Crank  Engine crank authorisation signal  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Authorization - circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the engine
Circuit short to
ground  Engine control module fault crank authorisation signal circuit

for short circuit to ground. Repair
check engine control module for
related DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
B1142- Ignition Status 1 -  Ignition supply 1 circuit to the  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to speed control sensor - Circuit diagrams and check the ignition
ground IGN_SUPPLY_1_FWD - Short supply 1 circuit to the speed contro
circuit to ground sensor - Circuit
 Speed control module fault IGN_SUPPLY_1_FWD - For shor
check speed control module for
relevant DTC index
B1143- Ignition Status 2 -  Ignition supply 2 circuit - Circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 circuit short to IGN_SUPPLY_2_FWD - Short diagrams and check the ignition
ground circuit to ground supply 1 circuit - Circuit
 Transmission shift module fault IGN_SUPPLY_2_FWD - For shor
 Transmission control module fault harness as required, clear the DTC
 Steering angle sensor fault and retest the system
 Yaw rate sensor fault  If no wiring faults are present,
 ABS module fault check transmission shift module,
 Engine control module fault transmission control module,
steering angle sensor, yaw rate
sensor, ABS module, engine
control module for related DTCs
and refer to the relevant DTC index
B1144- Heated Steering  Heated steering wheel supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Wheel Supply - circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the heated
circuit short to steering wheel supply circuit for
ground  Slip ring fault
check and install new steering
wheel slip ring assembly as
B1144- Heated Steering
15 Wheel Supply -  Heated steering wheel supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit short to circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the heated
battery or open circuit, high resistance steering wheel supply circuit for
 Slip ring fault short circuit to power, open circuit
check and install new steering
wheel slip ring assembly as
B1145- Glovebox  Glovebox latch locking motor  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Locking Motor - circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the glovebox
circuit short to latch locking motor circuit for shor
ground  Latch locking motor fault
check and install new latch locking
motor as required. Clear DTC and
retest
B1145- Glovebox  Glovebox latch locking motor  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Locking Motor - circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the glovebox
circuit short to circuit, high resistance latch locking motor circuit for shor
battery or open circuit to power, open circuit, high
 Latch locking motor fault
resistance. Repair wiring harness a
the system
check and install new latch locking
retest
B1146- Passive Sounder  Security passive sounder control  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Supply - Circuit circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the security
short to ground passive sounder control circuit for
 Sounder fault
check and install new passive
sounder as required. Clear DTC an
retest
B1146- Passive Sounder  Security passive sounder control  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Supply - Circuit circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the security
short to battery or circuit, high resistance passive sounder control circuit for
open  Sounder fault short circuit to power, open circuit
check and install new passive
sounder as required. Clear DTC an
retest
B1158- Front Passenger  Front passenger seat heater sensor  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Seat Heater circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the front
Sensor - circuit passenger seat heater sensor circuit
short to ground  Sounder fault
for short circuit to ground. Repair
check and install new front
passenger seat thermal sensor as
B1158- Front Passenger  Front passenger seat heater sensor  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Seat Heater circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the front
Sensor - circuit circuit, high resistance passenger seat heater sensor circuit
short to battery or for short circuit to power, open
open  Sounder fault
circuit, high resistance. Repair
check and install new front
passenger seat thermal sensor as
B1159- Front Driver Seat  Front driver seat heater sensor  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Heater Sensor - circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the front drive
circuit short to seat heater sensor circuit for short
ground  Sounder fault
check and install new front driver
seat thermal sensor as required.
B1159- Front Driver Seat  Front driver seat heater sensor  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Heater Sensor - circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the front drive
circuit short to circuit, high resistance seat heater sensor circuit for short
battery or open circuit to power, open circuit, high
 Sensor fault

the system
check and install new front driver
seat thermal sensor as required.
B115A- Front Passenger  Front passenger seat heater supply  Front passenger seat heater supply
11 Seat Heater - circuit - short circuit to ground circuit - short circuit to ground
circuit short to
ground  Heater element fault  Heater element fault
B115A- Front Passenger  Front passenger seat heater supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Seat Heater - circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the front
circuit short to circuit, high resistance passenger seat heater supply circui
battery or open for short circuit to power, open
 Heater element fault
check and install new seat
cushion/backrest heater as required
B115B- Front Driver Seat  Front driver seat heater supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Heater - circuit circuit - short circuit to ground diagrams and check the front drive
short to ground seat heater supply circuit for short
B115B- Front Driver Seat  Front driver seat heater supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Heater - circuit circuit - short circuit to power, open diagrams and check the front drive
short to battery or circuit, high resistance seat heater supply circuit for short
open circuit to power, open circuit, high
the system
B1175- Driver Door Ajar NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Switch - circuit
open This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the driver door
completion of an on demand test ajar switch signal circuit for open
routine (routine 0202h) circuit, high resistance. Repair
 Driver door ajar switch signal DTC and retest the system
circuit - open circuit, high  If no wiring faults are present,
resistance check and install new door ajar
 Switch fault switch as required. Clear DTC and
retest
B1176- Passenger Door NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Ajar Switch - This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the passenger
circuit open completion of an on demand test door ajar switch signal circuit for
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is open circuit, high resistance. Repai
open
 Passenger door ajar switch signal
circuit - open circuit, high
check and install new door ajar
resistance
switch as required. Clear DTC and
 Switch fault retest
B1177- Screenwash Level NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Switch - circuit This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the screenwash
open completion of an on demand test level switch signal circuit for open
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is circuit, high resistance. Repair
open
 Screenwash level switch signal
check and install new screenwash
resistance
level switch as required. Clear DTC
 Switch fault and retest
B1184- Steering Column  Steering column locking module  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Lock Output - power circuit - Circuit SCL_PWR - diagrams and check the steering
circuit short to Short circuit to ground column locking module power
ground circuit - Circuit SCL_PWR - For
B1184- Steering Column  Steering column locking module  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Lock Output - power circuit - Circuit SCL_PWR - diagrams and check the steering
circuit short to Short circuit to power, open circuit, column locking module power
battery or open high resistance circuit - Circuit SCL_PWR - For
B11C1- Passenger Side
13 Rear Door Ajar NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit

Switch - circuit This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the right side
open completion of an on demand test rear door ajar switch signal circuit
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is for open circuit, high resistance.
open
 Right side rear door ajar switch
signal circuit - open circuit, high
check and install new door ajar
resistance
switch as required. Clear DTC and
 Switch fault retest
B1222- Master NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Lock/Unlock This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the master
Switch - circuit completion of an on demand test lock/unlock switch digital input
open routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is circuits for open circuit, high
open
 This DTC will only set following the system
the completion of an on demand
test routine (routine 0202h) if the
check the center instrument panel
circuit is open
switch pack master lock/unlock
 Switch fault switch and replace as required.
B1222- Master  Master lock/unlock switch signal  Refer to the electrical circuit
23 Lock/Unlock stuck low diagrams and check the master
Switch - signal lock/unlock switch digital input
stuck low  Switch activated for more than 15
seconds circuits for short circuit to ground,
open circuit, high resistance. Repai
 Switch fault wiring harness as required, clear th
check the center instrument panel
switch pack master lock/unlock
switch and replace as required.
B1237- Gear Shift Module  Transmission shift module wake-up  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Early Wake-up - control circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the
circuit short to ETS_WAKE_UP - Short circuit to transmission shift module wake-up
ground ground control circuit - Circuit
ETS_WAKE_UP - For short circui
to ground. Repair wiring harness a
the system
B12A6- Auxiliary Heater  Auxiliary coolant pump circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Water Pump - Circuit AIRCON_WATER_PUMP diagrams and check the auxiliary
circuit short to
ground - Short circuit to ground coolant pump circuit - Circuit

 Pump fault AIRCON_WATER_PUMP - For
check and install new air
conditioning water pump as
B12A6- Auxiliary Heater  Auxiliary coolant pump circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Water Pump - Circuit AIRCON_WATER_PUMP diagrams and check the auxiliary
circuit short to - Short circuit to power, open coolant pump circuit - Circuit
battery or open circuit, high resistance AIRCON_WATER_PUMP - For
 Pump fault short circuit to power, open circuit
check and install new air
conditioning water pump as
B12E7- Glove-box NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Locking Switch - This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the glovebox
circuit open completion of an on demand test locking switch digital input circuit
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is for open circuit, high resistance.
open
 Glovebox locking switch digital
input circuit - open circuit, high
check and install new glovebox
resistance
locking switch as required. Clear
 Switch fault DTC and retest
B12E7- Glove Box Switch  Glovebox locking switch signal  Refer to the electrical circuit
23 - signal stuck low stuck low diagrams and check the glovebox
 Switch activated for more than 10 locking switch digital input circuit
seconds for short circuit to ground, open
 Switch fault wiring harness as required, clear th
check and install new glovebox
locking switch as required. Clear
DTC and retest
B131A- Delayed power off  Adaptive damping ride control,  Clear DTC and retest. If fault
12 relay - circuit overhead console lamp, glove persists, check and install a new
short to battery
compartment lamp, right and left central junction box as required.

side front footwell lamps, glove Clear DTC and retest the system
compartment control module, right  Refer to the warranty policy and
and left side sunvisor lamps, rear procedures manual, or determine if
interior lamp switched power any prior approval programme is in
circuits - Circuits ADRC_PWR, operation, prior to the installation
LAMP_SWITCHED_PWR - Short of a new module/component
circuit to power
 Delayed power off relay fault
B131A- Delayed power off  Delayed power off relay fault  Check and install new delayed
93 relay - no power off relay as required. Clear
operation  Delayed power off relay either
stuck open or stuck closed DTC and retest
B13CA- Left Static  Left side static bending lamp power  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Cornering Lamp supply circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the left side
Power Feed - LH_SBL_PWR - Short circuit to static bending lamp power supply
circuit short to ground circuit - Circuit LH_SBL_PWR -
ground For short circuit to ground. Repair
 Lamp LED array fault
check and install new lamp LED
array as required. Clear DTC and
retest
B13CA- Left Static  Left side static bending lamp power  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Cornering Lamp supply circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the left side
Power Feed - LH_SBL_PWR - Short circuit to static bending lamp power supply
circuit short to power, open circuit, high resistance circuit - Circuit LH_SBL_PWR -
battery or open For short circuit to power, open
retest
B13CB- Roof Blind  Sunblind power supply circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Module - circuit short circuit to ground diagrams and check the sunblind
short to ground power supply circuit for short
 Motor fault
check and install new sunblind
retest
B13CC- Right Static  Right side static bending lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Cornering Lamp power supply circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the right side
Power Feed - RH_SBL_PWR - Short circuit to static bending lamp power supply
circuit short to ground circuit - Circuit RH_SBL_PWR -
ground For short circuit to ground. Repair
retest
B13CC- Right Static  Right side static bending lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Cornering Lamp power supply circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the right side
Power Feed - RH_SBL_PWR - Short circuit to static bending lamp power supply
circuit short to power, open circuit, high resistance circuit - Circuit RH_SBL_PWR -
battery or open For short circuit to power, open
retest
B13CE- Left Daytime  Left side daytime running lamp and  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Running Lamp position lamp power supply circuit diagrams and check the left side
And Position - Circuit LH_PL_DRL_PWR - daytime running lamp and position
Lamp Power Feed Short circuit to ground lamp power supply circuit - Circuit
- circuit short to LH_PL_DRL_PWR - For short
ground  Lamp LED array fault
retest
B13D1- Right Daytime  Right side daytime running lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Running Lamp and position lamp power supply diagrams and check the right side
And Position circuit - Circuit daytime running lamp and position
Lamp Power Feed RH_PL_DRL_PWR - Short circuit lamp power supply circuit - Circuit
- circuit short to to ground RH_PL_DRL_PWR - For short
ground circuit to ground. Repair wiring

retest
B13D3- Left Daytime  Left side daytime running lamp and  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Running Lamp position lamp control circuit - diagrams and check the left side
And Position Circuit LH_PL_DRL_CTRL - daytime running lamp and position
Lamp Control - Short circuit to ground lamp control circuit - Circuit
circuit short to LH_PL_DRL_CTRL - For short
retest
B13D4- Right Daytime  Right side daytime running lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Running Lamp and position lamp control circuit - diagrams and check the right side
And Position Circuit RH_PL_DRL_CTRL - daytime running lamp and position
Lamp Control - Short circuit to ground lamp control circuit - Circuit
circuit short to RH_PL_DRL_CTRL - For short
retest
B13D7- Cigar Lighter -  Cigar lighter relay control circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 circuit short to short circuit to power diagrams and check the cigar
battery lighter relay control circuit for shor
 Cigar lighter relay fault
circuit to power. Repair wiring
check and install new cigar lighter
retest
B13D9- Cabin Ignition  Cabin ignition supply 1 circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Supply 1 - circuit Circuit IGN_SUPPLY_1_CABIN - diagrams and check the cabin
short to ground Short circuit to ground ignition supply 1 circuit - Circuit
IGN_SUPPLY_1_CABIN - For

B13DA- Cabin Ignition  Cabin ignition supply 2 circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Supply 2 - circuit Circuit IGN_SUPPLY_2_CABIN - diagrams and check the cabin
short to ground Short circuit to ground ignition supply 2 circuit - Circuit
 Electronic differential ignition IGN_SUPPLY_2_CABIN - For
supply 2 circuit - Circuit short circuit to ground. Repair
IGN_SUPPLY_2_EDIFF - Short wiring harness as required, clear th
circuit to ground DTC and retest the system
diagrams and check the electronic
differential ignition supply 2 circui
- Circuit IGN_SUPPLY_2_CABIN
- For short circuit to ground. Repai
B1A85- Ambient Light  Rain Sensor/Ambient Light Sensor  Check the rain/light sensor is not
96 Sensor - obscured obscured. Check the security and
Component installation of the rain/light sensor.
internal failure  Sensor incorrectly installed
 Component failure
 If the DTC returns, check and
install a new rain sensor/ambient
light sensor. Refer to the warranty
programme is in operation, prior to
the installation of a new
module/component
B1C45- Front Wiper Park NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Position Switch - This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check windshield
circuit open completion of an on demand test wiper motor park switch signal
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is circuit for open circuit, high
open
 Windshield wiper motor park the system
switch signal circuit - open circuit,
high resistance
check and install new windshield
 Switch fault wiper motor park position switch a
B1C45- Front Wiper Park  Windshield wiper motor park  Refer to the electrical circuit
23 Position Switch - position switch switch signal stuck diagrams and check the master
signal stuck low low lock/unlock switch digital input
 Switch fault circuits for short circuit to ground,

check and install new windshield
wiper motor park position switch a
B1C78- Powerwash Relay  Powerwash relay control circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
12 - circuit short to short circuit to power diagrams and check the powerwash
battery relay control circuit for short circui
 Powerwash pump relay fault
to power. Repair wiring harness as
the system
check and install new powerwash
pump relay as required. Clear DTC
and retest
B1C79- Front Washer  Screenwash pump control circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Pump - circuit short circuit to ground diagrams and check the screenwash
short to ground pump control circuit for short
 Pump fault
check and install new windscreen
washer pump as required. Clear
DTC and retest
B1C79- Front Washer  Screenwash pump control circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Pump - circuit short circuit to power, open circuit, diagrams and check the screenwash
short to battery or high resistance pump control circuit for short
open circuit to ground. Repair wiring
 Pump fault
check and install new windscreen
washer pump as required. Clear
DTC and retest
B1C98- Left Corner Lamp  Left side static bending lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Circuit - Circuit control circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the left side
short to ground LH_SBL_CTRL - Short circuit to static bending lamp control circuit
ground Circuit LH_SBL_CTRL - For shor
 Lamp LED array fault circuit to ground. Repair wiring
retest
B1C99- Right Corner  Right side static bending lamp  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Lamp Circuit - control circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the right side
Circuit short to RH_SBL_CTRL - Short circuit to static bending lamp control circuit
ground ground Circuit 9H_SBL_CTRL - For short
 Lamp LED array fault circuit to ground. Repair wiring
retest
B1D00- Left Low Beam -  Left low beam circuit short to  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Circuit short to ground diagrams and check left low beam
ground circuit for short to ground
B1D00- Left Low Beam -  Left low beam circuit short circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Circuit short to to power or open circuit diagrams and check left low beam
battery or open circuit for short circuit to power or
open circuit
B1D01- Right Low Beam -  Right low beam circuit short to  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Circuit short to ground diagrams and check right low beam
ground circuit for short to ground
B1D01- Right Low Beam -  Right side dip beam circuit - short  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Circuit short to circuit to power, open circuit, high diagrams and check the right side
battery or open resistance dip beam circuit for short circuit to
power, open circuit, high
the system
B1D02- Left High Beam -  Left side high beam circuit - Circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Circuit short to LH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER - diagrams and check the left side di
ground Short circuit to ground beam circuit - Circuit
LH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER -
For short circuit to ground. Repair
B1D02- Left High Beam -  Left high beam circuit short circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Circuit short to to power or open circuit diagrams and check the left side di
battery or open beam circuit - Circuit
LH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER -
For short circuit to power, open
B1D03- Right High Beam  Right side high beam circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 - Circuit short to Circuit diagrams and check the right side
ground RH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER - dip beam circuit - Circuit
Short circuit to ground RH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER -
For short circuit to ground. Repair
DTC and retest the syst
B1D03- Right High Beam  Right side dip beam circuit - Circuit  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 - Circuit short to RH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER - diagrams and check the right side
battery or open Short circuit to power, open circuit, dip beam circuit - Circuit
high resistance RH_MAIN_BEAM_SHUTTER -
For short circuit to power, open
B1D17- Battery Backed  Battery backed sounder/inclination  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Sounder - circuit sensor power circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the battery
short to ground BBS_INCL_PWR - Short circuit to backed sounder/inclination sensor
ground power circuit - Circuit
 Battery backed sounder/inclination BBS_INCL_PWR - For short
sensor fault circuit to ground. Repair wiring
check and install new battery
backed sounder/inclination sensor
as required. Clear DTC and retest.
B1D17- Battery Backed  Loss of LIN communication with  Refer to the electrical circuit
87 Sounder - Missing battery backed sounder/inclination diagrams and check the power and
message sensor ground connections to the battery
 Battery backed sounder/inclination backed sounder/inclination sensor.
sensor fault Refer to circuit diagrams and check
LIN bus circuits. Clear DTC and
retest
check and install new battery
backed sounder/inclination sensor
as required. Refer to the warranty

module/component
B1D17- Battery Backed  Battery backed sounder/inclination  Clear the DTC and retest, if the
96 Sounder - sensor fault problem persists check and install
Component new intrusion sensor as required.
internal failure Refer to the warranty policy and
B1D18- Volumetric  Overhead console intrusion sensor  Clear the DTC and retest, if the
96 Sensor - fault problem persists check and install
component new intrusion sensor as required.
internal failure Refer to the warranty policy and
B1D97- Tilt Sensor -  Overhead console intrusion sensor  Clear the DTC and retest, if the
96 component fault problem persists check and install
internal failure new battery backed
sounder/inclination sensor as
module/component
P0571- Brake Switch A  Footbrake switch signal circuit -  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Circuit - circuit open circuit, high resistance diagrams and check the footbrake
open switch signal circuit for open
P0801- Reverse Inhibit  Mirror dim reverse gear inhibit  Refer to electrical circuit diagrams
11 Control Circuit - circuit - Circuit and check the mirror dim reverse
Circuit short to REVERSE_INHIBIT - Short gear inhibit circuit between the
ground circuit to ground Central Junction Box and the
electro chromatic rear view mirror
for short to ground. Repair wiring
as required, clear DTC and test
system operation
P0850- Park/Neutral NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Switch Input This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the
Circuit - circuit completion of an on demand test park/neutral signal circuit for open
open routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is circuit, high resistance. Repair
open wiring harness as required, clear th
 Park/neutral signal circuit - open
circuit, high resistance
P1624- Anti-theft System NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 - circuit open This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the rear
completion of an on demand test junction box anti-theft signal circui
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is - Circuit RSJB_ANTITHEFT - For
open
 Rear junction box anti-theft signal DTC and retest the system
circuit - Circuit
RSJB_ANTITHEFT - Open circuit,
high resistance
P254F- Engine Hood NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Switch This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the hood ajar
Circuit/Open - completion of an on demand test switch signal circuit - Circuit
circuit open routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is BONNET_AJAR_SW - For open
open
 Hood ajar switch signal circuit - DTC and retest the system
Circuit BONNET_AJAR_SW -
Open circuit, high resistance
check and install new hood ajar
 Switch fault switch as required. Clear DTC and
retest
U0010- Medium Speed  Medium speed CAN failure - bus  Refer to the electrical circuit
88 CAN off diagrams and check the central
Communication junction box medium speed CAN
Bus - Bus off bus for short circuit to ground,
high resistance, or short circuit
between the paired CAN wires
U0142- Medium speed  Loss of CAN communication with  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 CAN rear junction box diagrams and check the power and
communication ground connections to the rear
Bus - bus off junction box
the rear junction box and the centra
junction box
 Check the rear junction box for

relevant DTC index
U0155- Lost  No sub type information  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Communication diagrams and check the power and
With Instrument ground connections to the
Panel Cluster instrument panel cluster control
(IPC) Control module
Module - No sub
type information  Using the manufacturer approved
the instrument panel cluster contro
module and the central junction bo
 Check the instrument panel cluster
U0164- Lost  Loss of CAN communication with  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Communication climate control module diagrams and check the power and
With HVAC ground connections to the climate
Control Module - control module
No sub type
information  Using the manufacturer approved
the climate control module and the
central junction box
 Check the climate control module
for related DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
00 communication driver's door module diagrams and check the power and
with Driver Door ground connections to the driver's
Module (DDM) - door module
No sub type
the driver's door module and the
 Check the driver's door module for

relevant DTC index
00 Communication passenger door module diagrams and check the power and
With "Door ground connections to the
Control Module passenger door module
"B" - No sub type
the passenger door module and the
 Check the passenger door module
relevant DTC index
00 Communication keyless vehicle module diagrams and check the power and
With Remote ground connections to the keyless
Function vehicle module
Actuation - no sub
type information  Using the manufacturer approved
the keyless vehicle module and the
 Check the keyless vehicle module
relevant DTC index
U0231- Lost  Loss of LIN communication with  Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Communication rain/ambient light sensor diagrams and check the power and
With Rain ground connections to the
Sensing Module - rain/ambient light sensor
no sub type
information  Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check the LIN
network between the rain/ambient
light sensor and the central junction
box
rain/ambient light sensor. Refer to
the warranty policy and procedures
manual, or determine if any prior
approval programme is in
U0231- Lost  Loss of LIN communication with  Refer to the electrical circuit
87 Communication rain/ambient light sensor diagrams and check the power and
With Rain ground connections to the
Sensing Module - rain/ambient light sensor
missing message
diagrams and check the LIN
network between the rain/ambient
light sensor and the central junction
box
rain/ambient light sensor. Refer to
00 Communication touch screen display control diagrams and check the power and
With Front module ground connections to the touch
Controls / Display screen display control module
Interface Module -
No sub type  Using the manufacturer approved
information diagnostic system, complete a CAN
the touch screen display control
module and the central junction bo
 Check the touch screen display
U0300- Internal Control  Central junction box not  Re-configure the central junction
00 Module Software transmitting compatible car box using the manufacturer
Incompatibility - configuration data approved diagnostic system. Clear
no sub type DTCs and re-test
information
 If fault persists, check and install a
new central junction box. Refer to
of a new module/compo
U1000- Solid State Driver  Long-standing, historical NOTE:

00 Protection Active unrectified circuit fault indicated by when this DTC is present the relevant
- Driver Disabled central junction box output is disabled
- No sub type
information  Check central junction box for
additional load related DTCs and
refer to remedial actions for those
DTCs. This DTC should only be
cleared after all short circuit faults
have been rectified
U1A14- CAN Initialisation  Module internal CAN controller  Re-configure the central junction
49 Failure - internal failure box using the manufacturer
electronic failure approved diagnostic system. Clear
DTCs and re-test
U2008- Sensor Cluster - NOTE:  Refer to the electrical circuit
13 circuit open This DTC will only set following the diagrams and check the instrument
completion of an on demand test cluster security signal circuit for
routine (routine 0202h) if the circuit is open circuit, high resistance. Repai
open
 Instrument cluster security signal
resistance
U2010- Switch  Switch/interior illumination supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Illumination - circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the
Circuit short to PWM_ILLUMINATION_SUPPLY switch/interior illumination supply
ground - Short circuit to ground circuit - Circuit
PWM_ILLUMINATION_SUPPLY
- For short circuit to ground. Repai
U2010- Switch  Switch/interior illumination supply  Refer to the electrical circuit
15 Illumination - circuit - Circuit diagrams and check the
circuit short to PWM_ILLUMINATION_SUPPLY switch/interior illumination supply
battery or open - Short circuit to power, open circuit - Circuit
circuit, high resistance PWM_ILLUMINATION_SUPPLY
- For short circuit to power, open

U2100- Initial  Central junction box configuration  Re-configure the central junction
00 Configuration Not data failure box using the manufacturer
Complete - no sub approved diagnostic system. Clear
type information DTC and re-test
network integrity test
U2100- Initial  Central junction box configuration  Re-configure the central junction
56 Configuration Not data failure box using the manufacturer
Complete - approved diagnostic system. Clear
invalid/incomplete DTC and re-test
configuration
U3000- Control Module -  Central junction box internal fault -  Clear DTC and retest. If fault
49 Internal electronic ROM/EEPROM checksum failure persists, check and install a new
failure central junction box. Refer to the
warranty policy and procedures
U3000- Control module -  Incorrect car configuration data  Re-configure the central junction
55 not configured exchanged box using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system. Clear
DTC and re-test
central junction box. Refer to the

U3000- Control module -  Incorrect car configuration data  Re-configure the central junction
56 invalid/incomplete exchanged box using the manufacturer
configuration approved diagnostic system. Clear
DTC and re-test
central junction box. Refer to the
U3000- Control Module -  Car configuration data not received  Using the manufacturer approved
87 missing message diagnostic system, complete a CAN
the rear junction box and the centra
junction box
 Check the rear junction box and
central junction box for related
DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
index
U3002- Vehicle  Vehicle/component mis-match.  Install original central junction box
81 Identification Corrupt VIN data being check for DTCs and refer to
Number - invalid transmitted, central junction box relevant DTC index
serial data previously installed to other vehicle
received
U3003- Battery voltage -  Signal compare failure  Refer to relevant section of
62 signal compare workshop manual and battery care
failure  Central junction box voltage differs
more than ±2V compared to rear manual. Check battery state of
junction box voltage charge and starting/charging system
performance. Check power supply
circuit from central junction box to
rear junction box through megafuse
assembly
 Refer to electrical circuit diagrams
and check the power and ground
supply circuits to the central
junction box. Repair wiring harnes
as required. Clear DTC and retest
DTC: CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (HVAC)

Climate Control Module (HVAC)


into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
NOTE: If diagnostic trouble codes are recorded and, after performing the pinpoint
NOTE: Where an 'on demand self-test' is referred to, this can be accessed via the
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the climate control module, for
additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section. For additional
information, refer to: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .

B105A-01 Cabin Temperature Sensor  In car temperature  Refer to the electrical
Fan - general electrical sensor aspirator circuit diagrams and
failure circuit fault check the power and
 In car sensor unit ground supplies to the
internal fault in car temperature and
humidity sensor. Check
the aspirator diagnostic
line for open circuit,
short circuit. Repair
wiring as required.
sensor as required.
Climate Control Module
as required. Refer to the
warranty policy and
module is suspect
B1081-00 Left Temperature Damper  Left side blend  Refer to the electrical
Motor - no sub type stepper motor circuit diagrams and
information circuit short circuit check left side blend
to ground, short stepper motor circuit for
circuit to power, short circuit to ground,
open circuit, high short circuit to power,
resistance open circuit, high
 Left side blend resistance. Clear DTC
stepper motor and retest
failure  If fault persists, check
and install a new left
side blend stepper
motor as required
 Refer to the warranty
policy and procedures
manual, or determine if
any prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to the
installation of a new
module/component
B1081-49 Left Temperature Damper  Left side blend  Check and install a new
Motor - internal electronic stepper motor left side blend stepper
failure failure motor as required Refer
to the warranty policy
and procedures manual,
or determine if any prior

approval programme is
in operation, prior to the
module/component
B1082-00 Right Temperature  Right side blend  Refer to the electrical
Damper Motor - no sub stepper motor circuit diagrams and
type information circuit short circuit check right side blend
to ground, short stepper motor circuit for
circuit to power, short circuit to ground,
open circuit, high short circuit to power,
resistance open circuit, high
 Right side blend resistance. Clear DTC
stepper motor and retest
failure  If fault persists, check
and install a new right
side blend stepper
motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1082-49 Right Temperature  Right side blend  Check and install a new
Damper Motor - internal stepper motor right side blend stepper
electronic failure failure motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1083-01 Recirculation Damper  Recirculation  Refer to the electrical
Motor - general electrical motor circuit short circuit diagrams and
failure circuit to ground, check recirculation
short circuit to motor circuit for short
power, open circuit to ground, short
circuit, high circuit to power, open
resistance circuit, high resistance.
 Recirculation Clear DTC and retest
motor jammed  Check recirculation

 Recirculation motor has not jammed
motor failure or been obstructed
 Climate control  Check and install a new
module failure recirculation motor as
required
 Check and install a new
climate control module
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1085-00 Defroster Damper Motor -  Foreign object NOTE:
no sub type information obstructing This DTC may be stored
windshield air even though no fault
distribution door condition is present and
should be ignored unless
 Windshield air the customer has reported a
distribution motor climate control system
circuit short circuit concern. Verify the
to ground, short customer concern prior to
circuit to power, diagnosis Check and
remove any obstruction in
open circuit, high windshield air distribution
resistance door Refer to the electrical
 Damaged circuit diagrams and check
windshield air windshield air distribution
distribution door motor circuit for short
circuit to ground, short
 Windshield air circuit to power, open
distribution motor circuit, high resistance.
failure Clear DTC and retest Check
and install a new windshield
air distribution door as
required Check and install a
new windshield air
distribution motor as
required Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual, or
determine if any prior
module/component
B1085-49 Defroster Damper Motor -  Windshield air  Check and install a new
internal electronic failure distribution motor windshield air
failure distribution motor as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1086-00 Air Distribution Damper  Foreign object  Check and remove any
Motor - no sub type obstructing obstruction in footwell
information footwell air air distribution door
distribution door  Check and re-seat the
 Foreign object footwell hush panel
obstructing surrounding the centre
footwell air console stack
distribution door  Refer to the electrical
level arm circuit diagrams and
 Footwell air check footwell air
distribution motor distribution motor
circuit short circuit circuit for short circuit
to ground, short to ground, short circuit
circuit to power, to power, open circuit,
open circuit, high high resistance. Clear
resistance DTC and retest
 Damaged footwell  Check and install a new
air distribution footwell air distribution
door door as required
 Footwell air  Check and install a new
distribution motor footwell air distribution
failure motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1086-49 Air Distribution Damper  Footwell air  Check and install a new
Motor - internal electronic distribution motor footwell air distribution

failure failure motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1087-88 LIN Bus 'A' - bus off  LIN bus 'A' circuit  Refer to the electrical
short circuit to circuit diagrams and
ground, short check LIN bus '1/A'
circuit to power, circuit short circuit to
open circuit, high ground, short circuit to
resistance power, open circuit,
 All front actuators high resistance. Clear
failed DTC and retest
 Climate control  Check and install new
module failure front actuators as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1088-88 LIN Bus 'B' - bus off  LIN bus 'B' circuit  Refer to the electrical
short circuit to circuit diagrams and
ground, short check LIN bus '2/B'
circuit to power, circuit short circuit to
open circuit, high ground, short circuit to
resistance power, open circuit,
 All front actuators high resistance. Clear
failed DTC and retest
 Climate control  Check and install new
module failure front actuators as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B10BE-11 Solar Sensor - circuit short  Solar sensor circuit  Refer to the electrical
to ground short circuit to circuit diagrams and
ground check solar sensor
 Solar sensor failure circuit for short circuit
to ground. Clear DTC
 Climate control and retest
module failure
solar sensor as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11ED-68 Electric Heater Control -  Event information -  Clear the DTC. With
event information electric heater engine coolant
invalid temperature low, set
communication climate control
message temperature to high and
retest. If DTC remains
in isolation suspect the
Electric booster heater.
electric heater module
as required
 If additional LIN related
DTCs are logged refer
to the actions for those
DTCs
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11ED-87 Electric Heater Control -  LIN network fault  Refer to the electrical
missing message circuit diagrams and
 Electric heater
module fault check the power and
electric heater module.
Check the LIN circuits.
Repair and wiring
harness faults, clear the
DTC and retest the
system.
 If the fault persists,
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11ED-96 Electric Heater Control -  LIN network fault  Refer to the electrical
component internal failure circuit diagrams and
 Electric heater
module fault check the power and
electric heater module.
Check the LIN circuits.
Repair and wiring
harness faults, clear the
DTC and retest the
system.
as required
any prior approval

programme is in
module/component
B11EE-01 A/C Compressor - general  Refrigerant  Refer to the electrical
electrical failure solenoid valve circuit diagrams and
circuit short circuit check refrigerant
to ground, short solenoid valve circuit
circuit to each other for short circuit to
 Refrigerant ground, short circuit to
solenoid valve each other. Clear DTC
failure and retest
module failure refrigerant solenoid
valve as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F0-11 Air Intake Damper  Recirculation  Refer to the electrical
Position Sensor - circuit motor circuit short circuit diagrams and
short to ground circuit to ground check recirculation
 Recirculation motor circuit for short
motor failure circuit to ground. Clear
DTC and retest
 Climate control
module failure  Check and install a new
recirculation motor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F0-15 Air Intake Damper  Recirculation  Refer to the electrical
Position Sensor - circuit motor circuit short circuit diagrams and
short to battery or open circuit to power, check recirculation
open circuit, high motor circuit for short
resistance circuit to power, open
 Recirculation circuit, high resistance.
motor failure Clear DTC and retest
module failure recirculation motor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F8-00 Left Outer Vent - no sub  Obstructed airflow  Check and remove any
type information vent obstruction in left side
 Left side outer outer register vent
register vent motor  Refer to the electrical
circuit short circuit circuit diagrams and
to ground, short check the left side outer
circuit to power, register vent motor
open circuit, high circuit for short circuit
resistance to ground, short circuit
 Left side outer to power, open circuit,
register vent motor high resistance. Clear
internal fault DTC and retest
left side outer register
vent motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F8-49 Left Outer Vent - internal  Left side outer  Check and install a new
electronic failure register vent motor left side outer register
internal fault vent motor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F9-00 Left Inner Vent - no sub  Obstructed airflow  Check and remove any
type information vent obstruction in left side
 Left side inner inner register vent
to ground, short check the left side inner
circuit to power, register vent motor
open circuit, high circuit for short circuit
resistance to ground, short circuit
 Left side inner to power, open circuit,
register vent motor high resistance. Clear
internal fault DTC and retest
left side inner register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11F9-49 Left Inner Vent - internal  Left inner outer  Check and install a new
electronic failure register vent motor left side inner register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FA-00 Right Outer Vent - no sub  Obstructed airflow  Check and remove any
type information vent obstruction in right side
 Right side outer outer register vent
to ground, short check the right side
circuit to power, outer register vent
resistance circuit to ground, short
 Right side outer circuit to power, open
register vent motor circuit, high resistance.
internal fault Clear DTC and retest
right side outer register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FA-49 Right Outer Vent - internal  Right side outer  Check and install a new
electronic failure register vent motor right side outer register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FB-00 Right Inner Vent - no sub  Obstructed airflow  Check and remove any
type information vent obstruction in right side
 Right side inner inner register vent
to ground, short check the right side
circuit to power, inner register vent
resistance circuit to ground, short
circuit to power, open
 Right side inner circuit, high resistance.

register vent motor Clear DTC and retest
internal fault  Check and install a new
right side inner register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FB-49 Right Inner Vent - internal  Right inner outer  Check and install a new
electronic failure register vent motor right side inner register
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FF-84 A/C Refrigerant Pressure -  Insufficient  Check the timestamp
signal below allowable refrigerant in for the DTC to see if it
range system was set during cold
 Air conditioning ambient conditions
compressor fault (below 9 degrees C (49
degrees F). If so allow
 Refrigerant the vehicle to warm
pressure sensor soak to verify the DTC
failure was set correctly
 Refrigerant  Check the refrigerant
solenoid valve system using a suitable
failure charging station
 Climate control  Check the air
module failure conditioning
compressor for correct
operation
refrigerant pressure
sensor as required
refrigerant solenoid as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11FF-85 A/C Refrigerant Pressure -  Excessive  Check the refrigerant
signal above allowable refrigerant in system using a suitable
range system charging station
 Blockage in air  Check the condenser
conditioning and pipework for
system pipework or damage or restriction
condenser  Check the air
 Air conditioning conditioning fan for
fan inoperative correct operation
 Refrigerant  Check and install a new
pressure sensor refrigerant pressure
failure sensor as required
 Refrigerant  Check and install a new
solenoid valve refrigerant solenoid as
failure required
module failure climate control module
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B13C2-92 Front  LIN fault  Refer to the electrical
Windscreen/Windshield circuit diagrams and
Misting Sensor -  CAN fault
check the LIN
performance or incorrect  Sensor fault connection between the
operation  Climate control misting sensor and the
module failure rear junction box

check the power and
the misting sensor.
Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network integrity
test. Clear DTC and
retest
 If fault persists, check
and install a new
misting sensor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A59-11 Sensor 5 Volt Supply -  Sensor 5 volt  Refer to the electrical
circuit short to ground supply circuit short circuit diagrams and
circuit to ground check sensor 5 volt
 Refrigerant supply circuit for short
pressure sensor to ground
failure  Check and install a new
 Fresh - Re- refrigerant pressure
circulated air mode sensor as required
motor failure  Check and install a new
 Climate control refrigerant pressure
module failure sensor as required
Fresh - Re-circulated air
mode motor as required
as required

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A59-13 Sensor 5 Volt Supply -  Sensor 5 volt  Refer to the electrical
circuit open supply circuit open circuit diagrams and
circuit, high check sensor 5 volt
resistance supply circuit for open
 Refrigerant circuit, high resistance
pressure sensor  Check and install a new
failure refrigerant pressure
 Climate control sensor as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A60-11 Pollution Sensor -  Air quality sensor  Refer to the electrical
Hydrocarbon - circuit circuit short circuit circuit diagrams and
short to ground to ground check air quality sensor
 Air quality sensor circuit for short circuit
failure to ground
module failure air quality sensor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A61-11 Cabin Temperature Sensor  Cabin temperature  Refer to the electrical

- circuit short to ground sensor circuit short circuit diagrams and
to ground check cabin temperature
 Cabin temperature sensor circuit for short
sensor failure circuit to ground
module failure cabin temperature
sensor as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A61-15 Cabin Temperature Sensor  Cabin temperature  Refer to the electrical
- circuit short to battery or sensor circuit short circuit diagrams and
open circuit to power, check cabin temperature
open circuit, high sensor circuit for short
resistance circuit to power, open
 Cabin temperature circuit, high resistance
sensor failure  Check and install a new
 Climate control cabin temperature
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A63-11 Right Solar Sensor -  Right solar sensor  Refer to the electrical
circuit short to ground circuit short circuit circuit diagrams and
to ground check right solar sensor
 Right solar sensor circuit for short circuit
failure to ground

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A64-11 Left Solar Sensor - circuit  Left solar sensor  Refer to the electrical
short to ground circuit short to circuit diagrams and
ground check left solar sensor
 Left solar sensor circuit for short circuit
failure to ground
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A67-13 Sensor Ground - circuit  Sensor(s) ground  Refer to the electrical
open circuit open circuit, circuit diagrams and
high resistance check sensor circuit for
 Climate control open circuit. DTCs
module failure B1A61-15, B1A59-13
and P0530-15 will also
be logged
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1A69-01 Humidity Sensor - general  Humidity sensor  Refer to the electrical
electrical failure
circuit fault circuit diagrams and

 Humidity sensor check humidity sensor
failure circuit for short circuit
to ground, short circuit
 Climate control to power, open circuit
module failure
combined cabin
temperature & humidity
sensor as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1B62-11 Pollution Sensor - NOx -  Air quality sensor  Refer to the electrical
circuit short to ground circuit short circuit circuit diagrams and
to ground check air quality sensor
 Air quality sensor circuit for short circuit
failure to ground
module failure air quality sensor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1B71-11 Evaporator Temperature  Evaporator  Refer to the electrical
Sensor - circuit short to temperature sensor circuit diagrams and
ground circuit short to check evaporator
ground temperature sensor
 Evaporator circuit for short circuit
temperature sensor to ground

 Climate control evaporator temperature
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1B71-15 Evaporator Temperature  Evaporator  Refer to the electrical
Sensor - circuit short to temperature sensor circuit diagrams and
battery or open circuit short circuit check evaporator
to power, open temperature sensor
circuit, high circuit for short circuit
resistance to power, open circuit,
 Evaporator high resistance
temperature sensor  Check and install a new
failure evaporator temperature
 Climate control sensor as required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B1B72-11 LIN Bus #1 Power Supply  LIN bus 1 circuit  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - circuit short to short to ground circuit diagrams and
ground check LIN bus 1 circuit
 Defrost stepper
motor failure for short circuit to
ground
 Panel foot stepper
motor failure  Check and install new
motors as required
 Right side blend
stepper motor  Check and install a new
failure climate control module
 Left side blend as required

stepper motor  Refer to the warranty
failure policy and procedures
 Electric booster manual, or determine if
heater (diesel only) any prior approval
programme is in
 Left side outer operation, prior to the
register motor installation of a new
failure module/component
 Left side inner
register motor
failure
 Right side outer
register motor
failure
 Right side inner
register motor
failure
 Climate control
module failure
C1B14-13 Sensor Supply Voltage A -  Wiring harness  Refer to the electrical
circuit open fault circuit diagrams and
 Recirculated air check the climate
motor internal fault control sensor 5 volt
supply circuit - Circuit
 Climate control HVAC_SENSOR_5V -
module failure For open circuit. Repair
wiring as required.
Clear the DTC and
retest., refer to warranty
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
check and install new
recirculated air motor as
required
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
C1B15-13 Sensor Supply Voltage B -  Wiring harness  Refer to the electrical
circuit open fault wiring diagrams and
check the sensor ground
circuit - Circuit
HVAC_SENSOR_GND
- For open circuit, high
resistance. Repair the
wiring harness as
required, clear the DTC
and retest
P0530-11 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Pressure sensor  Refer to electrical
Sensor A Circuit - circuit signal line short circuit diagrams and
short to ground circuit to ground check refrigerant
 Sensor failure pressure sensor signal
line for short circuit to
ground. Repair wiring
as required, clear DTC
and retest.
 If DTC persists, check
and install new
sensor
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0530-15 A/C Refrigerant Pressure  Pressure sensor  Refer to electrical
Sensor A Circuit - circuit signal line short circuit diagrams and
short to battery or open circuit to power, check refrigerant
open circuit, high pressure sensor signal
resistance line for short circuit to
 Sensor failure power, open circuit,
high resistance. Repair
wiring as required, clear
DTC and retest.
 If DTC persists, check
and install new
sensor
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0645-11 A/C Clutch Relay Control  Air conditioning  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - circuit short to compressor clutch circuit diagrams and
ground relay control circuit check fuse 35 5A mini
short circuit to in the engine junction
ground box, replace as required
check the air
conditioning
compressor clutch relay
control circuit between
the climate control
module and the engine
junction box for short
circuit to ground
check low side
connection to engine
control module from
relay 16 - HIGH
CURRENT
PETROL/DIESEL EMS
RELAY - Check output
to fuse from relay 5 -
1/2 ISO
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH RELAY -
Repair wiring as
required, clear DTC and
retest
U0010-88 Medium Speed CAN  CAN circuit short  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus - bus to ground, short to circuit diagrams and
off power, open circuit check the power and
 Climate control ground connections to
the climate control
module failure module. Using the

diagnostic system,
complete a CAN
network integrity test.
and install a new
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Central junction  Re-configure the central
Software Incompatibility - box not configured junction box using the
no sub type information manufacturer approved
 Climate control
module not diagnostic system, clear
configured DTC and retest
 Climate control  Re-configure the
module failure climate control module
approved diagnostic
system
and install a new
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U1A14-49 CAN Initialisation Failure  Module internal  Re-configure the
- internal electronic failure CAN controller climate control module
failure using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTCs and
retest
and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U3000-55 Control Module - not  Car configuration  Check car configuration
configured file incorrect file is correct. Check
 Central junction VIN is correct
box not configured  Re-configure the central
 Central junction junction box using the
box failure manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. Clear
DTC and retest
 Re-configure the
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTCs and
retest
 Check and install a
central junction box as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U3000-87 Control Module - missing  CAN link fault  Check the climate
message between instrument control module for
pack and climate related DTCs and refer
control module to the relevant DTC
 Climate control index
module failure  Refer to the electrical
check the power and
the climate control
module. Using the
diagnostic system,
complete a CAN
network integrity test.
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  Central junction  Check the climate
Number - invalid serial box not configured control module for
data received related DTCs and refer
 Climate control
module not to the relevant DTC
configured index
 Climate control  Re-configure the central
module failure junction box using the
diagnostic system. Clear
DTC and retest
as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
DTC: DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCAST MODULE (DABM)
Digital Audio Broadcast Module (DABM)



into account
into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged on the digital audio broadcast
module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section. For
additional information, refer to: INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM .

B11A4-11 L-Band Antenna - circuit  Digital audio  Refer to electrical
short to ground broadcast L-band circuit diagrams and
antenna circuit - check digital audio
short circuit to broadcast L-band
ground antenna circuit for
short circuit to
ground
B11A4-15 L-Band Antenna - circuit  Digital audio  Refer to electrical
short to battery or open broadcast L-band circuit diagrams and
short circuit to broadcast L-band
power, open circuit, antenna circuit for
high resistance short circuit to
power, open circuit,
high resistance
B11A5-11 Band 3 Antenna - circuit  Digital audio  Refer to electrical
short to ground broadcast band 3 circuit diagrams and
short circuit to broadcast band 3
ground antenna circuit for
short circuit to
ground
B11A5-15 Band 3 Antenna - circuit  Digital audio  Refer to electrical
short to battery or open broadcast band 3 circuit diagrams and
short circuit to broadcast band 3
power, open circuit, antenna circuit for
high resistance short circuit to
high resistance
U3000-04 Control Module - system  System internal  Clear the diagnostic
internal failures failure trouble code and
retest. If the
diagnostic trouble
code persists, check
and install a new
digital audio
broadcast module, as
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
the installation of a
new module
U3000-44 Control Module - data  System internal  Clear the diagnostic
memory failure failure trouble code and
retest. If the
diagnostic trouble
code persists, check
and install a new
digital audio
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3000-4A Control Module -  Incorrect digital  Using the
incorrect component audio broadcast manufacturer
installed module installed approved diagnostic
 The module has system select the
been installed to a vehicle configuration
vehicle not main menu, select
configured to accept configure existing
it modules menu and
re-program the
module. Clear the
diagnostic trouble
code and retest
 If the diagnostic
trouble code persists,
check and install a
new digital audio
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3000-55 Control Module - not  Incorrect car  Using the
configured configuration file manufacturer
data received approved diagnostic
system select the
vehicle configuration
main menu, select
configure existing
modules menu and
re-program the
module. Clear the
diagnostic trouble
code and retest
 If the diagnostic
trouble code persists,
check and install a
new digital audio
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3000-87 Control Module -  Missing message  Using the
missing message manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system select the
main menu, select
configure existing
modules menu and
re-program the
module. Clear the
diagnostic trouble
code and retest
check the MOST
network connections
to the module
U3000-98 Control Module -  Component or  Check that the digital

component or system system over audio broadcast
over temperature temperature module cooling
vents/air circulation
is not obstructed
 Cool the vehicle
interior down by
ensuring it is in the
shade and have the
A/C on cool. When
cool, clear the
diagnostic trouble
code and retest. If the
problem persists,
renew the digital
audio broadcast
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Digital audio  Refer to relevant
compare failure broadcast module information and
voltage differs more battery care manual.
than ±2V compared Check battery state
to central electronics of charge and
module voltage starting/charging
system performance
 Refer to electrical
wiring diagrams and
check the power and
ground circuits to the
digital audio
broadcast module.
Repair wiring
harness as required.
Clear diagnostic
trouble code and
retest
DTC: DRIVER DOOR MODULE/PASSENGER DOOR MODULE (DDM/PDM)

Driver/Passenger Door Module (DDM/PDM)


into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the driver/passenger door
modules, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section. For
additional information, refer to: DRIVER DOOR MODULE (DDM) .

B108F-23 Cabin Lock/Unlock  Cabin lock/unlock  Check the switch
Switch - Signal stuck low switch signal stuck operation and
 Switch pressed for serviceability. Refer
longer than 20 to the electrical
seconds circuit diagrams and
check the switch
 Switch circuit short circuit
circuit to power or
ground
 Switch failure
B109C-11 Front Courtesy Light -  Short to ground  Refer to the
Circuit short to ground electrical circuit
diagrams and test
front courtesy light
ground
B109C-15 Front Courtesy Light -  Short to power or  Refer to the
Circuit short to battery or open circuit electrical circuit
open diagrams and test
front courtesy light
power or open
circuit
B10EB-11 Driver door double  Short to ground  Refer to the
locking motor - Circuit electrical circuit
short to ground diagrams and test
driver door double
locking motor
ground
B10EB-15 Driver door double  Short to power or  Refer to the
locking motor - Circuit open circuit electrical circuit
short to battery or open diagrams and test
driver door double
locking motor
power or open
circuit
B10EC-11 Passenger door double  Short to ground  Refer to the
passenger door
double locking
motor circuit for
short to ground
B10EC-15 Passenger door double  Short to power or  Refer to the
passenger door
double locking
motor circuit for
short to power or
open circuit
B10ED-11 Rear Door Driver Side  Rear driver door  Refer to the
Double Locking Motor - double locking electrical circuit
Circuit short to ground motor circuit short diagrams and check
circuit to ground the circuit
B10ED-15 Rear Door Driver Side  Rear driver door  Refer to the
Double Locking Motor - double locking electrical circuit
Circuit short to battery or motor circuit short diagrams and check
open circuit to power or the circuit
open circuit
B10EE-11 Rear Door Passenger  Rear driver door  Refer to the
Side Double Locking double locking electrical circuit
Motor - Circuit short to motor circuit short diagrams and check
ground circuit to power or the circuit
open circuit
B10EE-15 Rear Door Passenger  Rear passenger door  Refer to the
Side Double Locking double locking electrical circuit
battery or open circuit to power or the circuit
open circuit
B1108-11 Driver door central  Short to ground  Refer to the
driver door central
locking motor
ground
B1108-15 Driver door central  Short to power or  Refer to the
driver door central
locking motor
power or open
circuit
B1109-11 Passenger door central  Short to ground  Refer to the

passenger door
central locking
motor circuit for
short to ground
B1109-15 Passenger door central  Short to power or  Refer to the
passenger door
central locking
motor circuit for
short to power or
open circuit
B110A-11 Rear Door Driver Side  Rear driver door  Refer to the
Central Locking Motor - central locking electrical circuit
Circuit short to ground motor circuit short diagrams and check
circuit to ground the circuit
B110A-15 Rear Door Driver Side  Rear driver door  Refer to the
Central Locking Motor - central locking electrical circuit
Circuit short to battery or motor circuit short diagrams and check
open circuit to power or the circuit
open circuit
B110B-11 Rear Door Passenger  Rear passenger door  Refer to the
Side Central Locking central locking electrical circuit
ground circuit to ground the circuit
B110B-15 Rear Door Passenger  Rear passenger door  Refer to the
Side Central Locking central locking electrical circuit
battery or open circuit to power or the circuit
open circuit
B1163-11 Left Mirror Heater  Short to ground  Refer to the
Output short to ground - electrical circuit
Circuit short to ground diagrams and test
left mirror heater
output circuit for
short to ground
B1163-15 Left Mirror Heater  Short to power or  Refer to the
Output short to power - open circuit electrical circuit
Circuit short to battery or diagrams and test
open left mirror heater
output circuit for
short to power or
open circuit
B1164-11 Right Mirror Heater  Short to ground  Refer to the
right mirror heater
output circuit for
short to ground
B1164-15 Right Mirror Heater  Short to ground  Refer to the
Output short to power - electrical circuit
Circuit short to battery or diagrams and test
open right mirror heater
output circuit for
short to power or
open circuit
B1165-11 Left Front Puddle Lamp  Short to ground  Refer to the
left front puddle
lamp output circuit
for short to ground
B1165-15 Left Front Puddle Lamp  Short to power or  Refer to the
Output open load or short open circuit electrical circuit
to power - Circuit short diagrams and test
to battery or open left front puddle
lamp output circuit
open circuit
B1166-11 Right Front Puddle Lamp  Short to ground  Refer to the
right front puddle
lamp output circuit
open circuit
B1166-15 Right Front Puddle Lamp  Short to power or  Refer to the
Output open load or short open circuit electrical circuit
to battery - Circuit short diagrams and test
to battery or open right front puddle
lamp output circuit
for short to ground
B117C-07 Rear Power Window Up  Set when window is  Check for
- Mechanical Failures reversed during mechanical
window up due to problems with the
mechanical window operation.
problems, window Check for

channel restriction obstructions in the
preventing window window channels
closure or Window and that the glass is
mechanism fault not restricted in the
full range of travel
B117C-72 Rear Power Window Up  Door module  Renew the relevant
- Actuator stuck open internal relay rear door module.
sticking open Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117C-73 Rear Power Window Up  Door module  Renew the relevant
- Actuator stuck closed internal relay rear door module.
sticking closed Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117C-92 Rear Power Window Up  Set when auto  Check the window
- performance or window up was operation. Clear the
incorrect operation interrupted (e.g. by DTC and retest
pressing local
switch)
B117D-72 Rear Power Window  Door module  Renew the relevant
Down - Actuator stuck internal relay rear door module.
open sticking open Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117D-73 Rear Power Window  Door module  Renew the relevant
Down - Actuator stuck internal relay rear door module.
closed sticking closed Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117E-07 Front Power Window Up  Set when window is  Check for
- Mechanical Failures reversed during mechanical
window up due to problems with the
mechanical window operation.
problems, window Check for
channel restriction obstructions in the
preventing window window channels

closure or Window and that the glass is
mechanism fault not restricted in the
full range of travel
B117E-72 Front Power Window Up  Door module  Renew the relevant
- Actuator stuck open internal relay front door module.
sticking open Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117E-73 Front Power Window Up  Door module  Renew the relevant
- Actuator stuck closed internal relay front door module.
sticking closed Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B117E-92 Front Power Window Up  Set when auto  Check the window
- performance or window up was operation. Clear the
incorrect operation interrupted (e.g. by DTC and retest
pressing local
switch)
B117F-72 Front Power Window  Door module Renew the relevant front
Down - Actuator stuck internal relay door module. Refer to the
open sticking open warranty policy and
module is suspect
B117F-73 Front Power Window  Door module  Renew the relevant
Down - Actuator stuck internal relay front door module.
closed sticking closed Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B1189-29 Front Window Position  Missing signal from  Refer to the
Sensor - Signal invalid hall sensor 1 or 2 electrical circuit
 Sensor circuit fault diagrams and check
the hall sensor
 Hall sensor fault circuit between the
door module and
window motor.
Repair as necessary.
If the problem
persists, renew the
window motor
B118A-29 Rear Window Position  Missing signal from  Refer to the
Sensor - Signal invalid hall sensor 1 or 2 electrical circuit
 Sensor circuit fault diagrams and check
the hall sensor
 Hall sensor fault circuit between the
door module and
window motor.
Repair as necessary.
If the problem
persists, renew the
window motor
B11D1-83 LIN Bus "C" - Value of  LIN Bus checksum  Refer to the
signal protection error; driver electrical circuit
calculation incorrect switchpack internal diagrams and check
fault the LIN Bus circuit
between the driver
door window switch
and the door
module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
the problem persists,
renew the driver
door window switch
B11D1-86 LIN Bus "C" - Signal  LIN Bus header  Refer to the
invalid error; driver electrical circuit
switchpack internal diagrams and check
fault the LIN Bus circuit
between the driver
door window switch
and the door
module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
renew the driver
door window switch
B11D1-87 LIN Bus "C" - Missing  Slave node  Refer to the
message communication electrical circuit
missing; driver diagrams and check
switchpack internal the LIN Bus circuit
fault between the driver

door window switch
and the door
module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
renew the driver
door window switch
B11F6-11 Driver Folding Mirror  Driver folding  Refer to the
Motor - Circuit short to mirror motor circuit electrical circuit
ground short circuit to diagrams and check
ground the mirror fold
 Mirror motor failure circuit between the
drivers door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
B11F6-15 Driver Folding Mirror  Driver mirror heater  Refer to the
Motor - Circuit short to output circuit short electrical circuit
battery or open circuit to power or diagrams and check
open circuit the mirror fold
drivers door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
B11F7-11 Passenger Folding Mirror  Passenger folding  Refer to the
Motor - Circuit short to mirror motor circuit electrical circuit
ground short circuit to diagrams and check
ground the mirror fold
passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
B11F7-15 Passenger Folding Mirror  Passenger mirror  Refer to the
Motor - Circuit short to heater output circuit electrical circuit
battery or open short circuit to diagrams and check
power or open the mirror fold
circuit circuit between the
 Mirror motor failure passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
B1A98-83 LIN Bus Circuit #1 -  Value of signal  Refer to the
Value of signal protection electrical circuit
protection calculation calculation incorrect diagrams and check
incorrect the LIN Bus circuit
between the rear
door control unit
and the Driver Door
Module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
renew the rear door
control module
B1A98-86 LIN Bus Circuit #1 -  Signal invalid  Refer to the
Signal invalid electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the LIN Bus circuit
between the rear
door control unit
and the Driver Door
Module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
renew the rear door
control module
B1A98-87 LIN Bus Circuit #1 -  Missing message  Refer to the
Missing message electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the LIN Bus circuit
between the rear
door control unit
and the Driver Door
Module. Check the
connectors for
integrity and
security. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
renew the rear door
control module
B1C09-11 Driver Left/Right Mirror  Driver mirror  Refer to the

Motor Circuit - Circuit adjustment motor electrical circuit
short to ground circuit short circuit diagrams and check
to ground the mirror motor
 Mirror left/right circuit between the
motor failure drivers door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
short to battery or open circuit short circuit diagrams and check
to power or open the mirror motor
 Mirror left/right drivers door module
motor failure and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
B1C10-11 Driver Up/Down Mirror  Driver mirror  Refer to the
short to ground circuit short circuit diagrams and check
drivers door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
short to battery or open circuit short circuit diagrams and check
to power or open the mirror motor
 Mirror motor failure drivers door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
B1C11-11 Passenger Left/Right  Passenger mirror  Refer to the
Mirror Motor Circuit - adjustment motor electrical circuit
Circuit short to ground circuit short circuit diagrams and check
passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary

Circuit short to battery or circuit short circuit diagrams and check
open to power or open the mirror motor
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
B1C12-11 Passenger Up/Down  Passenger mirror  Refer to the
passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
Motor Feedback Circuit - adjustment motor electrical circuit
driver door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
 Mirror motor failure driver door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary

driver door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
open to ground the mirror motor
driver door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
Mirror Motor Feedback adjustment motor electrical circuit
Circuit - Circuit short to circuit short circuit diagrams and check
ground to ground the mirror motor
driver door module
and the mirror
assembly. Repair as
necessary
battery or open to ground the mirror motor
passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
ground to ground the mirror motor
passenger door
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary

battery or open to power or open the mirror motor
module and the
mirror assembly.
Repair as necessary
B1C39-29 Key Lock Switch -  Key lock switch  Refer to the
Signal invalid signal invalid, electrical circuit
stuck/jammed diagrams and the
 Switch held for key lock switch
longer than 20 circuit. Clear the
seconds DTC and retest. If
no other DTCs are
 Key lock switch present, ignore this
circuit short to fault. If the DTC
ground (where returns, suspect an
connected) internal fault with
 Key lock switch the Central Junction
failure Box. Refer to the
 Central Junction Box warranty policy and
fault procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
B1D06-11 Left Turn Indicator -  Left turn signal short  Refer to the
Circuit short to ground circuit to ground electrical circuit
diagrams and check
left turn signal for
short circuit to
ground
B1D06-15 Left Turn Indicator -  Left turn signal short  Refer to the
Circuit short to battery or circuit to power electrical circuit
open diagrams and check
 Left turn signal high
resistance, open left turn signal for
circuit short circuit high
resistance, open
circuit
B1D07-11 Right Turn Indicator -  Right turn signal  Refer to the
Circuit short to ground short circuit to electrical circuit
ground diagrams and check
right turn signal for
short circuit to
ground
B1D07-15 Right Turn Indicator -  Right turn signal  Refer to the

Circuit short to battery or circuit short circuit electrical circuit
open to power diagrams and check
 Right turn signal right turn signal for
circuit high short circuit high
resistance, open resistance, open
circuit circuit
C1B14-11 Sensor Supply #1 -  Short to ground  Refer to the
Circuit short to ground electrical circuit
diagrams and test
window sensor
supply circuit for
short to ground
C1B14-15 Sensor Supply #1 -  Short to power or  Refer to the
Circuit short to battery or open circuit electrical circuit
open diagrams and test
window sensor
supply circuit for
short to power or
open circuit
C1B15-11 Sensor Supply Voltage A  Hall sensor supply  Refer to the
- Circuit short to ground circuit short to electrical circuit
 Hall sensor fault the hall sensor
supply circuit
between the rear
door module and the
window motor. If
renew the window
motor
C1B15-15 Sensor Supply Voltage A  Hall sensor supply  Refer to the
- Circuit short to battery circuit short to electrical circuit
or open power or open diagrams and check
circuit the hall sensor
 Hall sensor fault supply circuit
between the rear
door module and the
window motor. If
renew the window
motor
U0010-00 Medium speed CAN  Medium speed CAN  Carry out network
communication Bus - No communication Bus integrity test using
sub type information manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Refer to
electrical circuit
diagrams and test
Medium speed CAN
network for open,
short circuit and
high resistance
U0140-00 Lost communication with  Logged when  Refer to the
CJB - No sub type subscribed CAN electrical circuit
information message missing diagrams and test
from CJB power and ground
supplies to Central
Junction Box.
Check CAN
network between
Driver Door Module
and Central Junction
Box. Carry out
network integrity
test using
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U0208-00 Lost communication  Missing message  Refer to the
With Driver Seat Module electrical circuit
(DSM) - No sub type diagrams and test
information power and ground
supplies to Driver
Seat Module. Check
CAN network
between Driver
Door Module and
Driver Seat Module.
Carry out network
integrity test using
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U0300-00 Internal control module  Invalid configuration  Re-configure the
software incompatibility message is received Rear Junction Box
- No sub type using the
information manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest. If
the DTC is still

logged suspect the
DDM/PDM. Refer
to the warranty
policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
U2002-24 Switch - Signal stuck  Signal stuck high  Clear DTC and re-
high test. If DTC
remains, install a
new passenger side
window switch
U2004-24 Auxiliary Switch Pack -  Signal stuck high  Refer to the
Signal stuck high electrical circuit
 Left or right rear
door local switch diagrams and check
pressed for longer the left and right
than 20 seconds door switch circuits
 Switch circuit short
to ground or power
U2010-11 Switch Illumination -  Switch illumination  Refer to electrical
Circuit short to ground circuit short to circuit diagrams and
ground check the switch
illumination circuit
U2012-08 Car Configuration  Bus signal/message  Cycle the ignition
Parameter(s) - Bus failures status and re-test. If
Signal/Message Failures DTC remains, re-
configure the RJB
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U2013-24 Switch Pack - Signal  Signal stuck high  Clear DTC and re-
stuck high test. If DTC
remains, install a
new driver side
window switch pack
U2014-44 Control module hardware  Data Memory  Install a new
- Data memory failure Failure DDM/PDM, Refer
to the warranty
policy and
procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
U2100-00 Initial configuration not  No sub type  Re-configure the

complete - No sub type information DDM/PDM using
information the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U2101-00 Control Module  No sub type  Re-configure the
Configuration information module using the
Incompatible - No sub manufacturer
type information approved diagnostic
system. Check the
configuration of the
Car Configuration
File (CCF)
U3003-62 Battery voltage - Signal  Mis-match of battery  Check vehicle
compare failure voltage, of 2 volts or battery and charging
lower, between system. Refer to the
DDM/PDM and RJB relevant
information. Refer
to the electrical
check the power and
ground supply
circuits to both
modules
DTC: DRIVER/PASSENGER SEAT MODULE (DSM/PSM)
Driver/Passenger Seat Module (DSM/PSM)


into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
NOTE: Check DDW for open campaigns. Refer to the corresponding bulletins and
SSM's which may be valid for the specific customer complaint and carry out the
recommendations as needed.
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Driver/Passenger Seat
Module, for additional Diagnosis and Testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing. For
additional information, refer to: SEATS .

B105D-11 Seat Bolster Inflate  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
Output - Circuit short to wiring
ground harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat bolster
circuit
B105D-15 Seat Bolster Inflate  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
Output - Circuit short to open wiring
battery or open harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat bolster
circuit
B105E-11 Seat Bolster Deflate  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat bolster
circuit
B105E-15 Seat Bolster Deflate  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat bolster
circuit
B1060-11 Seat Headrest Motor  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat headrest
motor circuit
B1060-15 Seat Headrest Motor  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat headrest
motor circuit
B1064-31 Seat Headrest Motor  Harness/connector problem  Check the seat
Sensor - No signal wiring
 No signal from sensor
harness/connectors
 Sensor/motor malfunction for security/integrity
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat headrest
motor sensor circuit.
Repair circuit as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
B1065-24 Cushion Extend Switch  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
- Signal stuck high function. Check the
 Switch malfunction
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1066-24 Cushion Retract Switch  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1067-24 Lumbar In Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
Signal stuck high function. Check the
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1068-24 Lumbar Out Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1069-24 Lumbar Up Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B106A-24 Lumbar Down Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B106B-24 Bolster Inflate Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B106C-24 Bolster Deflate Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check

the switch circuit
B106D-24 Headrest Up Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B106E-24 Headrest Down Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1087-83 LIN Bus "A" - Value of  LIN bus checksum error  Check for other LIN
signal protection Bus related DTCs.
calculation incorrect  Value of signal protection
calculation incorrect Refer to the
electrical circuit
 Generic LIN bus failure diagrams and check
the LIN Bus circuit
B1087-86 LIN Bus "A" - Signal  Generic LIN bus failure  Check for other LIN
invalid Bus related DTCs.
 Signal invalid
Refer to the
 LIN bus Bit error / Parity electrical circuit
Error /Synch Error diagrams and check
the LIN Bus circuit
B1087-87 LIN Bus "A" - Missing  Generic LIN bus failure  Check for other LIN
message Bus related DTCs.
 Missing message
Refer to the
 Slave not responding or LIN electrical circuit
bus short circuit to ground or diagrams and check
power the LIN Bus circuit
B1136-11 Lumbar Control A -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
Circuit short to ground wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1136-12 Lumbar Control A -  Circuit short to power  Check the seat
Circuit short to battery wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1136-13 Lumbar Control A -  Circuit open circuit  Check the seat
Circuit open wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1137-11 Lumbar Control B -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1137-12 Lumbar Control B -  Circuit short to power  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1137-13 Lumbar Control B -  Circuit open circuit  Check the seat

Circuit open wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1138-11 Lumbar Control C -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1138-12 Lumbar Control C -  Circuit short to power  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1138-13 Lumbar Control C -  Circuit open circuit  Check the seat
Circuit open wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1139-11 Lumbar Control D -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1139-12 Lumbar Control D -  Circuit short to power  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B1139-13 Lumbar Control D -  Circuit open circuit  Check the seat
Circuit open wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B113A-00 General Failure on Seat  No sub type information  Check the seat
Lumbar - No sub type wiring
information harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B113B-00 Lumbar Control  No sub type information  Check the seat
Multiple Failures - No wiring
sub type information harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the lumbar control
circuit
B12DB-00 Passenger Seat Massage  Massage pump electrical or  Refer to the

Module Pump pneumatic connection information and
Assembly - no sub type disconnected check the pump unit
information electrical and
 Massage pump unit failure
pneumatic
connections. If no
faults are found
check and install a
new massage
module pump
assembly. Refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
manual if a module
is suspect
B12E6-00 Passenger Seat Massage  Massage unit valve block  Refer to the
Module Back Carrier electrical connection information and
Assembly - no sub type disconnected of damaged check the pump unit
information electrical and
 Massage unit valve block
pneumatic pipe pneumatic
disconnected/leaking/blocked connections. If no
faults are found
 Air bladder leaking check and install a
 Massage electrical control new massage
unit or solenoid failure module pump
assembly. Refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
manual if a module
is suspect
B13F6-11 Passenger Seat Away  Passenger seat away switch  Check the seat
Switch - circuit short to circuit - short circuit to wiring
ground ground harness/connectors
 Faulty switch for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the passenger seat
away switch circuit
for short circuit to
ground
 If no circuit faults
are present, check
and install new
passenger seat away
switch as required.
Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1B86-11 Seat Height Motor  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
Relay - Circuit short to wiring
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat height
motor circuit
B1B86-15 Seat Height Motor  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
Relay - Circuit short to open wiring
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat height
motor circuit
B1B87-31 Seat Height Motor  Harness/connector problem  Check the seat
Speed/Position Sensor - wiring
No signal  No signal from sensor
harness/connectors
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat height
motor sensor circuit.
Repair circuit as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
B1B88-11 Seat Slide Motor Relay -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat slide motor
relay circuit
B1B88-15 Seat Slide Motor Relay -  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
Circuit short to battery open circuit wiring
or open harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
relay circuit
B1B89-31 Seat Slide Motor  Harness/connector problem  Check the seat
harness/connectors
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
speed sensor circuit.
Repair circuit as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
B1B90-11 Seat Tilt Motor Relay -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat tilt motor
relay circuit
B1B90-15 Seat Tilt Motor Relay -  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat tilt motor
relay circuit
B1B91-31 Seat Tilt Motor  Harness/connector problem  Check the seat
harness/connectors
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat tilt motor
speed sensor circuit.
Repair circuit as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
B1B92-11 Seat Recline Motor  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
Relay - Circuit short to wiring
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat recline
motor relay circuit
B1B92-15 Seat Recline Motor  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
Relay - Circuit short to open circuit wiring
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat recline
motor relay circuit
B1B93-31 Seat Recline Motor  Harness/connector problem  Check the seat
harness/connectors
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat recline
motor speed sensor

circuit. Repair
circuit as required.
Clear DTC and
retest
B1B94-24 Seat Height Up Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1B95-24 Seat Height Down  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
Switch - Signal stuck function. Check the
high  Switch malfunction
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1B96-24 Seat Slide Forward  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1B97-24 Seat Slide Backward  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1B98-24 Seat Tilt Up Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1B99-24 Seat Tilt Down Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1C00-24 Seat Recline Up Switch  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1C01-24 Seat Recline Down  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1C02-24 Memory Store Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1C03-24 Memory #1 Switch -  Signal stuck high  Check the switch
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
seat wiring
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the switch circuit
B1D94-11 Lumbar Motor Relay -  Circuit short to ground  Check the seat
harness/connectors
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat lumbar
motor relay circuit
B1D94-15 Lumbar Motor Relay -  Circuit short to power or  Check the seat
for
security/integrity.
Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the seat lumbar
motor relay circuit
U0010-88 Medium speed CAN  CAN signal fault  Refer to the
Communication Bus - electrical circuit
Bus off  Possible open circuit
diagrams and check
 Faulty Control module the power and
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
integrity test. Refer
to the electrical
check the CAN
network
U0140-00 Lost Communication  No sub type information  Refer to the
With Body Control electrical circuit
Module - No sub type diagrams and check
information the power and
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
Central Junction
Box and Seat
Module
With Body Control electrical circuit

Module 'B' - No sub diagrams and check
type information the power and
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
Rear Junction Box
and Seat Module
U0151-00 Lost communication  Loss of CAN communication  Refer to the
with Restraints Control with restraints control electrical circuit
Module - no sub type module diagrams and check
ground connections
to the restraints
control module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
restraints control
module and the seat
module
 Check the restraints
control module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
With Instrument Panel electrical circuit
Cluster (IPC) Control diagrams and check
Module - No sub type the power and

to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
Instrument Cluster
and Seat Module
With "Door Control electrical circuit
Module A" - No sub diagrams and check
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
Driver Door Module
and Seat Module
U024B-00 Lost Communication  No sub type information  Refer to the
With Seat Control electrical circuit
Module G - no sub type diagrams and check
ground connections
to the module. Refer
to the electrical
check the LIN
network between the
Passenger Front
Massage Seat
Module and Drivers
Seat Module
U0300-00 Software  No sub type information  Check the module

Incompatibility - No sub configuration using
type information the approved
diagnostic system.
Check that the
module software
versions are the
latest release and
update as necessary
U1A14-49 CAN Initialization  Internal electronic failure  Suspect the driver
Failure - Internal seat module, check
electronic failure and install a new
module as required,
refer to the
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
U1A4C-00 Build / End of Line  Vehicle configuration  Check the module
mode Active - No sub incorrect configuration using
type information the approved
diagnostic system
U2100-00 Initial Configuration  Car Configuration Data not  Install car config to
Not Complete - No sub loaded (Central Junction Box Central Junction
type information installed to vehicle and not Box. Clear DTC and
initialized) retest systems
 Internal Central Junction Box
failure
U2101-00 Control Module  Car Configuration Data  Carry out the new
Configuration transmitted over CAN does module software
Incompatible - No sub not match seat control installation
type information module internal config procedure
U3000-49 Control Module -  Internal electronic failure  Renew the Control
Internal electronic module. Refer to the
failure  Internal RAM/ROM error
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual
if a module is
suspect
U3001-46 Control Module  Event information  DTC for
Improper Shutdown - information only.
Calibration/parameter Clear the DTC and
memory failure retest. If the
problem persists,
renew the module.
Refer to the
warranty policies
and procedures
before renewing a
control module
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  Invalid serial data received  Configure the
Number - Invalid serial module using the
data received manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
U3003-16 Battery Voltage -  Battery voltage below  Check vehicle
Circuit voltage below threshold (8 volts) battery and charging
threshold system. Refer to the
relevant
information. Refer
to the electrical
check the power
supply circuits to
the module
U3003-17 Battery Voltage -  Battery voltage above  Check vehicle
Circuit voltage above threshold battery and charging
threshold system. Refer to the
relevant
information. Refer
to the electrical
check the power
supply circuits to
the module
DTC: ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE (PBM)
Electric Parking Brake (PBM)



into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the electric parking brake
module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing. For
additional information, refer to: PARKING BRAKE .

P1536-62 Parking Brake Switch  Wiring harness fault  All signals from the
Circuit - signal compare switch are active at
failure  Switch internal fault
the same time. Refer
to the electrical
check all the switch
apply, release and
return circuits for
short circuit or open
circuit. Repair wiring
harness as required
 If no fault with
wiring harness
suspect switch has an
internal fault. Refer
to the Warranty
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
P1536-66 Parking Brake Switch  System abuse The Electric Parking Brake
Circuit - signal has too system will be locked out if
many transitions / events  Wiring harness fault the module receives more
 Switch internal fault then 30 apply/release
requests within 1 minute.
 Cycle the ignition to

clear the fault mode.
Clear the DTC and
test the system
check all the switch
apply, release and
return circuits for
intermittent short
circuit or open
harness as required
 If there are no wiring
faults and the DTC
resets suspect the
switch. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
P1571-64 Brake Switch - signal  Wiring harness fault  The signal from the
plausibility failure hardwired brake
 Brake pedal switch
fault pedal switch does not
agree with the brake
status message
broadcast on CAN.
check the brake pedal
switch circuits for
short circuit or open

harness as required
harness faults suspect
switch. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
C1127-31 Position Sensor - No  Parking brake motor  Inspect mechanical
Signal hall effect position linkages for
sensor power circuit faults/damage. Repair
fault as required. Refer to
 Parking brake motor the electrical circuit
hall effect position diagrams and check
sensor ground circuit parking brake motor
fault hall effect position
sensor circuits for
 Parking brake motor short, open circuit.
hall effect position Check and install a
sensor signal circuit new sensor actuator
fault as required
 Mechanical fault
with sensor/actuator
C1129-39 Actuator engage -  Motor engage  Carry out parking
incorrect has too few current reached brake calibration
pulses before full apply procedure. check for
travel distance mechanical failure of
 Service brake parking brake system
adjustment incorrect
after brake lining
replacement
 Brake cables broken,
seized, trapped.
 Caliper malfunction
C1129-3A Actuator engage -  Motor engage  Carry out parking
incorrect has too many current not reached brake calibration
pulses or travelled too far procedure. check for
upon apply mechanical failure of
 Service brake parking brake system
adjustment incorrect
after brake lining
replacement
 Brake cables broken,

seized, trapped
 Caliper malfunction
C112A-39 Actuator disengage -  intermittent motor or  Check for additional
incorrect has too few circuit - open circuit motor or circuit
pulses DTCs and refer to
 Actuator
malfunction DTC index. check for
mechanical failure of
parking brake
C1D00-11 Park brake apply switch -  Connector fault -  Refer to electrical
circuit short to ground bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
corroded pin(s) check the switch
 Harness fault - short primary and
to ground secondary apply
 Switch fault ground. Repair circuit
faults or install a new
switch as required
C1D00-15 Park brake apply switch  Connector fault -  Refer to electrical
circuit - circuit short to bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
battery or open corroded pin(s) check the switch
to power or open secondary apply
circuit circuits for short to
power or open circuit.
 Switch fault Repair circuit faults
or install a new
switch as required
C1D00-1C Park brake apply switch -  Connector fault -  Refer to the electrical
voltage out of range bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
corroded pin(s) test primary parking
 Harness fault - short brake apply switch
to power or open circuits for short to
circuit ground
 Switch fault  Check and install a
new switch as
required
C1D00-62 Park brake apply switch -  Connector fault -  Apply switch active
signal compare failure bent, loose or then release switch
corroded pin(s) active, refer to
 Harness fault electrical circuit
diagrams and check
 Switch fault apply/release switch
circuits

new switch as
required
C1D00-64 Park brake apply switch -  Connector fault -  Refer to the electrical
signal plausibility failure bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
corroded pin(s) test parking brake
 Harness fault - primary and
primary or secondary apply
secondary apply circuits
circuit  Check and install a
 Switch fault new switch as
required
C1D01-11 Park brake release switch  Connector fault -  Refer to the electrical
- circuit short to ground bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
corroded pin(s) test parking brake
to ground secondary apply
circuits
 Switch fault
new switch as
required
C1D01-15 Park brake release switch  Connector fault -  Refer to the electrical
- circuit short to battery bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
or open corroded pin(s) test parking brake
 Harness fault - open primary and
circuit secondary release
circuits for open
 Harness fault - short circuits or short to
to power power
 Switch fault  Check and install a
new switch as
required
C1D01-1C Park brake release switch  Connector fault -  Refer to electrical
- voltage out of range bent, loose or circuit diagrams and
corroded pin(s) test park brake switch
 Harness fault - low primary and
resistance to ground secondary switch
circuits for low
 Switch fault resistance to ground
new switch as
required
C1D01-62 Park brake release switch  Connector fault -  Release switch active
- signal compare failure bent, loose or then apply switch
corroded pin(s) active. Refer to

 Harness fault electrical circuit
diagrams and check
 Switch fault switch circuits for
open circuits or
shorts. Repair circuit
or replace switch as
required
C1D01-64 Park brake release switch  Connector fault -  Primary and
- signal plausibility bent, loose or secondary release
failure corroded pin(s) switch inputs signals
 Harness fault do not match. Check
connectors for
 Switch fault damaged pins, Refer
to electrical circuit
diagrams and check
switch circuits for
open circuits or
shorts. Repair circuit
or replace switch as
required
B1142-64 Ignition Status 1- signal  The hard wired  Refer to electrical
plausibility failure ignition status signal circuit diagrams and
does not agree with check parking brake
CAN messages. module ignition
Ignition power power supply for
supply is detected short to ground, open
open circuit when circuit
ignition status is set
to 'ON'
U0001-87 High Speed CAN  CAN Bus circuit  Refer to the electrical
communication bus - fault circuit diagrams and
missing message check the power and
 Power distribution
fault ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0001-88 High speed CAN  CAN Bus circuit  Refer to the electrical
communication Bus - fault circuit diagrams and
bus off check the power and
 Power distribution ground connections

fault to the module. Using
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0100-00 Lost Communication  Engine control  Check the Engine
with ECM/PCM A - no module / system Control Module for
sub type information fault related DTCs and
 Wiring harness fault refer to the relevant
DTC index
check the power and
ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0103-00 Lost communication  Gear shift control  Check the Gear Shift
With Gear Shift Module module / system Control Module for
A - no sub type fault related DTCs and
information refer to the relevant
DTC index
check the power and
ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0104-00 Lost communication  Speed control  Check the Anti-Lock

With Cruise Control module / system Braking System
Module A - no sub type fault Control Module for
information related DTCs and
DTC index
check the power and
ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0121-00 Lost communication  Anti-Lock Braking  Check the Anti-Lock
with Anti-Lock Braking System control Braking System
System (ABS) Control module / system Control Module for
Module - no sub type fault related DTCs and
DTC index
check the power and
ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0155-00 Lost Communication  Instrument Cluster /  Check the Instrument
With Instrument Panel system fault Cluster for related
Cluster (IPC) Control DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC index
information
check the power and
ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Car configuration  Check all control
Software Incompatibility file stored in Park modules for related
- no sub type information Brake Module does DTCs and refer to the
not match the master relevant DTC index
car configuration file  Check the
 Master car components installed
configuration file on the vehicle were
not being installed by the
transmitted by factory or a dealer
master control  Install the original
module components or a new
one as required
U0401-00 Invalid Data Received  Invalid message  Check the Engine
From ECM/PCM - no from the Engine Control Module for
sub type information Control Module related DTCs and
DTC index
U0404-00 Invalid Data Received  Invalid message  Check the Gear Shift
From Gear Shift Control from the gear shift Control Module for
Module A - no sub type control module related DTCs and
DTC index
U0415-00 Invalid Data Received  Invalid message NOTE:
From Anti-Lock Braking from the anti-lock This DTC may be stored
System (ABS) Control Braking system even though no fault
Module - no sub type module condition is present and
information should be ignored unless
the customer has
reported a electronic park
brake concern. Clear the
DTC and retest. Verify the
customer concern prior to
diagnosis
 Check the Anti-Lock

Braking System
Control Module for

related DTCs and
DTC index
U0422-00 Invalid data received  Invalid message  Check the Central
from Central Junction from the Central Junction Box for
Box - no sub type Junction Box related DTCs and
DTC index
U0423-00 Invalid Data Received  Invalid message  Check the Instrument
From Instrument Panel from the instrument Cluster for related
Control Module - no sub panel control DTCs and refer to the
type information module relevant DTC index
U0433-64 Invalid Data Received  Incorrect apply NOTE:
From Cruise Control request from the The Park Brake Module
Front Distance Range speed control has received a request to
Sensor - signal module when the apply the parkbrake from
plausibility failure the Adaptive Speed
conditions were not Control module but the
correct conditions were not
correct for the apply to
take place. E.g. the
vehicle was moving. The
module will ignore the
request but this DTC is
logged for safety
reference
 Check the Speed

Control Module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U2001-68 Reduced System  Invalid or missing NOTE:
Function - event message from Anti- There has been invalid or
information Lock Braking missing data detected
System with ignition from the Anti-Lock Brake
System Control Module.
OFF and vehicle This DTC may be logged
speed > 3Kph if the ignition is switched
off with the vehicle still
moving. This DTC will
never be recorded as
confirmed and is stored
for historical analysis
only
 Check the Speed

Control Module for

related DTCs and
DTC index
U2005-64 Vehicle Speed - signal  Implausible speed NOTE:
implausibility failure message from the Implausible speed is
Anti-Lock Braking defined as passing from
System control high speed dynamic
mode to static mode
module without passing through
low speed dynamic mode
 Check the Anti-Lock

Braking System
Control Module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U200D-4B Control Module Output  Actuator FET circuit  Refer to electrical
Power A - over over current / wiring diagrams and
temperature overtemperature check the actuator
circuit for low
resistance. Repair
circuit faults or install
a new actuator as
required
U2011-11 Motor - circuit short to  Electric park brake  Refer to electrical
ground motor output short to wiring diagrams and
ground check the actuator
ground. Repair circuit
actuator as required
U2011-12 Motor - circuit short to  Electric park brake  Refer to electrical
battery motor output short to wiring diagrams and
power check the actuator
power. Repair circuit
U2011-13 Motor - circuit open  Electric park brake  Refer to electrical
motor output open wiring diagrams and
circuit check the actuator
circuit for open
circuit. Repair circuit
U3000-47 Control Module -  Defective ECU  Lost communication
watchdog/safety micro with secondary micro
controller failure processor, check
power and ground
connections to
module. Clear DTC,
perform battery reset
and retest system. If
DTC reoccurs suspect
the Parking Brake
control module
 Refer to the Warranty
Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  The Park Brake  Check and install the
Number (VIN) - invalid Module has original, or a new
serial number previously been Park Brake Module
installed to another  Refer to the Warranty
vehicle Policy and
a module/component
is suspect
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Power distribution  There is a difference
compare failure fault of more than 2 volts
 The Park Brake between the power
Module has supply to the parking
previously been brake module and the
installed to another battery voltage value
vehicle broadcast on CAN.
Check other control
modules for battery
voltage related DTCs.
check the power and
ground supply
circuits to the Park
Brake Module.
Repair wiring as
required, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U3006-16 Control Module Input  ECU logic voltage is  Refer to electrical

Power A - circuit voltage high (over 18 volts circuit diagrams,
below threshold for 40mS) check power supplies
 Wiring harness fault and ground
connections to the
 Charging system park brake control
fault module. Check
battery voltage and
charging system.
or charging system as
required, clear DTC,
perform battery reset.
Retest system
U3006-17 Control Module Input  ECU logic voltage is  Refer to electrical
Power A - circuit voltage low (below 8 volts circuit diagrams,
above threshold for 2000mS) check power supplies
 Wiring harness fault and ground
connections to the
 Charging system park brake control
fault module. Check
battery voltage and
charging system.
or charging system as
required, clear DTC,
perform battery reset.
Retest system
U3007-14 Control Module Input  Connector fault -  Refer to electrical
Power B - circuit short to bent, loose or circuit diagrams,
ground or open corroded pin(s) check Park Brake
 Harness fault Module high power
feed circuit for open
circuits or short to
ground. Repair
wiring harness as
required, clear DTC
DTC: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - 5.0L NA V8 - AJ133 (PCM)
Engine Control Module (PCM) 5.0L NA V8 - AJ133
WARNING: Fuel injector voltage will reach 65Volts during operation and have a high
current requirement.


NOTE: If the module/component is suspect and the vehicle remains under the
pinpoint tests.
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the electronic engine control
module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing. For
additional information, refer to: ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS .

B10A2- Crash Input - No NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
31 signal - Circuit SRS_SIGNAL - circuit diagrams and
check restraints control
 Loss of communication between module pulse width
restraints control module and engine modulated SRS signal
control module line circuit, hard wired
connection between
engine control module
and restraints control
module for short circuit

to power, open circuit.
Repair circuit as
and retest
B10AC- Cruise Control  The engine control module has  Clear the DTC and
81 Switch - Invalid received an invalid command from press all the steering
serial data received the steering wheel switch pack wheel switches, re-
check for DTCs. Refer
diagrams and check the
speed control switch
circuit for open circuit,
short circuit to power,
short circuit to ground,
disconnected
steering wheel module
warranty policy and
module/component
B10AC- Cruise Control  Cruise buttons alive counter is not  Refer to the electrical
82 Switch - Alive / incrementing. Which suggests that circuit diagrams and
sequence counter the LIN bus is faulty check the speed control
incorrect / not switch circuit for open
updated  Steering wheel module is not
connected circuit, short circuit to
power, short circuit to
 Steering wheel module failure ground, disconnected
check the LIN bus
between steering wheel
module and the CAN
gateway
steering wheel module
warranty policy and
module/component
B10AC- Cruise Control  Cruise buttons checksum incorrect,  Check and install new
83 Switch - Value of incorrect cruise switches fitted to cruise switches as
signal protection vehicle required. Refer to the
calculation warranty policy and
incorrect procedures manual, or
module/component
B10AC- Cruise Control  Speed control switch circuit, open  Check for related DTCs
96 Switch - circuit, short circuit to power, short in other central junction
Component internal circuit to ground, disconnected boxes
failure
 Speed control switch failure  Refer to the electrical
 Steering wheel module failure circuit diagrams and
check the speed control
switch circuit for open
circuit, short circuit to
ground, disconnected
speed control switch as
required. Check and
install a new steering
wheel module as
warranty policy and
module/component
B10FF- Ignition Control -  Spark plug(s) fault  Refer to repair
68 Event information information and check
spark plug(s) for
 Ignition coil(s) fault condition and security.
Replace any defective
components as required
wiring diagrams and
check ignition coil

open circuit, short
circuit to power, short
circuit to ground
coil(s) as required.
Refer to the warranty
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
B11DB- Battery Monitoring NOTE:  Refer to electrical
01 Module - General - Circuit BATTERY - wiring diagrams and
electrical failure check charging system
 Charging system fault for faults. Perform any
 Battery monitoring signal line circuit repairs required
fault  Refer to the electrical
 Vehicle battery fault wiring diagrams and
check the battery
monitoring system
module circuit for open
ground, short circuit to
power
 Refer to the information
and the battery care
manual, inspect the
vehicle battery and
ensure it is fully
charged and serviceable
before performing
further tests
B11DB- Battery Monitoring NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
87 Module - Missing - Circuit BATTERY - wiring diagrams and
message check the battery
 Battery signal line circuit fault monitoring system
module circuit for open
power

check the LIN circuit
power, open circuit
B1206- Crash Occurred - NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
68 Event information - Circuit SRS_SIGNAL - circuit diagrams and
check the engine
 Engine control module has detected control module to
the vehicle has crashed - event restraints control
information DTC only module circuit for short
circuit. Repair circuit as
and retest
C0031- Left Front Wheel  Invalid data received from anti-lock  Check anti-lock braking
00 Speed Sensor - No braking system module - left front system module for
sub type wheel speed signal fault related DTCs and refer
information to relevant DTC index
C0034- Right Front Wheel  Invalid data received from anti-lock  Check anti-lock braking
00 Speed Sensor - No braking system module - right front system module for
C0037- Left Rear Wheel  Invalid data received from anti-lock  Check anti-lock braking
00 Speed Sensor - No braking system module - left rear system module for
C003A- Right Rear Wheel  Invalid data received from anti-lock  Check anti-lock braking
00 Speed Sensor - No braking system module - right rear system module for
P0010-13 Intake (A) NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_IN_A - circuit diagrams and
Actuator (Bank 1) - check intake (A)
Circuit open  Intake (A) camshaft position actuator camshaft position
(Bank 1) open circuit actuator (Bank 1)
 Engine control module interface
harness open circuit  Refer to the electrical
check engine control
module interface
harness for open circuit
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_IN_A - circuit diagrams and

Timing - Over- check intake (A)
Advanced (Bank 1)  Intake (A) camshaft position actuator
camshaft position
- No sub type (Bank 1) open circuit actuator (Bank 1)
information circuit for open circuit
module interface
P0013-13 Exhaust (B) NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_A - circuit diagrams and
Actuator (Bank 1) - check exhaust (B)
Circuit open  Exhaust (B) camshaft position camshaft position
actuator (Bank 1) open circuit actuator (Bank 1)
module interface
P0015-00 Exhaust (B) NOTE:  Check for related DTC
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_A - P0365-00. Refer to the
Timing - Over- electrical circuit
Retarded (Bank 1) -  Exhaust (B) camshaft position diagrams and check
No sub type actuator (Bank 1) open circuit, short exhaust (B) camshaft
information circuit to ground, short circuit to position actuator (Bank
power 1) for open circuit, short
circuit to power
P0016-00 Crankshaft Position NOTE:  Check engine timing.
- Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_A - Check camshaft sensor
Correlation - Bank timing plate is installed
1 Sensor A - No sub  The relative positions of the correctly. Check timing
type information crankshaft position sensor and cam chain is installed
timing plate teeth are not correct correctly
 Engine timing incorrect
 Timing chain installed incorrectly
 Variable valve timing forced fully

advanced
P0017-00 Crankshaft Position NOTE:  Check for related DTC
- Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_A - P0365-00. Check
Correlation - Bank engine timing. Check
1 Sensor B - No sub  The relative positions of the camshaft sensor timing
type information crankshaft position sensor and plate is installed

camshaft timing plate teeth are not correctly. Check timing
correct chain is installed
 Engine timing incorrect correctly
 Timing chain installed incorrectly  Refer to the electrical
 Variable valve timing forced fully check exhaust (B)
advanced camshaft position
actuator (Bank 1) for
open circuit, short
circuit to power
- Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_IN_B - Check camshaft sensor
2 Sensor A - No sub  The relative positions of the correctly. Check timing
type information crankshaft position sensor and chain is installed
camshaft timing plate teeth are not correctly
correct

advanced
- Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_B - Check camshaft sensor
2 Sensor B - No sub  The relative positions of the correctly. Check timing
type information crankshaft position sensor and chain is installed
camshaft timing plate teeth are not correctly
correct
advanced
P001A- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
13 Profile Control - Circuit CPS_A - circuit diagrams and
Circuit (Bank 1) - check camshaft profile
Circuit open  Camshaft profile switching solenoid switching solenoid bank
bank 1 open circuit 1 for open circuit
P001B- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit Low (Bank check camshaft profile
1) - Circuit short to  Camshaft profile switching solenoid switching solenoid bank
ground
bank 1 circuit short circuit to ground 1 circuit for short circuit

to ground
P001C- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit High (Bank check camshaft profile
battery bank 1 circuit short circuit to power 1 circuit for short circuit
to power
P001D- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
13 Profile Control - Circuit CPS_B - circuit diagrams and
Circuit (Bank 2) - check camshaft profile
Circuit open  Camshaft profile switching solenoid switching solenoid bank
bank 2 open circuit 2 for open circuit
P001E- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit Low (Bank check camshaft profile
ground bank 2 circuit short circuit to ground 2 circuit for short circuit
to ground
P001F- Intake (A) Cam NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit High (Bank check camshaft profile
battery bank 2 circuit short circuit to ground 2 circuit for short circuit
to power
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_IN_B - circuit diagrams and
Actuator (Bank 2) - check intake valve
Circuit open  Intake valve solenoid 2 open circuit solenoid 2 for open
circuit
P0023-13 Exhaust (B) NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Camshaft Position - Circuit VFS_EX_B - circuit diagrams and
Actuator (Bank 2) - check exhaust (B)
Circuit open  Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position camshaft position
actuator (Bank 2) circuit, open actuator (Bank 2)
circuit circuit for open circuit
P0026-72 Intake Valve NOTE:  Check operation of
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_IN_A - intake valve solenoid 1.
Circuit Check and install a new
Range/Performance  Intake valve solenoid 1 angle less intake valve solenoid 1
(Bank 1) - Actuator than target as required. Refer to the
stuck open warranty policy and
 Intake valve solenoid 1 slow or not
operating procedures manual, or
module/component
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_IN_A - intake valve solenoid 1.
Range/Performance  Intake valve solenoid 1 angle greater intake valve solenoid 1
(Bank 1) - than target as required. Refer to the
Commanded warranty policy and
 Intake valve solenoid 1 not returning
position not procedures manual, or
reachable to target in time
 Intake valve solenoid 1 stuck
advanced in operation, prior to the
module/component
P0027-72 Exhaust Valve NOTE:  Check operation of
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_EX_A - exhaust valve solenoid
Circuit 1. Check and install a
Range/Performance  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 angle less new exhaust valve
(Bank 1) - Actuator than target solenoid 1 as required.
stuck open Refer to the warranty
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1 slow or not
operating policy and procedures
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_EX_A - exhaust valve solenoid
Range/Performance  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 angle new exhaust valve
(Bank 1) - greater than target solenoid 1 as required.
Commanded Refer to the warranty
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1 not
position not policy and procedures
reachable returning to target in time
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1 stuck
any prior approval
advanced programme is in
module/component
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_IN_B - intake valve solenoid 2.
Range/Performance intake valve solenoid 2
(Bank 2) - Actuator  Intake valve solenoid 2 angle less as required. Refer to the
stuck open than target warranty policy and
 Intake valve solenoid 2 slow or not determine if any prior
operating approval programme is
module/component
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_IN_B - intake valve solenoid 2.
Range/Performance  Intake valve solenoid 2 angle greater intake valve solenoid 2
(Bank 2) - than target as required. Refer to the
Commanded warranty policy and
 Intake valve solenoid 2 not returning
position not procedures manual, or
reachable to target in time
 Intake valve solenoid 2 stuck
advanced in operation, prior to the
module/component
Control Solenoid - Circuit VFS_EX_B - exhaust valve solenoid
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

Range/Performance  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 angle new exhaust valve
(Bank 2) - greater than target solenoid 2 as required.
Commanded Refer to the warranty
 Exhaust valve solenoid 2 not
position not policy and procedures
reachable returning to target in time
 Exhaust valve solenoid 2 stuck
any prior approval
advanced programme is in
module/component
P0031-11 HO2S Heater NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Control Circuit Low - Circuit HTR_CTRL_A_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER A - system check
Circuit short to datalogger signal,
ground  Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-odd Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
heater control circuit (Bank 1, Heater Duty Cycle
Sensor 1) circuit short circuit to Bank 1 Sensor 1
ground (0x03A1)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-odd
heater control circuit
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
circuit for short circuit
to ground
Control Circuit Low - Circuit HTR_CTRL_A_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER A - system check
Circuit open datalogger signal,
 Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-odd Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
Sensor 1) circuit, open circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1
(0x03A1)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-odd
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
Control Circuit - Circuit HTR_CTRL_A_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic

High (Bank 1, LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER A - system check
Sensor 1) - Circuit datalogger signal,
short to battery  Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-odd Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
power (0x03A1)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-odd
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
to power
Control Circuit - Circuit HTR_HEGO_A - approved diagnostic
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - system check
No sub type  Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit datalogger signal,
information control fuse failure Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd
Heater Duty Cycle
heater control circuit short circuit to Bank 1 Sensor 2
ground, short circuit to power, open (0x03A2)
circuit  Refer to the electrical
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit
control relay circuit short circuit to check post catalyst
ground, short circuit to power, open oxygen sensor-odd
circuit sensor fuse for open
circuit
control relay failure  Refer to the electrical
check post catalyst
failure oxygen sensor-odd
circuit
check catalyst oxygen
sensor heater circuit
control relay circuit for
open circuit
catalyst oxygen sensor

heater control relay, as
required. Check and
install a new post
catalyst oxygen sensor-
odd as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P003C- A Camshaft Profile NOTE:  Check for the presence
00 Control - Circuit CPS_A - of oil at the camshaft
Performance /Stuck profile switching
Off (Bank 1) - No  Oil supply blockage to camshaft solenoid
sub type profile switching solenoid
information  Check for catalyst
 Catalyst oxygen sensor failure, oxygen sensor related
giving false flag DTCs
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid  Refer to the electrical
bank 1 circuit fault circuit diagrams and
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid
check camshaft profile
bank 1 fault switching solenoid bank
1 circuit for short circuit
to power, short circuit
to ground, open circuit
camshaft profile
switching solenoid bank
1 as required. Refer to
the warranty policy and
module/component
 Clear DTC and road test
the vehicle. If fault
remains contact dealer
technical support before
carrying out any further
work
P003E- A Camshaft Profile
00 Control NOTE:  Check for the presence

Performance/ Stuck - Circuit CPS_B - of oil at the camshaft
Off (Bank 2) - No profile switching
sub type  Oil supply blockage to camshaft solenoid
information profile switching solenoid  Check for catalyst
 Catalyst oxygen sensor failure, oxygen sensor related
giving false flag DTCs
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid  Refer to the electrical
bank 2 circuit fault circuit diagrams and
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid
check camshaft profile
bank 2 fault switching solenoid bank
to power, short circuit
camshaft profile
switching solenoid bank
module/component
 Clear DTC and road test
the vehicle. If fault
remains contact dealer
technical support before
carrying out any further
work
Control Circuit Low - Circuit HTR_CTRL_B_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) - LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER B - system check
Circuit short to datalogger signal,
ground  Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-even Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
ground (0x03A4)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-even
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)

to ground
Control Circuit Low - Circuit HTR_CTRL_B_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) - LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER B - system check
Circuit open datalogger signal,
 Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-even Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
Sensor 1) circuit, open circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1
(0x03A4)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-even
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)
Control Circuit - Circuit HTR_CTRL_B_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
High (Bank 2, LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER B - system check
Sensor 1) - Circuit datalogger signal,
short to battery  Pre catalyst oxygen sensor-even Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
power (0x03A4)
check pre catalyst
oxygen sensor-even
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)
to power
Resistance (Bank 1, - Circuit HTR_CTRL_A_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
Sensor 2) - No sub LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER A - system check
type information datalogger signal,
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
control fuse failure Heater Duty Cycle
Bank 1 Sensor 1
heater control circuit short circuit to (0x03A1)
ground, short circuit to power, open  Refer to the electrical
circuit, high resistance circuit diagrams and
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit check post catalyst
control relay circuit short circuit to oxygen sensor-odd
ground, short circuit to power, open sensor fuse for open

circuit circuit
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit  Refer to the electrical
control relay failure circuit diagrams and
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd check post catalyst
failure oxygen sensor-odd
open circuit
required. Check and
install a new post
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Control Circuit - Circuit HTR_HEGO_B - approved diagnostic
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - system check
No sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even datalogger signal,
information heater control circuit short circuit to Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
ground, short circuit to power, open Heater Duty Cycle
circuit Bank 2 Sensor 2
(0x03A5)
control relay circuit short circuit to  Refer to the electrical
ground, short circuit to power, open circuit diagrams and
circuit check post catalyst
oxygen sensor-even
control relay failure circuit to ground, short

 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even circuit to power, open
failure circuit
open circuit
required. Check and
install a new post
even, as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Resistance (Bank 2, - Circuit HTR_CTRL_B_UPSTREAM - approved diagnostic
Sensor 2) - No sub LR - Circuit UHEGO HEATER B - system check
type information datalogger signal,
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
control fuse failure Heater Duty Cycle
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even
Bank 2 Sensor 2
heater control circuit short circuit to (0x03A5)
ground, short circuit to power, open  Refer to the electrical
circuit, high resistance circuit diagrams and
 Catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit check post catalyst
control relay circuit short circuit to oxygen sensor-even
ground, short circuit to power, open sensor fuse for open
circuit circuit
control relay failure circuit diagrams and
check post catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even
oxygen sensor-even
failure sensor circuit for short

open circuit
required. Check and
install a new post
even as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0069-29 MAP - Barometric  Manifold absolute pressure sensor  Using the manufacturer
Pressure failure approved diagnostic
Correlation - Signal system check
invalid  Engine control module failure
datalogger signal,
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Voltage
(0x035A). Check for
related manifold
absolute pressure sensor
DTCs
check manifold absolute
pressure sensor circuit
power, open circuit
 Check and install new
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as
required. Check and
install a new engine

control module as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0071-21 Ambient Air NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Temperature Sensor Jaguar - Circuit approved diagnostic
Range/Performance AMBIENT_TEMP_SENSOR - system check
- Signal amplitude LR - Circuit TAMB TEMP - datalogger signal,
< minimum Ambient Air
 Ambient air temperature sensor Temperature Sensor
circuit short circuit to ground, short Voltage (0x03BA)
circuit to power, open circuit  Refer to the electrical
 Temperature and manifold absolute circuit diagrams and
pressure sensor circuit short circuit check ambient air
to ground, short circuit to power, temperature sensor
open circuit circuit for short circuit
 Ambient air temperature sensor to ground, short circuit
failure to power, open circuit
 Temperature and manifold absolute  Refer to the electrical
pressure sensor failure circuit diagrams and
check temperature and
manifold absolute
power, open circuit
ambient air temperature
sensor as required.
temperature and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
Temperature Sensor - Circuit AMBIENT_TEMP_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
Range/Performance LR - Circuit TAMB TEMP - system check
- Signal amplitude datalogger signal,
> maximum  Ambient air temperature sensor Ambient Air
circuit short circuit to ground, short Temperature Sensor
circuit to power, open circuit Voltage (0x03BA)
 Temperature and manifold absolute  Refer to the electrical
pressure sensor circuit short circuit circuit diagrams and
to ground, short circuit to power, check ambient air
open circuit temperature sensor
 Ambient air temperature sensor
failure to ground, short circuit
 Temperature and manifold absolute
pressure sensor failure  Refer to the electrical
check temperature and
manifold absolute
power, open circuit
sensor as required.
temperature and
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
Circuit Low - No LR - Circuit TAMB TEMP - system check
sub type datalogger signal,
information  Ambient air temperature sensor Ambient Air
circuit short circuit to ground, open Temperature Sensor
circuit, high resistance Voltage (0x03BA)
 Ambient air temperature sensor  Refer to the electrical

failure circuit diagrams and
check ambient air
temperature sensor
to ground, open circuit,
high resistance
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit High - No LR - Circuit TAMB TEMP - system check
sub type datalogger signals
information  Ambient air temperature sensor Ambient Air
ground circuit high resistance, open Temperature Sensor
circuit Voltage (0x03BA)
 Ambient air temperature sensor  Refer to the electrical
signal circuit short circuit to power circuit diagrams and
 Ambient air temperature sensor
check ambient air
failure temperature sensor
to ground, high
resistance, short circuit
to power. Check
connector terminals for
corrosion or damage
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P007B- Charge Air Cooler NOTE:  Using the manufacturer

23 Temperature Sensor - Circuit TMAP_TEMP_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
Circuit system check
Range/Performance  Charge air cooler temperature sensor datalogger signal,
(Bank 1) - Signal circuit poor / intermittent connection Charge Air
stuck low Temperature Voltage
 Charge air cooler temperature sensor
failure (0x03EE)
check charge air cooler
temperature sensor
circuit for poor,
intermittent connection
charge air cooler
temperature sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
P007B- Charge Air Cooler NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
24 Temperature Sensor - Circuit TMAP_TEMP_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
Circuit system check
Range/Performance  Charge air cooler temperature sensor datalogger signal,
(Bank 1) - Signal circuit short circuit to ground, open Charge Air
stuck high circuit Temperature Voltage
 Charge air cooler temperature sensor
(0x03EE)
failure  Refer to the electrical
check charge air cooler
temperature sensor
charge air cooler
temperature sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
P007B- Charge Air Cooler NOTE:  Inspect connectors for
29 Temperature Sensor Jaguar circuit reference signs of water ingress,
Circuit IC_COOLANT_PMP_CTRL & and pins for damage
Range/Performance BOOST_PRESS_SENSOR_TEMP_SIG. and/or corrosion
(Bank 1) - Signal Land Rover circuit reference
invalid O_S_CACWPR & I_A_BTS  Refer to electrical
 Connector is disconnected, check for fuse failure,
connector pin is backed out, install new fuse as
connector pin corrosion required
 Fuse failure  Refer to electrical
 Temperature and manifold absolute check the temperature
pressure sensor circuit, short circuit and manifold absolute
to ground, short circuit to power, pressure sensor circuit
open circuit, high resistance for short circuit to
 Temperature and manifold absolute ground, short circuit to
pressure sensor failure power, open circuit,
 Air charge coolant pump and control high resistance
circuit, short circuit to ground, short  Check and install a new
circuit to power, open circuit, high temperature and
resistance manifold absolute
 Air charge coolant pump relay pressure sensor as
failure required
 Air charge coolant pump failure  Refer to electrical
check the air charge
coolant pump and
control circuit for short
coolant pump for open
coolant pump for open
 Refer to the relevant
information and check
the air charge coolant

pump for correct
operation. Check and
install a new air charge
coolant pump as
required
 Clear DTC and retest
P0087-00 Fuel Rail/System NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Pressure - Too Low - Circuit FUEL_HIGH_PRESS_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- No sub type system check
information  Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit short datalogger signal, Fuel
circuit to ground, open circuit, high Rail Pressure Sensor -
resistance High Range Sensor
 Fuel rail pressure sensor failure
Voltage (0x0377)
 Fuel lines leaking or restricted
 Fuel pump failure
check fuel rail pressure
circuit to ground, open
 Check for fuel pump
related DTCs. Check
fuel lines for leakage or
restriction
fuel rail pressure sensor
as required. Check and
install a new fuel pump
warranty policy and
module/component
P0088-00 Fuel Rail/System NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Pressure - Too High - Circuit FUEL_HIGH_PRESS_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- No sub type system check
information  Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit short datalogger signal, Fuel
to each other, high resistance, short Rail Pressure Sensor -
circuit to power High Range Sensor
 Fuel rail pressure sensor failure
Voltage (0x0377)

to each other, high
resistance, short circuit
to power
warranty policy and
module/component
P008A- Low Pressure Fuel NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
00 System Pressure - - Circuit approved diagnostic
Too Low - No sub LOW_PRESS_FUEL_PRESS_SENSOR - system check
type information datalogger signal, Fuel
 Low pressure fuel sensor circuit Rail Pressure - Low
failure, short circuit to ground, short Range Sensor Voltage
circuit to power, open circuit (0x0376)
 Fuel pump driver module circuit  Check fuel system for
short circuit to ground, short circuit leakage
to power, open circuit  Refer to the electrical
 Low pressure fuel circuit diagrams and
 Fuel pump driver module failure check low pressure fuel
circuit
check fuel pump driver
module circuit short
circuit
low pressure fuel sensor
driver module as
warranty policy and

module/component
P008B- Low Pressure Fuel NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
00 System Pressure - - Circuit approved diagnostic
Too High - No sub LOW_PRESS_FUEL_PRESS_SENSOR - system check
type information datalogger signal, Fuel
 Low pressure fuel sensor circuit Rail Pressure - Low
short circuit to ground, short circuit Range Sensor Voltage
to power, open circuit (0x0376)
 Fuel pump driver module circuit  Refer to the electrical
short circuit to ground, short circuit circuit diagrams and
to power, open circuit check low pressure fuel
 Blockage or restriction in low sensor circuit for short
pressure fuel line circuit to ground, short
 Low pressure fuel sensor failure
circuit. Check for
 Fuel pump driver module failure blockage or restriction
in low pressure fuel line
check fuel pump driver
module circuit short
circuit
low pressure fuel sensor
driver module as
warranty policy and
module/component
P00AB- Intake Air NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
23 Temperature Sensor - Circuit INLET_AIR_TEMP_SENSOR_B - approved diagnostic
1 Circuit system check
Range/Performance  Intake air temperature sensor bank 2 datalogger signal,
(Bank 2) - Signal circuit short circuit to ground, open Intake Air Temperature
stuck low circuit Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312)

 Intake air temperature sensor bank 2  Refer to the electrical
check intake air
temperature sensor bank
intake air temperature
sensor bank 2 as
warranty policy and
module/component
(Bank 2) - Signal circuit short circuit to power Intake Air Temperature
stuck high Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312)
 Intake air temperature sensor bank 2
check intake air
to power
sensor bank 2 as
warranty policy and
module/component
(Bank 2) - Signal
invalid circuit short circuit to ground, open Intake Air Temperature

circuit, short circuit to power Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312)
 Intake air temperature sensor bank 2  Refer to the electrical
check intake air
2 circuit for open
power
sensor bank 2 as
warranty policy and
module/component
P00AC- Intake Air NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
1 Circuit Low system check
(Bank 2) - No sub  Intake air temperature sensor bank 2 datalogger signal,
type information sensing circuit short circuit to Intake Air Temperature
ground, high resistance, Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312)
disconnected  Refer to the electrical
 Intake air temperature sensor bank 2 circuit diagrams and
failure check intake air
to ground, open circuit,
high resistance,
disconnected connector
sensor bank 2 as
warranty policy and
module/component
P00AD- Intake Air NOTE:  Using the manufacturer

1 Circuit High system check
(Bank 2) - No sub  Intake air temperature sensor bank 2 datalogger signal,
type information sensing circuit short ground, short Intake Air Temperature
circuit to power, open circuit, high Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312)
resistance  Refer to the electrical
 Intake air temperature sensor bank 2 circuit diagrams and
failure check intake air
2 circuit for short
high resistance. Check
for backed out or
damaged connector pins
sensor bank 2 as
warranty policy and
module/component
P00C6- Fuel Rail Pressure  No fuel at pump  Check fuel supply to
00 Too Low - Engine both pumps (if engine
Cranking - No sub  Injector stuck open
runs then supply is not
type information  Fuel pressure sensor signal stuck suspect). If engine does
 Fuel pump failure not run perform fuel
prime routine. Use fuel
pump diagnostic routine
to determine if one
pump has failed, if so
replace pump. If a fuel
injector is stuck open
the exhaust will smell
of fuel and fuelling
adaptions may indicate
rich shift. Perform
checks for as DTC
P0191-00
fuel pump as required.

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0101-00 Mass or Volume  Intake air distribution and filtering  Using the manufacturer
Air Flow A Circuit components incorrectly installed approved smoke tester
Range/Performance check intake air
- No sub type  Leakage from intake air system
distribution and filtering
information  Blocked air cleaner element(s) components for leakage
 Blocked engine breather and correct installation
 Blocked engine breather  Check air cleaner
 Blockage in intake air system element is free from
 Mass air flow sensor seal failure restriction and in
serviceable condition
 Connector is disconnected,
connector terminal is backed out,  Ensure the engine
connector terminal corrosion breather system is
correctly installed and
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short in serviceable condition
circuit to ground, short circuit to
power, open circuit, high resistance  Check for mass air flow
sensor seal integrity and
 Carbon build-up on throttle blade correct installation
 Blocked injectors  Inspect connectors for
 Blocked catalysts signs of water ingress,
 Mass air flow sensor failure and pins for damage
and/or corrosion
check mass air flow
 Make sure throttle blade
is clean of carbon
 Check for blocked
injectors
catalysts
 Clear the DTC and
retest

information. Reset
fuelling adaptions and
carry out Powertrain
Control Module (PCM)
Long Drive Cycle Self-
Test
mass air flow sensor as
required
P0102-00 Mass or Volume  Fuse failure  Check for fuse failure
Air Flow A Circuit
Low - No sub type  Connector is disconnected,  Inspect connectors for
information connector terminal is backed out, signs of water ingress,
connector terminal corrosion and pins for damage
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short and/or corrosion
circuit to ground, short circuit to  Refer to the electrical
power, open circuit, high resistance circuit diagrams and
 Mass air flow sensor failure check mass air flow
retest
information. Reset
Test
required
P0103-00 Mass or Volume  Connector is disconnected,  Using the manufacturer
Air Flow A Circuit connector terminal is backed out, approved diagnostic
High - No sub type connector terminal corrosion system check
information datalogger signal, Mass
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short
circuit to ground, short circuit to Air Flow Sensor, Bank
power, open circuit, high resistance 1 (0x0314)
 Blocked air cleaner element(s)  Inspect connectors for
signs of water ingress,
 Blockage in air intake system and pins for damage
 Mass air flow sensor failure and/or corrosion

check mass air flow
 Check air cleaner
element is free from
restriction and in
 Check air intake system
for blockage
retest
information. Reset
Test
required
P0106-00 Manifold Absolute NOTE:  Check air cleaner
Pressure/BARO - Circuit MAP_SENSOR - element is free from
Sensor restriction
Range/Performance  Blocked air cleaner element(s)
- No sub type  Check for leak from air
information  Intake manifold air leak intake system, rectify as
 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
required
circuit short circuit to ground, short  Refer to the electrical
circuit to power, open circuit, high circuit diagrams and
resistance check manifold absolute
 Engine breather leak
 Carbon build up on throttle plate
 Exhaust system blocked power, open circuit,
 Manifold absolute pressure sensor high resistance
failure  Ensure the engine
 BARO sensor failure breather system is
correctly installed and
in serviceable condition
is clean of carbon
exhaust
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as
required. Check for
related BARO sensor
DTC P0069-29. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0107-00 Manifold Absolute NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Pressure/BARO - Circuit MAP_SENSOR - circuit diagrams and
Sensor Low - No check manifold absolute
sub type  Manifold absolute pressure sensor pressure sensor circuit
information circuit short circuit to ground, open for short circuit to
circuit, high resistance ground, open circuit,
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0108-00 Manifold Absolute NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Pressure/BARO - Circuit MAP_SENSOR - circuit diagrams and
Sensor High - No check manifold absolute
sub type  Manifold absolute pressure sensor pressure sensor circuit
information circuit short circuit to power, open for short circuit to
circuit, high resistance power, open circuit,
manifold absolute
pressure sensor as

warranty policy and
module/component
P010B- Mass or Volume  Intake air distribution and filtering  Using the manufacturer
00 Air Flow B Circuit components incorrectly installed approved smoke tester
Range/Performance check intake air
- No sub type  Leakage from intake air system
 Blockage in intake air system  Check air cleaner
 Mass air flow sensor seal failure element is free from
 Connector is disconnected, restriction and in
connector terminal is backed out, serviceable condition
connector terminal corrosion  Ensure the engine
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short breather system is
circuit to ground, short circuit to correctly installed and
power, open circuit, high resistance in serviceable condition
 Carbon build-up on throttle blade  Check for mass air flow
 Blocked injectors correct installation
 Blocked catalysts  Inspect connectors for
 Mass air flow sensor failure signs of water ingress,
and pins for damage
and/or corrosion
check mass air flow
is clean of carbon
injectors
catalysts
retest

information. Reset
Test
required
P010C- Mass or Volume  Fuse failure  Check for fuse failure
00 Air Flow B Circuit
Low - No sub type  Connector is disconnected,  Inspect connectors for
information connector terminal is backed out, signs of water ingress,
connector terminal corrosion and pins for damage
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short and/or corrosion
 Mass air flow sensor failure check mass air flow
retest
information. Reset
Test
required
P010D- Mass or Volume  Connector is disconnected,  Using the manufacturer
00 Air Flow B Circuit connector terminal is backed out, approved diagnostic
High - No sub type connector terminal corrosion system check
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short
circuit to ground, short circuit to Air Flow Sensor 2
power, open circuit, high resistance Voltage (0x0503)
 Blocked air cleaner element(s)  Inspect connectors for
signs of water ingress,
 Blockage in air intake system and pins for damage
 Mass air flow sensor failure and/or corrosion

check mass air flow
restriction and in
 Check air intake system
for blockage
retest
information. Reset
Test
required
P010F- Mass or Volume  Intake air distribution and filtering  Using the manufacturer
00 Air Flow Sensor components incorrectly installed approved smoke tester
A/B Correlation - check intake air
No sub type  Leakage from intake air system
 Blockage in intake air system  Check air cleaner
 Mass air flow sensor seal failure element is free from
 Connector is disconnected, restriction and in
connector terminal is backed out, serviceable condition
connector terminal corrosion  Ensure the engine
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, short breather system is
circuit to ground, short circuit to correctly installed and
power, open circuit, high resistance in serviceable condition
 Carbon build-up on throttle blade  Check for mass air flow
 Blocked injectors correct installation
 Blocked catalysts  Inspect connectors for
 Mass air flow sensor failure signs of water ingress,
and pins for damage

and/or corrosion
check mass air flow
is clean of carbon
injectors
catalysts
retest
information. Reset
Test
required
P0111-23 Intake Air NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Temperature Sensor - Circuit INLET_AIR_TEMP_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
1 Circuit check intake air
Range/Performance  Intake air temperature sensor short temperature sensor
- Signal stuck low circuit to ground, open circuit, high circuit for short circuit
resistance to ground, open circuit,
 Intake air temperature sensor failure
high resistance
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

Range/Performance  Intake air temperature sensor circuit temperature sensor
- Signal stuck high short circuit to power, open circuit circuit for short circuit
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Range/Performance  Intake air temperature sensor circuit temperature sensor
- Signal invalid short circuit to ground, short circuit circuit for short circuit
to power, open circuit to ground, short circuit
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
1 Circuit Low check intake air
(Bank 1) - No sub  Intake air temperature sensor circuit temperature sensor
type information short circuit to ground, short circuit circuit for short circuit
to power, open circuit, high to ground, short circuit
resistance to power, open circuit,
high resistance
sensor bank 1 as
warranty policy and
module/component
1 Circuit High check intake air
(Bank 1) - No sub  Intake air temperature sensor circuit temperature sensor
type information short circuit to power, open circuit, circuit for short circuit
high resistance to power, open circuit,
high resistance
sensor bank 1 as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0116-23 Engine Coolant NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Temperature Sensor - Circuit COOLANT_TEMP_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
Range/Performance  Battery reset carried out when the datalogger signal,
- Signal stuck low engine was warm/hot Engine Coolant
 Engine coolant temperature sensor 1
Temperature Sensor
sensing circuit intermittent high Voltage (0x0357)
resistance  Check for related DTC
P2610- 87. Start the
failure engine and switch off.
Clear DTC and re-test
check engine coolant
temperature sensor 1
high resistance
engine coolant
temperature sensor 1 as
warranty policy and
module/component
Range/Performance  Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 datalogger signal,
- Signal stuck high sensing circuit intermittent high Engine Coolant
resistance Temperature Sensor
Voltage (0x0357)
failure  Check for related DTC
 Battery reset carried out when the
P2610- 87. Start the
engine was warm/hot engine and switch off.
high resistance
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
P0116-29 Engine Coolant NOTE:  Fill cooling system to
Temperature Sensor - Circuit COOLANT_TEMP_SENSOR - correct level and
1 Circuit specification
Range/Performance  Low coolant level
- Signal invalid  Using the manufacturer
 Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 approved diagnostic
sensing circuit - intermittent high system check
resistance datalogger signal,
 Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 Engine Coolant

failure Temperature Sensor
Voltage (0x0357)
 Possible airlock in cooling system
high resistance
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
 Bleed cooling system
Temperature Sensor - Circuit COOLANT_TEMP_SENSOR approved diagnostic
1 Circuit Low - system check
Circuit voltage  Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 datalogger signal,
below threshold circuit short circuit to ground Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor
failure Voltage (0x0357)
to ground
Engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component

1 Circuit High - system check
Circuit voltage  Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 datalogger signal,
above threshold circuit short circuit to power, open Engine Coolant
circuit, sensor disconnected Temperature Sensor
Voltage (0x0357)
to power, open circuit,
sensor disconnected
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
P0121-00 Throttle/Pedal  Corrupt engine control module  Using the manufacturer
Position Sensor A software flash approved diagnostic
Circuit system check and install
Range/Performance  Engine control module power supply
circuit open circuit, high resistance latest relevant level of
- No sub type software to the engine
information  Engine control module damage control module
through water ingress, internal fault
module power supply
high resistance
warranty policy and
module/component
P0122-00 Throttle/Pedal NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Position Sensor A - Circuit circuit diagrams and
Circuit Low - No THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_1 - check throttle position
sub type sensor 1 circuit for short
information  Throttle position sensor 1 circuit circuit to ground, open
short circuit to ground, open circuit circuit
 Throttle position sensor 1 failure  Clear DTC and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system. If
DTC remains suspect
the electronic throttle
unit
electronic throttle unit
warranty policy and
module/component
Position Sensor A - Circuit circuit diagrams and
Circuit High - No THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_1 - check throttle position
sub type sensor 1 circuit for short
information  Throttle position sensor 1 circuit circuit to ground, short
short circuit to ground, short circuit circuit to power, open
to power, open circuit circuit
 Throttle position sensor 1 failure  Clear DTC and repeat
procedure using the
DTC remains suspect
the electronic throttle
unit
warranty policy and

module/component
P0125-00 Insufficient Coolant  Coolant temperature sensor 1 circuit,  Refer to the electrical
Temp For Closed open circuit, high resistance circuit diagrams and
Loop Fuel Control - check engine coolant
No sub type  Engine coolant temperature sensor 1
failure temperature sensor 1
information circuit for open circuit,
high resistance
engine coolant
temperature sensor 1.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0126-26 Insufficient Coolant  Thermostat stuck open  Refer to the electrical
Temp For Stable circuit diagrams and
Operation - Signal  Coolant temperature coolant sensor
circuit, short circuit to ground, short check engine coolant
rate of change temperature sensor 1
below threshold circuit to power, open circuit
 Check for related
coolant temperature
coolant sensor faults.
thermostat as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0128-00 Coolant Thermostat  Thermostat stuck open  Check for related
(Coolant Temp coolant temperature
Below Thermostat  Cooling fans running continuously
or at a high duty coolant sensor faults
Regulating
Temperature) - No  Check cooling fans for

sub type correct operation.
information Repair as required
thermostat as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0131-00 O2 Circuit Low  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd  Check pre-catalyst
Voltage (Bank 1, disconnected oxygen sensor odd
Sensor 1) - No sub connector is connected
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
variable circuit, short circuit to  Refer to the electrical
ground circuit diagrams and
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd check pre-catalyst
variable circuit, open circuit oxygen sensor odd
variable circuit for short
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit to ground, open
heater fault circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd  Check pre-catalyst
failure oxygen sensor odd
heater circuit
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0131- O2 Sensor Circuit NOTE:  Check pre-catalyst
1A Low Voltage (Bank - Circuit UHEGO_A_VARIABLE - oxygen sensor odd
1 Sensor 1) - Circuit connector is connected
resistance below  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
threshold  Refer to the electrical
disconnected circuit diagrams and
variable circuit, short circuit to oxygen sensor odd
ground variable circuit for short
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit to ground, open

variable circuit, open circuit circuit
heater fault oxygen sensor odd
heater circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0132- O2 Sensor Circuit NOTE:  Check pre-catalyst
1B High Voltage (Bank - Circuit UHEGO_A_VARIABLE - oxygen sensor odd
1 Sensor 1) - Circuit connector is connected
resistance above  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
threshold  Refer to the electrical
disconnected circuit diagrams and
variable circuit, short circuit to oxygen sensor odd
power variable circuit for short
variable circuit, open circuit circuit
 Check pre-catalyst
heater fault oxygen sensor odd
heater circuit
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0132-00 O2 Circuit High  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd  Check pre-catalyst
Voltage (Bank 1, disconnected oxygen sensor odd
Sensor 1) - No sub connector is connected
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
variable circuit, short circuit to  Refer to the electrical
power circuit diagrams and

variable circuit, open circuit oxygen sensor odd
variable circuit for short
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit to power, open
heater fault circuit
failure oxygen sensor odd
heater circuit
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0133-00 O2 Circuit Slow NOTE:  Check pre-catalyst
Response (Bank 1, - Circuit UHEGO_A_VARIABLE - oxygen sensor odd is
Sensor 1) - No sub correctly installed in
type information  Exhaust leak exhaust manifold
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd to  Check for and rectify
engine control module wiring shield any exhaust leak
high resistance between cylinder head
 Fuel control system fault and catalytic converter
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd  Refer to the electrical
check pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor odd to
wiring shield for high
resistance
 Check fuel control
system for failure
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0134-00 O2 Circuit No NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Activity Detected - Circuit UHEGO_A_VARIABLE - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - check pre-catalyst
No sub type  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd oxygen sensor odd
information circuit short circuit to ground, short circuit for short circuit
circuit to power, open circuit to ground, short circuit
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0137-00 O2 Circuit Low NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage (Bank 1, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
Sensor 2) - No sub check post catalyst
type information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, oxygen sensor - odd,
sensing circuit short circuit to sensing circuit for short
ground, high resistance, open circuit circuit to ground, high
 Damaged or blocked catalyst resistance, open circuit
 Air leak between catalyst and  Check for damaged or
exhaust manifold blocked catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,  Check for air leak
failure between catalyst and
exhaust manifold
post catalyst oxygen
sensor - odd, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0138-00 O2 Circuit High NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage (Bank 1, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
Sensor 2) - No sub  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, check post catalyst
type information sensing circuit short circuit to power oxygen sensor - odd,
sensing circuit for short
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip circuit to power
damaged, blocked, poisoned
 Check post catalyst
 Catalyst blocked oxygen sensor - odd, tip
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, for damage, blockage,
failure poisoned, install a new
sensor as required
catalyst
catalyst as required.
Check and install new
sensor - odd, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0139-00 O2 Circuit Slow NOTE:  Check for excessive oil
Response (Bank 1, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - consumption. Repair as
Sensor 2) - No sub required
type information  Excessive oil consumption  Check for related
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip DTCs. Check post
damaged, blocked, poisoned catalyst oxygen sensor -
odd, tip for damage,
blockage, poisoned,
install a new sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
Activity Detected - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - check post catalyst
No sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, oxygen sensor - odd,
information

ground, short circuit to power, high circuit to ground, short
resistance, open circuit circuit to power, high
 Air leak between catalyst and resistance, open circuit
exhaust manifold  Check for air leak
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip between catalyst and
damaged, blocked, poisoned exhaust manifold
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,  Check post catalyst
failure oxygen sensor - odd, tip
for damage, blockage,
poisoned, install a new
sensor as required
 Check for excessive oil
consumption. Repair as
required
sensor - odd, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0141-00 O2 Heater Circuit NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - - Circuit HTR_HEGO_A - approved diagnostic
No sub type system check
information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, datalogger signal,
sensing circuit short circuit to Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
ground, short circuit to power, high Heater Duty Cycle
resistance, open circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
 Air leak between catalyst and
(0x03A2)
exhaust manifold  Refer to the electrical
control relay failure check post catalyst
oxygen sensor - odd,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,
sensing circuit for short
failure circuit to ground, short
circuit to power, high
resistance, open circuit
 Check for air leak
between catalyst and
exhaust manifold

open circuit
required. Check and
install new post catalyst
oxygen sensor - odd, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0148-65 Fuel Delivery Error  Injector(s) circuit, short circuit to  Check for related
- Signal has too few ground, short circuit to power, high injector DTCs
transitions / events resistance  Refer to the electrical
 Injector(s) failure circuit diagrams and
 Engine control module internal check injector(s) circuit
failure for, short circuit to
power, high resistance
injector(s) as required.
warranty policy and
module/component
P0148-66 Fuel Delivery Error  Injector(s) circuit, short circuit to  Check for related
- Signal has too ground, short circuit to power, high injector DTCs
many transitions / resistance
events  Refer to the electrical

check injector(s) circuit
 Engine control module internal for, short circuit to
failure ground, short circuit to
warranty policy and
module/component
P0149-32 Fuel Timing Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short circuit to  Check for related
Signal low time < ground, short circuit to power, high injector DTCs
minimum resistance  Refer to the electrical
warranty policy and
module/component
P0149-35 Fuel Timing Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short circuit to  Check for related
Signal high time > ground, short circuit to power, high injector DTCs
maximum resistance  Refer to the electrical

warranty policy and
module/component
P0151- O2 Sensor Circuit NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
1A Low Voltage (Bank - Circuit UHEGO_B_VARIABLE - circuit diagrams and
2 Sensor 1) - Circuit check pre-catalyst
resistance below  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - even oxygen sensor - even
threshold circuit short circuit to ground circuit for short circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - even
to ground
failure  Check and install new
pre catalyst oxygen
sensor - even. Refer to
module/component
P0152- O2 Sensor Circuit NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
1B Low Voltage (Bank - Circuit UHEGO_B_VARIABLE - circuit diagrams and
2 Sensor 1) - Circuit check pre-catalyst
resistance above  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - even oxygen sensor - even
threshold circuit short circuit to power, circuit for short circuit
disconnected to power, disconnected
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - even  Check and install new
failure pre catalyst oxygen
sensor - even. Refer to
module/component
P0153-00 O2 Circuit Slow NOTE:  Check pre-catalyst
Response (Bank 2, - Circuit UHEGO_B_VARIABLE - oxygen sensor even is

Sensor 1) - No sub correctly installed in
type information  Exhaust leak exhaust manifold
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to  Check for and rectify
engine control module wiring shield any exhaust leak
high resistance between cylinder head
and catalytic converter
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to
engine control module signal circuit  Refer to the electrical
short circuit to ground circuit diagrams and
check pre-catalyst
 Fuel control system fault oxygen sensor even to
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even engine control module
failure wiring shield for high
resistance
check Pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor even to
signal circuit for short
circuit to ground
 Check fuel control
system for failure
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor even as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0154-00 O2 Circuit No NOTE:  Check pre-catalyst
Activity Detected - Circuit UHEGO_B_VARIABLE - oxygen sensor even is
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) - correctly installed in
No sub type  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to exhaust manifold
information engine control module wiring shield  Refer to the electrical
high resistance circuit diagrams and
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to check pre-catalyst
engine control module signal circuit oxygen sensor even to
short circuit to ground, high engine control module
resistance, open circuit wiring shield for high
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even
resistance

check pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor even to
signal circuit for short
circuit to ground, high
pre-catalyst oxygen
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0157-00 O2 Circuit Low NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage (Bank 2, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
type information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, oxygen sensor - even,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, between catalyst and
tip damaged, blocked, poisoned exhaust manifold
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even,  Check post catalyst
failure oxygen sensor - even,
tip for damage,
blockage, poisoned
sensor - even, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0158-00 O2 Circuit High NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage (Bank 2, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and

type information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, oxygen sensor - even,
sensing circuit short circuit to power sensing circuit for short
circuit to power
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even,
tip damaged, blocked, poisoned  Check post catalyst
oxygen sensor - even,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, tip for damage,
failure blockage, poisoned
sensor - even, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0159-00 O2 Circuit Slow NOTE:  Check for excessive oil
Response (Bank 2, - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - consumption, repair as
Sensor 2) - No sub required
type information  Excessive oil consumption  Check post catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, oxygen sensor - even,
tip damaged, blocked, poisoned tip for damage,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, blockage, poisoned,
failure install a new sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
Activity Detected - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - check post catalyst
No sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, oxygen sensor - even,
information sensing circuit short circuit to sensing circuit for short
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, between catalyst and

tip damaged, blocked, poisoned exhaust manifold
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even,  Check post catalyst
failure oxygen sensor - even,
tip for damage,
blockage, poisoned
sensor - even, as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0161-00 O2 Heater Circuit NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - - Circuit HTR_HEGO_B - circuit diagrams and
No sub type check post catalyst
information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even, oxygen sensor - even,
sensing circuit fuse failure  Refer to the electrical
control relay failure check Post catalyst
sensing circuit fuse,
failure replace as required
open circuit
required. Check and
install new post catalyst
warranty policy and

module/component
P0171-00 System Too Lean  Air leak upstream of MAF/IAT  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 1) - No sub sensor bank 1 circuit diagrams and
type information check MAF/IAT sensor
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 circuit
failure circuit, for short circuit
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 failure power, high resistance,
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd open circuit
circuit failure  Refer to the electrical
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit diagrams and
failure check post catalyst
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor odd oxygen sensor - even,
circuit failure sensing circuit for short
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit to ground, short
failure circuit power, high
 Check for leak from air
intake system
 Check for additional
MAF/IAT sensor bank
1 related DTCs and
refer to relevant DTC
index
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
post-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
P0172-00 System Too Rich  Restricted air cleaner  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 1) - No sub circuit diagrams and
type information  Leaking fuel injector(s)
check MAF/IAT sensor
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 failure circuit, for short circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd to ground, short circuit
circuit failure power, high resistance,
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd open circuit

 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor odd circuit diagrams and
circuit failure check post catalyst
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor odd sensing circuit for short
failure circuit to ground, short
circuit power, high
restriction
 Check for leaking
injectors, install new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
MAF/IAT sensor bank
1 related DTCs and
index
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
sensor odd related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
P0174-00 System Too Lean  Air leak upstream of MAF/IAT  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 2) - No sub sensor bank 2 circuit diagrams and
type information check MAF/IAT sensor
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 circuit
failure circuit, for short circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even open circuit

 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even circuit diagrams and
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor even oxygen sensor - even,
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor even circuit power, high
failure resistance, open circuit
intake system
MAF/IAT sensor bank
2 related DTCs and
index
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor even related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
sensor even related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
P0175-00 System Too Rich  Restricted air cleaner  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 2) - No sub circuit diagrams and
type information  Leaking fuel injector(s)
check MAF/IAT sensor
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 circuit circuit, for short circuit
failure to ground, short circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even open circuit
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even circuit diagrams and
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor even oxygen sensor - even,
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor even circuit power, high
failure resistance, open circuit
intake system
MAF/IAT sensor bank
2 related DTCs and

index
pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor even related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
sensor even related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
P018B- Fuel Pressure NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
29 Sensor B Circuit - Circuit approved diagnostic
Range/Performance LOW_PRESS_FUEL_PRESS_SENSOR - system check
- Signal invalid datalogger signal, Fuel
 Fuel Filter or fuel system restriction Rail Pressure - Low
 Fuel system leak
Range Sensor Voltage
(0x0376)
 Fuel pump pressure sensor circuit
short circuit to ground, short circuit  Check for related fuel
to power, open circuit, high pump DTCs
resistance  Check the fuel system
 Fuel pump pressure sensor failure
for restrictions or
blockages
check fuel pump
high resistance
fuel pump pressure
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P018C- Fuel Pressure NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Low - No sub type LOW_PRESS_FUEL_PRESS_SENSOR - system check
information  Fuel pump pressure sensor circuit datalogger signal, Fuel

short circuit to ground, short circuit Rail Pressure - Low
to power, open circuit, high Range Sensor Voltage
resistance (0x0376)
 Fuel pump pressure sensor failure  Refer to the electrical
check fuel pump
ground, open circuit,
high resistance
fuel pump pressure
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P018D- Fuel Pressure NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
High - No sub type LOW_PRESS_FUEL_PRESS_SENSOR - system check
information datalogger signal, Fuel
 Fuel pump pressure sensor circuit Rail Pressure - Low
short circuit to ground, short circuit Range Sensor Voltage
to power, open circuit, high (0x0376)
resistance  Refer to the electrical
 Fuel pump pressure sensor failure circuit diagrams and
check fuel pump
high resistance
fuel pump pressure
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in

module/component
P0191-00 Fuel Rail Pressure NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Sensor A Circuit - Circuit FUEL_HIGH_PRESS_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
Range/Performance system check
- No sub type  Fuel rail pressure sensor short circuit datalogger signal, Fuel
information to ground, short circuit to power, Rail Pressure Sensor -
open circuit, high resistance High Range Sensor
 Fuel rail pressure sensor A failure
Voltage (0x0377)
sensor A circuit for
high resistance, open
circuit, terminal damage
or corrosion
A as required. Refer to
module/component
Low - No sub type system check
information  Fuel rail pressure sensor short circuit datalogger signal, Fuel
to ground, short circuit to power, Rail Pressure Sensor -
 Fuel rail pressure sensor A failure Voltage (0x0377)
or corrosion

module/component
High - No sub type system check
information  Fuel rail pressure sensor short circuit datalogger signal, Fuel
to ground, short circuit to power, Rail Pressure Sensor -
 Fuel rail pressure sensor A failure Voltage (0x0377)
or corrosion
module/component
P0196-23 Engine Oil NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Temperature Sensor - Circuit OIL_QUALITY_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- Signal stuck low  Oil temperature - level sensor circuit datalogger signal, Sump
short circuit to ground, high Oil Temperature -
resistance Measured (0x03F3)
 Oil temperature - level sensor failure  Refer to the electrical
check oil temperature -
level sensor circuit for

intermittent high
resistance
oil temperature - level
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0196-24 Engine Oil NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Temperature Sensor - Circuit OIL_QUALITY_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- Signal stuck high  Oil temperature - level sensor circuit datalogger signal, Sump
short circuit to power Oil Temperature -
 Oil temperature - level sensor failure
Measured (0x03F3)
check oil temperature -
intermittent short circuit
to power
oil temperature - level
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0200-04 Injector Circuit -  Engine control module injector  Refer to the electrical
System internal circuit power failure circuit diagrams and
failures check engine control
 Engine control module power supply
open circuit module injector power
 Engine control module ground
supply open circuit  Refer to the electrical
check the power and

the module
 Check for misfire
DTCs, if present
suspect the engine
control module
P0200-49 Injector Circuit -  Engine control module failure  Check for misfire
Internal electronic DTCs, if present
failure suspect the engine
control module
warranty policy and
module/component
P0200- Injector Circuit -  Engine control module failure  If combined with
4B Over temperature misfire codes for one or
both injector sets, then
no service rectification
is proposed
warranty policy and
module/component
P0201-13 Cylinder 1 Injector NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit / Open - - Circuit INJECTOR_1A - circuit diagrams and
Circuit open INJECTOR_1A_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 1
 Fuel injector no. 1 circuit open disconnected injector,
circuit high resistance
 Injector disconnected
 Injector high resistance

Circuit / Open - - Circuit INJECTOR_1B - circuit diagrams and
Circuit open INJECTOR_1B_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 2

Position - Circuit circuit diagrams and
Sensor/Switch B THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_2 - check throttle/pedal
Circuit Low - No position sensor/switch
sub type  Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch B circuit for open
information B circuit open circuit, short circuit to circuit, short circuit to
ground ground
 Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch  Check and install a new
B failure throttle/pedal position
sensor/switch B as
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor/Switch B THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_2 - check throttle/pedal
Circuit High - No position sensor/switch
sub type  Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch B circuit for open
information B circuit open circuit, short circuit to circuit, short circuit to
power power
 Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch  Check and install a new
B failure throttle/pedal position
sensor/switch B as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0231-23 Fuel Pump NOTE:  Check for related DTCs
Secondary Circuit - Circuit P0232-24
Low - Signal stuck HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_2NEG
low -  Refer to the electrical
HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_2POS circuit diagrams and
- check fuel pump driver
module signal circuit
 Fuel pump driver module signal for short circuit to
circuit short circuit to ground, open ground, open circuit
 Fuel pump driver module is not circuit diagrams and
energized with the ignition on check fuel pump driver
module is energized
 Fuel pump driver module failure with the ignition on.
Repair as required
fuel pump driver
module as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0232-24 Fuel Pump NOTE:  Check for related DTCs
Secondary Circuit - Circuit P0231-23
Low - Signal stuck HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_2NEG
high -  Refer to the electrical
HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_2POS circuit diagrams and
- check fuel pump driver
module signal circuit
 Fuel pump driver module signal for short circuit to
circuit short circuit to ground, open ground, open circuit
 Fuel pump driver module is not circuit diagrams and
energized with the ignition on check fuel pump driver
module is energized
 Fuel pump driver module failure with the ignition on.
Repair as required

fuel pump driver
module as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0251-13 Injection Pump Fuel NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Metering Control A - Circuit circuit diagrams and
- Circuit open HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
- sensor circuit for open
HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_2NEG
-
circuit
 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit,

open circuit
Metering Control A - Circuit: circuit diagrams and
Low - Circuit short HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
to ground - sensor circuit for short
-
circuit to ground

short circuit to ground
Metering Control A - Circuit circuit diagrams and
High - Circuit short HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
to battery - sensor circuit for short
-
circuit to power

short circuit to power
Metering Control B - Circuit circuit diagrams and
- Circuit open HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
- sensor circuit for open
-
circuit

open circuit

Low - Circuit short HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
to ground - sensor circuit for short
-
circuit to ground

High - Circuit short HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check fuel rail pressure
to battery - sensor circuit for short
-
circuit to power

P025C- Fuel Pump Module NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
14 Control Circuit Low - Circuit FPDM control - circuit diagrams and
- Circuit short to check fuel pump driver
ground or open  Fuel pump driver module control module circuit short
circuit, short circuit to ground, open circuit to ground, open
circuit circuit
P025D- Fuel Pump Module NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
12 Control Circuit - Circuit FPDM control - circuit diagrams and
High - Circuit short check fuel pump driver
to battery  Fuel pump driver module control module circuit short
circuit, short circuit to power circuit to power
Circuit Low - - Circuit INJECTOR_1A - circuit diagrams and
Circuit short to INJECTOR_1A_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 1
ground circuit for short circuit
 Fuel injector no. 1 circuit short to ground
circuit to ground
battery circuit for short circuit
 Fuel injector no. 1 circuit short to power
circuit to power
Circuit High - - Circuit INJECTOR_1A - circuit diagrams and
General electrical INJECTOR_1A_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 1
 Fuel injector no. 1 circuit short to ground, short circuit

circuit to ground, short circuit to to power
power
circuit to power
Circuit Low - - Circuit INJECTOR_1B - circuit diagrams and
Circuit short to INJECTOR_1B_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 2
circuit to ground
circuit to power
Circuit High - - Circuit INJECTOR_1B - circuit diagrams and
General electrical INJECTOR_1B_COMMON - check fuel injector no. 2
power
circuit to power
circuit to ground

circuit to power
power
circuit to power
circuit to ground
circuit to power
power
circuit to power

circuit to ground
circuit to power
power
circuit to power
circuit to ground
circuit to power
power

circuit to power
circuit to ground
circuit to power
power
circuit to power
circuit to ground
circuit to power

power
circuit to power
P02EE- Cylinder 1 Injector NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
01 Circuit - Circuit INJECTOR_1A - circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance INJECTOR_1A_COMMON - check cylinder 1
- General electrical injector circuit for short
failure  Cylinder 1 injector low circuit short circuit to power, short
circuit to power circuit together
 Cylinder 1 injector low circuit  Check and install a new
shorted to high circuit cylinder 1 injector as
 Cylinder 1 injector failure
warranty policy and
module/component
P02EE- Cylinder 1 Injector NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
1C Circuit - Circuit INJECTOR_1A - approved diagnostic
Range/Performance INJECTOR_1A_COMMON - system, check engine
- Circuit voltage out control module, for
of range  Engine control module failure related DTCs and refer
to the relevant DTC
index
P02EF- Cylinder 2 Injector NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
01 Circuit - Circuit INJECTOR_1B - circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance INJECTOR_1B_COMMON - check cylinder 2
warranty policy and
module/component
P02EF- Cylinder 2 Injector NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
1C Circuit - Circuit INJECTOR_1B - approved diagnostic
Range/Performance INJECTOR_1B_COMMON - system, check engine
to the relevant DTC
index
P02F0- Cylinder 3 Injector NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
warranty policy and
module/component
P02F0- Cylinder 3 Injector NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
to the relevant DTC
index
 Cylinder 4 injector failure required. Refer to the
warranty policy and

module/component
to the relevant DTC
index
warranty policy and
module/component
to the relevant DTC
index
warranty policy and
module/component
to the relevant DTC
index
warranty policy and
module/component
to the relevant DTC
index
warranty policy and

module/component
to the relevant DTC
index
P0300-00 Random Misfire  Poor fuel quality  Using the manufacturer
Detected - No sub approved diagnostic
type information  Catalyst/exhaust system blockage
system, check engine
 Spark plug(s) fouled or failed control module, for
 Coil(s) failure related DTCs and refer
 Injector(s) circuit short circuit to to the relevant DTC
ground, short circuit to power, open index
circuit  Check the fuel system
 Injector(s) failure for blockages, repair as
 Fuel system excessively too lean or required
too rich  Check the
 Camshaft position sensor failure catalyst/exhaust system
for blockage, repair as
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
injector(s) as required
 Check for air leaks
within the intake system
camshaft position
sensor as required

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0301-00 Cylinder 1 Misfire  Poor fuel quality  Using the manufacturer
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

to the relevant DTC
 Injector(s) circuit short circuit to index
ground, short circuit to power, open
for blockages, repair as
 Injector(s) failure required
 Fuel system excessively too lean or  Check the
too rich catalyst/exhaust system
 Camshaft position sensor failure for blockage, repair as
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

required
 Fuel system excessively too lean or
catalyst/exhaust system
 Camshaft position sensor failure for blockage, repair as
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component

required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required

power, open circuit
camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0313-00 Misfire Detected  Poor fuel quality  Using the manufacturer
With Low Fuel - No approved diagnostic
sub type  Catalyst/exhaust system blockage
information  Spark plug(s) fouled or failed control module, for
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit

camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0316-00 Misfire Detected  Poor fuel quality  Using the manufacturer
On Startup (First approved diagnostic
1000 Revolutions) -  Catalyst/exhaust system blockage
No sub type  Spark plug(s) fouled or failed control module, for
information  Coil(s) failure related DTCs and refer
required
spark plug(s) as
required
coil(s) as required
power, open circuit

camshaft position
sensor as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0327-00 Knock Sensor 1 NOTE:  Ensure a good electrical
Circuit Low - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_1A_POS - contact with the
(Bank1) - No sub cylinder block
type information  Poor sensor contact with the cylinder  Refer to the electrical
block circuit diagrams and
 Knock sensor bank 1 front circuit check knock sensor
short circuit to ground, open circuit bank 1 front circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 1 front failure short circuit to ground,
open circuit
knock sensor bank 1
front as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit High (Bank - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_1A_POS - contact with the
1) - No sub type cylinder block
information  Poor sensor contact with the cylinder  Refer to the electrical
high resistance, short circuit to bank 1 front circuit for
power short circuit to power,
 Knock sensor bank 1 front failure
high resistance
knock sensor bank 1

or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P032C- Knock Sensor 3 NOTE:  Ensure a good electrical
00 Circuit Low - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_2A_POS - contact with the
short circuit to ground bank 2 front circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 2 front failure short circuit to ground
knock sensor bank 2
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P032D- Knock Sensor 3 NOTE:  Ensure a good electrical
00 Circuit High - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_2A_POS - contact with the
high resistance, short circuit to bank 2 front circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 2 front failure high resistance
knock sensor bank 2
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit Low - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_1B_POS - contact with the
 Knock sensor bank 1 rear circuit check knock sensor
short circuit to ground, open circuit bank 1 rear circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 1 rear failure short circuit to ground,
open circuit
knock sensor bank 1
rear as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit High (Bank - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_1B_POS - contact with the
short circuit to power bank 1 rear circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 1 rear failure
knock sensor bank 1
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0335-02 Crankshaft Position NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Sensor A Circuit - - Circuit CRANK_SENSOR - circuit diagrams and
General signal check crankshaft
failure  Crankshaft position sensor circuit position sensor circuit
short circuit to ground, short circuit for short circuit to
to power, high resistance, ground, short circuit to

disconnected power, high resistance,
 Crankshaft position sensor failure disconnected
crankshaft position as
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor A Circuit - - Circuit CRANK_SENSOR - circuit diagrams and
No signal check crankshaft
 Crankshaft position sensor circuit - position sensor circuit
short circuit to ground, short circuit for short circuit to
 Crankshaft position sensor failure disconnected
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor A Circuit - Circuit CRANK_SENSOR - circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance check crankshaft
- No sub type  Crankshaft position sensor circuit position sensor circuit
information short circuit to ground, short circuit for short circuit to
 Crankshaft position sensor gap
disconnected
incorrect, foreign matter on sensor  Check crankshaft
face, damaged teeth on rotor position sensor for
 Crankshaft position sensor failure
damage and check air
gap (check at 90°
intervals, should be no
greater than 4.5mm)

warranty policy and
module/component
P033C- Knock Sensor 4 NOTE:  Ensure a good electrical
00 Circuit Low (Bank - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_2B_POS - contact with the
short circuit to ground bank 2 rear circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 2 rear failure short circuit to ground
knock sensor bank 2
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P033D- Knock Sensor 4 NOTE:  Ensure a good electrical
00 Circuit High (Bank - Circuit KNOCK_SENSOR_2B_POS - contact with the
high resistance, short circuit to bank 2 rear circuit for
 Knock sensor bank 2 rear failure
high resistance
knock sensor bank 2
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0340-02 Camshaft Position NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Sensor A Circuit - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 1 or single check camshaft position
sensor) - General  Camshaft position sensor bank 1 sensor bank 1 inlet
signal failure inlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
resistance, disconnected circuit to power, high
 Camshaft position sensor bank 1 resistance, disconnected
inlet sensor gap incorrect, foreign  Check camshaft
matter on sensor face, damaged rotor position sensor bank 1
 Camshaft position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor for correct
inlet sensor failure installation and damage
camshaft position
sensor bank 1 inlet as
warranty policy and
module/component
(Bank 1 or single check camshaft position
sensor) - No signal  Camshaft position sensor bank 1 sensor bank 1 inlet
inlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
camshaft position
warranty policy and

module/component
Range/Performance check camshaft position
(Bank 1 or single  Camshaft position sensor bank 1 sensor bank 1 inlet
sensor) - No sub inlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
type information ground, short circuit to power, high circuit to ground, short
 Camshaft position sensor bank 1
resistance, disconnected
inlet sensor for correct
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor A Circuit - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 2) - General check camshaft position
signal failure  Camshaft position sensor bank 2 sensor bank 2 inlet
inlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
(Bank 2) - No check camshaft position
signal  Camshaft position sensor bank 2 sensor bank 2 inlet
inlet sensor circuit - short circuit to sensor circuit for short
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
(Bank 2) - No sub  Camshaft position sensor bank 2 sensor bank 2 inlet
type information inlet sensor circuit - short circuit to sensor circuit for short
matter on sensor face, target rotor position sensor bank 2
run-out inlet sensor for correct
installation and damage
inlet sensor failure  Check target rotor for
run out, repair as
required
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
P0351-13 Ignition Coil A NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Primary/Secondary - Circuit IGNITION_1A - circuit diagrams and
Circuit - Circuit check ignition coil 1
open  Ignition coil 1 open circuit circuit for open circuit,
 Ignition coil 1 disconnected
disconnected ignition
coil, high resistance
 Ignition coil high resistance
P0352-13 Ignition Coil B NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

Primary/Secondary - Circuit IGNITION_1B - circuit diagrams and
 Ignition coil 2 disconnected disconnected ignition
P0353-13 Ignition Coil C NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
P0354-13 Ignition Coil D NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

P0355-13 Ignition Coil E NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
P0356-13 Ignition Coil F NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

Primary/Secondary
Circuit - Circuit - Circuit IGNITION_3B - circuit diagrams and

open check ignition coil 6
 Ignition coil 6 open circuit circuit for open circuit,
 Ignition coil 6 disconnected coil, high resistance
P0357-13 Ignition Coil G NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
P0358-13 Ignition Coil H NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

Sensor B Circuit - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
signal failure  Camshaft position sensor bank 1 sensor bank 1 outlet
outlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
outlet sensor gap incorrect, foreign  Check camshaft
 Camshaft position sensor bank 1 outlet sensor for correct
outlet sensor failure installation and damage
camshaft position
sensor bank 1 outlet as
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor B Circuit - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 1) - No sub  Camshaft position sensor bank 1 sensor bank 1 outlet

type information outlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
matter on sensor face, target rotor position sensor bank 1
run-out outlet sensor for correct
outlet sensor failure  Check target run-out,
repair as required
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor B Circuit - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
signal failure  Camshaft position sensor bank 2 sensor bank 2 outlet
outlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
 Camshaft position sensor bank 2 outlet sensor for correct
outlet sensor failure installation and damage
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component

Sensor B Circuit - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
(Bank 2) - No sub  Camshaft position sensor bank 2 sensor bank 2 outlet
type information outlet sensor circuit short circuit to sensor circuit for short
matter on sensor face, damaged position sensor bank 2
rotor, rotor run-out outlet sensor for correct
outlet sensor failure  Check target rotor,
repair as required
camshaft position
warranty policy and
module/component
P0420-00 Catalyst System  Catalytic converter failure due to  Using the manufacturer
Efficiency Below overheating damage caused by approved diagnostic
Threshold (Bank 1) misfire and/or lean combustion system, check for
- No sub type misfire/lean combustion
information  Catalytic converter failure due to
poisoning caused by excessive oil related DTCs and refer
consumption and/or contaminated to the relevant DTC
fuel index
 Check the oil and fuel
condition/level
 Check the catalytic
converter for damage
catalytic converter bank
module/component
P0430-00 Catalyst System  Catalytic converter failure due to  Using the manufacturer
Efficiency Below overheating damage caused by approved diagnostic
Threshold (Bank 2) misfire and/or lean combustion system, check for
- No sub type misfire/lean combustion
information  Catalytic converter failure due to
poisoning caused by excessive oil related DTCs and refer
consumption and/or contaminated to the relevant DTC
fuel index
 Check the oil and fuel
condition/level
 Check the catalytic
converter for damage
catalytic converter bank
module/component
P0441-00 Evaporative NOTE:  Check all evaporative
Emission System - Circuit PURGE_VALVE - emission system hoses,
Incorrect Purge pipes and connection
Flow - No sub type  Evaporative emission system hoses, are serviceable,
information pipes or connection failure repair/replace as
 Purge control valve circuit short
required
 Purge control valve failure
check purge control
valve circuit for short
circuit
purge control valve as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0442-00 Evaporative  Fuel filler cap not sealing/missing  Check fuel tank filler
Emission System cap for sealing/missing.
Leak Detected  Diagnostic module tank leakage
connector not sealed Check and install a new
(small leak)- No fuel tank filler cap as
sub type  Purge valve dirty required
information  Evaporative emission system leak  Check evaporative
 Fuel tank, filler neck leak emission system for
 Diagnostic module tank leakage leak using appropriate
module failure smoke/leak tester
 Carry out a purge valve
self test to clean the
purge valve
 Check fuel tank and
filler neck for leakage,
replace as required
diagnostic module tank
leakage module as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0444-13 Evaporative NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Emission System - Circuit PURGE_VALVE - circuit diagrams and
Purge Control check purge control
Valve Circuit Open  Purge control valve open circuit, valve circuit for open
- Circuit open high resistance, disconnected circuit, disconnected
purge valve, high
resistance
Emission System - Circuit COV - circuit diagrams and
Vent Control check diagnostic
Circuit Open - No  LR - Circuit CHANGE OVER module tank leakage
sub type VALVE - module circuit for open
information circuit
 Diagnostic module tank leakage
module circuit open circuit  Check diagnostic
 Diagnostic module tank leakage module tank leakage
module circuit fuse blown / not module fuse and replace
secure in holder as required
 Diagnostic module tank leakage  Check and install a new
module failure leakage module as

warranty policy and
module/component
Emission System - Circuit COV - circuit diagrams and
Vent Control check diagnostic
Circuit Shorted -  LR - Circuit CHANGE OVER module tank leakage
No sub type VALVE - module circuit for short
information circuit to ground, short
module circuit, short circuit to circuit to power, open
ground, short circuit to power, open circuit
circuit  Check and install a new
 Diagnostic module tank leakage diagnostic module tank
module failure leakage module as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0456-00 Evaporative  Fuel filler cap not sealing/missing  Check fuel tank filler
Emission System cap for sealing/missing.
Leak Detected (very  Diagnostic module tank leakage
connector not sealed Check and install a new
small leak) - No sub fuel tank filler cap as
type information  Purge valve dirty required
 Evaporative emission system leak  Check evaporative
 Fuel tank, filler neck leak emission system for
 Diagnostic module tank leakage leak using appropriate
module failure smoke/leak tester
 Carry out a purge valve
self test to clean the
purge valve
 Check fuel tank and
filler neck for leakage,
replace as required
leakage module as
warranty policy and
module/component
Purge Control check evaporative
Valve Circuit High  Evaporative emission system purge emission system purge
- Circuit short to control valve circuit short circuit to control valve circuit for
ground ground short circuit to ground
Purge Control check evaporative
Valve Circuit High  Evaporative emission system purge emission system purge
- Circuit short to control valve circuit short circuit to control valve circuit for
battery power short circuit to power
P0461-29 Fuel Level Sensor  Fuel level sensor circuit open circuit,  Refer to the electrical
A Circuit short circuit to ground, short circuit circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance to power check fuel level sensor
- Signal invalid circuit for short circuit
 Fuel level sensor stuck
 Fuel level sensor failure to power, open circuit
 Check for stuck level
sensor
fuel level sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0461- Fuel Level Sensor  Fuel level sensor circuit short circuit  Refer to the electrical
2F A Circuit to ground, short circuit to power, circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance open circuit check fuel level sensor
- Signal erratic circuit for short circuit
 Fuel level sensor track damaged
 Fuel level sensor failure to power, open circuit
 Check level sensor

track for damage
fuel level sensor as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0481-04 Fan 2 Control NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
Circuit - System - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
internal failures system check
 Damaged cooling fan control unit datalogger signal,
 Cooling fan control unit failure Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
cooling fan control unit
warranty policy and
module/component
Circuit - - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
Component failures system check
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
warranty policy and
module/component
Circuit - Circuit - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
short to ground system check
 Cooling fan control unit circuit short datalogger signal,
circuit to ground Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
check cooling fan
control unit circuit for
short to battery system check
 Cooling fan control unit circuit short datalogger signal,
circuit to power Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
check cooling fan
open system check
 Cooling fan control unit circuit open datalogger signal,
circuit Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
check cooling fan
open circuit
voltage below system check
threshold  Charging system fault datalogger signal,
 Discharged battery Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)

check charging circuit
for open circuit, short
circuit to ground
generator as required
battery as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
voltage above system check
threshold  Charging system fault datalogger signal,
 Discharged battery Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
for open circuit, short
circuit to ground
generator as required
battery as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit - Signal - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
frequency incorrect system check

Electric Fan PWM
 Cooling fan control unit failure Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
warranty policy and
module/component
P0481- Fan 2 Control NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
4B Circuit - Over - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
temperature system check
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
warranty policy and
module/component
Circuit - No - Circuit RAD_FAN_PWM - approved diagnostic
operation system check
 Blocked cooling fan control unit Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
 Cooling fan control unit failure Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
 Check for blocked or
obstruction to fan rotor
warranty policy and

module/component
Component internal system check
failure  Damaged cooling fan control unit datalogger signal,
 Cooling fan control unit failure
Electric Fan PWM
Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
warranty policy and
module/component
Component or system check
system operation  Damaged cooling fan control unit datalogger signal,
obstructed or Electric Fan PWM
blocked  Blocked cooling fan control unit
Control - Commanded
 Cooling fan control unit failure Duty Cycle (0x03F9)
 Check for blocked or
obstruction to fan rotor
warranty policy and
module/component
P0500-81 Vehicle Speed  Wheel speed sensor fault  Check anti-lock braking
Sensor A - Invalid system module for
serial data received related DTCs and refer
to relevant DTC index
P0500-82 Vehicle Speed  Anti-lock braking system module not  Check anti-lock braking
Sensor A - Alive / on bus system module and
sequence counter engine control module
incorrect / not for related DTCs and
updated refer to relevant DTC
index
check anti-lock braking
system module circuit
power, open circuit
P0500-83 Vehicle Speed  Incorrect level of anti-lock braking  Clear DTC and re-test
Sensor A - Value of system module software
signal protection  Using the manufacturer
calculation  Incorrect level of engine control approved diagnostic
incorrect module software system check and install
latest relevant level of
software to the anti-lock
braking system module
 Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system check and install
latest relevant level of
software to the engine
control module
P0500-85 Vehicle Speed  Anti-lock braking system module  Check anti-lock braking
Sensor A - Signal has reported a speed above 300 km/h system module for
above allowable related DTCs and refer
range to relevant DTC index
P0501-62 Vehicle Speed  Vehicle speed from the anti-lock  Check engine control
Sensor A braking system module does not module for related
Range/Performance match the calculated vehicle speed vehicle speed DTCs and
- Signal compare from the engine control module refer to relevant DTC
failure index
 Check anti-lock braking
system module and
transmission control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC index
 Check the vehicle tire
sizes are correct
P0504-00 Brake Switch A / B  No brake pressure signal available  Check Anti-Lock
Correlation - No from anti-lock braking module braking module for

sub type  Brake switch 1 and Brake switch 2 related DTCs and refer
information sense circuit short circuit to ground, to relevant DTC index
short circuit to power, open circuit  Check for brake fluid
 Brake switch 1 failure leaks
system module circuit
power, open circuit
check brake switch
brake switch 1 as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0504-64 Brake Switch A / B NOTE:  Check for brake fluid
Correlation - Signal - Circuit BRAKE_SW - BRAKE_SW_2 - leaks
plausibility failure
 Brake fluid leak circuit diagrams and
 Brake switch incorrectly check brake switch 1
installed/adjusted circuit for short circuit
 Brake switch 1 sense circuit short to brake switch 2
circuit to Brake switch 2 sense  Check brake switch is
 Brake switch failure correctly installed and
adjusted
brake switch as
warranty policy and

module/component
P0506-00 Idle Air Control  Air intake restriction  Ensure the air intake
System RPM Lower system is free from
Than Expected - No  Front end accessory drive overload
(defective/seized component) restriction
sub type
information  Check the front end
accessory drive belt and
components for failure,
repair as required
System RPM Lower system is free from
Than Expected -  Air intake system air leak between
MAF/IAT sensor and throttle restriction
Signal stuck high
 Intake air leak between throttle and  Check for air leak
manifold between MAF/IAT
sensor and throttle
 Engine crankcase breather leak
 Front end accessory drive overload between throttle and
(defective/seized component) inlet manifold
 Check for engine
breather system leak
 Check the front end
accessory drive belt and
components for failure
P0507-00 Idle Air Control  Air intake system air leak between  Check for air leak
System RPM MAF/IAT sensor and throttle between MAF/IAT
Higher Than sensor and throttle
Expected - No sub  Intake air leak between throttle and
type information manifold  Check for air leak
 Engine crankcase breather leak between throttle and
inlet manifold
System RPM system is free from
Higher Than  Air intake system air leak between
MAF/IAT sensor and throttle restriction
Expected - Signal
stuck low  Intake air leak between throttle and  Check for air leak
manifold between MAF/IAT
sensor and throttle
 Engine crankcase breather leak
between throttle and
inlet manifold
P050B- Cold Start Ignition  Ignition coil(s)faulty  Refer to the electrical

23 Timing circuit diagrams and
Performance -  Ignition coils circuit noise
check ignition coil
Signal stuck low  Engine control module failure circuit for short circuit
module to ignition coil
to power
coil(s) as required
check ignition coils
circuit for corrosion,
high resistance
warranty policy and
module/component
P050B- Cold Start Ignition  Ignition coil(s)faulty  Refer to the electrical
24 Timing circuit diagrams and
Performance -  Ignition coils circuit noise
check ignition coil
Signal stuck high  Engine control module failure circuit for short circuit
module to ignition coil
to power
coil(s) as required
check ignition coils

circuit for corrosion,
high resistance
warranty policy and
module/component
P050E- Cold Start Engine  Incorrect coolant temperature sensor  Check the correct
00 Exhaust installed coolant temperature
Temperature Too sensor is installed
Low - No sub type  Coolant temperature sensor circuit
information short circuit to ground, open circuit  Refer to the electrical
 Coolant temperature sensor failure circuit diagrams and
check coolant
temperature sensor
coolant temperature
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0512-12 Starter Request NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - Circuit - Circuit CRANK_REQUEST - circuit diagrams and
short to battery check crank request
 Crank request circuit between engine circuit between engine
control module and central junction control module and
box short circuit to power central junction box for
P0512-14 Starter Request NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - Circuit - Circuit CRANK_REQUEST - circuit diagrams and
short to ground or check crank request
open  Crank request circuit between engine circuit between engine
control module and central junction control module and
box short circuit to ground, open central junction box for

circuit short circuit to ground,
open circuit
P0513-00 Incorrect  Security key invalid  Check for CAN
Immobilizer Key - network
No sub type  Controller area network data
corruption interference/engine
information control module related
 Low battery voltage error
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
 Check the vehicle
charging system for
faults, repair as required
P052A- Cold Start Intake NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (A) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_A - and top up as required
Position Timing
Over-Advanced  Refer to the electrical
 Engine oil pressure too low circuit diagrams and
(Bank 1) - No sub
type information  Intake valve solenoid 1 circuit short check intake valve
circuit to ground, open circuit, high solenoid 1 sensor circuit
resistance for short circuit to
 Intake valve solenoid 1 failure ground, open circuit,
high resistance
 Timing chains stretched beyond
allowable limits  Check and install a new
intake valve solenoid 1
sensor as required
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P052B- Cold Start Intake NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (A) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_A - and top up as required
Position Timing
Over-Retarded  Engine oil pressure too low circuit diagrams and

(Bank 1) - No sub check intake valve
type information  Intake valve solenoid 1 circuit short solenoid 1 sensor circuit
circuit to ground, open circuit, high for short circuit to
resistance ground, open circuit,
 Intake valve solenoid 1 failure high resistance
 Timing chains stretched beyond  Check and install a new
allowable limits intake valve solenoid 1
sensor as required
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P052C- Cold Start Intake NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (A) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_B - and top up as required
Position Timing
(Bank 2) - No sub
high resistance
sensor as required
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in

module/component
P052D- Cold Start Intake NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (A) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_IN_SENSOR_B - and top up as required
Position Timing
Over-Retarded  Refer to the electrical
(Bank 2) - No sub
high resistance
sensor as required
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P054A- Cold Start Exhaust NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (B) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_A - and top up as required
Position Timing
(Bank 1) - No sub
type information  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 circuit check exhaust valve
short circuit to ground, open circuit, solenoid 1 sensor circuit
high resistance for short circuit to
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1 failure
high resistance
exhaust valve solenoid
1 sensor as required
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P054B- Cold Start Exhaust NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (B) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_A - and top up as required
Position Timing
(Bank 1) - No sub
high resistance
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P054C- Cold Start Exhaust NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (B) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_B - and top up as required
Position Timing
(Bank 2) - No sub
high resistance

 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P054D- Cold Start Exhaust NOTE:  Check engine oil level
00 (B) Camshaft - Circuit CAM_EX_SENSOR_B - and top up as required
Position Timing
(Bank 2) - No sub
high resistance
 Check service
history /mileage
timing chains as
required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0560-13 System Voltage - NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit open - Circuit BATTERY - circuit diagrams and
 Engine control module power supply module power supply
circuit, open circuit circuit for open circuit

 Engine control module battery  Refer to the electrical
monitor disconnected circuit diagrams and
module battery monitor
P0562-00 System Voltage NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Low - No sub type - Circuit BATTERY - circuit diagrams and
information check battery circuit for
 Battery circuit high resistance high resistance
 Generator circuit open circuit, high  Refer to the electrical
resistance circuit diagrams and
 Generator failure check generator circuit
for open circuit, high
resistance
generator as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0563-00 System Voltage NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
High - No sub type - Circuit BATTERY - circuit diagrams and
information check battery circuit for
 Battery circuit high resistance high resistance
 Generator over charging  Check and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0572-17 Brake Switch A NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit Low - - Circuit BRAKE_SW - circuit diagrams and
Circuit voltage check brake switch 2
above threshold  Brake switch 2 sense circuit short circuit for short circuit
circuit to ground to ground
 Brake switch incorrectly  Check brake switch is
installed/adjusted correctly installed and

 Customer is driving with foot resting adjusted
on brake pedal  Ensure customer is not
driving with foot resting
Brake switch 2 failure on brake pedal
brake switch as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0573-16 Brake Switch A NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit High - - Circuit BRAKE_SW - circuit diagrams and
below threshold  Brake switch 1 sense circuit short circuit for open circuit
circuit to ground  Refer to the electrical
 Brake switch 2 sense circuit open circuit diagrams and
circuit check brake switch 2
 Brake switch incorrectly circuit for open circuit
installed/adjusted  Check brake switch is
 Customer is driving with foot resting correctly installed and
on brake pedal adjusted
 Brake switch 2 failure  Ensure customer is not
driving with foot resting
on brake pedal
brake switch as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0578-00 Cruise Control  Speed control circuit, output signal  Refer to the electrical
Multi-Function stuck circuit diagrams and
Input A Circuit check speed control
Stuck - No sub type  Speed control switch stuck
switch circuit for short
information circuit to ground
 Check for stuck speed
control switch, install a

new switch pack as
warranty policy and
module/component
P057B- Brake Pedal  Brake pressure signal missing from  Check the anti-lock
87 Position Sensor anti-lock braking system control braking system control
Circuit module module for related
Range/Performance DTCs and refer to the
- Missing message relevant DTC index
P0590-00 Cruise Control  Active speed limiter switch stuck  Check for active speed
Multi-Function limiter DTCs within
Input B Circuit gear shift module
Stuck - No sub type
information  Check and install a new
gear shift module as
warranty policy and
module/component
P0600-49 Serial  Corrupt engine control module  Using the manufacturer
Communication software approved diagnostic
Link - Internal system check and install
electronic failure  Engine control module power supply
fault latest relevant level of
 Engine control module damage control module
through water ingress
 Check engine control
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and

module/component
P0601-43 Internal Control  Corrupt engine control module  Using the manufacturer
Module Memory software flash approved diagnostic
Check Sum Error - system check and install
Special memory  Engine control module power supply
failure software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Module Memory software flash approved diagnostic
Check Sum Error - system check and install
Program memory  Engine control module power supply
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Module Random software flash approved diagnostic
Access Memory system check and install
(RAM) Error -  Engine control module power supply
General memory software to the engine
failure  Engine control module damage control module
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
(RAM) Error -  Engine control module power supply
Special memory software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and

module/component
(RAM) Error - Data  Engine control module power supply
memory failure software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Module Read Only software flash approved diagnostic
Memory (ROM) system check and install
Error - No sub type  Engine control module power supply
information software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - Signal  Engine control module power supply
invalid software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - General  Engine control module power supply
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - Data  Engine control module power supply
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - Calibration /  Engine control module power supply
parameter memory software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - Supervision  Engine control module power supply
software failure software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Error - Signal  Engine control module power supply
plausibility failure software to the engine
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
P0606-01 Control Module  Corrupt engine control module  Using the manufacturer
Processor - General software flash approved diagnostic

electrical failure  Engine control module power supply system check and install
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - System software flash approved diagnostic
internal failures system check and install
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - System software flash approved diagnostic
programming  Engine control module power supply system check and install
failures fault latest relevant level of
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
checksum failure system check and install
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
memory failure system check and install

 Engine control module damage software to the engine
through water ingress control module
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - Special software flash approved diagnostic
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - Data software flash approved diagnostic
 Engine control module damage software to the engine

through water ingress control module
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - software flash approved diagnostic
Watchdog / safety system check and install
micro controller  Engine control module power supply
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - software flash approved diagnostic
Supervision system check and install
software failure  Engine control module power supply

through water ingress  Check engine control
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Processor - Internal software flash approved diagnostic
electronic failure system check and install
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
Performance - No software flash approved diagnostic
sub type system check and install
information  Engine control module power supply
through water ingress  Check engine control

module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
P0610-43 Control Module  Corrupt engine control module  Clear the DTC and re-
Vehicle Options software flash test
Error - Special
memory failure  Corrupt rear junction box software  Using the manufacturer
flash approved diagnostic
 Corrupt central junction box system check and install
software flash latest relevant level of
control module
 Re-configure the rear
junction box using the
diagnostic system
 Re-configure the central
diagnostic system
P0615-13 Starter Relay NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit - Circuit - Circuit STARTER_RELAY_NEG - circuit diagrams and
open check starter relay
 Starter relay control circuit open control circuit for open
circuit circuit
 Starter relay failure  Check and install a new
starter relay as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit Low - - Circuit STARTER_RELAY_NEG - circuit diagrams and
Circuit short to check starter relay
ground  Starter relay control circuit short control circuit for short
circuit to ground circuit to ground
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Circuit High - - Circuit STARTER_RELAY_NEG - circuit diagrams and
Circuit short to check starter relay
battery  Starter relay control circuit short control circuit for short
circuit to power circuit to power
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P061A- Internal Control  Manifold air flow sensor(s) failure  Check for related DTCs
00 Module Torque
Performance - No  Electronic throttle unit failure  Check manifold air
sub type flow sensors are reading
information correctly
manifold air flow
sensor(s) as required
 Check throttle position
sensors are reading the
same position
 Check throttle body is
clear of any deposits

warranty policy and
module/component
P061A- Internal Control  Manifold air flow sensor(s) failure  Check for related DTCs
04 Module Torque
Performance -  Electronic throttle unit failure  Check manifold air
System internal flow sensors are reading
failures correctly
manifold air flow
sensor(s) as required
same position
warranty policy and
module/component
P061A- Internal Control  Intake system air leak  Check for related DTCs
29 Module Torque
Performance -  Manifold air flow sensor(s) failure  Check intake air system
Signal invalid  Throttle position sensors are reading for leaks
incorrectly  Check manifold air
 Electronic throttle unit failure flow sensors are reading
correctly
 Atmospheric pressure sensor failure
air flow sensor(s) as
required
same position

as required
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P061A- Internal Control  Intake system air leak  Check for related DTCs
64 Module Torque
Performance -  Manifold air flow sensor(s) failure  Check intake air system
Signal plausibility for leaks and is
failure correctly installed
 Check manifold air
flow sensors are reading
correctly
manifold air flow
sensor(s) as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P061B- Internal Control  Intake system air leak  Check intake air system
62 Module Torque for leaks
Calculation  Engine breather system leak
Performance -  Manifold air flow sensor failure  Check engine breather
Signal compare system for leaks
 Electronic throttle unit failure
failure  Check throttle position
 Throttle position sensors are reading sensors are reading the
incorrectly same position
 Atmospheric pressure sensor failure  Check and install a new
manifold air flow
sensor as required
as required

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0620-01 Generator Control NOTE:  Check for good/clean
Circuit - General - Circuit LIN_A - contact at generator B+
electrical failure and battery terminal
 Generator B+ or battery terminal connectors
disconnected/poor connection  Refer to the electrical
 Charging circuit short, open circuit circuit diagrams and
 Generator failure check charging circuit
circuit
 Clear DTC and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system
 If DTC remains, check
and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0627-00 Fuel Pump A NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Control Circuit / - Circuit circuit diagrams and
Open - No sub type HIGH_PRESS_FUEL_PUMP_CTRL_1NEG check high pressure fuel
information pump 1 circuit for short
 High pressure fuel pump 1 circuit to circuit to ground, short
fuel pump driver module short circuit to power, open
circuit to ground, short circuit to circuit, high resistance
power, open circuit, high resistance
P062A- Fuel Pump A  Invalid fuel pump duty requested by  Refer to the electrical
00 Control Circuit the engine control module circuit diagrams and
Range/Performance check the fuel pump
- No sub type driver module circuit
information for short circuit to

high resistance
P0630-00 VIN Not  Car configuration file to CAN VIN  Using the manufacturer
Programmed or mismatch approved diagnostic
Incompatible - system check and install
ECM/PCM - No  New engine control module fitted
and incorrectly configured latest relevant level of
sub type software to the engine
information control module, clear
DTC and re-test
 Re-configure the central
diagnostic system, clear
DTC and re-test
P0634-22 PCM / ECM/ TCM  Engine control module internal  Clear the DTC. With
Internal temperature too high the ignition off, wait 10
Temperature Too minutes and re-check
High - Signal DTC
amplitude >
maximum  Check the engine
control module does not
have additional external
covering or obstructions
which may cause
overheating
warranty policy and
module/component
P0634- PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine control module internal  Clear the DTC. With
4B Internal temperature too high the ignition off, wait 10
Temperature A Too minutes and re-check
High - Over DTC
temperature
 Check the engine
control module does not
have additional external
covering or obstructions
which may cause
overheating
warranty policy and
module/component
P0642-00 Sensor Reference NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage A Circuit - Circuit SENSOR_5V_SUPPLY - circuit diagrams and
Low - No sub type check 5V supply circuit
information  Short circuit to power of a 5V output for short circuit to
pin, either in the harness, or a ground open circuit,
connector high resistance,
 Internal short circuit in a faulty terminal damage or
component corrosion
module for sensor
to the relevant DTC
index
P0643-00 Sensor Reference NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage A Circuit - Circuit SENSOR_5V_SUPPLY - circuit diagrams and
High - No sub type check 5V supply circuit
information  Short circuit to ground of a 5V for short circuit to
output pin, either in the harness, or a power open circuit, high
connector resistance, terminal
 Internal short circuit in a faulty damage or corrosion
component  Check engine control
module for sensor
to the relevant DTC
index
P0657-13 Actuator Supply NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Voltage A Circuit / Jaguar - Circuit IMTV - circuit diagrams and
Open - Circuit open check intake manifold
 LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING tuning solenoid circuit
VALVE - for open circuit
 Intake manifold tuning solenoid
circuit, open circuit
Voltage A Circuit
Low - Circuit short Jaguar - Circuit IMTV - circuit diagrams and

to ground check intake manifold
 LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING
tuning solenoid circuit
VALVE - for short circuit to
ground
 Intake manifold tuning solenoid
circuit, short circuit to ground
Voltage A Circuit Jaguar - Circuit IMTV - circuit diagrams and
High - Circuit short check intake manifold
to battery  LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING tuning solenoid circuit
VALVE - for short circuit to
 Intake manifold tuning solenoid power
circuit, short circuit to power
P065B- Generator Control NOTE:  Check for good/clean
16 Circuit - Circuit LIN_A - contact at generator B+
Range/Performance and battery terminal
- Circuit voltage  Generator B+ or battery terminal connectors
below threshold disconnected/poor connection  Refer to the electrical
 Charging circuit short, open circuit circuit diagrams and
 Battery failure
circuit
 Ensure the battery is in
a fully charged and
serviceable condition.
Refer to the battery care
manual and the relevant
sections of the
workshop manual
procedure using the
DTC remains, check
and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P065B- Generator Control NOTE:  Check for good/clean

17 Circuit - Circuit LIN_A - contact at generator B+
Range/Performance and battery terminal
- Circuit voltage  Charging circuit short circuit to connectors
above threshold power  Refer to the electrical
 Generator failure circuit diagrams and
 Battery failure
circuit
a fully charged and
sections of the
workshop manual
procedure using the
DTC remains, check
and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P065C- Generator NOTE:  Check front end
00 Mechanical - Circuit LIN_A - accessory belt for
Performance - No condition/contamination
sub type  Poor front end accessory belt tension and correct tension
information
 Generator pulley loose/failure  Check generator pulley
 Generator failure for failure
procedure using
diagnostic system
 If DTC remains check
and install a new
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0660-13 Intake Manifold NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Tuning Valve - Circuit IMTV - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit Low check intake manifold
- Bank 1 - Circuit  LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING tuning valve circuit for
open VALVE - open circuit
 Intake manifold tuning valve circuit
open circuit
Control Circuit Low check intake manifold
- Bank 1 - Circuit  LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING tuning valve circuit for
short to ground VALVE - short circuit to ground
Control Circuit Low check manifold tuning
- Bank 1 - Circuit  LR - Circuit MANIFOLD TUNING valve circuit for short
short to battery VALVE - circuit to power
P0668-00 PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine control module internal  Check and install a new
Internal temperature sensor failure engine control module
Temperature Sensor as required. Refer to the
A Circuit Low - No warranty policy and
sub type procedures manual, or
information determine if any prior
module/component
P0669-00 PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine control module internal  Check and install a new
Internal temperature sensor failure engine control module
Temperature Sensor as required. Refer to the
A Circuit High - No warranty policy and
sub type procedures manual, or

information determine if any prior
module/component
P0687-73 ECM/PCM Power NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Relay Control - Circuit EMS_MAIN_RLY - circuit diagrams and
Circuit High - check engine control
Actuator stuck  Engine control module relay circuit module relay circuit for
closed short circuit to power short circuit to power
 Engine control module relay failure  Check and install a new
relay as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P0695-00 Fan 3 Control NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit Low - No - Circuit E_BOX_FAN - circuit diagrams and
sub type check E-Box cooling
information  E-Box cooling fan circuit short fan circuit for short
circuit to ground circuit to ground
 E-Box cooling fan failure  Check and install a new
E-Box cooling fan as
warranty policy and
module/component
Circuit High - - Circuit E_BOX_FAN - circuit diagrams and
Circuit short to check E-Box cooling
battery  E-Box cooling fan circuit short fan circuit for short
circuit to power circuit to power
warranty policy and

module/component
Circuit High - - Circuit E_BOX_FAN - circuit diagrams and
Circuit open check E-Box cooling
 E-Box cooling fan circuit open fan circuit for open
circuit circuit
warranty policy and
module/component
P0721-85 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission control module has  Check transmission
Sensor Circuit reported a fault in the shaft speed control module for
Range/Performance signal related DTCs and refer
- Signal above to relevant DTC index
allowable range
P0721-86 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission control module has  Check transmission
Sensor Circuit taken to 8 seconds or longer to control module for
Range/Performance change range related DTCs and refer
- Signal invalid to relevant DTC index
P0724-17 Brake Switch B NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit High - - Circuit BRAKE_SW - circuit diagrams and
above threshold  Brake switch 1 sense circuit short circuit for short circuit
circuit to power to power
 Brake switch incorrectly  Check brake switch is
installed/adjusted correctly installed and
 Customer is driving with foot resting adjusted
on brake pedal  Ensure customer is not
 Brake switch 1 failure driving with foot resting
on brake pedal
brake switch as
warranty policy and

module/component
P0850-86 Park / Neutral NOTE:  Check gear shift
Switch Input Circuit - Circuit PN_SW - module for related
- Signal invalid DTCs and refer to
 Intermittent fault on Park/Neutral relevant DTC index
signal from gear shift module  Refer to the electrical
 CAN network failure between gear circuit diagrams and
shift module and engine control check Park/Neutral
module switch input circuit for
open circuit
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P0850- Park / Neutral NOTE:  Check gear shift
8F Switch Input Circuit - Circuit PN_SW - module for related
- Erratic DTCs and refer to
 Intermittent fault on Park/Neutral relevant DTC index
signal from gear shift module  Refer to the electrical
 CAN network failure between gear circuit diagrams and
shift module and engine control check Park/Neutral
module switch input circuit for
open circuit
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P0851-14 Park / Neutral NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Switch Input Circuit - Circuit PN_SW - circuit diagrams and
Low - Circuit short check park/neutral
to ground or open  Park/Neutral switch input circuit switch input circuit for
short circuit to ground, open circuit short circuit to ground,
open circuit
P0852-12 Park / Neutral NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

Switch Input Circuit - Circuit PN_SW - circuit diagrams and
Low - Circuit short check park/neutral
to battery  Park/Neutral switch input circuit switch input circuit for
short circuit to power short circuit to power
P0A1A- Generator Control NOTE:  Check for good/clean
87 Module - Missing - Circuit LIN_A - contact at generator and
message engine control module
 Generator to engine control module LIN circuit
LIN circuit open circuit connectors/pins
check generator circuit
for open circuit
control module
hardware DTCs and
index
 Clear DTCs and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system
P0A1A- Generator Control NOTE:  Check for good/clean
88 Module - Bus off - Circuit LIN_A - contact at generator and
 Generator to engine control module LIN circuit
LIN circuit open circuit connectors/pins
check generator circuit
for open circuit
control module
hardware DTCs and
index
 Clear DTCs and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system
P0A3B- Generator Over  Cooling fan not operating  Check for correct
00 Temperature - No  Coolant level low cooling fan operation

sub type  Check coolant level.
information Clear DTC and re-test
P0A3B- Generator Over  Cooling fan not operating  Check for correct
68 Temperature - cooling fan operation
Event information  Coolant level low
 Check coolant level.
P115D- Mass Air Flow NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
00 Circuit Offset - No - Circuit MAF_SENSOR_A - approved diagnostic
sub type MAF_SENSOR_B - system check
NOTE: Air Flow Sensor 2
Customer likely to report hesitation. Voltage (0x0503)
 Check air cleaner for
 Air cleaner blocked blockage
 Air intake leak  Check air intake system
 Engine breather blocked for leaks
 Air intake blockage  Check engine breather
system for blockages
 Carbon build up on throttle blade
 Check for carbon build
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, high up on throttle blade
resistance
 Check for related mass
 Blocked catalyst(s) air flow DTCs P0102 or
 Mass air flow sensor failure P0103
check mass air flow
sensor circuit for high
resistance
warranty policy and
module/component
P1315-00 Persistent Misfire -  Engine control module to ignition  Check for cylinder mis-
No sub type coil primary circuit fault (cylinder fire, ignition and
information misfire detected DTC also flagged) injector DTCs and refer
 Fuel injector circuit fault(s) (injector to the DTC index
DTCs also flagged)  Refer to the electrical

 Fuel delivery pressure low circuit diagrams and
 Spark plug failure/fouled/incorrect check ignition coil
gap circuit for short circuit
 Ignition coil failure to power, open circuit
 Cylinder compression low  Check for fuel system
 Exhaust system blockage failure
spark plug(s) as
required
ignition coil as required
 Carry out cylinder
compression tests
 Check exhaust system
for blockage
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P1316-00 Injector Driver  Engine control module to ignition  Check for cylinder mis-
Module Codes coil primary circuit fault (cylinder fire, ignition and
Detected - No sub misfire detected DTC also flagged) injector DTCs and refer
type information to the DTC index
 Fuel injector circuit fault(s) (injector
DTCs also flagged)  Refer to the electrical
 Fuel delivery pressure low circuit diagrams and
check ignition coil
 Spark plug failure/fouled/incorrect circuit for short circuit
gap to ground, short circuit
 Ignition coil failure to power, open circuit
 Cylinder compression low  Check for fuel system
 Exhaust system blockage failure
spark plug(s) as
required
ignition coil as required
compression tests
 Check exhaust system

for blockage
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P1593-64 Cruise Control  Speed control monitor fault. The  Using the manufacturer
Monitor Fault - engine control module performs a approved diagnostic
Signal plausibility independent check of the cruise system check and up-
failure status date the car
configuration file as
required. Clear the DTC
and retest. If the
problem persists,
contact dealer technical
support
P1603-00 EEPROM  Corrupt engine control module  Using the manufacturer
Malfunction - No software flash approved diagnostic
sub type system check and install
information  Engine control module power supply
module power supply
module for signs of
water ingress
warranty policy and
module/component
P2088-11 A Camshaft NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_IN_A - circuit diagrams and

Control Circuit Low check intake valve
Bank 1 - Circuit  Intake valve solenoid 1 short circuit
solenoid 1 for short
short to ground to ground circuit to ground
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_IN_A - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit check intake valve
High Bank 1 -  Intake valve solenoid 1 short circuit solenoid 1 for short
Circuit short to to power circuit to power
battery
P2090-11 B Camshaft NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_EX_A - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit Low check exhaust valve
Bank 1 - Circuit  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 short solenoid 1 for short
short to ground circuit to ground circuit to ground
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_EX_A - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit check exhaust valve
High Bank 1 -  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 short solenoid 1 for short
Circuit short to circuit to power circuit to power
battery
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_IN_B - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit Low check intake valve
Bank 2 - Circuit  Intake valve solenoid 2 short circuit solenoid 2 for short
short to ground to ground circuit to ground
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_IN_B - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit check intake valve
High Bank 2 -  Intake valve solenoid 2 short circuit solenoid 2 for short
Circuit short to to power circuit to power
battery
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_EX_B - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit Low check exhaust valve
Bank 2 - Circuit  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 short solenoid 2 for short
short to ground circuit to ground circuit to ground
Position Actuator - Circuit VFS_EX_B - circuit diagrams and
Control Circuit check exhaust valve
High Bank 2 -  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 short solenoid 2 for short
Circuit short to circuit to power circuit to power
battery
P2096-00 Post Catalyst Fuel NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Trim System Too
Lean Bank 1 - No - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and

sub type check post catalyst
information  Post catalyst oxygen sensor odd, oxygen sensor - odd,
 Air leak between the two oxygen exhaust manifold
sensors
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor odd, between the two oxygen
failure sensors
sensor odd, as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Trim System Too - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_A - circuit diagrams and
Rich Bank 1 - No check post catalyst
sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor odd, oxygen sensor - odd,
 Air leak between the two oxygen between catalyst and
sensors exhaust manifold
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor odd,  Check for air leak
failure between the two oxygen
sensors
sensor odd, as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Trim System Too - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
Lean Bank 2 - No check post catalyst
sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor even, oxygen sensor even,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor even,  Check for air leak
sensors
sensor even, as
warranty policy and
module/component
Trim System Too - Circuit HEGO_SENSOR_B - circuit diagrams and
Rich Bank 2 - No check post catalyst
sub type  Post catalyst oxygen sensor even, oxygen sensor even,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor even,  Check for air leak
sensors
sensor even, as
warranty policy and

module/component
P2105-00 Throttle Actuator NOTE:  Check for any DTCs
Control System - - Circuit THROTTLE_MOTOR_NEG - relating to engine
Forced Engine THROTTLE_MOTOR_POS - control module, throttle
Shutdown - No sub pedal position sensor, or
type information  Engine speed or torque limitation has torque faults and refer
been activated as a result of engine to the DTC index
control module, throttle pedal
position sensor, or torque faults
P2118-19 Throttle Actuator NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Control Motor - Circuit THROTTLE_MOTOR_NEG - circuit diagrams and
Current THROTTLE_MOTOR_POS - check electronic throttle
Range/Performance unit circuit for short
- Circuit current  Throttle motor control circuit short circuit to ground, short
above threshold circuit to ground, short circuit to circuit to power, high
power, high resistance resistance
 Engine control module ground  Refer to the electrical
circuit fault circuit diagrams and
 Carbon build-up on throttle blade check engine control
module ground circuit
 Electronic throttle unit failure
for faults
is clean of carbon
 Check the system is
operating correctly and
the DTC does not return
warranty policy and
module/component
P2119-00 Throttle Actuator NOTE:  Make sure throttle blade
Control Throttle - Circuit THROTTLE_MOTOR_NEG - is clean of carbon
Body THROTTLE_MOTOR_POS -
Range/Performance  Refer to the electrical
- No sub type circuit diagrams and
 Carbon build-up on throttle blade
information  Engine control module ground module ground circuit

circuit fault for faults
 Electronic throttle unit return spring  Check the system is
faulty operating correctly and
 Electronic throttle unit limp home
spring faulty  Check and install a new
warranty policy and
module/component
P2119-29 Throttle Actuator NOTE:  Ensure throttle blade is
Control Throttle - Circuit THROTTLE_MOTOR_NEG - free of any carbon
Body THROTTLE_MOTOR_POS - build-up / other
Range/Performance obstructions
- Signal invalid  Stuck / sticking throttle blade
 Check the system is
 Electronic throttle unit failure operating correctly and
warranty policy and
module/component
P2119-64 Throttle Actuator NOTE:  Ensure throttle blade is
Control Throttle - Circuit THROTTLE_MOTOR_NEG - free of any carbon
Body THROTTLE_MOTOR_POS - build-up / other
Range/Performance obstructions
- Signal plausibility  Stuck / sticking throttle blade
failure  Check the system is
 Electronic throttle unit failure operating correctly and
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor/Switch D THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_1 - check accelerator pedal
Circuit Low - No unit, accelerator pedal
sub type  Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 position sensor 1 circuit
circuit ground, open circuit
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1,  Check accelerator pedal
VREF circuit open circuit unit, VREF circuit for
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 open circuit
failure  Clear DTC and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system
and install a new
accelerator pedal unit as
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor/Switch D THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_1 - check accelerator pedal
Circuit High - No unit, accelerator pedal
information circuit short circuit to power for short circuit to
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1, power
VREF circuit open circuit  Check accelerator pedal
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 unit, VREF circuit for
failure open circuit
procedure using the
diagnostic system

and install a new
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor/Switch E THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_2 - check accelerator pedal
Circuit Low - No unit, accelerator pedal
circuit ground, open circuit
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2,  Check accelerator pedal
VREF circuit open circuit unit, VREF circuit for
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 open circuit
failure  Clear DTC and repeat
procedure using the
diagnostic system
and install a new
warranty policy and
module/component
Sensor/Switch E THROTTLE_POSITION_SENSOR_2 - check accelerator pedal
Circuit High - No unit, accelerator pedal
information circuit short circuit to power for short circuit to
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2, power
VREF circuit open circuit  Check accelerator pedal
 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 unit, VREF circuit for

failure open circuit
procedure using the
diagnostic system
and install a new
warranty policy and
module/component
P2135-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle pedal position sensor circuit  Refer to the electrical
Position 1 and 2 short circuit to ground, short circuit diagrams and
Sensor/Switch A / circuit to power, open circuit check throttle pedal
B Voltage position sensor circuit 1
Correlation - No and 2 for short circuit to
sub type ground, short circuit to
information power, open circuit
P2135-09 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle pedal position sensor circuit  Refer to the electrical
Position 1 and 2 short circuit to ground, short circuit diagrams and
Sensor/Switch A / circuit to power, open circuit check throttle pedal
B Voltage position sensor circuit 1
Correlation - and 2 for short circuit to
Component Failures ground, short circuit to
power, open circuit
P2138-64 Throttle/Pedal  Accelerator pedal position sensor  Refer to the electrical
Position circuit 1 and 2 short circuit to circuit diagrams and
Sensor/Switch D / E ground, short circuit to power, open check accelerator pedal
Voltage Correlation circuit position sensor circuit 1
- No sub type and 2 for short circuit to
information ground, short circuit to
power, open circuit
P2183-23 Engine Coolant NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Temperature Sensor - Circuit COOLANT_TEMP_SENSOR_2 - circuit diagrams and
2 Circuit check engine coolant
Range/Performance  Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 temperature sensor 2
- Signal stuck low circuit high resistance, open circuit circuit for high

engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
- Signal stuck high circuit short circuit to power circuit for short circuit
to power
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
- Signal invalid circuit high resistance, open circuit, circuit for high
short circuit to ground, short circuit resistance, open circuit,
to power short circuit to ground,
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
2 Circuit Low - check engine coolant
Circuit voltage  Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 temperature sensor 2
below threshold circuit high resistance, open circuit, circuit for high
short circuit to ground resistance, open circuit,
engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
P2185-17 Engine Coolant NOTE: Clear the DTC and re-test
Temperature Sensor - Circuit COOLANT_TEMP_SENSOR_2 -
2 Circuit High -  Refer to the electrical
Circuit voltage  Ignition turned on with an ambient
above threshold temperature of below -40c check engine coolant
circuit short circuit to power to power
failure engine coolant
warranty policy and
module/component
P219A- Bank 1 Air-Fuel NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
00 Ratio Imbalance - Post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd & Pre approved diagnostic
No sub type catalyst oxygen sensor-odd system check the engine
information control module for
 Other oxygen sensor related DTCs oxygen sensor related
 Air leak in the exhaust system DTCs and refer to the
between post catalyst oxygen sensor- relevant DTC index.
Record any available
odd and catalyst freeze frame data

 Air leak in the exhaust system  Check for air leaks in
between catalyst and exhaust the exhaust system
manifold flange between post catalyst
 Air leak in the exhaust system oxygen sensor-odd and
between pre catalyst oxygen sensor- catalyst
odd and post catalyst oxygen sensor-  Check for air leaks in
odd the exhaust system
 Air leak around pre catalyst oxygen between catalyst and
sensor-odd exhaust manifold flange
 Air leaks within the intake system  Check for air leaks in
the exhaust system
 Air leak around fuel injector(s) bank between pre catalyst
1 oxygen sensor-odd and
 Air leak around spark plug(s) bank 1 post catalyst oxygen
 Low fuel pressure, fuel injector(s) sensor-odd
leak, fuel system leak bank 1  Check for air leaks
 camshaft position actuator sticking around pre catalyst
 Airpath blockage between throttle oxygen sensor-odd
butterfly and inlet poppet valve  Check for air leaks
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd within the intake system
failure  Check for air leak
 Cylinder head gasket failure around fuel injector(s)
bank 1
around spark plug(s)
bank 1
 Check for low fuel
pressure, fuel injector(s)
leak, fuel system leak
bank 1
 Check for camshaft
position actuator
sticking
 Check for airpath
blockage between
throttle butterfly and
inlet poppet valve
compression check.
Record the results
 Check and install a post

or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
approved diagnostic
system clear DTC and
retest
P219B- Bank 2 Air-Fuel NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
00 Ratio Imbalance - Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even & Pre approved diagnostic
No sub type catalyst oxygen sensor-even system check the engine
information control module for
 Other oxygen sensor related DTCs oxygen sensor related
 Air leak in the exhaust system DTCs and refer to the
between post catalyst oxygen sensor- relevant DTC index.
even and catalyst Record any available
freeze frame data
 Air leak in the exhaust system
between catalyst and exhaust  Check for air leaks in
manifold flange the exhaust system
between post catalyst
 Air leak in the exhaust system oxygen sensor-even and
between pre catalyst oxygen sensor-
catalyst
even and post catalyst oxygen
sensor-even  Check for air leaks in
the exhaust system
 Air leak around pre catalyst oxygen
sensor-even exhaust manifold flange
 Air leaks within the intake system  Check for air leaks in
 Air leak around fuel injector(s) bank the exhaust system
2 between pre catalyst
 Air leak around spark plug(s) bank 2 oxygen sensor-even and
 Low fuel pressure, fuel injector(s) post catalyst oxygen
leak, fuel system leak bank 2 sensor-even
 camshaft position actuator sticking  Check for air leaks
around pre catalyst
 Airpath blockage between throttle oxygen sensor-even
butterfly and inlet poppet valve
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor-even within the intake system
failure
 Cylinder head gasket failure around fuel injector(s)
bank 2
around spark plug(s)

bank 2
 Check for low fuel
pressure, fuel injector(s)
leak, fuel system leak
bank 2
 Check for camshaft
position actuator
sticking
 Check for airpath
blockage between
throttle butterfly and
inlet poppet valve
compression check.
Record the results
 Check and install a post
even as required. Refer
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
module/component
approved diagnostic
system clear DTC and
retest
P2228-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure sensor failure  Using the manufacturer
Circuit Low - No (internal engine control module approved diagnostic
sub type failure) system check
information datalogger signal,
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Voltage
(0x035A)
warranty policy and

module/component
P2229-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure sensor failure  Using the manufacturer
Circuit Low - No (internal engine control module approved diagnostic
sub type failure) system check
information datalogger signal,
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Voltage
(0x035A)
warranty policy and
module/component
P2279-00 Intake Air System  Part load breather pipe disconnected  Check for related DTCs
Leak - No sub type
information  Brake vacuum pipe disconnected  Check part load
 Excessive intake air leak breather pipe for leaks
or disconnected
 Check brake vacuum
pipe for leaks or
disconnected
 Check intake air system
for leaks
Primary Control - Circuit IGNITION_1A - circuit diagrams and
Circuit Low - check ignition coil 1
Circuit short to  Ignition coil 1 circuit short circuit to circuit for short circuit
ground ground to ground
Circuit High - check ignition coil 1
battery power to power
Primary Control - Circuit IGNITION_1B - circuit diagrams and

P2401-00 Evaporative NOTE:  Check diagnostic
Emission System - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - module tank leakage
Leak Detection fuse for failure and
Pump Control  Diagnostic module tank leakage fuse security in holder
Circuit Low - No failure
sub type  Refer to the electrical
information  Diagnostic module tank leakage circuit diagrams and
circuit short circuit to ground, open check diagnostic
circuit module tank leakage
 Diagnostic module tank leakage circuit for short circuit
failure to ground, open circuit
leakage as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P2402-00 Evaporative
Emission System NOTE:  Refer to the electrical

Leak Detection - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - circuit diagrams and
Pump Control check diagnostic
Circuit High - No  Diagnostic module tank leakage module tank leakage
sub type circuit short circuit to power circuit for short circuit
information to power
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P2404-29 Evaporative NOTE:  Check and install a new
Emission System - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - diagnostic module tank
Leak Detection leakage as required.
Pump Sense Circuit  Diagnostic module tank leakage Refer to the warranty
Range/Performance failure policy and procedures
- Signal invalid manual, or determine if
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P2404- Evaporative NOTE:  Check and install a new
2F Emission System - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - diagnostic module tank
Leak Detection leakage as required.
Pump Sense Circuit  Diagnostic module tank leakage Refer to the warranty
Range/Performance failure policy and procedures
- Signal erratic manual, or determine if
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
Emission System - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - circuit diagrams and
Leak Detection check diagnostic
Pump Sense Circuit  Diagnostic module tank leakage module tank leakage
Low - No sub type circuit short circuit to ground, high circuit for short circuit
information resistance, open circuit to ground, high
 Diagnostic module tank leakage resistance, open circuit

any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P2406-00 Evaporative NOTE:  Check for blockage in
Emission System - Circuit FUEL_LEAK_PUMP - the Blockage in
Leak Detection diagnostic module tank
Pump Sense Circuit  Blockage in diagnostic module tank leakage ventilation pipe
High - No sub type leakage ventilation pipe
information  Check and install a new
 Diagnostic module tank leakage diagnostic module tank
circuit, open circuit leakage as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P240A- Evaporative NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
00 Emission System - Circuit PUMP_HEATER_CONTROL - circuit diagrams and
Pump Heater  Diagnostic module tank leakage module tank leakage
Circuit / Open - No circuit, open circuit heater circuit for open
sub type circuit
information
P240B- Evaporative NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit Low - No heater circuit short circuit to ground, heater circuit for short
sub type high resistance circuit to ground, high
information resistance
P240C- Evaporative NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
Circuit High - No
sub type heater circuit short circuit to power heater circuit for short
information circuit to power
Emission Control - Circuit COV - diagnostic module tank
System Switching leakage as required.
Valve  LR - Circuit CHANGE OVER Refer to the warranty
Performance/Stuck VALVE - policy and procedures
Open - No sub type manual, or determine if
information any prior approval
failure
programme is in
module/component
Emission Control - Circuit COV - diagnostic module tank
System Switching leakage as required.
Valve  LR - Circuit CHANGE OVER Refer to the warranty
Performance/Stuck VALVE - policy and procedures
Closed - No sub manual, or determine if
type information any prior approval
failure
programme is in
module/component
P250C- Engine Oil Level NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
23 Sensor Circuit Low - Circuit OIL_QUALITY_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- Signal stuck low system check
 Oil temperature level sensor circuit datalogger signal, Sump
short circuit to ground Oil Temperature -
 Oil temperature level sensor failure Measured (0x03F3)
check oil temperature
oil temperature level
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P250D- Engine Oil Level NOTE:  Using the manufacturer
24 Sensor Circuit High - Circuit OIL_QUALITY_SENSOR - approved diagnostic
- Signal stuck high system check
 Oil temperature level sensor circuit datalogger signal, Sump
short circuit to power Oil Temperature -
 Oil temperature level sensor failure Measured (0x03F3)
check oil temperature
oil temperature level
sensor as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
P2544-64 Torque  Inappropriate request from anti-lock  Check for related DTCs
Management braking system within anti-lock braking
Request Input system module and
Signal A - Signal refer to the relevant
plausibility failure DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P2544-92 Torque  Inappropriate request from anti-lock  Check for related DTCs
Management braking system within anti-lock braking
Request Input system module and
Signal A - refer to the relevant
Performance or DTC index
incorrect operation
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P2610-00 ECM/PCM Internal  Instrument cluster fault  Check for DTCs related
Engine Off Timer
Performance - No  Central junction box fault to any of the

sub type components listed and
information  CAN network error refer to relevant DTC
index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P2610-84 ECM/PCM Engine  Instrument cluster fault  Check for DTCs related
Off Timer to any of the
Performance -  Central junction box fault
components listed and
Signal below  Engine coolant temperature sensor refer to relevant DTC
allowable range fault index
 Ambient temperature sensor fault  Refer to the electrical
 Low battery voltage circuit diagrams and
 CAN network error check engine coolant
temperature sensor
check ambient air
temperature sensor
 Check the battery
voltage, repair as
required
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P2610-85 ECM/PCM Engine  Instrument cluster fault  Check for DTCs related
Off Timer to any of the
components listed and
Signal above  Engine coolant temperature sensor refer to relevant DTC
allowable range fault index
 Low battery voltage circuit diagrams and
 CAN network error check engine coolant
temperature sensor

check ambient air
temperature sensor
 Check the battery
voltage, repair as
required
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
P2610-87 ECM/PCM Internal  Instrument cluster fault  Check for DTCs related
Engine Off Timer to any of the
components listed, and
Missing message  Engine coolant temperature sensor refer to relevant DTC
fault index
 CAN network error circuit diagrams and
temperature sensor
check ambient air
temperature sensor
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0001- High Speed CAN NOTE:  Refer to the electrical
88 Communication - Circuit HS_CAN_NEG - HS_CAN_POS - circuit diagrams and
Bus - Bus off check CAN network for
 High speed CAN bus circuit, short short circuit to ground,

circuit to ground short circuit to power,
open circuit
 High speed CAN bus circuit, short
circuit to power  Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
 High speed CAN bus, open circuit system, carry out
U0101- Lost  CAN link engine control  Using the manufacturer
00 Communication module/transmission control module approved diagnostic
with TCM - No sub network malfunction system, check
type information transmission control
 Transmission control module failure
module for DTCs and
DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
check transmission
control module power
and ground circuit for
open circuit
 Check CAN harness to
module, repair as
necessary
U0103- Lost  CAN link engine control  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication module/gear shift module network wiring diagrams and
with Gear Shift malfunction check power and
Control Module A - ground connections to
No sub type the gear shift module
information
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0104- Lost  Vehicle configured for speed control,  Check vehicle has
00 Communication but speed control module is not correct speed control
With Cruise Control installed module installed
Module - No sub
type information  CAN Link engine control  Using the manufacturer
module/speed control module approved diagnostic
network malfunction system, check speed

 Speed control module power or control module, anti-
ground circuit, open circuit lock braking system
module for DTCs and
DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
check speed control
module power and
ground circuit for open
circuit
speed control module,
repair as necessary
U0121- Lost  CAN Link engine control  Using the manufacturer
00 Communication module/anti-lock braking system approved diagnostic
With Anti-lock module network malfunction system, check anti-lock
Braking System braking system module
(ABS) Control  Anti-lock braking system module
power or ground circuit, open circuit for DTCs and refer to
Module - No sub the relevant DTC index
type information
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
system module power
and ground circuit for
open circuit
anti-lock braking
system module, repair
as necessary
U0128- Lost  CAN Link engine control  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication module/electronic parking brake circuit diagrams and
With Park Brake signal missing network malfunction check power and
Control Module - ground supplies to
No sub type electronic parking brake

information  Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0132- Lost  CAN link/suspension control module  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication network malfunction circuit diagrams and
with Suspension check power and
Control Module A - ground supplies to
No sub type suspension control
information module
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0151- Lost  Lost communication with restraints  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication control module over CAN or circuit diagrams and
with Restraints hardwired link check power and
Control Module - ground supplies to
No sub type restraints control
information module
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0151- Lost  Lost communication due to restraints  Check restraints control
87 Communication control module fault module for associated
with Restraints DTCs and refer to
Control Module - relevant DTC index
Missing message
check power and
ground supplies to
restraints control
module
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0155- Lost  CAN link between engine control  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication module and instrument cluster fault circuit diagrams and

with Instrument check power and
Panel Cluster (IPC) ground supplies to
- No sub type instrument cluster
information  Using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0167- Lost  Security challenge response timeout  Refer to the electrical
00 Communication circuit diagrams and
with Vehicle  Battery fault
check power and
Immobilizer ground supplies to the
Control Module - electric steering column
No sub type lock
information
 Check for related CAN
relevant DTC index
a fully charged and
sections of the
workshop manual
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0300- Internal Control  Engine control module has incorrect  Check and install the
00 Module Software software installed correct engine control
Incompatibility - module software
No sub type  The engine control module is in
information expulsion mode. An incorrect  Check and install the
specification engine control module correct engine control
has been installed to the vehicle module as required.
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U0402- Invalid Data  Transmission engine control module  Using the manufacturer
00 Received From request corruption approved diagnostic

Transmission system, check
Control Module - transmission control
No sub type module, for DTCs and
DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
check high speed CAN
bus circuit for short
U0402- Invalid Data  Transmission engine control module  Using the manufacturer
08 Received from request corruption approved diagnostic
TCM - Bus signal / system, check
message failures  High speed CAN bus circuit failure,
short, open circuit transmission control
module, for DTCs and
DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test
U0402- Invalid Data  Transmission to engine control  Using the manufacturer
64 Received from module request corruption approved diagnostic
TCM - Signal system, check
plausibility failure  High speed CAN bus signal
corruption transmission control
module, for DTCs and
DTC index
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
test

U0402- Invalid Data  Transmission control module shaft-  Using the manufacturer
82 Received from speed faults approved diagnostic
TCM - Alive / system, check
sequence counter transmission control
incorrect / not module, for DTCs and
updated refer to the relevant
DTC index
U0402- Invalid Data  Transmission control module shaft-  Using the manufacturer
83 Received from speed faults approved diagnostic
TCM - Value of system, check
signal protection transmission control
calculation module, for DTCs and
incorrect refer to the relevant
DTC index
U0415- Invalid Data  Electronic throttle unit, throttle  Using the manufacturer
00 Received From position sensor 1 failure approved diagnostic
Anti-lock Braking system, check for
System (ABS)  Electronic throttle unit, throttle
position sensor 2 failure electronic throttle unit
Control Module - DTCs repair as
No sub type  Electronic throttle unit harness short, necessary
information open circuit
check electronic unit
harness for short circuit,
open circuit
any prior approval
programme is in
module/component
U0415- Invalid Data  Invalid request from anti-lock  Using the manufacturer
64 Received From braking system approved diagnostic
Anti-lock Braking system, check anti-lock
System (ABS)  Torque up request higher than
expected from anti-lock braking braking system, for
Control Module - DTCs and refer to the
Signal plausibility system
relevant DTC index
failure

U0415- Invalid Data  Torque up request higher than  Using the manufacturer
67 Received From expected from anti-lock braking approved diagnostic
Anti-lock Braking system system, check anti-lock
System (ABS) braking system, for
Control Module - DTCs and refer to the
Signal incorrect relevant DTC index
after event
U0426- Invalid Data  Security code mis-match  Check CAN network
00 Received From between engine control
Vehicle  This DTC will be logged if the
encrypted data exchange does not module, instrument
Immobilizer cluster and central
Control Module - match between engine control
module and the instrument cluster or junction box
No sub type
information central junction box  Refer to the electrical
check power and
ground circuit to engine
control module and
instrument cluster
 Check correct engine
control module and
instrument cluster
installed
 Re-synchronise ID by
re-configuring the
and instrument cluster
as new modules
U0447- Invalid Data  The LIN to high speed CAN  This DTC has been
81 Received From gateway has informed the engine inhibited in the engine
Gateway ""A"" - control module of a failure control module, as the
Invalid serial data LIN bus flag is set
received during normal operation
GENINFO
General Information - Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (3 of 3)
GENERAL INFORMATION - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX (3

OF 3)
DTC: RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM)
Restraints Control Module (RCM)
WARNING: TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE PERSONAL

INJURY, THE BACKUP POWER SUPPLY MUST BE DEPLETED BEFORE
REPAIRING OR REPLACING ANY AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS) COMPONENTS. TO DEPLETE THE BACKUP POWER
SUPPLY ENERGY, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY GROUND CABLE AND
WAIT ONE MINUTE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION MAY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
WARNING: Do not use a multimeter to probe the restraints control module. It is

possible for the power from the meter battery to trigger the activation of
the airbags. Failure to follow this instruction may result in personal injury


NOTE: It is advisable not to use a cellular phone or to have a cellular phone in close
proximity when working on the restraints control module or associated systems
NOTE: Given the legal implications of a restraints system failure, harness repairs to Air
Bag module circuits are not acceptable. Where the text refers to "REPAIR the
circuit", this will normally mean the replacement of a harness.
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the restraints control module,
for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section. For additional
information, refer to AIR BAG AND SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONER SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS) .

B0001-11 Driver Frontal Stage 1  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Deployment Control - fault electrical wiring
circuit short to ground diagrams and check
 Clockspring fault
the driver frontal air
 Air bag squib bag stage 1 circuit
component fault for short circuit to
ground
 Check for
intermittent shorts to
ground within the

clockspring by
rotating the steering
column during the
checks
 If a wiring fault is
detected, repair or
replace as required
 If no wiring faults
are detected check
and install a new
firing squib. Refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
manual, or determine
if any prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
circuit short to battery diagrams and check
bag stage 1 circuit
power
 Check for
power within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
circuit open diagrams and check
component fault for open circuit, high
resistance
 Check for
intermittent open
circuit, high
resistance faults
within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0001-1A Driver Frontal Stage 1  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit resistance below diagrams and check
threshold  Clockspring fault
component fault for short circuit
between the power
and return circuit
lines
 Check for
intermittent short
circuits within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check

and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0001-2B Driver Frontal Stage 1  Wiring harness  Refer to the
signal cross coupled diagrams and check
bag stage 1 circuit
for short circuits to
other firing circuits
 Check for
intermittent short
circuits within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0001-56 Driver Frontal Stage 1  The deployable  Re-configure the
Deployment Control - device is restraints control
invalid/incomplete connected but not module using the
configuration configured manufacturer
correctly approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
component fault for short circuit to
ground
 Check for
ground within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
bag stage 2 circuit
power
 Check for
power within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
circuit open diagrams and check
component fault for open circuit, high
resistance
 Check for
intermittent open
circuit, high
resistance faults
within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0002-1A Driver Frontal Stage 2  Wiring harness  Refer to the
threshold  Clockspring fault
component fault for short circuit
between the power
and return circuit
lines
 Check for
intermittent short
circuits within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0002-2B Driver Frontal Stage 2  Wiring harness  Refer to the
bag stage 2 circuit
other firing circuits
 Check for
intermittent short
circuits within the
clockspring by
column during the
checks
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0002-56 Driver Frontal Stage 2  The deployable  Re-configure the
system
retest the system
B0010-11 Passenger Frontal Stage  Wiring harness  Refer to the
1 Deployment Control - fault electrical wiring
 Air bag squib
component fault the passenger frontal
air bag stage 1
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the passenger frontal
air bag stage 1
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
air bag stage 1
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0010-1A Passenger Frontal Stage  Wiring harness  Refer to the
threshold  Air bag squib
air bag stage 1
circuit for short
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0010-2B Passenger Frontal Stage  Wiring harness  Refer to the
air bag stage 1
circuit for short
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0010-56 Passenger Frontal Stage  The deployable  Re-configure the
1 Deployment Control - device is restraints control

system
retest the system
 Air bag squib
air bag stage 2
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
air bag stage 2
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
air bag stage 2
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0011-1A Passenger Frontal Stage  Wiring harness  Refer to the
air bag stage 2
circuit for short
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0011-2B Passenger Frontal Stage  Wiring harness  Refer to the
air bag stage 2

circuit for short
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0011-56 Passenger Frontal Stage  The deployable  Re-configure the
2 Deployment Control - device is restraints control
system
retest the system
B0020-11 Left Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
 Air bag squib
component fault the left side air bag
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the left side air bag
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0020-1A Left Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit for short
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0020-2B Left Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the left side air bag
circuit for short
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0020-56 Left Side Air Bag  The deployable  Re-configure the
system
retest the system
B0021-11 Left Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Deployment Control 1 - fault electrical wiring
 Air bag squib
component fault the left curtain air
bag circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
Deployment Control 1 -
circuit short to battery fault electrical wiring

diagrams and check
the left curtain air
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
bag circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0021-1A Left Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new

the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0021-2B Left Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the left curtain air
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0021-56 Left Curtain  The deployable  Re-configure the
Deployment Control 1 - device is restraints control
system
retest the system
B0028-11 Right Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
 Air bag squib
component fault the right side air bag
circuit for short
circuit to groundc
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the right side air bag
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0028-1A Right Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit for short
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0028-2B Right Side Air Bag  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the right side air bag
circuit for short
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0028-56 Right Side Air Bag  The deployable  Re-configure the
system
retest the system
B0029-11 Right Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the
 Air bag squib
component fault the right curtain air
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check

and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the right curtain air
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Air bag squib
component fault the right curtain air
bag circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0029-1A Right Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the

Circuit resistance below  Air bag squib diagrams and check
threshold component fault the right curtain air
circuit between the
power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0029-2B Right Curtain  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the right curtain air
circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0029-56 Right Curtain  The deployable  Re-configure the
Deployment Control 1 - device is restraints control
system
retest the system
B0050-11 Driver Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - circuit short to fault electrical wiring
 Safety belt sensor
internal fault the driver safety belt
sensor hall switch

signal circuit for
short circuit to
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
harness faults, check
switch circuit in the
buckle, replace
buckle as required
battery diagrams and check
the driver safety belt
sensor hall switch
signal circuit for
short circuit to
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
Sensor - circuit open fault electrical wiring
 Safety belt sensor diagrams and check
sensor hall switch
signal circuit for
open circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
buckle, replace
buckle as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0050-1D Driver Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - circuit current fault electrical wiring
out of range diagrams and check
sensor hall switch
signal circuit for
short circuit to
ground, short circuit
to power, open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
buckle, replace
buckle as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0050-2B Driver Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - signal cross fault electrical wiring
coupled diagrams and check
the driver safety belt
sensor hall switch
signal circuit for
short circuit to
another hall switch
circuit
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0050-56 Driver Safety Belt  The sensing device  Re-configure the

Sensor - is connected but restraints control
invalid/incomplete not configured module using the
configuration correctly manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B0052-11 Passenger Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
internal fault the passenger safety
belt sensor hall
switch signal circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
buckle, replace
buckle as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the passenger safety
belt sensor hall
power
detected, repair or
replace as required

Sensor - circuit open fault electrical wiring
 Safety belt sensor diagrams and check
belt sensor hall
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
buckle, replace
buckle as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0052-1D Passenger Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - circuit current fault electrical wiring
out of range diagrams and check
belt sensor hall
to power, open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
buckle, replace
buckle as required

policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B0052-2B Passenger Safety Belt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - signal cross fault electrical wiring
the passenger safety
belt sensor hall
another hall switch
circuit
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0052-56 Passenger Safety Belt  The sensing device  Re-configure the
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B0090-11 Left Frontal Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the left front side
impact sensor circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
battery or open diagrams and check
the left front side

high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0090-56 Left Frontal Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
Sensor - invalid serial fault electrical wiring
data received diagrams and check
 Sensor fault
the left front side
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B0090-96 Left Frontal Restraints  Internal  Install a new sensor,
Sensor - component component failure clear the DTC and
internal failure retest the system
B0092-11 Left Side Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor 2 - circuit short fault electrical wiring
to ground diagrams and check
the left rear side
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required

to battery or open diagrams and check
the left rear side
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0092-56 Left Side Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Sensor 2 - is connected but restraints control
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
Sensor 2 - invalid serial fault electrical wiring
 Sensor fault
the left rear side
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B0092-96 Left Side Restraints  Internal  Install a new sensor,
Sensor 2 - component component failure clear the DTC and
B0095-11 Right Frontal Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the right front side
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
battery or open diagrams and check
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0095-56 Right Frontal Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
Sensor - invalid serial fault electrical wiring
 Sensor fault
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B0095-96 Right Frontal Restraints  Internal  Install a new sensor,
Sensor - component component failure clear the DTC and
B0097-11 Right Side Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the

the right rear side
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
to battery or open diagrams and check
the right rear side
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B0097-56 Right Side Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Sensor 2 - is connected but restraints control
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
Sensor 2 - invalid serial fault electrical wiring
 Sensor fault
the right rear side
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B0097-96 Right Side Restraints  Internal  Install a new sensor,
Sensor 2 - component component failure clear the DTC and

B00B5-11 Driver Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Position Restraints fault electrical wiring
Sensor - circuit short to diagrams and check
ground  Seat position
sensor internal the drivers seat
fault position sensor
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Check and install
new seat position
sensor as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
battery the drivers seat
position sensor
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
Sensor - circuit open diagrams and check
 Seat position
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
new seat position
sensor as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00B5-1D Driver Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - circuit current diagrams and check
out of range  Seat position
circuit for short
circuit to ground,
short circuit to
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new seat
position sensor as
required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00B5-2B Driver Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - signal cross diagrams and check
coupled the drivers seat

position sensor
circuit for short
circuit to another
sensing device
detected, repair or
replace as required
B00B5-56 Driver Seat Track  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Position Restraints is connected but restraints control
Sensor - not configured module using the
invalid/incomplete correctly manufacturer
configuration approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B00C5-11 Passenger Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
ground  Seat position
sensor internal the passenger seat
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
new seat position
sensor as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
battery the passenger seat
position sensor
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
Sensor - circuit open diagrams and check
 Seat position
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
new seat position
sensor as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00C5-1D Passenger Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - circuit current diagrams and check
out of range  Seat position
circuit for short
circuit to ground,
short circuit to
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new seat
position sensor as
required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00C5-2B Passenger Seat Track  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Sensor - signal cross diagrams and check
coupled the passenger seat
position sensor
circuit for short
circuit to another
sensing device
detected, repair or
replace as required
B00C5-56 Passenger Seat Track  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Position Restraints is connected but restraints control
Sensor - not configured module using the
invalid/incomplete correctly manufacturer
configuration approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B00D2-01 Restraint System  A problem with  Check the instrument
Malfunction Indicator 1 the restraint cluster for relevant
- general electrical system warning DTCs and refer to
failure lamp was reported the DTC index for
through the CAN that module
network by the
instrument cluster
B00D5-11 Restraint System  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Passenger Disable fault electrical wiring
Indicator - circuit short diagrams and check
to ground  Overhead console
fault the airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
 If no wiring fault is
detected, check the
overhead console
passenger airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for short
circuit to ground. If a
wiring fault is
detected, repair or
replace as required
Indicator - circuit short diagrams and check
to battery  Overhead console
fault the airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for short
circuit to power
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check the
overhead console
passenger airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for short
circuit to power. If a
wiring fault is
detected, repair or
replace as required
Indicator - circuit open diagrams and check
 Overhead console
fault the airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check the

overhead console
passenger airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance. If a
wiring fault is
detected, repair or
replace as required
B00D5-56 Restraint System  The indicator  Re-configure the
Passenger Disable device is restraints control
Indicator - connected but not module using the
invalid/incomplete configured manufacturer
configuration correctly approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
 Check the integrity
of the airbag
deactivation lamp
circuit wiring
harness and check
that harness
connectors are
correctly seated and
not mis-pinned
B00DF-11 Passenger Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Disable Switch - circuit fault electrical wiring
short to ground diagrams and check
 Switch fault
the passenger airbag
disable switch circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check and
install new passenger
airbag disable switch
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
short to battery diagrams and check
 Switch fault
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check and
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
 Switch fault
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check and
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00DF-1D Passenger Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
current out of range diagrams and check
 Switch fault
to power, open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
detected, check and
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B00DF-2B Passenger Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Disable Switch- signal fault electrical wiring
cross coupled diagrams and check
another device
detected, repair or
replace as required
B00DF-56 Passenger Restraints  The switch is  Re-configure the
Disable Switch - connected but not restraints control
invalid/incomplete configured module using the
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B00DF-95 Passenger Restraints  The switch is  Re-configure the
Disable Switch - connected but not restraints control
incorrect assembly configured module using the
correctly manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
retest the system
B1001-11 Right Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Control - circuit short to fault electrical wiring
 Right side hood
latch actuator the right side hood
component fault actuator circuit for
short circuit to
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the right side hood

actuator circuit for
short circuit to
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
Control - open circuit fault electrical wiring
 Right side hood diagrams and check
open circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1001-1A Right Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Control - circuit fault electrical wiring
resistance below diagrams and check
threshold  Right side hood
short circuit between
the power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator

policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1001-2B Right Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Control - signal cross fault electrical wiring
the right side hood
short circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1001-56 Right Hood Deployment  The deployable  Re-configure the
Control - device is device using the
invalid/incomplete connected but not manufacturer
configuration configured approved diagnostic
correctly system
retest the system
B1003-11 Left Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
 Left side hood
latch actuator the left side hood
short circuit to
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
the left side hood
short circuit to
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
Control - open circuit fault electrical wiring
 Left side hood diagrams and check
open circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1003-1A Left Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Control - circuit fault electrical wiring
resistance below diagrams and check
threshold  Left side hood
short circuit between
the power and return
circuit lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
hood latch actuator
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1003-2B Left Hood Deployment  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Control - signal cross fault electrical wiring
the left side hood
short circuits to other
firing circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1003-56 Left Hood Deployment  The deployable  Re-configure the
Control - device is device using the
invalid/incomplete connected but not manufacturer
configuration configured approved diagnostic
correctly system
retest the system
B1004-11 Right Frontal Impact  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Classification Sensor - fault electrical wiring
 Right side
accelerometer the right side
fault accelerometer circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
right side pedestrian
protection
accelerometer
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
circuit short to battery or diagrams and check
open the right side
accelerometer circuit
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1004-56 Right Frontal Impact  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Classification Sensor - is connected but device using the
invalid/incomplete not configured manufacturer
system

retest the system
invalid serial data diagrams and check
received  Right side
accelerometer the right side
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new right
side pedestrian
protection
accelerometer, clear
the DTC and retest
the system
B1004-96 Right Frontal Impact  Internal  Install a new sensor,
Classification Sensor - component failure clear the DTC and
component internal retest the system
failure
B1005-11 Left Frontal Impact  Wiring harness  Refer to the
 Left side
accelerometer the left side
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new left
side pedestrian
protection
accelerometer
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
open the left side
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1005-56 Left Frontal Impact  The sensing device  Re-configure the
system
retest the system
invalid serial data diagrams and check
received  Left side
accelerometer the left side
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new left
side pedestrian
protection
the DTC and retest
the system
B1005-96 Left Frontal Impact  Internal  Install a new sensor,
failure
B1006-11 Center Frontal Impact  Wiring harness  Refer to the

 Central front
accelerometer the center
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
center pedestrian
protection
accelerometer
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1006-15 Center Frontal Impact  Wiring harness  Refer to the
open the center front
high resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1006-56 Center Frontal Impact  The sensing device  Re-configure the
system
retest the system
B1006-81 Center Frontal Impact
Classification Sensor -  Wiring harness  Refer to the

invalid serial data fault electrical wiring
received diagrams and check
 Central front
accelerometer the center
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
center pedestrian
protection
the DTC and retest
the system
B1006-96 Center Frontal Impact  Internal  Install a new sensor,
failure
B1193-00 Crash Event Storage  The restraints  Install a new
Full and Locked - no sub control module has restraints control
type information stored crash events module
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B11A0-11 Left Side Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Pressure Sensor - circuit fault electrical wiring
 Impact sensor fault
the left side impact
pressure sensor
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
impact pressure
sensor
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
short to battery or open diagrams and check
pressure sensor
circuit for short
circuit to power,
open circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B11A0-56 Left Side Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Pressure Sensor - is connected but device using the
system
retest the system
Pressure Sensor - invalid fault electrical wiring
serial data received diagrams and check
pressure sensor
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required

and install new
impact pressure
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B11A0-96 Left Side Restraints  Internal  Install a new impact
Pressure Sensor - component failure pressure sensor,
component internal clear the DTC and
failure retest the system
B11A1-11 Right Side Restraints  Wiring harness  Refer to the
the right side impact
pressure sensor
circuit for short
circuit to ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
impact pressure
sensor
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
short to battery or open diagrams and check
pressure sensor
circuit for short
circuit to power,
open circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B11A1-56 Right Side Restraints  The sensing device  Re-configure the
Pressure Sensor - is connected but device using the
system
retest the system
Pressure Sensor - invalid fault electrical wiring
serial data received diagrams and check
pressure sensor
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
and install new
impact pressure
sensor, clear the
DTC and retest the
system
B11A1-96 Right Side Restraints  Internal  Install a new impact
Pressure Sensor - component failure pressure sensor,
component internal clear the DTC and
failure retest the system
B11D8-11 Restraint Event  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Notification - circuit fault electrical wiring
the airbag deployed
notification circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
short to battery diagrams and check

the airbag deployed
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
the airbag deployed
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
B11D8-68 Restraint Event  Event information  The pedestrian
Notification - event - left and right impact protection
information hood deployed system has deployed.
Install new modules
and components as
required
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1212-11 Driver Safetybelt Buckle  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Pretensioner fault electrical wiring
Deployment Control - diagrams and check
circuit short to ground  Pretensioner
component fault the driver
pretensioner circuit
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check

and install a new
driver
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
circuit short to battery the driver
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
circuit open  Pretensioner
resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
driver
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1212-1A Driver Safetybelt Buckle  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit resistance below  Pretensioner
threshold pretensioner circuit
for short circuit
between the power
and return circuit
lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
driver
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1212-2B Driver Safetybelt Buckle  Wiring harness  Refer to the
signal cross coupled the driver
other deployment
circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1212-56 Driver Safetybelt Buckle  The deployable  Re-configure the
Pretensioner device is device using the

Deployment Control - connected but not manufacturer
invalid/incomplete configured approved diagnostic
configuration correctly system
retest the system
B1213-11 Passenger Safetybelt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
Buckle Pretensioner fault electrical wiring
circuit short to ground  Pretensioner
component fault the front passenger
ground
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
passenger
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
circuit short to battery the front passenger
power
detected, repair or
replace as required
 Pretensioner
circuit open component fault the front passenger

resistance
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
passenger
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1213-1A Passenger Safetybelt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
circuit resistance below  Pretensioner
component fault the front passenger
threshold pretensioner circuit
for short circuit
between the power
and return circuit
lines
detected, repair or
replace as required
are detected check
and install a new
passenger
pretensioner/buckle
switch assembly.
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
B1213-2B Passenger Safetybelt  Wiring harness  Refer to the
signal cross coupled the front passenger
other deployment
circuits
detected, repair or
replace as required
B1213-56 Passenger Safetybelt  The deployable  Re-configure the
Buckle Pretensioner device is device using the
Deployment Control - connected but not manufacturer
invalid/incomplete configured approved diagnostic
configuration correctly system
retest the system
P0071-29 Ambient Air  Ambient air  Check the engine
Temperature Sensor temperature control module for
Range/Performance - readings received related DTCs and
signal invalid via CAN network refer to the relevant
are invalid DTC index
P1934-29 Vehicle Speed Signal -  Vehicle speed  Check the ABS
signal invalid readings received module for related
via CAN network DTCs and refer to
are invalid the relevant DTC
index
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  High speed CAN  Refer to the
Communication Bus - failure - bus off electrical circuit
bus off diagrams and check
the high speed CAN
bus for short circuit
to ground, short
circuit to power,
open circuit, high
resistance
U0100-00 Lost communication  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
with ECM/PCM 'A' - no communication electrical circuit
sub type information with engine diagrams and check

control module the power and
ground connections
to the engine control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
engine control
module and the
restraints control
module
 Check the engine
control module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
with TCM - no sub type communication electrical circuit
information with transmission diagrams and check
control module the power and
ground connections
to the transmission
control module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
module and the
restraints control
module
 Check the
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
with cruise control communication electrical circuit
module - no sub type with speed control diagrams and check
information module the power and
ground connections
to the speed control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
speed control
module and the
restraints control
module
 Check the speed
control module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
with Anti-lock Brake communication electrical circuit
System (ABS) control with ABS control diagrams and check
module - no sub type module the power and
to the ABS control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN

network between the
ABS control module
and the restraints
control module
 Check the ABS
control module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
with Body Control communication electrical circuit
Module - no sub type with central diagrams and check
information junction box the power and
ground connections
to the central
junction box
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
and the restraints
control module
 Check the central
junction box for
related DTCs and
DTC index
with Body Control communication electrical circuit
Module B - no sub type with rear junction diagrams and check
information box the power and
ground connections
to the rear junction
box
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
rear junction box and
the restraints control
module
 Check the rear
junction box for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U0154-00 Lost Communication  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
With Restraints communication electrical circuit
Occupant Classification with occupant diagrams and check
System Module - no sub classification the power and
type information system module ground connections
to the occupant
classification system
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
occupant
module and the
restraints control
module
 Check the occupant
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
With Instrument Panel communication electrical circuit
Cluster (IPC) Control with instrument diagrams and check

Module - No sub type cluster the power and
to the instrument
cluster
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
instrument cluster
and the restraints
control module
 Check the instrument
cluster for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Central junction  Re-configure the
Software Incompatibility box car central junction box
- no sub type configuration data using the
information is not compatible manufacturer
with the restraints approved diagnostic
control module system. Clear DTC
 Master car and re-test
configuration file  If fault persists,
not being check and install a
transmitted by new restraints
central junction control module
box  Refer to the warranty
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U0455-56 Invalid Data Received  Car configuration  Check that the
From Restraints file is incorrect vehicle specification
Occupant Classification
System Module -  Incorrect seat matches the car

invalid/incomplete installed configuration file
configuration  Check if the seat has
an occupant
classification sensor
 Check the correct car
configuration file is
loaded into the
restraints control
module
 Install the correct car
configuration file,
clear the DTC and
retest the system
U0455-64 Invalid Data Received  Occupant  Check the occupant U0455-
From Restraints classification classification system 92
Occupant Classification system sending control module for
System Module - signal indeterminate related DTCs and
plausibility failure status data refer to the relevant
DTC index
 Clear the DTCs in
the restraints control
module and retest
the system
U0455-93 Invalid Data Received  No operation of  Check the occupant
From Restraints occupant classification system
Occupant Classification classification control module for
System Module - no system reported by related DTCs and
operation occupant refer to the relevant
classification DTC index
system control  Clear the DTCs in
module the restraints control
module and retest
the system
U0455-95 Invalid Data Received  The occupant  Verify components
From Restraints classification installed are correct
Occupant Classification system control for this vehicle.
System Module - module is Check if the seat is
incorrect assembly programmed with correct, check the
a different occupant
calibration from classification system
that contained in control module and
the restraints the restraints control
control module module are valid and
correctly
programmed
U1A14-46 CAN Initialisation  Restraints control  Clear DTC and
Failure - module internal retest. If fault
calibration/parameter fault - corrupt non- persists, check and
memory failure volatile memory install a new
restraints control
module
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U201A-57 Control Module Main  Restraints control  Re-configure the
Calibration Data - module not restraints control
invalid/incomplete programmed module using the
software component correctly manufacturer
 Car configuration approved diagnostic
file - Model year system. Clear DTC
and/or vehicle type and re-test
set incorrectly
U201B-57 Control Module Main  Restraints control  Re-configure the
Calibration Data #2 - module not restraints control
invalid/incomplete programmed module using the
software component correctly manufacturer
 Car configuration approved diagnostic
file - Parameter system. Clear DTC
settings invalid and re-test
U2100-00 Initial Configuration Not  Restraints control  Configure the
Complete - No sub type module not restraints control
information correctly module using the
configured manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTC
and re-test
U2101-00 Control Module  Restraints control  Configure the
Configuration module not restraints control
Incompatible - no sub correctly module using the
type information configured manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTC

and re-test
U2200-00 Control Module  Restraints control  Re-configure the
Configuration Memory module restraints control
Corrupt - no sub type configuration module using the
information memory fault manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTC
and re-test
U2300-54 Central Configuration -  Configuration  Check/amend the car
missing calibration missing configuration file
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U3000-46 Control module -  Restraints control  Clear DTC and
calibration/parameter module internal retest. If fault
memory failure fault - corrupt non- persists, check and
volatile memory install a new
restraints control
module
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U3000-49 Control module -  Restraints control  Clear DTC and
internal electronic module internal retest. If fault
failure fault persists, check and
install a new
restraints control
module
policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U3002-51 Vehicle Identification  Restraints control  Re-configure the
Number - not module not restraints control
programmed programmed module using the
correctly manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear DTC
and re-test
U3003-17 Battery voltage - circuit  Circuit voltage >  Refer to relevant
voltage above threshold 16 volts threshold section of workshop
manual and battery
care manual. Check
battery state of
charge and
starting/charging
system performance
U3003-62 Battery voltage - signal  Signal compare  Refer to relevant
compare failure failure section of workshop
 Restraints control manual and battery
module voltage care manual. Check
differs more than battery state of
±2V compared to charge and
central electronics starting/charging
module voltage system performance.
Check power supply
circuit from central
junction box to
restraints control
module
wiring diagrams and
check the power and
ground supply
circuits to the
module. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
DTC: SATELLITE DIGITAL AUDIO RADIO SYSTEM MODULE (SARM)
Satellite Radio Module (SARM)



into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged on the satellite radio module, for
information, refer to INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM .

B1A89-01 Satellite Antenna -  Wiring harness fault  Refer to the electrical
general electrical failure - Coaxial cable circuit diagrams and
between satellite check satellite digital

radio module and audio radio antenna
the satellite antenna coaxial cable for short
 Internal electronic circuit to ground, short
failure - Satellite circuit to power, open
digital audio radio circuit, high
antenna resistance. Repair
wiring harness as
 Internal electronic required, clear DTC
failure - Satellite and retest
radio module
and install a new
satellite digital audio
radio antenna
and install a new
satellite radio module
programme is in
module/component
B1A89-11 Satellite Antenna -  Satellite antenna  Refer to the electrical
circuit short to ground circuit - short to circuit diagrams and
ground check satellite antenna
to ground. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
circuit short to battery circuit - short to circuit diagrams and
power check satellite antenna
to power. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
circuit open circuit - open circuit diagrams and
circuit, high check satellite antenna
resistance circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
U3000-04 Control Module -  System internal  Check and install a
system internal failures failure new satellite radio
module as required.
programme is in
module/component
U3000-4A Control Module -  Satellite radio  Using the
incorrect component module - Incorrect manufacturer
installed component installed approved diagnostic
 Car configuration system select the
mismatch vehicle configuration
main menu>vehicle
configuration>display
and modify the
file data
 Check update as
required
U3000-55 Control Module - not  Satellite radio  Using the
configured module - Incorrect manufacturer
component installed approved diagnostic
 Incorrect car system select the
configuration file vehicle configuration
data received main menu>select
configure existing
modules menu and
program the satellite
radio module
U3000-87 Control Module -  The satellite radio  Using the
missing message module has not manufacturer
received the approved diagnostic
configuration file system check that the
 Master module not satellite radio module
transmitting is configured correctly
configuration file  Check that the
configuration file is
being transmitted by
the master module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
MOST network
integrity test
U3000-98 Control Module -  Satellite radio  Check for possible
component or system module cooling causes of the satellite
over temperature vents obstructed radio module
 Wiring harness fault overheating. Check
that the ventilation is
 Internal electronic not obstructed
failure
 Check for short circuit
related DTCs. Refer to
diagrams and check
ground circuit for high
resistance. Check
antenna circuit for
short to power or
ground. Repair wiring
harness as required.
 Check for internal
electronic failure
related DTCs
and install a new
satellite radio module.
programme is in
module/component
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  Signal compare  Refer to relevant
compare failure failure section of workshop
 Satellite radio manual and battery
module voltage care manual. Check
differs more than battery state of charge
±2V compared to and starting/charging

rear junction box system performance.
voltage Check power supply
circuit from rear
junction box to
satellite radio module
check the power and
ground supply circuits
to the module. Repair
wiring harness as
required. Clear DTC
and retest
DTC: SPEED CONTROL MODULE (CCM)
Speed Control Module (CCM)

NOTE: When probing connectors to take measurements in the course of the pinpoint
tests, use the adaptor kit, part number 3548-1358-00
into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Speed Control Module,
for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section. For additional
information, refer to SPEED CONTROL for 5.0L or SPEED CONTROL for 4.2L .
DTC Description Possible causes Action

B1A84-81 Car Configuration NOTE:  Using the
Data - invalid serial Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
data received (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
Instrument Pack (IPC) system re-configure
displays warning
message ""Cruise Not
the Central Junction
Available"" Box (CJB) Car
Configuration File
(CCF), clear the
 Incorrect Car
DTC and retest the
Configuration File
system
(CCF) parameters
in the Central
Junction Box (CJB)
C1A67-54 Forward Looking NOTE:  Refer to the relevant
Sensor - missing Adaptive Cruise Control section of the
calibration (ACC) is disabled and workshop manual
Instrument Pack (IPC) and carry out speed
displays warning
control sensor
Available"" alignment procedure
 Investigate for signs
 The radar may be of mild impact
horizontally damage around radar
misaligned. This and mounting
DTC will clear bracket
when the speed
control sensor is
correctly aligned
C1A67-87 Forward Looking NOTE:  Using the
Sensor - missing Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
message (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
Instrument Pack (IPC) system clear the
displays warning
DTC and retest. If
Available"" the DTC remains
 Internal check and install

communication Speed Control
error between DSP Module (CCM) as
and Host required. Refer to the
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
C1A67-96 Forward Looking NOTE:  Install speed control
Sensor - component Adaptive Cruise Control sensor as required.
internal failure (ACC) is disabled and Refer to the
Instrument Pack (IPC) Warranty Policy and
displays warning
Procedures manual,
Available"" or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
 Speed control
operation, prior to
sensor
unreasonable radar
new
data
module/component
C1A67-97 Forward Looking NOTE:  Check and clear any
Sensor - component or Adaptive Cruise Control obstructions from the
system operation (ACC) is disabled and speed control sensor.
obstructed or blocked Instrument Pack (IPC) Clear the DTC and
displays warning
message ""Sensor
retest
Blocked""  If the speed control
sensor is not
 Speed control obstructed, check the
sensor is obstructed sensor alignment.
by heavy rain/snow Refer to the relevant
or paint protection section of the
coverings workshop manual
and carry out speed
 Speed control
control sensor
sensor may be
alignment procedure.
misaligned
Clear the DTC and
 This DTC may also retest
be set by roads with
 This fault will be
few side features
cleared automatically
for example fences,
when environmental
posts and signs
conditions allow
C1A67-98 Forward Looking NOTE:  Clear the DTC, allow

Sensor - component or Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle to cool down
system over (ACC) is disabled and and retest
temperature Instrument Pack (IPC)
displays warning  Consider the
message ""Cruise Not atmospheric
Available"" conditions before
suspecting the
 Speed control component
sensor is over  This fault will be
temperature cleared automatically
when environmental
conditions allow
P174E-29 Output Shaft Speed / NOTE:  Check the Anti-Lock
ABS Wheel Speed Adaptive Cruise Control Brake System (ABS)
Correlation - signal (ACC) is disabled and control module for
invalid Instrument Pack (IPC) DTCs and refer to
displays warning
the relevant DTC
Available"" index
 Speed Control retest the system
Module (CCM) has
received greater
than expected
wheel speed data
from the Anti-Lock
Brake System
(ABS) control
module
U0001-88 High Speed CAN NOTE:  Clear the DTC and
Communication Bus - Adaptive Cruise Control retest the system.
bus off (ACC) is disabled and Refer to the electrical
Instrument Pack (IPC) circuit diagrams and
displays warning
check high speed
Available"" CAN bus for short to
ground, short to
 High speed CAN
short between CAN
bus circuit short to
high and CAN low
ground, short to
power, open circuit
 High speed CAN
bus circuit, short
between CAN high
and CAN low
U0100-00 Lost Communication NOTE:  Using the
With ECM/PCM Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer

""A"" - no sub type (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
information Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning Engine Control
message ""Cruise Not Module (ECM) for
Available""
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
 CAN harness link Index
between Speed
Control Module  Using the
(CCM) and Engine manufacturer
Control Module approved diagnostic
(ECM) network system, carry out
malfunction network integrity test
 The Speed Control  Refer to the electrical
Module (CCM) has circuit diagrams and
not received the check Engine
expected CAN Control Module
signal from the (ECM) power and
Engine Control ground circuits for
Module (ECM) open circuit
within the specified  Clear the DTC and
time interval retest the system.
Check CAN harness
between Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and Engine
Control Module
(ECM), repair as
necessary
with TCM - no sub Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
type information (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning
Transmission
Available"" Control Module
(TCM) for DTCs and
 CAN harness link
DTC Index
between Speed
(CCM) and manufacturer
Transmission approved diagnostic
Control Module system, carry out
(TCM) network network integrity test
malfunction  Refer to the electrical
 The Speed Control circuit diagrams and
check Transmission
Module (CCM) has Control Module

not received the (TCM) power and
expected CAN ground circuits for
signal from the open circuit
Transmission  Clear the DTC and
Control Module retest the system.
(TCM) within the Check CAN harness
specified time between Speed
interval Control Module
(CCM) and
Transmission
Control Module
(TCM), repair as
necessary
With Gear Shift Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Control Module A - no (ACC) will function as approved diagnostic
sub type information normal system, check Gear
Shift Control Module
 CAN harness link (GSM) for DTCs and
between Speed refer to the relevant
Control Module DTC Index
(CCM) and Gear  Using the
Shift Control manufacturer
Module (GSM) approved diagnostic
network system, carry out
Module (CCM) has circuit diagrams and
not received the check Gear Shift
expected CAN Control Module
signal from the (GSM) power and
Gear Shift Control ground circuits for
Module (GSM) open circuit
within the specified
time interval  Clear the DTC and
retest the system.
Check CAN harness
between Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and Gear
Shift Control Module
(GSM), repair as
necessary
With Anti-Lock Brake Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
System (ABS) Control
Module - no sub type (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic

information Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check Anti-
displays warning Lock Brake System
message ""Cruise Not (ABS) Control
Available"" Module for DTCs
and refer to the
 CAN harness link relevant DTC Index
between Speed
 Using the
Control Module
manufacturer
(CCM) and Anti-
approved diagnostic
Lock Brake System
system, carry out
(ABS) Control
Module network
 The Speed Control
check Anti-Lock
Module (CCM) has
Brake System (ABS)
not received the
Control Module
expected CAN
power and ground
signal from the
circuits for open
Anti-Lock Brake
circuit
System (ABS)
Control Module  Clear the DTC and
within the specified retest the system.
time interval Check CAN harness
between Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and Anti-
Lock Brake System
(ABS) Control
Module, repair as
necessary
With Park Brake Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Control Module - no (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
sub type information Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning
Parking Brake
Available"" Module (PBM) for
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
Index
between Speed
(CCM) and Parking manufacturer
Brake Module approved diagnostic
(PBM) network system, carry out
Module (CCM) has check Parking Brake

not received the Module (PBM)
expected CAN power and ground
signal from the circuits for open
Parking Brake circuit
Module (PBM)  Clear the DTC and
within the specified retest the system.
time interval Check CAN harness
between Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and Parking
Brake Module
(PBM), repair as
necessary
With Restraints Adaptive cruise control manufacturer
Control Module - no is disabled and approved diagnostic
sub type information instrument pack system, check
displays warning
restraints control
Available"" module for
diagnostic trouble
codes and refer to the
relevant diagnostic
between speed
trouble code index
control module and
restraints control  Using the
module network manufacturer
malfunction approved diagnostic
system, carry out
 The speed control
module has not
received the  Refer to the electrical
expected CAN circuit diagrams and
signal from the check restraints
restraints control control module
module within the power and ground
specified time circuits for open
interval circuit, high
resistance
retest the system.
Check CAN harness
between speed
control module and
restraints control
module, repair as
necessary
U0155-00 Lost Communication
With Instrument Panel NOTE:  Using the

Cluster (IPC) Control Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Module - no sub type (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
information Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning
Instrument Cluster
Available"" (IPC) for DTCs and
DTC Index
between Speed  Using the
Control Module manufacturer
(CCM) and approved diagnostic
Instrument Cluster system, carry out
(IPC) network network integrity test
 The Speed Control circuit diagrams and
Module (CCM) has check Instrument
not received the Cluster (IPC) power
expected CAN and ground circuits
signal from the for open circuit
Instrument Cluster  Clear the DTC and
(IPC) within the retest the system.
specified time Check CAN harness
interval between Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and
Instrument Cluster
(IPC), repair as
necessary
U017E-00 Lost Communication NOTE:  Using the
With Seatbelt Adaptive cruise control manufacturer
Pretensioner Module is disabled and approved diagnostic
'A' - no sub type instrument pack system, check
information displays warning
seatbelt pretensioner
Available"" module 'A' for
diagnostic trouble
relevant diagnostic
between speed
trouble code index
control module and
seatbelt  Using the
pretensioner manufacturer
module 'A' network approved diagnostic
malfunction system, carry out
module has not  Refer to the electrical
received the circuit diagrams and
expected CAN check seatbelt

signal from the pretensioner module
seatbelt 'A' power and ground
pretensioner circuits for open
module 'A' within circuit
the specified time  Clear the DTC and
interval retest the system.
Check CAN harness
between speed
control module and
module 'A', repair as
necessary
U017F-00 Lost Communication NOTE:  Using the
With Seatbelt Adaptive cruise control manufacturer
Pretensioner Module is disabled and approved diagnostic
'B' - no sub type instrument pack system, check
information displays warning
Available"" module 'B' for
diagnostic trouble
relevant diagnostic
between speed
trouble code index
control module and
seatbelt  Using the
pretensioner manufacturer
module 'B' network approved diagnostic
malfunction system, carry out
module has not  Refer to the electrical
received the circuit diagrams and
expected CAN check seatbelt
signal from the pretensioner module
seatbelt 'B' power and ground
pretensioner circuits for open
module 'B' within circuit
the specified time  Clear the DTC and
interval retest the system.
Check CAN harness
between speed
control module and
module 'B', repair as
necessary
U0300-00 Internal Control NOTE:  Using the
Module Software Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Incompatibility - no
sub type information (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic

Instrument Pack (IPC) system check/amend
displays warning the Car
message ""Cruise Not Configuration File
Available"" (CCF)
 Car configuration
signal not received
 Car Configuration
File (CCF)
incorrect
U0300-55 Internal Control NOTE:  Using the
Module Software Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Incompatibility - not (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
configured Instrument Pack (IPC) system check/amend
displays warning
the Car
Available"". Module not Configuration File
configured (CCF)
 Car configuration
signal not received
File (CCF)
incorrect
U0305-4A Software NOTE:  Clear the diagnostic
Incompatibility with Adaptive cruise control trouble code and
Cruise Control is disabled and retest. If fault
Module - incorrect instrument pack persists, suspect
component installed displays warning
message ""ACC not
incorrect speed
available"". Module not control module
configured installed. Check and
install correct/new
 The incorrect speed module as required.
control module has Refer to the warranty
been installed policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U0401-00 Invalid Data Received NOTE:  Clear the DTC and
From ECM/PCM - no Adaptive Cruise Control retest
sub type information (ACC) is disabled and
 Using the
Instrument Pack (IPC) manufacturer

displays warning approved diagnostic
message ""Cruise Not system, check
Available"" Engine Control
Module (ECM) for
 The Engine Control DTCs and refer to
Module (ECM) did the relevant DTC
not respond Index
correctly to the
ACC cancel request
 The Engine Control
Module (ECM) did
not respond
correctly to the
ACC auto brake
cancel request
U0401-67 Invalid Data Received NOTE:  Using the
From ECM/PCM - Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
signal incorrect after (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
event Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning
Engine Control
Available"" Module (ECM) for
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
Index
Module (ECM) did
not respond
correctly to the
ACC resume active
request
From ECM/PCM - Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
invalid serial data (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
received Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
displays warning
Engine Control
Available"" Module (ECM) for
DTCs and refer to U0415-
the relevant DTC 53
Index
Module (ECM) has
inhibited the
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
From Anti-Lock Brake Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
System Control (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
Module - invalid serial Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check Anti-
data received displays warning Lock Brake System

message ""Cruise Not (ABS) Control
Available"" Module for DTCs
and refer to the
 The Anti-Lock relevant DTC Index
Brake System
(ABS) Control
Module has
inhibited the
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
From Park Brake Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Control Module - (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
signal incorrect after Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
event displays warning
Parking Brake
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
 The Parking Brake
Index
Module (PBM) did
not respond
correctly to the
ACC EPB apply
request
From Park Brake Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
invalid serial data Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
received displays warning
Parking Brake
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
 The Parking Brake
Index
Module (PBM) has
inhibited the
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
From Brake System Instrument Pack (IPC) manufacturer
Control Module - displays warning approved diagnostic
event information message ""CMbB system, check Anti-
disabled and Forward
Alert Not Available""
Lock Brake System
(ABS) Control
Module for DTCs
 The ABS Control and refer to the
Module has relevant DTC Index
inhibited Intelligent
Emergency
Braking
(IEB)/Advanced
Emergency Brake
Assist (AEBA)
functions
from Suspension Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Control Module A - (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
invalid serial data Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check Air
Suspension Control
Available"" Module (RLM) for
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
 The Air Suspension
Index
Control Module
(RLM) has
inhibited the
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
From Instrument Panel Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
invalid serial data Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check
Instrument Cluster
Available"" (IPC) for DTCs and
DTC Index
 The Instrument
Cluster (IPC) has
inhibited the
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
 Central Junction
Box (CJB) missing
or not updated
CAN message
U1A00-88 Private NOTE:  The Speed Control
Communication Adaptive Cruise Control Module (CCM)
Network - bus off (ACC) is disabled and setting this code has
Instrument Pack (IPC) disabled private
displays warning
CAN transmission
Available""  Using the
manufacturer
 Speed Control approved diagnostic
Module (CCM) system, check for

indicates bus off, other bus off codes
on private CAN  Refer to the electrical
bus circuit diagrams and
check the Speed
Control Module
(CCM) and circuits
 Clear all DTCs and
road test the vehicle
 If the concern
reoccurs contact
Dealer Technical
Support for further
advice. Under no
circumstance should
any parts be replaced
to overcome this
issue
U1A14-49 CAN Initialization NOTE:  Clear DTC and
Failure - internal Adaptive Cruise Control retest. Using the
electronic failure (ACC) is disabled and manufacturer
Instrument Pack (IPC) approved diagnostic
displays warning
system, complete a
Available"" CAN network
integrity test
 Harness Fault -  Refer to the electrical
CAN circuit fault circuit diagrams and
check the power and
ground connections
to the Speed Control
Module (CCM)
check the CAN
network
U2101-00 Control Module NOTE:  Using the
Configuration Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Incompatible - no sub (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
type information Instrument Pack (IPC) system check/amend
displays warning
the Car
Available"" Configuration File
(CCF)
File (CCF) mis-
match
U2107-00 Collision Mitigation NOTE:  Confirm the

By Braking - no sub This diagnostic trouble customer complaint
type information code is for information and vehicle usage at
only and indicates that the time of
the intelligent
emergency braking
diagnostic trouble
system has been code event
activated  Note details of
diagnostic trouble
 Intelligent code. Clear
emergency braking diagnostic trouble
system activation code and retest. If
has been recorded diagnostic trouble
 Vehicle has been code is present
involved in without any vehicle
collision front damage,
contact dealer
technical support
 Inspect vehicle for
front end damage. If
damage has occurred
to front end, inspect
radar/radar mounting
bracket for damage
and replace as
necessary. Refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U3000-41 Control Module - NOTE:  Using the
general checksum Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
failure (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
displays warning
DTC and retest
Available""  If the DTC remains
check and install
 Speed Control Speed Control
Module (CCM) Module (CCM) as
internal micro required. Refer to the
controller error Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
general memory Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
failure (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
displays warning
DTC and retest
check and install
internal RAM test required. Refer to the
error Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U3000-44 Control Module data - NOTE:  Using the
memory failure Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
(ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
displays warning
DTC and retest
check and install
internal DSP RAM required. Refer to the
test error Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
U3000-49 Control Module - NOTE:
internal electronic Adaptive Cruise Control  Using the

failure (ACC) is disabled and manufacturer
Instrument Pack (IPC)
displays warning
approved diagnostic
message ""Cruise Not system clear the
Available"" DTC and retest
 If the DTC remains
 Speed Control check and install
Module (CCM) Speed Control
internal clock error Module (CCM) as
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component
circuit / component Instrument Pack (IPC) manufacturer
protection time-out displays warning approved diagnostic
message ""CMbB system, check for
disabled and Forward
Alert Not Available""
related DTCs and
DTC Index
 Speed Control
Module (CCM)  Using the
internal protection manufacturer
has been activated approved diagnostic
system clear the
DTC and retest
 If the DTC remains
check and install
Speed Control
Module (CCM) as
Warranty Policy and
Procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new
module/component.
U3000-96 Control Module -
component internal NOTE:  Using the

failure Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
Instrument Pack (IPC) system, check for
displays warning
related DTCs and
Available"" refer to the relevant
DTC Index
 Speed Control  Using the
Module (CCM) manufacturer
hardware ID approved diagnostic
mismatch system clear the
DTC and retest
 If the concern re-
occurs contact Dealer
Technical Support
(DTS)
U3003-16 Battery Voltage - NOTE:  Using the
circuit voltage below Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
threshold (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
Instrument Pack (IPC) system check the
displays warning
value of Datalogger
Available"" signal ECU Power
Supply Voltage
(0xD112)
 Power supply
voltage to the  Refer to the relevant
Speed Control section of the
Module (CCM) is workshop manual
lower than and check vehicle
expected battery and charging
system
check the power and
ground connections
to the Speed Control
Module (CCM)
circuit voltage above Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
threshold (ACC) is disabled and approved diagnostic
displays warning
value of Datalogger
Supply Voltage
(0xD112)
 Power supply
voltage to the  Refer to the relevant
Speed Control section of the

Module (CCM) is workshop manual
higher than and check vehicle
expected battery and charging
system for
overcharging
signal compare failure Adaptive Cruise Control manufacturer
displays warning
value of Datalogger
Supply Voltage
(0xD112)
 Power supply
voltage to the  Refer to the electrical
Speed Control circuit diagrams and
Module (CCM) is check the power and
lower than main ground connections
ECU voltage to the Speed Control
reported on CAN Module (CCM)
DTC: STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE (VIM)
Steering Column Lock Module (VIM)

the donor vehicle.


leads into account.
pinpoint tests.
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Steering Column Lock
For additional information, refer to STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES .

B100D-51 Column Lock  Module not  Configure the
Authorisation - Not programmed Steering Column
programmed Lock Module using
the manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system
B100D-62 Column Lock  Signal compare  Configure the
Authorisation - Signal failure modules using the
compare failure manufacturers
 This DTC will be
logged if the approved diagnostic
encrypted data system. If the
exchange does not problem persists,
match between complete a CAN
Steering Column network integrity test
Lock and the using the
Central Junction manufacturers
Box approved diagnostic
system. Perform an
on demand self-test
and retest
B100D-64 Column Lock  Signal plausibility NOTE:
Authorisation - Signal failure Prior to clearing this DTC,
plausibility failure carry out the Vehicle
 Steering Column Functional Reset
Lock unable to application using the
perform lock action manufacturer approved
 CAN Network fault diagnostic system

 Anti-lock Braking
 Check the
System, Engine
Control Module, serviceability of the
Central Junction steering column and
Box fault lock. Clear the DTC
and retest. If the
problem persists,
carry out CAN
Network Integrity
Test and Module Self
Test using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Alternatively,
refer to the electrical
check CAN Network
B100D-87 Column Lock  Missing message NOTE:
Authorisation - Missing Prior to clearing this DTC,
message  CAN fault
carry out the Vehicle
 No response from Functional Reset
electric steering application using the
column lock control manufacturer approved
module, instrument diagnostic system
cluster, central
junction box  Clear DTC,
 Battery voltage at repeatedly lock and
electric steering unlock car using the
column lock control key fob and retest.
module too low Check for related
 Electric steering relevant DTC index
column lock control
module, instrument  If the fault is cleared,
cluster, central notify the customer
junction box fault that the steering
column lock may fail
to unlock if the
vehicle is parked with
a high steering angle
or with the road
wheel against a curb.
If the column lock is
failing to disengage,
the customer may be
able to rectify this by
wheel while pressing

the engine start
button
 If fault persists,
complete a CAN
using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system. Alternatively,
check CAN circuits
between the central
junction box, the
instrument cluster
and the electronic
steering column lock.
check the central
junction box, the
instrument cluster
and the electronic
steering column lock
power and ground
supply circuits for
short circuit to
to power, open
circuit, high
resistance. Repair
circuit(s) as required.
Clear DTC, perform
an on demand self-
test and retest
that the vehicle
battery supply
voltage is between 9-
16 volts. Rectify as
required
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  Bus off  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus - circuit diagrams and
Bus off check the power and
ground connections

the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  No sub type  Refer to network
Software Incompatibility information communication
- No sub type section of the
information workshop manual.
Clear the DTC and
ensure the vehicle
battery supply
16Volts. Using the
manufacturers
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN integrity test.
Perform an on
demand self-test and
retest
U3000-49 Control Module -  Internal electronic  Refer to network
Internal electronic failure failure detected communication
during self test or section of the
lock/unlock workshop manual.
operation Clear the DTC and
ensure the vehicle
battery supply
16Volts. Perform an
on demand self-test
and if the DTC
returns suspect the
electric steering
column lock, refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect
U3000-87 Control Module -  Configuration  Refer to the electrical
missing message message not circuit diagrams and
received check the power and

ground connections
the manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
diagrams and check
the CAN network.
Check modules are
configured correctly
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  Invalid vehicle  Confirm the correct
Number - Invalid serial identification VIN details are stored
data received number in Steering Column
Lock Module using
the approved
diagnostic system
DTC: TELEVISION MODULE (TVM)
Television Module (TVM)

the donor vehicle

the manufacturer approved diagnostic system)
accurate to three decimal places, and with an up-to-date calibration certificate.
When testing resistance, always take the resistance of the digital multimeter
leads into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
connections and corroded terminals
monitor' tab on the manufacturers approved diagnostic system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the television module, for
information, refer to INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM .

B1A56-11 Antenna - circuit short to  Antenna 1 signal  Refer to the
ground circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
antenna 1 signal
circuit for short
circuit to ground
B1A56-12 Antenna - circuit short to  Antenna 1 signal  Refer to the
battery circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
to power diagrams and check
antenna 1 signal
circuit for short
circuit to power
B1A56-13 Antenna - circuit open  Antenna 1 signal  Refer to the
circuit, open circuit, electrical circuit
high resistance diagrams and check
antenna 1 signal
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
B1D55-11 Antenna #2 - circuit  Antenna 2 signal  Refer to the
short to ground
circuit, short circuit electrical circuit

antenna 2 signal
circuit for short
circuit to ground
short to battery circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
antenna 2 signal
circuit for short
circuit to power
open circuit, open circuit, electrical circuit
antenna 2 signal
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
B1D56-11 Antenna #3 Circuit -  Antenna 3 signal  Refer to the
circuit short to ground circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
antenna 3 signal
circuit for short
circuit to ground
circuit short to battery circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
antenna 3 signal
circuit for short
circuit to power
circuit open circuit, open circuit, electrical circuit
antenna 3 signal
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
circuit short to ground circuit, short circuit electrical circuit
antenna 4 signal
circuit for short
circuit to ground
circuit short to battery
circuit, short circuit electrical circuit

antenna 4 signal
circuit for short
circuit to power
circuit open circuit, open circuit, electrical circuit
antenna 4 signal
circuit for open
circuit, high
resistance
B1D58-11 Television Output -  Color, video, blank  Refer to the
circuit short to ground and sync signal electrical circuit
circuit output to diagrams and check
touch screen display the color, video,
short circuit to blank and sync
ground signal circuit for
short circuit to
ground
circuit short to battery and sync signal electrical circuit
short circuit to power blank and sync
circuit for short
circuit to power
circuit open and sync signal electrical circuit
open circuit, high blank and sync
resistance signal circuit for
open circuit, high
resistance
U3000-49 Control Module -  Internal  Check and install
internal electronic failure communications new television
error module as required.
Refer to the
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3000-4B Control Module - over  Television module  Check airflow to
temperature internal temperature module, ensure
over 90°C there are no foreign
objects blocking the
airflow to and
around the module.
Clear the DTCs and
retest, if the DTCs
returns suspect an
internal fault.
Replace the
television module as
warranty policy and
procedures manual,
or determine if any
prior approval
programme is in
operation, prior to
new module
U3000-51 Control Module - not  Television module  Using the
programmed not programmed manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, check and
update the television
module software as
required
U3000-54 Control Module -  Television module  Using the
missing calibration missing calibration manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, check and
update the television
module software as
required
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - signal  There is a difference NOTE:
compare failure of more than 2 volts Check other control
between the power modules for battery
supply to the voltage related DTCs
television module
and the battery  If also logged in
voltage value other modules, refer
broadcast on media to the electrical
oriented systems circuit diagrams and
transport check vehicle

charging system and
power distribution
system
 If not logged in
other modules, refer
to the electrical
check the power and
ground supply
circuits to the
television module.
Repair wiring as
required, clear the
DTCs and re-test
DTC: TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM MODULE (TPM)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPM)

the donor vehicle.

leads into account.
pinpoint tests.
The table below lists all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System, for additional Diagnosis and Testing information refer to the relevant Diagnosis and Testing Section.
For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES .

C1A56-31 Left Front Tire Pressure  Missing,  GO to Pinpoint Test.
Sensor and Transmitter incompatible or
Assembly-no signal defective tire low
pressure sensor or
radio frequency
receiver
C1A56-68 Left Front Tire Pressure  Information only -  No action required.
Sensor and Transmitter vehicle exposed to
Assembly-event extreme
information temperature
environment and/or
tire low pressure
sensor low battery
voltage event
C1A56-91 Left Front Tire Pressure  Tire low pressure  Replace defective tire
Sensor and Transmitter sensor has reported low pressure sensor.
Assembly-parametric out of range Refer to the relevant
information for section of the
pressure, workshop manual.
temperature or
acceleration
C1A56-93 Left Front Tire Pressure  No tire low pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
Sensor and Transmitter sensor can be
Assembly-no operation localized at this
position due to an
initiator or tire low
pressure sensor
malfunction
C1A57-11 Left Front Initiator-  Left front initiator  GO to Pinpoint Test.
circuit short to ground circuit is short to Refer to Pinpoint test
ground B1
C1A57-12 Left Front Initiator-  Left front initiator  Go to Pinpoint test
circuit short to battery circuit is short to B2
power
C1A57-13 Left Front Initiator-  Left front initiator  GO to Pinpoint Test.
circuit open circuit open Go to Pinpoint test
B9
C1A58-31 Right Front Tire Pressure  Missing,  GO to Pinpoint Test.
pressure sensor or
radio frequency
receiver
C1A58-68 Right Front Tire Pressure  Information only -  No action required.
environment and/or
tire low pressure
sensor low battery
voltage event
C1A58-91 Right Front Tire Pressure  Tire low pressure  Replace defective tire
Sensor and Transmitter sensor has reported low pressure sensor.
Assembly-parametric out of range refer to the relevant
temperature or
acceleration
C1A58-93 Right Front Tire Pressure  No tire low pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
position due to an
pressure sensor
malfunction
C1A59-11 Right Front Initiator-  Right front initiator  Go to Pinpoint test
circuit short to ground circuit is short to C1
ground
circuit short to battery circuit is short to C2
power
circuit open circuit open C9
C1A60-31 Left Rear Tire Pressure  Missing,  GO to Pinpoint Test.

pressure sensor or
radio frequency
receiver
C1A60-68 Left Rear Tire Pressure  Information only -  No action required.
environment and/or
tire low pressure
sensor low battery
voltage event
C1A60-91 Left Rear Tire Pressure  Tire low pressure  Replace defective tire
Sensor and Transmitter sensor has reported low pressure sensor,
temperature or
acceleration
C1A60-93 Left Rear Tire Pressure  No tire low pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
position due to an
pressure sensor
malfunction
C1A61-11 Left Rear Initiator-circuit  Left rear initiator  Go to Pinpoint test
short to ground circuit short to D1
ground
short to battery circuit short to D2
power
open circuit open D9
C1A62-31 Right Rear Tire Pressure  Missing,  GO to Pinpoint Test.
pressure sensor or
radio frequency
receiver
C1A62-68 Right Rear Tire Pressure  Information only -  No action required.
Sensor and Transmitter
Assembly-event vehicle exposed to

information extreme
temperature
environment and/or
tire low pressure
sensor low battery
voltage event
C1A62-91 Right Rear Tire Pressure  Tire low pressure  Replace defective tire
Sensor and Transmitter sensor has reported low pressure sensor,
temperature or
acceleration
C1A62-93 Right Rear Tire Pressure  No tire low pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
position due to an
pressure sensor
malfunction
C1A63-11 Right Rear Initiator-  Right rear initiator  Go to Pinpoint test
circuit short to ground circuit short to E1
ground
circuit short to battery circuit short to E2
power
circuit open circuit open E9
C1A64-68 Spare Wheel Tire  Information only -  No action required.
Pressure Sensor and vehicle exposed to
Transmitter Assembly- extreme
event information temperature
environment and/or
tire low pressure
sensor low battery
voltage event
C1A64-91 Spare Wheel Tire  Tire low pressure  Replace defective tire
Pressure Sensor and sensor has reported low pressure sensor,
Transmitter Assembly- out of range refer to the relevant
parametric information for section of the
temperature or
acceleration
C1A64-93 Spare Wheel Tire  Missing,  GO to Pinpoint Test.

Pressure Sensor and incompatible or
Transmitter Assembly-no defective tire low
operation pressure sensor or
radio frequency
receiver
C1D19-11 External Receiver Data  Tire pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
Line-circuit short to monitoring system
ground radio frequency
receiver or data line
circuit is short to
ground
C1D19-12 External Receiver Data  Tire pressure  GO to Pinpoint Test.
Line-circuit short to monitoring system
battery radio frequency
circuit is short to
power
C1D19-87 External Receiver Data  Radio Frequency  GO to Pinpoint Test.
Line-missing message reception blocked
 Tire pressure
monitoring system
radio frequency
receiver faulty
 Tire pressure
monitoring system
radio frequency
circuits open circuit
 Missing,
incompatible or
defective tire low
pressure sensors
U0010-88 Medium Speed CAN  CAN bus fault  Carry out CAN
Communication Bus-bus network integrity
off tests. Refer to the
electrical wiring
diagrams and check
CAN network for
U0140-00 Lost communication with  CAN bus fault  Refer to the electrical
body control module-no wiring diagrams and
sub type information  Central Junction
Box fault check Central
Junction Box power
and ground supplies

for short, open
circuit. Carry out
CAN network
integrity tests.
U0142-00 Lost Communication  CAN bus fault  Refer to the electrical
With Body Control wiring diagrams and
Module ""B"" -no sub  Rear Junction Box
fault check Rear Junction
type information Box power and
ground supplies for
Carry out CAN
network integrity
tests.
U0155-00 Lost Communications  CAN bus fault  Refer to the electrical
With Instrument Panel wiring diagrams and
Cluster (IPC) Control  Instrument cluster
fault check instrument
Module-no sub type cluster power and
information ground supplies for
Carry out CAN
network integrity
tests.
U0164-00 Lost Communication  CAN bus fault  Refer to the electrical
With HVAC Control wiring diagrams and
Module-no sub type  Climate control
module fault check climate control
information module power and
ground supplies for
Carry out CAN
network integrity
tests.
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Incompatible tire  Check correct tire
Software Incompatibility- pressure monitoring pressure monitoring
no sub type information system module for system module is
vehicle CAN installed to vehicle
network specification,
otherwise suspect the
Rear Junction Box.
U0415-00 Invalid Data Received  Invalid data  Check Anti-Lock
From Anti-Lock Brake received from the Braking System
System (ABS) Control Anti-Lock Braking control module and
Module-no subtype System Control Instrument Cluster
information Module for related DTCs and
 CAN bus fault refer to the relevant
 Anti-Lock Braking DTC Index. Carry out

System fault CAN network
integrity tests.
U0424-00 Invalid Data Received  HVAC control  Check climate control
From HVAC Control module fault module for related
Module-no sub type DTCs and refer to
information relevant DTC Index.
U1A14-49 CAN Initialisation  Tire pressure  Install a new tire
Failure-internal monitoring system pressure monitoring
electronic failure module fault module. Refer to the
new
module/component
U3000-55 Control Module-not  Tire pressure  Check and amend the
configured monitoring system car configuration file.
configuration data
is invalid
U3000-87 Control Module-missing  Tire pressure  Check the Rear
message monitoring system Junction Box for
configuration data related DTCs and
not received refer to the relevant
DTC Index. Carry out
CAN network
integrity test.
U3002-81 Vehicle Identification  Tire pressure NOTE:
Number - invalid serial monitoring system This DTC indicates that
data received module and vehicle the tire pressure
VIN mis-match monitoring system
module is not the original
part installed to the
vehicle at the
factory/dealer and could
have been substituted.
Refer to the note above
the DTC index about
replacing components
which may remain under
manufacturer warranty.
 Re-install the original

or a new tire pressure
monitoring system
control module.
DTC: TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY (FCDIM)

Touch Screen Display (FCDIM)


into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the touch screen display
control module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing
section. For additional information, refer to INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM .

B1D21-13 Remote Control Switch -  Steering wheel NOTE:
Circuit Open switch fault No steering wheel
remote in-car
 Steering column entertainment
rotary coupling fault switchpack functionality.
 Wiring harness fault This DTC is logged if the
module detects an open
circuit on the steering
wheel audio switch
signal line
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the signal line
running from the
steering wheel audio
switchpack through
the steering column
rotary coupling to
the touch screen for
insecure connectors,
open circuits,
including
intermittent faults
(rotate steering
wheel during
checks). Repair
circuit as required,
clear DTC and retest
 Also check ground
connections to the
touch screen for
open circuits. Repair
circuit as required,
clear DTC and retest
U0010-00 Medium Speed CAN  Power supply fault  Refer to the
communication Bus - No electrical circuit
sub type information  CAN fault
diagrams and check
the power and
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network
U0010-48 Medium Speed CAN  Power supply fault  Refer to the
communication Bus - electrical circuit
Supervised software  CAN fault
diagrams and check
failure the power and
ground connections
to the module.
Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network
With Body Control communication with electrical circuit
Module ""B"" - No sub rear junction box diagrams and check
ground connections
to the rear junction
box
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
rear junction box
and the touch screen
 Check the rear
junction box for
related DTCs and
DTC index

with Parking Assist communication with electrical circuit
Control Module A - No park distance control diagrams and check
sub type information module the power and
ground connections
to the park distance
control module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
park distance
control module and
the touch screen
 Check the park
distance control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
U0164-00 Lost Communications  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
With HVAC Control communication with electrical circuit
Module - No sub type automatic diagrams and check
information temperature control the power and
module ground connections
to the automatic
temperature control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
automatic
temperature control
module and the

touch screen
 Check the automatic
temperature control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
U0166-00 Lost Communications  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
With Auxiliary Heater communication with electrical circuit
Control Module - No sub fuel fired booster diagrams and check
type information heater the power and
ground connections
to the fuel fired
booster heater
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
fuel fired booster
heater and the touch
screen
 Check the fuel fired
booster heater for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U0184-00 Lost Communications  Loss of MOST  Refer to the
With Radio - No sub type communication with electrical circuit
information integrated audio diagrams and check
module the power and
ground connections
to the integrated
audio module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
MOST network

to the electrical
check the MOST
network between the
integrated audio
module and the
touch screen
 Check the integrated
audio module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U0184-4A Lost Communications  The serial number of  Check the serial
With Radio - Incorrect the integrated audio number of the
component installed module does not integrated audio
match the serial module is valid (as
number stored in the installed at the
master module factory), if the part
has been installed by
a dealer the
installation routine
has not been
performed correctly.
Configure the
integrated audio
module using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U0186-00 Lost Communication  Loss of CAN NOTE:
With Audio Amplifier A communication with This DTC may be stored
- No sub type information audio amplifier even though no fault
module condition is present and
should be ignored
unless the customer has
reported an information
and entertainment
system concern. Clear
the DTC and retest.
Verify the customer
concern prior to
diagnosis
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the power and
ground connections
to the audio
amplifier module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
audio amplifier
module and the
touch screen
 Check the audio
amplifier module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U0186-4A Lost Communication  The serial number of  Check the serial
With Audio Amplifier A the audio amplifier number of the audio
- Incorrect component module does not amplifier module is
installed match the serial valid (as installed at
number stored in the the factory), if the
master module part has been
installed by a dealer
the installation
routine has not been
Configure the audio
amplifier module
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
With Television - No sub communication with This DTC may be stored
type information TV control module even though no fault
condition is present and
should be ignored
and entertainment
the DTC and retest.
Verify the customer
concern prior to
diagnosis
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the power and
ground connections
to the TV control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
TV control module
 Check the TV
control module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
With Television - the TV control number of the TV
Incorrect component module does not control module is
installed match the serial valid (as installed at
number stored in the the factory), if the
master module part has been
the installation
Configure the TV
control module
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
With Digital Audio communication with This DTC may be stored
Control Module A - No satellite radio even though no fault
sub type information control module condition is present and
should be ignored
and entertainment
the DTC and retest.
Verify the customer
concern prior to
diagnosis
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the power and
ground connections
to the satellite radio
control module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
satellite radio
control module and
the touch screen
 Check the satellite
radio control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
With Digital Audio the satellite radio number of the
Control Module A - control module does satellite radio

Incorrect component not match the serial control module is
installed number stored in the valid (as installed at
master module the factory), if the
part has been
the installation
Configure the
satellite radio
control module
using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
With Digital Audio communication with This DTC may be stored
Control Module B - No digital radio control even though no fault
sub type information module condition is present and
should be ignored
and entertainment
the DTC and retest.
Verify the customer
concern prior to
diagnosis
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the power and
ground connections
to the digital radio
control module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the

digital radio control
module and the
touch screen
 Check the digital
radio control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
With Digital Audio the digital radio number of the
Control Module B - control module does digital radio control
Incorrect component not match the serial module is valid (as
installed number stored in the installed at the
master module factory), if the part
has been installed by
a dealer the
installation routine
has not been
Configure the digital
radio control
module using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
With ""Seat Control communication with electrical circuit
Module ""A"" - No sub driver seat module diagrams and check
ground connections
to the driver seat
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
driver seat module

 Check the driver
seat module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
With ""Seat Control communication with electrical circuit
Module ""B"" - No sub passenger seat diagrams and check
type information module the power and
ground connections
to the passenger seat
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
passenger seat
module and the
touch screen
 Check the passenger
seat module for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U023B-00 Lost Communication  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
With Image Processing communication with electrical circuit
Module B - No sub type proximity camera diagrams and check
information control module the power and
ground connections
to the proximity
camera control
module
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network

to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
proximity camera
control module and
the touch screen
 Check the proximity
camera control
module for related
DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC
index
U025D-00 Lost Communication  Loss of CAN  Refer to the
With Front Controls communication with electrical circuit
Interface Module - No integrated control diagrams and check
sub type information panel the power and
ground connections
to the integrated
control panel
 Using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system, complete a
CAN network
to the electrical
check the CAN
network between the
integrated control
panel and the touch
screen
 Check the integrated
control panel for
related DTCs and
DTC index
U0300-00 Internal Control Module  Touch screen is not  Check the touch
Software Incapability - compatible with the screen part number,
No sub type information vehicle install the correct
part as required.
Check the correct
software is installed.
Configure the touch
screen using the

manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U0300-51 Internal Control Module  Touch screen  Check the part
Software Incapability - software incorrect or numbers of the
Not programmed missing software installed
and download new
software as required.
Configure the touch
screen using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Clear the
DTC and retest the
system
U1A24-87 MOST Ring Complete.  MOST ring NOTE:
No Communication - complete This DTC may be stored
Missing message even though no fault
 MOST ring node condition is present and
internal fault should be ignored
and entertainment
the DTC and retest.
Verify the customer
concern prior to
diagnosis
 Refer to the
electrical circuit
diagrams and check
the MOST ring for
fault, bypass each
MOST module in
turn to isolate faulty
node
U2003-87 Fibre Optic  MOST ring  Check MOST ring
Communication Bus - incomplete for disconnected
Missing message modules or
fibreoptic cable
concerns
U3000-4B Control Module - Over  Touch screen panel  Allow the system to
temperature backlight - high cool, clear the DTC
temperature detected and check/monitor

system for re-
occurrence, if DTC
re-occurs, check and
install a new touch
screen display as
required
U3000-98 Control Module -  System shut down  This DTC is logged
Component or system request from another if the touch screen
over temperature module on MOST receives a system
ring shut down request
 MOST module - from another MOST
internal temperature module that is
over limit registering as over
temperature. Allow
the system to cool,
clear the DTC and
check/monitor
system for re-
occurrence
 If DTC re-occurs,
check each MOST
module for signs of
overheating and
related DTCs and
DTC index
U3003-62 Battery Voltage - Signal  Mismatch in supply  Refer to the
compare failure voltage to touch electrical circuit
screen compared to diagrams and check
reference battery power supply
voltage circuits to the touch
screen. Check for
high resistance,
short to ground.
Check for charging
system DTCs and
DTC index. Check
vehicle battery and
charging circuit
performance. Clear
the DTC and retest
the system
DTC: TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) 6 SPEED (6HP28)
Transmission Control Module (TCM) 6 speed (6HP28 Applications)


into account
pinpoint tests
corrosion
system
The table below lists all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that could be logged in the transmission control
module, for additional diagnosis and testing information refer to the relevant diagnosis and testing section For
additional information, refer to DIAGNOSTICS .

P0121-86 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle/Pedal  Check Engine
Sensor A Circuit Position Sensor Fault Control Module for
Range/Performance - (Data received over stored DTCs
signal invalid CAN Bus)
P0219-86 Engine Overspeed  Engine speed too  Check Engine
Condition - signal invalid low or too high (Data Control Module for
received over CAN stored DTCs
Bus)
P0500-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Vehicle Speed  Check Dynamic
invalid serial data Sensor fault (Data Stability Control
received received over CAN module for stored
Bus) DTCs
P0501-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor A  Vehicle Speed  Check Dynamic
Range/Performance receive over CAN Stability Control
invalid serial data Bus does not match module for stored
received Transmission DTCs. Check correct
Output-Shaft speed Differential is
installed to the
vehicle
P0561-1C System Voltage Unstable  Power supply  Check Engine
- Circuit voltage out of voltage out of range Control Module for
range when engine running stored DTCs. Check
Charging System and
Battery condition
P0562-21 System Voltage Low -  Circuit low voltage.  Refer to Circuit
signal amplitude < Battery supply diagrams and check
minimum voltage to Power and Ground
Transmission Circuit for fault.
Control Module Check Engine
Control Module for
stored DTCs. Check
Charging System and
Battery condition
P0563-22 System Voltage High -  High Battery charge,  Check Engine
signal amplitude > alternator fault Control Module for
maximum stored DTCs. Check
Charging System and
Battery condition
P0601-41 Internal Control Module  Software error  Re-configure the
Memory Check Sum Transmission Control
Error - general checksum  Transmission
Control Module Module using the
failure manufacturer
failure
approved diagnostic
system, clear DTC

and re-test. If DTC
remains, Suspect the
Module. Install a new
Module as required,
refer to the warranty
policy and
procedures manual if
a module/component
is suspect.
P0604-00 Internal Control Module  Shift-by-Wire fault  Suspect the
Random Access Memory Transmission Control
(RAM) Error - no sub Module. Install a new
type information Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0605-41 Internal Control Module  General checksum  Suspect the
Read Only Memory failure Transmission Control
(ROM) Error - general Module. Install a new
checksum failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0606-04 TCM Processor - System  Micro controller  Suspect the
Internal Failures component faults Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0606-26 TCM Processor - signal  Micro controller  Suspect the
rate of change below component faults Transmission Control
threshold Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0606-49 TCM Processor-internal  Micro controller  Suspect the
electronic failure component faults Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-04 TCM Processor - System  Micro controller  Suspect the
Internal Failures component faults Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-06 TCM Processor -  Micro controller  Suspect the
Algorithm Based Failures component faults Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-11 TCM Processor - Circuit  Watchdog fault  Suspect the
Short to Ground Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.

Short to Battery Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Open Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Short to Ground or Open Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-21 TCM Processor - signal  Watchdog fault  Suspect the
amplitude < minimum Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-22 TCM Processor - signal  Watchdog fault  Suspect the
amplitude > maximum Transmission Control
Module as required,

policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-47 TCM Processor -  Watchdog fault  Suspect the
watchdog / safety Micro Transmission Control
controller failure Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-49 TCM Processor - internal  Micro controller  Suspect the
electronic failure component faults Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0613-68 TCM Processor-Event  Watchdog fault  Suspect the
Information Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P061B-02 Internal Control Module  Transmission  Suspect the
Torque Calculation Control Module - Transmission Control
Performance - general positive torque signal Module. Install a new
signal failure not valid Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P061B-26 Internal Control Module  Transmission  Suspect the

Torque Calculation Control Module Transmission Control
Performance - signal rate positive torque signal Module. Install a new
of change below not valid Transmission Control
threshold Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P062F-04 Internal Control Module  EEPROM  Suspect the
EEPROM Error - System communication error Transmission Control
Internal Failures Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0642-21 Sensor Reference Voltage  Sensor supply  Suspect the
A Circuit Low - signal voltage fault low Transmission Control
amplitude < minimum Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0643-22 Sensor Reference Voltage  Sensor supply  Suspect the
A Circuit High - signal voltage fault high Transmission Control
amplitude > maximum Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0657-13 Actuator Supply Voltage  Actuator supply  Suspect the
A Circuit / Open - Circuit (pressure control Transmission Control
Open valves etc) Open Module. Install a new
Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,

policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0657-1C Actuator Supply Voltage  Actuator supply  Refer to electrical
A Circuit / Open - Circuit (pressure control Circuit diagrams and
voltage out of range valves etc) voltage check Transmission
plausibility fault Control Module
connector for signs of
water ingress or
damage, check pin 7
for Short to Power or
Ground (should NOT
be connected and
harness terminal
should have a bung
installed). If no fault
identified, suspect the
Module. Check and
install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
A Circuit Low - Circuit (pressure control Transmission Control
Short to Ground valves etc) voltage Module. Install a new
Short to Ground Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
A Circuit High - Circuit (pressure control Transmission Control
Short to Battery valves etc) voltage Module. Install a new
Short to Power Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0667-01 PCM / ECM / TCM  General electrical  Suspect the
Internal Temperature failure Transmission Control
Sensor A Module. Install a new
Range/Performance - Transmission Control
General Electrical Failure Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0667-04 PCM / ECM / TCM  Internal Electronic  Suspect the
Internal Temperature Failure Transmission Control
System Internal Failures Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0667-49 PCM / ECM / TCM  Internal electronic  Suspect the
Internal Temperature failure Transmission Control
internal electronic failure Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0700-02 Transmission Control  General Signal  Clear DTC, Road test
System (MIL Request) - failure and re-test, Read
General signal failure DTCs and Investigate
as required
P0700-22 Transmission Control  Double fault from  If any of the
System (MIL Request) - monitoring of following DTCs are
signal amplitude > internal power also present;
maximum supply and pressure P074013, P096712,
regulator/solenoid P273912, P273012,
control software P272112, P096312,
P276312, P097112,
suspect the
Module, check and
install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0700-75 Transmission Control  Emergency Position  Clear DTC, Road test
System (MIL Request) - Not Reachable and re-test, Read
Emergency Position Not DTCs and investigate
Reachable as required
P0710-13 Transmission Fluid  Transmission fluid  Clear DTC and test.
Temperature Sensor A temperature sensor If code re-detects
Circuit - Circuit Open Circuit Open Circuit suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0711-01 Transmission Fluid  General electrical  Clear DTC and test.
Temperature Sensor A failure If code re-detects
Circuit suspect the
General Electrical Failure Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0711-22 Transmission Fluid  Signal amplitude >  Clear DTC. Carry out
Temperature Sensor A maximum. Excessive cold start road test,
Circuit jump in temperature continue driving
Range/Performance - vehicle until normal
signal amplitude > operating
maximum temperature is
achieved. Reads
DTCs, if DTC
returns, suspect the

Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Circuit Low - Circuit Circuit Short to suspect the
Short to Ground Ground Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0713-01 Transmission Fluid  General electrical  Clear DTC and test.
Temperature Sensor A failure If code re-detects
Circuit High-General suspect the
Electrical Failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Circuit High - Circuit Circuit Short to suspect the
Short to Battery Power Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0716-14 Turbine/Input Shaft  Turbine/Input Shaft  Clear DTC and test.

Speed Sensor A Circuit Speed Sensor Circuit If code re-detects
Range/Performance - Short to Ground or suspect the
Circuit Short to Ground Open Circuit Transmission Control
or Open Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0716-21 Turbine/Input Shaft  Turbine/Input Shaft  Clear DTC and road
Speed Sensor A Circuit Speed Sensor signal test, if DTC returns
Range/Performance - too small suspect the
signal amplitude < Transmission Control
minimum Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0716-22 Turbine/Input Shaft  Turbine/Input Shaft  Clear DTC and road
Speed Sensor A Circuit Speed Sensor signal test, if DTC returns
Range/Performance - above maximum suspect the
signal amplitude > Transmission Control
maximum Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0717-12 Turbine/Input Shaft  Turbine/input shaft  Clear DTC and test.
Speed Sensor A Circuit speed sensor A If code re-detects
No Signal - Circuit Short Circuit Short to suspect the
to Battery Power Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0720-12 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission output  Clear DTC and test.
Sensor Circuit - Circuit shaft speed sensor If code re-detects
Short to Battery Circuit Short to suspect the
Power Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0720-14 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission output  Clear DTC and test.
Sensor Circuit - Circuit shaft speed sensor If code re-detects
Short to Ground or Open Circuit Short to suspect the
Ground or Open Transmission Control
Circuit Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0721-22 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission output  Clear DTC and road
Sensor Circuit shaft speed sensor test, if DTC returns
Range/Performance - signal above suspect the
signal amplitude > maximum Transmission Control
maximum Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0721-27 Output Shaft Speed  Output shaft speed  Clear DTC and road
Sensor Circuit negative gradient too test, if DTC returns
Range/Performance - high suspect the
signal rate of change Transmission Control
above threshold Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0721-64 Output Shaft Speed  Signal plausibility  Clear DTC and test.
Sensor Circuit failure If code re-detects
Range/Performance - suspect the
signal plausibility failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0729-07 Gear 6 Incorrect Ratio -  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
Mechanical Failures Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Mechanical Failures code re-detects
suspect Transmission
(mechanical) internal
fault. Install a new
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0736-07 Reverse Incorrect Ratio -  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0740-13 Torque Converter Clutch  Pressure control  Clear DTC and test.
Solenoid Circuit / Open - solenoid 2 Circuit If code re-detects
Circuit Open Open Circuit suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0741-07 Torque Converter Clutch  Too high slip at  Suspect torque
Solenoid Circuit torque converter converter lockup
Performance/Stuck Off - clutch. Mechanical clutch. Install a new
Mechanical Failures Failures torque converter,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect. If
transmission fluid is
in very poor
condition and dirty,
install a new
transmission, refer to
the warranty policy
and procedures
manual if a
module/component is
suspect.
P0745-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System Internal  Suspect the
A - System Internal Failures Transmission Control
Failures Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0745-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision  Suspect the
A - Supervision Software Software Failure Transmission Control
Failure Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0758-12 Shift Solenoid B  Circuit Short to  Suspect the
Electrical - Circuit Short Power Transmission Control
to Battery Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0758-13 Shift Solenoid B  Solenoid valve 1 or  Suspect the
Electrical - Circuit Open Pressure control Transmission Control
Solenoid G Circuit Module. Install a new
Open Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0771-71 Shift Solenoid E  Actuator stuck  Suspect the
Performance/Stuck Off - Transmission Control
actuator stuck Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0775-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System Internal  Suspect the
B - System Internal Failures Transmission Control

Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0775-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision  Suspect the
B - Supervision Software Software Failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0781-07 1-2 Shift - Mechanical  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
Failures Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0781-77 2-1 Shift - commanded  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
position not reachable Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.

Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0798-1A Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control  Suspect the
C Electrical - Circuit solenoid C Circuit Transmission Control
Resistance Below resistance below Module. Install a new
Threshold threshold Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0798-1E Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control  Suspect the
C Electrical - Circuit solenoid C electrical Transmission Control
Short to Ground circuit short to Module. Install a new
ground Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0798-21 Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure Control  Suspect the
C Electrical - signal Solenoid C Electrical Transmission Control
amplitude < minimum signal amplitude < Module. Install a new
minimum Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0814-62 Transmission Range  Transmission Range  Suspect the
Display Circuit - signal Display Circuit Transmission Control
compare failure signal compare Module. Install a new
failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0826-08 Up and Down Switch  Invalid CAN signal  Check Central
circuit - Bus Signal from Central Junction Box and
Message Failures Junction Instrument Cluster
Box/Instrument for stored DTCs.
Cluster Check gear change
 Stuck Sprintronic switches for correct
switch operation. Refer to
 CAN bus circuit check CAN bus for a
fault circuit fault
P0826-81 Up and Down Switch  Invalid Can signal  Check Central
Circuit - invalid serial from Central Junction Box and
data received Junction Box / Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster for stored DTCs.
 Stuck Sprintronic Check Gear Change
switch Switches for correct
operation. Refer to
 CAN Bus Circuit Circuit diagrams and
fault check CAN Bus for
Circuit fault
P0826-88 Up and Down Switch  Steering Wheel  Check Central
Circuit - Bus off Module to Central Junction Box and
Junction Box / Steering Wheel Ice
Instrument Cluster Switches for stored
LIN Bus failure DTCs. Refer to
Circuit diagrams and
check LIN Bus for
Circuit fault

Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0829-77 6-5 Shift - Commanded  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
Position Not Reachable Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P084F-01 Park / Neutral Switch  Wrong voltage level  Check for correct
Input Circuit - General detected on Park/No output at
Electrical Failure Park signal Transmission Control
Module park signal
pin (check in all
positions) 12 volts in
Park, 0 volts in all
other positions. If
fault identified,
suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect. If no fault
identified, check Park
signal circuit to
Transmission Shift
Module for short,
open circuit
P0850-01 Park / Neutral Switch  General electrical  Suspect the
Input Circuit - General failure Transmission Control
Electrical Failure Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0850-02 Park / Neutral Switch  General signal  Check Parklock
Input Circuit - General failure mechanism, If
signal failure Parklock operation
correct suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0850-29 Park / Neutral Switch  Signal Invalid  Check Parklock
Input Circuit - signal mechanism, If
invalid Parklock operation
correct suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0850-1C Park / Neutral Switch  Circuit voltage out of  Suspect the
Input Circuit - circuit range Transmission Control
voltage out of range Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0919-93 Gear Shift Position  No shifting despite  Suspect the
Control Error - no driver request Transmission Control
operation Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0919-94 Gear Shift Position  Shifting without  Suspect the
Control Error - driver request Transmission Control
unexpected operation Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0938-29 Hydraulic Oil  Transmission fluid  Clear DTC. Carry out
Temperature Sensor temperature cold start road test,
Range/Performance - compared with continue driving
signal invalid module temperature vehicle until normal
fault operating
temperature is
achieved. Read
DTCs, if DTC
returns, suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0963-12 Pressure Control Solenoid  Pressure control  Suspect the
A Control Circuit High - solenoid 1 Circuit Transmission Control
Circuit Short to Battery Short to Power Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
B Control Circuit / Open Solenoid B Control Transmission Control
- Circuit Open Circuit Open Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
B Control Circuit / Open Solenoid B Control Transmission Control
- Circuit Short to Ground Circuit Short to Module. Install a new
or Open Ground or Open Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
B Control Circuit Low - solenoid 2 Circuit Transmission Control
Circuit Short to Ground Short to Ground Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
B Control Circuit High - solenoid 2 Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
C Control Circuit / Open solenoid 3 Circuit Transmission Control
- Circuit Short to Ground Short to Ground or Module. Install a new

or Open Open Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
C Control Circuit Low - solenoid 3 Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
C Control Circuit High - solenoid 3 Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0972-22 Shift Solenoid A Control  Pressure control  Suspect the
Circuit solenoid 1 current Transmission Control
Range/Performance - too large Module. Install a new
signal amplitude > Transmission Control
maximum Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0973-11 Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift solenoid A  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit control Circuit Short Transmission Control
Short to Ground to Ground Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0973-14 Shift Solenoid A Control  Pressure control  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit solenoid 1 Circuit Transmission Control
Short to Ground or Open Short to Ground or Module. Install a new
Open Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0973-1A Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift Solenoid A  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit control circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0973-1E Shift Solenoid A Control  Shift Solenoid A  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit control circuit Transmission Control
Resistance Out Of Range resistance out of Module. Install a new
range Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0976-11 Shift Solenoid B Control  Solenoid valve 2  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit Circuit Short to Transmission Control
Short to Ground Ground Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P0976-14 Shift Solenoid B Control  Solenoid valve 2  Suspect the
Circuit Low - Circuit Circuit Short to Transmission Control
Short to Ground or Open Ground or Open Module. Install a new
Circuit Transmission Control

Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P1674-04 Control Module Software  System internal  Suspect the
Corrupted - System failures Transmission Control
Internal Failures Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P1674-48 Control Module Software  Supervision software  Suspect the
Corrupted - Supervision failure Transmission Control
Software Failure Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P1707-07 Transfer Case Neutral or  Transfer case neutral  Clear the DTC. Test
Park/Neutral Indication or park/neutral drive the Vehicle,
Circuit - commanded indication circuit - engaging and
position not reachable mechanical failures disengaging the
parking lock several
times. If the DTC
recurs, check parking
lock components and
replace as required. If
no faulty parklock
component is found
Clear DTC and the
DTC returns suspect
the Transmission
Control Module.
Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P1707-72 Transfer Case Neutral or  Transfer case neutral  Clear the DTC. Test
Park/Neutral Indication or park/neutral drive the Vehicle,
Circuit - Actuator Stuck indication circuit - engaging and
Open Actuator stuck open disengaging the
times. If the DTC
lock components and
no faulty parklock
component is found
Clear DTC and the
DTC returns suspect
the Transmission
Control Module.
Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P1707-77 Transfer Case Neutral or  Commanded position  Clear the DTC. Test
Park/Neutral Indication not reachable drive the Vehicle,
Circuit - commanded engaging and
position not reachable disengaging the
times. If the DTC
lock components and
no faulty parklock
component is found
Clear DTC and the
DTC returns suspect
the Transmission
Control Module.
Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2700-07 Transmission Friction  Gear Ratio  Check and correct oil
Element A Apply Time Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Range/Performance - Mechanical Failures code re-detects
Mechanical Failures suspect Transmission
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Element B Apply Time Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Element C Apply Time Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Element D Apply Time Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
Element E Apply Time Monitoring. level. Clear DTC. If
Transmission as
warranty policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2713-04 Pressure Control Solenoid  System internal  Suspect the
D - System Internal failures Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2713-48 Pressure Control Solenoid  Supervision software  Suspect the
D - Supervision Software failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Electrical - signal Solenoid D Electrical Transmission Control
amplitude > maximum signal amplitude > Module. Install a new
maximum Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Electrical - Circuit solenoid D circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Electrical - Circuit solenoid D circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Control Circuit / Open solenoid D Circuit Transmission Control
- Circuit Short to Ground Short to Ground or Module. Install a new
or Open Open Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Control Circuit Low - solenoid D Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
D Control Circuit High - solenoid D Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E - System Internal Solenoid E system Transmission Control
Failures internal failures Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E - Supervision Software Solenoid E Transmission Control
Failure supervision control Module. Install a new
software failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Electrical - signal Solenoid E Electrical Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Electrical - Circuit solenoid E electrical Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Electrical - Circuit solenoid E circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Control Circuit / Open - Solenoid E Control Transmission Control
Circuit Short to Ground Circuit Short to Module. Install a new
Circuit Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Control Circuit Low - solenoid E Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
E Control Circuit High- solenoid E Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F-System Internal Solenoid F no sub Transmission Control
Failures type information Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F - Supervision Software Solenoid F Transmission Control
Failure supervision software Module. Install a new
failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F Electrical-signal Solenoid F Electrical Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F Electrical-Circuit solenoid F electrical Transmission Control
Resistance Below circuit resistance Module. Install a new
Threshold below threshold Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F Electrical-Circuit solenoid F electrical Transmission Control
Resistance Out Of Range circuit resistance out Module. Install a new
of range Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.

F Control Circuit / Open - Solenoid F Control Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F Control Circuit Low - Solenoid F Control Transmission Control
Ground Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
F Control Circuit High - Solenoid F Control Transmission Control
Circuit Short to Battery Circuit Short to Module. Install a new
Power Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2763-12 Torque Converter Clutch  Pressure control  Suspect the
Pressure Control Solenoid solenoid F Circuit Transmission Control
Control Circuit High - Short to Power Module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Battery Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2764-11 Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter  Suspect the
Pressure Control Solenoid clutch pressure Transmission Control
Control Circuit Low - control solenoid Module. Install a new
Circuit Short to Ground control Circuit Short Transmission Control
to Ground Module as required,

policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2764-1A Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter  Suspect the
Control Circuit Low- control solenoid Module. Install a new
Circuit Resistance Below control circuit Transmission Control
Threshold resistance below Module as required,
threshold refer to the warranty
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2764-1E Torque Converter Clutch  Torque converter  Suspect the
Control Circuit Low- control solenoid Module. Install a new
Circuit Resistance Out Of control circuit Transmission Control
Range resistance out of Module as required,
range refer to the warranty
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2807-11 Pressure Control Solenoid  Park solenoid Circuit  Suspect the
G - Circuit Short to Short to Ground Transmission Control
Ground Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
G - Circuit Short to Short to Power Transmission Control
Battery Module. Install a new
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.

G - Circuit Open Open Circuit Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
P2807-14 Pressure Control Solenoid  Park solenoid Circuit  Carry out any
G - Circuit Short to Short to Ground or diagnostic pinpoint
Ground or Open Open Circuit tests associated with
this DTC using the
manufacturer
approved diagnostic
system. Suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
B1087-82 LIN Bus ""A"" - alive /  Alive counter fault  Check Transmission
sequence counter Shift Module for
incorrect / not updated stored DTCs. Refer
to the electrical
Circuit diagrams and
check Transmission
Control Module to
Transmission Shift
Module for Short to
Ground or Open
Circuit (LIN Bus)
B1087-83 LIN Bus ""A"" - value of  Checksum error  Check Transmission
signal protection Shift Module for
calculation incorrect stored DTCs Refer to
the electrical Circuit
diagrams and check
Module to
Transmission Shift
Module for Short to
Ground or Open
Circuit (LIN Bus)
B1087-87 LIN Bus ""A"" - missing  Transmission Shift  Check Transmission
message Module is NOT Shift Module for
visible to the stored DTCs Refer to
Transmission the electrical Circuit
Control Module on diagrams and check
the LIN Bus Transmission Control
Module to
Transmission Shift
Module for Short or
Open Circuit (LIN
Bus)
B1087-88 LIN Bus ""A"" - Bus off  LIN Bus Circuit  Refer to the electrical
fault. Check Circuit diagrams and
hardware of LIN check Transmission
connection between Control Module to
transmission and Transmission Shift
Transmission Shift Module LIN bus
Module circuit for Short,
Open Circuit. Check
Transmission Shift
Module for related
DTCs
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  CAN Bus off  Refer to the electrical
Communication Bus - Circuit diagrams and
Bus off check CAN Bus for
Circuit fault
U0100-82 Lost Communication  Alive counter fault  Check Engine
With ECM/PCM ""A"" - Control Module for
alive / sequence counter stored DTCs
U0100-83 Lost Communication  Checksum fault  Check Engine
With ECM/PCM ""A"" - Control Module for
value of signal protection stored DTCs
U0100-87 Lost Communication  CAN Timeout NOTE:
With ECM/PCM ""A"" - Do NOT install a new
missing message Engine Control Module if
an Engine Control Module
Timeout DTC is only
logged in the
Module, the failure is NOT
with the Engine Control
Module
 Check Engine
Control Module for
stored DTCs. Check
CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U0103-82 Lost Communication  Alive counter fault  Check Transmission
With Gear Shift Control Shift Module for
Module A-alive / stored DTCs. Check
sequence counter CAN Bus Circuit for
incorrect / not updated fault
U0103-83 Lost Communication  Checksum fault  Check Transmission
Module A - value of stored DTCs. Check
signal protection CAN Bus Circuit for
calculation incorrect fault
U0103-87 Lost Communication  CAN Timeout  Check Transmission
Module A - missing stored DTCs. Check
message CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U0122-82 Lost Communication  Alive counter fault  Check Dynamic
With Vehicle Dynamics Stability Control
Control Module - alive / (ABS) for stored
sequence counter DTCs. Check CAN
incorrect / not updated Bus Circuit for fault
U0122-83 Lost Communication  Checksum fault  Check Dynamic
Control Module - value of (ABS) for stored
signal protection DTCs. Check CAN
calculation incorrect Bus Circuit for fault
U0122-87 Lost Communication  CAN Timeout  Check Dynamic
Control Module - missing (ABS) for stored
message DTCs. Check CAN
Bus Circuit for fault
U0126-00 Lost Communication  Lost Communication  Check SAS for stored
With Steering Angle With Steering Angle DTCs. Check CAN
Sensor Module - no sub Sensor Module Bus Circuit for fault
type information
U0128-87 Lost Communication  CAN timeout  Check Electronic
With Park Brake Control electronic parking Parking Brake
Module - missing brake module Module (EPB) for
message stored DTCs. Check
CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U0140-82 Lost Communication  Alive counter fault  Check Central
With Body Control Junction Box for
Module - alive / sequence stored DTCs. Check
counter incorrect / not CAN Bus Circuit for
updated fault
U0140-83 Lost Communication  Checksum fault  Check Central
Module - value of signal stored DTCs. Check
protection calculation CAN Bus Circuit for
incorrect fault
U0140-87 Lost Communication  CAN Timeout  Check Central
Module - missing stored DTCs. Check
message CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U0155-87 Lost Communication  CAN timeout  Check Instrument
With Instrument Panel instrument cluster Cluster for stored
Cluster (IPC) Control DTCs. Check CAN
Module - missing Bus Circuit for fault
message
U0300-68 Control Module - event  Transmission  Check Central
information software does not Junction Box
match vehicle software level, Check
network Transmission Control
Module Software
level, Update
software as required
using the
manufacturer
approved process
U0401-08 Invalid Data Received  Inaccurate engine  Check Engine
From ECM/PCM A - Bus speed, torque Control Module for
Signal Message Failures information stored DTCs, Check
CAN Bus circuit for
faults
from ECM/PCM A - speed, torque Control Module for
event information information stored DTCs. Check
CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
from ECM/PCM A - speed, torque Control Module for
Signal Invalid information stored DTCs. Check
CAN Bus Circuit for

fault
U0404-68 Invalid Data Received  Incorrect CAN data  Check Transmission
from Gear Shift Control received from Shift Module for
Module A - event Transmission Shift stored DTCs. Refer
information Module to Circuit diagrams
and check CAN and
LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U0404-81 Invalid Data Received  Incorrect LIN data  Check Transmission
from Gear Shift Control received from Shift Module for
Module A - Invalid Serial Transmission Shift stored DTCs. Refer
Data Received Module to Circuit diagrams
and check CAN and
LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U0416-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information  Check Engine
From Vehicle Dynamics brake information Control Module for
Control Module - event stored DTCs. Check
information CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U0422-68 Invalid Data Received  Event information  Check Central
From Body Control invalid Power mode Junction Box for
Module - event information stored DTCs. Check
information CAN Bus Circuit for
fault
U101B-87 Lost Communication  Missing message lost  Check Transmission
With GSM - Multiple communication with Shift Module for
Bus-missing message Transmission Shift stored DTCs. Refer
Module (multiple to Circuit diagrams
Bus) and check CAN and
LIN Bus for Circuit
fault
U3000-49 Control Module - internal  Internal electronic  Suspect the
electronic failure failure Transmission Control
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
U3000-4B Control Module - Circuit  Internal electronic  Check and correct oil
resistance above
threshold failure level. Check

hydraulic flow
through oil cooler
and pipe circuit for
restriction or
blockage. If no
restrictions found,
suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
U3000-81 Control Module - invalid  Vehicle or Engine  Reflash the
serial data received type signal incorrect Transmission Control
from Central Module using the
Junction Box or manufacturer
incorrect approved process
Transmission
Control Module
software installed
U3001-94 Control Module Improper  Control Module  Check Engine
Shutdown - unexpected Improper Shutdown Control Module For
operation (voltage related) Power (alternator)
faults. Check Power
and Ground Circuit
and Battery for fault.
Clear DTCs. Road
Test. If DTC reoccurs
suspect the
Module as required,
policy and
a module/component
is suspect.
ENGINE Electronic Engine Controls (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Electronic Engine Controls (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS (V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS

Camshaft position (CMP) sensor(s) retaining bolt 10 7 -
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor retaining bolt 10 7 -
Heated oxygen sensor(s) (HO2S) 48 35 -
Catalyst monitor sensor(s) 48 35 -
Knock sensor(s) (KS) retaining bolt 20 15 -
Fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor 32 24 -
Manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor 5 - 44
Engine oil level sensor retaining bolts 11 8 -
Variable valve timing (VVT) oil control solenoid(s) retaining bolts 10 7 -
Engine control module (ECM) retaining bolts 7 - 62
ECM retaining bracket bolts 7 - 62
COMPONENT LOCATION
Component Location - Sheet 1 Of 3


1 MAFT (mass air flow and temperature) sensor
2 MAP (manifold absolute pressure) sensor
3 Knock sensors
4 CKP (crankshaft position) sensor
5 MAFT sensor
6 CMP (camshaft position) sensors
7 ECT (engine coolant temperature) sensor (ECT 2)
8 Electronic throttle
9 CMP sensors


1 MAPT (manifold absolute pressure and temperature) sensor
2 ECT sensor (ECT 1)
3 Upstream HO2S (heated oxygen sensor)
4 Downstream HO2S
5 Downstream HO2S
6 Upstream HO2S

1 AAT (ambient air temperature) sensor
2 APP (accelerator pedal position) sensor
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The electronic engine control (EEC) system operates the engine to generate the output demanded by the
accelerator pedal and loads imposed by other systems. The electronic engine control (EEC) system has an
engine control module (ECM) that uses a torque-based strategy to evaluate inputs from sensors and other
systems, then produces outputs to engine actuators to produce the required torque.
The electronic engine control (EEC) system controls the following:
 Charge air
 Fueling
 Ignition timing
 Valve timing
 Cylinder knock
 Noise feedback system
 Idle speed
 Engine cooling fan
 Evaporative emissions
 On-board diagnostics
 Immobilization system interface
 Speed control.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus.
Control Diagram Sheet 1 Of 2


1 Battery
4 ECM
5 LH (left hand) intake CMP sensor
6 LH exhaust CMP sensor
7 LH MAFT sensor
8 LH front knock sensor
9 LH rear knock sensor
10 RH (right hand) rear knock sensor
11 RH front knock sensor
12 RH intake CMP sensor
13 RH exhaust CMP sensor
14 RH MAFT sensor


1 MAP sensor
3 CKP sensor
4 Diagnostic socket
5 To other system control modules

6 ECM
8 APP sensor
9 AAT sensor
11 LH upstream HO2S
12 LH downstream HO2S
13 MAPT (manifold absolute pressure and temperature) sensor
14 RH downstream HO2S
15 RH upstream HO2S
SYSTEM OPERATION
ECM ADAPTIONS
The engine control module (ECM) has the ability to adapt the input values it uses to control certain outputs.
This capability maintains engine refinement and ensures the engine emissions remain within the legislated
limits. The components which have adaptions associated with them are:
 The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

 The heated oxygen sensors
 The mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors
 The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
 Electronic throttle.
OXYGEN AND MAFT SENSORS
There are several adaptive maps associated with the fueling strategy. Within the fueling strategy the engine
control module (ECM) calculates short-term adaptions and long term adaptions. The engine control module
(ECM) will monitor the deterioration of the heated oxygen sensors over a period of time. It will also monitor the
current correction associated with the sensors.
The engine control module (ECM) will store a fault code in circumstances where an adaption is forced to
exceed its operating parameters. At the same time, the engine control module (ECM) will record the engine
speed, engine load and intake air temperature.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
The characteristics of the signal supplied by the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor are learned by the engine
control module (ECM). This enables the engine control module (ECM) to set an adaption and support the
engine misfire detection function. Due to the small variation between different drive plates and different
crankshaft position (CKP) sensors, the adaption must be reset if either component is renewed, or removed and
refitted. It is also necessary to reset the drive plate adaption if the engine control module (ECM) is renewed or
replaced. The engine control module (ECM) supports four drive plate adaptions for the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor. Each adaption relates to a specific engine speed range. The engine speed ranges are detailed in
the table below:
Adaption Engine Speed, rev/min

1 1800 - 3000
2 3001 - 3800
3 3801 - 4600
4 4601 - 5400
MISFIRE DETECTION
Legislation requires that the engine control module (ECM) must be able to detect the presence of an engine
misfire. It must be able to detect misfires at two separate levels. The first level is a misfire that could lead to the
legislated emissions limit being exceeded by a given amount. The second level is a misfire that may cause
catalytic converter damage.
The engine control module (ECM) monitors the number of misfire occurrences within two engine speed ranges.
If the engine control module (ECM) detects more than a predetermined number of misfire occurrences within
either of these two ranges, over two consecutive journeys, it will record a fault code and details of the engine
speed, engine load and engine coolant temperature. In addition, the engine control module (ECM) monitors the
number of misfire occurrences that happen in a 'window' of 200 engine revolutions. The misfire occurrences are
assigned a weighting according to their likely impact on the catalytic converters. If the number of misfires
exceeds a given value, the engine control module (ECM) stores catalytic converter damage fault codes, along
with the engine speed, engine load and engine coolant temperature.
The signal from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor indicates how fast the poles on the drive plate are passing
the sensor tip. A sine wave is generated each time a pole passes the sensor tip. The engine control module
(ECM) can detect variations in drive plate speed by monitoring the sine wave signal supplied by the crankshaft
position sensor. By assessing this signal, the engine control module (ECM) can detect the presence of an engine
misfire. At this time, the engine control module (ECM) will assess the amount of variation in the signal received
from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and assign a roughness value to it. This roughness value can be
viewed within the real time monitoring feature using Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment. Theengine control
module (ECM) will evaluate the signal against a number of factors and will decide whether to record the
occurrence or ignore it. The engine control module (ECM) can assign a roughness and misfire signal for each
cylinder.
DIAGNOSTICS
The engine control module (ECM) stores each fault as a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). The diagnostic trouble
code (DTC) and associated environmental and freeze frame data can be read using Jaguar approved diagnostic
equipment, which can also read real time data from each sensor, the adaption values currently being employed
and the current fueling, ignition and idle speed settings.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

The engine control module (ECM) is installed in the front passenger side of the engine compartment, on a
bracket attached to the engine bulkhead.
The engine control module (ECM) has the capability of adapting its fuel and ignition control outputs in
response to several sensor inputs.
The engine control module (ECM) receives inputs from the following:
 Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.

 Camshaft position (CMP) sensors (4 off).
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor.
 Knock sensors (4 off).
 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
 Mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors (2 off).
 Manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor.
 Throttle position sensor.
 Heated oxygen sensors (4 off).
 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
 Ambient air temperature sensor.
 Fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor. For additional information, refer to 303-04G Fuel Charging and Controls.
 Engine cooling fan. For additional information, refer to 303-03D Engine Cooling.
 Stoplamp switch. For additional information, refer to 206-09 Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist.
 Speed control cancel/suspend switch. For additional information, refer to 310-03D Speed Control.
 Oil level and temperature sensor. For additional information, refer to 303-01F Engine.
 Fuel LP (low pressure) sensor. For additional information, refer to 310-01D Fuel Tank and Lines.
 Fuel pump driver module. For additional information, refer to 310-01D Fuel Tank and Lines.
The engine control module (ECM) provides outputs to the following:
 Main relay.
 Heater elements of the heated oxygen sensors (4 off).
 Fuel injectors (8 off). For additional information, refer to 303-04G Fuel Charging and Controls.
 Ignition coils (8 off). For additional information, refer to 303-07C Engine Ignition.
 variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids (4 off). For additional information, refer to 303-01F Engine.
 Noise feedback system tuning valve. For additional information, refer to 303-12F Intake Air Distribution
and Filtering.
 Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve. For additional information, refer to 303-13C
Evaporative Emissions.
 Engine starter relay. For additional information, refer to 303-06D Starting System.
 Intercooler water pump relay. For additional information, refer to 303-03F Supercharger Cooling.
 Generator. For additional information, refer to 414-02D Generator and Regulator.
 HP fuel pumps. For additional information, refer to 303-04G Fuel Charging and Controls.
 DMTL (diagnostic module - tank leakage). For additional information, refer to 303-13C Evaporative
Emissions.

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is an inductive sensor that allows the engine control module (ECM) to
determine the angular position of the crankshaft and the engine speed.
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is installed in the rear left side of the sump body, in line with the engine
drive plate. The sensor is secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. A two pin electrical connector
provides the interface with the engine harness.
The head of the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor faces a reluctor ring pressed into the outer circumference of
the engine drive plate. The reluctor ring has a 60 minus 2 tooth pattern. There are 58 teeth at 6° intervals, with
two teeth removed to provide a reference point with a centerline that is 21° before top dead center (BTDC) on
cylinder 1 of bank A.
If the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Uses signals from the camshaft position (CMP) sensors to determine the angular position of the
crankshaft and the engine speed
 Adopts a limp home mode where engine speed is limited to a maximum of 3000 rev/min.
With a failed crankshaft position (CKP) sensor, engine starts will require a long crank time while the engine
control module (ECM) determines the angular position of the crankshaft.
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSORS
The camshaft position (CMP) sensors are MRE (magneto resistive element) sensors that allow the engine
control module (ECM) to determine the angular position of the camshafts. MRE sensors produce a digital
output which allows the engine control module (ECM) to detect speeds down to zero.
The four camshaft position (CMP) sensors are installed in the front upper timing covers, one for each camshaft.
Each camshaft position (CMP) sensor is secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. On each
camshaft position (CMP) sensor, a three pin electrical connector provides the interface with the engine harness.
The head of each camshaft position (CMP) sensor faces a sensor wheel attached to the front of the related
variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit.
If a camshaft position (CMP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Defaults to base mapping for the ignition timing, with no cylinder correction
 Disables the variable camshaft timing (VCT) system.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSORS

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors are negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistors that
allow the engine control module (ECM) to monitor the engine coolant temperature.
There are two identical engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors installed, which are identified as ECT 1 and
ECT 2. Each sensor is secured with a twist-lock and latch mechanism, and is sealed with an O-ring. A two pin
electrical connector provides the interface between the sensor and the engine harness.
ECT 1
ECT 1 is installed in the heater manifold, at the rear of the right-hand (RH) cylinder head. The input from this
sensor is used in calibration tables and by other systems.
ECT 2
ECT 2 is installed in the lower hose connector which attaches to the bottom of the thermostat. The input from
this sensor is used for on-board diagnostic (OBD) 2 diagnostics and, in conjunction with the input from ECT 1,
to confirm that the thermostat is functional.
KNOCK SENSORS
The knock sensors are piezo-ceramic sensors that allow the engine control module (ECM) to employ active
knock control and prevent engine damage from pre-ignition or detonation.
Two knock sensors are installed on the inboard side of each cylinder head, one mid-way between cylinders 1
and 2, and one mid-way between cylinders 3 and 4. Each knock sensor is secured with a single screw. On each
knock sensor, a two pin electrical connector provides the interface with the engine harness.
The engine control module (ECM) compares the signals from the knock sensors with mapped values stored in
memory to determine when detonation occurs on individual cylinders. When detonation is detected, the engine
control module (ECM) retards the ignition timing on that cylinder for a number of engine cycles, then gradually
returns it to the original setting.
The engine control module (ECM) cancels closed loop control of the ignition system if the signal received from
a knock sensor becomes implausible. In these circumstances the engine control module (ECM) defaults to base
mapping for the ignition timing. This ensures the engine will not become damaged if low quality fuel is used.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will not illuminate, although the driver may notice that the engine 'pinks'
in some driving conditions and displays a drop in performance and smoothness.
The engine control module (ECM) calculates the default value if one sensor fails on each bank of cylinders
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor allows the engine control module (ECM) to calculate the load on
the engine, which is used in the calculation of fuel injection time.
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is installed in the air inlet of the supercharger (SC). The sensor is
secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. A three pin electrical connector provides the interface
with the engine harness.
If the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM) adopts a default value
of 1 bar (14.5 lbf/in.2 ).
With a failed manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, the engine will suffer from poor starting, rough running
and poor driveability.
MASS AIR FLOW AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to measure the
mass and the temperature of the air flow into the engine. The mass air flow is measured with a hot film element
in the sensor. The temperature of the air flow is measured with a negative temperature coefficient (NTC)
thermistor in the sensor. The mass air flow is used to determine the fuel quantity to be injected in order to
maintain the stoichiometric air/fuel mixture required for correct operation of the engine and the catalytic
converters.
There are two mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors installed, one in each air cleaner outlet duct. Each
mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensor is secured with two screws and sealed with an O-ring. On each
mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensor, a five pin electrical connector provides the interface with the
engine harness.
If the hot film element signal fails the engine control module (ECM) invokes a software backup strategy to
calculate the mass air flow from other inputs. Closed loop fuel control, closed loop idle speed control and
evaporative emissions control are discontinued. The engine will suffer from poor starting, poor throttle response
and, if the failure occurs while driving, the engine speed may dip before recovering.
If the negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor signal fails the engine control module (ECM) adopts a
default value of 25 °C (77 °F) for the intake air temperature.
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor allows the engine control module (ECM) to
calculate the air charge density immediately before it enters the cylinders. This is used to adjust the ignition
timing relative to the boost pressure, and to monitor the performance of the charge air coolers.
The manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor is installed in the rear of the LH intake
manifold. The sensor is secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. A four pin electrical connector
THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS

The throttle position (TP) sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to determine the position and angular
rate of change of the throttle blade.
There are two throttle position (TP) sensors located in the electronic throttle. See below for details of the
electronic throttle.
If athrottle position (TP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Adopts a limp home mode where engine speed is limited to a maximum of approximately 2000 rev/min
 Discontinues evaporative emissions control
 Discontinues closed loop control of engine idle speed.
With a failed throttle position (TP) sensor, the engine will suffer from poor running and throttle response.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS

A Upstream heated oxygen sensor
B Downstream heated oxygen sensor
The heated oxygen sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to measure the oxygen content of the
exhaust gases, for closed loop control of the fuel:air mixture and for catalytic converter monitoring.
An upstream heated oxygen sensor is installed in the outlet of each exhaust manifold, which enables
independent control of the fuel:air mixture for each cylinder bank. A downstream heated oxygen sensor is
installed in each catalytic converter, which enables the performance of the catalytic converters to be monitored.
Oxygen sensors need to operate at high temperatures in order to function correctly. To achieve the high
temperatures required, the sensors are fitted with heater elements that are controlled by a pulse width
modulation (PWM) signal from the engine control module (ECM). The heater elements are operated
immediately after each engine start and during low load conditions when the temperature of the exhaust gases is
insufficient to maintain the required sensor temperature. The pulse width modulation (PWM) duty cycle is
carefully controlled to prevent thermal shock to cold sensors. A non-functioning heater delays the sensor's
readiness for closed loop control and increases emissions.
The upstream heated oxygen sensors produce a constant voltage, with a variable current that is proportional to
the lambda ratio. The downstream heated oxygen sensors produce an output voltage defendant on the ratio of
the exhaust gas oxygen to the ambient oxygen.
The heated oxygen sensors age with mileage, increasing their response time to switch from rich to lean and lean
to rich. This increase in response time influences the engine control module (ECM) closed loop control and
leads to progressively increased emissions. Measuring the period of rich to lean and lean to rich switching
monitors the response rate of the upstream sensors.
Diagnosis of electrical faults is continually monitored in both the upstream and downstream sensors. This is
achieved by checking the signal against maximum and minimum threshold, for open and short circuit
conditions.
If a heated oxygen sensor fails:
 The engine control module (ECM) defaults to open loop fueling for the related cylinder bank
 The CO (carbon monoxide) and emissions content of the exhaust gases increases
 The exhaust smells of rotten eggs (hydrogen sulphide).
With a failed heated oxygen sensor, the engine will suffer from unstable operation and reduced performance.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor allows the engine control module (ECM) to determine the driver
requests for vehicle speed, acceleration and deceleration. The engine control module (ECM) uses this
information to determine the setting of the electronic throttle.
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the pedal box and secured with three screws. A six
pin electrical connector provides the interface with the vehicle harness. The accelerator pedal is connected to a
spindle on the right-hand (RH) side of the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is a twin track potentiometer. Each track receives an independent
power supply from the engine control module (ECM) and returns an independent analog signal to the engine
control module (ECM). Both signals contain the same positional information, but the signal from track 2 is half
the voltage of the signal from track1 at all positions.
If both signals have a fault, the engine control module (ECM) adopts a limp home mode, which limits the
engine speed to 2000 rev/min maximum.
The engine control module (ECM) constantly checks the range and plausibility of the two signals and stores a
fault code if it detects a fault.

The AAT (ambient air temperature) sensor is a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor that allows
the engine control module (ECM) to monitor the temperature of the air around the vehicle. The engine control
module (ECM) uses the AAT input for a number of functions, including engine cooling fan control. The engine
control module (ECM) also transmits the ambient temperature on the high speed controller area network (CAN)
bus for use by other control modules.
The AAT sensor is installed in the left-hand (LH) exterior mirror, with the bulb of the sensor positioned over a
hole in the bottom of the mirror casing.
The engine control module (ECM) supplies the sensor with a 5 V reference voltage and a ground, and translates
the return signal voltage into a temperature.
If there is a fault with the AAT sensor, the engine control module (ECM) calculates the AAT from the
temperature inputs of the mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors. If the AAT sensor and the
temperature inputs of the mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors are all faulty, the engine control
module (ECM) adopts a default ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F).
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE
The engine control module (ECM) uses the electronic throttle to regulate engine torque.
The electronic throttle is installed between the T piece duct, of the intake air distribution and filtering system,
and the inlet of the supercharger (SC). For additional information, refer to 303-12F Intake Air Distribution and
Filtering.
The throttle plate is operated by an electric DC (direct current) motor integrated into the throttle body. The
engine control module (ECM) uses a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal to control the DC motor. The
engine control module (ECM) compares the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor inputs against an electronic
map to determine the required position of the throttle plate. The engine control module (ECM) and electronic
throttle are also required to:
 Monitor requests for cruise control operation

 Automatically operate the electronic throttle for accurate cruise control
 Perform all dynamic stability control engine interventions
 Monitor and carry out maximum engine speed and road speed cut outs
 Provide different engine maps for the ride and handling optimization system.
A software strategy within the engine control module (ECM) calibrates the position of the throttle plate at the
beginning of each ignition cycle. When the ignition is turned on, the engine control module (ECM) performs a
self test and calibration routine by fully closing the throttle plate and then opening it again. This tests the default
position springs and allows the engine control module (ECM) to learn the position of the closed hard stop.
Subsequently the engine control module (ECM) keeps the throttle plate a minimum of 0.5 degree from the
closed hard stop.
MAIN RELAY
The main relay is used to initiate the power up and power down routines within the engine control module
(ECM). The main relay is installed in the engine junction box (EJB).
When the ignition is turned on, battery voltage is applied to the ignition sense input. The engine control module
(ECM) then starts its power up routines and energizes the main relay.
When the ignition is turned off, the engine control module (ECM) maintains its powered up state while it
conducts the power down routines (up to 20 minutes in extreme cases, when cooling fans are required) and on
completion will turn off the main relay.
ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS
For a detailed description of electronic engine controls, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and

Visual Inspection
 Engine oil level and condition  Fuses

 Cooling system coolant level  Wiring harness
 Fuel level  Electrical connector(s)
 Fuel contamination/grade/quality  Sensor(s)
 Throttle body  Engine Control Module
 Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD) belt  Transmission Control Module
 Air cleaner condition
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the customer concern and refer to the Symptom Chart below,
alternatively, check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC Index.
SYMPTOM CHART

Engine non-start
Engine does not crank  Security  Check that the security system is
system /Immobilizer disarmed
engaged  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Engine in shut-down mode this section for ECM relay tests
 ECM relay  Ensure the battery is in fully charged
 Battery and serviceable condition
 Starting system  For starting system tests refer to the
relevant section of the service
 Engine seized information
 For engine system tests refer to the
information
Engine cranks, but does  Engine breather system  Ensure the engine breather system is
not fire disconnected/restricted free from restriction and is correctly
 Ignition system installed
 Fuel system  For ignition system tests refer to the
 Electronic engine controls information
 For fuel system tests refer to the
information
 Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
this section for electronic engine
control tests
Engine cranks and fires,
but will not start  Evaporative emissions  For purge valve tests refer to the
purge valve relevant section of the service
 Fuel pump information
 Spark plugs  For fuel system tests refer to the
 Ignition coil failure(s) information
 For ignition system tests refer to the
information
Difficult to start
Difficult cold start  Check engine coolant  Check the engine coolant level and
level/anti-freeze content condition. Refer to the relevant
 Battery sections of the service information
 Electronic engine controls  Ensure the battery is in a fully charged
and serviceable condition. Refer to the
 Exhaust gas recirculation battery care manual and the relevant
(EGR) valve stuck open sections of the service information.
 Fuel pump  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Evaporative emissions this section for electronic engine
purge valve control tests
 Refer to the relevant section of the
service information and check the
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
valve and associated hoses and
connections.
information
purge valve and associated hoses and
connections.
Difficult hot start  Injector leak  Refer to the relevant section of the
 Electronic engine controls service information, carry out injector
leak tests, install new injectors as
 Evaporative emissions necessary.
purge valve
 Fuel pump this section for electronic engine
 Ignition system control tests
 EGR valve stuck open  Refer to the relevant section of the
connections.

information
information
connections.
Difficult to start after hot  Injector leak  Refer to the relevant section of the
soak (vehicle standing, service information, carry out injector
engine off, after engine  Electronic engine controls
leak tests, install new injectors as
has reached operating  Evaporative emissions necessary.
temperature) purge valve
 Fuel pump this section for electronic engine
 Ignition system control tests
 EGR valve stuck open  Refer to the relevant section of the
connections.
information
information
connections.
Engine cranks too  Compressions high/low  Refer to the relevant section of the
fast/slow service information, carry out
 Battery
compression tests.
 Starting system
 Ensure the battery is in a fully charged
and serviceable condition. Refer to the
battery care manual and the relevant
sections of the service information.
 For starting system tests refer to the
information
Engine stalls
Engine stalls soon after  Breather system  Ensure the engine breather system is
start disconnected/restricted free from restriction and is correctly
 ECM relay installed
 Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
this section for ECM relay tests
 Ignition system
 Air intake system restricted this section for electronic engine
 Air leakage control tests
 Fuel lines  For ignition system tests refer to the
information
 Check for blockage in air cleaner
element and air intake system
 Check for leakage in air intake system
information
Engine stalls on overrun  ECM relay  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Throttle position (TP) this section for ECM relay and TP
sensors sensor tests
Engine stalls at steady  ECM relay  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
speed this section for ECM relay, crankshaft
 crankshaft position sensor
position sensor, and TP sensor tests
 TP sensors
Engine stalls with speed  ECM relay  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
control enabled this section for ECM relay tests
Engine stalls when  ECM relay  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
maneuvering this section for ECM relay, and TP
 TP sensors
sensor tests
 Additional engine loads
(PAS, air conditioning, etc)  Check for excessive loads being
placed on the engine from PAS, air
 Transmission malfunction conditioning systems etc.
 CAN malfunction  Refer to the service information or
transmission troubleshooting guide for
transmission system tests.
service information and the electrical
wiring diagrams to perform CAN
network tests.
Poor driveability
Engine hesitates/poor  Fuel pressure, fuel pump,  For fuel system tests refer to the
acceleration fuel lines relevant section of the service

 Injector leak information
 Air leakage  Carry out fuel injector leak tests,
install new injectors as necessary.
 Electronic engine controls
 Check for leakage from air intake
 Ignition system system
 EGR valve stuck  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Transmission malfunction this section for electronic engine
 Restricted pedal travel control tests
(carpet, etc)  For ignition system tests refer to the
information
connections.
 Refer to the service information or
 Ensure accelerator pedal is free from
restriction
Engine backfires  Fuel pump, fuel lines  For fuel system tests refer to the
 Air leakage relevant section of the service
information
 Electronic engine controls
 Ignition system system
 Sticking variable camshaft  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
timing (VCT) hub this section for electronic engine
control tests
information
this section for VCT system tests
Engine surges  Fuel pump, fuel lines  For fuel system tests refer to the
 Electronic engine controls relevant section of the service
information
 Ignition system
control tests
information
Engine detonates/knocks  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Fuel pump, fuel lines, fuel this section for electronic engine
quality control tests
 Air leakage  For fuel system tests refer to the
 Sticking VCT hub information
system
this section for VCT system tests
No throttle response  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
control tests
Speed control inhibited or  Default mode enabled  Check message center for default
disabled message, read DTCs and refer to DTC
 Speed control, brake
switch Index
 Electronic engine controls  Refer to the relevant section of the
service information for speed control,
 CAN fault and brake switch tests.
control tests
service information and the electrical
wiring diagrams to perform CAN
network tests.
Poor throttle response  Breather system  Ensure engine breather system is free
disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly
 Electronic engine controls installed
 Transmission malfunction  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
 Traction control event control tests
 Air leakage  Refer to the service information or
 Check for leakage in air intake system
Engine defaults, warning  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
light and messages. Refer this section for electronic engine
to the owner handbook control tests
DTC INDEX

pinpoint tests.

B10A2- Crash Input - No signal  Loss of communication Refer to the electrical circuit
31 between Restraints diagrams and check Restraints
Control Module (RCM) Control Module (RCM) Pulse
and Engine Control Width Modulated (PWM) SRS
Module (ECM) signal line circuit, hard wired
connection between Engine
Control Module (ECM) and
Restraints Control Module (RCM)
for short to ground, short to power,
open circuit. Repair circuit as
required, clear DTC and retest
system to confirm repair.
B10AC- Cruise Control Switch -  The Engine Control Clear the DTC and press all the
81 invalid serial data received Module (ECM) has steering wheel switches, re-check
received an invalid for DTCs. Refer to the electrical

command from the circuit diagrams and check the
steering wheel switch Cruise control switch circuit for
pack open circuit, short to power, short
to ground, disconnected. Check
and install a new Steering Wheel
Module (SWM) as required.
B10AC- Cruise Control Switch -  Cruise Buttons alive Refer to the electrical circuit
82 alive / sequence counter counter is not diagrams and check the Cruise
incorrect / not updated incrementing. Which control switch circuit for open
suggests that the LIN circuit, short to power, short to
bus is faulty ground, disconnected. Check and
install a new Steering Wheel
 Steering Wheel Module Module (SWM) as required.
(SWM) is not connected
 Steering Wheel Module
(SWM) failure
B10AC- Cruise Control Switch -  Cruise buttons Check and install new cruise
83 value of signal protection checksum incorrect, switches as required.
calculation incorrect incorrect cruise switches
fitted to vehicle
B10AC- Cruise Control Switch -  Cruise control switch Check for related DTCs in other
96 component internal failure circuit, open circuit, Central Junction Box (CJB)s.
short to power, short to Refer to the electrical circuit
ground, disconnected diagrams and check the Cruise
control switch circuit for open
 Cruise Control Switch circuit, short to power, short to
failure ground, disconnected. Check and
 Steering Wheel Module install a new cruise control switch
(SWM) failure as required. Check and install a
new Steering Wheel Module
(SWM) as required.
B10FF- Ignition Control - Event  Spark plug(s) fault Refer to repair manual and check
68 information spark plug(s) for condition and
 Wiring harness fault security. Replace any defective
 Ignition coil(s) fault components as required. Refer to
electrical wiring diagrams and
check ignition coil circuit for
intermittent open circuit, short to
power, short to ground. Check and
install a new coil(s) as required.
B11DB- Battery Monitoring  Charging system fault Refer to electrical wiring diagrams
01 Module - General and check charging system for
Electrical Failure  Battery monitoring faults. Perform any repairs
signal line circuit fault required. Refer to the electrical
 Vehicle battery fault wiring diagrams and check the
Battery Monitoring System (BMS)

module circuit for open circuit,
short to ground, short to power.
Refer to the battery care manual
and check and install a new
battery.
B11DB- Battery Monitoring  Battery signal line Refer to the electrical wiring
87 Module - missing message circuit fault diagrams and check the Battery
Monitoring System (BMS) module
circuit for open circuit, short to
ground, short to power.
B1206-68 Crash Occurred - event  Engine control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
information (ECM) has detected the diagrams and check the Engine
vehicle has crashed - Control Module (ECM) to
event information DTC Restraints Control Module (RCM)
only circuit for short to ground, short to
power, open circuit. Repair circuit
as required, clear DTC and retest
system to confirm repair.
C0031-00 Left Front Wheel Speed  Invalid data received Check Anti-lock Braking System
Sensor - No sub type from Anti-lock Braking (ABS) module for related DTCs
information System (ABS) module - and refer to relevant DTC Index.
left front wheel speed
signal fault
C0034-00 Right Front Wheel Speed  Invalid data received Check Anti-lock Braking System
right front wheel speed
signal fault
C0037-00 Left Rear Wheel Speed  Invalid data received Check Anti-lock Braking System
left rear wheel speed
signal fault
C003A- Right Rear Wheel Speed  Invalid data received Check Anti-lock Braking System
00 Sensor - No sub type from Anti-lock Braking (ABS) module for related DTCs
right rear wheel speed
signal fault
P007C- Charge Air Cooler  Charge air cooler Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Temperature Sensor temperature sensor diagrams and check charge air
Circuit Low (Bank 1) - no (Bank 1) circuit short to cooler temperature sensor (Bank 1)
sub type information ground, open circuit, circuit for short to ground, open
high resistance circuit, high resistance. Check and
install a new charge air cooler
 Charge air cooler
temperature sensor temperature sensor (Bank 1) as

(Bank 1) failure required.
P007D- Charge Air Cooler  Charge air cooler Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Temperature Sensor temperature sensor diagrams and check charge air
Circuit High (Bank 1) - no (Bank 1) circuit short to cooler temperature sensor (Bank 1)
sub type information power, open circuit, high circuit for short to power, open
resistance circuit, high resistance. Check and
 Charge air cooler temperature sensor (Bank 1) as
temperature sensor required.
(Bank 1) failure
P0010-13 Intake (A) Camshaft  Intake (A) camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator (Bank 1) position actuator (Bank diagrams and check Intake (A)
- circuit open 1) open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank
1) open circuit for open circuit.
 Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
(ECM) interface harness diagrams and check Engine
open circuit Control Module (ECM) interface
harness for open circuit.
P0013-13 Exhaust (B) Camshaft  Exhaust (B) camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator (Bank 1) position actuator (Bank diagrams and check Exhaust (B)
- circuit open 1) open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank
1) open circuit for open circuit.
(ECM) interface harness diagrams and check Engine
open circuit Control Module (ECM) interface
harness for open circuit.
P0015-00 Exhaust (B) Camshaft  Exhaust (B) camshaft Check for related DTC code
Position Timing - Over- position actuator (Bank P0365-00. Refer to the electrical
Retarded (Bank 1) - No 1) open circuit, short to circuit diagrams and check Exhaust
sub type information ground, short to power (B) camshaft position actuator
(Bank 1) for open circuit, short to
P0016-00 Crankshaft Position -  The relative positions of Check engine timing. Check
Camshaft Position the crankshaft position camshaft sensor timing plate is
Correlation - Bank 1 sensor and cam timing installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor A - No sub type plate teeth are not chain is installed correctly.
information correct
 Timing chain installed
incorrectly
P0017-00 Crankshaft Position -  The relative positions of Refer to the electrical circuit
Camshaft Position the crankshaft position diagrams and check exhaust (B)
Correlation - Bank 1 sensor and camshaft camshaft position actuator (Bank
Sensor B - No sub type timing plate teeth are not 1) for open circuit for open circuit,
information correct short to ground, short to power.
 Engine timing incorrect Check for related DTC code

P0365-00. Check engine timing.
 Timing chain installed Check camshaft sensor timing
incorrectly plate is installed correctly. Check
timing chain is installed correctly.
Correlation - Bank 2 sensor and camshaft installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor A - No sub type timing plate teeth are not chain is installed correctly.
information correct
incorrectly
Correlation - Bank 2 sensor and camshaft installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor B - No sub type timing plate teeth are not chain is installed correctly.
information correct
incorrectly
P001A- Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Control Circuit (Bank 1) - switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
circuit open 1 open circuit profile switching solenoid bank 1
for open circuit.
P001B- Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
11 Control Circuit Low (Bank switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
1) - circuit short to ground 1 circuit short to ground profile switching solenoid bank 1
circuit for short to ground.
P001C- Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Control Circuit High (Bank switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
1) - circuit short to battery 1 circuit short to power profile switching solenoid bank 1
circuit for short to power.
P001D- Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
13 Control Circuit (Bank 2) - switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
circuit open 2 open circuit profile switching solenoid bank 2
for open circuit.
P001E-11 Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit Low (Bank switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
2) - circuit short to ground 2 circuit short to ground profile switching solenoid bank 2
P001F-12 Intake (A) Cam Profile  Camshaft profile Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit High (Bank switching solenoid bank diagrams and check camshaft
2) - circuit short to battery 2 circuit short to power profile switching solenoid bank 2

P0020-13 Intake (A) Camshaft  Intake valve solenoid 2 Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator (Bank 2) open circuit diagrams and check intake valve
- circuit open solenoid 2 for open circuit.
P0023-13 Exhaust (B) Camshaft  Exhaust (B) Camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator (Bank 2) Position actuator (Bank diagrams and check exhaust (B)
- circuit open 2) circuit, open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank
2) circuit for open circuit.
P0026-72 Intake Valve Control  Intake valve solenoid 1 Check operation of intake valve
Solenoid Circuit angle less than target solenoid 1. Check and install a new
Range/Performance (Bank intake valve solenoid 1 as required.
1) - actuator stuck open  Intake valve solenoid 1
slow or not operating
Solenoid Circuit angle greater than target solenoid 1. Check and install a new
1) - commanded position  Intake valve solenoid 1
not reachable not returning to target in
time
 Intake valve solenoid 1
stuck advanced
P0027-72 Exhaust Valve Control  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 Check operation of exhaust valve
Range/Performance (Bank exhaust valve solenoid 1 as
1) - actuator stuck open  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 required.
1) - commanded position  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 required.
time
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1
stuck advanced
2) - actuator stuck open  Intake valve solenoid 2
2) - commanded position  Intake valve solenoid 2
time
 Intake valve solenoid 2
stuck advanced
P0029-72 Exhaust Valve Control Check operation of exhaust valve
Solenoid Circuit  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 solenoid 2. Check and install a new
Range/Performance (Bank angle less than target exhaust valve solenoid 2 as
2) - actuator stuck open required.
2) - commanded position  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 required.
time
stuck advanced
P0031-11 HO2S Heater Control  Pre catalyst oxygen Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low (Bank 1, sensor-odd heater diagnostic system check datalogger
Sensor 1) - circuit short to control circuit (Bank 1, signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
ground Sensor 1) circuit short to Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
ground Bank 1 Sensor 1 (0x03A1). Refer
to the electrical circuit diagrams
and check pre catalyst oxygen
sensor-odd heater control circuit
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) circuit for short
to ground.
Sensor 1) - circuit open control circuit (Bank 1, signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
Sensor 1) circuit, open Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 (0x03A1). Refer
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) circuit for open
circuit.
Circuit High (Bank 1, sensor-odd heater diagnostic system check datalogger
battery Sensor 1) circuit short to Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
power Bank 1 Sensor 1 (0x03A1). Refer
to power.
P0036-00 HO2S Heater Control  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) heater circuit control diagnostic system check datalogger
- no sub type information fuse failure signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
 Post catalyst oxygen
sensor-odd heater Bank 1 Sensor 2 (0x03A2). Refer

control circuit short to to the electrical circuit diagrams
ground, power, open and check post catalyst oxygen
circuit sensor-odd sensor fuse for open
 Catalyst oxygen sensor circuit. Refer to the electrical
heater circuit control circuit diagrams and check post
relay circuit short to catalyst oxygen sensor-odd sensor
ground, power, open circuit for short to ground, power,
circuit open circuit. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check catalyst
 Catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor heater circuit
heater circuit control control relay circuit for short to
relay failure ground, power, open circuit. Check
 Post catalyst oxygen and install a new catalyst oxygen
sensor-odd failure sensor heater control relay, as
required. Check and install a new
post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd as
required.
P003C- A Camshaft Profile  Oil supply blockage to Check for the presence of oil at the
00 Control camshaft profile camshaft profile switching
Performance /Stuck Off switching solenoid solenoid. Check for catalyst
(Bank 1) - no sub type oxygen sensor related DTCs. Refer
information  Catalyst oxygen sensor to the electrical circuit diagrams
failure, giving false flag and check camshaft profile
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid bank 1 circuit
switching solenoid bank for short to power, short to ground,
1 circuit fault open circuit. Check and install a
 Camshaft profile new operation camshaft profile
switching solenoid bank switching solenoid bank 1 as
1 fault required. Clear DTC and road test
the vehicle. If fault remains contact
Dealer Technical Support before
carrying out any further work.
P003E-00 A Camshaft Profile  Oil supply blockage to Check for the presence of oil at the
Control Performance/ camshaft profile camshaft profile switching
Stuck Off (Bank 2) - no switching solenoid solenoid. Check for catalyst
sub type information oxygen sensor related DTCs. Refer
 Catalyst oxygen sensor to the electrical circuit diagrams
failure, giving false flag and check camshaft profile
 Camshaft profile switching solenoid bank 2 circuit
switching solenoid bank for short to power, short to ground,
2 circuit fault open circuit. Check and install a
 Camshaft profile new operation camshaft profile
switching solenoid bank switching solenoid bank 2 as
2fault required. Clear DTC and road test

ground Sensor 1) circuit short to Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
ground Bank 2 Sensor 1 (0x03A4). Refer
to ground.
Sensor 1) - circuit open control circuit (Bank 2, signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
Sensor 1) circuit, open Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) circuit for open
circuit.
Circuit High (Bank 2, sensor-odd heater diagnostic system check datalogger
battery Sensor 1) circuit short to Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
power Bank 2 Sensor 1 (0x03A4). Refer
to power.
P0054-00 HO2S Heater Resistance  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - no sub heater circuit control diagnostic system check datalogger
type information fuse failure signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
 Post catalyst oxygen Bank 1 Sensor 1 (0x03A1). Refer
sensor-odd heater to the electrical circuit diagrams
control circuit short to and check post catalyst oxygen
ground, power, open sensor-odd sensor fuse for open
circuit, high resistance circuit. Refer to the electrical
 Catalyst oxygen sensor circuit diagrams and check post
heater circuit control catalyst oxygen sensor-odd sensor
relay circuit short to circuit for short to ground, power,
ground, power, open open circuit, high resistance. Refer
circuit to the electrical circuit diagrams
 Catalyst oxygen sensor and check catalyst oxygen sensor
heater circuit control heater circuit control relay circuit
relay failure for short to ground, power, open

 Post catalyst oxygen circuit. Check and install a new
sensor-odd failure catalyst oxygen sensor heater
control relay, as required. Check
and install a new post catalyst
oxygen sensor-odd as required.
P0056-00 HO2S Heater Control  Post catalyst oxygen Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit (Bank 2, Sensor 2) sensor-even heater diagnostic system check datalogger
- no sub type information control circuit short to signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
ground, power, open Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
 Catalyst oxygen sensor and check post catalyst oxygen
heater circuit control sensor-even sensor circuit for short
relay circuit short to to ground, power, open circuit.
ground, power, open Refer to the electrical circuit
 Catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor heater circuit
heater circuit control control relay circuit for short to
relay failure ground, power, open circuit. Check
 Post catalyst oxygen and install a new catalyst oxygen
sensor-even failure sensor heater control relay, as
post catalyst oxygen sensor-even,
as required.
P0060-00 HO2S Heater Resistance  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - no sub heater circuit control diagnostic system check datalogger
type information fuse failure signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
 Post catalyst oxygen Bank 2 Sensor 2 (0x03A5). Refer
sensor-odd heater to the electrical circuit diagrams
control circuit short to and check post catalyst oxygen
ground, power, open sensor-odd sensor fuse for open
circuit, high resistance circuit. Refer to the electrical
heater circuit control catalyst oxygen sensor-odd sensor
relay circuit short to circuit for short to ground, power,
ground, power, open open circuit, high resistance. Refer
circuit to the electrical circuit diagrams
 Catalyst oxygen sensor and check catalyst oxygen sensor
heater circuit control heater circuit control relay circuit
relay failure for short to ground, power, open
 Post catalyst oxygen circuit. Check and install a new
sensor-odd failure catalyst oxygen sensor heater
and install a new post catalyst
oxygen sensor-odd as required.
P0069-29 MAP - Barometric  Manifold Absolute Using the manufacturer approved

Pressure Correlation - Pressure (MAP) sensor diagnostic system check datalogger
signal invalid failure signal, datalogger signal
Barometric Pressure Sensor
 Engine Control Module Voltage (0x035A). Check for
(ECM) internal fault related Manifold Absolute Pressure
(MAP) sensor DTCs. Refer to the
check manifold absolute pressure
sensor circuit for short to ground,
short to power, open circuit. Check
and install new manifold absolute
pressure sensor as required. Check
and install a new Engine Control
Module (ECM) as required. Refer
procedures manual if a module is
suspect.
P0071-21 Ambient Air Temperature  Ambient air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
Sensor Range/Performance sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
- signal amplitude < ground, power, open signal, datalogger signal Ambient
minimum circuit Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
(0x03BA). Refer to the electrical
 Temperature and circuit diagrams and check ambient
manifold absolute air temperature sensor circuit for
pressure sensor circuit short to ground, power, open
short to ground, power, circuit. Refer to the electrical
open circuit circuit diagrams and check
 Ambient air temperature temperature and manifold absolute
sensor failure pressure sensor circuit for short to
 Temperature and ground, power, open circuit. Check
manifold absolute and install a new ambient air
pressure sensor failure temperature sensor as required.
temperature and manifold absolute
pressure sensor as required.
-Signal amplitude > ground, power, open signal, datalogger signal Ambient
maximum circuit Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
 Temperature and circuit diagrams and check ambient
manifold absolute air temperature sensor circuit for
pressure sensor circuit short to ground, power, open
short to ground, power, circuit. Refer to the electrical
open circuit circuit diagrams and check
 Ambient air temperature temperature and manifold absolute
sensor failure pressure sensor circuit for short to

 Temperature and ground, power, open circuit. Check
manifold absolute and install a new ambient air
pressure sensor failure temperature sensor as required.
temperature and manifold absolute
Sensor Circuit Low - no sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information ground, open circuit, signal, datalogger signal Ambient
high resistance Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
 Ambient air temperature circuit diagrams and check ambient
sensor failure air temperature sensor circuit for
short to ground, open circuit, high
ambient air temperature sensor as
required.
Sensor Circuit High - no sensor ground circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information high resistance, open signal, datalogger signals Ambient
circuit Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
 Ambient air temperature circuit diagrams and check ambient
sensor signal circuit air temperature sensor circuit for
short to power short to ground, high resistance,
 Ambient air temperature short to power. Check connector
sensor failure terminals for corrosion or damage.
Check and install a new ambient
air temperature sensor as required.
P007B- Charge Air Cooler  Charge air cooler Using the manufacturer approved
23 Temperature Sensor temperature sensor diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit Range/Performance circuit poor / signal, datalogger signal Charge
(Bank 1) - signal stuck low intermittent connection Air Temperature Voltage
(0x03EE). Refer to the electrical
 Charge air cooler circuit diagrams and check charge
temperature sensor air cooler temperature sensor
failure circuit for poor, intermittent
connection, check and install a new
charge air cooler temperature
sensor as required.
Circuit Range/Performance circuit short to ground, signal, datalogger signal Charge
(Bank 1) - signal stuck open circuit Air Temperature Voltage
high (0x03EE). Refer to the electrical
 Charge air cooler circuit diagrams and check charge
temperature sensor air cooler temperature sensor

failure circuit for short to ground, open
circuit. Check and install a new
charge air cooler temperature
sensor as required.
Circuit Range/Performance circuit short to ground, signal, datalogger signal Charge
(Bank 1) - signal invalid open circuit, short to Air Temperature Voltage
power (0x03EE). Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check charge
 Charge air cooler air cooler temperature sensor
temperature sensor circuit for short to ground, open
failure circuit, short to power. Check and
temperature sensor as required.
P0087-00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
- Too Low - no sub type circuit short to ground, diagnostic system check datalogger
information open circuit, high signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
resistance Pressure Sensor - High Range
Sensor Voltage (0x0377). Refer to
 Fuel rail pressure sensor the electrical circuit diagrams and
failure check fuel rail pressure sensor
 Fuel lines leaking or circuit for short to ground, open
restricted circuit, high resistance. Check for
 Fuel pump failure fuel pump related DTCs. Check
fuel lines for leakage or restriction.
Check and install new fuel rail
pressure sensor as required. Check
and install a new fuel pump as
required.
P0088-00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
- Too High - no sub type circuit short to each diagnostic system check datalogger
information other, high resistance, signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
short to power Pressure Sensor - High Range
 Fuel rail pressure sensor the electrical circuit diagrams and
failure check fuel rail pressure sensor
circuit for short to each other, high
resistance, short to power. Check
and install new fuel rail pressure
sensor as required.
P008A- Low Pressure Fuel System  Low pressure fuel sensor Using the manufacturer approved
00 Pressure - Too Low - no circuit failure, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information ground, power, open signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
circuit Pressure - Low Range Sensor
Voltage (0x0376). Refer to the
 Fuel Pump Driver electrical circuit diagrams and

Module (FPDM) circuit check low pressure fuel sensor
short to ground, power, circuit for short to ground, power,
open circuit open circuit. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check Fuel
 Low pressure fuel Pump Driver Module (FPDM)
 Fuel Pump Driver circuit short to ground, power,
Module (FPDM) failure open circuit. Check and install a
new low pressure fuel sensor as
Fuel Pump Driver Module (FPDM)
as required.
P008B- Low Pressure Fuel System  Low pressure fuel sensor Using the manufacturer approved
00 Pressure - Too High - No circuit short to ground, diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information power, open circuit signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
Pressure - Low Range Sensor
 Fuel Pump Driver Voltage (0x0376). Refer to the
Module (FPDM) circuit electrical circuit diagrams and
short to ground, power, check low pressure fuel sensor
open circuit circuit for short to ground, power,
 Blockage or restriction open circuit. Check for blockage or
in low pressure fuel line restriction in low pressure fuel line.
 Low pressure fuel sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
failure diagrams and check Fuel Pump
 Fuel Pump Driver Driver Module (FPDM) circuit
Module (FPDM) failure short to ground, power, open
low pressure fuel sensor as
as required.
P00AB- Intake Air Temperature  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
23 Sensor 1 Circuit sensor bank 2 circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance (Bank short to ground, open signal, datalogger signal Intake Air
2) - signal stuck low circuit Temperature Sensor Bank 2
(0x0312). Refer to the electrical
 Intake air temperature circuit diagrams and check intake
sensor bank 2 failure air temperature sensor bank 2
circuit for short to ground, open
intake air temperature sensor bank
2 as required.
Range/Performance (Bank short to power signal, datalogger signal Intake Air
2) - signal stuck high Temperature Sensor Bank 2
 Intake air temperature (0x0312). Refer to the electrical
sensor bank 2 failure circuit diagrams and check intake

air temperature sensor bank 2
circuit for short to power. Check
and install a new intake air
temperature sensor bank 2 as
required.
Range/Performance (Bank short to ground, open signal, datalogger signal Intake Air
2) - signal invalid circuit, short to power Temperature Sensor Bank 2
 Intake air temperature circuit diagrams and check intake
sensor bank 2 failure air temperature sensor bank 2
ground, short to power. Check and
install a new intake air temperature
sensor bank 2 as required.
P00AC- Intake Air Temperature  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
00 Sensor 1 Circuit Low sensor bank 2 sensing diagnostic system check datalogger
(Bank 2) - no sub type circuit short to ground, signal, datalogger signal Intake Air
information high resistance, Temperature Sensor Bank 2
disconnected (0x0312). Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check intake
 Intake air temperature air temperature sensor bank 2
sensor bank 2 failure circuit for short to ground, open
circuit, high resistance,
disconnected connector. Check and
P00AD- Intake Air Temperature  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
00 Sensor 1 Circuit High sensor bank 2 sensing diagnostic system check datalogger
(Bank 2) - No sub type circuit short ground, signal, datalogger signal Intake Air
information short to power, open Temperature Sensor Bank 2
circuit, high resistance (0x0312). Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check intake
 Intake air temperature air temperature sensor bank 2
sensor bank 2 failure circuit for short ground, short to
power, open circuit, high
resistance. Check for backed out or
damaged connector pins. Check
required.
P00C6- Fuel Rail Pressure Too  No fuel at pump Check fuel supply to both pumps
00 Low - Engine Cranking - (if engine runs then supply is not
no sub type information  Injector stuck open suspect). If engine does not run
 Fuel pressure sensor perform fuel prime routine. Use
signal stuck fuel pump diagnostic routine to

 Fuel pump failure determine if one pump has failed,
if so replace pump. If a fuel
injector is stuck open the exhaust
will smell of fuel and fuelling
adaptions may indicate rich shift.
perform checks for as DTC P0191-
00. Check and install a new fuel
pump as required.
P0101-00 Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Check air cleaner element is free
A Circuit Customer likely to from restriction. Check for leak
Range/Performance - no report hesitation. from air intake system, rectify as
sub type information required. Ensure the engine
 Blocked air cleaner breather system is correctly
element(s) installed and in serviceable
condition. Make sure throttle blade
 Leakage from air intake
is clean of carbon. Check for
system
blocked catalysts. Refer to the
 Blocked engine breather electrical circuit diagrams and
 Blockage in air intake check MAF/IAT sensor bank 1
system sensor circuit for intermittent short
 Carbon build-up on to ground, high resistance. Check
throttle blade and install a new MAF/IAT sensor
bank 1 sensor as required.
 Blocked catalysts
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1
circuit - high resistance,
ground, high resistance
failure
P0102-00 Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Refer to the electrical circuit
A Circuit Low - no sub Customer likely to diagrams and check Mass Air Flow
type information report hesitation. (MAF) bank 1 circuit for high
resistance, open circuit. Check and
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) install a new Mass Air Flow
sensor bank 1 circuit (MAF) bank 1 as required.
circuit
 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
sensor bank 1 failure
P0103-00 Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Check circuit fuse. If fuse fails,
A Circuit High - no sub Customer likely to may see P0103, P010C and P250C.
type information report hesitation. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check Mass Air Flow
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) (MAF) bank 1 circuit for short to
sensor bank 1 circuit power, high resistance. Check and

short to power, high install a new Mass Air Flow
resistance (MAF) bank 1 as required.
P0106-00 Manifold Absolute  Blocked air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
Pressure/BARO Sensor element(s) from restriction. Check for leak
Range/Performance - no from air intake system, rectify as
sub type information  Intake manifold air leak required. Ensure the engine
 Manifold absolute breather system is correctly
pressure sensor circuit installed and in serviceable
short to ground, short to condition. Make sure throttle blade
power, open circuit, high is clean of carbon. Check for
resistance blocked exhaust. Refer to the
 Engine breather leak electrical circuit diagrams and
 Carbon build up on check manifold absolute pressure
throttle plate sensor circuit for short to ground,
short to power, open circuit, high
 Exhaust system blocked resistance. Check and install a new
 Manifold absolute manifold absolute pressure sensor
pressure sensor failure as required. Check for related
 BARO sensor failure BARO sensor DTC P0069-29.
P0107-00 Manifold Absolute  Manifold absolute Refer to the electrical circuit
Pressure/BARO Sensor pressure sensor circuit diagrams and check manifold
Low - no sub type short to ground, open absolute pressure sensor circuit for
information circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
pressure sensor failure as required.
P0108-00 Manifold Absolute  Manifold absolute Refer to the electrical circuit
Pressure/BARO Sensor pressure sensor circuit diagrams and check manifold
High - no sub type short to power, open absolute pressure sensor circuit for
information circuit, high resistance short to power, open circuit, high
pressure sensor failure as required.
P010B- Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
00 B Circuit Customer likely to diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - no report hesitation. signal, datalogger signal Mass Air
sub type information Flow Sensor 2 Voltage (0x0503).
 Blocked air cleaner Check for related DTCs P0102 or
element(s) P0103. Check air cleaner element
is free from restriction. Check for
leak from air intake system, rectify
system as required. Ensure the engine
 Blocked engine breather breather system is correctly
 Blockage in air intake installed and in serviceable

system condition. Make sure throttle blade
 Carbon build-up on blocked catalysts. Refer to the
throttle blade electrical circuit diagrams and
 Blocked catalysts check MAF/IAT sensor bank 2
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 sensor circuit for intermittent short
circuit - high resistance, to ground, high resistance. Check
intermittent short to and install a new MAF/IAT sensor
ground, high resistance bank 2 sensor as required.
failure
P010C- Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
00 B Circuit Low - no sub Customer likely to diagnostic system check datalogger
type information report hesitation. signal, datalogger signal Mass Air
Flow Sensor 2 Voltage (0x0503).
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Check Mass Air Flow (MAF)
sensor bank 2 circuit sensor circuit fuse. If fuse fails,
high resistance, open may see DTCs P0103, P010C and
circuit, short to ground, P250C. Refer to the electrical
short to power circuit diagrams and check Mass
Air Flow (MAF) bank 2 circuit for
high resistance, open circuit, short
sensor bank 2 failure to ground, short to power. Check
and install a new Mass Air Flow
(MAF) bank 2 as required.
P010D- Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
00 B Circuit High - no sub Customer likely to diagnostic system check datalogger
type information report hesitation. signal, datalogger signal Mass Air
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Check Mass Air Flow (MAF)
sensor bank 2 circuit sensor circuit fuse. If fuse fails,
high resistance, open may see DTCs P0103, P010C and
circuit, short to ground, P250C. Refer to the electrical
short to power circuit diagrams and check Mass
Air Flow (MAF) bank 2 circuit for
high resistance, open circuit, short
to ground, short to power. Check
and install a new Mass Air Flow
(MAF) bank 2 as required.
P010F-00 Mass or Volume Air Flow NOTE: Check air cleaner element is free
Sensor A/B Correlation - Customer likely to from restriction. Check for leak
no sub type information report hesitation. from air intake system, rectify as
required. Ensure the engine
 Blocked air cleaner breather system is correctly
element(s) installed and in serviceable
 Leakage from air intake condition. Make sure throttle blade

system is clean of carbon. Check for
 Blocked engine breather electrical circuit diagrams and
 Blockage in air intake check MAF/IAT sensor bank 1
system sensor circuit for intermittent short
 Carbon build-up on to ground, high resistance. Check
throttle blade and install a new MAF/IAT sensor
 Blocked catalysts bank 1 sensor as required.
ground, high resistance
failure
P0111-23 Intake Air Temperature  Intake air temperature Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor 1 Circuit sensor short to ground, diagrams and check intake air
Range/Performance - open circuit, high temperature sensor circuit for short
signal stuck low resistance to ground, open circuit, high
 Intake air temperature intake air temperature sensor as
sensor failure required.
Sensor 1 Circuit sensor circuit short to diagrams and check intake air
Range/Performance - power, open circuit temperature sensor circuit for short
signal stuck high to power, open circuit. Check and
 Intake air temperature install a new intake air temperature
sensor failure sensor as required.
Sensor 1 Circuit sensor circuit short to diagrams and check intake air
Range/Performance - ground, power, open temperature sensor circuit for short
signal invalid circuit to ground, power, open circuit.
Check and install a new intake air
 Intake air temperature temperature sensor as required.
sensor failure
Sensor 1 Circuit Low sensor circuit short to diagrams and check intake air
(Bank 1) - no sub type ground, short to power, temperature sensor circuit for short
information open circuit, high to ground, short to power, open
resistance circuit, high resistance. Check and
 Intake air temperature sensor bank 1 as required.
sensor failure
Sensor 1 Circuit High sensor circuit short to diagrams and check intake air
(Bank 1) - no sub type power, open circuit, high temperature sensor circuit for short
information resistance to power, open circuit, high

 Intake air temperature resistance. Check and install a new
sensor failure intake air temperature sensor bank
1 as required.
P0116-23 Engine Coolant  Engine coolant Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor 1 temperature sensor 1 diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit Range/Performance sensing circuit signal, datalogger signal Engine
- signal stuck low intermittent high Coolant Temperature Sensor
resistance Voltage (0x0357). Refer to the
 Engine coolant check engine coolant temperature
temperature sensor 1 sensor 1 circuit for intermittent
failure high resistance. Check and install a
 Battery reset carried out new engine coolant temperature
when the engine was sensor 1 as required. Check for
warm/hot related DYC P2610- 87. Start the
engine and switch off. Clear DTC
and re-test.
Circuit Range/Performance sensing circuit signal, datalogger signal Engine
- signal stuck high intermittent high Coolant Temperature Sensor
temperature sensor 1 sensor 1 circuit for intermittent
failure high resistance. Check and install a
 Battery reset carried out new engine coolant temperature
when the engine was sensor 1 as required. Check for
warm/hot related DYC P2610- 87. Start the
engine and switch off. Clear DTC
and re-test.
P0116-29 Engine Coolant  Low coolant level Fill cooling system to correct level
Temperature Sensor 1 and specification. Using the
Circuit Range/Performance  Engine coolant manufacturer approved diagnostic
- Signal invalid temperature sensor 1 system check datalogger signal,
sensing circuit - datalogger signal Engine Coolant
intermittent high Temperature Sensor Voltage
resistance (0x0357). Refer to the electrical
 Engine coolant circuit diagrams and check engine
temperature sensor 1 coolant temperature sensor 1
failure circuit for intermittent high
 Possible airlock in resistance. Check and install new
cooling system engine coolant temperature sensor
1 as required, Bleed cooling
system.
P0117-16 Engine Coolant Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor 1  Engine coolant diagnostic system check datalogger

Circuit Low - circuit temperature sensor 1 signal, datalogger signal Engine
voltage below threshold circuit short to ground Coolant Temperature Sensor
Voltage (0x0357). Refer to the
 Engine coolant electrical circuit diagrams and
temperature sensor 1 check engine coolant temperature
failure sensor 1 circuit for short to ground.
Check and install a new Engine
coolant temperature sensor 1 as
required.
Circuit High - Circuit circuit short to power, signal, datalogger signal Engine
voltage above threshold open circuit, sensor Coolant Temperature Sensor
disconnected Voltage (0x0357). Refer to the
temperature sensor 1 sensor 1 circuit for short to power,
failure open circuit, sensor disconnected.
Check and install new engine
required.
P0121-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Sensor A Circuit Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Range/Performance - no flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
sub type information system. Refer to the electrical
 Engine Control Module circuit diagrams and check Engine
(ECM) power supply Control Module (ECM) power
circuit open circuit, high supply circuit for open circuit, high
resistance resistance. Check and install a new
 Engine Control Module Engine Control Module (ECM) as
(ECM) damage through required. Refer to the warranty
water ingress, internal policy and procedures manual if a
fault module is suspect.
P0122-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle position sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor A Circuit Low - no 1 circuit short to ground, diagrams and check throttle
sub type information open circuit position sensor 1 circuit for short
to ground, open circuit. Clear DTC
 Throttle position sensor and repeat automated diagnostic
1 failure procedure using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system. If
electronic throttle unit, check and
install a new electronic throttle unit
policy and procedures manual if a
module is suspect.
P0123-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle position sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor A Circuit High - no 1 circuit short to ground, diagrams and check throttle
sub type information short to power, open position sensor 1 circuit for short
circuit to ground, short to power, open
circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
 Throttle position sensor automated diagnostic procedure
1 failure using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system. If DTC remains
suspect the electronic throttle unit,
check and install a new electronic
throttle unit as required. Refer to
manual if a module is suspect.
P0125-00 Insufficient Coolant Temp  Coolant temperature Refer to the electrical circuit
For Closed Loop Fuel sensor 1 circuit, open diagrams and check engine coolant
Control - no sub type circuit, high resistance temperature sensor 1 circuit for
information open circuit, high resistance.
 Engine coolant Check and install a new engine
temperature sensor 1 coolant temperature sensor 1.
failure
P0126-26 Insufficient Coolant Temp  Thermostat stuck open Check for related coolant
For Stable Operation - temperature coolant sensor faults.
signal rate of change below  Cooling fans running Check and install a new thermostat
threshold continuously or at a high as required. Check cooling fans for
duty correct operation. Repair as
required.
P0128-00 Coolant Thermostat  Thermostat stuck open Check for related coolant
(Coolant Temp Below temperature coolant sensor faults.
Thermostat Regulating  Coolant temperature Check and install a new thermostat
Temperature) - no sub type coolant sensor circuit, as required. Refer to the electrical
information short to ground, short to circuit diagrams and check engine
power, open circuit coolant temperature sensor 1
circuit for short to ground, short to
P0131-00 O2 Circuit Low Voltage  Pre-catalyst oxygen Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - no sub sensor odd disconnected odd connector is connected. Refer
type information to the electrical circuit diagrams
 Pre-catalyst oxygen and check pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd variable sensor odd variable circuit for
circuit, short to ground short to ground, open circuit.
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
sensor odd variable odd heater circuit. Check and
circuit, open circuit install a new pre-catalyst oxygen
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd as required.
sensor odd heater fault
 Pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd failure
P0132-00 O2 Circuit High Voltage  Pre-catalyst oxygen Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - no sub sensor odd disconnected odd connector is connected. Refer
type information to the electrical circuit diagrams
 Pre-catalyst oxygen and check pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd variable sensor odd variable circuit for
circuit, short to power short to power, open circuit. Check
 Pre-catalyst oxygen pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd
sensor odd variable heater circuit. Check and install a
circuit, open circuit new pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
 Pre-catalyst oxygen odd as required.
sensor odd heater fault
 Pre-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd failure
P0133-00 O2 Circuit Slow Response  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - no sub odd is correctly installed in exhaust
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen manifold. Check for and rectify
sensor odd to Engine any exhaust leak between cylinder
Control Module (ECM) head and catalytic converter. Refer
wiring shield high to the electrical circuit diagrams
resistance and check pre-catalyst oxygen
 Fuel control system fault sensor odd to Engine Control
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Module (ECM) wiring shield for
sensor odd failure high resistance. Check fuel control
system for failure. Check and
install a new pre-catalyst oxygen
P0134-00 O2 Circuit No Activity  Pre-catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
Detected (Bank 1, Sensor sensor odd circuit short diagrams and check pre-catalyst
1) - no sub type to ground, short to oxygen sensor odd circuit for short
information power, open circuit to ground, short to power, open
 Pre-catalyst oxygen pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd as
sensor odd failure required.
P0137-00 O2 Circuit Low Voltage  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - odd, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing
high resistance, open circuit for short to ground, high
circuit resistance, open circuit. Check for
damaged or blocked catalyst.
 Damaged or blocked Check for air leak between catalyst
catalyst and exhaust manifold. Check and
 Air leak between install new post catalyst oxygen
catalyst and exhaust sensor - odd, as required.
manifold
sensor - odd, failure
P0138-00 O2 Circuit High Voltage  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - odd, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
type information circuit short to power oxygen sensor - odd, sensing
 Post catalyst oxygen post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,
sensor - odd, tip tip for damage, blockage,
damaged, blocked, poisoned, install a new sensor as
poisoned required. Check for blocked
 Catalyst blocked catalyst. Check and install new
 Post catalyst oxygen catalyst as required. Check and
sensor - odd, failure install new post catalyst oxygen
sensor - odd, as required.
P0139-00 O2 Circuit Slow Response  Post catalyst oxygen Check for related DTCs. Check
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - odd, tip post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,
type information damaged, blocked, tip for damage, blockage,
poisoned poisoned, install a new sensor as
required. Check for excessive oil
 Excessive oil consumption. Repair as required.
consumption
P0140-00 O2 Circuit No Activity  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
Detected (Bank 1, Sensor sensor - odd, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
2) - no sub type circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing
information power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, power,
open circuit high resistance, open circuit.
Check for air leak between catalyst
 Air leak between and exhaust manifold. Check post
catalyst and exhaust catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip
manifold for damage, blockage, poisoned,
 Post catalyst oxygen install a new sensor as required.
sensor - odd, tip Check for excessive oil
damaged, blocked, consumption. Check and install
poisoned new post catalyst oxygen sensor -
 Post catalyst oxygen odd, as required.
sensor - odd, failure
P0141-00 O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1,  Post catalyst oxygen Using the manufacturer approved
Sensor 2) - no sub type sensor - odd, sensing diagnostic system check datalogger
information circuit short to ground, signal, datalogger signal Oxygen
power, high resistance, Sensor (O2S) Heater Duty Cycle
open circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 (0x03A2). Refer
 Air leak between and check post catalyst oxygen
catalyst and exhaust sensor - odd, sensing circuit for
manifold short to ground, power, high
 Catalyst oxygen sensor resistance, open circuit. Check for
heater circuit control air leak between catalyst and
relay failure exhaust manifold. Refer to the
 Post catalyst oxygen electrical circuit diagrams and
sensor - odd, failure check catalyst oxygen sensor

heater circuit control relay circuit
for short to ground, power, open
catalyst oxygen sensor heater
and install new post catalyst
oxygen sensor - odd, as required.
P0148-65 Fuel Delivery Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short Check for related injector DTCs.
signal has too few to ground, short to Refer to the electrical circuit
transitions / events power, high resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
circuit for, short to ground, short to
 Injector(s) failure power, high resistance. Check and
 Engine Control Module install a new injector(s) as
(ECM) internal failure required. Check and install a new
Engine Control Module (ECM) as
module is suspect.
P0148-66 Fuel Delivery Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short Check for related injector DTCs.
signal has too many to ground, short to Refer to the electrical circuit
transitions / events power, high resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
module is suspect.
P0149-32 Fuel Timing Error - signal  Injector(s) circuit, short Check for related injector DTCs.
low time < minimum to ground, short to Refer to the electrical circuit
power, high resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
module is suspect.
P0149-35 Fuel Timing Error - signal  Injector(s) circuit, short Check for related injector DTCs.
high time > maximum to ground, short to Refer to the electrical circuit
power, high resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)

module is suspect.
P0151- O2 Sensor Circuit Low  Pre-catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
1A Voltage (Bank 2 Sensor 1) sensor - even circuit diagrams and check pre-catalyst
- circuit resistance below short to ground oxygen sensor - even circuit for
threshold short to ground. Check and install
 Pre-catalyst oxygen new pre catalyst oxygen sensor -
sensor - even failure even.
P0152- O2 Sensor Circuit Low  Pre-catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
1B Voltage (Bank 2 Sensor 1) sensor - even circuit diagrams and check pre-catalyst
- circuit resistance above short to power, oxygen sensor - even circuit for
threshold disconnected short to power, disconnected.
Check and install new pre catalyst
 Pre-catalyst oxygen oxygen sensor - even.
sensor - even failure
P0153-00 O2 Circuit Slow Response  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) - no sub even is correctly installed in
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen exhaust manifold. Check for and
sensor even to Engine rectify any exhaust leak between
Control Module (ECM) cylinder head and catalytic
wiring shield high converter. Refer to the electrical
resistance circuit diagrams and check pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor even to
sensor even to Engine Engine Control Module (ECM)
Control Module (ECM) wiring shield for high resistance.
signal circuit short to Refer to the electrical circuit
ground diagrams and check Pre-catalyst
 Fuel control system fault oxygen sensor even to Engine
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Control Module (ECM) signal
sensor even failure circuit for short to ground. Check
fuel control system for failure.
Check and install a new pre-
catalyst oxygen sensor even as
required.
P0154-00 O2 Circuit No Activity  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Detected (Bank 2, Sensor even is correctly installed in
1) - no sub type  Pre-catalyst oxygen exhaust manifold. Check for and
information sensor even to Engine rectify any exhaust leak between
Control Module (ECM) cylinder head and catalytic
wiring shield high converter. Refer to the electrical
resistance circuit diagrams and check pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor even to
sensor even to Engine Engine Control Module (ECM)
Control Module (ECM) wiring shield for high resistance.
signal circuit short to Refer to the electrical circuit

ground, high resistance, diagrams and check Pre-catalyst
open circuit oxygen sensor even to Engine
 Fuel control system fault Control Module (ECM) signal
circuit for short to ground, high
 Pre-catalyst oxygen resistance, open circuit. Check fuel
sensor even failure control system for failure. Check
and install a new pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor even as required.
P0157-00 O2 Circuit Low Voltage  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - even, sensing
air leak between catalyst and
 Air leak between exhaust manifold. Check post
catalyst and exhaust catalyst oxygen sensor - even, tip
sensor - even, tip Check and install new post catalyst
damaged, blocked, oxygen sensor - even, as required.
poisoned


sensor - even, failure
P0158-00 O2 Circuit High Voltage  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
type information circuit short to power oxygen sensor - even, sensing
 Air leak between for air leak between catalyst and
catalyst and exhaust exhaust manifold. Check post
manifold catalyst oxygen sensor - even, tip
 Post catalyst oxygen for damage, blockage, poisoned,
sensor - even, tip install a new sensor as required.
damaged, blocked, Check and install new post catalyst
poisoned oxygen sensor - even, as required.


P0159-00 O2 Circuit Slow Response  Post catalyst oxygen Check post catalyst oxygen sensor
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - no sub sensor - even, tip - even, tip for damage, blockage,
type information damaged, blocked, poisoned, install a new sensor as
poisoned required. Check for excessive oil
consumption, repair as required.
 Excessive oil
consumption
P0160-00 O2 Circuit No Activity  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
Detected (Bank 2, Sensor sensor - even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
2) - no sub type circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - even, sensing
information power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, power,
 Air leak between and exhaust manifold. Check post
catalyst and exhaust catalyst oxygen sensor - even, tip
sensor - even, tip Check and install new post catalyst
damaged, blocked, oxygen sensor - even, as required.
poisoned
P0161-00 O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 2,  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor 2) - no sub type sensor - even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - even, sensing
power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, power,
 Air leak between and exhaust manifold. Refer to the
catalyst and exhaust electrical circuit diagrams and
manifold check catalyst oxygen sensor
 Post catalyst oxygen heater circuit control relay circuit
sensor - even, sensing for short to ground, power, open
circuit fuse failure circuit. Refer to the electrical
 Catalyst oxygen sensor circuit diagrams and check Post
heater circuit control catalyst oxygen sensor - even,
relay failure sensing circuit fuse, replace as
 Post catalyst oxygen required. Check and install a new
sensor - even, failure catalyst oxygen sensor heater
and install new post catalyst
oxygen sensor - even, as required.
P0171-00 System Too Lean (Bank 1)  Air leak upstream of Check for leak from air intake
- no sub type information MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 system. Check for additional
MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 related
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
circuit failure Index. Check for additional Pre-
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Index. Check for additional Post-
sensor odd circuit failure catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
sensor odd failure Index.
 Post-catalyst oxygen
sensor odd circuit failure
sensor odd failure
P0172-00 System Too Rich (Bank 1)  Restricted air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
- no sub type information from restriction. Check for leaking
 Leaking fuel injector(s) injectors, install new injector(s) as
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 required. Check for additional
failure MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
sensor odd circuit failure Index. Check for additional Pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
sensor odd failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
Index. Check for additional Post-
 Post-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
sensor odd circuit failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
 Post-catalyst oxygen Index.
sensor odd failure
P0174-00 System Too Lean (Bank 2)  Air leak upstream of Check for leak from air intake
- no sub type information MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 system. Check for additional
MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 related
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 catalyst oxygen sensor even related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Index. Check for additional Post-
sensor even circuit catalyst oxygen sensor even related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen Index.
sensor even failure
sensor even circuit
failure
sensor even failure
P0175-00 System Too Rich (Bank 2)  Restricted air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
- no sub type information from restriction. Check for leaking
 Leaking fuel injector(s) injectors, install new injector(s) as
circuit failure MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 related
failure Index. Check for additional Pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor even related
sensor even circuit DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
failure Index. Check for additional Post-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen catalyst oxygen sensor even related

sensor even failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
Index.
sensor even circuit
failure
sensor even failure
P018B- Fuel Pressure Sensor B  Fuel Filter or fuel Using the manufacturer approved
29 Circuit Range/Performance system restriction diagnostic system check datalogger
- signal invalid signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
 Fuel system leak Pressure - Low Range Sensor
 Fuel pump pressure Voltage (0x0376). Check for
sensor circuit short to related fuel pump DTCs. Check the
ground, short to power, fuel system for restrictions or
open circuit, high blockages. Refer to the electrical
resistance circuit diagrams and check fuel
 Fuel pump pressure pump pressure sensor circuit for
sensor failure short to power, open circuit, high
fuel pump pressure sensor as
required.
P018C- Fuel Pressure Sensor B  Fuel pump pressure Using the manufacturer approved
00 Circuit Low - no sub type sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
information ground, short to power, signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
open circuit, high Pressure - Low Range Sensor

check fuel pump pressure sensor
 Fuel pump pressure circuit for short to power, open
sensor failure circuit, high resistance. Check and
install a new fuel pump pressure
sensor as required.
P018D- Fuel Pressure Sensor B  Fuel pump pressure Using the manufacturer approved
00 Circuit High - no sub type sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
information ground, short to power, signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
open circuit, high Pressure - Low Range Sensor

check fuel pump pressure sensor
 Fuel pump pressure circuit for short to power, open
sensor failure circuit, high resistance. Check and
sensor as required.
P0191-00 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
A Circuit short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - no power, open circuit, high signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
sub type information resistance Pressure Sensor - High Range

 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Voltage (0x0377). Refer to
Sensor A failure the electrical circuit diagrams and
check fuel rail pressure sensor A
circuit for short to power, short to
ground, high resistance, open
circuit, terminal damage or
corrosion. Check and install a new
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A as
required.
A Circuit Low - no sub short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
type information power, open circuit, high signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
 Fuel Rail Pressure the electrical circuit diagrams and
Sensor A failure check fuel rail pressure sensor A
required.
A Circuit High - no sub short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
type information power, open circuit, high signal, datalogger signal Fuel Rail
 Fuel Rail Pressure the electrical circuit diagrams and
Sensor A failure check fuel rail pressure sensor A
required.
P0196-23 Engine Oil Temperature  Oil temperature - level Using the manufacturer approved
- signal stuck low ground, high resistance signal, datalogger signal Sump Oil
Temperature - Measured (0x03F3).
 Oil temperature - level Refer to the electrical circuit
sensor failure diagrams and check oil
temperature - level sensor circuit
for short to ground, intermittent
high resistance. Check and install
new oil temperature - level sensor
as required.
P0196-24 Engine Oil Temperature  Oil temperature - level Using the manufacturer approved
- signal stuck high power signal, datalogger signal Sump Oil
 Oil temperature - level Refer to the electrical circuit
temperature - level sensor circuit
for intermittent short to power.
Check and install new oil
temperature - level sensor as
required.
P0200-04 Injector Circuit - System  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
Internal Failures (ECM) injector circuit (ECM) injector power circuit for
power failure open circuit. Check for misfire
DTCs, if present suspect the
 Engine Control Module Engine Control Module (ECM).
(ECM) fault Check and install a new Engine
Control Module (ECM) as
module is suspect.
P0200-49 Injector Circuit - internal  Engine Control Module Check for misfire DTCs, if present
electronic failure (ECM) fault suspect the Engine Control Module
(ECM). Check and install a new
module is suspect.
P0200- Injector Circuit - over  Engine Control Module If combined with misfire codes for
4B temperature (ECM) fault one or both injector sets, then no
service rectification is proposed.
P0201-13 Cylinder 1 Injector  Fuel injector no. 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit / Open - circuit circuit open circuit diagrams and check fuel injector
open no. 1 circuit for open circuit,
 Injector disconnected disconnected injector, high
 Injector high resistance resistance.
P0222-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle/pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch B Circuit sensor/switch B circuit diagrams and check throttle/pedal
High - no sub type open circuit, short to position sensor/switch B circuit for
information ground open circuit, short to ground.
 Throttle/pedal position throttle/pedal position
sensor/switch B failure sensor/switch B as required.
P0223-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle/pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch B Circuit sensor/switch B circuit diagrams and check throttle/pedal
High - no sub type open circuit, short to position sensor/switch B circuit for
information power open circuit, short to power. Check
and install a new throttle/pedal
 Throttle/pedal position position sensor/switch B as
sensor/switch B failure required.
P0231-23 Fuel Pump Secondary  Fuel Pump Driver Check for related DTCs P0232-24.
Circuit Low - signal stuck Module (FPDM) signal Refer to the electrical circuit
low circuit short to ground, diagrams and check Fuel Pump
open circuit Driver Module (FPDM) signal
 Fuel Pump Driver circuit. Refer to the electrical
Module (FPDM) is not circuit diagrams and check Fuel
energized with the
ignition on Pump Driver Module (FPDM) is

 Fuel Pump Driver energized with the ignition on.
Module (FPDM) failure Repair as required. Check and
install a new Fuel Pump Driver
Module (FPDM) as required. Refer
suspect.
P0232-24 Fuel Pump Secondary  Fuel Pump Driver Check for related DTCs P0231-23.
Circuit Low - Signal stuck Module (FPDM) signal Refer to the electrical circuit
high circuit short to ground, diagrams and check Fuel Pump
open circuit Driver Module (FPDM) signal
 Fuel Pump Driver circuit. Refer to the electrical
Module (FPDM) is not circuit diagrams and check Fuel
energized with the Pump Driver Module (FPDM) is
ignition on energized with the ignition on.
 Fuel Pump Driver Repair as required. Check and
Module (FPDM) failure install a new Fuel Pump Driver
Module (FPDM) as required. Refer
suspect.
P0236-00 Turbocharger/Supercharger  Blocked air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
Boost Sensor A Circuit element(s) from restriction. Check for leak
Range/Performance - no from air intake system, rectify as
sub type information  Intake manifold air leak required. Ensure the engine
 Manifold absolute breather system is correctly
pressure sensor 2 circuit installed and in serviceable
short to ground, short to condition. Make sure throttle blade
power, open circuit, high is clean of carbon. Check for
resistance blocked exhaust. Refer to the
 Engine breather leak electrical circuit diagrams and
 Carbon build up on check manifold absolute pressure
throttle plate sensor 2 circuit for short to ground,
short to power, open circuit, high
 Exhaust system blocked resistance. Check and install a new
pressure sensor 2 failure 2 as required. Check for related
 BARO sensor failure BARO sensor DTC P0069-29.
P0237-00 Turbocharger/Supercharger  Manifold absolute Refer to the electrical circuit
Boost Sensor A Circuit pressure sensor 2 circuit diagrams and check manifold
Low - no sub type short to ground, open absolute pressure sensor 2 circuit
information circuit, high resistance for short to ground, open circuit,
high resistance. Check and install a
 Manifold absolute new manifold absolute pressure
pressure sensor 2 failure sensor 2 as required.
P0238-00 Turbocharger/Supercharger  Manifold absolute Refer to the electrical circuit

Boost Sensor A Circuit pressure sensor circuit 2 diagrams and check manifold
High - no sub type short to power, open absolute pressure sensor 2 circuit
information circuit, high resistance for short to power, open circuit,
high resistance. Check and install a
 Manifold absolute new manifold absolute pressure
pressure sensor 2 failure sensor 2 as required.
P0251-13 Injection Pump Fuel  Fuel rail pressure sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Metering Control A - circuit, open circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit open pressure sensor circuit for open
circuit.
Metering Control A Low - circuit, short to ground diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit short to ground pressure sensor circuit for short to
ground.
Metering Control A High - circuit, short to power diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit short to battery pressure sensor circuit for short to
power.
Metering Control B - circuit, open circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit.
Metering Control B Low - circuit, short to ground diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit short to ground pressure sensor circuit for short to
ground.
Metering Control B High - circuit, short to power diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit short to battery pressure sensor circuit for short to
power.
P025C- Fuel Pump Module Control  Fuel Pump Driver Refer to the electrical circuit
14 Circuit Low - circuit short Module (FPDM) control diagrams and check Fuel Pump
to ground or open circuit, short to ground, Driver Module (FPDM) circuit
open circuit short to ground, open circuit.
P025D- Fuel Pump Module Control  Fuel Pump Driver Refer to the electrical circuit
12 Circuit High - circuit short Module (FPDM) control diagrams and check Fuel Pump
to battery circuit, short to power Driver Module (FPDM) circuit
short to power.
P0261-11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit  Fuel injector no. 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Low - circuit short to circuit short to ground diagrams and check fuel injector
ground no. 1 circuit for short to ground.
Low - circuit short to circuit short to power diagrams and check fuel injector
battery no. 1 circuit for short to power.
High - General Electrical circuit short to ground, diagrams and check fuel injector
Failure short to power no. 1 circuit for short to ground,
short to power.
High - circuit short to circuit short to power diagrams and check fuel injector
short to power.
short to power.
short to power.

short to power.
short to power.
short to power.

short to power.
P02EE- Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit  Cylinder 1 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
01 Range/Performance - circuit short to power diagrams and check cylinder 1
General Electrical Failure injector circuit for short to power,
 Cylinder 1 injector low shorted together. Check and install
circuit shorted to high a new cylinder 1 injector as
circuit required.
 Cylinder 1 injector
failure
P02EE- Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
1C Range/Performance - (ECM) internal fault (ECM) for related misfire DTCs
circuit voltage out of range and refer to this DTC Index.
P02EF- Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit  Cylinder 2 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
01 Range/Performance - circuit short to power diagrams and check cylinder 2
circuit required.
failure
P02EF- Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
P02F0-01 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit  Cylinder 3 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
Range/Performance - circuit short to power diagrams and check cylinder 3
circuit required.
failure
P02F0- Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
circuit
 Cylinder 4 injector required.

failure
circuit required.
failure
circuit required.
failure
circuit voltage out of range and refer to this DTC Index
circuit required.
failure
circuit required.
failure
P0300-00 Random Misfire Detected -  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
no sub type information (ECM) for related misfire DTCs
 Catalyst/exhaust system and refer to this DTC Index. Check
blockage the fuel system for blockages,
 Spark plug(s) fouled or repair as required. Check the
failed catalyst/exhaust system for
 Injector(s) circuit short blockage, repair as required. Check
to ground, short to and install a new spark plug(s) as
power, open circuit required. Refer to the electrical
 Injector(s) failure circuit diagrams and check injector
(s) circuit for short to ground,
 Fuel system excessively power, open circuit. Check and
too lean or too rich install a new injector(s) as
 Camshaft position required. Check for air leaks within
sensor failure the intake system. Check and
install a new camshaft position
sensor as required.
P0301-00 Cylinder 1 Misfire  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
Detected - no sub type (ECM) for related misfire DTCs
information  Catalyst/exhaust system and refer to this DTC Index. Check
sensor as required.
circuit diagrams and check injector
 Injector(s) failure (s) circuit for short to ground,

power, open circuit. Check and
 Fuel system excessively install a new injector(s) as
too lean or too rich required. Check for air leaks within
 Camshaft position the intake system. Check and
sensor failure install a new camshaft position
sensor as required.
sensor as required.
sensor as required.

circuit diagrams and check injector
sensor as required.
sensor as required.
sensor as required.

repair as required. Check the
 Spark plug(s) fouled or catalyst/exhaust system for
failed blockage, repair as required. Check
 Injector(s) circuit short and install a new spark plug(s) as
to ground, short to required. Refer to the electrical
power, open circuit circuit diagrams and check injector
required. Check for air leaks within
 Camshaft position the intake system. Check and
sensor failure install a new camshaft position
sensor as required.
P0313-00 Misfire Detected With  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
Low Fuel - no sub type (ECM) for related misfire DTCs
sensor as required.
P0316-00 Misfire Detected On  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
Startup (First 1000 (ECM) for related misfire DTCs
Revolutions) - no sub type  Catalyst/exhaust system and refer to this DTC Index. Check
information blockage the fuel system for blockages,

sensor as required.
P0327-00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit  Poor sensor contact with Ensure a good electrical contact
Low (Bank1) - no sub type the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
information the electrical circuit diagrams and
 Knock sensor bank 1 check knock sensor bank 1 front
front circuit short to circuit for short to ground, open
ground, open circuit circuit. Check and install a new
 Knock sensor bank 1 knock sensor bank 1 front as
front failure required.
High (Bank 1) - no sub the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
type information the electrical circuit diagrams and
front circuit high circuit for short to power, high
resistance, short to resistance. Check and install a new
power knock sensor bank 1 front as
 Knock sensor bank 1 required.
front failure
P032C- Knock Sensor 3 Circuit  Poor sensor contact with Ensure a good electrical contact
00 Low (Bank1) - no sub type the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
front circuit short to circuit for short to ground. Check
ground and install a new knock sensor
 Knock sensor bank 2 bank 2 front as required.
front failure
P032D- Knock Sensor 3 Circuit  Poor sensor contact with Ensure a good electrical contact
00 High (Bank1) - no sub type the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
front circuit high circuit for short to power, high
resistance, short to resistance. Check and install a new
power knock sensor bank 2 front as
 Knock sensor bank 2 required.
front failure
Low (Bank2) - no sub type the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
 Knock sensor bank 1 check knock sensor bank 1 rear
rear circuit short to circuit for short to ground, open
ground, open circuit circuit. Check and install a new
 Knock sensor bank 1 knock sensor bank 1 rear as
rear failure required.
High (Bank 2) - no sub the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to

rear circuit short to circuit for short to power. Check
power and install a new knock sensor
bank 1 rear as required.
 Knock sensor bank 1
rear failure
P0335-02 Crankshaft Position Sensor  Crankshaft position Refer to the electrical circuit
A Circuit - General signal sensor circuit short to diagrams and check crankshaft
failure ground, short to power, position sensor circuit for short to
high resistance, ground, short to power, high
disconnected resistance, disconnected. Check
and install new crankshaft position
 Crankshaft position as required.
sensor failure
A Circuit - no signal sensor circuit - short to diagrams and check crankshaft
ground, short to power, position sensor circuit for short to
high resistance, ground, short to power, high
and install new crankshaft position
 Crankshaft position as required.
sensor failure
A Circuit sensor circuit short to diagrams and check crankshaft
Range/Performance - no ground, short to power, position sensor circuit for short to
sub type information high resistance, ground, short to power, high
crankshaft position sensor for
 Crankshaft position damage and check air gap (check
sensor gap incorrect, at 90° intervals, should be no
foreign matter on sensor greater than 4.5mm). Check and
face, damaged teeth on install new crankshaft position as
rotor required.
 Crankshaft position
sensor failure
P033C- Knock Sensor 4 Circuit  Poor sensor contact with Ensure a good electrical contact
00 Low (Bank 2) - no sub the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
rear circuit short to circuit for short to ground. Check
ground and install a new knock sensor
 Knock sensor bank 2 bank 2 rear as required.
rear failure
P033D- Knock Sensor 4 Circuit  Poor sensor contact with Ensure a good electrical contact
00 High (Bank 2) - no sub the cylinder block with the cylinder block. Refer to
rear circuit high circuit for short to power, high
resistance, short to
power resistance. Check and install a new

 Knock sensor bank 2 knock sensor bank 2 rear as
rear failure required.
P0340-02 Camshaft Position Sensor  Camshaft position Refer to the electrical circuit
A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor bank 1 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
sensor) - General signal sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
failure ground, short to power, circuit for short to ground, short to
high resistance, power, high resistance,
disconnected disconnected. Check camshaft
position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
 Camshaft position for correct installation and damage.
sensor bank 1 inlet Check and install a new camshaft
sensor gap incorrect, position sensor bank 1 inlet as
foreign matter on sensor required.
face, damaged rotor
 Camshaft position
sensor bank 1 inlet
sensor failure
A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor bank 1 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
sensor) - no signal sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
ground, short to power, circuit for short to ground, short to
face, damaged rotor
sensor bank 1 inlet
sensor failure
A Circuit sensor bank 1 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
Range/Performance (Bank sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
1 or single sensor) - no sub ground, short to power, circuit for short to ground, short to
type information high resistance, power, high resistance,
face, damaged rotor
sensor bank 1 inlet
sensor failure
A Circuit (Bank 2) - sensor bank 2 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
General signal failure sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
face, damaged rotor
sensor bank 2 inlet
sensor failure
A Circuit (Bank 2) - no sensor bank 2 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
signal sensor circuit - short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
face, damaged rotor
sensor bank 2 inlet
sensor failure
A Circuit sensor bank 2 inlet diagrams and check camshaft
Range/Performance (Bank sensor circuit - short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
2) - no sub type ground, short to power, circuit for short to ground, short to
information high resistance, power, high resistance,
sensor bank 2 inlet Check target rotor for run out,
sensor gap incorrect, repair as required. Check and
foreign matter on sensor install a new camshaft position
face, target rotor run-out sensor bank 2 inlet as required.
sensor bank 2 inlet
sensor failure
P0351-13 Ignition Coil A  Ignition coil 1 open Refer to the electrical circuit
Primary/Secondary Circuit circuit diagrams and check ignition coil 1

- circuit open  Ignition coil 1 circuit for open circuit,
disconnected disconnected ignition coil, high
resistance.
 Ignition coil high
resistance
P0352-13 Ignition Coil B  Ignition coil 2 open Refer to the electrical circuit
- circuit open circuit for open circuit,
 Ignition coil 2 disconnected ignition coil, high
disconnected resistance.
resistance
P0353-13 Ignition Coil C  Ignition coil 3 open Refer to the electrical circuit
resistance
P0354-13 Ignition Coil D  Ignition coil 4 open Refer to the electrical circuit
resistance
P0355-13 Ignition Coil E  Ignition coil 5 open Refer to the electrical circuit
resistance
P0356-13 Ignition Coil F  Ignition coil 6 open Refer to the electrical circuit
- Circuit Open circuit for open circuit,
resistance
P0357-13 Ignition Coil G  Ignition coil 7 open Refer to the electrical circuit
disconnected resistance
resistance
P0358-13 Ignition Coil H  Ignition coil 8 open Refer to the electrical circuit
resistance
B Circuit (Bank 1) - sensor bank 1 outlet diagrams and check camshaft
General signal failure sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 1 outlet
ground, short to power, sensor circuit for short to ground,
high resistance, short to power, high resistance,
position sensor bank 1 outlet
 Camshaft position sensor for correct installation and
sensor bank 1 outlet damage. Check and install a new
sensor gap incorrect, camshaft position sensor bank 1
foreign matter on sensor outlet as required.
face, damaged rotor
sensor bank 1 outlet
sensor failure
B Circuit sensor bank 1 outlet diagrams and check camshaft
Range/Performance (Bank sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 1 outlet
1) - No sub type ground, short to power, sensor circuit for short to ground,
information high resistance, short to power, high resistance,
sensor bank 1 outlet damage. Check target run-out,
sensor gap incorrect, repair as required. Check and
foreign matter on sensor install a new camshaft position
face, target rotor run-out sensor bank 1 outlet as required.
sensor failure
B Circuit (Bank 2) - sensor bank 2 outlet diagrams and check camshaft
performance or incorrect sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 2 outlet
operation ground, short to power, sensor circuit for short to ground,
high resistance, short to power, high resistance,
sensor bank 2 outlet damage. Check and install a new
sensor gap incorrect, camshaft position sensor bank 2
foreign matter on sensor
face, damaged rotor outlet as required.

sensor failure
B Circuit sensor bank 2 outlet diagrams and check camshaft
Range/Performance (Bank sensor circuit short to position sensor bank 2 outlet
2) - no sub type ground, short to power, sensor circuit for short to ground,
information high resistance, short to power, high resistance,
sensor bank 2 outlet damage. Check target rotor, repair
sensor gap incorrect, as required. Check and install a
foreign matter on sensor new camshaft position sensor bank
face, damaged rotor, 2 outlet as required.
rotor run-out
sensor failure
P0420-00 Catalyst System Efficiency  Catalytic converter Check for misfire/lean combustion
Below Threshold (Bank 1) failure due to DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
- no sub type information overheating damage this section. Check the oil and fuel
caused by misfire and/or condition/level. Check the catalytic
lean combustion converter for damage. Check and
install a new catalytic converter
 Catalytic converter bank 1 as required. Refer to the
failure due to poisoning warranty policy and procedures
caused by excessive oil manual if a component is suspect.
consumption and/or
contaminated fuel
P0430-00 Catalyst System Efficiency  Catalytic converter Check for misfire/lean combustion
Below Threshold (Bank 2) failure due to DTCs and refer to DTC Index in
- no sub type information overheating damage this section. Check the oil and fuel
caused by misfire and/or condition/level. Check the catalytic
lean combustion converter for damage. Check and
install a new catalytic converter
 Catalytic converter bank 2 as required. Refer to the
failure due to poisoning warranty policy and procedures
caused by excessive oil manual if a component is suspect.
consumption and/or
contaminated fuel
P0441-00 Evaporative Emission  Evaporative Emission Check all Evaporative Emission
System Incorrect Purge (EVAP) system hoses, (EVAP) system hoses, pipes and
Flow - no sub type pipes or connection connection are serviceable,
information failure repair/replace as required. Refer to
 Purge control valve
circuit short to ground, check purge control valve circuit

short to power, open for short to ground, power, open
circuit, high resistance circuit. Check and install a new
 Purge control valve purge control valve as required.
failure Refer to the warranty policy and
procedures manual if a component
is suspect.
P0442-00 Evaporative Emission  Fuel filler cap not Check fuel tank filler cap for
System Leak Detected sealing/missing sealing/missing. Check and install
(small leak)- no sub type a new fuel tank filler cap as
information  Diagnostic Module Tank required. Check EVAP system for
Leakage (DMTL) leak using appropriate smoke/leak
connector not sealed tester. Carry out a purge valve self
 Purge valve dirty test to clean the purge valve.
 Evaporative emission Check fuel tank and filler neck for
system leak leakage, replace as required. Check
 Fuel tank, filler neck and install a new Diagnostic
leak Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
module as required. Refer to the
 Diagnostic Module Tank warranty policy and procedures
Leakage (DMTL) manual if a module is suspect.
module failure
P0444-13 Evaporative Emission  Purge control valve open Refer to the electrical circuit
System Purge Control circuit, high resistance, diagrams and check purge control
Valve Circuit Open - disconnected valve circuit for open circuit,
circuit open disconnected purge valve, high
resistance.
P0447-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
System Vent Control Leakage (DMTL) diagrams and check Diagnostic
Circuit Open - no sub type module circuit open Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
information circuit module circuit for open circuit.
Check Diagnostic Module Tank
 Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) module fuse and
Leakage (DMTL) replace as required. Check and
module circuit fuse install a new Diagnostic Module
blown / not secure in Tank Leakage (DMTL) module as
holder required. Refer to the warranty
 Diagnostic Module Tank policy and procedures manual if a
Leakage (DMTL) module is suspect.
module failure
System Vent Control Leakage (DMTL) diagrams and check Diagnostic
Circuit Shorted - no sub module circuit, short to Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
type information ground, short to power, module circuit for short to ground,
open circuit short to power, open circuit. Check
and install a new Diagnostic
 Diagnostic Module Tank Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Leakage (DMTL)
module failure module as required. Refer to the

System Leak Detected sealing/missing sealing/missing. Check and install
(very small leak) - no sub a new fuel tank filler cap as
type information  Diagnostic Module Tank required. Check EVAP system for
Leakage (DMTL) leak using appropriate smoke/leak
connector not sealed tester. Carry out a purge valve self
 Purge valve dirty test to clean the purge valve.
 Evaporative emission Check fuel tank and filler neck for
system leak leakage, replace as required. Check
 Fuel tank, filler neck and install a new Diagnostic
leak Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
module as required. Refer to the
 Diagnostic Module Tank warranty policy and procedures
Leakage (DMTL) manual if a module is suspect.
module failure
P0458-11 Evaporative Emission  Evaporative emission Refer to the electrical circuit
System Purge Control system purge control diagrams and check evaporative
Valve Circuit High - circuit valve circuit short to emission system purge control
short to ground ground valve circuit for short to ground.
System Purge Control system purge control diagrams and check evaporative
Valve Circuit High - circuit valve circuit short to emission system purge control
short to battery power valve circuit for short to power.
P0461-29 Fuel Level Sensor A  Fuel level sensor circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Range/Performance open circuit, short to diagrams and check fuel level
- signal invalid ground, short to power sensor circuit for short to ground,
 Fuel level sensor stuck for stuck level sensor. Check and
 Fuel level sensor failure install a new fuel level sensor as
component is suspect.
P0461-2F Fuel Level Sensor A  Fuel level sensor circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Range/Performance short to ground, short to diagrams and check fuel level
- signal erratic power, open circuit sensor circuit for short to ground,
 Fuel level sensor track level sensor track for damage.
damaged Check and install a new fuel level
 Fuel level sensor failure sensor as required. Refer to the
manual if a component is suspect.
P0481-04 Fan 2 Control Circuit -  Damaged cooling fan Using the manufacturer approved
system internal failures control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
 Cooling fan control unit signal, datalogger signal Electric

failure Fan PWM Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9). Check and
install a new cooling fan control
unit as required. Refer to the
component failures control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
signal, datalogger signal Electric
 Cooling fan control unit Fan PWM Control - Commanded
failure Duty Cycle (0x03F9). Check and
P0481-11 Fan 2 Control Circuit -  Cooling fan control unit Using the manufacturer approved
short to ground circuit short to ground diagnostic system check datalogger
Fan PWM Control - Commanded
Duty Cycle (0x03F9). Refer to the
check cooling fan control unit
short to battery circuit short to power diagnostic system check datalogger
circuit open circuit open circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
P0481-16 Fan 2 Control Circuit -  Charging system fault Using the manufacturer approved
circuit voltage below diagnostic system check datalogger
threshold  Discharged battery signal, datalogger signal Electric
check charging circuit for open
circuit, short to ground. Check and

install a new alternator as required.
Check and install a new battery as
module is suspect.
P0481-17 Fan 2 Control Circuit -  Charging system fault Using the manufacturer approved
circuit voltage above diagnostic system check datalogger
threshold  Discharged battery signal, datalogger signal Electric
check charging circuit for open
circuit, short to ground. Check and
Check and install a new battery as
module is suspect.
signal frequency incorrect control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
P0481- Fan 2 Control Circuit -  Damaged cooling fan Using the manufacturer approved
4B Over temperature control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
P0481-93 Fan 2 Control Circuit - no  Damaged cooling fan Using the manufacturer approved
operation control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
 Blocked cooling fan Fan PWM Control - Commanded
control unit Duty Cycle (0x03F9). Check for
 Cooling fan control unit block or obstruction to fan rotor.
failure Check and install a new cooling
fan control unit as required. Refer
suspect.
component internal failure control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
component or system control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
operation obstructed or signal, datalogger signal Electric
blocked  Blocked cooling fan Fan PWM Control - Commanded
control unit Duty Cycle (0x03F9). Check for
 Cooling fan control unit block or obstruction to fan rotor.
failure Check and install a new cooling
fan control unit as required. Refer
suspect.
P0500-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Wheel speed sensor fault Check Anti-lock Braking System
invalid serial data received (ABS) module for related DTCs
and refer to relevant DTC Index.
P0500-82 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Anti-lock Braking Check Anti-lock Braking System
alive / sequence counter System (ABS) module (ABS) module and Engine Control
incorrect / not updated not on bus Module (ECM) for related DTCs
and refer to relevant DTC Index.
diagrams and check Anti-lock
Braking System (ABS) module
circuit for short to ground, power,
open circuit.
P0500-83 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Incorrect level of Anti- Clear DTC and re-test. Re-
value of signal protection lock Braking System configure the Anti-lock Braking
calculation incorrect (ABS) module software System (ABS) module using the
manufacturer approved diagnostic
 Incorrect level of Engine system. Re-configure the Engine
Control Module (ECM) Control Module (ECM) using the
software manufacturer approved diagnostic
system.
P0500-85 Vehicle Speed Sensor A -  Anti-lock Braking Check Anti-lock Braking System
signal above allowable System (ABS) module (ABS) module for related DTCs
range has reported a speed and refer to relevant DTC Index.
above 300 km/h
P0501-62 Vehicle Speed Sensor A  Vehicle speed from the Check Engine Control Module
Range/Performance - Anti-lock Braking (ECM) for related vehicle speed

signal compare failure System (ABS) module DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
does not match the Index. Check Anti-lock Braking
calculated vehicle speed System (ABS) module and
from the Engine Control Transmission Control Module
Module (ECM) (TCM) for related DTCs and refer
to relevant DTC Index. Check the
vehicle tire sizes are correct.
P0504-00 Brake Switch A / B  No brake pressure signal Check Anti-Lock braking module
Correlation - no sub type available from Anti- for related DTCs and refer to
information Lock (ABS) braking relevant DTC Index. Check for
module brake fluid leaks. Refer to the
 Brake switch 1 and check Anti-lock Braking System
Brake switch 2 sense (ABS) module circuit for short to
circuit short to ground, ground, power, open circuit. Refer
short to power, open to the electrical circuit diagrams
circuit and check brake switch circuit for
 Brake switch 1 failure short to ground, power, open
brake switch 1 as required.
P0504-64 Brake Switch A / B  Brake fluid leak Check for brake fluid leaks. Refer
Correlation - signal to the electrical circuit diagrams
plausibility failure  Brake switch 1 sense and check brake switch 1 circuit
circuit short to power for short to power. Check and
 Brake switch 1 failure install a new brake switch 1 as
required.
P0506-00 Idle Air Control System  Air intake restriction Ensure the air intake system is free
RPM Lower Than from restriction. Check the FEAD
Expected - no sub type  Front end accessory belt and components for failure,
information drive (FEAD) overload repair as required.
(defective/seized
component)
RPM Lower Than from restriction. Check for air leak
Expected - signal stuck  Air intake system air between MAF/IAT sensor and
high leak between MAF/IAT throttle. Check for air leak between
sensor and throttle throttle and inlet manifold. Check
 Intake air leak between for engine breather system leak.
throttle and manifold Check the FEAD belt and
 Engine crankcase components for failure.
breather leak
 Front end accessory
drive (FEAD) overload
(defective/seized
component)
P0507-00 Idle Air Control System Check for air leak between
RPM Higher Than  Air intake system air MAF/IAT sensor and throttle.
Expected - no sub type leak between MAF/IAT Check for air leak between throttle
information sensor and throttle and inlet manifold. Check for
engine breather system leak.
 Intake air leak between
throttle and manifold
 Engine crankcase
breather leak
RPM Higher Than from restriction. Check for air leak
Expected - signal stuck  Air intake system air between MAF/IAT sensor and
low leak between MAF/IAT throttle. Check for air leak between
sensor and throttle throttle and inlet manifold. Check
 Engine crankcase
breather leak
P050B- Cold Start Ignition Timing  Ignition coil(s)faulty Refer to the electrical circuit
23 Performance - signal stuck diagrams and check ignition coil
low  Ignition coils circuit circuit for short to ground, power,
noise open circuit. Refer to the electrical
(ECM) faulty Control Module (ECM) to ignition
coil circuit for short to power.
Check and install a new coil(s) as
required. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check ignition
coils circuit for corrosion, high
module is suspect.
P050B- Cold Start Ignition Timing  Ignition coil(s)faulty Refer to the electrical circuit
24 Performance - signal stuck diagrams and check ignition coil
high  Ignition coils circuit circuit for short to ground, power,
noise open circuit. Refer to the electrical
(ECM) faulty Control Module (ECM) to ignition
coil circuit for short to power.
Check and install a new coil(s) as
required. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check ignition
coils circuit for corrosion, high

module is suspect.
P050E-00 Cold Start Engine Exhaust  Incorrect coolant Check the correct coolant
Temperature Too Low - no temperature sensor temperature sensor is installed.
sub type information installed Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check coolant
 Coolant temperature temperature sensor circuit for short
sensor circuit short to to ground, open circuit. Check and
ground, open circuit install a new coolant temperature
 Coolant temperature sensor as required.
sensor failure
P0512-12 Starter Request Circuit -  Crank request circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit short to battery between Engine Control diagrams and check crank request
Module (ECM) and circuit between Engine Control
Central Junction Box Module (ECM) and Central
(CJB) short to power Junction Box (CJB) for short to
power.
P0512-14 Starter Request Circuit -  Crank request circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit short to ground or between Engine Control diagrams and check crank request
open Module (ECM) and circuit between Engine Control
Central Junction Box Module (ECM) and Central
(CJB) short to ground, Junction Box (CJB) for short to
open circuit ground, open circuit.
P0513-00 Incorrect Immobilizer Key  Security key invalid Check for CAN network
- no sub type information interference/Engine Control
 Controller Area Module (ECM) related error. Carry
Network (CAN) data out the CAN network integrity test
corruption using the manufacturer approved
 Low battery voltage diagnostic system. Check the
vehicle charging system for faults,
repair as required.
P052A- Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
00 Camshaft Position Timing low as required. Refer to the electrical
Over-Advanced (Bank 1) - circuit diagrams and check intake
no sub type information  Intake valve solenoid 1 valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
circuit short to ground, short to ground, open circuit, high
open circuit, high resistance. Check and install a new
resistance intake valve solenoid 1 sensor as
 Intake valve solenoid 1 required. Check service
failure history /mileage. Check and install
 Timing chains stretched new timing chains as required.
beyond allowable limits Refer to the warranty policy and
is suspect.
P052B- Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Retarded (Bank 1) -  Intake valve solenoid 1 circuit diagrams and check intake
no sub type information circuit short to ground, valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
open circuit, high short to ground, open circuit, high
resistance resistance. Check and install a new
intake valve solenoid 1 sensor as
is suspect.
P052C- Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Advanced (Bank 2) - circuit diagrams and check intake
is suspect.
P052D- Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Retarded (Bank 2) - circuit diagrams and check intake
is suspect.
P054A- Cold Start Exhaust (B)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Advanced (Bank 1) - circuit diagrams and check exhaust
no sub type information  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
resistance exhaust valve solenoid 1 sensor as
 Exhaust valve solenoid 1 required. Check service

is suspect.
P054B- Cold Start Exhaust (B)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Retarded (Bank 1) - circuit diagrams and check exhaust
is suspect.
P054C- Cold Start Exhaust (B)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Advanced (Bank 2) - circuit diagrams and check exhaust
is suspect.
P054D- Cold Start Exhaust (B)  Engine oil pressure too Check engine oil level and top up
Over-Retarded (Bank 2) - circuit diagrams and check exhaust
is suspect.
P0560-13 System Voltage- circuit  Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
open (ECM) power supply diagrams and check Engine
circuit, open circuit Control Module (ECM) power
supply circuit for open circuit.
(ECM) battery monitor diagrams and check Engine

disconnected Control Module (ECM) battery
monitor circuit for open circuit.
P0562-00 System Voltage Low - no  Battery circuit high Refer to the electrical circuit
sub type information resistance diagrams and check battery circuit
for high resistance. Refer to the
 Alternator circuit open electrical circuit diagrams and
circuit, high resistance check alternator circuit for open
 Alternator failure circuit, high resistance. Check and
is suspect.
P0563-00 System Voltage High - no  Battery circuit high Refer to the electrical circuit
sub type information resistance diagrams and check battery circuit
for high resistance. Check and
 Alternator over charging install a new alternator as required.
is suspect.
P0572-17 Brake Switch A Circuit  Brake switch 2 sense Refer to the electrical circuit
Low - circuit voltage above circuit short circuit to diagrams and check brake switch 2
threshold ground circuit for short to ground. Check
and install a new brake switch 2 as
 Brake switch 2 failure required.
P0573-16 Brake Switch A Circuit  Brake switch 1 sense Refer to the electrical circuit
High - circuit voltage circuit short circuit to diagrams and check brake switch 1
below threshold ground circuit for open circuit. Refer to the
 Brake switch 2 sense check brake switch 2 circuit for
circuit open circuit open circuit. Check and install a
 Brake switch 2 failure new brake switch 2 as required.
P0578-00 Cruise Control Multi-  Cruise control circuit, Refer to the electrical circuit
Function Input A Circuit output signal stuck diagrams and check cruise control
Stuck - no sub type switch circuit for short to ground.
information  Cruise control switch Check for stuck speed control
stuck switch, install a new switch pack
as required
P057B- Brake Pedal Position  Brake pressure signal Check the Anti-lock Braking
87 Sensor Circuit missing from Anti-lock System (ABS) control module for
Range/Performance - Braking System (ABS) related DTCs and refer to the
missing message control module relevant DTC index.
P0590-00 Cruise Control Multi-  Active Speed Limiter Check for Active Speed Limiter
Function Input B Circuit (ASL) switch stuck (ASL) DTCs within Gear Shift
Stuck - no sub type Module (GSM). Check and install
information a new Gear Shift Module (GSM)

module is suspect.
P0600-49 Serial Communication  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Link - internal electronic Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
failure manufacturer approved diagnostic
 Engine Control Module system. Check Engine Control
(ECM) power supply Module (ECM) power supply
fault circuit for open circuit. Check
 Engine Control Module Engine Control Module (ECM) for
(ECM) damage through signs of water ingress. Check and
water ingress install a new Engine Control
suspect.
P0601-43 Internal Control Module  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Memory Check Sum Error Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
- special memory failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
system. Check Engine Control
 Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply
(ECM) power supply circuit for open circuit. Check
fault Engine Control Module (ECM) for
 Engine Control Module signs of water ingress. Check and
(ECM) damage through install a new Engine Control
water ingress Module (ECM) as required. Refer
suspect.
Memory Check Sum Error Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
- program memory failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect
Random Access Memory Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
(RAM) Error - general flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
memory failure system. Check Engine Control

suspect.
(RAM) Error - Special flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
memory failure system, check Engine Control
suspect.
(RAM) Error - Data flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
memory failure system. Check Engine Control
suspect.
Read Only Memory Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
(ROM) Error - no sub type flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
information system. Check Engine Control
suspect.
(ROM) Error - signal flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
invalid system. Check Engine Control
suspect.
(ROM) Error - general flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect.
(ROM) Error - data flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect.
(ROM) Error - calibration / flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
parameter memory failure system, check Engine Control

suspect.
(ROM) Error - supervision flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
software failure system, check Engine Control
suspect.
(ROM) Error - signal flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
plausibility failure system, check Engine Control
suspect.
P0606-01 Control Module Processor  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
- general Electrical Failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
system, check Engine Control
suspect.
- system internal failures Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
flash system, check Engine Control

signs of water ingress. Check and
 Engine Control Module install a new Engine Control
(ECM) damage through Module (ECM) as required. Refer
water ingress to the warranty policy and
suspect.
- system programming Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
failures flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect.
- general checksum failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
suspect.
- general memory failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the

suspect.
- special memory failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
suspect.
- data memory failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
suspect.
- watchdog / safety micro Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
controller failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect.
- supervision software Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic

suspect.
- internal electronic failure Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
suspect.
P0607-00 Control Module  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Performance - no sub type Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
information flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
suspect.
P0610-43 Control Module Vehicle  Corrupt Engine Control Clear the DTC and re-test. Re-
Options Error - special Module (ECM) software configure the Engine Control
memory failure flash Module (ECM) using the
 Corrupt Rear Junction system. Re-configure the Rear
(RJB)Box software flash Junction Box (RJB) using the
 Corrupt Central Junction manufacturer approved diagnostic
Box (CJB) software system. Re-configure the Central
flash Junction Box (CJB) using the
system.
P0615-13 Starter Relay Circuit -  Starter relay control Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit open circuit open circuit diagrams and check starter relay
control circuit for open circuit.
 Starter relay failure Check and install a new starter

relay as required.
P0616-11 Starter Relay Circuit Low -  Starter relay control Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit short to ground circuit short to ground diagrams and check starter relay
control circuit for short to ground.
relay as required.
P0617-12 Starter Relay Circuit High  Starter relay control Refer to the electrical circuit
- circuit short to battery circuit short to power diagrams and check starter relay
control circuit for short to power.
relay as required.
P061A- Internal Control Module  Manifold air flow sensor Check for related DTCs. Check
00 Torque Performance - no (s) failure manifold air flow sensors are
sub type information reading correctly. Check and
 Electric throttle unit install a new manifold air flow
failure sensor(s) as required. Check
throttle position sensors are
reading the same position. Check
throttle body is clear of any
deposits. Check and install a new
electric throttle unit as required.
is suspect.
P061A- Internal Control Module  Manifold air flow sensor Check for related DTCs. Check
04 Torque Performance - (s) failure manifold air flow sensors are
System Internal Failures reading correctly. Check and
 Electric throttle unit install a new manifold air flow
failure sensor(s) as required. Check
throttle position sensors are
reading the same position. Check
throttle body is clear of any
deposits. Check and install a new
electric throttle unit as required.
is suspect.
P061A- Internal Control Module  Intake system air leak Check for related DTCs. Check
29 Torque Performance - intake air system for leaks. Check
signal invalid  Manifold air flow sensor manifold air flow sensors are
(s) failure reading correctly. Check and
 Electric throttle unit install a new air flow sensor(s) as
failure required. Check throttle position
 Accelerator pedal sensors are reading the same
position sensor failure position. Check throttle body is
clear of any deposits. Check and
 Atmospheric pressure install a new electric throttle unit

sensor failure as required. Check and install a
new accelerator pedal position
sensor as required. Check and
install a new Engine Control
suspect.
P061A- Internal Control Module  Intake system air leak Check for related DTCs. Check
64 Torque Performance - intake air system for leaks and is
signal plausibility failure  Manifold air flow sensor correctly installed. Check manifold
(s) failure air flow sensors are reading
correctly. Check and install a new
manifold air flow sensor(s) as
required.
P061B- Internal Control Module  Intake system air leak Check intake air system for leaks.
62 Torque Calculation Check engine breather system for
Performance - signal  Engine breather system leaks. Check and install a new
compare failure leak manifold air flow sensor as
 Manifold air flow sensor required. Check and install a new
failure electric throttle unit as required.
 Electric throttle unit Check and install a new accelerator
failure pedal position sensor as required.
 Accelerator pedal Check and install a new Engine
position sensor failure Control Module (ECM) as
 Atmospheric pressure policy and procedures manual if a
sensor failure module is suspect.
P0620-01 Generator Control Circuit -  Generator B+ or battery Check for good/clean contact at
General Electrical Failure terminal generator B+ and battery terminal
disconnected/poor connectors. Refer to the electrical
connection circuit diagrams and check
charging circuit for short, open
 Charging circuit short, circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
open circuit automated diagnostic procedure
 Generator failure using the manufacturer approved
suspect the generator, check and
install a new generator as required.
is suspect.
P0627-00 Fuel Pump A Control  High pressure fuel pump Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit / Open - no sub 1 circuit to Fuel Pump diagrams and check high pressure
type information Driver Module (FPDM) fuel pump 1 circuit for short to
ground, power, open circuit, high
short to ground, power, resistance.

open circuit, high
resistance
P062A- Fuel Pump A Control  Invalid fuel pump duty Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Circuit Range/Performance requested by the Engine diagrams and check the Fuel Pump
- no sub type information Control Module (ECM) Driver Module (FPDM) circuit for
short to ground, power, open
circuit, high resistance.
P0630-00 VIN Not Programmed or  Car Configuration File Re-configure the Engine Control
Incompatible - ECM/PCM (CCF) to CAN VIN Module (ECM) using the
- no sub type information mismatch manufacturer approved diagnostic
system, clear DTC and re-test. Re-
 New Engine Control configure the Central Junction Box
Module (ECM) fitted (CJB) using the manufacturer
and incorrectly approved diagnostic system. Check
configured and install a new Engine Control
 New Central Junction Module (ECM) as required. Refer
Box (CJB) fitted and to the warranty policy and
incorrectly configured procedures manual if a module is
suspect.
P0634-22 PCM / ECM/ TCM  Engine Control Module Clear the DTC. With the ignition
Internal Temperature Too (ECM) internal off, wait 10 minutes and re-check
High - signal amplitude > temperature too high DTC. Check and install a new
maximum Engine Control Module (ECM) as
module is suspect.
P0634- PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine Control Module Clear the DTC. With the ignition
4B Internal Temperature A (ECM) internal off, wait 10 minutes and re-check
Too High - over temperature too high DTC. Check and install a new
temperature Engine Control Module (ECM) as
module is suspect.
P0642-00 Sensor Reference Voltage  Short circuit to power of Refer to the electrical circuit
A Circuit Low - no sub a 5V output pin, either diagrams and check 5V supply
type information in the harness, or a circuit for short to ground open
connector circuit, high resistance, terminal
damage or corrosion. Check
 Internal short circuit in a Engine Control Module (ECM) for
faulty component sensor related DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC Index.
P0643-00 Sensor Reference Voltage  Short circuit to ground Refer to the electrical circuit
A Circuit High - no sub of a 5V output pin, diagrams and check 5V supply
type information either in the harness, or circuit for short to power open
a connector circuit, high resistance, terminal
 Internal short circuit in a damage or corrosion. Check

faulty component Engine Control Module (ECM) for
sensor related DTCs and refer to
the relevant DTC Index.
P065B- Generator Control Circuit  Generator B+ or battery Check for good/clean contact at
16 Range/Performance - terminal generator B+ and battery terminal
circuit voltage below disconnected/poor connectors. Refer to the electrical
threshold connection circuit diagrams and check
charging circuit for short, open
 Charging circuit short, circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
open circuit automated diagnostic procedure
 Generator failure using the manufacturer approved
 Battery failure diagnostic system. If DTC remains
Ensure the battery is in a fully
charged and serviceable condition.
and the relevant sections of the
service information. Refer to the
P065B- Generator Control Circuit  Charging circuit short to Check for good/clean contact at
17 Range/Performance - power generator B+ and battery terminal
circuit voltage above connectors. Refer to the electrical
threshold  Generator failure circuit diagrams and check
 Battery failure charging circuit for short, open
circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
automated diagnostic procedure
service information. Refer to the
P065C- Generator Mechanical  Poor front end accessory Check front end accessory belt for
00 Performance - no sub type belt tension condition/contamination and
information correct tension. Check generator
 Generator pulley pulley for failure. Clear DTC and
loose/failure repeat automated diagnostic
 Generator failure procedure using manufacturer
approved diagnostic system. If
DTC remains check and install a

new generator as required. Refer to
P0660-13 Intake Manifold Tuning  Intake manifold tuning Refer to the electrical circuit
Valve Control Circuit Low valve circuit open circuit diagrams and check intake
- Bank 1 - circuit open manifold tuning valve circuit for
open circuit.
Valve Control Circuit Low valve circuit short to diagrams and check intake
- Bank 1 - circuit short to ground manifold tuning valve circuit for
ground short to ground.
Valve Control Circuit Low valve circuit short to diagrams and check manifold
- Bank 1 - circuit short to power tuning valve circuit for short to
battery power.
P0668-00 PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine Control Module Check and install a new Engine
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal Control Module (ECM) as
Sensor A Circuit Low - no temperature sensor required. Refer to the warranty
sub type information failure policy and procedures manual if a
module is suspect.
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal Control Module (ECM) as
Sensor A Circuit High - no temperature sensor required. Refer to the warranty
sub type information failure policy and procedures manual if a
module is suspect.
P0687-73 ECM/PCM Power Relay  Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit High - (ECM) relay circuit diagrams and check Engine
actuator stuck closed short to power Control Module (ECM) relay
 Engine Control Module and install a new Engine Control
(ECM) relay failure Module (ECM) relay as required.
P0695-00 Fan 3 Control Circuit Low  E-Box fan circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
- no sub type information to ground diagrams and check E-Box fan
circuit for short to ground. Check
 E-Box fan failure and install a new E-Box fan as
required.
P0696-12 Fan 3 Control Circuit High  E-Box fan circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
- circuit short to battery to power diagrams and check E-Box fan
required.
P0696-13 Fan 3 Control Circuit High  E-Box fan circuit open Refer to the electrical circuit
- circuit open circuit diagrams and check E-Box fan
circuit for open circuit. Check and
 E-Box fan failure install a new E-Box fan as
required.
P0721-85 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Transmission Control Check Transmission Control
Circuit Range/Performance Module (TCM) has Module (TCM) for related DTCs
- signal above allowable reported a fault in the and refer to relevant DTC Index.
range shaft speed signal
P0721-86 Output Shaft Speed Sensor  Transmission Control Check Transmission Control
Circuit Range/Performance Module (TCM) has Module (TCM) for related DTCs
- signal invalid taken to 8 seconds or and refer to relevant DTC Index.
longer to change range
P0850-86 Park / Neutral Switch Input  Intermittent fault on Check Gear Shift Module (GSM)
Circuit - signal invalid Park/Neutral signal from for related DTCs and refer to
Gear Shift Module relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
(GSM) electrical circuit diagrams and
check Park/Neutral switch input
 CAN network failure circuit for short to ground, power,
between Gear Shift open circuit. Carry out the CAN
Module (GSM) and network integrity test using the
Engine Control Module manufacturer approved diagnostic
(ECM) system.
P0850-8F Park / Neutral Switch Input  Intermittent fault on Check Gear Shift Module (GSM)
Circuit - erratic Park/Neutral signal from for related DTCs and refer to
GSM relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
 CAN network failure check Park/Neutral switch input
between Gear Shift circuit for short to ground, power,
Module (GSM) and open circuit. Carry out the CAN
Engine Control Module network integrity test using the
(ECM) manufacturer approved diagnostic
system.
P0851-14 Park / Neutral Switch Input  Park/Neutral switch Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Low - circuit short input circuit short to diagrams and check park/neutral
to ground or open ground, open circuit switch input circuit for short to
ground, open circuit.
P0852-12 Park / Neutral Switch Input  Park/Neutral switch Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Low - circuit short input circuit short to diagrams and check park/neutral
to battery power switch input circuit for short to
power.
P0A1A- Generator Control Module  Generator to Engine Check for good/clean contact at
87 - missing message Control Module (ECM) generator and Engine Control
Engine Control Module Module (ECM) LIN circuit
(ECM) LIN circuit open connectors/pins. Refer to the
circuit electrical circuit diagrams and
check generator circuit for open
 Generator/Engine circuit. Check for Engine Control
Control Module (ECM) Module (ECM) hardware DTCs
failure and refer to relevant DTC Index.
Clear DTCs and repeat automated

diagnostic procedure using the
system. If DTC remains check and
install a new generator/Engine
module is suspect.
P0A1A- Generator Control Module  Generator to Engine Check for good/clean contact at
88 - bus off Control Module (ECM) generator and Engine Control
circuit electrical circuit diagrams and
check generator circuit for open
 Generator/Engine circuit. Check for Engine Control
Control Module (ECM) Module (ECM) hardware DTCs
failure and refer to relevant DTC Index.
Clear DTCs and repeat automated
system. If DTC remains check and
install a new generator/Engine
module is suspect.
P0A3B- Generator Over  Cooling fan not Check for correct cooling fan
68 Temperature - event operating operation. Check coolant level.
information Clear DTC and re-test.
 Coolant level low
P115D- Mass Air Flow Circuit NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
00 Offset - no sub type Customer likely to diagnostic system check datalogger
information report hesitation. signal, datalogger signal Mass Air
 Air cleaner blocked Check air cleaner for blockage.
Check air intake system for leaks.
 Air intake leak
Check engine breather system for
 Engine breather blocked blockages. Check for carbon build
 Air intake blockage up on throttle blade. Check for
 Carbon build up on related mass air flow DTCs P0102
throttle blade or P0103. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check mass
 Mass air flow sensor air flow sensor circuit for high
circuit, high resistance resistance. Check and install a new
 Blocked catalyst(s) mass air flow sensor as required.
 Mass air flow sensor
failure
P1315-00 Persistent Misfire - No sub  Engine Control Module Check for cylinder mis-fire,
type information (ECM) to ignition coil ignition and injector DTCs and
primary circuit fault refer to the DTC Index. Refer to
(cylinder misfire the electrical circuit diagrams and
detected DTC also check ignition coil circuit for short
flagged) to ground, power, open circuit.
Check for fuel system failure.
 Fuel injector circuit fault Check and install a new spark plug
(s) (injector DTCs also (s) as required. Carry out cylinder
flagged) compression tests. Check exhaust
 Fuel delivery pressure system for blockage.
low
 Spark plug
failure/fouled/incorrect
gap
 Cylinder compression
low
 Exhaust system
blockage
P1316-00 Injector Driver Module  Engine Control Module Check for cylinder mis-fire,
Codes Detected - no sub (ECM) to ignition coil ignition and injector DTCs and
type information primary circuit fault refer to the DTC Index. Refer to
(cylinder misfire the electrical circuit diagrams and
detected DTC also check ignition coil circuit for short
flagged) to ground, power, open circuit.
Check for fuel system failure.
 Fuel injector circuit fault Check and install a new spark plug
(s) (injector DTCs also (s) as required. Carry out cylinder
flagged) compression tests. Check exhaust
 Fuel delivery pressure system for blockage.
low
 Spark plug
failure/fouled/incorrect
gap
 Cylinder compression
low
 Exhaust system
blockage
P1593-64 Cruise Control Monitor  Cruise control monitor Check the car configuration and
Fault - signal plausibility fault. The Engine contact the Jaguar Landrover help
failure Control Module (ECM) desk.
performs a independent
check of the cruise
status
P1603-00 EEPROM Malfunction -  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
no sub type information Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
suspect.
P2088-11 A Camshaft Position  Intake valve solenoid 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Actuator Control Circuit short to ground diagrams and check intake valve
Low Bank 1 - circuit short solenoid 1 for short to ground.
to ground
Actuator Control Circuit short to power diagrams and check intake valve
High Bank 1 - circuit short solenoid 1 for short to power.
to battery
P2090-11 B Camshaft Position  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Actuator Control Circuit short to ground diagrams and check exhaust valve
to ground
Actuator Control Circuit short to power diagrams and check exhaust valve
to battery
Actuator Control Circuit short to ground diagrams and check intake valve
to ground
Actuator Control Circuit short to power diagrams and check intake valve
to battery
Actuator Control Circuit short to ground diagrams and check exhaust valve
to ground
Actuator Control Circuit short to power diagrams and check exhaust valve
to battery
P2096-00 Post Catalyst Fuel Trim  Post catalyst oxygen Refer to the electrical circuit
System Too Lean Bank 1 - sensor odd, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
no sub type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing
 Air leak between air leak between catalyst and
catalyst and exhaust exhaust manifold. Check for air
manifold leak between the two oxygen
sensors. Check and install new post
 Air leak between the catalyst oxygen sensor odd, as
two oxygen sensors required.
sensor odd, failure
System Too Rich Bank 1 - sensor odd, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
no sub type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing
 Air leak between exhaust manifold. Check for air
catalyst and exhaust leak between the two oxygen
manifold sensors. Check and install new post
 Air leak between the catalyst oxygen sensor odd, as
sensor odd, failure
System Too Lean Bank 2 - sensor even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
no sub type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor even, sensing circuit
high resistance, open for short to ground, high
 Air leak between the catalyst oxygen sensor even, as
sensor even, failure
System Too Rich Bank 2 - sensor even, sensing diagrams and check post catalyst
no sub type information circuit short to ground, oxygen sensor even, sensing circuit
high resistance, open for short to ground, high
 Air leak between the catalyst oxygen sensor even, as

sensor even, failure
P2105-00 Throttle Actuator Control  Engine speed or torque Check for any DTCs referring to
System - Forced Engine limitation has been Engine Control Module (ECM),
Shutdown - no sub type activated as a result of throttle pedal position sensor, or
information Engine Control Module torque faults.
(ECM), throttle pedal
position sensor, or
torque faults
P2118-19 Throttle Actuator Control  Throttle motor control Refer to the electrical circuit
Motor Current circuit short to ground, diagrams and check electric
Range/Performance - power, high resistance throttle unit circuit for short to
circuit current above ground, power, high resistance.
threshold  Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
(ECM) ground circuit diagrams and check Engine
fault Control Module (ECM) ground
 Carbon build-up on circuit for faults. Make sure
throttle blade throttle blade is clean of carbon.
 Electronic throttle unit Check the system is operating
failure correctly and the DTC does not
return. Check and install a new
electronic throttle unit as required.
is suspect.
P2119-00 Throttle Actuator Control  Carbon build-up on Make sure throttle blade is clean of
Throttle Body throttle blade carbon. Refer to the electrical
Range/Performance - no circuit diagrams and check Engine
sub type information  Engine Control Module Control Module (ECM) ground
(ECM) ground circuit circuit for faults. Check the system
fault is operating correctly and the DTC
 Electronic throttle unit does not return. Suspect electronic
return spring faulty throttle unit faulty. Check and
 Electronic throttle unit install a new electronic throttle unit
limp home spring faulty as required. Refer to the warranty
P2119-29 Throttle Actuator Control  Stuck / sticking throttle Ensure throttle blade is free of
Throttle Body blade build-up / other obstructions.
Range/Performance - Suspect electric throttle unit faulty.
signal invalid  Electric throttle unit Check and install a new electric
failure throttle unit as required. Refer to
P2119-64 Throttle Actuator Control  Stuck / sticking throttle Ensure throttle blade is free of
Throttle Body blade build-up / other obstructions.
Range/Performance - Suspect electric throttle unit faulty.
signal plausibility failure  Electric throttle unit Check and install a new electric
failure throttle unit as required. Refer to
P2122-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Electronic throttle unit, Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch D Circuit throttle position sensor 1 diagrams and check electronic
Low - no sub type circuit short to ground, throttle unit, throttle position
information open circuit sensor 1 circuit for short to ground,
open circuit. Check electronic
 Electronic throttle unit, throttle unit, VREF circuit for open
VREF circuit open circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
circuit automated diagnostic procedure
 Electronic throttle unit, using the manufacturer approved
throttle position sensor 1 diagnostic system. If DTC remains
failure suspect the electronic throttle unit,
Sensor/Switch D Circuit throttle position sensor 1 diagrams and check electronic
High - no sub type circuit short to power throttle unit, throttle position
information sensor 1 circuit for short to power.
 Electronic throttle unit, Check electronic throttle unit,
GREF circuit open GREF circuit for open circuit.
circuit Clear DTC and repeat automated
 Electronic throttle unit, diagnostic procedure using the
throttle position sensor 1 manufacturer approved diagnostic
failure system. If DTC remains suspect
the electronic throttle unit, check
and install a new electronic throttle
Sensor/Switch E Circuit throttle position sensor 2 diagrams and check electronic
Low - no sub type circuit short to ground, throttle unit, throttle position
information open circuit sensor 2 circuit for short to ground,
open circuit. Check electronic
 Electronic throttle unit, throttle unit, VREF circuit for open
VREF circuit open circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
circuit automated diagnostic procedure
 Electronic throttle unit, using the manufacturer approved
throttle position sensor 2 diagnostic system. If DTC remains
failure suspect the electronic throttle unit,

Sensor/Switch E Circuit throttle position sensor 2 diagrams and check electronic
High - no sub type circuit short to power throttle unit, throttle position
information sensor 2 circuit for short to power.
 Electronic throttle unit, Check electronic throttle unit,
GREF circuit open GREF circuit for open circuit.
circuit Clear DTC and repeat automated
failure system. If DTC remains suspect
the electronic throttle unit, check
and install a new electronic throttle
P2135-00 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch A / B sensor circuit 1 and 2 diagrams and check throttle pedal
Voltage Correlation - no short to ground, short to position sensor circuit 1 and 2 for
sub type information power, open circuit short to ground, short to power,
open circuit.
P2135-09 Throttle/Pedal Position  Throttle pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch A / B sensor circuit 1 and 2 diagrams and check throttle pedal
Voltage Correlation - short to ground, short to position sensor circuit 1 and 2 for
Component Failures power, open circuit short to ground, short to power,
open circuit.
P2138-64 Throttle/Pedal Position  Analogue Pedal Position Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor/Switch D / E (APP) sensor circuit 1 diagrams and check Analogue
Voltage Correlation - No and 2 short to ground, Pedal Position (APP) sensor circuit
sub type information short to power, open 1 and 2 for short to ground, short
circuit to power, open circuit.
P2183-23 Engine Coolant  Engine coolant Refer to the electrical circuit
Temperature Sensor 2 temperature sensor 2 diagrams and check engine coolant
Circuit Range/Performance circuit high resistance, temperature sensor 2 circuit for
- signal stuck low open circuit high resistance, open circuit.
Check and install a new engine
 Engine coolant coolant temperature sensor 2 as
temperature sensor 2 required.
failure
Circuit Range/Performance circuit short to power temperature sensor 2 circuit for
- signal stuck high short to power. Check and install a
 Engine coolant new engine coolant temperature

temperature sensor 2 sensor 2 as required.
failure
Circuit Range/Performance circuit high resistance, temperature sensor 2 circuit for
- signal invalid open circuit, short to high resistance, open circuit, short
ground, short to power to ground, short to power. Check
and install a new engine coolant
 Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 as required.
failure
Circuit Low - circuit circuit high resistance, temperature sensor 2 circuit for
voltage below threshold open circuit high resistance, open circuit.
Check and install a new engine
 Engine coolant coolant temperature sensor 2 as
temperature sensor 2 required.
failure
P2185-17 Engine Coolant  Ignition turned on with Clear the DTC and re-test. Refer to
Temperature Sensor 2 an ambient temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
Circuit High - circuit of below -40c check engine coolant temperature
voltage above threshold sensor 2 circuit for short to power.
 Engine coolant Check and install a new engine
temperature sensor 2 coolant temperature sensor 2 as
circuit short to power required.
 Engine coolant
failure
P2228-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low - no sub type sensor failure (internal diagnostic system check datalogger
information Engine Control Module signal, datalogger signal
(ECM) fault) Barometric Pressure Sensor
Voltage (0x035A). Suspect the
Engine Control Module (ECM).
module is suspect.
P2229-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low - no sub type sensor failure (internal diagnostic system check datalogger
information Engine Control Module signal, datalogger signal
(ECM) fault) Barometric Pressure Sensor
Voltage (0x035A). Suspect the

module is suspect.
P2279-00 Intake Air System Leak -  Part load breather pipe Check for related DTCs. Check
no sub type information disconnected part load breather pipe for leaks or
disconnected. Check brake vacuum
 Brake vacuum pipe pipe for leaks or disconnected.
disconnected Check intake air system for leaks.
 Excessive intake air leak
P2300-11 Ignition Coil A Primary  Ignition coil 1 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit Low - short to ground diagrams and check ignition coil 1
circuit short to ground circuit for short to ground.
P2301-12 Ignition Coil A Primary  Ignition coil 1 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit Low - short to power diagrams and check ignition coil 1
circuit short to battery circuit for short to power.
P2303-11 Ignition Coil B Primary  Ignition coil 2 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2304-12 Ignition Coil B Primary  Ignition coil 2 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2306-11 Ignition Coil C Primary  Ignition coil 3 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2307-12 Ignition Coil C Primary  Ignition coil 3 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2309-11 Ignition Coil D Primary  Ignition coil 4 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2310-12 Ignition Coil D Primary  Ignition coil 4 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2312-11 Ignition Coil E Primary  Ignition coil 5 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2313-12 Ignition Coil E Primary  Ignition coil 5 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2315-11 Ignition Coil F Primary  Ignition coil 6 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2316-12 Ignition Coil F Primary  Ignition coil 6 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2318-11 Ignition Coil G Primary  Ignition coil 7 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2319-12 Ignition Coil G Primary  Ignition coil 7 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2321-11 Ignition Coil H Primary  Ignition coil 8 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2322-12 Ignition Coil H Primary  Ignition coil 8 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P2401-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Check Diagnostic Module Tank
System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) fuse Leakage (DMTL) fuse for failure
Pump Control Circuit Low failure and security in holder. Refer to the
- no sub type information electrical circuit diagrams and
 Diagnostic Module Tank check Diagnostic Module Tank
Leakage (DMTL) circuit Leakage (DMTL) circuit for short
short to ground, open to ground, open circuit. Check and
circuit install a new Diagnostic Module
 Diagnostic Module Tank Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Leakage (DMTL) failure required. Refer to the warranty
module is suspect.
System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) circuit diagrams and check Diagnostic
Pump Control Circuit High short to power Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
- no sub type information circuit for short to power. Check
 Diagnostic Module Tank and install a new Diagnostic
Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
module is suspect.
P2404-29 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Check and install a new Diagnostic
System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Pump Sense Circuit required. Refer to the warranty
Range/Performance - policy and procedures manual if a
Signal invalid module is suspect.
P2404-2F Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Check and install a new Diagnostic
System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Pump Sense Circuit required. Refer to the warranty
Range/Performance - policy and procedures manual if a
signal erratic module is suspect.
System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) circuit diagrams and check Diagnostic
Pump Sense Circuit Low - short to ground, high Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
no sub type information resistance, open circuit circuit for short to ground, high
 Diagnostic Module Tank resistance, open circuit. Check and
Leakage (DMTL) failure install a new Diagnostic Module
Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
module is suspect.
P2406-00 Evaporative Emission  Blockage in Diagnostic Check for blockage in the
System Leak Detection Module Tank Leakage Blockage in Diagnostic Module
Pump Sense Circuit High - (DMTL) ventilation pipe Tank Leakage (DMTL) ventilation
no sub type information pipe. Check and install a new
 Diagnostic Module Tank Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
Leakage (DMTL) (DMTL) as required. Refer to the
circuit, open circuit warranty policy and procedures
P240A- Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
00 System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) diagrams and check Diagnostic
Pump Heater Circuit / circuit, open circuit Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Open - no sub type heater circuit for open circuit.
information  Diagnostic Module Tank Check and install a new Diagnostic
Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
module is suspect.
P240B- Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
00 System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) heater diagrams and check Diagnostic
Pump Heater Circuit Low - circuit short to ground, Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
no sub type information high resistance heater circuit for short to ground,
high resistance.
P240C- Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
00 System Leak Detection Leakage (DMTL) heater diagrams and check Diagnostic
Pump Heater Circuit High circuit short to power Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
- no sub type information heater circuit for short to power.
Control System Switching Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Valve Performance/Stuck required. Refer to the warranty
Open - no sub type policy and procedures manual if a
information module is suspect.
Control System Switching Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Valve Performance/Stuck required. Refer to the warranty
Closed - no sub type policy and procedures manual if a
information module is suspect.
P250C- Engine Oil Level Sensor  Oil temperature level Using the manufacturer approved
23 Circuit Low - signal stuck sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
low ground signal, datalogger signal Sump Oil
 Oil temperature level Temperature - Measured (0x03F3).
sensor failure Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check oil
temperature level sensor circuit for
short to ground. Check and install
a new oil temperature level sensor
module is suspect.
P250D- Engine Oil Level Sensor  Oil temperature level Using the manufacturer approved
24 Circuit High - signal stuck sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
high power signal, datalogger signal Sump Oil
 Oil temperature level Refer to the electrical circuit
temperature level sensor circuit for
short to power. Check and install a
new oil temperature level sensor as
module is suspect.
P2544-64 Torque Management  Inappropriate request Check for related DTCs within
Request Input Signal A - from Anti-lock Braking Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
signal plausibility failure System (ABS) module and refer to the relevant
DTC index. Carry out the CAN
network integrity test using the
system.
P2544-92 Torque Management  Inappropriate request Check for related DTCs within
Request Input Signal A - from Anti-lock Braking Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
performance or incorrect System (ABS) module and refer to the relevant
operation DTC index. Carry out the CAN
system.
P2600-13 Coolant Pump A Control  Coolant pump A control Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit / Open - circuit circuit open circuit diagrams and check coolant pump
open A control circuit for open circuit.
P2601-00 Coolant Pump Control  Coolant level low Check coolant level and fill up as
Circuit Range/Performance required. Check the cooling system
- no sub type information  Blocked cooling system for blockages or trapped hoses.
 Coolant pump A control Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit open circuit diagrams and check coolant pump
 Coolant pump A failure A control circuit for open circuit.
Check and install a new coolant
pump A as required.
Circuit Low - circuit short circuit short to ground diagrams and check coolant pump
to ground A control circuit for short to
ground.
Circuit High - circuit short circuit short to power diagrams and check coolant pump
to battery A control circuit for short to
power.
P2610-00 ECM/PCM Internal Engine  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of
Off Timer Performance - (IPC) fault the components listed and refer to
no sub type information relevant DTC Index. Carry out the
 Central Junction Box CAN network integrity test using
(CJB) fault the manufacturer approved
 CAN network error diagnostic system.
P2610-84 ECM/PCM Engine Off  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of
Timer Performance - signal (IPC) fault the components listed and refer to
below allowable range relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
 Central Junction Box electrical circuit diagrams and
(CJB) fault check engine coolant temperature
 Engine coolant sensor circuit for short to ground,
temperature sensor fault power, open circuit. Refer to the
 Ambient temperature electrical circuit diagrams and
sensor fault check ambient air temperature
 Low battery voltage sensor circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit. Check the
 CAN network error battery voltage, repair as required.
Carry out the CAN network
integrity test using the
system.
P2610-85 ECM/PCM Engine Off  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of
Timer Performance - signal (IPC) fault the components listed and refer to
above allowable range relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
temperature sensor fault power, open circuit. Refer to the
 Low battery voltage sensor circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit. Check the
 CAN network error battery voltage, repair as required.
Carry out the CAN network
integrity test using the
system.
P2610-87 ECM/PCM Internal Engine  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of
Off Timer Performance - (IPC) fault the components listed, and refer to
missing message relevant DTC Index, refer to the
temperature sensor fault power, open circuit, refer to the
 CAN network error sensor circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit, carry out the
CAN network integrity test using
diagnostic system.
U0001- High Speed CAN  High speed CAN bus Refer to the electrical circuit
88 Communication Bus - bus circuit, short to ground diagrams and check CAN network
off for short to ground, power, open
 High speed CAN bus circuit. Using the manufacturer
circuit, short to power approved diagnostic system, carry
 High speed CAN bus, out network integrity test.
open circuit
U0101- Lost Communication with  CAN link Engine Using the manufacturer approved
00 TCM - no sub type Control Module diagnostic system, check
information (ECM)/Transmission Transmission Control Module
Control Module (TCM) (TCM) for DTCs and refer to the
network malfunction relevant DTC Index. Using the
 Transmission Control system, carry out network integrity
Module (TCM) fault test. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check Transmission
Control Module (TCM) power and
ground circuit for open circuit.
Check CAN harness to
Transmission Control Module
(TCM), repair as necessary.
U0103- Lost Communication with  CAN link Engine Refer to the electrical wiring
00 Gear Shift Control Module Control Module diagrams and check power and
A - no sub type (ECM)/Gear Shift ground connections to the Gear
information Module (GSM) network Shift Module (GSM). Carry out the
malfunction CAN integrity tests using the
tool.
U0104- Lost Communication With  Vehicle configured for Check vehicle has correct speed
00 Cruise Control Module - speed control, but speed control module installed. Using the
no sub type information control module is not manufacturer approved diagnostic
installed system, check speed control
module, Anti-lock Braking System
 CAN Link Engine (ABS) module for DTCs and refer

Control Module to the relevant DTC Index. Using
(ECM)/speed control the manufacturer approved
module network diagnostic system, carry out
malfunction network integrity test. Refer to the
 Speed control module check speed control module power
power or ground circuit, and ground circuit for open circuit.
open circuit Check CAN harness to speed
control module, repair as
necessary.
U0121- Lost Communication With  CAN Link Engine Using the manufacturer approved
00 Anti-lock Braking System Control Module diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
(ABS) Control Module - (ECM)/Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) module for
no sub type information Braking System (ABS) DTCs and refer to the relevant
module network DTC Index. Using the
malfunction manufacturer approved diagnostic
system, carry out network integrity
 Anti-lock Braking test. Refer to the electrical circuit
System (ABS) module diagrams and check Anti-lock
power or ground circuit, Braking System (ABS) module
open circuit power and ground circuit for open
circuit. Check CAN harness to
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
module, repair as necessary.
U0128- Lost Communication With  CAN Link Engine Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Park Brake Control Control Module diagrams and check power and
Module - no sub type (ECM)/Electronic ground supplies to Electronic
information Parking Brake (EPB) Parking Brake (EPB). Carry out
signal missing network the CAN network integrity test
malfunction using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system.
U0132- Lost Communication with  CAN link/suspension Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Suspension Control control module network diagrams and check power and
Module A - no sub type malfunction ground supplies to suspension
information control module. Carry out the CAN
system.
U0151- Lost Communication with  Lost communication Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Restraints Control Module with Restraints Control diagrams and check power and
- no sub type information Module (RCM) over ground supplies to restraints
CAN or hardwired link control module. Carry out the CAN
system.
U0151- Lost Communication with Check Restraints Control Module
87 Restraints Control Module  Lost communication due for associated DTCs and refer to
- missing message to Restraints Control relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
Module (RCM) fault electrical circuit diagrams and
check power and ground supplies
to restraints control module. Carry
out the CAN network integrity test
diagnostic system.
U0155- Lost Communication with  CAN link between Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Instrument Panel Cluster Engine Control Module diagrams and check power and
(IPC) - no sub type (ECM) and Instrument ground supplies to Instrument
information Panel Cluster (IPC) fault Panel Cluster. Carry out the CAN
system.
U0167- Lost Communication with  Security challenge Refer to the electrical circuit
00 Vehicle Immobilizer response timeout diagrams and check power and
Control Module - no sub ground supplies to the Electric
type information  Battery fault Steering Column Lock (ESCL).
Check for related CAN DTCs and
refer to the relevant DTC index.
service information. Carry out the
CAN network integrity test using
diagnostic system.
U0300- Internal Control Module  Engine Control Module Check and install the correct
00 Software Incompatibility - (ECM) has incorrect Engine Control Module (ECM)
no sub type information software installed software. Check and install the
correct Engine Control Module
 The Engine Control (ECM) as required. Refer to the
Module (ECM) is in warranty policy and procedures
expulsion mode. An manual if a module is suspect.
incorrect specification
(ECM) has been
installed to the vehicle
U0402- Invalid Data Received  Transmission Engine Using the manufacturer approved
00 From Transmission Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
Control Module - no sub request corruption Transmission Control Module
type information (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC Index. Using the
test. Refer to the electrical circuit

diagrams and check high speed
CAN bus circuit for short, open
circuit.
U0402- Invalid Data Received  Transmission Engine Using the manufacturer approved
08 from TCM - bus signal / Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
message failures request corruption Transmission Control Module
(TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
 High speed CAN bus relevant DTC Index. Using the
circuit failure, short, manufacturer approved diagnostic
open circuit system, carry out network integrity
circuit.
U0402- Invalid Data Received  Transmission to Engine Using the manufacturer approved
64 from TCM - Signal Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
plausibility failure request corruption Transmission Control Module
(TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
 High speed CAN bus relevant DTC Index. Using the
signal corruption manufacturer approved diagnostic
circuit.
U0402- Invalid Data Received  Transmission Control Using the manufacturer approved
82 from TCM - alive / Module (TCM) shaft- diagnostic system, check
sequence counter speed faults Transmission Control Module
incorrect / not updated (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC Index.
U0402- Invalid Data Received  Transmission Control Using the manufacturer approved
83 from TCM - Value of Module (TCM) shaft- diagnostic system, check
signal protection speed faults Transmission Control Module
calculation incorrect (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
relevant DTC Index.
U0415- Invalid Data Received  Electronic throttle unit, Using the manufacturer approved
00 From Anti-lock Braking throttle position sensor 1 diagnostic system, check for
System (ABS) Control failure electronic throttle unit DTCs repair
Module - no sub type as necessary. Refer to the electrical
information  Electronic throttle unit, circuit diagrams and check
throttle position sensor 2 electronic unit harness for short
failure circuit, open circuit. Refer to the
 Electronic throttle unit warranty policy and procedures
harness short, open manual if a module is suspect, if
circuit the electronic throttle unit is
suspect.
U0415- Invalid Data Received  Invalid request from Using the manufacturer approved
64 From Anti-lock Braking Anti-lock Braking diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
System (ABS) (ABS) System (ABS) Braking System (ABS), for DTCs
Control Module - signal and refer to the relevant DTC
plausibility failure  Torque up request Index. Refer to the electrical circuit
higher than expected diagrams and check high speed
from Anti-lock Braking CAN bus circuit for short, open
System (ABS) circuit.
U0415- Invalid Data Received  Torque up request Using the manufacturer approved
67 From Anti-lock Braking higher than expected diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
System (ABS) (ABS) from Anti-lock Braking Braking System (ABS), for DTCs
Control Module - signal System (ABS) and refer to the relevant DTC
incorrect after event Index. Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit.
U0426- Invalid Data Received  Security code mis-match Check CAN network between
00 From Vehicle Immobilizer Engine Control Module (ECM),
Control Module - no sub  This DTC will be logged Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) and
type information if the encrypted data Central Junction Box (CJB). Refer
exchange does not to the electrical circuit diagrams
match between Engine and check power and ground
Control Module (ECM) circuit to Engine Control Module
and the Instrument Panel (ECM) and Instrument Panel
Cluster (IPC) or Central Cluster (IPC). Check correct
Junction Box (CJB) Engine Control Module (ECM)
and Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
installed. Re-synchronise ID by re-
configuring the Engine Control
Module (ECM) and Instrument
Panel Cluster (IPC) as new
modules.
U0447- Invalid Data Received  The LIN to high speed This DTC has been inhibited in the
81 From Gateway "A" - CAN gateway has Engine Control Module (ECM), as
invalid serial data received informed the Engine the LIN bus flag is set during
Control Module (ECM) normal operation.
of a failure
GENERAL PROCEDURES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) LONG DRIVE CYCLE SELF-TEST
WARNING: Where possible, all road tests should be on well surfaced and dry roads.
Always comply with speed limits and local traffic regulations.
NOTE: This procedure is an overcheck only. If fault codes are found, interrogation of
the relevant system must be carried out and claimed against.
NOTE: The vehicle must exceed 50mph (80 km/h) during the road test.
1. Connect the diagnostic equipment to the vehicle.

2. Follow on screen prompts and check for engine management fault codes.
3. Clear the fault codes following the on screen procedure.
4. Disconnect the diagnostic equipment from the vehicle.
NOTE: Make sure cruise control is not engaged.

Make sure the engine temperature is above 60 °C (140 °F).
5. Carry out a road test and perform the following operations.

1. Accelerate to 55 mph (88 km/h) in 5th gear and cruise for 2 minutes with the engine speed at or
above 1800rpm.
2. Lift off the throttle and allow the vehicle to decelerate until the engine speed is less than 1000 rpm.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Release brake, allow the vehicle to move with no throttle for 1 minute.
5. Road test is now complete.
NOTE: If fault codes are found, interrogation of the relevant system must be
carried out and claimed against.
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) SHORT DRIVE CYCLE SELF-TEST

4. Start the engine.
 Allow the engine to idle for 30 seconds.
 Raise the engine speed to 1500 rpm and hold for 3 minutes until a temperature of 70°C (158 °F) is
achieved.
 Switch off the engine.
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR LH
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Refer to Specifications information.

3. Thermostat Housing Refer to: Thermostat Housing V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol
is always correct.
4. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.
CAUTION: Make sure that the sensor tip is clean and free of foreign material.
NOTE: Lubricate the O-ring seal with clean engine oil.
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR RH
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4.
 Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.
CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR LH
REMOVAL


4. See figure
material.
5.
 Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: If accidentally dropped or knocked install a new sensor.

CAUTION: Make sure the catalyst monitor sensor wiring harness is not twisted
more than 180 degrees and is not in contact with either the exhaust
or driveshaft.
CAUTION: Make sure the anti-seize compound does not contact the catalyst
monitor sensor tip.
NOTE: If the original sensor is to be installed, apply lubricant meeting

specification ESE-M12A4-A to the thread of the sensor.
2. If required, carry out a long drive cycle. Refer to Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Long Drive
Cycle Self-Test information.
CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR RH
REMOVAL


4. See figure
material.
5.
 Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION
monitor sensor tip.
or driveshaft.

CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
REMOVAL


NOTE: Clean the components general area prior to dismantling.
3. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.
CAUTION: Make sure that the component is clean, free of foreign material and
lubricant.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
REMOVAL
always correct.

2. Refer to Cowl Vent Screen information.
3. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
4. Torque: 25 Nm
5. Torque: 25 Nm
6. Torque: 8 Nm
7. Torque: 6 Nm
8. Torque: 10 Nm
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
NOTE: New units must be configured using the Programmable Module Installation
Routine in the diagnostic tool.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
REMOVAL


2. Refer to Engine Cover - 5.0L, Vehicles With: Supercharger information.
3. Refer to Cooling System Draining and Vacuum Filling - Vehicles With: Supercharger information.
4. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Center Panel information.
is always correct.
5.
 Lift the tang and rotate the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor counter-clockwise.
INSTALLATION
ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR

REMOVAL


3. Refer to Engine Oil Draining and Filling information.
4. Torque: 11 Nm
INSTALLATION
FRONT KNOCK SENSOR (KS) LH
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Supercharger information.
4. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
FRONT KNOCK SENSOR (KS) RH
REMOVAL


4. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (FRP) SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. Refer to Fuel System Pressure Release - 5.0L information.

4. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel RH - 5.0L/3.0L Diesel information.
5. Refer to Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH - 5.0L/3.0L Diesel information.
6. Refer to Engine Cover - 5.0L information.
WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluids.
7. See figure
8. Torque: 32 Nm
INSTALLATION
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) LH

Special Tool(s)
310-121
Wrench, H02S
REMOVAL


5. See figure
material.
6. Wrench, H02S (310-121)

Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the anti-seize compound does not contact the HO2S tip.
CAUTION: Make sure the HO2S wiring harness is not twisted more than 180
degrees and is not in contact with either the exhaust or driveshaft.

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) RH
Special Tool(s)
310-121
Wrench, H02S
REMOVAL


5. See figure
material.
6. Wrench, H02S (310-121)

Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
REMOVAL

is always correct.
3. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
4. See figure
is always correct.
5. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
6. See figure
is always correct.
7. Torque: 5 Nm
INSTALLATION
2. If required, carry out a short drive cycle. Refer to Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Short Drive
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
REMOVAL

2. See figure
INSTALLATION

REAR KNOCK SENSOR (KS) LH
REMOVAL


4. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
REAR KNOCK SENSOR (KS) RH
REMOVAL


4. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING (VVT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. Torque: 10 Nm
CAUTION: Evenly and progressively, remove the VVT units from each side.
is always correct.
5. See figure
INSTALLATION
material.
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING (VVT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. See figure
is always correct.
5. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
6. See figure
INSTALLATION
material.
ENGINE Electronic Engine Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Electronic Engine Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS (V8 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS

Camshaft position (CMP) sensor(s) retaining bolt 10 7 -
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor retaining bolt 10 7 -
Heated oxygen sensor(s) (HO2S) 48 35 -
Catalyst monitor sensor(s) 48 35 -
Knock sensor(s) (KS) retaining bolt 20 15 -
Fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor 32 24 -
Manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor 5 - 44
Engine oil level sensor retaining bolts 11 8 -
Variable valve timing (VVT) oil control solenoid(s) retaining bolts 10 7 -
Engine control module (ECM) retaining bolts 7 - 62
ECM retaining bracket bolts 7 - 62
COMPONENT LOCATION


1 MAFT (mass air flow and temperature) sensor
2 MAP (manifold absolute pressure) sensor
3 Knock sensors
4 CKP (crankshaft position) sensor
5 MAFT sensor
6 CMP (camshaft position) sensors
7 ECT (engine coolant temperature) sensor (ECT 2)
9 CMP sensors


2 Downstream HO2S (heated oxygen sensor)
3 Upstream HO2S
4 Downstream HO2S
5 Upstream HO2S


1 AAT (ambient air temperature) sensor
2 APP (accelerator pedal position) sensor
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The electronic engine control (EEC) system operates the engine to generate the output demanded by the
accelerator pedal and loads imposed by other systems. The electronic engine control (EEC) system has an
engine control module (ECM) that uses a torque-based strategy to evaluate inputs from sensors and other
systems, then produces outputs to engine actuators to produce the required torque.
The electronic engine control (EEC) system controls the following:
 Charge air
 Fueling
 Ignition timing
 Valve timing
 Cylinder knock
 Idle speed
 Engine cooling fan
 Evaporative emissions
 On-board diagnostics
 Immobilization system interface
 Speed control.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired; D = High speed controller area network (CAN) bus.


1 Battery
4 ECM
5 LH (left hand) intake CMP sensor

6 LH exhaust CMP sensor
7 LH MAFT sensor
8 LH front knock sensor
9 LH rear knock sensor
10 RH (right hand) rear knock sensor
11 RH front knock sensor
12 RH intake CMP sensor
13 RH exhaust CMP sensor
14 RH MAFT sensor


1 MAP sensor
3 CKP sensor
4 Diagnostic socket
5 To other system control modules

6 ECM
8 APP sensor
9 AAT sensor
11 LH upstream HO2S
12 LH downstream HO2S
13 RH Downstream HO2S
14 RH Upstream HO2S
SYSTEM OPERATION
ECM ADAPTIONS
The engine control module (ECM) has the ability to adapt the input values it uses to control certain outputs.
This capability maintains engine refinement and ensures the engine emissions remain within the legislated
limits. The components which have adaptions associated with them are:
 The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

 The heated oxygen sensors
 The mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors
 The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
OXYGEN AND MAFT SENSORS
There are several adaptive maps associated with the fueling strategy. Within the fueling strategy the engine
control module (ECM) calculates short-term adaptions and long term adaptions. The engine control module
(ECM) will monitor the deterioration of the heated oxygen sensors over a period of time. It will also monitor the
current correction associated with the sensors.
The engine control module (ECM) will store a fault code in circumstances where an adaption is forced to
exceed its operating parameters. At the same time, the engine control module (ECM) will record the engine
speed, engine load and intake air temperature.
The characteristics of the signal supplied by the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor are learned by the engine
control module (ECM). This enables the engine control module (ECM) to set an adaption and support the
engine misfire detection function. Due to the small variation between different drive plates and different
crankshaft position (CKP) sensors, the adaption must be reset if either component is renewed, or removed and
refitted. It is also necessary to reset the drive plate adaption if the engine control module (ECM) is renewed or
replaced. The engine control module (ECM) supports four drive plate adaptions for the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor. Each adaption relates to a specific engine speed range. The engine speed ranges are detailed in
the table below:
Adaption Engine Speed, rev/min

1 1800 - 3000
2 3001 - 3800
3 3801 - 4600
4 4601 - 5400
MISFIRE DETECTION
Legislation requires that the engine control module (ECM) must be able to detect the presence of an engine
misfire. It must be able to detect misfires at two separate levels. The first level is a misfire that could lead to the
legislated emissions limit being exceeded by a given amount. The second level is a misfire that may cause
catalytic converter damage.
The engine control module (ECM) monitors the number of misfire occurrences within two engine speed ranges.
If the engine control module (ECM) detects more than a predetermined number of misfire occurrences within
either of these two ranges, over two consecutive journeys, it will record a fault code and details of the engine
speed, engine load and engine coolant temperature. In addition, the engine control module (ECM) monitors the
number of misfire occurrences that happen in a 'window' of 200 engine revolutions. The misfire occurrences are
assigned a weighting according to their likely impact on the catalytic converters. If the number of misfires
exceeds a given value, the engine control module (ECM) stores catalytic converter damage fault codes, along
with the engine speed, engine load and engine coolant temperature.
The signal from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor indicates how fast the poles on the drive plate are passing
the sensor tip. A sine wave is generated each time a pole passes the sensor tip. The engine control module
(ECM) can detect variations in drive plate speed by monitoring the sine wave signal supplied by the crankshaft
position sensor. By assessing this signal, the engine control module (ECM) can detect the presence of an engine
misfire. At this time, the engine control module (ECM) will assess the amount of variation in the signal received
from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and assign a roughness value to it. This roughness value can be
viewed within the real time monitoring feature using Jaguar approved diagnostic equipment. The engine control
module (ECM) will evaluate the signal against a number of factors and will decide whether to record the
occurrence or ignore it. The engine control module (ECM) can assign a roughness and misfire signal for each
cylinder.
DIAGNOSTICS
The engine control module (ECM) stores each fault as a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). The diagnostic trouble
code (DTC) and associated environmental and freeze frame data can be read using Jaguar approved diagnostic
equipment, which can also read real time data from each sensor, the adaption values currently being employed
and the current fueling, ignition and idle speed settings.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

The engine control module (ECM) is installed in the front passenger side of the engine compartment, on a
bracket attached to the engine bulkhead.
The engine control module (ECM) has the capability of adapting its fuel and ignition control outputs in
response to several sensor inputs.
The engine control module (ECM) receives inputs from the following:
 Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.

 Camshaft position (CMP) sensors (4 off).
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors (2 off).
 Knock sensors (4 off).
 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
 Mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors (2 off).
 Throttle position sensor.
 Heated oxygen sensors (4 off).
 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
 Ambient air temperature sensor.

 Fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor. For additional information, refer to 303-04F Fuel Charging and Controls.
 Stoplamp switch. For additional information, refer to 206-09 Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist.
 Speed control cancel/suspend switch. For additional information, refer to 310-03D Speed Control.
 Oil level and temperature sensor. For additional information, refer to 303-01E Engine.
 Fuel LP (low pressure) sensor. For additional information, refer to 310-01D Fuel Tank and Lines.
The engine control module (ECM) provides outputs to the following:
 Main relay.
 Heater elements of the heated oxygen sensors (4 off).
 Fuel injectors (8 off). For additional information, refer to 303-04F Fuel Charging and Controls.
 Ignition coils (8 off). For additional information, refer to 303-07C Engine Ignition.
 Variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids (4 off). For additional information, refer to 303-01B Engine.
 Camshaft profile switching solenoids (2 off). For additional information, refer to 303-01E Engine.
 Variable intake system tuning valve. For additional information, refer to 303-12E Intake Air Distribution
and Filtering.
 Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve. For additional information, refer to 303-13C
Evaporative Emissions.
 Engine starter relay. For additional information, refer to 303-06D Starting System.
 Generator. For additional information, refer to 414-02D Generator and Regulator.
 HP fuel pumps. For additional information, refer to 303-04F Fuel Charging and Controls.
 DMTL (diagnostic module - tank leakage). For additional information, refer to 303-13C Evaporative
Emissions.

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is an inductive sensor that allows the engine control module (ECM) to
determine the angular position of the crankshaft and the engine speed.
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is installed in the rear left side of the sump body, in line with the engine
drive plate. The sensor is secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. A two pin electrical connector
The head of the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor faces a reluctor ring pressed into the outer circumference of
the engine drive plate. The reluctor ring has a 60 minus 2 tooth pattern. There are 58 teeth at 6° intervals, with
two teeth removed to provide a reference point with a centerline that is 21° before top dead center (BTDC) on
cylinder 1 of bank A.
If the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Uses signals from the camshaft position (CMP) sensors to determine the angular position of the
crankshaft and the engine speed
 Adopts a limp home mode where engine speed is limited to a maximum of 3000 rev/min.
With a failed crankshaft position (CKP) sensor, engine starts will require a long crank time while the engine
control module (ECM) determines the angular position of the crankshaft.
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSORS
The camshaft position (CMP) sensors are MRE (magneto resistive element) sensors that allow the engine
control module (ECM) to determine the angular position of the camshafts. MRE sensors produce a digital
output which allows the engine control module (ECM) to detect speeds down to zero.
The four camshaft position (CMP) sensors are installed in the front upper timing covers, one for each camshaft.
Each camshaft position (CMP) sensor is secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. On each
camshaft position (CMP) sensor, a three pin electrical connector provides the interface with the engine harness.
The head of each camshaft position (CMP) sensor faces a sensor wheel attached to the front of the related
variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit.
If a camshaft position (CMP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Defaults to base mapping for the ignition timing, with no cylinder correction
 Disables the variable camshaft timing (VCT) system.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors are negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistors that
allow the engine control module (ECM) to monitor the engine coolant temperature.
There are two identical engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors installed, which are identified as ECT 1 and
ECT 2. Each sensor is secured with a twist-lock and latch mechanism, and is sealed with an O-ring. A two pin
electrical connector provides the interface between the sensor and the engine harness.
ECT 1
ECT 1 is installed in the heater manifold, at the rear of the right-hand (RH) cylinder head. The input from this
sensor is used in calibration tables and by other systems.
ECT 2
ECT 2 is installed in the lower hose connector which attaches to the bottom of the thermostat. The input from
this sensor is used for on-board diagnostic (OBD) 2 diagnostics and, in conjunction with the input from ECT 1,
to confirm that the thermostat is functional.
KNOCK SENSORS
The knock sensors are piezo-ceramic sensors that allow the engine control module (ECM) to employ active
knock control and prevent engine damage from pre-ignition or detonation.
Two knock sensors are installed on the inboard side of each cylinder head, one mid-way between cylinders 1
and 2, and one mid-way between cylinders 3 and 4. Each knock sensor is secured with a single screw. On each
knock sensor, a two pin electrical connector provides the interface with the engine harness.
The engine control module (ECM) compares the signals from the knock sensors with mapped values stored in
memory to determine when detonation occurs on individual cylinders. When detonation is detected, the engine
control module (ECM) retards the ignition timing on that cylinder for a number of engine cycles, then gradually
returns it to the original setting.
The engine control module (ECM) cancels closed loop control of the ignition system if the signal received from
a knock sensor becomes implausible. In these circumstances the engine control module (ECM) defaults to base
mapping for the ignition timing. This ensures the engine will not become damaged if low quality fuel is used.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will not illuminate, although the driver may notice that the engine 'pinks'
in some driving conditions and displays a drop in performance and smoothness.
The ECM calculates the default value if one sensor fails on each bank of cylinders
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor allows the engine control module (ECM) to calculate the load on
the engine, which is used in the calculation of fuel injection time.
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is installed in the air inlet of the intake manifold. The sensor is
secured with a single screw and sealed with an O-ring. A three pin electrical connector provides the interface
with the engine harness.
If the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM) adopts a default value
of 1 bar (14.5 lbf/in.2 ).
With a failed manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, the engine will suffer from poor starting, rough running
and poor driveability.
MASS AIR FLOW AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS

The mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to measure the
mass and the temperature of the air flow into the engine. The mass air flow is measured with a hot film element
in the sensor. The temperature of the air flow is measured with a negative temperature coefficient (NTC)
thermistor in the sensor. The mass air flow is used to determine the fuel quantity to be injected in order to
maintain the stoichiometric air/fuel mixture required for correct operation of the engine and the catalytic
converters.
There are two mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors installed, one in each air cleaner outlet duct. Each
mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensor is secured with two screws and sealed with an O-ring. On each
mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensor, a five pin electrical connector provides the interface with the
engine harness.
If the hot film element signal fails the engine control module (ECM) invokes a software backup strategy to
calculate the mass air flow from other inputs. Closed loop fuel control, closed loop idle speed control and
evaporative emissions control are discontinued. The engine will suffer from poor starting, poor throttle response
and, if the failure occurs while driving, the engine speed may dip before recovering.
If the negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor signal fails the engine control module (ECM) adopts a
default value of 25 °C (77 °F) for the intake air temperature.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS
The throttle position (TP) sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to determine the position and angular
rate of change of the throttle blade.
There are two throttle position (TP) sensors located in the electronic throttle. See below for details of the
electronic throttle.
If a throttle position (TP) sensor fails, the engine control module (ECM):
 Adopts a limp home mode where engine speed is limited to a maximum of approximately 2000 rev/min
 Discontinues evaporative emissions control
 Discontinues closed loop control of engine idle speed.
With a failed throttle position (TP) sensor, the engine will suffer from poor running and throttle response.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS

A Upstream heated oxygen sensor
B Downstream heated oxygen sensor
The heated oxygen sensors allow the engine control module (ECM) to measure the oxygen content of the
exhaust gases, for closed loop control of the fuel: air mixture and for catalytic converter monitoring.
An upstream heated oxygen sensor is installed in the outlet of each exhaust manifold, which enables
installed in each catalytic converter, which enables the performance of the catalytic converters to be monitored.
Oxygen sensors need to operate at high temperatures in order to function correctly. To achieve the high
temperatures required, the sensors are fitted with heater elements that are controlled by a pulse width
modulation (PWM) signal from the engine control module (ECM). The heater elements are operated
immediately after each engine start and during low load conditions when the temperature of the exhaust gases is
insufficient to maintain the required sensor temperature. The pulse width modulation (PWM) duty cycle is
carefully controlled to prevent thermal shock to cold sensors. A non-functioning heater delays the sensor's
readiness for closed loop control and increases emissions.
The upstream heated oxygen sensors produce a constant voltage, with a variable current that is proportional to
the lambda ratio. The downstream heated oxygen sensors produce an output voltage dependent on the ratio of
the exhaust gas oxygen to the ambient oxygen.
The heated oxygen sensors age with mileage, increasing their response time to switch from rich to lean and lean
to rich. This increase in response time influences the engine control module (ECM) closed loop control and
leads to progressively increased emissions. Measuring the period of rich to lean and lean to rich switching
monitors the response rate of the upstream sensors.
Diagnosis of electrical faults is continually monitored in both the upstream and downstream sensors. This is
achieved by checking the signal against maximum and minimum threshold, for open and short circuit
conditions.
If a heated oxygen sensor fails:
 The engine control module (ECM) defaults to open loop fueling for the related cylinder bank
 The CO (carbon monoxide) and emissions content of the exhaust gases increases
 The exhaust smells of rotten eggs (hydrogen sulphide).
With a failed heated oxygen sensor, the engine will suffer from unstable operation and reduced performance.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSORS

The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor allows the engine control module (ECM) to determine the driver
requests for vehicle speed, acceleration and deceleration. The engine control module (ECM) uses this
information to determine the setting of the electronic throttle.
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the pedal box and secured with three screws. A six
pin electrical connector provides the interface with the vehicle harness. The accelerator pedal is connected to a
spindle on the right-hand (RH) side of the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is a twin track potentiometer. Each track receives an independent
power supply from the engine control module (ECM) and returns an independent analog signal to the engine
control module (ECM). Both signals contain the same positional information, but the signal from track 2 is half
the voltage of the signal from track 1 at all positions.
If both signals have a fault, the engine control module (ECM) adopts a limp home mode, which limits the
engine speed to 2000 rev/min maximum.
The engine control module (ECM) constantly checks the range and plausibility of the two signals and stores a
fault code if it detects a fault.

The AAT (ambient air temperature) sensor is a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor that allows
the engine control module (ECM) to monitor the temperature of the air around the vehicle. The engine control
module (ECM) uses the AAT input for a number of functions, including engine cooling fan control. The engine
control module (ECM) also transmits the ambient temperature on the high speed controller area network (CAN)
bus for use by other control modules.
The AAT sensor is installed in the left-hand (LH) exterior mirror, with the bulb of the sensor positioned over a
hole in the bottom of the mirror casing.
The engine control module (ECM) supplies the sensor with a 5 V reference voltage and a ground, and translates
the return signal voltage into a temperature.
If there is a fault with the AAT sensor, the engine control module (ECM) calculates the AAT from the
temperature inputs of the mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors. If the AAT sensor and the
temperature inputs of the mass air flow and temperature (MAFT) sensors are all faulty, the engine control
module (ECM) adopts a default ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F).
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE
The engine control module (ECM) uses the electronic throttle to regulate engine torque.
The electronic throttle is installed between the T piece duct, of the intake air distribution and filtering system,
and the inlet of the supercharger (SC). For additional information, refer to 303-12E Intake Air Distribution and
Filtering.
The throttle plate is operated by an electric DC (direct current) motor integrated into the throttle body. The
engine control module (ECM) uses a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal to control the DC motor. The
engine control module (ECM) compares the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor inputs against an electronic
map to determine the required position of the throttle plate. The engine control module (ECM) and electronic
throttle are also required to:
 Monitor requests for cruise control operation

 Automatically operate the electronic throttle for accurate cruise control
 Perform all dynamic stability control engine interventions
 Monitor and carry out maximum engine speed and road speed cut outs
 Provide different engine maps for the ride and handling optimization system.
A software strategy within the engine control module (ECM) calibrates the position of the throttle plate at the
beginning of each ignition cycle. When the ignition is turned on, the engine control module (ECM) performs a
self test and calibration routine by fully closing the throttle plate and then opening it again. This tests the default
position springs and allows the engine control module (ECM) to learn the position of the closed hard stop.
Subsequently the engine control module (ECM) keeps the throttle plate a minimum of 0.5 degree from the
closed hard stop.
MAIN RELAY
The main relay is used to initiate the power up and power down routines within the engine control module
(ECM). The main relay is installed in the engine junction box (EJB).
When the ignition is turned on, battery voltage is applied to the ignition sense input. The engine control module
(ECM) then starts its power up routines and energizes the main relay.
When the ignition is turned off, the engine control module (ECM) maintains its powered up state while it
conducts the power down routines (up to 20 minutes in extreme cases, when cooling fans are required) and on
completion will turn off the main relay.
ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS
For a detailed description of electronic engine controls, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION and

Visual Inspection
 Engine oil level and condition  Fuses

 Fuel level  Electrical connector(s)
 Fuel contamination/grade/quality  Sensor(s)
 Throttle body  Engine Control Module
 Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD) belt  Transmission Control Module
 Air cleaner condition
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the customer concern and refer to the Symptom Chart below,
alternatively, check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and refer to the DTC Index.
SYMPTOM CHART

Engine non-start
Engine does not crank  Security system /Immobilizer engaged  Check that the
 Engine in shut-down mode security system is
disarmed
 ECM relay
 Read DTCs and
 Battery refer to DTC Index
 Starting system in this section for
 Engine seized ECM relay tests
 Ensure the battery is
in fully charged and
serviceable
condition
 For starting system
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
 For engine system
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
Engine cranks, but does  Engine breather system  Ensure the engine
not fire disconnected/restricted breather system is
 Ignition system free from restriction
and is correctly
 Fuel system installed
 Electronic engine controls  For ignition system

tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
 For fuel system tests
section of the
workshop manual
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
Engine cranks and fires,  Evaporative emissions purge valve  For purge valve tests
but will not start refer to the relevant
 Fuel pump
section of the
 Spark plugs workshop manual
 Ignition coil failure(s)  For fuel system tests
section of the
workshop manual
 For ignition system
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
Difficult to start
Difficult cold start  Check engine coolant level/anti-freeze  Check the engine
content coolant level and
 Battery condition. Refer to
the relevant sections
 Electronic engine controls of the workshop
 Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve stuck manual
open  Ensure the battery is
 Fuel pump in a fully charged
 Evaporative emissions purge valve and serviceable
condition. Refer to
the battery care
manual and the
relevant sections of
the workshop
manual.
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index

in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
section of the
workshop manual
and check the
Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR)
valve and associated
hoses and
connections.
section of the
workshop manual
section of the
workshop manual
and check the purge
hoses and
connections.
Difficult hot start  Injector leak  Refer to the relevant
 Electronic engine controls section of the
workshop manual,
 Evaporative emissions purge valve carry out injector
 Fuel pump leak tests, install
 Ignition system new injectors as
 EGR valve stuck open necessary.
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
section of the
workshop manual
and check the purge
hoses and
connections.
section of the
workshop manual
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
section of the
workshop manual
and check the
Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR)
hoses and
connections.
Difficult to start after hot  Injector leak  Refer to the relevant
soak (vehicle standing, section of the
engine off, after engine  Electronic engine controls
workshop manual,
has reached operating  Evaporative emissions purge valve carry out injector
temperature)  Fuel pump leak tests, install
 Ignition system new injectors as
 EGR valve stuck open necessary.
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
section of the
workshop manual
and check the purge
hoses and
connections.
section of the
workshop manual
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
section of the
workshop manual
and check the
Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR)
hoses and
connections.
Engine cranks too  Compressions high/low  Refer to the relevant
fast/slow section of the
 Battery
workshop manual,
 Starting system carry out
compression tests.
 Ensure the battery is
in a fully charged
and serviceable
condition. Refer to
the battery care
manual and the
relevant sections of
the workshop
manual.
 For starting system
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
Engine stalls
Engine stalls soon after  Breather system disconnected/restricted  Ensure the engine
start breather system is
 ECM relay
free from restriction
 Electronic engine controls and is correctly
 Ignition system installed
 Air intake system restricted  Read DTCs and
 Air leakage refer to DTC Index
 Fuel lines in this section for
ECM relay tests
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
 Check for blockage
in air cleaner
element and air
intake system
 Check for leakage in
air intake system
section of the
workshop manual
Engine stalls on overrun  ECM relay  Read DTCs and
 Throttle position (TP) sensors refer to DTC Index
in this section for
ECM relay and TP
sensor tests
Engine stalls at steady  ECM relay  Read DTCs and
speed refer to DTC Index
 crankshaft position sensor
in this section for
 TP sensors ECM relay,
crankshaft position
sensor, and TP
sensor tests
Engine stalls with speed  ECM relay  Read DTCs and
control enabled refer to DTC Index
in this section for
ECM relay tests
Engine stalls when  ECM relay  Read DTCs and
maneuvering refer to DTC Index
 TP sensors
in this section for
 Additional engine loads (PAS, air ECM relay, and TP
conditioning, etc) sensor tests
 Transmission malfunction  Check for excessive
 CAN malfunction loads being placed
on the engine from
PAS, air
conditioning systems
etc.
 Refer to the
workshop manual or
transmission
troubleshooting
guide for
transmission system
tests.
section of the
workshop manual
and the electrical
wiring diagrams to
perform CAN
network tests.
Poor driveability
Engine hesitates/poor  Fuel pressure, fuel pump, fuel lines  For fuel system tests
acceleration refer to the relevant
 Injector leak
section of the
 Air leakage workshop manual
 Electronic engine controls  Carry out fuel
 Ignition system injector leak tests,
 EGR valve stuck install new injectors
 Transmission malfunction as necessary.
 Restricted pedal travel (carpet, etc)  Check for leakage
from air intake
system
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
section of the
workshop manual
and check the
Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR)
hoses and
connections.
 Refer to the
workshop manual or
transmission
troubleshooting
guide for
transmission system
tests.
 Ensure accelerator
pedal is free from
restriction
Engine backfires  Fuel pump, fuel lines  For fuel system tests
 Air leakage refer to the relevant
section of the
 Electronic engine controls workshop manual
 Ignition system  Check for leakage
 Sticking variable camshaft timing (VCT) from air intake
hub system
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
VCT system tests
Engine surges  Fuel pump, fuel lines  For fuel system tests
 Electronic engine controls refer to the relevant
section of the
 Ignition system workshop manual
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
tests refer to the
relevant section of
the workshop
manual
Engine detonates/knocks  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and
 Fuel pump, fuel lines, fuel quality refer to DTC Index
in this section for
 Air leakage electronic engine
 Sticking VCT hub control tests

section of the
workshop manual
 Check for leakage
from air intake
system
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
VCT system tests
No throttle response  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
Speed control inhibited or  Default mode enabled  Check message
disabled center for default
 Speed control, brake switch
message, read DTCs
 Electronic engine controls and refer to DTC
 CAN fault Index
section of the
workshop manual
for speed control,
and brake switch
tests.
 Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
section of the
workshop manual
and the electrical
wiring diagrams to
perform CAN
network tests.
Poor throttle response  Breather system disconnected/restricted  Ensure engine
 Electronic engine controls breather system is
free from restriction
 Transmission malfunction and is correctly
 Traction control event installed

 Air leakage  Read DTCs and
refer to DTC Index
in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
 Refer to the
workshop manual or
transmission
troubleshooting
guide for
transmission system
tests.
 Check for leakage in
air intake system
Engine defaults, warning  Electronic engine controls  Read DTCs and
light and messages. Refer refer to DTC Index
to the owner handbook in this section for
electronic engine
control tests
DTC INDEX

pinpoint tests.

B10A2- Crash Input - No  Loss of communication Refer to the electrical circuit
31 signal between Restraints Control diagrams and check Restraints
Module (RCM) and Engine Control Module (RCM) Pulse Width
Control Module (ECM) Modulated (PWM) SRS signal line
circuit, hard wired connection
between Engine Control Module
(ECM) and Restraints Control
Module (RCM) for short to ground,
short to power, open circuit. Repair
circuit as required, clear DTC and
retest system to confirm repair.
B10AC- Cruise Control  The Engine Control Module Clear the DTC and press all the
81 Switch - invalid serial (ECM) has received an steering wheel switches, re-check for
data received invalid command from the DTCs. Refer to the electrical circuit
steering wheel switch pack diagrams and check the Cruise
control switch circuit for open
circuit, short to power, short to
ground, disconnected. Check and
install a new Steering Wheel Module
(SWM) as required.
B10AC- Cruise Control  Cruise Buttons alive Refer to the electrical circuit
82 Switch - alive / counter is not incrementing. diagrams and check the Cruise
sequence counter Which suggests that the control switch circuit for open
incorrect / not LIN bus is faulty circuit, short to power, short to
updated ground, disconnected. Check and
 Steering Wheel Module install a new Steering Wheel Module
(SWM) is not connected (SWM) as required.
 Steering Wheel Module
(SWM) failure
B10AC- Cruise Control  Cruise buttons checksum Check and install new cruise
83 Switch - value of incorrect, incorrect cruise switches as required.
signal protection switches fitted to vehicle
B10AC- Cruise Control  Cruise control switch Check for related DTCs in other
96 Switch - component circuit, open circuit, short to Central Junction Box (CJB)s. Refer
internal failure power, short to ground, to the electrical circuit diagrams and
disconnected check the Cruise control switch
 Cruise Control Switch power, short to ground,

failure disconnected. Check and install a
new cruise control switch as
 Steering Wheel Module required. Check and install a new
(SWM) failure Steering Wheel Module (SWM) as
required.
B10FF-68 Ignition Control -  Spark plug(s) fault Refer to repair manual and check
Event information spark plug(s) for condition and
 Wiring harness fault security. Replace any defective
 Ignition coil(s) fault components as required. Refer to
electrical wiring diagrams and check
ignition coil circuit for intermittent
open circuit, short to power, short to
ground. Check and install a new coil
(s) as required.
B11DB- Battery Monitoring  Charging system fault Refer to electrical wiring diagrams
01 Module - General and check charging system for
Electrical Failure  Battery monitoring signal faults. Perform any repairs required.
line circuit fault Refer to the electrical wiring
 Vehicle battery fault diagrams and check the Battery
Monitoring System (BMS) module
ground, short to power. Refer to the
battery care manual and check and
install a new battery.
B11DB- Battery Monitoring  Battery signal line circuit Refer to the electrical wiring
87 Module - missing fault diagrams and check the Battery
message Monitoring System (BMS) module
B1206-68 Crash Occurred -  Engine control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
event information (ECM) has detected the diagrams and check the Engine
vehicle has crashed - event Control Module (ECM) to Restraints
information DTC only Control Module (RCM) circuit for
short to ground, short to power, open
circuit. Repair circuit as required,
clear DTC and retest system to
confirm repair.
C0031-00 Left Front Wheel  Invalid data received from Check Anti-lock Braking System
Speed Sensor - No Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) module for related DTCs and
sub type information (ABS) module - left front refer to relevant DTC Index.
wheel speed signal fault
C0034-00 Right Front Wheel  Invalid data received from Check Anti-lock Braking System
sub type information (ABS) module - right front refer to relevant DTC Index.
C0037-00 Left Rear Wheel  Invalid data received from Check Anti-lock Braking System
sub type information (ABS) module - left rear refer to relevant DTC Index.
C003A- Right Rear Wheel  Invalid data received from Check Anti-lock Braking System
00 Speed Sensor - No Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) module for related DTCs and
sub type information (ABS) module - right rear refer to relevant DTC Index.
P0010-13 Intake (A) Camshaft  Intake (A) camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator position actuator (Bank 1) diagrams and check Intake (A)
(Bank 1) - circuit open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank 1)
open open circuit for open circuit. Refer
 Engine Control Module to the electrical circuit diagrams and
(ECM) interface harness check Engine Control Module
open circuit (ECM) interface harness for open
circuit.
P0013-13 Exhaust (B)  Exhaust (B) camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Camshaft Position position actuator (Bank 1) diagrams and check Exhaust (B)
Actuator (Bank 1) - open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank 1)
circuit open open circuit for open circuit. Refer
 Engine Control Module to the electrical circuit diagrams and
(ECM) interface harness check Engine Control Module
open circuit (ECM) interface harness for open
circuit.
P0015-00 Exhaust (B)  Exhaust (B) camshaft Check for related DTC code P0365-
Camshaft Position position actuator (Bank 1) 00. Refer to the electrical circuit
Timing - Over- open circuit, short to diagrams and check Exhaust (B)
Retarded (Bank 1) - ground, short to power camshaft position actuator (Bank 1)
No sub type for open circuit, short to ground,
information short to power.
P0016-00 Crankshaft Position -  The relative positions of the Check engine timing. Check
Camshaft Position crankshaft position sensor camshaft sensor timing plate is
Correlation - Bank 1 and cam timing plate teeth installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor A - No sub are not correct chain is installed correctly.
type information
incorrectly
P0017-00 Crankshaft Position -  The relative positions of the Refer to the electrical circuit
Camshaft Position crankshaft position sensor diagrams and check exhaust (B)
Correlation - Bank 1 and camshaft timing plate camshaft position actuator (Bank 1)
Sensor B - No sub teeth are not correct for open circuit for open circuit,
type information short to ground, short to power.
 Engine timing incorrect Check for related DTC code P0365-
 Timing chain installed 00. Check engine timing. Check
incorrectly camshaft sensor timing plate is
installed correctly. Check timing

chain is installed correctly.
Correlation - Bank 2 and camshaft timing plate installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor A - No sub teeth are not correct chain is installed correctly.
type information
incorrectly
Correlation - Bank 2 and camshaft timing plate installed correctly. Check timing
Sensor B - No sub teeth are not correct chain is installed correctly.
type information
incorrectly
P001A-13 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Profile Control solenoid bank 1 open circuit diagrams and check camshaft profile
Circuit (Bank 1) - switching solenoid bank 1 for open
circuit open circuit.
P001B-11 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Profile Control solenoid bank 1 circuit short diagrams and check camshaft profile
Circuit Low (Bank 1) to ground switching solenoid bank 1 circuit for
- circuit short to short to ground
ground
P001C-12 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit High (Bank 1) to power switching solenoid bank 1 circuit for
- circuit short to short to power.
battery
P001D-13 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Profile Control solenoid bank 2 open circuit diagrams and check camshaft profile
Circuit (Bank 2) - switching solenoid bank 2 for open
circuit open circuit.
P001E-11 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Low (Bank 2) to ground switching solenoid bank 2 circuit for
- circuit short to short to ground
ground
P001F-12 Intake (A) Cam  Camshaft profile switching Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit High (Bank 2) to power switching solenoid bank 2 circuit for
- circuit short to short to power.
battery
P0020-13 Intake (A) Camshaft  Intake valve solenoid 2 Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Actuator open circuit diagrams and check intake valve
(Bank 2) - circuit solenoid 2 for open circuit.
open
P0023-13 Exhaust (B)  Exhaust (B) Camshaft Refer to the electrical circuit
Camshaft Position Position actuator (Bank 2) diagrams and check exhaust (B)
Actuator (Bank 2) - circuit, open circuit camshaft position actuator (Bank 2)
circuit open circuit for open circuit
Range/Performance intake valve solenoid 1 as required.
(Bank 1) - actuator  Intake valve solenoid 1
stuck open slow or not operating
(Bank 1) -  Intake valve solenoid 1 not
commanded position returning to target in time
not reachable  Intake valve solenoid 1
stuck advanced
P0027-72 Exhaust Valve  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 Check operation of exhaust valve
Control Solenoid angle less than target solenoid 1. Check and install a new
Circuit exhaust valve solenoid 1 as required.
Range/Performance  Exhaust valve solenoid 1
(Bank 1) - actuator slow or not operating
stuck open
Control Solenoid angle greater than target solenoid 1. Check and install a new
(Bank 1) - not returning to target in
commanded position time
not reachable  Exhaust valve solenoid 1
stuck advanced
(Bank 2) - actuator  Intake valve solenoid 2
stuck open slow or not operating
(Bank 2) -  Intake valve solenoid 2 not
commanded position returning to target in time
not reachable  Intake valve solenoid 2
stuck advanced
Control Solenoid angle less than target solenoid 2. Check and install a new
(Bank 2) - actuator slow or not operating
stuck open
Control Solenoid angle greater than target solenoid 2. Check and install a new
(Bank 2) - not returning to target in
commanded position time
not reachable  Exhaust valve solenoid 2
stuck advanced
P0031-11 HO2S Heater Control  Pre catalyst oxygen sensor- Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low (Bank 1, odd heater control circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Sensor 1) - circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) circuit signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
short to ground short to ground Duty Cycle Bank 1 Sensor 1
(0x03A1). Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check pre
catalyst oxygen sensor-odd heater
control circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
Sensor 1) - circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) circuit, signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
open open circuit Duty Cycle Bank 1 Sensor 1
Circuit High (Bank 1, odd heater control circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
short to battery short to power Duty Cycle Bank 1 Sensor 1
P0036-00 HO2S Heater Control  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit (Bank 1, heater circuit control fuse diagnostic system check datalogger
Sensor 2) - no sub failure signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
type information Duty Cycle Bank 1 Sensor 2
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor- (0x03A2). Refer to the electrical
odd heater control circuit circuit diagrams and check post
short to ground, power, catalyst oxygen sensor-odd sensor

open circuit fuse for open circuit. Refer to the
 Catalyst oxygen sensor electrical circuit diagrams and check
heater circuit control relay post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd
circuit short to ground, sensor circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit power, open circuit. Refer to the
electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit
heater circuit control relay control relay circuit for short to
failure ground, power, open circuit. Check
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor- and install a new catalyst oxygen
odd failure sensor heater control relay, as
post catalyst oxygen sensor-odd as
required.
P003C-00 A Camshaft Profile  Oil supply blockage to Check for the presence of oil at the
Control camshaft profile switching camshaft profile switching solenoid.
Performance /Stuck solenoid Check for catalyst oxygen sensor
Off (Bank 1) - no sub related DTCs. Refer to the electrical
type information  Catalyst oxygen sensor circuit diagrams and check camshaft
failure, giving false flag profile switching solenoid bank 1
 Camshaft profile switching circuit for short to power, short to
solenoid bank 1 circuit fault ground, open circuit. Check and
 Camshaft profile switching install a new operation camshaft
solenoid bank 1 fault profile switching solenoid bank 1 as
required. Clear DTC and road test
P003E-00 A Camshaft Profile  Oil supply blockage to Check for the presence of oil at the
Control Performance/ camshaft profile switching camshaft profile switching solenoid.
Stuck Off (Bank 2) - solenoid Check for catalyst oxygen sensor
no sub type related DTCs. Refer to the electrical
information  Catalyst oxygen sensor circuit diagrams and check camshaft
failure, giving false flag profile switching solenoid bank 2
 Camshaft profile switching circuit for short to power, short to
solenoid bank 2 circuit fault ground, open circuit. Check and
 Camshaft profile switching install a new operation camshaft
solenoid bank 2fault profile switching solenoid bank 2 as
required. Clear DTC and road test
short to ground short to ground Duty Cycle Bank 2 Sensor 1

Sensor 1) - circuit (Bank 2, Sensor 1) circuit, signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
open open circuit Duty Cycle Bank 2 Sensor 1
Circuit High (Bank 2, odd heater control circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
short to battery short to power Duty Cycle Bank 2 Sensor 1
P0054-00 HO2S Heater  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Resistance (Bank 1, heater circuit control fuse diagnostic system check datalogger
open circuit, high resistance fuse for open circuit. Refer to the
power, open circuit power, open circuit, high resistance.
 Catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
heater circuit control relay diagrams and check catalyst oxygen
failure sensor heater circuit control relay
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor- circuit for short to ground, power,
odd failure open circuit. Check and install a new
catalyst oxygen sensor heater control
relay, as required. Check and install
a new post catalyst oxygen sensor-
odd as required.
P0056-00 HO2S Heater Control  Post catalyst oxygen sensor- Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit (Bank 2, even heater control circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Sensor 2) - no sub signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
type information short to ground, power, Duty Cycle Bank 2 Sensor 2

open circuit (0x03A5). Refer to the electrical
heater circuit control relay catalyst oxygen sensor-even sensor
circuit short to ground, circuit for short to ground, power,
power, open circuit open circuit. Refer to the electrical
 Catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor heater circuit control
heater circuit control relay relay circuit for short to ground,
failure power, open circuit. Check and
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor- install a new catalyst oxygen sensor
even failure heater control relay, as required.
Check and install a new post catalyst
oxygen sensor-even, as required.
P0060-00 HO2S Heater  Catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Resistance (Bank 2, heater circuit control fuse diagnostic system check datalogger
open circuit, high resistance fuse for open circuit. Refer to the
power, open circuit power, open circuit, high resistance.
 Catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
heater circuit control relay diagrams and check catalyst oxygen
failure sensor heater circuit control relay
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor- circuit for short to ground, power,
odd failure open circuit. Check and install a new
a new post catalyst oxygen sensor-
odd as required.
P0069-29 MAP - Barometric  Manifold Absolute Pressure Using the manufacturer approved
Pressure Correlation - (MAP) sensor failure diagnostic system check datalogger
signal invalid signal, Barometric Pressure Sensor
 Engine Control Module Voltage (0x035A). Check for related
(ECM) internal fault Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP)
sensor DTCs. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check manifold
absolute pressure sensor circuit for
short to ground, short to power, open
circuit. Check and install new
manifold absolute pressure sensor as

module is suspect.
P0071-21 Ambient Air  Ambient air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor sensor circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - ground, power, open circuit signal, Ambient Air Temperature
signal amplitude < Sensor Voltage (0x03BA). Refer to
minimum  Temperature and manifold the electrical circuit diagrams and
absolute pressure sensor check ambient air temperature
 Ambient air temperature electrical circuit diagrams and check
sensor failure temperature and manifold absolute
 Temperature and manifold pressure sensor circuit for short to
absolute pressure sensor ground, power, open circuit. Check
failure and install a new ambient air
Check and install a new temperature
and manifold absolute pressure
sensor as required.
Range/Performance - ground, power, open circuit signal, Ambient Air Temperature
Signal amplitude > Sensor Voltage (0x03BA). Refer to
maximum  Temperature and manifold the electrical circuit diagrams and
absolute pressure sensor check ambient air temperature
 Ambient air temperature electrical circuit diagrams and check
sensor failure temperature and manifold absolute
 Temperature and manifold pressure sensor circuit for short to
absolute pressure sensor ground, power, open circuit. Check
failure and install a new ambient air
Check and install a new temperature
and manifold absolute pressure
sensor as required.
Circuit Low - no sub ground, open circuit, high signal, Ambient Air Temperature
type information resistance Sensor Voltage (0x03BA). Refer to
 Ambient air temperature check ambient air temperature
sensor failure sensor circuit for short to ground,
open circuit, high resistance. Check
and install a new ambient air

Temperature Sensor sensor ground circuit high diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit High - no sub resistance, open circuit signals Ambient Air Temperature
type information Sensor Voltage (0x03BA). Refer to
 Ambient air temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
sensor signal circuit short to check ambient air temperature
power sensor circuit for short to ground,
 Ambient air temperature high resistance, short to power.
sensor failure Check connector terminals for
corrosion or damage. Check and
install a new ambient air temperature
sensor as required.
P007B-23 Charge Air Cooler  Charge air cooler Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor temperature sensor circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit poor / intermittent signal, Charge Air Temperature
Range/Performance connection Voltage (0x03EE). Refer to the
(Bank 1) - signal electrical circuit diagrams and check
stuck low  Charge air cooler charge air cooler temperature sensor
temperature sensor failure circuit for poor, intermittent
connection, check and install a new
charge air cooler temperature sensor
as required.
Circuit short to ground, open circuit signal, Charge Air Temperature
Range/Performance Voltage (0x03EE). Refer to the
(Bank 1) - signal  Charge air cooler electrical circuit diagrams and check
stuck high temperature sensor failure charge air cooler temperature sensor
charge air cooler temperature sensor
as required.
Circuit short to ground, open signal, Charge Air Temperature
Range/Performance circuit, short to power Voltage (0x03EE). Refer to the
(Bank 1) - signal electrical circuit diagrams and check
invalid  Charge air cooler charge air cooler temperature sensor
temperature sensor failure circuit for short to ground, open
circuit, short to power. Check and
P0087-00 Fuel Rail/System  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Pressure - Too Low - circuit short to ground, open diagnostic system check datalogger
no sub type circuit, high resistance signal, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor -
information High Range Sensor Voltage
 Fuel rail pressure sensor (0x0377). Refer to the electrical

failure circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
pressure sensor circuit for short to
 Fuel lines leaking or ground, open circuit, high resistance.
restricted Check for fuel pump related DTCs.
 Fuel pump failure Check fuel lines for leakage or
restriction. Check and install new
fuel rail pressure sensor as required.
Check and install a new fuel pump
as required.
P0088-00 Fuel Rail/System  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Pressure - Too High - circuit short to each other, diagnostic system check datalogger
no sub type high resistance, short to signal, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor -
information power High Range Sensor Voltage
 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
failure pressure sensor circuit for short to
each other, high resistance, short to
power. Check and install new fuel
rail pressure sensor as required.
P008A-00 Low Pressure Fuel  Low pressure fuel sensor Using the manufacturer approved
System Pressure - circuit failure, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Too Low - no sub ground, power, open circuit signal, Fuel Rail Pressure - Low
type information Range Sensor Voltage (0x0376).
 Fuel Pump Driver Module Refer to the electrical circuit
(FPDM) circuit short to diagrams and check low pressure
ground, power, open circuit fuel sensor circuit for short to
 Low pressure fuel ground, power, open circuit. Refer to
 Fuel Pump Driver Module the electrical circuit diagrams and
(FPDM) failure check Fuel Pump Driver Module
(FPDM) circuit short to ground,
power, open circuit. Check and
install a new low pressure fuel
sensor as required. Check and install
a new Fuel Pump Driver Module
(FPDM) as required.
P008B-00 Low Pressure Fuel  Low pressure fuel sensor Using the manufacturer approved
System Pressure - circuit short to ground, diagnostic system check datalogger
Too High - No sub power, open circuit signal, Fuel Rail Pressure - Low
type information Range Sensor Voltage (0x0376).
 Fuel Pump Driver Module Refer to the electrical circuit
(FPDM) circuit short to diagrams and check low pressure
ground, power, open circuit fuel sensor circuit for short to
 Blockage or restriction in ground, power, open circuit. Check
low pressure fuel line for blockage or restriction in low
 Low pressure fuel sensor pressure fuel line. Refer to the
failure electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Fuel Pump Driver Module Fuel Pump Driver Module (FPDM)

(FPDM) failure circuit short to ground, power, open
circuit. Check and install a new low
pressure fuel sensor as required.
Check and install a new Fuel Pump
Driver Module (FPDM) as required.
P00AB- Intake Air  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
23 Temperature Sensor 1 sensor bank 2 circuit short diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit to ground, open circuit signal, Intake Air Temperature
Range/Performance Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312). Refer to
(Bank 2) - signal  Intake air temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
stuck low sensor bank 2 failure check intake air temperature sensor
bank 2 circuit for short to ground,
open circuit. Check and install a new
intake air temperature sensor bank 2
as required.
Circuit to power signal, Intake Air Temperature
Range/Performance Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312). Refer to
(Bank 2) - signal  Intake air temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
stuck high sensor bank 2 failure check intake air temperature sensor
bank 2 circuit for short to power.
Check and install a new intake air
required.
Circuit to ground, open circuit, signal, Intake Air Temperature
Range/Performance short to power Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312). Refer to
(Bank 2) - signal the electrical circuit diagrams and
invalid  Intake air temperature check intake air temperature sensor
sensor bank 2 failure bank 2 circuit for open circuit, short
to ground, short to power. Check
required.
P00AC- Intake Air  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
00 Temperature Sensor 1 sensor bank 2 sensing diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit Low (Bank 2) circuit short to ground, high signal, Intake Air Temperature
- no sub type resistance, disconnected Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312). Refer to
 Intake air temperature check intake air temperature sensor
sensor bank 2 failure bank 2 circuit for short to ground,
open circuit, high resistance,
disconnected connector. Check and

P00AD- Intake Air  Intake air temperature Using the manufacturer approved
00 Temperature Sensor 1 sensor bank 2 sensing diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit High (Bank 2) circuit short ground, short signal, Intake Air Temperature
- No sub type to power, open circuit, high Sensor Bank 2 (0x0312). Refer to
information resistance the electrical circuit diagrams and
check intake air temperature sensor
 Intake air temperature bank 2 circuit for short ground, short
sensor bank 2 failure to power, open circuit, high
resistance. Check for backed out or
damaged connector pins. Check and
P00C6-00 Fuel Rail Pressure  No fuel at pump Check fuel supply to both pumps (if
Too Low - Engine engine runs then supply is not
Cranking - no sub  Injector stuck open suspect). If engine does not run
type information  Fuel pressure sensor signal perform fuel prime routine. Use fuel
stuck pump diagnostic routine to
 Fuel pump failure determine if one pump has failed, if
so replace pump. If a fuel injector is
stuck open the exhaust will smell of
fuel and fuelling adaptions may
indicate rich shift. perform checks
for as DTC P0191-00. Check and
install a new fuel pump as required.
P0101-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Check air cleaner element is free
Flow A Circuit Customer likely to report from restriction. Check for leak from
Range/Performance - hesitation. air intake system, rectify as required.
no sub type Ensure the engine breather system is
information  Blocked air cleaner element correctly installed and in serviceable
(s) condition. Make sure throttle blade
system
electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Blocked engine breather MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 sensor
 Blockage in air intake circuit for intermittent short to
system ground, high resistance. Check and
 Carbon build-up on throttle install a new MAF/IAT sensor bank
blade 1 sensor as required.
intermittent short to ground,
high resistance
failure
P0102-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Refer to the electrical circuit

Flow A Circuit Low - Customer likely to report diagrams and check Mass Air Flow
no sub type hesitation. (MAF) bank 1 circuit for high
information resistance, open circuit. Check and
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) install a new Mass Air Flow (MAF)
sensor bank 1 circuit high bank 1 as required.
P0103-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Check circuit fuse. If fuse fails, may
Flow A Circuit High Customer likely to report see P0103, P010C and P250C. Refer
- no sub type hesitation. to the electrical circuit diagrams and
information check Mass Air Flow (MAF) bank 1
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) circuit for short to power, high
sensor bank 1 circuit short resistance. Check and install a new
to power, high resistance Mass Air Flow (MAF) bank 1 as
required.
P010B-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
Flow B Circuit Customer likely to report diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - hesitation. signal, Mass Air Flow Sensor 2
no sub type Voltage (0x0503). Check for related
information  Blocked air cleaner element DTCs P0102 or P0103. Check air
(s) cleaner element is free from
restriction. Check for leak from air
intake system, rectify as required.
system Ensure the engine breather system is
 Blocked engine breather correctly installed and in serviceable
 Blockage in air intake condition. Make sure throttle blade
system is clean of carbon. Check for
 Carbon build-up on throttle blocked catalysts. Refer to the
blade electrical circuit diagrams and check
MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 sensor
 Blocked catalysts circuit for intermittent short to
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 ground, high resistance. Check and
circuit - high resistance, install a new MAF/IAT sensor bank
intermittent short to ground, 2 sensor as required.
high resistance
failure
P010C-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
Flow B Circuit Low - Customer likely to report diagnostic system check datalogger
no sub type hesitation. signal, Mass Air Flow Sensor 2
information Voltage (0x0503). Check Mass Air
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Flow (MAF) sensor circuit fuse. If
fuse fails, may see DTCs P0103,
sensor bank 2 circuit high P010C and P250C. Refer to the

resistance, open circuit, electrical circuit diagrams and check
short to ground, short to Mass Air Flow (MAF) bank 2 circuit
power for high resistance, open circuit,
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) short to ground, short to power.
sensor bank 2 failure Check and install a new Mass Air
Flow (MAF) bank 2 as required.
P010D-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
Flow B Circuit High - Customer likely to report diagnostic system check datalogger
no sub type hesitation. signal, Mass Air Flow Sensor 2
information Voltage (0x0503). Check Mass Air
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Flow (MAF) sensor circuit fuse. If
sensor bank 2 circuit high fuse fails, may see DTCs P0103,
resistance, open circuit, P010C and P250C. Refer to the
short to ground, short to electrical circuit diagrams and check
power Mass Air Flow (MAF) bank 2 circuit
for high resistance, open circuit,
short to ground, short to power.
sensor bank 2 failure Check and install a new Mass Air
Flow (MAF) bank 2 as required.
P010F-00 Mass or Volume Air NOTE: Check air cleaner element is free
Flow Sensor A/B Customer likely to report from restriction. Check for leak from
Correlation - no sub hesitation. air intake system, rectify as required.
type information Ensure the engine breather system is
 Blocked air cleaner element correctly installed and in serviceable
(s) condition. Make sure throttle blade
system electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Blocked engine breather MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 sensor
 Blockage in air intake circuit for intermittent short to
system ground, high resistance. Check and
 Carbon build-up on throttle install a new MAF/IAT sensor bank
blade 1 sensor as required.
intermittent short to ground,
high resistance
failure
P0111-23 Intake Air  Intake air temperature Refer to the electrical circuit
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor short to ground, open diagrams and check intake air
Circuit circuit, high resistance temperature sensor circuit for short
Range/Performance - to ground, open circuit, high
signal stuck low  Intake air temperature resistance. Check and install a new
sensor failure intake air temperature sensor as

required.
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor circuit short to diagrams and check intake air
Circuit power, open circuit temperature sensor circuit for short
Range/Performance - to power, open circuit. Check and
signal stuck high  Intake air temperature install a new intake air temperature
sensor failure sensor as required.
Circuit ground, power, open circuit temperature sensor circuit for short
Range/Performance - to ground, power, open circuit.
signal invalid  Intake air temperature Check and install a new intake air
sensor failure temperature sensor as required.
Circuit Low (Bank 1) ground, short to power, temperature sensor circuit for short
- no sub type open circuit, high resistance to ground, short to power, open
information circuit, high resistance. Check and
 Intake air temperature install a new intake air temperature
sensor failure sensor bank 1 as required.
Circuit High (Bank 1) power, open circuit, high temperature sensor circuit for short
- no sub type resistance to power, open circuit, high
information resistance. Check and install a new
 Intake air temperature intake air temperature sensor bank 1
sensor failure as required.
P0116-23 Engine Coolant  Engine coolant temperature Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor 1 sensing circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit intermittent high resistance signal, Engine Coolant Temperature
Range/Performance - Sensor Voltage (0x0357). Refer to
signal stuck low  Engine coolant temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
sensor 1 failure check engine coolant temperature
 Battery reset carried out sensor 1 circuit for intermittent high
when the engine was resistance. Check and install a new
warm/hot engine coolant temperature sensor 1
as required. Check for related DYC
P2610- 87. Start the engine and
switch off. Clear DTC and re-test.
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor 1 sensing circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit intermittent high resistance signal, Engine Coolant Temperature
Range/Performance - Sensor Voltage (0x0357). Refer to
signal stuck high  Engine coolant temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
 Battery reset carried out
when the engine was sensor 1 circuit for intermittent high

warm/hot resistance. Check and install a new
engine coolant temperature sensor 1
as required. Check for related DYC
P2610- 87. Start the engine and
switch off. Clear DTC and re-test.
P0116-29 Engine Coolant  Low coolant level Fill cooling system to correct level
Temperature Sensor 1 and specification. Using the
Circuit  Engine coolant temperature manufacturer approved diagnostic
Range/Performance - sensor 1 sensing circuit - system check datalogger signal,
Signal invalid intermittent high resistance Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
 Engine coolant temperature Voltage (0x0357). Refer to the
sensor 1 failure electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Possible airlock in cooling engine coolant temperature sensor 1
system circuit for intermittent high
resistance. Check and install new
engine coolant temperature sensor 1
as required, Bleed cooling system.
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor 1 circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit Low - circuit ground signal, Engine Coolant Temperature
voltage below Sensor Voltage (0x0357). Refer to
threshold  Engine coolant temperature the electrical circuit diagrams and
sensor 1 circuit for short to ground.
required.
Temperature Sensor 1 sensor 1 circuit short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Circuit High - Circuit power, open circuit, sensor signal, Engine Coolant Temperature
voltage above disconnected Sensor Voltage (0x0357). Refer to
threshold the electrical circuit diagrams and
 Engine coolant temperature check engine coolant temperature
sensor 1 failure sensor 1 circuit for short to power,
open circuit, sensor disconnected.
Check and install new engine
required.
P0121-00 Throttle/Pedal  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Position Sensor A Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Circuit flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
Range/Performance - system. Refer to the electrical circuit
no sub type  Engine Control Module diagrams and check Engine Control
information (ECM) power supply circuit Module (ECM) power supply circuit
open circuit, high resistance for open circuit, high resistance.
 Engine Control Module Check and install a new Engine
(ECM) damage through Control Module (ECM)as required.

water ingress, internal fault Refer to the warranty policy and
suspect.
P0122-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle position sensor 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Sensor A circuit short to ground, open diagrams and check throttle position
Circuit Low - no sub circuit sensor 1 circuit for short to ground,
type information open circuit. Clear DTC and repeat
 Throttle position sensor 1 automated diagnostic procedure
failure using the manufacturer approved
suspect the electronic throttle unit,
throttle unit as required. Refer to the
P0123-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle position sensor 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Position Sensor A circuit short to ground, diagrams and check throttle position
Circuit High - no sub short to power, open circuit sensor 1 circuit for short to ground,
type information short to power, open circuit. Clear
 Throttle position sensor 1 DTC and repeat automated
failure diagnostic procedure using the
system. If DTC remains suspect the
module is suspect.
P0125-00 Insufficient Coolant  Coolant temperature sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Temp For Closed 1 circuit, open circuit, high diagrams and check engine coolant
Loop Fuel Control - resistance temperature sensor 1 circuit for open
no sub type circuit, high resistance. Check and
information  Engine coolant temperature install a new engine coolant
sensor 1 failure temperature sensor 1.
P0126-26 Insufficient Coolant  Thermostat stuck open Check for related coolant
Temp For Stable temperature coolant sensor faults.
Operation - signal  Cooling fans running Check and install a new thermostat
rate of change below continuously or at a high as required. Check cooling fans for
threshold duty correct operation. Repair as
required.
P0128-00 Coolant Thermostat  Thermostat stuck open Check for related coolant
(Coolant Temp temperature coolant sensor faults.
Below Thermostat  Coolant temperature coolant Check and install a new thermostat
Regulating sensor circuit, short to as required. Refer to the electrical
Temperature) - no ground, short to power, circuit diagrams and check engine
sub type information open circuit coolant temperature sensor 1 circuit
for short to ground, short to power,

open circuit.
P0131-00 O2 Circuit Low  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Voltage (Bank 1, odd disconnected odd connector is connected. Refer to
Sensor 1) - no sub the electrical circuit diagrams and
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
odd variable circuit, short to odd variable circuit for short to
ground ground, open circuit. Check pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor odd heater
odd variable circuit, open circuit. Check and install a new pre-
circuit catalyst oxygen sensor odd as
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor required.
odd heater fault
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
odd failure
P0132-00 O2 Circuit High  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Voltage (Bank 1, odd disconnected odd connector is connected. Refer to
Sensor 1) - no sub the electrical circuit diagrams and
type information  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
odd variable circuit, short to odd variable circuit for short to
power power, open circuit. Check pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor odd heater
odd variable circuit, open circuit. Check and install a new pre-
circuit catalyst oxygen sensor odd as
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor required.
odd heater fault
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
odd failure
P0133-00 O2 Circuit Slow  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Response (Bank 1, odd is correctly installed in exhaust
Sensor 1) - no sub  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor manifold. Check for and rectify any
type information odd to Engine Control exhaust leak between cylinder head
Module (ECM) wiring and catalytic converter. Refer to the
shield high resistance electrical circuit diagrams and check
 Fuel control system fault pre-catalyst oxygen sensor odd to
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Engine Control Module (ECM)
odd failure wiring shield for high resistance.
Check fuel control system for
failure. Check and install a new pre-
catalyst oxygen sensor odd as
required.
P0134-00 O2 Circuit No  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Activity Detected odd circuit short to ground, diagrams and check pre-catalyst
(Bank 1, Sensor 1) - short to power, open circuit oxygen sensor odd circuit for short
no sub type to ground, short to power, open
information  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor circuit. Check and install a new pre-
odd failure catalyst oxygen sensor odd as

required.
P0137-00 O2 Circuit Low  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage (Bank 1, - odd, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
Sensor 2) - no sub to ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing circuit
type information open circuit for short to ground, high resistance,
open circuit. Check for damaged or
 Damaged or blocked blocked catalyst. Check for air leak
catalyst between catalyst and exhaust
 Air leak between catalyst manifold. Check and install new
and exhaust manifold post catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, as
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor required.
- odd, failure
P0138-00 O2 Circuit High  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage (Bank 1, - odd, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
Sensor 2) - no sub to power oxygen sensor - odd, sensing circuit
type information for short to power. Check post
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip for
- odd, tip damaged, damage, blockage, poisoned, install
blocked, poisoned a new sensor as required. Check for
 Catalyst blocked blocked catalyst. Check and install
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor new catalyst as required. Check and
- odd, failure install new post catalyst oxygen
P0139-00 O2 Circuit Slow  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Check for related DTCs. Check post
Response (Bank 1, - odd, tip damaged, catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, tip for
Sensor 2) - no sub blocked, poisoned damage, blockage, poisoned, install
type information a new sensor as required. Check for
 Excessive oil consumption excessive oil consumption. Repair as
required.
P0140-00 O2 Circuit No  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Activity Detected - odd, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - to ground, power, high oxygen sensor - odd, sensing circuit
no sub type resistance, open circuit for short to ground, power, high
information resistance, open circuit. Check for
 Air leak between catalyst air leak between catalyst and exhaust
and exhaust manifold manifold. Check post catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor - odd, tip for damage,
- odd, tip damaged, blockage, poisoned, install a new
blocked, poisoned sensor as required. Check for
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor excessive oil consumption. Check
- odd, failure and install new post catalyst oxygen
P0141-00 O2 Heater Circuit  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Using the manufacturer approved
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) - - odd, sensing circuit short diagnostic system check datalogger
no sub type to ground, power, high signal, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater
information resistance, open circuit Duty Cycle Bank 1 Sensor 2

 Air leak between catalyst (0x03A2). Refer to the electrical
and exhaust manifold circuit diagrams and check post
catalyst oxygen sensor - odd,
 Catalyst oxygen sensor sensing circuit for short to ground,
heater circuit control relay power, high resistance, open circuit.
failure Check for air leak between catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor and exhaust manifold. Refer to the
- odd, failure electrical circuit diagrams and check
catalyst oxygen sensor heater circuit
control relay circuit for short to
ground, power, open circuit. Check
and install a new catalyst oxygen
sensor heater control relay, as
required. Check and install new post
catalyst oxygen sensor - odd, as
required.
P0148-65 Fuel Delivery Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short to Check for related injector DTCs.
signal has too few ground, short to power, high Refer to the electrical circuit
transitions / events resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
 Engine Control Module install a new injector(s) as required.
(ECM) internal failure Check and install a new Engine
Control Module (ECM) as required.
suspect.
P0148-66 Fuel Delivery Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short to Check for related injector DTCs.
signal has too many ground, short to power, high Refer to the electrical circuit
transitions / events resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
suspect.
P0149-32 Fuel Timing Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short to Check for related injector DTCs.
signal low time < ground, short to power, high Refer to the electrical circuit
minimum resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)

suspect.
P0149-35 Fuel Timing Error -  Injector(s) circuit, short to Check for related injector DTCs.
signal high time > ground, short to power, high Refer to the electrical circuit
maximum resistance diagrams and check Injector(s)
suspect.
P0151-1A O2 Sensor Circuit  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - Refer to the electrical circuit
Low Voltage (Bank 2 even circuit short to ground diagrams and check pre-catalyst
Sensor 1) - circuit oxygen sensor - even circuit for
resistance below  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - short to ground. Check and install
threshold even failure new pre catalyst oxygen sensor -
even.
P0152-1B O2 Sensor Circuit  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - Refer to the electrical circuit
Low Voltage (Bank 2 even circuit short to power, diagrams and check pre-catalyst
Sensor 1) - circuit disconnected oxygen sensor - even circuit for
resistance above short to power, disconnected. Check
threshold  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor - and install new pre catalyst oxygen
even failure sensor - even.
P0153-00 O2 Circuit Slow  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Response (Bank 2, even is correctly installed in exhaust
Sensor 1) - no sub  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor manifold. Check for and rectify any
type information even to Engine Control exhaust leak between cylinder head
Module (ECM) wiring and catalytic converter. Refer to the
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to
even to Engine Control Engine Control Module (ECM)
Module (ECM) signal wiring shield for high resistance.
circuit short to ground Refer to the electrical circuit
 Fuel control system fault diagrams and check Pre-catalyst
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor even to Engine
even failure Control Module (ECM) signal
circuit for short to ground. Check
fuel control system for failure.
Check and install a new pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor even as required.
P0154-00 O2 Circuit No  Exhaust leak Check pre-catalyst oxygen sensor
Activity Detected even is correctly installed in exhaust
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) -  Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor manifold. Check for and rectify any
no sub type even to Engine Control exhaust leak between cylinder head
information Module (ECM) wiring and catalytic converter. Refer to the

 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor pre-catalyst oxygen sensor even to
even to Engine Control Engine Control Module (ECM)
Module (ECM) signal wiring shield for high resistance.
circuit short to ground, high Refer to the electrical circuit
resistance, open circuit diagrams and check Pre-catalyst
oxygen sensor even to Engine
 Fuel control system fault Control Module (ECM) signal
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor circuit for short to ground, high
even failure resistance, open circuit. Check fuel
control system for failure. Check
and install a new pre-catalyst oxygen
P0157-00 O2 Circuit Low  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage (Bank 2, - even, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
Sensor 2) - no sub to ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor - even, sensing circuit
open circuit. Check for air leak
 Air leak between catalyst between catalyst and exhaust
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor - even, tip for
- even, tip damaged, damage, blockage, poisoned, install
blocked, poisoned a new sensor as required. Check and
 install new post catalyst oxygen
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor sensor - even, as required.
- even, failure
P0158-00 O2 Circuit High  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage (Bank 2, diagrams and check post catalyst
- even, sensing circuit short
Sensor 2) - no sub to power oxygen sensor - even, sensing circuit
type information for short to power. Check for air
 Air leak between catalyst leak between catalyst and exhaust
 install new post catalyst oxygen
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor sensor - even, as required.
- even, failure
P0159-00 O2 Circuit Slow  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Check post catalyst oxygen sensor -
Response (Bank 2, - even, tip damaged, even, tip for damage, blockage,
Sensor 2) - no sub blocked, poisoned poisoned, install a new sensor as
type information required. Check for excessive oil
 Excessive oil consumption consumption, repair as required.
P0160-00 O2 Circuit No  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Activity Detected - even, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - to ground, power, high oxygen sensor - even, sensing circuit
no sub type resistance, open circuit for short to ground, power, high
information  Air leak between catalyst resistance, open circuit. Check for
and exhaust manifold air leak between catalyst and exhaust
manifold. Check post catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor install new post catalyst oxygen
- even, failure sensor - even, as required.
P0161-00 O2 Heater Circuit  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) - - even, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
no sub type to ground, power, high oxygen sensor - even, sensing circuit
information resistance, open circuit for short to ground, power, high
resistance, open circuit. Check for
 Air leak between catalyst air leak between catalyst and exhaust
and exhaust manifold manifold. Refer to the electrical
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor circuit diagrams and check catalyst
- even, sensing circuit fuse oxygen sensor heater circuit control
failure relay circuit for short to ground,
 Catalyst oxygen sensor power, open circuit. Refer to the
heater circuit control relay electrical circuit diagrams and check
failure Post catalyst oxygen sensor - even,
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor sensing circuit fuse, replace as
- even, failure required. Check and install a new
new post catalyst oxygen sensor -
even, as required.
P0171-00 System Too Lean  Air leak upstream of Check for leak from air intake
(Bank 1) - no sub MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 system. Check for additional
type information MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 related
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Index. Check for additional Post-
odd circuit failure catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
odd failure Index.
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor
odd circuit failure
odd failure
P0172-00 System Too Rich  Restricted air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
(Bank 1) - no sub from restriction. Check for leaking
type information  Leaking fuel injector(s) injectors, install new injector(s) as

required. Check for additional
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 MAF/IAT sensor bank 1 related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Index. Check for additional Pre-
odd circuit failure catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
odd failure Index. Check for additional Post-
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor odd related
odd circuit failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
Index.
odd failure
P0174-00 System Too Lean  Air leak upstream of Check for leak from air intake
(Bank 2) - no sub MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 system. Check for additional
type information MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 related
 MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 catalyst oxygen sensor even related
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor Index. Check for additional Post-
even circuit failure catalyst oxygen sensor even related
even failure Index.
even circuit failure
even failure
P0175-00 System Too Rich  Restricted air cleaner Check air cleaner element is free
(Bank 2) - no sub from restriction. Check for leaking
type information  Leaking fuel injector(s) injectors, install new injector(s) as
circuit failure MAF/IAT sensor bank 2 related
failure Index. Check for additional Pre-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor even related
even circuit failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
Index. Check for additional Post-
 Pre-catalyst oxygen sensor catalyst oxygen sensor even related
even failure DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
 Post-catalyst oxygen sensor Index.
even circuit failure
even failure
P018B-29 Fuel Pressure Sensor  Fuel Filter or fuel system Using the manufacturer approved
B Circuit restriction diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance -  Fuel system leak signal, Fuel Rail Pressure - Low

signal invalid Range Sensor Voltage (0x0376).
 Fuel pump pressure sensor Check for related fuel pump DTCs.
circuit short to ground, Check the fuel system for
short to power, open circuit, restrictions or blockages. Refer to
high resistance the electrical circuit diagrams and
 Fuel pump pressure sensor check fuel pump pressure sensor
failure circuit for short to power, open
circuit, high resistance. Check and
sensor as required.
P018C-00 Fuel Pressure Sensor  Fuel pump pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
B Circuit Low - no circuit short to ground, diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information short to power, open circuit, signal, Fuel Rail Pressure - Low
high resistance Range Sensor Voltage (0x0376).

diagrams and check fuel pump
 Fuel pump pressure sensor pressure sensor circuit for short to
failure power, open circuit, high resistance.
P018D-00 Fuel Pressure Sensor  Fuel pump pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
B Circuit High - no circuit short to ground, diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information short to power, open circuit, signal, Fuel Rail Pressure - Low
high resistance Range Sensor Voltage (0x0376).

diagrams and check fuel pump
 Fuel pump pressure sensor pressure sensor circuit for short to
failure power, open circuit, high resistance.
P0191-00 Fuel Rail Pressure  Fuel rail pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Sensor A Circuit short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - power, open circuit, high signal, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor -
no sub type resistance High Range Sensor Voltage
information (0x0377). Refer to the electrical
 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
failure pressure sensor A circuit for short to
power, short to ground, high
resistance, open circuit, terminal
damage or corrosion. Check and
install a new Fuel Rail Pressure
Sensor A as required.
Sensor A Circuit Low short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
- no sub type power, open circuit, high signal, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor -
information High Range Sensor Voltage
resistance (0x0377). Refer to the electrical

Sensor A Circuit short to ground, short to diagnostic system check datalogger
High - no sub type power, open circuit, high signal, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor -
information resistance High Range Sensor Voltage
P0196-23 Engine Oil  Oil temperature - level Using the manufacturer approved
Range/Performance - ground, high resistance signal, Sump Oil Temperature -
signal stuck low Measured (0x03F3). Refer to the
 Oil temperature - level electrical circuit diagrams and check
sensor failure oil temperature - level sensor circuit
for short to ground, intermittent high
resistance. Check and install new oil
required.
P0196-24 Engine Oil  Oil temperature - level Using the manufacturer approved
Temperature Sensor sensor circuit short to power diagnostic system check datalogger
Range/Performance - signal, Sump Oil Temperature -
signal stuck high  Oil temperature - level Measured (0x03F3). Refer to the
sensor failure electrical circuit diagrams and check
oil temperature - level sensor circuit
for intermittent short to power.
Check and install new oil
required.
P0200-04 Injector Circuit -  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
System Internal (ECM) injector circuit (ECM) injector power circuit for
Failures power failure open circuit. Check for misfire
DTCs, if present suspect the Engine
 Engine Control Module Control Module (ECM). Check and
(ECM) fault install a new Engine Control Module
(ECM) as required. Refer to the

P0200-49 Injector Circuit -  Engine Control Module Check for misfire DTCs, if present
internal electronic (ECM) fault suspect the Engine Control Module
failure (ECM). Check and install a new
module is suspect.
P0200-4B Injector Circuit - over  Engine Control Module If combined with misfire codes for
temperature (ECM) fault one or both injector sets, then no
service rectification is proposed.
P0201-13 Cylinder 1 Injector  Fuel injector no. 1 circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit / Open - open circuit diagrams and check fuel injector no.
circuit open 1 circuit for open circuit,

P0222-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle/pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Position sensor/switch B circuit open diagrams and check throttle/pedal
Sensor/Switch B circuit, short to ground position sensor/switch B circuit for
Circuit High - no sub open circuit, short to ground. Check
type information  Throttle/pedal position and install a new throttle/pedal
sensor/switch B failure position sensor/switch B as required.
P0223-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle/pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Position sensor/switch B circuit open diagrams and check throttle/pedal
Sensor/Switch B circuit, short to power position sensor/switch B circuit for
Circuit High - no sub open circuit, short to power. Check
type information  Throttle/pedal position and install a new throttle/pedal
sensor/switch B failure position sensor/switch B as required.
P0231-23 Fuel Pump Secondary  Fuel Pump Driver Module Check for related DTCs P0232-24.
Circuit Low - signal (FPDM) signal circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
stuck low to ground, open circuit diagrams and check Fuel Pump
Driver Module (FPDM) signal
 Fuel Pump Driver Module circuit for short to ground, open
(FPDM) is not energized circuit. Refer to the electrical circuit
with the ignition on diagrams and check Fuel Pump
 Fuel Pump Driver Module Driver Module (FPDM) is energized
(FPDM) failure with the ignition on. Repair as
module is suspect.
P0232-24 Fuel Pump Secondary  Fuel Pump Driver Module Check for related DTCs P0231-23.
Circuit Low - Signal (FPDM) signal circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
stuck high to ground, open circuit diagrams and check Fuel Pump
Driver Module (FPDM) signal
 Fuel Pump Driver Module circuit for short to ground, open
(FPDM) is not energized circuit. Refer to the electrical circuit
with the ignition on diagrams and check Fuel Pump
 Fuel Pump Driver Module Driver Module (FPDM) is energized
(FPDM) failure with the ignition on. Repair as
module is suspect.
Metering Control A - circuit, open circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit.
Metering Control A circuit, short to ground diagrams and check fuel rail
Low - circuit short to pressure sensor circuit for short to
ground ground.
Metering Control A circuit, short to power diagrams and check fuel rail
High - circuit short to pressure sensor circuit for short to
battery power.
Metering Control B - circuit, open circuit diagrams and check fuel rail
circuit.
Metering Control B circuit, short to ground diagrams and check fuel rail
Low - circuit short to pressure sensor circuit for short to
ground ground.
Metering Control B circuit, short to power diagrams and check fuel rail
High - circuit short to pressure sensor circuit for short to
battery power.
P025C-14 Fuel Pump Module  Fuel Pump Driver Module Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit Low - (FPDM) control circuit, diagrams and check Fuel Pump
circuit short to short to ground, open circuit Driver Module (FPDM) circuit short
ground or open to ground, open circuit.
P025D-12 Fuel Pump Module  Fuel Pump Driver Module Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Circuit High (FPDM) control circuit, diagrams and check Fuel Pump
- circuit short to short to power Driver Module (FPDM) circuit short
battery to power.
Circuit Low - circuit short to ground diagrams and check fuel injector no.
short to ground 1 circuit for short to ground.
Circuit Low - circuit short to power diagrams and check fuel injector no.
short to battery 1 circuit for short to power.
Circuit High - short to ground, short to diagrams and check fuel injector no.
General Electrical power 1 circuit for short to ground, short to
Failure power.
Circuit High - circuit short to power diagrams and check fuel injector no.
Failure power.
Failure power.
Failure power.
Failure power.
Failure power.
Failure power.
Failure power.

P02EE-01 Cylinder 1 Injector  Cylinder 1 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit circuit short to power diagrams and check cylinder 1
Range/Performance - injector circuit for short to power,
General Electrical  Cylinder 1 injector low shorted together. Check and install a
Failure circuit shorted to high new cylinder 1 injector as required.
circuit
P02EE- Cylinder 1 Injector  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
1C Circuit (ECM) internal fault (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
Range/Performance - refer to this DTC Index.
circuit voltage out of
range
P02EF-01 Cylinder 2 Injector  Cylinder 2 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit
P02EF- Cylinder 2 Injector  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
1C Circuit (ECM) internal fault (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
range
P02F0-01 Cylinder 3 Injector  Cylinder 3 injector low Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit
P02F0-1C Cylinder 3 Injector  Engine Control Module Check Engine Control Module
Circuit (ECM) internal fault (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
range
circuit

range
circuit
range
circuit
range
circuit
range
circuit
Circuit (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
Range/Performance - (ECM) internal fault refer to this DTC Index.

range
P0300-00 Random Misfire  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
Detected - no sub (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
type information  Catalyst/exhaust system refer to this DTC Index. Check the
blockage fuel system for blockages, repair as
 Spark plug(s) fouled or required. Check the catalyst/exhaust
failed system for blockage, repair as
 Injector(s) circuit short to required. Check and install a new
ground, short to power, spark plug(s) as required. Refer to
open circuit the electrical circuit diagrams and
 Injector(s) failure check injector(s) circuit for short to
 Fuel system excessively too and install a new injector(s) as
lean or too rich required. Check for air leaks within
 Camshaft position sensor the intake system. Check and install
failure a new camshaft position sensor as
required.
required.

required.
required.
required.

the intake system. Check and install
 Camshaft position sensor a new camshaft position sensor as
failure required.
required.
required.
check injector(s) circuit for short to
 Injector(s) failure ground, power, open circuit. Check

and install a new injector(s) as
 Fuel system excessively too required. Check for air leaks within
lean or too rich the intake system. Check and install
 Camshaft position sensor a new camshaft position sensor as
failure required.
P0313-00 Misfire Detected  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
With Low Fuel - no (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
sub type information  Catalyst/exhaust system refer to this DTC Index. Check the
required.
P0316-00 Misfire Detected On  Poor fuel quality Check Engine Control Module
Startup (First 1000 (ECM) for related misfire DTCs and
Revolutions) - no sub  Catalyst/exhaust system refer to this DTC Index. Check the
type information blockage fuel system for blockages, repair as
required.
P0327-00 Knock Sensor 1  Poor sensor contact with the Ensure a good electrical contact with
Circuit Low (Bank1) cylinder block the cylinder block. Refer to the
- no sub type electrical circuit diagrams and check
information  Knock sensor bank 1 front knock sensor bank 1 front circuit for
circuit short to ground, open short to ground, open circuit. Check
circuit and install a new knock sensor bank
 Knock sensor bank 1 front 1 front as required.
failure
Circuit High (Bank 1) cylinder block the cylinder block. Refer to the
- no sub type  Knock sensor bank 1 front electrical circuit diagrams and check
information circuit high resistance, short knock sensor bank 1 front circuit for
to power short to power, high resistance.
Check and install a new knock
 Knock sensor bank 1 front sensor bank 1 front as required.
failure
P032C-00 Knock Sensor 3  Poor sensor contact with the Ensure a good electrical contact with
circuit short to ground short to ground. Check and install a
 Knock sensor bank 2 front new knock sensor bank 2 front as
failure required.
P032D-00 Knock Sensor 3  Poor sensor contact with the Ensure a good electrical contact with
Circuit High (Bank1) cylinder block the cylinder block. Refer to the
circuit high resistance, short short to power, high resistance.
to power Check and install a new knock
 Knock sensor bank 2 front sensor bank 2 front as required.
failure
information  Knock sensor bank 1 rear knock sensor bank 1 rear circuit for
circuit short to ground, open short to ground, open circuit. Check
circuit and install a new knock sensor bank
 Knock sensor bank 1 rear 1 rear as required.
failure
circuit short to power short to power. Check and install a
 Knock sensor bank 1 rear new knock sensor bank 1 rear as
failure required.
P0335-02 Crankshaft Position  Crankshaft position sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor A Circuit - circuit short to ground, diagrams and check crankshaft
General signal failure short to power, high position sensor circuit for short to
resistance, disconnected ground, short to power, high
resistance, disconnected. Check and
 Crankshaft position sensor install new crankshaft position as
failure required.
Sensor A Circuit - no circuit - short to ground, diagrams and check crankshaft
signal short to power, high position sensor circuit for short to
resistance, disconnected ground, short to power, high

 Crankshaft position sensor resistance, disconnected. Check and
failure install new crankshaft position as
required.
Sensor A Circuit circuit short to ground, diagrams and check crankshaft
Range/Performance - short to power, high position sensor circuit for short to
no sub type resistance, disconnected ground, short to power, high
information resistance, disconnected. Check
 Crankshaft position sensor crankshaft position sensor for
gap incorrect, foreign damage and check air gap (check at
matter on sensor face, 90° intervals, should be no greater
damaged teeth on rotor than 4.5mm). Check and install new
 Crankshaft position sensor crankshaft position as required.
failure
P033C-00 Knock Sensor 4  Poor sensor contact with the Ensure a good electrical contact with
Circuit Low (Bank 2) cylinder block the cylinder block. Refer to the
circuit short to ground short to ground. Check and install a
 Knock sensor bank 2 rear new knock sensor bank 2 rear as
failure required.
P033D-00 Knock Sensor 4  Poor sensor contact with the Ensure a good electrical contact with
circuit high resistance, short short to power, high resistance.
to power Check and install a new knock
 Knock sensor bank 2 rear sensor bank 2 rear as required.
failure
P0340-02 Camshaft Position  Camshaft position sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor A Circuit bank 1 inlet sensor circuit diagrams and check camshaft
(Bank 1 or single short to ground, short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
sensor) - General power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
signal failure disconnected power, high resistance,
disconnected. Check camshaft
 Camshaft position sensor position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
bank 1 inlet sensor gap for correct installation and damage.
incorrect, foreign matter on Check and install a new camshaft
sensor face, damaged rotor position sensor bank 1 inlet as
 Camshaft position sensor required.
bank 1 inlet sensor failure
(Bank 1 or single short to ground, short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
sensor) - no signal power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
 Camshaft position sensor disconnected. Check camshaft

bank 1 inlet sensor gap position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
incorrect, foreign matter on for correct installation and damage.
sensor face, damaged rotor Check and install a new camshaft
position sensor bank 1 inlet as
Range/Performance short to ground, short to position sensor bank 1 inlet sensor
(Bank 1 or single power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
sensor) - no sub type disconnected power, high resistance,
information disconnected. Check camshaft
(Bank 2) - General short to ground, short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
signal failure power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
Sensor A Circuit bank 2 inlet sensor circuit - diagrams and check camshaft
(Bank 2) - no signal short to ground, short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
Sensor A Circuit bank 2 inlet sensor circuit - diagrams and check camshaft
Range/Performance short to ground, short to position sensor bank 2 inlet sensor
(Bank 2) - no sub power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
type information power, high resistance,

incorrect, foreign matter on Check target rotor for run out, repair
sensor face, target rotor run- as required. Check and install a new
out camshaft position sensor bank 2 inlet
as required.
 Camshaft position sensor
P0351-13 Ignition Coil A  Ignition coil 1 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Primary/Secondary diagrams and check ignition coil 1
Circuit - circuit open  Ignition coil 1 disconnected circuit for open circuit, disconnected
 Ignition coil high resistance ignition coil, high resistance.
P0352-13 Ignition Coil B  Ignition coil 2 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P0353-13 Ignition Coil C  Ignition coil 3 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P0354-13 Ignition Coil D  Ignition coil 4 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P0355-13 Ignition Coil E  Ignition coil 5 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P0356-13 Ignition Coil F  Ignition coil 6 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit - Circuit Open  Ignition coil 6 disconnected circuit for open circuit, disconnected
P0357-13 Ignition Coil G  Ignition coil 7 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
P0358-13 Ignition Coil H  Ignition coil 8 open circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Sensor B Circuit bank 1 outlet sensor circuit diagrams and check camshaft
(Bank 1) - General short to ground, short to position sensor bank 1 outlet sensor
signal failure power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
 Camshaft position sensor disconnected. Check camshaft

bank 1 outlet sensor gap position sensor bank 1 outlet sensor
incorrect, foreign matter on for correct installation and damage.
sensor face, damaged rotor Check and install a new camshaft
position sensor bank 1 outlet as
bank 1 outlet sensor failure
Range/Performance short to ground, short to position sensor bank 1 outlet sensor
(Bank 1) - No sub power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
type information disconnected power, high resistance,
 Camshaft position sensor position sensor bank 1 outlet sensor
bank 1 outlet sensor gap for correct installation and damage.
incorrect, foreign matter on Check target run-out, repair as
sensor face, target rotor run- required. Check and install a new
out camshaft position sensor bank 1
 Camshaft position sensor outlet as required.
(Bank 2) - short to ground, short to position sensor bank 2 outlet sensor
performance or power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
incorrect operation disconnected power, high resistance,
sensor face, damaged rotor position sensor bank 2 outlet as
Range/Performance short to ground, short to position sensor bank 2 outlet sensor
(Bank 2) - no sub power, high resistance, circuit for short to ground, short to
type information disconnected power, high resistance,
incorrect, foreign matter on Check target rotor, repair as
sensor face, damaged rotor, required. Check and install a new
rotor run-out camshaft position sensor bank 2
 Camshaft position sensor outlet as required.
P0420-00 Catalyst System  Catalytic converter failure Check for misfire/lean combustion
Efficiency Below due to overheating damage DTCs and refer to DTC Index in this
Threshold (Bank 1) - section. Check the oil and fuel
no sub type caused by misfire and/or condition/level. Check the catalytic

information lean combustion converter for damage. Check and
 Catalytic converter failure install a new catalytic converter
due to poisoning caused by bank 1 as required. Refer to the
excessive oil consumption warranty policy and procedures
and/or contaminated fuel manual if a component is suspect.
P0430-00 Catalyst System  Catalytic converter failure Check for misfire/lean combustion
Efficiency Below due to overheating damage DTCs and refer to DTC Index in this
Threshold (Bank 2) - caused by misfire and/or section. Check the oil and fuel
no sub type lean combustion condition/level. Check the catalytic
information converter for damage. Check and
 Catalytic converter failure install a new catalytic converter
due to poisoning caused by bank 2 as required. Refer to the
excessive oil consumption warranty policy and procedures
and/or contaminated fuel manual if a component is suspect.
P0441-00 Evaporative Emission  Evaporative Emission Check all Evaporative Emission
System Incorrect (EVAP) system hoses, pipes (EVAP) system hoses, pipes and
Purge Flow - no sub or connection failure connection are serviceable,
type information repair/replace as required. Refer to
 Purge control valve circuit the electrical circuit diagrams and
short to ground, short to check purge control valve circuit for
power, open circuit, high short to ground, power, open circuit.
resistance Check and install a new purge
 Purge control valve failure control valve as required. Refer to
System Leak sealing/missing sealing/missing. Check and install a
Detected (small new fuel tank filler cap as required.
leak)- no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank Check EVAP system for leak using
information Leakage (DMTL) connector appropriate smoke/leak tester. Carry
not sealed out a purge valve self test to clean
 Purge valve dirty the purge valve. Check fuel tank and
 Evaporative emission filler neck for leakage, replace as
system leak required. Check and install a new
 Fuel tank, filler neck leak Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
(DMTL) module as required. Refer
 Diagnostic Module Tank to the warranty policy and
Leakage (DMTL) module procedures manual if a module is
failure suspect.
P0444-13 Evaporative Emission  Purge control valve open Refer to the electrical circuit
System Purge Control circuit, high resistance, diagrams and check purge control
Valve Circuit Open - disconnected valve circuit for open circuit,
circuit open disconnected purge valve, high
resistance.
System Vent Control Leakage (DMTL) module diagrams and check Diagnostic
Circuit Open - no sub circuit open circuit Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
type information  Diagnostic Module Tank module circuit for open circuit.
Leakage (DMTL) module Check Diagnostic Module Tank
circuit fuse blown / not Leakage (DMTL) module fuse and
secure in holder replace as required. Check and
install a new Diagnostic Module
 Diagnostic Module Tank Tank Leakage (DMTL) module as
Leakage (DMTL) module required. Refer to the warranty
failure policy and procedures manual if a
module is suspect.
System Vent Control Leakage (DMTL) module diagrams and check Diagnostic
Circuit Shorted - no circuit, short to ground, Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
sub type information short to power, open circuit module circuit for short to ground,
 Diagnostic Module Tank and install a new Diagnostic Module
Leakage (DMTL) module Tank Leakage (DMTL) module as
failure required. Refer to the warranty
module is suspect.
System Leak sealing/missing sealing/missing. Check and install a
Detected (very small new fuel tank filler cap as required.
leak) - no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank Check EVAP system for leak using
information Leakage (DMTL) connector appropriate smoke/leak tester. Carry
not sealed out a purge valve self test to clean
 Purge valve dirty the purge valve. Check fuel tank and
 Evaporative emission filler neck for leakage, replace as
system leak required. Check and install a new
 Fuel tank, filler neck leak Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
(DMTL) module as required. Refer
 Diagnostic Module Tank to the warranty policy and
Leakage (DMTL) module procedures manual if a module is
failure suspect.
System Purge Control system purge control valve diagrams and check evaporative
Valve Circuit High - circuit short to ground emission system purge control valve
circuit short to circuit for short to ground.
ground
System Purge Control system purge control valve diagrams and check evaporative
Valve Circuit High - circuit short to power emission system purge control valve
P0461-29 Fuel Level Sensor A  Fuel level sensor circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit open circuit, short to diagrams and check fuel level sensor
Range/Performance - circuit for short to ground, short to
signal invalid ground, short to power power, open circuit. Check for stuck
 Fuel level sensor stuck level sensor. Check and install a new
fuel level sensor as required. Refer
 Fuel level sensor failure to the warranty policy and
procedures manual if a component is
suspect.
P0461-2F Fuel Level Sensor A  Fuel level sensor circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit short to ground, short to diagrams and check fuel level sensor
Range/Performance - power, open circuit circuit for short to ground, short to
signal erratic power, open circuit. Check level
 Fuel level sensor track sensor track for damage. Check and
damaged install a new fuel level sensor as
 Fuel level sensor failure required. Refer to the warranty
P0481-04 Fan 2 Control Circuit  Damaged cooling fan Using the manufacturer approved
- system internal control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
failures signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
 Cooling fan control unit Commanded Duty Cycle (0x03F9).
failure Check and install a new cooling fan
control unit as required. Refer to the
- component failures control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
P0481-11 Fan 2 Control Circuit  Cooling fan control unit Using the manufacturer approved
- short to ground circuit short to ground diagnostic system check datalogger
Commanded Duty Cycle (0x03F9).
diagrams and check cooling fan
control unit circuit for short to
ground.
- short to battery circuit short to power diagnostic system check datalogger
control unit circuit for short to
power.
- circuit open circuit open circuit diagnostic system check datalogger
control unit circuit for open circuit.
P0481-16 Fan 2 Control Circuit  Charging system fault Using the manufacturer approved
- circuit voltage diagnostic system check datalogger
below threshold  Discharged battery signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
diagrams and check charging circuit
for open circuit, short to ground.
Check and install a new alternator as
battery as required. Refer to the
P0481-17 Fan 2 Control Circuit  Charging system fault Using the manufacturer approved
- circuit voltage diagnostic system check datalogger
above threshold  Discharged battery signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
diagrams and check charging circuit
for open circuit, short to ground.
Check and install a new alternator as
battery as required. Refer to the
- signal frequency control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
incorrect signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
P0481-4B Fan 2 Control Circuit  Damaged cooling fan Using the manufacturer approved
- Over temperature control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
- no operation control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
 Blocked cooling fan control Commanded Duty Cycle (0x03F9).
unit Check for block or obstruction to fan
 Cooling fan control unit rotor. Check and install a new
failure cooling fan control unit as required.
suspect.
- component internal control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
failure signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
- component or control unit diagnostic system check datalogger
system operation signal, Electric Fan PWM Control -
obstructed or blocked  Blocked cooling fan control Commanded Duty Cycle (0x03F9).
unit Check for block or obstruction to fan
 Cooling fan control unit rotor. Check and install a new
failure cooling fan control unit as required.
suspect.
P0500-81 Vehicle Speed Sensor  Wheel speed sensor fault Check Anti-lock Braking System
A - invalid serial data (ABS) module for related DTCs and
received refer to relevant DTC Index.
P0500-82 Vehicle Speed Sensor  Anti-lock Braking System Check Anti-lock Braking System
A - alive / sequence (ABS) module not on bus (ABS) module and Engine Control
counter incorrect / not Module (ECM) for related DTCs
updated and refer to relevant DTC Index.
diagrams and check Anti-lock
Braking System (ABS) module
circuit for short to ground, power,
open circuit.
P0500-83 Vehicle Speed Sensor  Incorrect level of Anti-lock Clear DTC and re-test. Re-configure
A - value of signal Braking System (ABS) the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
protection calculation module software module using the manufacturer
incorrect approved diagnostic system. Re-
 Incorrect level of Engine configure the Engine Control
Control Module (ECM) Module (ECM) using the
software manufacturer approved diagnostic
system.
P0500-85 Vehicle Speed Sensor  Anti-lock Braking System Check Anti-lock Braking System
A - signal above (ABS) module has reported (ABS) module for related DTCs and
allowable range a speed above 300 km/h refer to relevant DTC Index.
P0501-62 Vehicle Speed Sensor  Vehicle speed from the Check Engine Control Module
A Anti-lock Braking System (ECM) for related vehicle speed
Range/Performance - (ABS) module does not DTCs and refer to relevant DTC
signal compare match the calculated vehicle Index. Check Anti-lock Braking
failure speed from the Engine System (ABS) module and
Control Module (ECM) Transmission Control Module
(TCM) for related DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC Index. Check the
vehicle tire sizes are correct.
P0504-00 Brake Switch A / B  No brake pressure signal Check Anti-Lock braking module
Correlation - no sub available from Anti-Lock for related DTCs and refer to
type information (ABS) braking module relevant DTC Index. Check for
brake fluid leaks. Refer to the
 Brake switch 1 and Brake electrical circuit diagrams and check
switch 2 sense circuit short Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
to ground, short to power, module circuit for short to ground,
open circuit power, open circuit. Refer to the
 Brake switch 1 failure electrical circuit diagrams and check
brake switch circuit for short to
and install a new brake switch 1 as
required.
P0504-64 Brake Switch A / B  Brake fluid leak Check for brake fluid leaks. Refer to
Correlation - signal the electrical circuit diagrams and
plausibility failure  Brake switch 1 sense circuit check brake switch 1 circuit for
short to power short to power. Check and install a
 Brake switch 1 failure new brake switch 1 as required.
P0506-00 Idle Air Control  Air intake restriction Ensure the air intake system is free
System RPM Lower from restriction. Check the FEAD
Than Expected - no  Front end accessory drive belt and components for failure,
sub type information (FEAD) overload repair as required.
(defective/seized
component)
System RPM Lower from restriction. Check for air leak
Than Expected -  Air intake system air leak between MAF/IAT sensor and
signal stuck high between MAF/IAT sensor throttle. Check for air leak between
and throttle throttle and inlet manifold. Check
throttle and manifold Check the FEAD belt and
 Engine crankcase breather components for failure.
leak
 Front end accessory drive

(FEAD) overload
(defective/seized
component)
P0507-00 Idle Air Control  Air intake system air leak Check for air leak between
System RPM Higher between MAF/IAT sensor MAF/IAT sensor and throttle. Check
Than Expected - no and throttle for air leak between throttle and inlet
sub type information manifold. Check for engine breather
 Intake air leak between system leak.
 Engine crankcase breather
leak
System RPM Higher from restriction. Check for air leak
Than Expected -  Air intake system air leak between MAF/IAT sensor and
signal stuck low between MAF/IAT sensor throttle. Check for air leak between
and throttle throttle and inlet manifold. Check
 Engine crankcase breather
leak
P050B-23 Cold Start Ignition  Ignition coil(s)faulty Refer to the electrical circuit
Timing Performance diagrams and check ignition coil
- signal stuck low  Ignition coils circuit noise circuit for short to ground, power,
 Engine Control Module open circuit. Refer to the electrical
(ECM) faulty circuit diagrams and check Engine
Control Module (ECM) to ignition
coil circuit for short to power. Check
and install a new coil(s) as required.
diagrams and check ignition coils
circuit for corrosion, high resistance.
suspect.
P050B-24 Cold Start Ignition  Ignition coil(s)faulty Refer to the electrical circuit
Timing Performance diagrams and check ignition coil
- signal stuck high  Ignition coils circuit noise circuit for short to ground, power,
 Engine Control Module open circuit. Refer to the electrical
(ECM) faulty circuit diagrams and check Engine
Control Module (ECM) to ignition
coil circuit for short to power. Check
and install a new coil(s) as required.
diagrams and check ignition coils

circuit for corrosion, high resistance.
suspect.
P050E-00 Cold Start Engine  Incorrect coolant Check the correct coolant
Exhaust Temperature temperature sensor installed temperature sensor is installed. Refer
Too Low - no sub to the electrical circuit diagrams and
type information  Coolant temperature sensor check coolant temperature sensor
circuit short to ground, open circuit for short to ground, open
circuit circuit. Check and install a new
 Coolant temperature sensor coolant temperature sensor as
failure required.
P0512-12 Starter Request  Crank request circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit - circuit short between Engine Control diagrams and check crank request
to battery Module (ECM) and Central circuit between Engine Control
Junction Box (CJB) short to Module (ECM) and Central Junction
power Box (CJB) for short to power.
P0512-14 Starter Request  Crank request circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit - circuit short between Engine Control diagrams and check crank request
to ground or open Module (ECM) and Central circuit between Engine Control
Junction Box (CJB) short to Module (ECM) and Central Junction
ground, open circuit Box (CJB) for short to ground, open
circuit.
P0513-00 Incorrect Immobilizer  Security key invalid Check for CAN network
Key - no sub type interference/Engine Control Module
information  Controller Area Network (ECM) related error. Carry out the
(CAN) data corruption CAN network integrity test using the
 Low battery voltage manufacturer approved diagnostic
system. Check the vehicle charging
system for faults, repair as required.
P052A-00 Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Camshaft Position required. Refer to the electrical
Timing Over-  Intake valve solenoid 1 circuit diagrams and check intake
Advanced (Bank 1) - circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
no sub type circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
information  Intake valve solenoid 1 resistance. Check and install a new
failure intake valve solenoid 1 sensor as
 Timing chains stretched required. Check service
beyond allowable limits history /mileage. Check and install
new timing chains as required. Refer
suspect.
P052B-00 Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Retarded (Bank 1) - circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
suspect.
P052C-00 Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Advanced (Bank 2) - circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 2 sensor circuit for
suspect.
P052D-00 Cold Start Intake (A)  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Retarded (Bank 2) - circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 2 sensor circuit for
suspect.
P054A-00 Cold Start Exhaust  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
(B) Camshaft required. Refer to the electrical
Position Timing  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 circuit diagrams and check exhaust
Over-Advanced circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
(Bank 1) - no sub circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
type information  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 resistance. Check and install a new
failure exhaust valve solenoid 1 sensor as

suspect.
P054B-00 Cold Start Exhaust  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Over-Retarded (Bank circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 1 sensor circuit for
1) - no sub type circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
information  Exhaust valve solenoid 1 resistance. Check and install a new
suspect.
P054C-00 Cold Start Exhaust  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Over-Advanced circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 2 sensor circuit for
(Bank 2) - no sub circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
type information  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 resistance. Check and install a new
suspect.
P054D-00 Cold Start Exhaust  Engine oil pressure too low Check engine oil level and top up as
Over-Retarded (Bank circuit short to ground, open valve solenoid 2 sensor circuit for
2) - no sub type circuit, high resistance short to ground, open circuit, high
information  Exhaust valve solenoid 2 resistance. Check and install a new
suspect.
P0560-13 System Voltage-  Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit open (ECM) power supply diagrams and check Engine Control
Module (ECM) power supply circuit
circuit, open circuit for open circuit. Refer to the

 Engine Control Module electrical circuit diagrams and check
(ECM) battery monitor Engine Control Module (ECM)
disconnected battery monitor circuit for open
circuit.
P0562-00 System Voltage Low  Battery circuit high Refer to the electrical circuit
- no sub type resistance diagrams and check battery circuit
information for high resistance. Refer to the
 Alternator circuit open electrical circuit diagrams and check
circuit, high resistance alternator circuit for open circuit,
 Alternator failure high resistance. Check and install a
new alternator as required. Refer to
P0563-00 System Voltage High  Battery circuit high Refer to the electrical circuit
- no sub type resistance diagrams and check battery circuit
information for high resistance. Check and install
 Alternator over charging a new alternator as required. Refer to
P0572-17 Brake Switch A  Brake switch 2 sense circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit Low - circuit short circuit to ground diagrams and check brake switch 2
voltage above circuit for short to ground. Check
threshold  Brake switch 2 failure and install a new brake switch 2 as
required.
P0573-16 Brake Switch A  Brake switch 1 sense circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit High - circuit short circuit to ground diagrams and check brake switch 1
voltage below circuit for open circuit. Refer to the
threshold  Brake switch 2 sense circuit electrical circuit diagrams and check
open circuit brake switch 2 circuit for open
 Brake switch 2 failure circuit. Check and install a new
brake switch 2 as required.
P0578-00 Cruise Control Multi-  Cruise control circuit, Refer to the electrical circuit
Function Input A output signal stuck diagrams and check cruise control
Circuit Stuck - no sub switch circuit for short to ground.
type information  Cruise control switch stuck Check for stuck speed control
switch, install a new switch pack as
required.
P057B-87 Brake Pedal Position  Brake pressure signal Check the Anti-lock Braking System
Sensor Circuit missing from Anti-lock (ABS) control module for related
Range/Performance - Braking System (ABS) DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
missing message control module index.
P0590-00 Cruise Control Multi-  Active Speed Limiter Check for Active Speed Limiter
Function Input B (ASL) switch stuck (ASL) DTCs within Gear Shift
Circuit Stuck - no sub Module (GSM). Check and install a
type information new Gear Shift Module (GSM) as

module is suspect.
P0600-49 Serial  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Communication Link Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
- internal electronic manufacturer approved diagnostic
failure  Engine Control Module system. Check Engine Control
(ECM) power supply fault Module (ECM) power supply circuit
 Engine Control Module for open circuit. Check Engine
(ECM) damage through Control Module (ECM) for signs of
water ingress water ingress. Check and install a
new Engine Control Module (ECM)
module is suspect.
P0601-43 Internal Control  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Module Memory Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Check Sum Error - flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
special memory system. Check Engine Control
failure  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
(ECM) power supply fault for open circuit. Check Engine
 Engine Control Module Control Module (ECM) for signs of
(ECM) damage through water ingress. Check and install a
water ingress new Engine Control Module (ECM)
module is suspect.
Module Memory Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Check Sum Error - flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
program memory system. Check Engine Control
module is suspect.
Module Random Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Access Memory flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
(RAM) Error - system. Check Engine Control
general memory  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
failure (ECM) power supply fault for open circuit. Check Engine

module is suspect.
(RAM) Error - system, check Engine Control
Special memory  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
(RAM) Error - Data system. Check Engine Control
memory failure  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
Module Read Only Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Memory (ROM) flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
Error - no sub type system. Check Engine Control
information  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
Error - signal invalid system. Check Engine Control
 Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit

module is suspect.
Error - general system, check Engine Control
memory failure  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
Error - data memory system, check Engine Control
module is suspect.
Error - calibration / system, check Engine Control
parameter memory  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
Error - supervision system, check Engine Control
software failure  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit

module is suspect.
Error - signal system, check Engine Control
plausibility failure  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) power supply circuit
module is suspect.
Processor - general Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
Electrical Failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
module is suspect.
Processor - system Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
internal failures flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
module is suspect.
Processor - system Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
programming failures flash manufacturer approved diagnostic

module is suspect.
checksum failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
module is suspect.
memory failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
module is suspect.
Processor - special Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
module is suspect.
Processor - data Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the

Control Module (ECM) for signs of
 Engine Control Module water ingress. Check and install a
(ECM) damage through new Engine Control Module (ECM)
water ingress as required. Refer to the warranty
module is suspect.
Processor - Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
watchdog / safety flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
micro controller system, check Engine Control
module is suspect.
Processor - Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
supervision software flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
failure system, check Engine Control
module is suspect.
Processor - internal Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
electronic failure flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
module is suspect.
Performance - no sub Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the
type information manufacturer approved diagnostic
flash system, check Engine Control

Control Module (ECM) for signs of
 Engine Control Module water ingress. Check and install a
(ECM) damage through new Engine Control Module (ECM)
water ingress as required. Refer to the warranty
module is suspect.
P0610-43 Control Module  Corrupt Engine Control Clear the DTC and re-test. Re-
Vehicle Options Module (ECM) software configure the Engine Control
Error - special flash Module (ECM) using the
memory failure manufacturer approved diagnostic
 Corrupt Rear Junction system. Re-configure the Rear
(RJB)Box software flash Junction Box (RJB) using the
 Corrupt Central Junction manufacturer approved diagnostic
Box (CJB) software flash system. Re-configure the Central
Junction Box (CJB) using the
system.
P0615-13 Starter Relay Circuit -  Starter relay control circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
circuit open open circuit diagrams and check starter relay
control circuit for open circuit.
 Starter relay failure Check and install a new starter relay
as required.
P0616-11 Starter Relay Circuit  Starter relay control circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
Low - circuit short to short to ground diagrams and check starter relay
ground control circuit for short to ground.
as required.
P0617-12 Starter Relay Circuit  Starter relay control circuit Refer to the electrical circuit
High - circuit short to short to power diagrams and check starter relay
battery control circuit for short to power.
as required.
P061A-00 Internal Control  Manifold air flow sensor(s) Check for related DTCs. Check
Module Torque failure manifold air flow sensors are
Performance - no sub reading correctly. Check and install
type information  Electric throttle unit failure a new manifold air flow sensor(s) as
required. Check throttle position
sensors are reading the same
position. Check throttle body is clear
of any deposits. Check and install a
new electric throttle unit as required.
suspect.
P061A-04 Internal Control  Manifold air flow sensor(s) Check for related DTCs. Check
Module Torque failure manifold air flow sensors are
Performance - reading correctly. Check and install
System Internal  Electric throttle unit failure a new manifold air flow sensor(s) as
Failures required. Check throttle position
sensors are reading the same
position. Check throttle body is clear
of any deposits. Check and install a
new electric throttle unit as required.
suspect
P061A-29 Internal Control  Intake system air leak Check for related DTCs. Check
Module Torque intake air system for leaks. Check
Performance - signal  Manifold air flow sensor(s) manifold air flow sensors are
invalid failure reading correctly. Check and install
 Electric throttle unit failure a new air flow sensor(s) as required.
 Accelerator pedal position Check throttle position sensors are
sensor failure reading the same position. Check
 Atmospheric pressure throttle body is clear of any deposits.
sensor failure Check and install a new electric
throttle unit as required. Check and
install a new accelerator pedal
position sensor as required. Check
Module (ECM) as required. Refer to
P061A-64 Internal Control  Intake system air leak Check for related DTCs. Check
Module Torque intake air system for leaks and is
Performance - signal  Manifold air flow sensor(s) correctly installed. Check manifold
plausibility failure failure air flow sensors are reading
correctly. Check and install a new
manifold air flow sensor(s) as
required.
P061B-62 Internal Control  Intake system air leak Check intake air system for leaks.
Module Torque Check engine breather system for
Calculation  Engine breather system leak leaks. Check and install a new
Performance - signal  Manifold air flow sensor manifold air flow sensor as required.
compare failure failure Check and install a new electric
 Electric throttle unit failure throttle unit as required. Check and
 Accelerator pedal position install a new accelerator pedal
sensor failure position sensor as required. Check
 Atmospheric pressure Module (ECM) as required. Refer to
sensor failure the warranty policy and procedures
P0620-01 Generator Control  Generator B+ or battery Check for good/clean contact at

Circuit - General terminal disconnected/poor generator B+ and battery terminal
Electrical Failure connection connectors. Refer to the electrical
circuit diagrams and check charging
 Charging circuit short, open circuit for short, open circuit. Clear
circuit DTC and repeat automated
 Generator failure diagnostic procedure using the
generator, check and install a new
generator as required. Refer to the
P0627-00 Fuel Pump A Control  High pressure fuel pump 1 Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit / Open - no circuit to Fuel Pump Driver diagrams and check high pressure
sub type information Module (FPDM) short to fuel pump 1 circuit for short to
ground, power, open circuit, ground, power, open circuit, high
high resistance resistance.
P062A-00 Fuel Pump A Control  Invalid fuel pump duty Refer to the electrical circuit
Circuit requested by the Engine diagrams and check the Fuel Pump
Range/Performance - Control Module (ECM) Driver Module (FPDM) circuit for
no sub type short to ground, power, open circuit,
information high resistance.
P0630-00 VIN Not  Car Configuration File Re-configure the Engine Control
Programmed or (CCF) to CAN VIN Module (ECM) using the
Incompatible - mismatch manufacturer approved diagnostic
ECM/PCM - no sub system, clear DTC and re-test. Re-
type information  New Engine Control configure the Central Junction Box
Module (ECM) fitted and (CJB) using the manufacturer
incorrectly configured approved diagnostic system. Check
 New Central Junction Box and install a new Engine Control
(CJB) fitted and incorrectly Module (ECM) as required. Refer to
configured the warranty policy and procedures
P0634-22 PCM / ECM/ TCM  Engine Control Module Clear the DTC. With the ignition
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal temperature off, wait 10 minutes and re-check
Too High - signal too high DTC. Check and install a new
amplitude > Engine Control Module (ECM) as
maximum required. Refer to the warranty
module is suspect.
P0634-4B PCM / ECM / TCM  Engine Control Module Clear the DTC. With the ignition
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal temperature off, wait 10 minutes and re-check
A Too High - over too high DTC. Check and install a new
temperature Engine Control Module (ECM) as

module is suspect.
P0642-00 Sensor Reference  Short circuit to power of a Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage A Circuit 5V output pin, either in the diagrams and check 5V supply
Low - no sub type harness, or a connector circuit for short to ground open
information circuit, high resistance, terminal
 Internal short circuit in a damage or corrosion. Check Engine
faulty component Control Module (ECM) for sensor
relevant DTC Index.
P0643-00 Sensor Reference  Short circuit to ground of a Refer to the electrical circuit
Voltage A Circuit 5V output pin, either in the diagrams and check 5V supply
High - no sub type harness, or a connector circuit for short to power open
information circuit, high resistance, terminal
 Internal short circuit in a damage or corrosion. Check Engine
faulty component Control Module (ECM) for sensor
relevant DTC Index.
P065B-16 Generator Control  Generator B+ or battery Check for good/clean contact at
Circuit terminal disconnected/poor generator B+ and battery terminal
Range/Performance - connection connectors. Refer to the electrical
circuit voltage below circuit diagrams and check charging
threshold  Charging circuit short, open circuit for short, open circuit. Clear
circuit DTC and repeat automated
 Generator failure diagnostic procedure using the
 Battery failure manufacturer approved diagnostic
generator as required. Ensure the
battery is in a fully charged and
serviceable condition. Refer to the
sections of the workshop manual.
suspect.
P065B-17 Generator Control  Charging circuit short to Check for good/clean contact at
Circuit power generator B+ and battery terminal
Range/Performance - connectors. Refer to the electrical
circuit voltage above  Generator failure circuit diagrams and check charging
threshold  Battery failure circuit for short, open circuit. Clear
DTC and repeat automated
generator as required. Ensure the
battery is in a fully charged and

serviceable condition. Refer to the
sections of the workshop manual.
suspect.
P065C-00 Generator  Poor front end accessory Check front end accessory belt for
Mechanical belt tension condition/contamination and correct
Performance - no sub tension. Check generator pulley for
type information  Generator pulley failure. Clear DTC and repeat
loose/failure automated diagnostic procedure
 Generator failure using manufacturer approved
check and install a new generator as
P0660-13 Intake Manifold  Intake manifold tuning Refer to the electrical circuit
Tuning Valve Control valve circuit open circuit diagrams and check intake manifold
Circuit Low - Bank 1 tuning valve circuit for open circuit.
- circuit open
Tuning Valve Control valve circuit short to ground diagrams and check intake manifold
Circuit Low - Bank 1 tuning valve circuit for short to
- circuit short to ground.
ground
Tuning Valve Control valve circuit short to power diagrams and check manifold tuning
Circuit Low - Bank 1 valve circuit for short to power.
- circuit short to
battery
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal temperature Control Module (ECM) as required.
Sensor A Circuit Low sensor failure Refer to the warranty policy and
- no sub type procedures manual if a module is
information suspect.
Internal Temperature (ECM) internal temperature Control Module (ECM) as required.
Sensor A Circuit sensor failure Refer to the warranty policy and
High - no sub type procedures manual if a module is
information suspect.
P0687-73 ECM/PCM Power  Engine Control Module Refer to the electrical circuit
Relay Control Circuit (ECM) relay circuit short to diagrams and check Engine Control
High - actuator stuck power Module (ECM) relay circuit for
closed short to power. Check and install a
 Engine Control Module
(ECM) relay failure new Engine Control Module (ECM)

relay as required.
P0695-00 Fan 3 Control Circuit  E-Box fan circuit short to Refer to the electrical circuit
Low - no sub type ground diagrams and check E-Box fan
information circuit for short to ground. Check
required.
P0696-12 Fan 3 Control Circuit  E-Box fan circuit short to Refer to the electrical circuit
High - circuit short to power diagrams and check E-Box fan
battery circuit for short to power. Check and
 E-Box fan failure install a new E-Box fan as required.
P0696-13 Fan 3 Control Circuit  E-Box fan circuit open Refer to the electrical circuit
High - circuit open circuit diagrams and check E-Box fan
circuit for open circuit. Check and
 E-Box fan failure install a new E-Box fan as required.
P0721-85 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission Control Check Transmission Control
Sensor Circuit Module (TCM) has reported Module (TCM) for related DTCs
Range/Performance - a fault in the shaft speed and refer to relevant DTC Index.
signal above signal
allowable range
P0721-86 Output Shaft Speed  Transmission Control Check Transmission Control
Sensor Circuit Module (TCM) has taken to Module (TCM) for related DTCs
Range/Performance - 8 seconds or longer to and refer to relevant DTC Index.
signal invalid change range
P0850-86 Park / Neutral Switch  Intermittent fault on Check Gear Shift Module (GSM) for
Input Circuit - signal Park/Neutral signal from related DTCs and refer to relevant
invalid Gear Shift Module (GSM) DTC Index. Refer to the electrical
 CAN network failure Park/Neutral switch input circuit for
between Gear Shift Module short to ground, power, open circuit.
(GSM) and Engine Control Carry out the CAN network integrity
Module (ECM) test using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system.
P0850-8F Park / Neutral Switch  Intermittent fault on Check Gear Shift Module (GSM) for
Input Circuit - erratic Park/Neutral signal from related DTCs and refer to relevant
GSM DTC Index. Refer to the electrical
 CAN network failure Park/Neutral switch input circuit for
between Gear Shift Module short to ground, power, open circuit.
(GSM) and Engine Control Carry out the CAN network integrity
Module (ECM) test using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system.
P0851-14 Park / Neutral Switch  Park/Neutral switch input Refer to the electrical circuit
Input Circuit Low - circuit short to ground, open diagrams and check park/neutral
circuit short to circuit switch input circuit for short to
ground or open ground, open circuit.
P0852-12 Park / Neutral Switch  Park/Neutral switch input Refer to the electrical circuit
Input Circuit Low - circuit short to power diagrams and check park/neutral
circuit short to battery switch input circuit for short to
power.
P0A1A- Generator Control  Generator to Engine Check for good/clean contact at
87 Module - missing Control Module (ECM) generator and Engine Control
message Engine Control Module Module (ECM) LIN circuit
circuit electrical circuit diagrams and check
generator circuit for open circuit.
 Generator/Engine Control Check for Engine Control Module
Module (ECM) failure (ECM) hardware DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC Index. Clear DTCs
and repeat automated diagnostic
procedure using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system. If DTC
remains check and install a new
generator/Engine Control Module
P0A1A- Generator Control  Generator to Engine Check for good/clean contact at
88 Module - bus off Control Module (ECM) generator and Engine Control
circuit electrical circuit diagrams and check
generator circuit for open circuit.
 Generator/Engine Control Check for Engine Control Module
Module (ECM) failure (ECM) hardware DTCs and refer to
relevant DTC Index. Clear DTCs
and repeat automated diagnostic
procedure using the manufacturer
approved diagnostic system. If DTC
remains check and install a new
generator/Engine Control Module
P0A3B- Generator Over  Cooling fan not operating Check for correct cooling fan
68 Temperature - event operation. Check coolant level.
information  Coolant level low Clear DTC and re-test.
P115D-00 Mass Air Flow NOTE: Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Offset - no Customer likely to report diagnostic system check datalogger
sub type information hesitation. signal, Mass Air Flow Sensor 2
Voltage (0x0503). Check air cleaner
 Air cleaner blocked for blockage. Check air intake
system for leaks. Check engine
 Air intake leak breather system for blockages.

Check for carbon build up on
 Engine breather blocked throttle blade. Check for related
 Air intake blockage mass air flow DTCs P0102 or
 Carbon build up on throttle P0103. Refer to the electrical circuit
blade diagrams and check mass air flow
 Mass air flow sensor circuit, sensor circuit for high resistance.
high resistance Check and install a new mass air
flow sensor as required.
 Blocked catalyst(s)
 Mass air flow sensor failure
P1315-00 Persistent Misfire -  Engine Control Module Check for cylinder mis-fire, ignition
No sub type (ECM) to ignition coil and injector DTCs and refer to the
information primary circuit fault DTC Index. Refer to the electrical
(cylinder misfire detected circuit diagrams and check ignition
DTC also flagged) coil circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit. Check for fuel
 Fuel injector circuit fault(s) system failure. Check and install a
(injector DTCs also new spark plug(s) as required. Carry
flagged) out cylinder compression tests.
 Fuel delivery pressure low Check exhaust system for blockage.
 Spark plug
failure/fouled/incorrect gap
 Cylinder compression low
 Exhaust system blockage
P1316-00 Injector Driver  Engine Control Module Check for cylinder mis-fire, ignition
Module Codes (ECM) to ignition coil and injector DTCs and refer to the
Detected - no sub primary circuit fault DTC Index. Refer to the electrical
type information (cylinder misfire detected circuit diagrams and check ignition
DTC also flagged) coil circuit for short to ground,
power, open circuit. Check for fuel
 Fuel injector circuit fault(s) system failure. Check and install a
(injector DTCs also new spark plug(s) as required. Carry
flagged) out cylinder compression tests.
 Fuel delivery pressure low Check exhaust system for blockage.
 Spark plug
failure/fouled/incorrect gap
 Cylinder compression low
 Exhaust system blockage
P1593-64 Cruise Control  Cruise control monitor Check the car configuration and
Monitor Fault - signal fault. The Engine Control contact the Jaguar Landrover
plausibility failure Module (ECM) performs a helpdesk.
independent check of the
cruise status
P1603-00 EEPROM  Corrupt Engine Control Re-configure the Engine Control
Malfunction - no sub Module (ECM) software Module (ECM) using the

type information flash manufacturer approved diagnostic
 Engine Control Module system. Check Engine Control
(ECM) power supply fault Module (ECM) power supply circuit
for open circuit. Check Engine
module is suspect.
Actuator Control short to ground diagrams and check intake valve
Circuit Low Bank 1 - solenoid 1 for short to ground.
circuit short to
ground
Actuator Control short to power diagrams and check intake valve
Circuit High Bank 1 - solenoid 1 for short to power.
Actuator Control short to ground diagrams and check exhaust valve
circuit short to
ground
Actuator Control short to power diagrams and check exhaust valve
Actuator Control short to ground diagrams and check intake valve
circuit short to
ground
Actuator Control short to power diagrams and check intake valve
Actuator Control short to ground diagrams and check exhaust valve
circuit short to
ground
Actuator Control short to power diagrams and check exhaust valve

P2096-00 Post Catalyst Fuel  Post catalyst oxygen sensor Refer to the electrical circuit
Trim System Too odd, sensing circuit short to diagrams and check post catalyst
Lean Bank 1 - no sub ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing circuit
and exhaust manifold manifold. Check for air leak
 Air leak between the two between the two oxygen sensors.
oxygen sensors Check and install new post catalyst
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor odd, as required.
odd, failure
Trim System Too odd, sensing circuit short to diagrams and check post catalyst
Rich Bank 1 - no sub ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor - odd, sensing circuit
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor odd, as required.
odd, failure
Trim System Too even, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
Lean Bank 2 - no sub to ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor even, sensing circuit
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor even, as required.
even, failure
Trim System Too even, sensing circuit short diagrams and check post catalyst
Rich Bank 2 - no sub to ground, high resistance, oxygen sensor even, sensing circuit
 Post catalyst oxygen sensor oxygen sensor even, as required.
even, failure
P2105-00 Throttle Actuator  Engine speed or torque Check for any DTCs referring to
Control System - limitation has been Engine Control Module (ECM),

Forced Engine activated as a result of throttle pedal position sensor, or
Shutdown - no sub Engine Control Module torque faults.
type information (ECM), throttle pedal
position sensor, or torque
faults
P2118-19 Throttle Actuator  Throttle motor control Refer to the electrical circuit
Control Motor circuit short to ground, diagrams and check electric throttle
Current power, high resistance unit circuit for short to ground,
Range/Performance - power, high resistance. Refer to the
circuit current above  Engine Control Module electrical circuit diagrams and check
threshold (ECM) ground circuit fault Engine Control Module (ECM)
 Carbon build-up on throttle ground circuit for faults. Make sure
blade throttle blade is clean of carbon.
 Electronic throttle unit Check the system is operating
failure correctly and the DTC does not
return. Check and install a new
suspect.
P2119-00 Throttle Actuator  Carbon build-up on throttle Make sure throttle blade is clean of
Control Throttle blade carbon. Refer to the electrical circuit
Body diagrams and check Engine Control
Range/Performance -  Engine Control Module Module (ECM) ground circuit for
no sub type (ECM) ground circuit fault faults. Check the system is operating
information  Electronic throttle unit correctly and the DTC does not
return spring faulty return. Suspect electronic throttle
 Electronic throttle unit limp unit faulty. Check and install a new
home spring faulty electronic throttle unit as required.
suspect.
P2119-29 Throttle Actuator  Stuck / sticking throttle Ensure throttle blade is free of build-
Control Throttle blade up / other obstructions. Suspect
Body electric throttle unit faulty. Check
Range/Performance -  Electric throttle unit failure and install a new electric throttle
signal invalid unit as required. Refer to the
P2119-64 Throttle Actuator  Stuck / sticking throttle Ensure throttle blade is free of build-
Control Throttle blade up / other obstructions. Suspect
Body electric throttle unit faulty. Check
Range/Performance -  Electric throttle unit failure and install a new electric throttle
signal plausibility unit as required. Refer to the
failure warranty policy and procedures
P2122-00 Throttle/Pedal  Electronic throttle unit, Refer to the electrical circuit

Position throttle position sensor 1 diagrams and check electronic
Sensor/Switch D circuit short to ground, open throttle unit, throttle position sensor
Circuit Low - no sub circuit 1 circuit for short to ground, open
type information circuit. Check electronic throttle
 Electronic throttle unit, unit, VREF circuit for open circuit.
VREF circuit open circuit Clear DTC and repeat automated
failure system. If DTC remains suspect the
Sensor/Switch D circuit short to power throttle unit, throttle position sensor
Circuit High - no sub 1 circuit for short to power. Check
type information  Electronic throttle unit, electronic throttle unit, GREF circuit
GREF circuit open circuit for open circuit. Clear DTC and
 Electronic throttle unit, repeat automated diagnostic
throttle position sensor 1 procedure using the manufacturer
failure approved diagnostic system. If DTC
remains suspect the electronic
throttle unit, check and install a new
suspect.
Sensor/Switch E circuit short to ground, open throttle unit, throttle position sensor
Circuit Low - no sub circuit 2 circuit for short to ground, open
type information circuit. Check electronic throttle
 Electronic throttle unit, unit, VREF circuit for open circuit.
VREF circuit open circuit Clear DTC and repeat automated
failure system. If DTC remains suspect the
Sensor/Switch E circuit short to power throttle unit, throttle position sensor

Circuit High - no sub  Electronic throttle unit, 2 circuit for short to power. Check
type information GREF circuit open circuit electronic throttle unit, GREF circuit
for open circuit. Clear DTC and
 Electronic throttle unit, repeat automated diagnostic
throttle position sensor 2 procedure using the manufacturer
failure approved diagnostic system. If DTC
remains suspect the electronic
throttle unit, check and install a new
suspect.
P2135-00 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Position sensor circuit 1 and 2 short diagrams and check throttle pedal
Sensor/Switch A / B to ground, short to power, position sensor circuit 1 and 2 for
Voltage Correlation - open circuit short to ground, short to power, open
no sub type circuit.
information
P2135-09 Throttle/Pedal  Throttle pedal position Refer to the electrical circuit
Position sensor circuit 1 and 2 short diagrams and check throttle pedal
Sensor/Switch A / B to ground, short to power, position sensor circuit 1 and 2 for
Voltage Correlation - open circuit short to ground, short to power, open
Component Failures circuit.
P2138-64 Throttle/Pedal  Analogue Pedal Position Refer to the electrical circuit
Position (APP) sensor circuit 1 and 2 diagrams and check Analogue Pedal
Sensor/Switch D / E short to ground, short to Position (APP) sensor circuit 1 and 2
Voltage Correlation - power, open circuit for short to ground, short to power,
No sub type open circuit.
information
P2183-23 Engine Coolant  Engine coolant temperature Refer to the electrical circuit
Temperature Sensor 2 sensor 2 circuit high diagrams and check engine coolant
Circuit resistance, open circuit temperature sensor 2 circuit for high
Range/Performance - resistance, open circuit. Check and
signal stuck low  Engine coolant temperature install a new engine coolant
sensor 2 failure temperature sensor 2 as required.
Temperature Sensor 2 sensor 2 circuit short to diagrams and check engine coolant
Circuit power temperature sensor 2 circuit for short
Range/Performance - to power. Check and install a new
signal stuck high  Engine coolant temperature engine coolant temperature sensor 2
sensor 2 failure as required.
Circuit resistance, open circuit, temperature sensor 2 circuit for high
Range/Performance - short to ground, short to resistance, open circuit, short to
signal invalid power ground, short to power. Check and

 Engine coolant temperature install a new engine coolant
Circuit Low - circuit resistance, open circuit temperature sensor 2 circuit for high
voltage below resistance, open circuit. Check and
threshold  Engine coolant temperature install a new engine coolant
P2185-17 Engine Coolant  Ignition turned on with an Clear the DTC and re-test. Refer to
Temperature Sensor 2 ambient temperature of the electrical circuit diagrams and
Circuit High - circuit below -40c check engine coolant temperature
voltage above sensor 2 circuit for short to power.
threshold  Engine coolant temperature Check and install a new engine
sensor 2 circuit short to coolant temperature sensor 2 as
power required.
 Engine coolant temperature
sensor 2 failure
P2228-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low - no sub failure (internal Engine diagnostic system check datalogger
type information Control Module (ECM) signal, Barometric Pressure Sensor
fault) Voltage (0x035A). Suspect the
suspect.
P2229-00 Barometric Pressure  Barometric pressure sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Circuit Low - no sub failure (internal Engine diagnostic system check datalogger
type information Control Module (ECM) signal, Barometric Pressure Sensor
fault) Voltage (0x035A). Suspect the
suspect.
P2279-00 Intake Air System  Part load breather pipe Check for related DTCs. Check part
Leak - no sub type disconnected load breather pipe for leaks or
information disconnected. Check brake vacuum
 Brake vacuum pipe pipe for leaks or disconnected.
disconnected Check intake air system for leaks.
 Excessive intake air leak
P2300-11 Ignition Coil A  Ignition coil 1 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
Primary Control to ground diagrams and check ignition coil 1
Circuit Low - circuit circuit for short to ground.

short to ground
P2301-12 Ignition Coil A  Ignition coil 1 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
Primary Control to power diagrams and check ignition coil 1
Circuit Low - circuit circuit for short to power.
short to battery
P2303-11 Ignition Coil B  Ignition coil 2 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2304-12 Ignition Coil B  Ignition coil 2 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2306-11 Ignition Coil C  Ignition coil 3 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2307-12 Ignition Coil C  Ignition coil 3 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2309-11 Ignition Coil D  Ignition coil 4 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2310-12 Ignition Coil D  Ignition coil 4 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2312-11 Ignition Coil E  Ignition coil 5 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2313-12 Ignition Coil E  Ignition coil 5 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2315-11 Ignition Coil F  Ignition coil 6 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2316-12 Ignition Coil F  Ignition coil 6 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2318-11 Ignition Coil G  Ignition coil 7 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2319-12 Ignition Coil G  Ignition coil 7 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2321-11 Ignition Coil H  Ignition coil 8 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to ground
P2322-12 Ignition Coil H  Ignition coil 8 circuit short Refer to the electrical circuit
short to battery
P2401-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Check Diagnostic Module Tank
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) fuse Leakage (DMTL) fuse for failure
Detection Pump failure and security in holder. Refer to the
Control Circuit Low - electrical circuit diagrams and check
no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
information Leakage (DMTL) circuit (DMTL) circuit for short to ground,
short to ground, open circuit open circuit. Check and install a new
 Diagnostic Module Tank Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
Leakage (DMTL) failure (DMTL) as required. Refer to the
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) circuit diagrams and check Diagnostic
Detection Pump short to power Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Control Circuit High circuit for short to power. Check and
- no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank install a new Diagnostic Module
information Leakage (DMTL) failure Tank Leakage (DMTL) as required.
suspect.
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Detection Pump required. Refer to the warranty
Sense Circuit policy and procedures manual if a
Range/Performance - module is suspect.
Signal invalid
P2404-2F Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Check and install a new Diagnostic
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Detection Pump required. Refer to the warranty
Sense Circuit policy and procedures manual if a
Range/Performance - module is suspect.

signal erratic
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) circuit diagrams and check Diagnostic
Detection Pump short to ground, high Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Sense Circuit Low - resistance, open circuit circuit for short to ground, high
no sub type resistance, open circuit. Check and
information  Diagnostic Module Tank install a new Diagnostic Module
Leakage (DMTL) failure Tank Leakage (DMTL) as required.
suspect.
P2406-00 Evaporative Emission  Blockage in Diagnostic Check for blockage in the Blockage
System Leak Module Tank Leakage in Diagnostic Module Tank Leakage
Detection Pump (DMTL) ventilation pipe (DMTL) ventilation pipe. Check and
Sense Circuit High - install a new Diagnostic Module
no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank Tank Leakage (DMTL) as required.
information Leakage (DMTL) circuit, Refer to the warranty policy and
open circuit procedures manual if a module is
suspect.
P240A-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) circuit, diagrams and check Diagnostic
Detection Pump open circuit Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Heater Circuit / Open heater circuit for open circuit. Check
- no sub type  Diagnostic Module Tank and install a new Diagnostic Module
information Leakage (DMTL) failure Tank Leakage (DMTL) as required.
suspect.
P240B-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) heater diagrams and check Diagnostic
Detection Pump circuit short to ground, high Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Heater Circuit Low - resistance heater circuit for short to ground,
no sub type high resistance.
information
P240C-00 Evaporative Emission  Diagnostic Module Tank Refer to the electrical circuit
System Leak Leakage (DMTL) heater diagrams and check Diagnostic
Detection Pump circuit short to power Module Tank Leakage (DMTL)
Heater Circuit High - heater circuit for short to power.
no sub type
information
Control System Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Switching Valve required. Refer to the warranty
Performance/Stuck policy and procedures manual if a
Open - no sub type module is suspect.
information
Control System Leakage (DMTL) failure Module Tank Leakage (DMTL) as
Switching Valve required. Refer to the warranty
Performance/Stuck policy and procedures manual if a
Closed - no sub type module is suspect.
information
P250C-23 Engine Oil Level  Oil temperature level sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Sensor Circuit Low - circuit short to ground diagnostic system check datalogger
signal stuck low signal, Sump Oil Temperature -
 Oil temperature level sensor Measured (0x03F3). Refer to the
oil temperature level sensor circuit
for short to ground. Check and
install a new oil temperature level
sensor as required. Refer to the
P250D-24 Engine Oil Level  Oil temperature level sensor Using the manufacturer approved
Sensor Circuit High - circuit short to power diagnostic system check datalogger
signal stuck high signal, Sump Oil Temperature -
 Oil temperature level sensor Measured (0x03F3). Refer to the
oil temperature level sensor circuit
for short to power. Check and install
a new oil temperature level sensor as
module is suspect.
P2544-64 Torque Management  Inappropriate request from Check for related DTCs within Anti-
Request Input Signal Anti-lock Braking System lock Braking System (ABS) module
A - signal plausibility (ABS) and refer to the relevant DTC index.
failure Carry out the CAN network integrity
test using the manufacturer approved
diagnostic system.
P2544-92 Torque Management  Inappropriate request from Check for related DTCs within Anti-
Request Input Signal Anti-lock Braking System lock Braking System (ABS) module
A - performance or (ABS) and refer to the relevant DTC index.
incorrect operation Carry out the CAN network integrity
diagnostic system.
P2610-00 ECM/PCM Internal  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of the
Engine Off Timer (IPC) fault components listed and refer to
Performance - no sub relevant DTC Index. Carry out the
type information  Central Junction Box (CJB) CAN network integrity test using the
fault manufacturer approved diagnostic
 CAN network error
system.
P2610-84 ECM/PCM Engine  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of the
Off Timer (IPC) fault components listed and refer to
Performance - signal relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
below allowable  Central Junction Box (CJB) electrical circuit diagrams and check
range fault engine coolant temperature sensor
 Engine coolant temperature circuit for short to ground, power,
sensor fault open circuit. Refer to the electrical
 Ambient temperature sensor circuit diagrams and check ambient
fault air temperature sensor circuit for
 Low battery voltage short to ground, power, open circuit.
Check the battery voltage, repair as
 CAN network error required. Carry out the CAN
system.
P2610-85 ECM/PCM Engine  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of the
Off Timer (IPC) fault components listed and refer to
Performance - signal relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
above allowable  Central Junction Box (CJB) electrical circuit diagrams and check
range fault engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor fault open circuit. Refer to the electrical
 Low battery voltage short to ground, power, open circuit.
Check the battery voltage, repair as
 CAN network error required. Carry out the CAN
system.
P2610-87 ECM/PCM Internal  Instrument Panel Cluster Check for DTCs related to any of the
Engine Off Timer (IPC) fault components listed, and refer to
Performance - relevant DTC Index, refer to the
missing message  Central Junction Box (CJB) electrical circuit diagrams and check
fault engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor fault open circuit, refer to the electrical
 CAN network error short to ground, power, open circuit,
carry out the CAN network integrity
diagnostic system.
U0001-88 High Speed CAN  High speed CAN bus Refer to the electrical circuit
Communication Bus - circuit, short to ground diagrams and check CAN network
bus off for short to ground, power, open
 High speed CAN bus circuit. Using the manufacturer

circuit, short to power approved diagnostic system, carry
out network integrity test.
 High speed CAN bus, open
circuit
U0101-00 Lost Communication  CAN link Engine Control Using the manufacturer approved
with TCM - no sub Module diagnostic system, check
type information (ECM)/Transmission Transmission Control Module
Control Module (TCM) (TCM) for DTCs and refer to the
network malfunction relevant DTC Index. Using the
 Transmission Control system, carry out network integrity
Module (TCM) fault test. Refer to the electrical circuit
diagrams and check Transmission
Control Module (TCM) power and
ground circuit for open circuit.
Check CAN harness to Transmission
Control Module (TCM), repair as
necessary.
U0103-00 Lost Communication  CAN link Engine Control Refer to the electrical wiring
with Gear Shift Module (ECM)/Gear Shift diagrams and check power and
Control Module A - Module (GSM) network ground connections to the Gear Shift
no sub type malfunction Module (GSM). Carry out the CAN
information integrity tests using the
tool.
U0104-00 Lost Communication  Vehicle configured for Check vehicle has correct speed
With Cruise Control speed control, but speed control module installed. Using the
Module - no sub type control module is not manufacturer approved diagnostic
information installed system, check speed control module,
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
 CAN Link Engine Control module for DTCs and refer to the
Module (ECM)/speed relevant DTC Index. Using the
control module network manufacturer approved diagnostic
malfunction system, carry out network integrity
 Speed control module test. Refer to the electrical circuit
power or ground circuit, diagrams and check speed control
open circuit module power and ground circuit for
open circuit. Check CAN harness to
speed control module, repair as
necessary.
U0121-00 Lost Communication  CAN Link Engine Control Using the manufacturer approved
With Anti-lock Module (ECM)/Anti-lock diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
Braking System Braking System (ABS) Braking System (ABS) module for
(ABS) Control module network DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
Module - no sub type malfunction Index. Using the manufacturer
information approved diagnostic system, carry
 Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) module power or out network integrity test. Refer to

ground circuit, open circuit the electrical circuit diagrams and
check Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) module power and ground
circuit for open circuit. Check CAN
harness to Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) module, repair as necessary.
U0128-00 Lost Communication  CAN Link Engine Control Refer to the electrical circuit
With Park Brake Module (ECM)/Electronic diagrams and check power and
Control Module - no Parking Brake (EPB) signal ground supplies to Electronic
sub type information missing network Parking Brake (EPB). Carry out the
malfunction CAN network integrity test using the
system.
U0132-00 Lost Communication  CAN link/suspension Refer to the electrical circuit
with Suspension control module network diagrams and check power and
Control Module A - malfunction ground supplies to suspension
no sub type control module. Carry out the CAN
information network integrity test using the
system.
U0151-00 Lost Communication  Lost communication with Refer to the electrical circuit
with Restraints Restraints Control Module diagrams and check power and
Control Module - no (RCM) over CAN or ground supplies to restraints control
sub type information hardwired link module. Carry out the CAN network
integrity test using the manufacturer
U0151-87 Lost Communication  Lost communication due to Check Restraints Control Module
with Restraints Restraints Control Module for associated DTCs and refer to
Control Module - (RCM) fault relevant DTC Index. Refer to the
missing message electrical circuit diagrams and check
power and ground supplies to
restraints control module. Carry out
the CAN network integrity test using
diagnostic system.
U0155-00 Lost Communication  CAN link between Engine Refer to the electrical circuit
with Instrument Panel Control Module (ECM) and diagrams and check power and
Cluster (IPC) - no sub Instrument Panel Cluster ground supplies to Instrument Panel
type information (IPC) fault Cluster. Carry out the CAN network
integrity test using the manufacturer
U0167-00 Lost Communication  Security challenge response Refer to the electrical circuit
with Vehicle timeout diagrams and check power and
Immobilizer Control ground supplies to the Electric
Module - no sub type  Battery fault Steering Column Lock (ESCL).
information Check for related CAN DTCs and

refer to the relevant DTC index.
Refer to the battery care manual and
the relevant sections of the
workshop manual. Carry out the
CAN network integrity test using the
system.
U0300-00 Internal Control  Engine Control Module Check and install the correct Engine
Module Software (ECM) has incorrect Control Module (ECM) software.
Incompatibility - no software installed Check and install the correct Engine
sub type information Control Module (ECM) as required.
 The Engine Control Module Refer to the warranty policy and
(ECM) is in expulsion procedures manual if a module is
mode. An incorrect suspect.
specification Engine
Control Module (ECM) has
been installed to the vehicle
U0402-00 Invalid Data  Transmission Engine Using the manufacturer approved
Received From Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
Transmission Control request corruption Transmission Control Module
Module - no sub type (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
information relevant DTC Index. Using the
circuit.
U0402-08 Invalid Data  Transmission Engine Using the manufacturer approved
Received from TCM Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
- bus signal / message request corruption Transmission Control Module
failures (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
 High speed CAN bus circuit relevant DTC Index. Using the
failure, short, open circuit manufacturer approved diagnostic
circuit.
U0402-64 Invalid Data  Transmission to Engine Using the manufacturer approved
Received from TCM Control Module (ECM) diagnostic system, check
- Signal plausibility request corruption Transmission Control Module
failure (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
 High speed CAN bus signal relevant DTC Index. Using the
corruption

circuit.
U0402-82 Invalid Data  Transmission Control Using the manufacturer approved
Received from TCM Module (TCM) shaft-speed diagnostic system, check
- alive / sequence faults Transmission Control Module
counter incorrect / not (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
updated relevant DTC Index.
U0402-83 Invalid Data  Transmission Control Using the manufacturer approved
Received from TCM Module (TCM) shaft-speed diagnostic system, check
- Value of signal faults Transmission Control Module
protection calculation (TCM), for DTCs and refer to the
incorrect relevant DTC Index.
U0415-00 Invalid Data  Electronic throttle unit, Using the manufacturer approved
Received From Anti- throttle position sensor 1 diagnostic system, check for
lock Braking System failure electronic throttle unit DTCs repair
(ABS) Control as necessary. Refer to the electrical
Module - no sub type  Electronic throttle unit, circuit diagrams and check
information throttle position sensor 2 electronic unit harness for short
failure circuit, open circuit. Refer to the
 Electronic throttle unit warranty policy and procedures
harness short, open circuit manual if a module is suspect, if the
electronic throttle unit is suspect.
U0415-64 Invalid Data  Invalid request from Anti- Using the manufacturer approved
Received From Anti- lock Braking System (ABS) diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
lock Braking System Braking System (ABS), for DTCs
(ABS) (ABS) Control  Torque up request higher and refer to the relevant DTC Index.
Module - signal than expected from Anti- Refer to the electrical circuit
plausibility failure lock Braking System (ABS) diagrams and check high speed
circuit.
U0415-67 Invalid Data  Torque up request higher Using the manufacturer approved
Received From Anti- than expected from Anti- diagnostic system, check Anti-lock
lock Braking System lock Braking System (ABS) Braking System (ABS), for DTCs
(ABS) (ABS) Control and refer to the relevant DTC Index.
Module - signal Refer to the electrical circuit
incorrect after event diagrams and check high speed
circuit.
U0426-00 Invalid Data  Security code mis-match Check CAN network between
Received From Engine Control Module (ECM),
Vehicle Immobilizer  This DTC will be logged if Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) and
Control Module - no the encrypted data exchange Central Junction Box (CJB). Refer
does not match between
sub type information Engine Control Module to the electrical circuit diagrams and
(ECM) and the Instrument check power and ground circuit to
Panel Cluster (IPC) or Engine Control Module (ECM) and
Central Junction Box (CJB)Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC).
Check correct Engine Control
Module (ECM) and Instrument
Panel Cluster (IPC) installed. Re-
synchronise ID by re-configuring the
Engine Control Module (ECM) and
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) as
new modules.
U0447-81 Invalid Data  The LIN to high speed This DTC has been inhibited in the
Received From CAN gateway has informed Engine Control Module (ECM), as
Gateway "A" - the Engine Control Module the LIN bus flag is set during normal
invalid serial data (ECM) of a failure operation.
received
GENERAL PROCEDURES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) LONG DRIVE CYCLE SELF-TEST
WARNING: Where possible, all road tests should be on well surfaced and dry roads.
Always comply with speed limits and local traffic regulations.
NOTE: The vehicle must exceed 50mph (80 km/h) during the road test.

NOTE: Make sure cruise control is not engaged.

Make sure the engine temperature is above 60 °C (140 °F).
5. Carry out a road test and perform the following operations.

1. Accelerate to 55 mph (88 km/h) in 5th gear and cruise for 2 minutes with the engine speed at or
above 1800rpm.
2. Lift off the throttle and allow the vehicle to decelerate until the engine speed is less than 1000 rpm.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Release brake, allow the vehicle to move with no throttle for 1 minute.
5. Road test is now complete.

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) SHORT DRIVE CYCLE SELF-TEST

4. Start the engine.
 Raise the engine speed to 1500 rpm and hold for 3 minutes until a temperature of 70°C (158 °F) is
achieved.
 Switch off the engine.
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR LH
REMOVAL


3. Refer to: Thermostat Housing
4.
1. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR RH
REMOVAL

4.
1. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.
CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR LH
REMOVAL


4. See figure
material.
5.
1. Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION

or driveshaft.
monitor sensor tip.

CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR RH
REMOVAL


4. See figure
material.
5.
1. Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION
monitor sensor tip.
or driveshaft.

CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
REMOVAL


3. Torque: 10 Nm
INSTALLATION
material.
CAUTION: Make sure that the component is clean, free of foreign material and
lubricant.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
REMOVAL
always correct.

4. Torque: 25 Nm
5. Torque: 25 Nm
6. Torque: 8 Nm
7. Torque: 6 Nm
8. Torque: 10 Nm
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
NOTE: New units must be configured using the Programmable Module Installation
Routine in the diagnostic tool.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
REMOVAL


2. Refer to Engine Cover - 5.0L, Vehicles Without: Supercharger information.
3. Refer to Cooling System Draining and Vacuum Filling - Vehicles Without: Supercharger
information.
is always correct.
5.
1. Lift the tang and rotate the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor counter-clockwise.
INSTALLATION
ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR

REMOVAL


3. Refer to Engine Oil Draining and Filling information.
4. Torque: 11 Nm
INSTALLATION
FRONT KNOCK SENSOR (KS) LH
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Intake Manifold information.
3. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
FRONT KNOCK SENSOR (KS) RH
REMOVAL

3. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (FRP) SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. Refer to Fuel System Pressure Release - 5.0L information.

8. See figure
9. Torque: 32 Nm
INSTALLATION
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) LH
Special Tool(s)
310-121
Wrench, H02S
REMOVAL


5. See figure
material.
6. Wrench, H02S (310-121)

Torque: 48
INSTALLATION

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) RH
Special Tool(s)
310-121
Wrench, H02S
REMOVAL


5. See figure
material.
6. Wrench, H02S (310-121)

Torque: 48
INSTALLATION

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
REMOVAL

2. Torque: 5 Nm
INSTALLATION
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
REMOVAL

2. See figure
INSTALLATION

REAR KNOCK SENSOR (KS) LH
REMOVAL

3. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
REAR KNOCK SENSOR (KS) RH

REMOVAL

3. Torque: 20 Nm
INSTALLATION
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING (VVT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH
REMOVAL


is always correct.
4.
1. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
5. See figure
material.
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING (VVT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. See figure
is always correct.
5.
1. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
6. See figure
INSTALLATION
material.
EMISSION APPLICATIONS 2012 Jaguar - XF & XFR (X250)
EMISSION APPLICATIONS
2012 Jaguar - XF & XFR (X250)
EMISSION APPLICATIONS
2012 XF & XFR
Engine & Fuel System (1) Emission Control Systems & EGR Test No.
Devices
2.0L (122") 4-Cyl DI Turbo PCV, EVAP, TWC, FR, SPK, (2) ...
HO2S, CEC, MIL, EVAP-
CPCV, EVAP-CVCS, EVAP-
FTPS, EVAP-VC
3.0L (183") V6 SFI Supercharger PCV, EVAP, TWC, FR, SPK, (3) ...
FTPS, EVAP-VC
5.0L (305") V8 SFI PCV, EVAP, TWC, FR, SPK, (3) ...
FTPS, EVAP-VC
(1) Major emission control systems and devices are listed in bold type; components and other related
devices are listed in light type.
(2) Equipped with 2.
(3) Equipped with 4.

ENGINE Engine Cooling (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Engine Cooling (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE COOLING (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS
Jaguar Premium Cooling System Fluid WSS-M97B44-D
Jaguar Premium Cooling System Flush EGR-M14P7-A
Engine Capacity
5.0L with supercharger 12.32L
5.0L without supercharger 12.5L

Coolant expansion tank retaining bolt 7 - 62
Cooling fan motor and shroud retaining nuts 7 - 62
Thermostat housing retaining bolts 10 7 -
Coolant pump retaining bolts 11 8 -
Radiator retaining bolts 9 - 80
Radiator drain plug 2 - 18
Coolant bleed screw(s) 3 - 27
COMPONENT LOCATION
Component Location - Sheet 1 Of 2 (Naturally Aspirated Vehicles)


1 Coolant expansion tank
2 Coolant supply/expansion hose
3 Bleed screw
4 Engine oil cooler
5 Engine block heater (110 V version shown) or drain

plug
6 Engine vent hose
7 Throttle
8 Radiator upper hose
10 Transmission fluid cooler supply and return hoses
11 Heater core supply and return hoses
12 Throttle body heater hose
13 Heater manifold
14 Cooling fan
15 Radiator lower hose
16 Thermostat
17 Coolant pump
18 Radiator
19 Outlet tube
Component Location - Sheet 1 Of 2 (Supercharger Vehicles)


1 Engine vent hose
2 Throttle
3 Coolant expansion tank
4 Bleed point
5 Throttle body heater hose

6 Engine oil cooler
7 Engine block heater (110 V version shown) or drain
plug
8 Coolant supply/expansion hose
9 Outlet tube
10 Radiator upper hose
11 Supercharger cooling system connecting hose
12 Auxiliary radiator supply hose
13 Auxiliary radiator return hose
14 Auxiliary radiator
15 Transmission fluid cooler supply and return hoses
17 Heater core supply and return hoses
18 Heater manifold
19 Radiator lower hose
20 Cooling fan
21 Thermostat
22 Coolant pump
23 Radiator


1 Engine block heater
NOTE:
110 V ac version shown, 240 V ac version similar.
2 Harness
3 Connector
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The engine cooling system maintains the engine within an optimum temperature range under changing ambient
and engine operating conditions. The system is a pressurized expansion tank system with continuous bleeds to
separate air from the coolant and prevent the formation of air locks. The engine cooling system also provides:
 Heating for:
 The passenger compartment. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL .
 The throttle body.
 Cooling for:
 The engine oil cooler. For additional information, refer to ENGINE (V8 5.0L PETROL) or ENGINE
(V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL) .
 The transmission fluid cooler. For additional information, refer to TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
COOLING (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL/TDV6 3.0L DIESEL) .
The primary components of the engine cooling system are the:
 Coolant pump.
 Thermostat.
 Radiator.
 Auxiliary radiator (supercharger (SC) vehicles only).
 Cooling fan.
 Expansion tank.
 Engine oil cooler.
 Outlet tube and heater manifold.
 Connecting hoses and pipes.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired

1 Battery
4 Cooling fan
Engine Cooling Flow Diagram - Naturally Aspirated Vehicles

1 Heater core
2 Bleed screw
3 RH (right hand) cylinder head
4 Cylinder block
5 Throttle
6 Engine oil cooler
7 Heater manifold
8 LH (left hand) cylinder head
9 Expansion tank
11 Thermostat
12 Check valve
13 Coolant pump
14 Radiator
Engine Cooling Flow Diagram - Supercharger Vehicles


1 Heater core
2 Bleed screw
3 RH cylinder head
4 Cylinder block
5 Throttle
6 Engine oil cooler
7 Heater manifold
8 LH cylinder head
9 Expansion tank
11 Thermostat
12 Check valve
13 Coolant pump
14 Radiator
15 Auxiliary radiator
16 Connection with supercharger cooling system
SYSTEM OPERATION
When the engine is running, the coolant is circulated around the engine cooling system by the coolant pump.
From the coolant pump, coolant flows through the cylinder heads and the engine oil cooler into the cylinder
block and the heater manifold.
In the cylinder block, the coolant flows forwards to the outlet tube. When the coolant is cold, the thermostat is
closed and the coolant flows direct from the outlet tube back to the coolant pump. Once the coolant reaches
operating temperature the thermostat begins to open, to control system temperature, and coolant flows from the
outlet tube to the coolant pump via the radiator and, on supercharger (SC) vehicles, the auxiliary radiator. When
the thermostat is open, the coolant flow through the radiator(s) also generates a coolant flow through the
transmission fluid cooler.
From the heater manifold the coolant flows through the electronic throttle and the heater core, in parallel
circuits that are unaffected by the position of the thermostat. From the electronic throttle, the coolant merges
with bleed coolant from the coolant pump and the outlet tube and flows to the expansion tank. From the heater
core, the coolant flows back to the inlet of the coolant pump.
Expansion and contraction of the coolant is accommodated by an air space in the expansion tank and the
compliance of the flexible hoses.
If the coolant level in the expansion tank decreases below a predetermined value, the level sensor connects a
ground to the instrument cluster, which activates the appropriate warning. For additional information, refer to
413-01 Instrument Cluster.
The cooling fan is operated by a fan control module integrated into the cooling fan motor. The fan control
module regulates the voltage, and thus speed, of the cooling fan motor in response to a pulse width modulation
(PWM) signal from the engine control module (ECM).
The cooling fan receives a battery feed and an ignition feed from the engine junction box (EJB). The ignition
feed is supplied from the main relay in the engine junction box (EJB), which is controlled by the engine control
module (ECM).
The engine control module (ECM) calculates the required fan speed from the engine temperature, air
conditioning (A/C) system pressure and transmission fluid temperature. Under hot operating conditions, the fan
may continue to operate for 4 minutes after the engine has been switched off.
COOLANT PUMP

1 Inlet connection
2 Pump body
3 Outlet flange to RH cylinder head
4 Outlet to engine oil cooler
5 Outlet flange to LH cylinder head
6 Pulley
7 Bleed pipe connection (containing check valve)
The body of the coolant pump contains an impeller attached to a shaft supported in a bearing assembly. The
impeller is driven by a pulley, pressed on to the front of the shaft, which is driven by the accessory drive belt.
For additional information, refer to 303-05E Accessory Drive - 5.0L, Vehicles Without: Supercharger or 303-
05F - 5.0L, Vehicles With: Supercharger.
Two coolant outlet flanges attach the coolant pump to the front of the cylinder heads. A pipe connects a further
coolant outlet to a pipe from the engine oil cooler. A bleed connector is installed in the front of the coolant
pump, adjacent to the coolant inlet connection from the thermostat. A check valve is incorporated into the bleed
connection.
THERMOSTAT

1 Screw (3 off)
2 Lower body
3 Upper body
4 Thermostat
5 Seal
The thermostat is a multi-stage device located in the coolant pump inlet to provide fast response and control of
the engine outlet temperature.
The thermostat allows rapid engine warm-up by preventing coolant flow through the radiator and by limiting
coolant flow through the cylinder block when the engine is cold. During warm-up and at engines speeds above
approximately 1800 rev/min, a by-pass valve opens to control the coolant flow and pressure, to protect the
engine components. When the thermostat opening reaches 6 mm (0.24 in.), the by-pass flow is shut-off. When
the thermostat opening exceeds 6 mm (0.24 in.), the radiator coolant flow is further controlled up to the point
where the thermostat is fully open. At this point maximum radiator coolant flow is achieved to provide
maximum cooling.
On both naturally aspirated and supercharger vehicles, the thermostat begins to open at 88 - 90 °C (190 - 194 °
F) and is fully open at 102 °C (216 °F).
RADIATOR
Radiator (Naturally Aspirated Vehicles)


1 Locating spigot (2 off)
2 Upper hose connection
3 Support (2 off)
4 Drain plug
5 Lower hose connection
6 Transmission fluid cooler inlet hose connection
Radiator (Supercharger Vehicles)


1 Locating spigot (2 off)
2 Upper hose connection
3 Supercharger cooling system connection
4 Auxiliary radiator inlet hose connection
5 Support (2 off)
6 Drain plug
7 Lower hose connection
8 Auxiliary radiator outlet hose connection
9 Transmission fluid cooler inlet hose connection
The radiator is a cross flow type with an aluminum core and plastic end tanks. The radiator is part of the cooling
module and is attached to the vehicle by locating spigots and supports integrated into the end tanks. The
supports are installed in rubber bushes located in mounting brackets on the front subframe. The locating spigots
are installed in rubber bushes located in mounting brackets on the front crossmember.
The two end tanks incorporate connections for the upper and lower hoses, the coolant supply hose of the
transmission fluid cooler and, on supercharger (SC) vehicles, the supply and return hoses of the auxiliary
radiator. A drain plug is installed in the bottom of the left-hand (LH) end tank.
AUXILIARY RADIATOR (SUPERCHARGER VEHICLES ONLY)


1 Return hose connection
2 Supply hose connection
3 Bottom bracket
4 Top bracket
The auxiliary radiator is connected in parallel with the (main) radiator to increase the engine cooling capacity on
supercharger (SC) vehicles. The auxiliary radiator is installed in an air duct, to the right of the cooling module,
which takes cooling air from the right-hand (RH) grille in the front bumper. Two spigots on the top of the
auxiliary radiator provide the coolant supply and return connections with the main radiator.
COOLING FAN

1 Shroud
2 Motor and fan control module
3 Harness
4 Fan
An electric, variable speed cooling fan is installed in a shroud attached to the rear of the radiator. The cooling
fan is operated by a fan control module, integrated into the electric motor, under the control of the engine
control module (ECM). An electrical connector at the right-hand (RH) side of the shroud provides the interface
between the cooling fan harness and the vehicle wiring.
EXPANSION TANK

1 Filler cap
2 Vent hose connection
3 Expansion hose connection
4 Level sensor
The expansion tank is installed in the engine compartment, on the left-hand (LH) upper suspension housing.
A filler cap and level sensor are incorporated into the expansion tank. A MAX level marking is molded into the
interior of the tank below the filler cap. Cold fill levels are molded onto the exterior of the tank.
The expansion tank provides the following functions:
 Service fill.
 Coolant expansion during warm-up.
 Air separation during operation.
 System pressurization by the filler cap.
The expansion tank has an air space of approximately 0.5 liter (1.06 US pints), above the MAX level, to allow
for coolant expansion.
OUTLET TUBE AND HEATER MANIFOLD
Outlet Tube

A Outlet tube on naturally aspirated vehicles
B Outlet tube on supercharger vehicles
1 Bleed hose connection
2 Radiator upper hose connection
3 Cylinder block connections
4 Thermostat hose connection
Heater Manifold

1 Throttle body heater hose connection
2 Heater core supply hose connection
3 RH cylinder head connection
4 Engine coolant temperature sensor
5 LH cylinder head connection
ENGINE COOLANT
The engine coolant is formulated to last for ten years or 240, 000 km (150, 000 miles). The coolant is silicate
free and must not be mixed with conventional engine coolant.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER


A 110 V ac version
B 240 V ac version
For vehicle markets subject to very cold climatic conditions, an engine block heater is installed in place of the
cylinder block drain plug. The engine block heater is either a 110 V ac or 240 V ac electric heater element,
depending on the market, which can be connected to a domestic power supply via a connector in the lower
center grill of the front bumper.
ENGINE COOLING
For a detailed description of the engine cooling system and operation, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION

the donor vehicle.
pinpoint tests.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical or electrical damage.
Visual Inspection
 Coolant leaks  Fuses
 Coolant Hoses  Harnesses
 Coolant expansion tank  Loose or corroded connector(s)
 Radiator  Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor
 Heater core
 Accessory drive belt
 Viscous fan
SYMPTOM CHART

Coolant loss  Hoses Carry out a visual inspection. If there are no

obvious leaks, carry out a cooling system
 Hose connections pressure test. Rectify any leaks as necessary.
 Radiator
 Water pump
 Heater core
 Gaskets
 Engine casting cracks
 Engine block core plugs
Overheating  Low/Contaminated coolant Check the coolant level and condition. Carry out
a cooling system pressure test. Rectify any leaks
 Thermostat as necessary. Check the thermostat and rectify as
 Viscous fan necessary. Check the viscous fan operation, make
 ECT sensor sure the viscous fan rotates freely. Check for
 Restricted air flow over the obstructions to the air flow over the radiator.
radiator Rectify as necessary.
Engine not reaching  Thermostat Check the thermostat operation. Check the
normal temperature viscous fan operation, make sure the viscous fan
 Viscous fan is not seized. Rectify as necessary.
 Thermostat
 Electric fan
 Fan speed module
DTC INDEX
please refer to: Electronic Engine Controls (V8 5.0L Petrol) and Electronic Engine Controls (V8 S/C 5.0L
Petrol) .
GENERAL PROCEDURES
COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING AND VACUUM FILLING
DRAINING
1. Refer to: Radiator Splash Shield
WARNING: Release the cooling system pressure by slowly turning the coolant
expansion tank cap a quarter of a turn. Cover the expansion tank
cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding. Failure
CAUTION: Since injury such as scalding could be caused by escaping steam or

carrying out this procedure
2. See figure


4. See figure
5. Torque: 2 Nm
NOTE: Only carry out the following step if the coolant is to be drained from the
engine.
6. See figure
NOTE: This step is only required if previously removed.
7. Torque: 50 Nm
FILLING

3.
 Install the cooling system vacuum refill adaptor to the expansion tank.
 Install the vacuum filler gauge to the cooling system vacuum refill adaptor.
 Install the venturi tube assembly to the vacuum filler gauge.
NOTE: Make sure the coolant supply valve is in the closed position on the
vacuum filler gauge assembly.
NOTE: The coolant vacuum fill tool needs an air pressure of 6 to 8 bar (87 to 116
psi) to operate correctly.
NOTE: Small diameter or long airlines may restrict airflow to the coolant vacuum
fill tool.
4.
Connect a regulated compressed air supply to the venturi tube assembly.
5. Position the evacuated air hose into a container.
6. Open the air supply valve.
NOTE: Make sure the coolant supply hose is positioned into a container of fifty
percent mixture of Jaguar Premium Cooling System Fluid or equivalent,
meeting Jaguar specification WSS M97B44-D and fifty percent water. Make
sure no air can enter the coolant supply hose.
7. Open the coolant supply valve for 2 seconds to prime the coolant supply hose.
8. Apply air pressure progressively until the arrow on the vacuum filler gauge reaches the green segment.
9. Disconnect the compressed air supply line.
NOTE: Close the coolant supply valve when the coolant expansion tank MAX
mark is reached or coolant movement has ceased.
10. Open the coolant supply valve and allow the coolant to be drawn into the system.
11. Remove the vacuum filler gauge and cooling system vacuum refill adaptor assembly.
12. See figure
13. Set the heater controls to maximum.
CAUTION: Observe the engine temperature gauge. If the engine starts to over-
heat switch off immediately and allow to cool. Failure to follow this
instruction may cause damage to the vehicle
14. Start the engine and idle until hot air is emitted at the face registers.
15. Switch the heater off.
16. Raise the engine speed to 2000 RPM for eight minutes.


carrying out this procedure
lower level mark.
COOLING SYSTEM PARTIAL DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
DRAINING

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.


3. See figure
4. See figure
5. Torque: 2 Nm
FILLING

3. See figure
4. Fill the cooling system, keeping coolant to the upper level mark of the expansion tank until a steady
stream of coolant is seen running from the coolant hose bleed point.
5.
 Continue to fill the coolant until the maximum level is reached.

7. Start engine and increase speed to 2000 rpm for 2 minutes.
8.
 Continue to top-up with coolant with engine idling until hot air is emitted from face vents.
 When hot air is emitted from the vents, switch the heater off. Go to Step 10.
9. If no hot air is emitted, turn the engine off for 10 seconds and the start the engine and return to Step 7.
CAUTION: Correct installation of the Coolant expansion tank cap can be

obtained by tightening the cap until an audible click is heard.
10. Continue to fill the coolant until the maximum level is reached.

12. Raise the engine speed to 2000 rpm for eight minutes.

lower level mark.
COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
DRAINING

2. Refer to: Secondary Bulkhead Center Panel

5. See figure
6. See figure

7. See figure

8. See figure
9. See figure
10. Torque: 2 Nm
11. Torque: 50 Nm
12. Carry out the procedure up to step 1 in the filling section three times, filling the cooling system with clean
water at the first two drains. At the third refill, use a suitable measuring tool to make sure that the cooling
system maintains a 50% mix.
FILLING
1. See figure
2. See figure
3. See figure

8.



lower level mark.
15. Check and top-up the coolant system as required when cool.
COOLING SYSTEM PARTIAL DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING V8 5.0L PETROL
DRAINING


3. See figure
4. See figure
5. Torque: 2 Nm
FILLING

3. See figure
5.
 Continue to fill the coolant until the maximum level is reached.

8.



lower level mark.
COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING V8 5.0L PETROL
DRAINING


5. See figure
6. See figure

7. See figure

8. See figure
9. See figure
10. Torque: 2 Nm
11. Torque: 50 Nm
12. Carry out the procedure up to step 1 in the filling section three times, filling the cooling system with clean
water at the first two drains. At the third refill, use a suitable measuring tool to make sure that the cooling
system maintains a 50% mix.
FILLING
1. See figure
2. See figure
3. See figure



8.



lower level mark.
15. Check and top-up the coolant system as required when cool.
AUXILIARY RADIATOR
REMOVAL

2. Refer to Air Cleaner RH information.
3. See figure

5. Refer to: Cooling System Draining And Vacuum Filling
6. Refer to Fender Splash Shield information.
is always correct.
7. Torque: 9 Nm
is always correct.
8. See figure
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
COOLANT EXPANSION TANK
REMOVAL

2. Using a syringe, remove the cooling fluid from the expansion tank.
3. Torque: 7 Nm
4. See figure

NOTE: Make sure that the component is installed to the position noted on
removal.
5. See figure
INSTALLATION

2. Fill the cooling system to the upper level mark of the coolant expansion tank.
COOLING FAN MOTOR AND SHROUD V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL


is always correct.
4. See figure
is always correct.
5. See figure
6. See figure

12. Refer to Air Cleaner LH information.

13. Torque: 9 Nm
14. Torque: 7 Nm
15. See figure

16. See figure
INSTALLATION

COOLING FAN MOTOR AND SHROUD V8 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. See figure
5. See figure


12. Torque: 9 Nm
13. Torque: 7 Nm
14. See figure

15. See figure
INSTALLATION

COOLING MODULE V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. See figure

coolant, do not remove the filler cap from the coolant expansion
tank while the system is hot.
WARNING: Be prepared to catch escaping fluid.
5. Refer to: Cooling System Draining, Filling And Bleeding V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. Torque: 8 Nm
9. Torque: 8 Nm

is always correct.
16. Torque: 9 Nm
17. See figure

18. See figure

19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure

22. See figure

INSTALLATION
COOLING MODULE V8 5.0L PETROL

REMOVAL

is always correct.
4. See figure

5. Refer to: Cooling System Draining, Filling And Bleeding V8 5.0L Petrol
6. See figure
CARMANUALSUSA
Wednesday, November 25, 2015 6:31:15 PM Page 128 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
7. Torque: 8 Nm
8. Torque: 8 Nm


15. Torque: 9 Nm

16. See figure
17. See figure

18. See figure

19. See figure

INSTALLATION
COOLANT PUMP V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL

REMOVAL


9. Refer to: Supercharger Belt
10. See figure
11. See figure

12. Torque: 40 Nm
13. See figure

WARNING: Fluid loss is unavoidable, use absorbent cloth or a container to

collect the fluid.
CAUTION: Engine coolant will damage the paint finished surfaces. If spilt,
immediately remove the coolant and clean the area with water.
14. Torque: 11 Nm
15. See figure

INSTALLATION

COOLANT PUMP V8 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL


3. Refer to: Cooling System Partial Draining, Filling And Bleeding V8 5.0L Petrol
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. Torque: 40 Nm
12. See figure

WARNING: Fluid loss is unavoidable, use absorbent cloth or a container to

collect the fluid.
CAUTION: Engine coolant will damage the paint finished surfaces. If spilt,
immediately remove the coolant and clean the area with water.
13. Torque: 11 Nm

NOTE: Install new gaskets.
14. See figure

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Install all the bolts finger tight before final tightening.

RADIATOR V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL
is always correct.
3. See figure
4. See figure
5. See figure

6. Refer to: Cooling System Draining, Filling And Bleeding V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol
is always correct.
13. Torque: 9 Nm
14. See figure

16. See figure

17. See figure
18. See figure

19. See figure

20. Torque: 7 Nm
NOTE: Support the air conditioning (A/C) condenser.
21. Torque: 7 Nm
22. See figure

23. See figure

24. See figure

INSTALLATION
RADIATOR V8 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

is always correct.
3. See figure
4. See figure

5. Refer to: Cooling System Draining, Filling And Bleeding V8 5.0L Petrol
12. Torque: 9 Nm
13. See figure

14. Torque: 7 Nm
15. See figure

16. See figure
17. See figure

18. Torque: 7 Nm
CAUTION: Using suitable cable tie secure the A/C condenser away from the
radiator.
19. Torque: 7 Nm
20. See figure

21.
 *No text.
22. See figure
INSTALLATION
THERMOSTAT HOUSING V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL


is always correct.
7. See figure
is always correct.
8. See figure
is always correct.
9. See figure
is always correct.
10. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
11. See figure

INSTALLATION
THERMOSTAT HOUSING V8 5.0L PETROL

REMOVAL

is always correct.
7. See figure
is always correct.
8. Torque: 10 Nm
is always correct.
9. See figure
INSTALLATION

ENGINE Engine Emission Control (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Engine Emission Control (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

COMPONENT LOCATION
Component Location - Naturally Aspirated Vehicles


1 Part load breather
2 Full load breather
Component Location - Supercharger Vehicles


1 Part load breather
2 Full load breather
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The engine emission control system reduces the level of hydrocarbon emissions released to atmosphere from
the engine. The engine emission control system consists of a positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system with
part and full load breathers. Piston blow-by gases are drawn through the breathers into the engine air intake and
added to the air charge. The resultant depression in the engine sump, front covers and cylinder head covers
reduces the load on the joint seals in those areas.
PART LOAD BREATHER


1 Flexible hose
2 Baffle plate
3 Oil drain
4 PCV (positive crankcase ventilation) valves
5
The part load breather consists of an oil separator, two positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves and a
flexible hose. The oil separator and the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves are installed in the top of
the right-hand (RH) cylinder head cover. The flexible hose connects the right-hand (RH) cylinder head cover to
the inlet of the supercharger (SC).
The oil separator is installed in a channel in the top of the cylinder head cover. A baffle plate, which
incorporates a gas inlet and an oil drain, is installed over the channel. The two positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV) valves are installed on the outside of the cylinder head cover and connected in parallel in the gas outlet
from the channel to the flexible hose. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves prevent reverse flow into
the cylinder head cover when there is minimal depression in the inlet of the supercharger (SC).
FULL LOAD BREATHER

1 Flexible hose
2 Two-way valve
3 Oil drain
4 Baffle plate
5 Oil separator
The full load breather consists of an oil separator, a two-way valve and a flexible hose. The oil separator and the
two-way valve are installed in the top of the left-hand (LH) cylinder head cover. The flexible hose connects the
left-hand (LH) cylinder head cover to the left-hand (LH) air duct of the intake air distribution and filtering
system.
incorporates a gas inlet and an oil drain, is installed over the channel. The two-way valve is installed in the gas
outlet from the channel. The two-way valve prevents reverse flow into the cylinder head cover when there is
minimal depression in the air duct.
SYSTEM OPERATION
NOT APPLICABLE
PART LOAD BREATHER

1 Flexible hose
2 Baffle plate
3 Oil drain
4 PCV (positive crankcase ventilation) valves
5 Oil separator
The part load breather comprises an oil separator, two positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves and a
flexible hose. The oil separator and the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves are installed in the top of
the right-hand (RH) cylinder head cover. The flexible hose connects the right-hand (RH) cylinder head cover to
the inlet of the supercharger (SC).
incorporates a gas inlet and an oil drain, is installed over the channel. The two positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV) valves are installed on the outside of the cylinder head cover and connected in parallel in the gas outlet
from the channel to the flexible hose. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valves prevent reverse flow into
the cylinder head cover when there is minimal depression in the inlet of the supercharger (SC).
FULL LOAD BREATHER

1 Flexible hose
2 Two-way valve
3 Oil drain
4 Baffle plate
5 Oil separator
The full load breather consists of an oil separator, a two-way valve and a flexible hose. The oil separator and the
two-way valve are installed in the top of the left-hand (LH) cylinder head cover. The flexible hose connects the
left-hand (LH) cylinder head cover to the left-hand (LH) air duct of the intake air distribution and filtering
system.
incorporates a gas inlet and an oil drain, is installed over the channel. The two-way valve is installed in the gas
outlet from the channel. The two-way valve prevents reverse flow into the cylinder head cover when there is
minimal depression in the air duct.
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL
For a detailed description of the engine emission control system and operation, refer to COMPONENT
LOCATION and OVERVIEW and SYSTEM OPERATION AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.

the donor vehicle.
pinpoint tests.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical or electrical damage.
Visual Inspection
 Exhaust gas recirculation system  Fuses
 Breather hoses  Loose or corroded electrical connectors
 Positive crankcase ventilation valve  Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
 Fuel level  Engine Control Module (ECM)
 Fuel contamination/grade/quality
 Throttle body
SYMPTOM CHART

Difficult to start  Battery For battery information, CKP sensor, fuel
cold system and purge valve tests, refer to
 Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor relevant workshop manual section. Check
 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) the EGR valve.
valve stuck open
 Fuel system
 Evaporative emissions purge valve
Engine stalls  Breather system Check the engine breather hoses, PCV, etc.
soon after start disconnected/restricted Check the Engine Control Module (ECM)
relay operation. For MAF sensor, ignition
 Engine Control Module (ECM) relay system tests, air intake and fuel line
 MAF sensor information, refer to relevant workshop
 Ignition system manual section.
 Air filter restricted
 Air leakage
 Fuel lines
Poor throttle  APP sensor malfunction For APP, TP, ECT, MAF sensor tests, intake
response system checks and transmission information,
 TP sensors refer to relevant workshop manual section.
 ECT sensor Check the breather system hoses, PCV, etc.
 MAF sensor
 Transmission malfunction
 Traction control event
 Air leakage
 Breather system
disconnected/restricted
DTC INDEX
please refer to Electronic Engine Controls for 5.0L and Electronic Engine Controls for S/C 5.0L
information.
ENGINE Engine Ignition (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Engine Ignition (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE IGNITION (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Firing order 1:2:7:3:4:5:6:8
Spark plug type - Vehicles with supercharger ILKAR6C-10
Spark plug type - Vehicles without supercharger ILKAR6C-10

Spark plugs 20 15 -
Ignition coil-on-plug retaining bolts 7 5 -
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: right-hand drive (RHD) naturally aspirated installation shown; other installations
similar.

1 RFI (radio frequency interference) suppressor
3 Spark plug (8 off)
4 Ignition coil (8 off)
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The engine ignition system is a coil-on-plug, single spark system controlled by the engine control module
(ECM). An iridium tipped spark plug is installed in each combustion chamber, between the inlet and exhaust
valves, and an ignition coil is installed on each spark plug. A RFI (radio frequency interference) suppressor is
connected to the power feed to the ignition coils.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired

1 Battery
3 EJB (engine junction box (ignition relay))

5 RFI suppressor
6 LH (left hand) cylinder bank ignition coil (4 off)
7 RH (right hand) cylinder bank ignition coil (4 off)
8 ECM
SYSTEM OPERATION
GENERAL
The ignition coils are supplied with electrical power from the battery via a 250 A megafuse in the battery
junction box (BJB) and the ignition relay in the engine junction box (EJB). The control signal for the ignition
relay is supplied by the central junction box (CJB).
The engine control module (ECM) sends a separate signal to each ignition coil to trigger the power stage
switching. The engine control module (ECM) calculates the dwell time from the battery voltage and engine
speed, to ensure a constant energy level is produced in the secondary coil each time the power stage is switched.
This ensures sufficient spark energy is available without excessive primary current flow, which avoids
overheating and damage to the ignition coils.
The engine control module (ECM) calculates the ignition timing for individual cylinders from:
 Engine speed
 Engine load
 Engine temperature
 The knock control function
 The shift control function
 The idle speed control function.
IGNITION COILS
The ignition coils are installed in the cylinder head covers, under the noise, vibration and harshness (NVH)
covers. Each ignition coil locates on a spark plug and is secured to the related cylinder head cover with a single
screw. Each ignition coil incorporates a three pin electrical connector for connection to the engine harness.
Each ignition coil contains a primary and a secondary winding. The primary winding receives electrical power
from the ignition relay in the power distribution box. A power stage in the primary winding allows the engine
control module (ECM) to interrupt the power supply, to induce a voltage in the secondary winding and thus the
spark plug. A diode in the ground side of the secondary winding reduces any undesirable switch-on voltage, to
prevent misfiring into the intake manifold. The power stage limits the maximum voltage and current in the
primary winding, to protect the power stage and limit the voltage in the secondary winding.
RFI SUPPRESSOR
The RFI suppressor is installed on the engine harness carrier at the rear of the engine.
ENGINE IGNITION
For a detailed description of the engine ignition system and operation, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION

the donor vehicle.
pinpoint tests.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage.
Visual Inspection
 Engine oil level  Fuses
 Fuel level  Loose or corroded electrical connectors
 Fuel contamination/grade/quality  Ignition coils
 Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valves  Sensor(s)
 Engine Control Module (ECM)
 Transmission Control Module (TCM)
SYMPTOM CHART

Engine cranks, but  Engine breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
does not fire disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for ignition system, fuel system
 Ignition system and electronic engine control DTCs and
 Fuel system refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Electronic engine control
Engine cranks and  Evaporative emissions purge Check for evaporative emissions, fuel
fires, but will not start valve system and ignition system related DTCs
and refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Fuel pump
 Spark plugs
 HT short to ground (tracking)
check rubber boots for
cracks/damage
 Ignition system
Difficult cold start  Engine coolant level/anti-freeze Check the engine coolant level and
content condition. Ensure the battery is in a fully
charged and serviceable condition. Check
 Battery for electronic engine controls, engine
 Electronic engine controls emissions, fuel system and evaporative
 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) emissions system related DTCs and refer
valve stuck open to the relevant DTC Index

 Fuel pump
 Purge valve
Difficult hot start  Injector leak Check for injector leak, install new
injector as required. Check for electronic
 Electronic engine control engine controls, evaporative emissions,
 Purge valve fuel system, ignition system and engine
 Fuel pump emission system related DTCs and refer
 Ignition system to the relevant DTC Index
 EGR valve stuck open
Difficult to start after  Injector leak Check for injector leak, install new
hot soak (vehicle injector as required. Check for electronic
standing, engine off,  Electronic engine control engine controls, evaporative emissions,
after engine has  Purge valve fuel system, ignition system and engine
reached operating  Fuel pump emission system related DTCs and refer
temperature)  Ignition system to the relevant DTC Index
Engine stalls soon  Breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
after start disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for electronic engine control,
 ECM relay ignition system and fuel system related
 Electronic engine control DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
 Ignition system Index. Check for blockage in air filter
 Air intake system restricted element and air intake system. Check for
air leakage in air intake system
 Air leakage
 Fuel lines
Engine hesitates/poor  Fuel pressure, fuel pump, fuel Check for fuel system related DTCs and
acceleration lines refer to the relevant DTC Index. Check
for injector leak, install new injector as
 Injector leak required. Check for air leakage in air
 Air leakage intake system. Ensure accelerator pedal is
 Electronic engine control free from restriction. Check for electronic
 Throttle motor engine controls, ignition, engine emission
system and transmission related DTCs
 Restricted accelerator pedal travel and refer to the relevant DTC Index
(carpet, etc)
 Ignition system
Engine backfires  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
air leakage in intake air system. Check
 Air leakage for electronic engine controls, ignition
 Electronic engine controls system and VCT system related DTCs
 Ignition system and refer to the relevant DTC Index

 Sticking variable camshaft timing
(VCT) hub
Engine surges  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
electronic engine controls, throttle system
 Electronic engine controls and ignition system related DTCs and
 Throttle motor refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Ignition system
Engine  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
detonates/knocks air leakage in intake air system. Check
 Air leakage for electronic engine controls and VCT
 Electronic engine controls system related DTCs and refer to the
 Sticking VCT hub relevant DTC Index
No throttle response  Electronic engine controls Check for electronic engine controls and
throttle system related DTCs and refer to
 Throttle motor the relevant DTC Index
Poor throttle response  Breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for electronic engine controls,
 Electronic engine control transmission and traction control related
 Transmission malfunction DTCs and refer to the related DTC Index.
 Traction control event Check for air leakage in intake air system
 Air leakage
DTC INDEX
please Refer to: Electronic Engine Controls for 5.0L and Electronic Engine Controls for S/C 5.0L
information.
IGNITION COIL-ON-PLUG - V8 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

4. See figure
5. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION
IGNITION COIL-ON-PLUG - V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL
always correct.

4. See figure
5. See figure
6. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION

ENGINE
Engine Ignition (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE IGNITION (V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Firing order 1:2:7:3:4:5:6:8
Spark plug type - Vehicles with supercharger ILKAR6C-10
Spark plug type - Vehicles without supercharger ILKAR6C-10

Spark plugs 20 15 -
Ignition coil-on-plug retaining bolts 7 5 -
COMPONENT LOCATION
NOTE: right-hand drive (RHD) naturally aspirated installation shown; other installations
similar.

1 RFI (radio frequency interference) suppressor
3 Spark plug (8 off)
4 Ignition coil (8 off)
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
The engine ignition system is a coil-on-plug, single spark system controlled by the engine control module
(ECM). An iridium tipped spark plug is installed in each combustion chamber, between the inlet and exhaust
valves, and an ignition coil is installed on each spark plug. A RFI (radio frequency interference) suppressor is
connected to the power feed to the ignition coils.
CONTROL DIAGRAM
NOTE: A = Hardwired

1 Battery
3 EJB (engine junction box (ignition relay))

5 RFI suppressor
6 LH (left hand) cylinder bank ignition coil (4 off)
7 RH (right hand) cylinder bank ignition coil (4 off)
8 ECM
SYSTEM OPERATION
GENERAL
The ignition coils are supplied with electrical power from the battery via a 250 A megafuse in the battery
junction box (BJB) and the ignition relay in the engine junction box (EJB). The control signal for the ignition
relay is supplied by the central junction box (CJB).
The engine control module (ECM) sends a separate signal to each ignition coil to trigger the power stage
switching. The engine control module (ECM) calculates the dwell time from the battery voltage and engine
speed, to ensure a constant energy level is produced in the secondary coil each time the power stage is switched.
This ensures sufficient spark energy is available without excessive primary current flow, which avoids
overheating and damage to the ignition coils.
The engine control module (ECM) calculates the ignition timing for individual cylinders from:
 Engine speed
 Engine load
 Engine temperature
 The knock control function
 The shift control function
 The idle speed control function.
IGNITION COILS
The ignition coils are installed in the cylinder head covers, under the noise, vibration and harshness (NVH)
covers. Each ignition coil locates on a spark plug and is secured to the related cylinder head cover with a single
screw. Each ignition coil incorporates a three pin electrical connector for connection to the engine harness.
Each ignition coil contains a primary and a secondary winding. The primary winding receives electrical power
from the ignition relay in the power distribution box. A power stage in the primary winding allows the engine
control module (ECM) to interrupt the power supply, to induce a voltage in the secondary winding and thus the
spark plug. A diode in the ground side of the secondary winding reduces any undesirable switch-on voltage, to
prevent misfiring into the intake manifold. The power stage limits the maximum voltage and current in the
primary winding, to protect the power stage and limit the voltage in the secondary winding.
RFI SUPPRESSOR
The RFI suppressor is installed on the engine harness carrier at the rear of the engine.
ENGINE IGNITION
For a detailed description of the engine ignition system and operation, refer to COMPONENT LOCATION

the donor vehicle.
pinpoint tests.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage.
Visual Inspection
 Engine oil level  Fuses
 Fuel level  Loose or corroded electrical connectors
 Fuel contamination/grade/quality  Ignition coils
 Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valves  Sensor(s)
 Engine Control Module (ECM)
 Transmission Control Module (TCM)
SYMPTOM CHART

Engine cranks, but  Engine breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
does not fire disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for ignition system, fuel system
 Ignition system and electronic engine control DTCs and
 Fuel system refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Electronic engine control
Engine cranks and  Evaporative emissions purge Check for evaporative emissions, fuel
fires, but will not start valve system and ignition system related DTCs
and refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Fuel pump
 Spark plugs
 HT short to ground (tracking)
check rubber boots for
cracks/damage
 Ignition system
Difficult cold start  Engine coolant level/anti-freeze Check the engine coolant level and
content condition. Ensure the battery is in a fully
charged and serviceable condition. Check
 Battery for electronic engine controls, engine
 Electronic engine controls emissions, fuel system and evaporative
 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) emissions system related DTCs and refer
valve stuck open to the relevant DTC Index

 Fuel pump
 Purge valve
Difficult hot start  Injector leak Check for injector leak, install new
injector as required. Check for electronic
 Electronic engine control engine controls, evaporative emissions,
 Purge valve fuel system, ignition system and engine
 Fuel pump emission system related DTCs and refer
 Ignition system to the relevant DTC Index
Difficult to start after  Injector leak Check for injector leak, install new
hot soak (vehicle injector as required. Check for electronic
standing, engine off,  Electronic engine control engine controls, evaporative emissions,
after engine has  Purge valve fuel system, ignition system and engine
reached operating  Fuel pump emission system related DTCs and refer
temperature)  Ignition system to the relevant DTC Index
Engine stalls soon  Breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
after start disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for electronic engine control,
 ECM relay ignition system and fuel system related
 Electronic engine control DTCs and refer to the relevant DTC
 Ignition system Index. Check for blockage in air filter
 Air intake system restricted element and air intake system. Check for
air leakage in air intake system
 Air leakage
 Fuel lines
Engine hesitates/poor  Fuel pressure, fuel pump, fuel Check for fuel system related DTCs and
acceleration lines refer to the relevant DTC Index. Check
for injector leak, install new injector as
 Injector leak required. Check for air leakage in air
 Air leakage intake system. Ensure accelerator pedal is
 Electronic engine control free from restriction. Check for electronic
 Throttle motor engine controls, ignition, engine emission
system and transmission related DTCs
 Restricted accelerator pedal travel and refer to the relevant DTC Index
(carpet, etc)
 Ignition system
Engine backfires  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
air leakage in intake air system. Check
 Air leakage for electronic engine controls, ignition
 Electronic engine controls system and VCT system related DTCs
 Ignition system and refer to the relevant DTC Index

 Sticking variable camshaft timing
(VCT) hub
Engine surges  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
electronic engine controls, throttle system
 Electronic engine controls and ignition system related DTCs and
 Throttle motor refer to the relevant DTC Index
 Ignition system
Engine  Fuel pump/lines Check for fuel system failures. Check for
detonates/knocks air leakage in intake air system. Check
 Air leakage for electronic engine controls and VCT
 Electronic engine controls system related DTCs and refer to the
 Sticking VCT hub relevant DTC Index
No throttle response  Electronic engine controls Check for electronic engine controls and
throttle system related DTCs and refer to
 Throttle motor the relevant DTC Index
Poor throttle response  Breather system Ensure the engine breather system is free
disconnected/restricted from restriction and is correctly installed.
Check for electronic engine controls,
 Electronic engine control transmission and traction control related
 Transmission malfunction DTCs and refer to the related DTC Index.
 Traction control event Check for air leakage in intake air system
 Air leakage
DTC INDEX
please Refer to: Electronic Engine Controls for 5.0L and Electronic Engine Controls for S/C 5.0L
information.
IGNITION COIL-ON-PLUG - V8 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL

4. See figure
5. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION
IGNITION COIL-ON-PLUG - V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL
REMOVAL
always correct.

4. See figure
5. See figure
6. Torque: 7 Nm
INSTALLATION

ENGINE Engine (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Engine (V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE (V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Data
Maximum
Engine Maximum
Engine Engine Torque Engine Power Compression
Description Capacity (EEC) (SAE) (EEC) (SAE) Ratio Bore Stroke
90° "Vee" 8 4.999 ccm 625 Nm at 375 kW at 9.5 ± 0.50 92.509 ± 93 ± 0.1
Cylinder 32 2.500 - 5.500 6.000 - 6.500 0.009 mm mm
Valves RPM RPM
Engine Firing Order
Firing Order
1:2:7:3:4:5:6:8
Engine Valve Clearance (cold)
Intake Valve Exhaust Valve

0.20 ±0.02 0.25 ±0.02
Spark Plugs
Specification Spark Plug Gap

ILKR6C-10 1 mm
Engine Oil WSS-M2C925-A
Sealant WSE-M4G323-A6
Core plug and stub pipe retainer WSK-M2G349-A7
Capacities
Description Liters
Engine oil, initial fill 8.90
Engine oil, service fill with oil filter change 7.25
Cylinder Head and Valve Train
Item Specification
Cylinder head maximum permitted warp (mm) (flatnes specification)
overall 0.08
over 150x150 mm area 0.05
Valve guide inner diameter (mm) 5.51 ± 0.01
Intake valve effective length (mm) (tip to gauge line) 117.21 ± 0.1
Exhaust valve effective length (mm) (tip to gauge line) 94.39 ± 0.1
Valve stem to guide clearance intake diametrical (mm) 0.022 - 0.057
Valve stem to guide clearance exhaust diametrical (mm) 0.03 - 0.065
Valve head diameter intake (mm) 36 ± 0.1
Valve head diameter exhaust (mm) 30 ± 0.1
Intake valve face angle (degrees) 44.875 ± 0.125
Exhaust valve face angle (degrees) 44.875 ± 0.125
Valve stem diameter intake (mm) 5.4705 ± 0.0075
Valve stem diameter exhaust (mm) 5.4625 ± 0.0075
Valve spring free length (mm) - inlet 46.1
Valve spring free length (mm) - exhaust 46.1
Valve spring installed height (mm) - inlet 35.74
Valve spring installed height (mm) - exhaust 35.1
Camshaft lobe lift intake (mm) 10
Camshaft lobe lift exhaust (mm) 9.36
Camshaft journal to cylinder head bearing surface clearance diametrical 0.025 - 0.065
(mm)
Camshaft journal diameter - all positions 26.965 ± 0.01
Bearing diameter - all positions 27.01 ± 0.01
Camshaft journal maximum run out limit (mm)
Camshaft journals to end journals 0.03
Camshaft journals to adjacent journals 0.015
Camshaft journal maximum out of round (mm) - all journals 0.005
Torque Specification
NOTE: A = Refer to procedure for correct torque sequence.


Engine cover mounting bolts 10 7 -
Supercharger belt idler/tensioner bracket retaining bolts 25 18 -
Secondary drive belt idler retaining bolts 40 30 -
Power steering pump pulley retaining bolts 25 18 -
Power steering pump retaining bolts 25 18 -
Power steering pump bracket to engine retaining bolts 25 18 -
Generator retaining bolts 48 35 -
Starter motor retaining bolts 48 35 -
Air conditioning compressor retaining bolts 25 18 -
Engine mounting to engine mounting bracket retaining nuts 48 35 -
Engine mounting to subframe retaining nuts 63 46 -
Engine mounting bracket to engine retaining bolts 48 35 -
Crankshaft damper pulley retaining LH threaded bolt 200 + 270° 148 + 180° -
Flexplate retaining bolts 45 + 90° 33 + 90° -
Exhaust manifold heat shield retaining bolts A - -
Exhaust manifold retaining bolts A - -
Engine wiring harness bracket retaining bolts 10 7 -
Coolant outlet pipe 10 7 -
Intercooler retaining bolts 25 18 -
Intake manifold retaining bolts 25 18 -
Oil Cooler retaining bolts 13 10 -
Knock sensor (KS) retaining bolt 20 14 -
Ignition coil retaining bolts 8 - 71
Spark plugs 20 15 -
Fuel rail retaining bolts A - -
High pressure fuel pipe retaining bolts A - -
High pressure fuel pump retaining bolts 12 9 -
Oil filter housing assembly retaining bolts 12 9 -
Oil filter cap 28 21 -
Lifting eye bolts 25 + 90° 18 + 90° -
Manifold absolute pressure and temperature (MAPT) sensor retaining 5 - 44
bolts
Coolant pump retaining bolts 12 9 -
Variable valve timing (VVT) oil control solenoid retaining bolts 10 7 -
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor retaining bolts 10 7 -
Camshaft cover retaining bolts 13 10 -
Front upper timing cover retaining bolts 12 9 -
Front lower timing cover retaining bolts A - -
Engine rear cover retaining bolts A - -
VVT to camshaft retaining bolts 32 24 -

Camshaft bearing caps retaining bolts 11 8 -
Primary timing chain fixed guide retaining bolts 12 9 -
Primary timing chain tensioner retaining bolts 12 9 -
Primary timing chain tensioner guide blade retaining bolts 25 18 -
Auxiliary chain tensioner guide retaining bolts 21 15 -
Auxiliary chain fixed guide retaining bolt 12 9 -
Oil pump sprocket retaining bolt 21 15 -
Cylinder head retaining bolts A - -
Engine oil level (EOL) sensor retaining bolt 12 9 -
Oil pan to oil sump body retaining bolts 12 9 -
Oil sump body to engine retaining bolts 25 18 -
Oil pan drain plug 23 17 -
Oil transfer tube to Oil pan body retaining bolts 11 8 -
Oil pump to engine block retaining bolts 25 18 -
Pick-up pipe to oil pump retaining bolts 12 9 -
Windage tray retaining bolts 25 18 -
Piston cooling jet retaining bolts 12 9 -
Engine block coolant draining plug 50 37 -
Connecting Rod bolts
Stage 1 10 7 -
Stage 2 50 37 -
Main bearing cap
M10 bolt Stage 1 25 18 -
M10 bolt Stage 2 57 + 70° 42 + 70° -
M8 bolt Stage 1 15 11 -
M8 bolt Stage 2 33 + 75° 24 + 75° -
COMPONENT LOCATION
External View
OVERVIEW
INTRODUCTION
The 5.0L supercharger (SC) gasoline engine is a liquid cooled V8 unit featuring direct fuel injection, four
overhead camshafts and four valves per cylinder. All four camshafts incorporate variable camshaft timing
(VCT).
The main structural components of the engine are all manufactured from aluminum alloy. The engine is built
around a very stiff, lightweight, enclosed V, deep skirt cylinder block. A structural windage tray is bolted to the
bottom of the cylinder block to further improve the block stiffness, minimize noise, vibration and harshness
(NVH) and help reduce oil foaming. To further enhance the stiffness of the lower engine structure, a heavily
ribbed sump body is installed. The sump body also helps to reduce engine noise.
Engine Structure

1 LH (left hand) cylinder head (bank B)
2 Cylinder block
3 Windage tray
4 Sump body
5 Sump pan
6 RH (right hand) cylinder head (bank A)
SYSTEM OPERATION
Operation of the engine is controlled by the engine control module (ECM). Refer to Electronic Engine
Controls information.
CYLINDER BLOCK
The cylinder block is a 90 degree configuration with cast-in iron cylinder liners and an open deck die-cast
coolant jacket. The low volume coolant jacket gives good warm-up times and low piston noise levels. The
longitudinal flow design of the coolant jacket, with a single cylinder head coolant transfer port in each bank,
provides good rigidity and head gasket sealing.
The cylinders in each bank are numbered from 1 to 4, with number 1 at the front.

1 Engine data location
Engine data is marked on the cylinder block at the rear of the RH cylinder bank.
CRANKSHAFT
The crankshaft is made from spheroidal graphite cast iron, which, compared with grey cast iron, has higher
mechanical strength, ductility and increased shock resistance. The undercut and rolled fillets also improve
strength. Eight counter-balance weights ensure low vibration levels and the large, cross-drilled main bearing
journals are designed to contribute to stiffness.
An oil groove in the upper half of each main bearing transfers the oil into the crankshaft for lubrication of the
connecting rod bearings. A thrust washer is installed each side of the top half of the center main bearing.
Crankshaft Data Location


1 Pin journal classification and plant identification
2 Main journal classification
3 Date and time codes
The main bearings are numbered 1 to 5 starting from the front of the engine. There are five grades of main
bearing available, each being color coded. Journal sizes are marked on the rear of the crankshaft. For further
information refer to Engine - 5.0L, Vehicles With: Supercharger - General Procedures.
Crankshaft Installation

1 Coolant drain plug
2 Torque converter access plug
3 Drive plate
4 Rear cover
5 Main bearing cap
6 Identification mark
7 Front cover
8 Front pulley
The main bearing caps are made from cast iron and are cross bolted to increase rigidity. An identification mark
on the bearing cap faces the front of the engine.
At the front of the crankshaft, a tuned torsional vibration damper is incorporated into the crankshaft front
pulley. At the rear of the crankshaft a pressed steel drive plate, with a steel starter ring gear, is installed to
transfer drive from the engine to the transmission. The reluctor ring for the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is
integrated into the perimeter of the drive plate.
The crankshaft seals are located in the front and rear covers.
PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

The diameter of each piston is graded and precisely matched to each cylinder bore to help reduce noise. In the
vertical plane, the pistons have a slight barrel form, which helps to ensure a reliable oil film is maintained
between the piston and the cylinder bore. A solid film lubricant coating is applied to both reaction faces of the
piston to reduce wear and improve fuel economy.
A three-ring piston-sealing system is used. The steel top ring is treated with a PVD (physical vapor deposition)
peripheral coating. PVD is a coating technique where material can be deposited with improved properties to
ensure good cylinder bore compatibility and wear resistance. A Napier center ring helps cylinder pressure and
oil management, while the three-piece oil control lower ring is produced from nitrided steel.
The pistons are cooled with engine oil from four piston cooling jets installed under the valley of the cylinder
block. Each piston cooling jet sprays oil onto the underside of the two adjacent pistons, one from each cylinder
bank.
The connecting rods are forged from high strength steel. The cap is fracture-split from the rod to ensure
precision re-assembly for bearing shell alignment. There are three grades of large end bearing available, each
being color coded. For further information refer to Engine - 5.0L, Vehicles Without: Supercharger - General
Procedures.

1 Alignment marks
2 Connecting rod
3 Cap
4 Bearings
The correct alignment of the cap with the connecting rod is indicated by marks on adjacent faces of the two
components.

A Front of engine
1 Alignment mark
2 LH side (bank B)
3 Alignment mark
4 RH side (bank A)
5 Piston orientation arrow
The orientation of the connecting rods and pistons on the crankshaft are given below:
 Bank A - The arrow on the piston crown must face the front of the engine and the cap and connecting rod
alignment marks must face the rear of the engine.
 Bank B - The arrow on the piston crown must face the front of the engine and the cap and connecting rod
alignment marks must face the front of the engine.
CYLINDER HEADS
NOTE: Right-hand (RH) (A bank) cylinder head shown, left-hand (LH) (B bank) cylinder
head similar.
The cylinder heads are manufactured in gravity die cast aluminum alloy and are unique for each cylinder bank.
Deep-seated bolts reduce distortion and secure the cylinder heads to the cylinder block.
Each cylinder is served by four valves. To help achieve the required gas-flow characteristics, these are arranged
asymmetrical around the cylinder bore. Each cylinder has a centrally mounted fuel injector and spark plug.
The cylinder head gasket is of a multi-layer steel construction.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOTE: LH (B bank) installation shown, RH (A bank) installation similar.


1 Cylinder head
2 Gasket
3 Heat shield
4 Gasket
5 Exhaust manifold
6 Bolt (8 off)
7 Heat shield
8 Bolt (4 off)
9 Spacer (8 off)
The high SiMo (silicon molybdenum) cast iron exhaust manifolds are unique for each cylinder bank. Each
exhaust manifold installation includes two metal gaskets and two heat shields. Spacers on the securing bolts
allow the manifolds to expand and contract with changes of temperature while maintaining the clamping loads.
VALVE TRAIN

1 Inlet camshafts
2 Exhaust camshaft
3 Inverted tooth timing chain
4 Nylon chain guide
5 Auxiliary chain tensioner
6 Auxiliary drive chain
7 Oil pump drive
8 Auxiliary drive camshaft
9 Timing chain tensioner
10 Tensioner lever
11 VCT unit
12 VCT solenoids
The lightweight valve train provides good economy and noise levels and is chain driven from the crankshaft.
Double overhead camshafts on each cylinder head operate the valves. For each cylinder head, an inverted tooth
timing chain transfers drive from the crankshaft to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit on the front of each
camshaft. Graded tappets enable setting of inlet and exhaust valve clearances.
Each timing chain has a hydraulic tensioner operated by engine oil pressure. The chain tensioners incorporate a
ratchet mechanism, which maintains tension while the engine is stopped to eliminate start-up noise. The chains
are lubricated with engine oil from jets located at the front of the engine block. Nylon chain guides control
chain motion on the drive side.
Variable Camshaft Timing

1 VCT units
2 Intake camshaft VCT solenoid
3 Camshaft position sensors
4 Exhaust camshaft VCT solenoid
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) system varies the timing of the intake and exhaust camshafts to deliver
optimum engine power, efficiency and emissions. The timing of the intake camshafts has a range of 62 degrees
of crankshaft angle. The timing of the exhaust camshafts has a range of 50 degrees of crankshaft angle.
In the base timing position:
 The intake camshafts are fully retarded.

 The exhaust camshafts are fully advanced.
variable camshaft timing (VCT) Operating Ranges
Camshaft Valve Opens Valve Closes

Intake 29 degrees before top dead center (BTDC) to 207 to 269 degrees after top dead center
33 degrees after top dead center (ATDC) (ATDC)
Exhaust 244 to 194 degrees before top dead center 6 to 56 degrees after top dead center
(BTDC) (ATDC)
The system consists of a variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit and a variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid
for each camshaft. The engine control module (ECM) controls the system using pulse width modulation (PWM)
signals to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids.
The torsional energy generated by the valve springs and the inertia of the valve train components are used to
operate the system.
Variable Camshaft Timing Units
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) units change the position of the camshafts in relation to the timing chains.

1 Bolt (3 off)
2 VCT unit
3 Filter
4 Camshaft
5 Inner plate
6 Housing and sprocket
7 Rotor assembly
8 Reed plate
9 Spring and lock pin
10 Spring (3 off)
11 Tip seal (3 off)
12 Spring (2 off)
13 Tip seal (2 off)
14 Spring
15 Dowel pin
16 Bias spring
17 Snap ring
18 Reluctor ring
19 Center plate
20 Snap ring
21 Screw (6 off)
22 Spool valve
23 Outer plate
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit is attached to the camshaft by three bolts. A rotor assembly and a
reed plate are installed inside a sprocket housing, which consists of a sprocket, an outer plate and an inner plate
held together by six screws.
A reluctor ring, for the camshaft position (CMP) sensor, a center plate and a bias spring are installed at the front
of the variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit. The ends of the bias spring locate on the center plate assembly and
the sprocket housing, to give a turning moment to the camshaft in the advance direction. A snap ring locates the
reluctor ring on to a sleeve installed in the center of the rotor assembly. The opposite end of the sleeve locates in
a bore in the front face of the camshaft, which contains a filter.
A spring and spool valve are installed in the rotor assembly sleeve and retained by a snap ring. The spring keeps
the spool valve in contact with the armature of the related variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid.
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit is supplied with engine oil from an oil gallery in the cylinder head,
through the camshaft front bearing cap and a bore in the center of the camshaft.
Variable Camshaft Timing Solenoids
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids control the position of the spool valves in the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) units.
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids are installed in the front upper timing covers, immediately in
front of their related variable camshaft timing (VCT) units. Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid is
secured with two screws and sealed with an O-ring. A two pin electrical connector provides the interface with
the engine harness.
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid incorporates a spindle that acts on the spool valve in the related
variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit to advance and retard the camshaft timing. The variable camshaft timing
(VCT) solenoids operate independently and are controlled by a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal from the
engine control module (ECM).
Variable Camshaft Timing Operation
When the engine is running, the compression and expansion of the valve springs causes momentary increases
and decreases in the torque acting on the camshafts. These momentary changes of torque are sensed in the
variable camshaft timing (VCT) units and used to change the camshaft timing.

A Camshaft torque
B Camshaft rotation (degrees)
C Valve opening
D Peak lift
E Valve closing
1 1000 rev/min
2 4000 rev/min
3 7000 rev/min
4 Inertia effects from valve train rotating components
5 Force caused by valve spring
6 Bias torque from friction
NOTE: Intake camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit shown. For exhaust
camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit, read advance for retard and
retard for advance.
Variable Camshaft Timing Unit Schematic - Base Timing

1 Advance chamber
2 Retard chamber
3 Sprocket housing
4 Rotor assembly
5 Lock pin
6 Sleeve
7 Engine oil supply from camshaft
8 Inlet check valve
9 Lock pin drain
10 Spool valve
11 Advance check valve
12 Retard check valve
At engine start-up, once the engine oil pressure in the camshaft is sufficient to open the inlet check valve,
engine oil flows across the spool valve, through the advance and retard check valves and into the advance and
retard chambers. During the start cycle, the engine control module (ECM) signals the variable camshaft timing
(VCT) solenoid to move the spool valve into the sleeve and connect the lock pin to inlet oil pressure. The inlet
oil pressure causes the lock pin to retract from the inner plate and unlock the rotor assembly and camshaft from
the sprocket housing.
There is a constant supply of oil to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) to ensure the unit remains filled during
operation.
To advance the camshaft timing, the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal to the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) solenoid to move the spool valve so that the advance chamber oil passage is closed and the retard
chamber oil passage is connected to inlet oil.
Each momentary increase of the torque acting on the camshaft generates a pressure pulse in the retard chamber.
Oil moves from the retard chamber, through the spool valve and the advance check valve to the advance
chamber, to equalize the pressures in the two chambers. The displacement of oil from the retard chamber causes
the rotor assembly to advance in relation to the sprocket housing. Each momentary decrease of torque acting on
the camshaft also generates a pressure pulse in the advance chamber, but, with the advance chamber oil passage
closed, no movement of oil between the advance and retard chambers occurs and the rotor assembly cannot
move in the retard direction.
Variable Camshaft Timing Unit Schematic - Null

Once the camshaft has reached the required timing position the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal
to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid to set the spool valve in the null position. In the null position,
the advance and retard chamber oil passages are both closed by the spool valve and the rotor assembly is
Variable Camshaft Timing Unit Schematic - Retard
To retard the camshaft timing, the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal to the variable camshaft
chamber oil passage to the inlet oil.
Each momentary decrease of the torque acting on the camshaft causes oil to transfer from the advance chamber,
through the spool valve and the retard check valve to the retard chamber, and so retard the camshaft timing.
LUBRICATION SYSTEM

1 Oil pump outlet tube
2 Anti-drain valve
3 Oil cooler
4 Oil filter
5 Piston cooling jets
6 Timing chain lubrication jets
7 Oil evacuation tube
8 Oil pump
9 Oil temperature and level sensor
10 Oil pick-up
The oil pump is attached to the underside of the windage tray. The input shaft of the oil pump is driven from the
front of the crankshaft, by the auxiliary chain, at 0.87 engine speed.
The oil pump draws oil from the sump pan through a centrally mounted pick-up pipe. The oil is pressurized and
pumped through an output tube to the cylinder block. After passing through an anti-drain valve and a plate type
oil cooler, the oil is filtered by a replaceable cartridge installed on the front of the right-hand (RH) cylinder
head.
The output from the oil filter is distributed through oil galleries in the cylinder heads and cylinder block. All
moving parts are lubricated by pressure or splash oil. Pressurized oil is also provided for the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) system, the timing chain tensioners, the piston cooling jets and the timing chain lubrication jets.
The oil returns to the oil pan under gravity. Large drain holes through the cylinder heads and cylinder block
ensure the rapid return of the oil to the sump pan. System replenishment is through the oil filler cap on the left-
hand (LH) cylinder head cover.
An oil evacuation tube is installed to allow oil to be drawn from the sump pan. The upper end of the oil
evacuation tube is located under the oil filler cap.
An oil drain plug is installed in the right-hand (RH) side of the sump pan.
Oil Pump Nominal Operating Pressures
Engine Speed, rev/min Temperature, °C (°F) Pressure, bar (lbf/in2 )

Idle 20 (68) 2.0 (29.0)
1500 20 (68) 6.0 (87.0)
3000 40 (104) 6.2 (90.0)
3000 110 (230) 5.0 (72.5)
3000 130 (266) 4.0 (58.0)
Oil Level Monitoring
Oil level monitoring is provided by an oil level and temperature sensor that measures the oil level in the sump
pan. The oil level can be displayed in the message center of the instrument cluster.
The oil level and temperature sensor supplies the engine control module (ECM) with a signal containing the
level and temperature of the oil in the sump pan. The oil level and temperature sensor is secured to the bottom
of the sump pan with three screws and sealed with a gasket.
The oil level and temperature sensor sends an ultrasonic pulse vertically upward and measures the time taken
for the pulse to be reflected back from the top surface of the oil. This time is compared with the time taken for
an ultrasonic pulse to travel a reference distance within the oil level and temperature sensor to determine the oil
level. The oil level reading is combined with the oil temperature reading and transmitted in a pulse width
modulation (PWM) signal to the engine control module (ECM).
Oil Level and Temperature Sensor Specifications
Feature Details
Power source Battery Voltage
Level Accuracy ±2 mm (±0.08 in.) at temperatures of -30 °C (-22 °F)) and above; (±4
mm (±0.16 in.) at temperatures below -30 °C (-22 °F))
Temperature Accuracy ±2 °C (±3.6 °F)
Operating Level Range 116 to 147 mm (4.57 to 5.79 in.)
Operating Temperature Range -40 to 160 °C (-40 to 320 °F)
Oil Level Check
For additional information, refer to Engine Oil Draining and Filling (303-01A, General Procedures).
For accuracy, oil level checks should be performed with the vehicle on level ground when the oil is hot. The
vehicle needs to stand for approximately 10 minutes, after the engine is switched off, to allow the oil to drain
back into the sump pan and the oil level to stabilize. The oil level system will not give a reading until the oil
level has stabilized.
With the ignition on, the engine stopped and the transmission in P (park), repeatedly press the trip button on the
end of the left-hand (LH) multifunction switch until the oil level icon and applicable message are displayed in
the fuel gage/trip computer area of the message center, as shown below:

A Oil level is between 50% and 100% of recommended level. No top-up required.
B Oil level is between 12.5% and 50% percent of recommended level. Add 0.5 liter
(0.53 US quart) of oil.
C Oil level is between 0% and 12.5% of recommended level. Add 1 liter (1.06 US
quarts) of oil.
D Oil level is above maximum for safe operation. Reduce oil level to recommended
level.
E Oil level is below minimum for safe operation. Add 1.5 liters (1.59 US quarts) of
oil, then recheck level.
F Oil level is stabilizing. Wait 10 minutes and then recheck level. If this display is
accompanied by the message ENGINE OIL LEVEL MONITOR SYSTEM
FAULT, a fault with the oil level monitoring system is indicated.
System Fault Warning
If there is a fault with the system, in addition to being displayed during an oil level check, the message ENGINE
OIL LEVEL MONITOR SYSTEM FAULT will be temporarily displayed when the ignition is first switched on.
ENGINE
For additional information. Refer to Engine - 5.0L information.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
ENGINE OIL DRAINING AND FILLING
DRAINING
WARNING: The spilling of hot engine oil is unavoidable during this procedure, care
must be taken to prevent scalding.
CAUTION: Correct installation of the oil filler cap can be obtained by tightening the
cap until hard stop.
CAUTION: Make sure the engine is warm.
1. Start the engine and allow to run for 10 minutes, stop the engine.
2. See figure
3. Refer to: Engine Cover information.

4.
 Loosen the element cover 4 complete turns to allow engine oil to drain from the filter cover.
 Make sure that the O-ring seal is exposed.

NOTE: Allow 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain from the oil filter housing.
NOTE: Remove and discard the O-ring seal.
5. See figure
6. Remove and discard the oil filter element.



8. Refer to: Air Deflector information.
CAUTION: Be prepared to collect escaping oil.
CAUTION: Allow at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain.
NOTE: Discard the sealing washer.
9. See figure
FILLING
foreign material.
1. Torque: 24 Nm
2. Air Deflector information.
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals.
3. Lubricate the oil filter element O-ring seal with clean engine oil.
CAUTION: Tighten the component finger tight first.
4.
 Torque: 25 Nm
CAUTION: Make sure that the vehicle is left for 5 minutes from filling with oil and
that the engine oil level is reading at least minimum (by following
Steps 9-13), before starting the engine.
5.
 Fill the engine with oil - for filling values on vehicles without supercharger:
 Fill the engine with oil - for filling values on vehicles with supercharger:
 Clean any residual engine oil from the oil filler cap area.
6. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure that the vehicle has been left for 5 minutes from filling with
oil.
7. Follow the Steps 9-13 before starting the engine.

8.
 Start the engine and allow to run for 10 minutes, stop the engine.
 Check for leaks.
CAUTION: Make sure that the selector lever and the gearshift mechanism are in
the park (P) position.
CAUTION: Make sure that the hood is open.
9.
 Turn the ignition on.

10.
 Scroll through the trip menu to access the engine oil level display.
11.
 Press the cruise control cancel button twice within 2 seconds.
12.
 The message center display will revert to the normal display in the trip computer.
 Check that the oil level display shows an oil level reading.
 Only after having started and run the engine for 10 minutes (as indicated in Step 8), switch off the
engine, then stabilizing for 10 minutes, take a reading from the oil level display and, if necessary
top up with engine oil.
NOTE: If instructed to follow Steps 9-13 in a previous step, return to Step 8 and
continue the procedure.
13. Turn the ignition off.

14. Allow 10 minutes for the engine oil level to stabilize if there has been additional oil top up.
NOTE: The following steps are to update the average oil level value.
15.
 Press and hold the cruise control cancel button for more than 2 seconds.
16.
18. Turn the ignition on.
19.
 Make sure that the average oil level value has now been updated.
ENGINE OIL VACUUM DRAINING AND FILLING
Special Tool(s)
303-1484
Vacuum Pump, Oil Drain
303-1484-01
Adapter for 303-1484
DRAINING
NOTE: Make sure that the vehicle is parked on level ground.
1.
CAUTION: Allow 10 minutes from turning the engine off before starting oil
extraction.
2. See figure

4.
5.
 Using the oil vacuum pump drain the oil out through the oil extraction tube.
Special Tool(s): 303-1484, 303-1484-01

6.
 Remove the oil vacuum pump.
7. See figure
NOTE: Discard the O-ring seals.
8. See figure
FILLING
2.
 Torque: 25 Nm
3.
4. See figure
oil.

6.
7.

8.
9.
10.

13.
14.
17.
FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT TIMING CHECK
Special Tool(s)
303-1447
Timing Tool
JLR-303-1613
Alignment Tool, Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing
CHECK


NOTE: Collect the engine oil in a clean container.
4. See figure
5. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure that the crankshaft is fully locked.
6. Install the Special Tool(s): 303-1447

7. Using a suitable marker, mark the position of the crankshaft pulley as illustrated.
8. See figure
NOTE: Discard the seal.
9. See figure
10. Remove the Special Tool(s): 303-1447

11. If required, carefully adjust the crankshaft position to allow correct installation of the special tool.
Install the Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613

CAUTION: Do not use excessive force when adjusting the crankshaft position.
NOTE: If the crankshaft timing tool cannot be installed, adjustment of the fuel
pump camshaft timing will be required.
12.
 If required, carefully adjust the crankshaft position to allow correct installation of the special tool.
Install the Special Tool(s): 303-1447
 If the crankshaft timing tool cannot be installed, adjustment of the fuel pump camshaft timing will
be required.
Refer to: Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing Adjustment information.

13. Remove the Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613

NOTE: Install a new seal.
14. Torque: 12 Nm
15. See figure


17. Torque: 10 Nm
18. Torque: 24 Nm
20.
oil.

22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

29.
30.
33.
FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT TIMING ADJUSTMENT
Special Tool(s)
303-1447
Timing Tool
JLR-303-1613
Alignment Tool, Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing
ADJUSTMENT


3. Refer to: Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing Check
4. Refer to: Lower Timing Cover information.
Refer to: Lower Timing Cover information.
foreign material.
CAUTION: Inspect the 3 timing chain oil nozzles for signs of damage, install as
necessary.
5. See figure
NOTE: Using a suitable tie strap, position the tensioner to one side.
6. Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613

Torque: 12 Nm
A multimedia supplement to the instructions

contained in this article is available.

To view the multimedia example of the
condition described go to;
http://www.youtube.com/user/Mitchell1Tips
then type, Jaguar - Adjusting Timing Chain

into the "Search Channel" box.
7. Refer to: Lower Timing Cover information.
Refer to: Lower Timing Cover information.

9. Torque: 10 Nm
10. Torque: 24 Nm
12.
oil.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

21.
22.
25.
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK
CHECK


3. Refer to: Valve Cover LH information.
4. Refer to: Valve Cover RH information.
CAUTION: Rotate the engine clockwise until the camshafts are positioned as
shown.
CAUTION: Do not rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise. The timing chains

may bind causing engine damage.
CAUTION: Camshaft lobes must be 180 degrees away from each valve tappet or
valve clearance will be incorrect.
NOTE: Using feeler gauge check the gap between the tappet and the camshaft
lobe and check against specifications table.
5.
 Using feeler gauge check the gap between the tappet and the camshaft lobe and check against
specifications table.
 Repeat for the remaining valve tappets.
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
CHECK


3. Refer to: Valve Clearance Check information.
ADJUSTMENT
1. Refer to: Camshaft LH information.

2. Refer to: Camshaft RH information.
3. See figure
CAMSHAFT LH
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Make sure that the orientation and code on the top of the camshaft bearing
caps is noted (along with the bank - A or B), so that on installation the
components are installed to their original position. Failure to follow this
instruction may cause damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION: Rotate the camshafts until all the valves are at their minimum open
point.
CAUTION: Evenly and progressively, release the camshaft bearing caps.
NOTE: Remove the camshaft bearing caps. Note: their position, orientation and
markings. Each is marked with its position (number) and an orientation
(arrow).
3. See figure
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Prior to installing the camshafts, position the crankshaft 45 degrees

ATDC cylinder 1A to prevent valve/piston collision.
CAUTION: Make sure that the camshafts and camshaft bearing caps are
installed in their original locations.
CAUTION: Evenly and progressively install and tighten the camshaft bearing
caps.
NOTE: Lubricate the camshafts and the camshaft bearing caps with EP90 oil (or
75/90 viscosity oil will suffice) prior to installation.
1. Torque: 3 Nm
NOTE: Tighten the bolts in the indicated sequence.
2. Torque: 12 Nm
3. Rotate the crankshaft untill the camshaft lobe on the valve being checked is 180 degrees from the
maximum opening position.
NOTE: If the valve clearance is incorrect, continue to the next step. If the valve
clearance is correct, continue to step 8.
4. Using feeler gauge check the gap between the tappet and the camshaft lobe and check against
CAUTION: Do not use a magnet to remove the tappet.
CAUTION: Use the following formula to calculate the required bucket thickness.
Original thickness + measured clearance - desired clearance =

required bucket thickness.
5. Remove the tappet and measure the thickness.
NOTE: If a new tappet is installed then go back to step 1 of the install procedure.
6. Install a new tappet if required.

CAMSHAFT RH
REMOVAL
point.
(arrow).
3. See figure
INSTALLATION

caps.
1. Torque: 3 Nm
2. Torque: 12 Nm
3. Rotate the crankshaft untill the camshaft lobe on the valve being checked is 180 degrees from the

CRANKSHAFT FRONT SEAL
Special Tool(s)
303-1434
Remover/Installer, Front Crankshaft Seal
REMOVAL

2. Refer to: Crankshaft Pulley.
CAUTION: Do not over tighten the crankshaft front seal. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in damage to the vehicle.
3. Installer/remover, Front Crankshaft Seal (303-1434)

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the seal.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Special Tool(s)
303-1437
Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer
303-1438
Crankshaft Damper Bolt Remover/Installer
303-1439
Crankshaft Damper Removal Plate
303-1440
Crankshaft Damper Removal/Installation
Stud
303-1441
Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer Body
303-1448
Locking Tool
REMOVAL

3. Refer to Cooling Fan Motor and Shroud - Vehicles With: Supercharger information.
4. Refer to Starter Motor information.
5. See figure
6. See figure
CAUTION: Before removing the crankshaft pulley bolt, note the numbers on the
bolt head. If the bolt head shows 10.9, the bolt must be removed
counter clockwise. If the bolt head shows 12.9, the bolt must be
removed clockwise. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
damage to the crankshaft.
7. Note the markings on the crankshaft pulley bolt.

8. See figure
9. Install the special tool.
Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer (303-1437)
Crankshaft Damper Bolt Remover/Installer (303-1438)

10. Torque: 65 Nm
NOTE: The graphic shows the tool position for LH thread only, RH thread will be
the opposite.
11. Using a suitable stand, support the special tool.

CAUTION: Discard the bolt.
NOTE: The thread is left handed.
NOTE: The crankshaft pulley bolt will be very tight.
12. See figure

13. See figure

NOTE: If the crankshaft damper is fitted with an early RH thread crankshaft bolt
then the pulley can be removed with a standard puller.

Locking Tool (303-1448)

16. See figure

Crankshaft Damper Removal/Installation Stud (303-1440)

Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer Body (303-1441)

Crankshaft Damper Removal Plate (303-1439)

20. See figure

CAUTION: Discard the friction washer after removing the crankshaft pulley.
21. See figure

22. See figure

23. See figure

INSTALLATION
1.
 Apply RTV sealant to the crankshaft pulley keyway.
 Make sure that the RTV sealant is applied in a 2mm diameter bead.
 Make sure that when the RTV sealant is applied that the RTV sealant is level with the top of the
keyway.
CAUTION: Install a new friction washer before installing the crankshaft pulley.
NOTE: Make sure to clean the threads in the end of the crankshaft and that the
crank nose is free of any foreign materials.
NOTE: Skip to step 11 for engines fitted with early RH thread crankshaft bolt.
2. See figure



CAUTION: Rotate the crankshaft pulley installation tool anti-clockwise until the
pulley is fully located, do not over tighten. Failure to do this may
result in damage to the components.
6. See figure



WARNING: Make sure that a new bolt is installed.
10.
 Apply loctite 270 to the thread of the bolts.
 Torque: 65

12. See figure


14. Torque: 65 Nm
the opposite.

16. Torque: 200 Nm

NOTE: The use of a torque multiplyer capable of 600Nm will be required.
17.
 Torque: 270
 Make sure that the socket is turned through 270 degrees not the torque wrench.
18. See figure


20. Apply loctite 270 to the thread of the bolts.
Torque: 65
21. See figure

22. See figure


24. Refer to Cooling Fan Motor and Shroud - Vehicles With: Supercharger information.
CRANKSHAFT REAR SEAL

Special Tool(s)
303-1442
Rear Crankshaft Seal Installer
303-1443
Rear Crankshaft Cover Alignment Tool
REMOVAL
1. Refer to: Flexplate.

2. See figure
INSTALLATION
Rear Crankshaft Seal Installer (303-1442)
Rear Crankshaft Cover Alignment Tool (303-1443)

2. Torque: 11 Nm
3. Torque: 11 Nm
4. Refer to: Flexplate.
CYLINDER HEAD LH
REMOVAL

3. Refer to: Camshaft LH.
4. Refer to: Exhaust Manifold LH
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
NOTE: Clamp the hose to minimize coolant loss.
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

CAUTION: Discard the seals.
13. See figure

14. See figure

15. See figure

16. See figure

CAUTION: If a new cylinder head has been installed then new tappets must be
installed.
CAUTION: If the cylinder head is being removed without a new component being
installed, the tappets must be installed in their original positions.
NOTE: Left-hand shown, right-hand similar.
17. See figure
18. See figure

19. See figure

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: An acceptable flatness of the cylinder head is 0.1mm.

1. Check cylinder head face for distortion, across the center and from corner to corner.
WARNING: Make sure care is taken when handling the cylinder head gasket.
CAUTION: The head gasket must be installed over the cylinder block dowels.
material.
NOTE: Install a new cylinder head gasket.
2. See figure
CAUTION: Make sure that new cylinder head bolts are installed.

3. Torque: 20 Nm
4. Torque: 35 Nm
5. Tighten the bolts 1 to 10, a further 90 degrees.


7. Torque: 25 Nm
8. Torque: 12 Nm
installed.
9. Lubricate the valve tappets with clean engine oil.
10. Torque: 10 Nm
11. Torque: 10 Nm
12. See figure

13. See figure

14. See figure

15. Torque: 12 Nm
16. See figure

17. See figure

18. Torque: 20 Nm
19. Torque: 20 Nm
20. Torque: 12 Nm
21. Torque: 12 Nm
22. Refer to: Exhaust Manifold LH

23. Refer to: Camshaft LH.
CYLINDER HEAD RH
REMOVAL

4. Refer to: Camshaft RH.
5. Refer to: Exhaust Manifold RH
6. See figure
7. See figure
CAUTION: LH illustration shown, RH is similar.
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

13. See figure

14. See figure

15. See figure

16. See figure

NOTE: Discard the gasket.
17. See figure

18. See figure

installed.
19. See figure
CAUTION: Discard the bolts.
20. See figure

21. See figure
INSTALLATION
NOTE: For cylinder head with distortion above the maximum allowance, the
cylinder head material must be measured.
NOTE: Install a new gasket.
2. See figure
3. Torque: 20 Nm
4. Torque: 35 Nm


7. Torque: 25 Nm
8. Torque: 12 Nm
installed.
10. See figure

NOTE: Install a new engine oil filter.

11. See figure

12. Torque: 12 Nm
13. Torque: 20 Nm
14. Torque: 20 Nm
15. Torque: 10 Nm
16. See figure

17. See figure

18. See figure

19. Torque: 12 Nm
20. See figure

21. Torque: 25 Nm
22. Torque: 25 Nm
23. Refer to: Exhaust Manifold RH

24. Refer to: Camshaft RH.
ENGINE MOUNT LH
REMOVAL
All vehicles


3. Refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor - 5.0L NA V8 - AJ133/5.0L SC V8 - AJ133 information.
CAUTION: Support the engine on a jack. The angle may need to be adjusted
during this procedure.
4. Support the engine with the lifting equipment.
5. See figure
6.
 Torque: 35
 Right-hand side shown, left-hand side similar.
7.
 Torque: 100
 Support and release the power steering rack.
All vehicles
8.
 Torque: 63
 Remove and discard the nut.
9.
 Torque: 48
 Raise the engine.
10.
 Torque: 48
INSTALLATION
ENGINE MOUNT RH
REMOVAL
All vehicles

All vehicles
5. See figure
6. Torque: 35 Nm
7. Torque: 100 Nm
All vehicles
8. Torque: 63 Nm
9. Torque: 48 Nm
10. Torque: 48 Nm
INSTALLATION
EXHAUST MANIFOLD LH
Special Tool(s)
303-1444-01
Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins -
Threaded
303-1444-02
Unthreaded
REMOVAL

always correct.


3. Refer to Power Steering Pump - 5.0L information.
5. See figure

is always correct.
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

NOTE: Make sure that the position of the spacers is noted before removal of the
manifold.
12. See figure

13. See figure

INSTALLATION
material.
monitor sensor tip.
or driveshaft.

1. Torque: 45 Nm
2. Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Threaded (303-1444-01)

NOTE: If a new cylinder head is installed use the special tools in the illustration.
3. Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Unthreaded (303-1444-02)

CAUTION: Make sure that new bolts are installed.
NOTE: Install the spacers in the noted position.
4. Torque: 10 Nm

6. Torque: 10 Nm
7. Torque: 18 Nm
8. See figure
9. Torque: 100 Nm
is always correct.
10. Torque: 35 Nm
11. See figure

12. Torque: 25 Nm
13. Torque: 10 Nm
14. Torque: 3 Nm

EXHAUST MANIFOLD RH
Special Tool(s)
303-1444-01
Threaded
303-1444-02
Unthreaded
REMOVAL
always correct.
All vehicles
NOTE: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported only by a jack. Always


4. See figure

5. Torque: 35 Nm
6. Torque: 100 Nm
All vehicles
7. Torque: 12 Nm
8. Torque: 48 Nm
9. See figure
10. See figure

manifold.
11. See figure

12. See figure

INSTALLATION
All vehicles
1. Torque: 45 Nm
Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Threaded (303-1444-01)

Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Unthreaded (303-1444-02)

4. Torque: 10 Nm

6. Torque: 10 Nm
7. Torque: 18 Nm
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. Torque: 12 Nm
11. Torque: 48 Nm
12. Torque: 35 Nm
13. Torque: 100 Nm

14. See figure

All vehicles

FLEXPLATE
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Make sure to support the vehicle with axle stands.

3. Refer to Transmission - 5.0L or Transmission - 5.0L information.
CAUTION: The bolts can only be used 3 times, mark the bolts with a center
punch. If 2 punch marks are visible, discard the bolts.
CAUTION: Make sure that no components fall off during removal.
CAUTION: Install the bolts in the noted position.
NOTE: Make sure the crankshaft and flexplate mating faces are clean before
installation.
NOTE: Make sure that the crankshaft is not rotated.
NOTE: Tighten the retaining bolts working diagonally.
4. Torque:
Stage 1: 45 Nm
Stage 2: 90°
INSTALLATION
OIL COOLER
REMOVAL

3. Refer to: Cooling System Draining And Vacuum Filling

5. See figure
6. See figure
7. Torque: 13 Nm
position.
8. See figure
position.
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
foreign material.

OIL FILTER ELEMENT
REMOVAL
always correct.

2.
 Allow the engine oil to drain from the oil filter element housing for two minutes.
3. See figure
4. See figure
INSTALLATION
1. See figure
2. Torque: 25 Nm
3. Check and top-up the engine oil.

4. Start and run the engine.
OIL PAN
REMOVAL

4. See figure
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Use only a plastic scraper when removing the sealing material.
CAUTION: Use lint free cloth.
CAUTION: Make sure that the mating faces are clean and free of corrosion and
foreign material.
1.
 Apply RTV sealant WSE-M4G323-A6 (Loctite 5901G) to the areas shown, and tighten the bolts
within 7 minutes.
 Apply a bead of sealant, 2.5 mm diameter, to the area indicated.
NOTE: Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.
2. Torque: 12 Nm
3. Refer to Engine Oil Level Sensor information.
OIL PAN EXTENSION
Special Tool(s)
303-1433
Lower Timing Cover Alignment tool
303-1442
Rear Crankshaft Seal Installer
303-1443
Rear Crankshaft Cover Alignment Tool
REMOVAL
always correct.


4. Refer to: Engine

installation.
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

13. See figure

14. See figure

NOTE: The high-pressure fuel pumps are removed from the illustration for clarity.
15. See figure

16. See figure

17. See figure

18. See figure
19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure

CAUTION: Discard the fuel pipes.
22. See figure

23. See figure
24. See figure

25. See figure

26. See figure

27. See figure

28. See figure

29. See figure

30. See figure

31. See figure

32. See figure

33. See figure

NOTE: Discard component.
34. See figure

35. See figure

NOTE: Make sure to use the aluminum lug provided on the oil pan extension to
lever against.
36. See figure

37. See figure

INSTALLATION
1. Torque: 8 Nm
material.
2.
within 7 minutes.
3. Torque: 25 Nm
material.
4.
within 7 minutes.
5. Torque: 12 Nm
material.
6. Apply RTV sealant WSE-M4G323-A6 (Loctite 5901G) to the areas shown, and tighten the bolts within 7
minutes.
material.
NOTE: Install new lower timing cover.
7. Install the bolts, but do not tighten fully at this stage.
Lower Timing Cover Alignment tool (303-1433)

8. Torque:
M6 12 Nm
M8 20 Nm

10. Torque: 12 Nm
11. Torque: 10 Nm
12. Rear Crankshaft Seal Installer (303-1442)

13. Remove the special tools.
14. Torque: 11 Nm
15. Torque: 11 Nm
16.
 Torque: 11 Nm
NOTE: Lubricate the fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump bucket with clean engine
oil.
17. See figure

CAUTION: Tighten the Torx screws a turn at a time until the correct torque is
achieved.
NOTE: Lubricate the fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump O-ring seal with clean
engine oil.
18.
 Torque: 11 Nm
19. Loosen the Torx screws half a turn each.

20. See figure

NOTE: Lubricate the fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump bucket with clean engine
oil.
21. See figure

CAUTION: Tighten the Torx screws a turn at a time until the correct torque is
achieved.
NOTE: Lubricate the fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump O-ring seal with clean
engine oil.
22.
 Torque: 11 Nm
23. Loosen the Torx screws half a turn each.

24. See figure

CAUTION: Install new high-pressure fuel supply lines.
CAUTION: Lubricate only the union threads with clean engine oil.
NOTE: Install the bolt and unions fully finger tight before final tightening.
25. See figure

CAUTION: Care must be taken when positioning the fuel rail high-pressure fuel
pump cover to one side.
NOTE: Fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump cover shown removed for clarity.
26.
 Torque: 11 Nm
CAUTION: Care must be taken when positioning the fuel rail high-pressure fuel
pump cover to one side.
NOTE: Fuel rail high-pressure fuel pump cover shown removed for clarity.
27.
 Torque: 11 Nm
NOTE: Do not tighten at this stage.
28. See figure

29.
 Torque:
Unions (1) 21 Nm
M6 (2) 11 Nm
M8 (3) 25 Nm
M5 nut (4) 6 Nm
30.
 Torque:
Unions 21 Nm
NOTE: Install the bolt and unions finger tight before final tightening.
31.
 Torque:
Unions 21 Nm
M6 11 Nm
32.
 Torque:
Unions 21 Nm
33. Torque:
M10 29 Nm
M6 11 Nm
34. See figure

35. Torque: 25 Nm
36. Torque:
Unions 21 Nm
M6 11 Nm
37. See figure

38. Torque:
Unions 21 Nm
NOTE: The high-pressure fuel pumps are removed from the illustration for clarity.
39. See figure

40. See figure

41. Torque: 40 Nm
42. Torque: 25 Nm
43. Torque: 25 Nm
44. Torque: 55 Nm
45. Torque: 12 Nm
46. Torque: 25 Nm
47. See figure

48. Torque: 48 Nm
installation.

49. Torque:
Stage 1: 45 Nm
Stage 2: 90°
50. Refer to: Engine

OIL PUMP
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Oil Pan Extension information.
NOTE: Tsubaki timing drive only.
4. See figure
NOTE: INA timing drive only.
5. See figure
6. See figure
CAUTION: Remove and discard the O-ring seal.
7. See figure
CAUTION: Remove and discard the O-ring seals.
8. See figure
CAUTION: Remove and discard the O-ring seal.
9. See figure
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Lubricate and install the new O-ring seals.
1. See figure
2. Torque:
M8 25 Nm
M6 12 Nm
3. See figure
4. Torque: 12 Nm
5. Torque: 21 Nm
6. Install the lower timing chain making sure the colored chain links align correctly with the fuel rail high-
pressure fuel pumps camshaft and crankshaft sprocket markings.
CAUTION: Make sure that the tensioner spring is correctly located.
7. Torque: 21 Nm
9. Torque: 21 Nm
10. Refer to Oil Pan Extension information.

TIMING COVER
REMOVAL


3. Refer to Accessory Drive Belt information.
4. Refer to Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner information.
5. Refer to Thermostat Housing - V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
6. Refer to: Valve Cover LH.
7. Refer to: Valve Cover RH.
9. See figure
10. See figure

11. See figure

12. See figure

INSTALLATION
1.
within 7 minutes.
2.
within 7 minutes.
3. Torque: 12 Nm
4. Torque: 12 Nm
material.
minutes.
material.

7. Torque: 12 Nm
8. Torque: 12 Nm
9. Torque: 12 Nm
10. Torque: 12 Nm
11. Torque: 25 Nm

13. Refer to: Valve Cover RH.
14. Refer to: Valve Cover LH.
15. Refer to Thermostat Housing - V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
16. Refer to Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner information.
17. Refer to Accessory Drive Belt information.
TIMING DRIVE COMPONENTS
Special Tool(s)
303-1445
Timing Tool - Camshaft Alignment
303-1447
Timing Tool
303-1448
Locking Tool
303-1452
Camshaft Rotating Tool
303-1482
Tensioner Tool
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Check all timing components for wear and install new components if
required.
always correct.


3. Refer to Timing Cover information.
4. See figure
Timing Tool (303-1447)

CAUTION: If the noted position of the woodruff key is at the 9 o'clock position,
then a new flexplate must be installed. If the woodruff key is in the 6
o'clock position then proceed with the next step.
6. Note the position of the crankshaft woodruff key.

7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
CAUTION: If the variable valve timing (VVT) units are knocked or dropped then
the VVT must be replaced.
10. Remove the timing chain with the VVT units.

11. See figure

12. See figure
13. See figure

CAUTION: If the VVT is knocked or dropped then the VVT must be replaced.
14. Remove the timing chain with the VVT units.

15. See figure

CAUTION: Discard the friction washer.
16. See figure

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Install a new friction washer.
1. See figure
2. Torque: 12 Nm
3.
 Install the special tool to each Camshaft.
 Camshaft Rotating Tool (303-1452)
 Torque: 10 Nm
4.
 Carefully rotate the camshafts if the position is not as shown.
5.
 Install the special tool 303-1445 to the rear of the camshafts making sure the key way's are
correctly located into each slot on each of the camshafts.
CAUTION: Do not overturn the camshafts.

CAUTION: Tighten the wing nuts finger tight. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in damage to the components.
6.
 Using a suitable tool, carefully rock the camshaft clockwise then anti-clockwise. Turn the special
tool locking nuts until there is no movement left in camshafts.
 Repeat steps 3- 6 for the camshafts on the other cylinder head.
CAUTION: Do not allow the camshaft to rotate.
7.
 Install the timing chain with the variable valve timing (VVT) units.
8.
 Make sure that all the timing chain alignment marks are in the positions shown.
9. Torque: 25 Nm
10. Make sure the tensioner piston is fully extended. Then fully depress and lock the tensioner piston with the
grenade pin before installation, failure to do this may result in damage to the engine.
CAUTION: Do not release the timing chain tensioner locking pin at this stage.
11. Torque: 10 Nm
CAUTION: Do not allow the camshafts to rotate.
12.
 Install the timing chain with the VVT units.
13.
 Make sure that all the timing chain alignment marks are in the positions shown.
14. Torque: 25 Nm
15. Make sure the tensioner piston is fully extended. Then fully depress and lock the tensioner piston with the
grenade pin before installation, failure to do this may result in damage to the engine.
CAUTION: Do not release the timing chain tensioner locking pin at this stage.
16. Torque: 10 Nm
17. See figure

CAUTION: Do not use mechanical force.
18. Make sure that the tensioners are fully deployed.

19.
 Release and reposition the oil suction tube to one side.
20.
 Install the special tool.
 Tensioner Tool (303-1482)
CAUTION: Apply the torque to the end of the special tool.
CAUTION: Make sure that the torque wrench is aligned with the special tool as
illustrated in the graphic.
21.
 Install the torque wrench to the special tool.
 Torque: 35 Nm
CAUTION: Make sure that the torque wrench does not move whilst tightening
the VVT bolts.
NOTE: Make sure to tighten the exhaust VVT unit bolts first.
22.
 Torque: 32 Nm
23.
 Install the oil suction tube.
 Torque: 10 Nm
24.
CAUTION: Apply the torque to the end of the special tool.
CAUTION: Make sure that the torque wrench is aligned with the special tool as
illustrated in the graphic.
25.
 Install the torque wrench to the special tool.
 Torque: 35 Nm
CAUTION: Make sure that the torque wrench does not move whilst tightening
the VVT bolts.
NOTE: Make sure to tighten the inlet VVT unit bolts first.
26. Torque: 32 Nm
27.
 Remove the special tool.
28.
29.
 Timing Tool (303-1447)
30.
 Locking Tool (303-1448)
CAUTION: Install the crankshaft pulley bolt with an M16 washer to prevent
damage to the crankshaft on installation.
31. Torque: 50 Nm
32.
33. Rotate the engine two complete turns clockwise.

34.
35.

36. See figure

37.
CAUTION: If the special tool cannot be installed, return to step 22 of the

installation until the special tool 303-1445 is installed correctly.
CAUTION: If directed to step 22, make sure that the VVT unit retaining bolts are
loosened prior to installing the special tool(s).
Timing Tool - Camshaft Alignment (303-1445)

CAUTION: If the special tool cannot be installed, the timing chain installation
steps must be repeated.

40.
41.
42.
43. Torque: 10 Nm
44. Refer to Timing Cover information.

VALVE COVER LH
Special Tool(s)
303-1446
Valve Cover Alignment Tool
REMOVAL

5. Refer to Fuel Rail LH information.
6. Torque: 10 Nm
7. See figure
INSTALLATION
foreign material.
CAUTION: Installation of the valve cover and tightening must be carried out
within 7 minutes of applying the sealant.
is always correct.
NOTE: Apply two beads of silicone gasket sealant (Loctite 5901) as shown on the
illustration. The application of the sealant must be 1.5mm diameter 12mm
long. Install the valve cover immediately after applying the sealant. The
cover should be fitted directly to the head without smearing the sealant or
the seals.

is always correct.
2. Valve Cover Alignment Tool (303-1446)

3. Torque: 13 Nm
VALVE COVER RH
Special Tool(s)
303-1446
Valve Cover Alignment Tool
REMOVAL

5. Refer to Fuel Rail RH information.
is always correct.
6. See figure
is always correct.
7. See figure
INSTALLATION
foreign material.
CAUTION: Installation of the valve cover and tightening must be carried out
within 7 minutes of applying the sealant.
NOTE: Apply two beads of silicone gasket sealant (Loctite 5901) as shown on the
illustration. The application of the sealant must be 1.5mm diameter 12mm

long. Install the valve cover immediately after applying the sealant. The
cover should be fitted directly to the head without smearing the sealant or
the seals.

is always correct.
2. Valve Cover Alignment Tool (303-1446)

3. Torque: 13 Nm
CYLINDER BLOCK OIL GALLERY PLUG
REMOVAL
always correct.

3. Refer to Exhaust Manifold RH information.
5. See figure
6. See figure
foreign material.
7. Torque:
Stage 1: 40 Nm
Stage 2: 180°
INSTALLATION
FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER: INA TIMING DRIVE
REMOVAL
NOTE: Some illustrations may show the engine removed for clarity.

3. Refer to: Oil Pan Extension.
4. See figure
5. See figure
6. See figure
CAUTION: Take extra care when removing the component, prevent damage to
the mating faces.
7. See figure
INSTALLATION
material.
1. See figure
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces.

2. Torque: 12 Nm
3. Torque: 21 Nm
4. Torque: 12 Nm
6. Torque: 21 Nm

FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER: TSUBAKI TIMING DRIVE
REMOVAL


4. See figure
5. See figure
6. See figure
CAUTION: Take extra care when removing the component, prevent damage to
the mating faces.
7. See figure
INSTALLATION
material.
1. See figure
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces.

2. Torque: 12 Nm
3. Torque: 21 Nm
4. Torque: 12 Nm
6. Torque: 21 Nm

LOWER TIMING COVER
Special Tool(s)
303-1433
Lower Timing Cover Alignment tool
REMOVAL

4. See figure
5. See figure
6. See figure
7. Refer to Brake Vacuum Pump - V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
8. See figure
INSTALLATION
minutes.
material.
Lower Timing Cover Alignment tool (303-1433)

3. Torque:
M6 12 Nm
M8 20 Nm
4. Torque: 12 Nm
5. Refer to Brake Vacuum Pump - V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
6. Torque: 25 Nm
NOTE: Install the bolt finger tight before final tightening.
7. Torque: 40 Nm
8. Torque: 40 Nm

11.
 Fill the engine with oil - for filling values on vehicles without supercharger: Refer to
Specifications information.
 Fill the engine with oil - for filling values on vehicles with supercharger: Refer to: Specifications.
oil.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

20.
21.
24.
VALVES
REMOVAL


3. Refer to: Cylinder Head LH information.
4. Refer to: Cylinder Head RH information.
5. See figure
7. See figure
foreign material.
CAUTION: Make sure the working surfaces are thoroughly clean to avoid
contamination of the sensitive components.
CAUTION: Make sure that the valve grinding paste is kept away from the valve
stem.
8.
 Place a small amount of fine valve grinding paste evenly around the contact face of the valve.
 Place the valve in position and, using a suitable valve grinding tool, rotate the valve back and forth
a few degrees on its seat, using light pressure.
 Raise the valve frequently during lapping and turn it into a new position after a few laps or
rotations.
 Lap only until a continuous but narrow lapping mark is visible on both the valve seat and valve
face.
 Thoroughly clean all surfaces to remove traces of valve grinding paste from the cylinder head,
valve seat and valve face.
 Repeat steps 5 to 8 for the remaining valves.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Make sure the working surfaces are thoroughly clean to avoid
contamination of the sensitive components.
NOTE: Make sure that all the component mating faces are clean.
1. To install reverse the removal procedure.
REMOVAL
ENGINE
REMOVAL
Special Tool(s)
303-1435
Engine Lifting Brackets Rear
always correct.
NOTE: If a new engine is to be installed, remove the intake manifold to access the top
transmission retaining bolts.

3. Refer to: Cowl Vent Screen information.
4. Refer to: Air Cleaner LH information.
5. Refer to: Air Cleaner RH information.
7. Refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation And Charging information.
8. Refer to: Hood information.

9. Refer to: Cooling Fan Motor And Shroud V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
10. Refer to: Transmission (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol) information.
11. Refer to: Coolant Expansion Tank information.
12. Refer to: Secondary Bulkhead Panel RH information.
13. Refer to: Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
14. Refer to: Power Steering Fluid Reservoir information.
15. See figure
16. See figure

17. Torque: 40 Nm
18. See figure

19. See figure

20. See figure

21. See figure


23. See figure
24. See figure

25.
 Special Tool(s): 303-1435
26. See figure

27. See figure

28. See figure

29. See figure

30. See figure
31. See figure

32. See figure

33. See figure

34. See figure

35. See figure

36. See figure

37. See figure
38. See figure

39. Using a suitable tool, remove the engine.

INSTALLATION
ENGINE
INSTALLATION
always correct.
NOTE: If a new engine is to be installed, remove the intake manifold to access the top
transmission retaining bolts.
1. Install the engine assembly.

2. Torque: 45 Nm
3. See figure
4. See figure
5. Torque: 12 Nm
6. Torque: 9 Nm
7. See figure
8. See figure
9. See figure
10. Torque: 3 Nm
11. Torque: 9 Nm
12. Torque: 9 Nm
13. See figure

14. Torque: 10 Nm
15. Torque: 12 Nm
16. Torque: 12 Nm
17. See figure


19. See figure
20. See figure

21. Torque: 25 Nm
22. See figure

23. See figure

24. See figure

25. See figure

26. See figure

27. Refer to: Power Steering Fluid Reservoir information.

28. Refer to: Secondary Bulkhead Panel LH information.
29. Refer to: Secondary Bulkhead Panel RH information.
30. Refer to: Transmission (V8 5.0L Petrol/V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol) information.
31. Refer to: Cooling Fan Motor And Shroud V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol information.
32. Refer to: Hood information.
33. Refer to: Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation And Charging information.
35. Refer to: Air Cleaner RH information.
36. Refer to: Air Cleaner LH information.
37. Refer to: Cowl Vent Screen information.
ENGINE Engine (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE
Engine (V8 5.0L Petrol)
ENGINE (V8 5.0L PETROL)

SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE DATA
Maximum
Engine Maximum
Engine Engine Torque Engine Power Compression
Description Capacity (EEC) (SAE) (EEC) (SAE) Ratio Bore Stroke
90° "Vee" 8 4.999 ccm 515 Nm at 283 kW at 11.5 ± 0.5 92.509 ± 93 ± 0.1 mm
Cylinder 32 3.500 RPM 6.500 RPM 0.009 mm
Valves
ENGINE FIRING ORDER

Firing Order
1:2:7:3:4:5:6:8
ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE (COLD)

Intake Valve Exhaust Valve
N/A 0.25 mm ± 0.02
SPARK PLUGS
Specification Spark Plug Gap
ILKR6C-10 1 mm
LUBRICANTS, FLUIDS, SEALERS AND ADHESIVES

Engine Oil WSS-M2C925-A
Sealant WSE-M4G323-A6
Core plug and stub pipe retainer WSK-M2G349-A7
CAPACITIES
Description Liters
Engine oil, initial fill 8.75
Engine oil, service fill with oil filter change 7.25
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE TRAIN

Item Specification
Cylinder head maximum permitted warp (mm)

(flatness specification)
overall 0.08
Valve guide inner diameter (mm) 5.51 ± 0.01
Intake valve effective length (mm) (tip to gauge 97.63 ± 0.1
line)
Exhaust valve effective length (mm) (tip to gauge 94.39 ± 0.1
line)
Valve stem to guide clearance intake diametrical 0.022 - 0.057
(mm)
Valve stem to guide clearance exhaust diametrical 0.03 - 0.065
(mm)
Valve head diameter intake (mm) 36 ± 0.1
Valve head diameter exhaust (mm) 30 ± 0.1
Intake valve face angle (degrees) 44.875 ± 0.125
Exhaust valve face angle (degrees) 44.875 ± 0.125
Valve stem diameter intake (mm) 5.4705 ± 0.0075
Valve stem diameter exhaust (mm) 5.4625 ± 0.0075
Valve spring free length (mm) - inlet 43.43
Valve spring free length (mm) - exhaust 46.1
Valve spring installed height (mm) - inlet 34.49
Valve spring installed height (mm) - exhaust 35.1
Camshaft lobe lift intake (mm) 5.5 (low) 10.53 (high)
Camshaft lobe lift exhaust (mm) 9.36
Camshaft journal to cylinder head bearing surface 0.025 - 0.065
clearance diametrical (mm)
Camshaft journal diameter - all positions 26.965 ± 0.01
Bearing diameter - all positions 27.01 ± 0.01
Camshaft journal maximum run out limit (mm)
Camshaft journals to end journals 0.03
Camshaft journals to adjacent journals 0.015
Camshaft journal maximum out of round (mm) - all 0.005
journals
NOTE: A = Refer to procedure for correct torque sequence.
TORQUE SPECIFICATION
Engine cover mounting 10 7 -
bolts
Accessory drive belt 40 30 -

tensioner retaining bolt
Accessory drive belt idler 25 18 -
retaining bolt
Power steering pump 25 18 -
pulley retaining bolts
retaining bolts
bracket to engine retaining
bolts
Generator retaining bolts 48 35 -
Starter motor retaining 48 35 -
bolts
Air conditioning 25 18 -
compressor retaining bolts
Engine mounting to 48 35 -
engine mounting bracket
retaining nuts
Engine mounting to 63 46 -
subframe retaining nuts
Engine mounting bracket 48 35 -
to engine retaining bolts
Crankshaft damper pulley 200 + 270° 148 + 270° -
retaining LH threaded bolt
Flexplate retaining bolts 45 + 90° 33 + 90° -
Exhaust manifold heat A - -
shield retaining bolts
Exhaust manifold A - -
retaining bolts
Engine wiring harness 10 7 -
bracket retaining bolts
Intake manifold retaining 25 18 -
bolts
Coolant outlet pipe 10 7 -
Oil Cooler retaining bolts 13 10 -
Knock sensor (KS) 20 14 -
retaining bolt
Ignition coil retaining 8 - 71
bolts
Spark plugs 20 15 -
Fuel rail retaining bolts A - -
High Pressure fuel pipe A - -
High pressure fuel pump 12 9 -

retaining bolts
Oil filter housing 12 9 -
assembly retaining bolts
Oil filter cap 28 21 -
Lifting eye bolts 25 + 90° 18 + 90° -
CPS solenoid retaining 12 9 -
bolts
Coolant pump retaining 12 9 -
bolts
Variable valve timing 10 7 -
(VVT) oil control solenoid
retaining bolts
Camshaft position (CMP) 10 7 -
sensor retaining bolts
Camshaft cover retaining 13 10 -
bolts
Front upper timing cover 12 9 -
retaining bolts
Front lower timing cover A - -
retaining bolts
Engine rear cover A - -
retaining bolts
VVT to camshaft retaining 32 24 -
bolts
Camshaft bearing caps 11 8 -
retaining bolts
Primary timing chain fixed 12 9 -
guide retaining bolts
Primary timing chain 12 9 -
tensioner retaining bolts
Primary timing chain 25 18 -
tensioner guide blade
retaining bolts
Auxiliary chain tensioner 21 15 -
guide retaining bolts
Auxiliary chain fixed 12 9 -
guide retaining bolt
Oil pump sprocket 21 15 -
retaining bolt
Cylinder head retaining A - -
bolts
Engine oil level (EOL) 12 9 -
sensor retaining bolt
Oil pan to oil sump body 12 9 -

retaining bolts
Oil sump body to engine 25 18 -
retaining bolts
Oil pan drain plug 23 17 -
Oil transfer tube to Oil pan 11 8 -
body retaining bolts
Oil pump to engine block 25 18 -
retaining bolts
Pick-up pipe to oil pump 12 9 -
retaining bolts
Windage tray retaining 25 18 -
bolts
Engine block coolant 50 37 -
draining plug
ENGINE
COMPONENT LOCATION
OVERVIEW
The 5.0L NA (naturally aspirated) gasoline engine is a liquid cooled V8 unit featuring direct fuel injection, four
overhead camshafts and four valves per cylinder. All four camshafts incorporate variable camshaft timing
(VCT). The intake camshafts and valves also incorporate CPS (camshaft profile switching).
The main structural components of the engine are all manufactured from aluminum alloy. The engine is built
around a very stiff, lightweight, enclosed V, deep skirt cylinder block. A structural windage tray is bolted to the
bottom of the cylinder block to further improve the block stiffness, minimize noise, vibration and harshness
(NVH) and help reduce oil foaming. To further enhance the stiffness of the lower engine structure, a heavily
ribbed sump body is installed. The sump body also helps to reduce engine noise.

1 LH (left hand) cylinder head (bank B)
2 Cylinder block
3 Windage tray
4 Sump body
5 Sump pan
6 RH (right hand) cylinder head (bank A)
Operation of the engine is controlled by the engine control module (ECM). Refer to Electronic Engine
Controls information.
CYLINDER BLOCK
The cylinder block is a 90 degree configuration with cast-in iron cylinder liners and an open deck die-cast
coolant jacket. The low volume coolant jacket gives good warm-up times and low piston noise levels. The
longitudinal flow design of the coolant jacket, with a single cylinder head coolant transfer port in each bank,
provides good rigidity and head gasket sealing.
The cylinders in each bank are numbered from 1 to 4, with number 1 at the front.

1 Engine data location
Engine data is marked on the cylinder block at the rear of the RH cylinder bank.
CRANKSHAFT
The crankshaft is made from spheroidal graphite cast iron, which, compared with grey cast iron, has higher
mechanical strength, ductility and increased shock resistance. The undercut and rolled fillets also improve
strength. Eight counter-balance weights ensure low vibration levels and the large, cross-drilled main bearing
journals are designed to contribute to stiffness.
An oil groove in the upper half of each main bearing transfers the oil into the crankshaft for lubrication of the
connecting rod bearings. A thrust washer is installed each side of the top half of the center main bearing.

1 Pin journal classification and plant identification
2 Main journal classification
3 Date and time codes
The main bearings are numbered 1 to 5 starting from the front of the engine. There are five grades of main
bearing available, each being color coded. Journal sizes are marked on the rear of the crankshaft. For further
information refer to Engine - 5.0L, Vehicles Without: Supercharger - General Procedures.

1 Coolant drain plug
2 Torque converter access plug
3 Drive plate
4 Rear cover
5 Main bearing cap
6 Identification mark
7 Front cover
8 Front pulley
The main bearing caps are made from cast iron and are cross bolted to increase rigidity. An identification mark
on the bearing cap faces the front of the engine.
At the front of the crankshaft, a tuned torsional vibration damper is incorporated into the crankshaft front
pulley. At the rear of the crankshaft a pressed steel drive plate, with a steel starter ring gear, is installed to
transfer drive from the engine to the transmission. The reluctor ring for the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is
integrated into the perimeter of the drive plate.
The crankshaft seals are located in the front and rear covers.
PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

The diameter of each piston is graded and precisely matched to each cylinder bore to help reduce noise. In the
vertical plane, the pistons have a slight barrel form, which helps to ensure a reliable oil film is maintained
between the piston and the cylinder bore. A solid film lubricant coating is applied to both reaction faces of the
piston to reduce wear and improve fuel economy.
A three-ring piston-sealing system is used. The steel top ring is treated with a PVD (physical vapor deposition)
peripheral coating. PVD is a coating technique where material can be deposited with improved properties to
ensure good cylinder bore compatibility and wear resistance. A Napier center ring helps cylinder pressure and
oil management, while the three-piece oil control lower ring is produced from nitrided steel.
The connecting rods are forged from high strength steel. The cap is fracture-split from the rod to ensure
precision re-assembly for bearing shell alignment. There are three grades of large end bearing available, each
being color coded. For further information refer to Engine - 5.0L, Vehicles Without: Supercharger - General
Procedures.

1 Alignment marks
2 Connecting rod
3 Cap
4 Bearings
The correct alignment of the cap with the connecting rod is indicated by marks on adjacent faces of the two
components.

A Front of engine
1 Alignment mark
2 LH side (bank B)
3 Alignment mark
4 RH side (bank A)
5 Piston orientation arrow
The orientation of the connecting rods and pistons on the crankshaft are given below:
 Bank A - The arrow on the piston crown must face the front of the engine and the cap and connecting rod
alignment marks must face the rear of the engine.
 Bank B - The arrow on the piston crown must face the front of the engine and the cap and connecting rod
alignment marks must face the front of the engine.
CYLINDER HEADS
NOTE: Right-hand (RH) (A bank) cylinder head shown, left-hand (LH) (B bank) cylinder
head similar.
The cylinder heads are manufactured in gravity die cast aluminum alloy and are unique for each cylinder bank.
Deep-seated bolts reduce distortion and secure the cylinder heads to the cylinder block.
Each cylinder is served by four valves. To help achieve the required gas-flow characteristics, these are arranged
asymmetrically around the cylinder bore. Each cylinder has a centrally mounted fuel injector and spark plug.
The cylinder head gasket is of a multi-layer steel construction.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOTE: LH (B bank) installation shown, RH (A bank) installation similar.


1 Cylinder head
2 Gasket
3 Heat shield
4 Gasket
5 Exhaust manifold
6 Bolt (8 off)
7 Heat shield
8 Bolt (4 off)
9 Spacer (8 off)
The high SiMo (silicon molybdenum) cast iron exhaust manifolds are unique for each cylinder bank. Each
exhaust manifold installation includes two metal gaskets and two heat shields. Spacers on the securing bolts
allow the manifolds to expand and contract with changes of temperature while maintaining the clamping loads.
VALVE TRAIN

1 VCT solenoids
2 CPS solenoids
3 Inverted tooth timing chain
4 Nylon chain guide
5 Auxiliary chain tensioner
6 Auxiliary drive chain

7 Oil pump drive
8 Auxiliary drive camshaft
9 Timing chain tensioner
10 Tensioner lever
11 VCT unit

1 Intake camshaft
2 Exhaust camshaft
The lightweight valve train provides good economy and noise levels and is chain driven from the crankshaft.
Double overhead camshafts on each cylinder head operate the valves. For each cylinder head, an inverted tooth
timing chain transfers drive from the crankshaft to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit on the front of each
camshaft. Graded tappets enable setting of exhaust valve clearances. Switchable tappets with hydraulic lash
adjusters are installed on the intake valves.
Each timing chain has a hydraulic tensioner operated by engine oil pressure. The chain tensioners incorporate a
ratchet mechanism, which maintains tension while the engine is stopped to eliminate start-up noise. The chains
are lubricated with engine oil from jets located at the front of the engine block. Nylon chain guides control
chain motion on the drive side.
Variable Camshaft Timing

1 VCT units
2 Intake camshaft VCT solenoid
3 Camshaft position sensors
4 Exhaust camshaft VCT solenoid
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) system varies the timing of the intake and exhaust camshafts to deliver
optimum engine power, efficiency and emissions. The timing of the intake camshafts has a range of 62 degrees
of crankshaft angle. The timing of the exhaust camshafts has a range of 50 degrees of crankshaft angle.
In the base timing position:
 The intake camshafts are fully retarded.

 The exhaust camshafts are fully advanced.
VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING (VCT) OPERATING RANGES

Camshaft Valve Opens Valve Closes
Intake - Low Lift 27 degrees before top dead center 187 to 249 degrees after top dead center
(BTDC) to 35 degrees after top dead (ATDC)
center (ATDC)
Intake - High Lift 37 degrees before top dead center 213 to 275 degrees after top dead center
(BTDC) to 25 degrees after top dead (ATDC)
center (ATDC)
Exhaust 244 to 194 degrees before top dead 6 to 56 degrees after top dead center
center (BTDC) (ATDC)
The system consists of a variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit and a variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid
for each camshaft. The engine control module (ECM) controls the system using pulse width modulation (PWM)
signals to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids.
The torsional energy generated by the valve springs and the inertia of the valve train components are used to
operate the system.
Variable Camshaft Timing Units
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) units change the position of the camshafts in relation to the timing chains.

1 Bolt (3 off)
2 VCT unit
3 Filter
4 Camshaft
5 Inner plate
6 Housing and sprocket
7 Rotor assembly
8 Reed plate
9 Spring and lock pin
10 Spring (3 off)
11 Tip seal (3 off)
12 Spring (2 off)
13 Tip seal (2 off)
14 Spring
15 Dowel pin
16 Bias spring
17 Snap ring
18 Reluctor ring
19 Center plate
20 Snap ring
21 Screw (6 off)
22 Spool valve
23 Outer plate
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit is attached to the camshaft by three bolts. A rotor assembly and a
reed plate are installed inside a sprocket housing, which consists of a sprocket, an outer plate and an inner plate
held together by six screws.
A reluctor ring, for the camshaft position (CMP) sensor, a center plate and a bias spring are installed at the front
of the variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit. The ends of the bias spring locate on the center plate assembly and
the sprocket housing, to give a turning moment to the camshaft in the advance direction. A snap ring locates the
reluctor ring on to a sleeve installed in the center of the rotor assembly. The opposite end of the sleeve locates in
a bore in the front face of the camshaft, which contains a filter.
A spring and spool valve are installed in the rotor assembly sleeve and retained by a snap ring. The spring keeps
the spool valve in contact with the armature of the related variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid.
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit is supplied with engine oil from an oil gallery in the cylinder head,
through the camshaft front bearing cap and a bore in the center of the camshaft.
Variable Camshaft Timing Solenoids

The variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids control the position of the spool valves in the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) units.
The variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoids are installed in the front upper timing covers, immediately in
front of their related variable camshaft timing (VCT) units. Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid is
secured with two screws and sealed with an O-ring. A two pin electrical connector provides the interface with
the engine harness.
Each variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid incorporates a spindle that acts on the spool valve in the related
variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit to advance and retard the camshaft timing. The variable camshaft timing
(VCT) solenoids operate independently and are controlled by a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal from the
engine control module (ECM).
Variable Camshaft Timing Operation
When the engine is running, the compression and expansion of the valve springs causes momentary increases
and decreases in the torque acting on the camshafts. These momentary changes of torque are sensed in the
variable camshaft timing (VCT) units and used to change the camshaft timing.

A Camshaft torque
B Camshaft rotation (degrees)
C Valve opening
D Peak lift
E Valve closing
1 1000 rev/min
2 4000 rev/min
3 7000 rev/min
4 Inertia effects from valve train rotating components
5 Force caused by valve spring
6 Bias torque from friction
NOTE: Intake camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit shown. For exhaust
camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT) unit, read advance for retard and
retard for advance.

1 Advance chamber
2 Retard chamber
3 Sprocket housing
4 Rotor assembly
5 Lock pin
6 Sleeve
7 Engine oil supply from camshaft
8 Inlet check valve
9 Lock pin drain
10 Spool valve
11 Advance check valve
12 Retard check valve
NOTE: The following description is for intake camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT)
units. For exhaust camshaft variable camshaft timing (VCT) units, read advance
for retard, and retard for advance.
At engine start-up, once the engine oil pressure in the camshaft is sufficient to open the inlet check valve,
engine oil flows across the spool valve, through the advance and retard check valves and into the advance and
retard chambers. During the start cycle, the engine control module (ECM) signals the variable camshaft timing
(VCT) solenoid to move the spool valve into the sleeve and connect the lock pin to inlet oil pressure. The inlet
oil pressure causes the lock pin to retract from the inner plate and unlock the rotor assembly and camshaft from
the sprocket housing.
There is a constant supply of oil to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) to ensure the unit remains filled during
operation.
To advance the camshaft timing, the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal to the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) solenoid to move the spool valve so that the advance chamber oil passage is closed and the retard
chamber oil passage is connected to inlet oil.
Each momentary increase of the torque acting on the camshaft generates a pressure pulse in the retard chamber.
Oil moves from the retard chamber, through the spool valve and the advance check valve to the advance
chamber, to equalize the pressures in the two chambers. The displacement of oil from the retard chamber causes
the rotor assembly to advance in relation to the sprocket housing. Each momentary decrease of torque acting on
the camshaft also generates a pressure pulse in the advance chamber, but, with the advance chamber oil passage
closed, no movement of oil between the advance and retard chambers occurs and the rotor assembly cannot
move in the retard direction.
Once the camshaft has reached the required timing position the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal
to the variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid to set the spool valve in the null position. In the null position,
the advance and retard chamber oil passages are both closed by the spool valve and the rotor assembly is
hydraulically locked to the sprocket housing.
To retard the camshaft timing, the engine control module (ECM) adjusts the signal to the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) solenoid to move the spool valve to close the retard chamber oil passage and connect the advance
chamber oil passage to the inlet oil.
Each momentary decrease of the torque acting on the camshaft causes oil to transfer from the advance chamber,
through the spool valve and the retard check valve to the retard chamber, and so retard the camshaft timing.
Camshaft Profile Switching
The CPS (camshaft profile switching) system switches the intake valves between two cam profiles which have
different lift and period. The low lift profile improves driveability and emissions at lower engine speeds. The
high lift profile improves power and torque output at higher engine speeds.
The intake camshafts have three lobes for each valve. The two outer lobes have identical profiles that produce
the high lift of 10.53 mm (0.415 in.). The central lobe produces the low lift of 5.50 mm (0.217 in.). Switching
between cam profiles is performed by a switchable tappet on each intake valve. The switchable tappets are
operated by engine oil controlled by a CPS solenoid on each cylinder head. Operation of the CPS solenoids is
controlled by the engine control module (ECM).
The CPS solenoids control the supply of engine oil pressure to the locking pins in the switchable tappets, to
switch the tappets between the two cam profiles.
A CPS solenoid is installed on the rear of each cylinder block. Each CPS solenoid has a pintle installed in a
sleeve, which incorporates oil inlet and outlet holes. The sleeve is installed at the junction of oil galleries in the
cylinder head, with the oil inlet and outlet holes aligned with the galleries. Movement of the pintle in the sleeve
controls a connection between the oil galleries. When the CPS solenoid is energized, the pintle connects an oil
supply gallery to the gallery along the outboard side of the switchable tappets. When the CPS solenoid is de-
energized, the oil gallery along the outboard side of the switchable tappets is connected to drain.
The CPS solenoids receive a fused battery supply from the main relay. The engine control module (ECM)
switches a ground connection to operate the solenoids.

1 Outer tappet
2 Outer locking pin
3 Inner locking pin
4 Return spring
5 Lash adjuster oil inlet
6 Lash adjuster
7 Lost motion spring
8 CPS oil inlet
9 Anti-rotation lug
The switchable tappets are installed on the intake valves, in bores in the cylinder heads. The cylinder heads
incorporate engine oil galleries along the inboard and outboard sides of the bores. The inboard oil galleries
(between the tappets and the spark plug/fuel injector bores) supply an oil feed to the locking pins in the
switchable tappets. The outboard oil galleries (over the inlet ports) supply an oil feed to the hydraulic lash
adjusters in the switchable tappets.
Each switchable tappet consists of inner and outer tappets, which can operate independently or be locked
together by locking pins. A hydraulic lash adjuster on the bottom of the inner tappet locates on the intake valve
stem.
In low lift, the intake valve lift is controlled by the inner tappets, which run on the center lobes of the intake
camshafts. The outer tappets run on the outer lobes of the intake camshafts, and move up and down the inner
tappets without affecting the valve lift. The lost motion springs keep the outer tappets in contact with the outer
lobes. Movement of the inner tappets is transferred to the intake valves through the hydraulic lash adjusters.
In high lift, engine oil is supplied to the locking pins, which lock the outer tappets to the inner tappets. Intake
valve lift is controlled by the outer tappets, which run on the outer lobes of the intake camshafts. Movement of
the outer tappets is transferred to the intake valves through the locking pins, the inner tappets and the hydraulic
lash adjusters.

1 Intake camshaft
2 Inner tappet
3 Outer tappet
4 Outer cam profile (high lift)
5 Inner cam profile (low lift)
6 Locking pin oil pressure inlet
7 Outer locking pin
8 Inner locking pin
9 Outer tappet lost motion spring
10 Valve spring
Camshaft Profile Switching Operation
The switching point is speed and load dependent. This strategy ensures that switching occurs at air flow neutral
points in the engine's operation and is imperceptible to the driver.
At engine speeds from idle up to the range of 2825 - 4250 rev/min (depending on engine load), the CPS
solenoids are de-energized and the switchable tappets are set to low lift. At engine speeds above the 2825 - 4250
rev/min range, the CPS solenoids are energized by the engine control module (ECM) and the switchable tappets
are set to high lift. There is a 200 rev/min hysteresis when switching from high lift to low lift with decreasing
engine speed. Switching between lift settings occurs within one revolution of the camshaft.
Switching is only enabled at engine oil temperatures of 20 °C (68 °F) and above. At oil temperatures below 20 °
C (68 °F), CPS operation is disabled and the switchable tappets remain in the low lift setting. CPS operation is
also disabled if a CPS solenoid fails. When CPS operation is disabled, engine speed is limited to 5000 rev/min.
The engine control module (ECM) can diagnose the operation of the CPS solenoids and store fault related
diagnostic trouble code (DTC) if it detects a failure.
LUBRICATION SYSTEM

1 Oil pump outlet tube
2 Anti-drain valve
3 Oil cooler
4 Oil filter
5 Timing chain lubrication jets
6 Oil evacuation tube
7 Oil pump
8 Oil temperature and level sensor
9 Oil pick-up
The oil pump is attached to the underside of the windage tray. The input shaft of the oil pump is driven from the
front of the crankshaft, by the auxiliary chain, at 0.87 engine speed.
The oil pump draws oil from the sump pan through a centrally mounted pick-up pipe. The oil is pressurized and
pumped through an output tube to the cylinder block. After passing through an anti-drain valve and a plate type
oil cooler, the oil is filtered by a replaceable cartridge installed on the front of the right-hand (RH) cylinder
head.
The output from the oil filter is distributed through oil galleries in the cylinder heads and cylinder block. All
moving parts are lubricated by pressure or splash oil. Pressurized oil is also provided for the variable camshaft
timing (VCT) system, the CPS system, the timing chain tensioners and the timing chain lubrication jets.
The oil returns to the oil pan under gravity. Large drain holes through the cylinder heads and cylinder block
ensure the rapid return of the oil to the sump pan. System replenishment is through the oil filler cap on the left-
hand (LH) cylinder head cover.
An oil evacuation tube is installed to allow oil to be drawn from the sump pan. The upper end of the oil
evacuation tube is located under the oil filler cap.
An oil drain plug is installed in the right-hand (RH) side of the sump pan.
OIL PUMP NOMINAL OPERATING PRESSURES

Engine Speed, rev/min Temperature, °C (°F) Pressure, bar (lbf/in2 )
Idle 20 (68) 2.0 (29.0)
1500 20 (68) 6.0 (87.0)
3000 40 (104) 6.2 (90.0)
3000 110 (230) 5.0 (72.5)
3000 130 (266) 4.0 (58.0)
Oil Level Monitoring
Oil level monitoring is provided by an oil level and temperature sensor that measures the oil level in the sump
pan. The oil level can be displayed in the message center of the instrument cluster.
The oil level and temperature sensor supplies the engine control module (ECM) with a signal containing the
level and temperature of the oil in the sump pan. The oil level and temperature sensor is secured to the bottom
of the sump pan with three screws and sealed with a gasket.
The oil level and temperature sensor sends an ultrasonic pulse vertically upward and measures the time taken
for the pulse to be reflected back from the top surface of the oil. This time is compared with the time taken for
an ultrasonic pulse to travel a reference distance within the oil level and temperature sensor to determine the oil
level. The oil level reading is combined with the oil temperature reading and transmitted in a pulse width
modulation (PWM) signal to the engine control module (ECM).
OIL LEVEL AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS

Feature Details
Power source Battery Voltage
Level Accuracy ±2 mm (±0.08 in.) at temperatures of -30 °C (-22 °
F)) and above; (±4 mm (±0.16 in.) at temperatures
below -30 °C (-22 °F))
Temperature Accuracy ±2 °C (±3.6 °F)
Operating Level Range 116 to 147 mm (4.57 to 5.79 in.)
Operating Temperature Range -40 to 160 °C (-40 to 320 °F)
Oil Level Check
Refer to Engine Oil Draining and Filling information.
For accuracy, oil level checks should be performed with the vehicle on level ground when the oil is hot. The
vehicle needs to stand for approximately 10 minutes, after the engine is switched off, to allow the oil to drain
back into the sump pan and the oil level to stabilize. The oil level system will not give a reading until the oil
level has stabilized.
With the ignition on, the engine stopped and the transmission in P (park), repeatedly press the trip button on the
end of the left-hand (LH) multifunction switch until the oil level icon and applicable message are displayed in
the fuel gage/trip computer area of the message center, as shown below:

A Oil level is between 50% and 100% of recommended
level. No top-up required.
B Oil level is between 12.5% and 50% percent of
recommended level. Add 0.5 liter (0.53 US quart) of
oil.
C Oil level is between 0% and 12.5% of recommended
level. Add 1 liter (1.06 US quarts) of oil.
D Oil level is above maximum for safe operation.
Reduce oil level to recommended level.
E Oil level is below minimum for safe operation. Add
1.5 liters (1.59 US quarts) of oil, then recheck level.
F Oil level is stabilizing. Wait 10 minutes and then
recheck level. If this display is accompanied by the
message ENGINE OIL LEVEL MONITOR
SYSTEM FAULT, a fault with the oil level
monitoring system is indicated.
System Fault Warning
If there is a fault with the system, in addition to being displayed during an oil level check, the message ENGINE
OIL LEVEL MONITOR SYSTEM FAULT will be temporarily displayed when the ignition is first switched on.
ENGINE
For additional information. Refer to Engine - 5.0L information.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
ENGINE OIL DRAINING AND FILLING
DRAINING
CAUTION: Make sure the engine is warm.

2. See figure.
3. Refer to: ENGINE COVER V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL .

4.
 Make sure that the O-ring seal is exposed.

NOTE: Allow 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain from the oil filter housing.
5. See figure.
6. Remove and discard the oil filter element.



8. Refer to AIR DEFLECTOR .
CAUTION: Allow at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain.

9. See figure.
FILLING
foreign material.

4. Torque: 25 Nm
5.
 Refer to SPECIFICATIONS . Fill the engine with oil - for filling values on vehicles with
supercharger:
 Refer to SPECIFICATIONS . Clean any residual engine oil from the oil filler cap area.
6. See figure.
oil.

8.

10. Scroll through the trip menu to access the engine oil level display.
11. Press the cruise control cancel button twice within 2 seconds.
12.

15.
16. The message center display will revert to the normal display in the trip computer.
19.
20. Refer to ENGINE COVER V8 5.0L PETROL/V8 S/C 5.0L PETROL .
ENGINE OIL VACUUM DRAINING AND FILLING
Special Tool(s)
303-1484 Vacuum Pump, Oil

Drain
303-1484-01 Adapter for 303-

1484
DRAINING
NOTE: Make sure that the vehicle is parked on level ground.
CAUTION: Allow 10 minutes from turning the engine off before starting oil
extraction.
2. See figure.

4. Loosen the element cover 4 complete turns to allow engine oil to drain from the filter cover.
5. Using the oil vacuum pump drain the oil out through the oil extraction tube.
 Special Tool(s): 303-1484, 303-1484-01

6. Remove the oil vacuum pump.

7. See figure.
NOTE: Discard the O-ring seals.
8. See figure.
FILLING
2. Torque: 25 Nm
3.
supercharger:
4. See figure.
oil.

6.


10.

13.
17.
FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT TIMING CHECK
Special Tool(s)
303-1447 Timing Tool
JLR-303-1613 Alignment Tool,

Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing
CHECK
1. Refer to: Battery Disconnect and Connect (414-01 Battery, Mounting and Cables, General Procedures).


NOTE: Collect the engine oil in a clean container.
4. See figure.
5. See figure.
CAUTION: Make sure that the crankshaft is fully locked.
6. Install the Special Tool(s): 303-1447

7. Using a suitable marker, mark the position of the crankshaft pulley as illustrated.
8. See figure.
NOTE: Discard the seal.
9. See figure.

11. Install the Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613

CAUTION: Do not use excessive force when adjusting the crankshaft position.
NOTE: If the crankshaft timing tool cannot be installed, adjustment of the fuel
pump camshaft timing will be required.
12.
 If required, carefully adjust the crankshaft position to allow correct installation of the special tool.
 Install the Special Tool(s): 303-1447 If the crankshaft timing tool cannot be installed, adjustment of
the fuel pump camshaft timing will be required.
 Refer to FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT TIMING ADJUSTMENT .
13. Remove the Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613

NOTE: Install a new seal.
14. Torque: 12 Nm
15. See figure.


17. Torque: 10 Nm
18. Torque: 24 Nm
19. Refer to BATTERY DISCONNECT AND CONNECT .
20.
supercharger:
oil.

22.

26.

29.
33.
FUEL PUMP CAMSHAFT TIMING ADJUSTMENT
Special Tool(s)
303-1447 Timing Tool
JLR-303-1613 Alignment Tool,

Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing
ADJUSTMENT


3. Refer to: Fuel Pump Camshaft Timing Check (303-01D Engine - V8 S/C 5.0L Petrol, General
Procedures).
4. Refer to LOWER TIMING COVER . Refer to LOWER TIMING COVER .
foreign material.
CAUTION: Inspect the 3 timing chain oil nozzles for signs of damage, install as
necessary.
5. See figure
NOTE: Using a suitable tie strap, position the tensioner to one side.
6. Special Tool(s): JLR-303-1613
Torque: 12 Nm
A multimedia supplement to the instructions

contained in this article is available.
To view the multimedia example of the
condition described go to;
http://www.youtube.com/user/Mitchell1Tips
then type, Jaguar - Adjusting Timing Chain

into the "Search Channel" box.
7. Refer to LOWER TIMING COVER . Refer to LOWER TIMING COVER .

10. Torque: 24 Nm
12.
supercharger:
oil.

14.

18.

21.
25.
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK
CHECK


3. Refer to VALVE COVER LH .
4. Refer to Valve Cover RH .
CAUTION: Rotate the engine clockwise until the camshafts are positioned as
shown.
CAUTION: Do not rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise. The timing chains

may bind causing engine damage.
CAUTION: Camshaft lobes must be 180 degrees away from each valve tappet or
valve clearance will be incorrect.
NOTE: Using feeler gauge check the gap between the tappet and the camshaft
lobe and check against specifications table.
5.
 Using feeler gauge check the gap between the tappet and the camshaft lobe and check against
 Repeat for the remaining valve tappets.
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
CHECK


3. Refer to VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK .
ADJUSTMENT
1. Refer to CAMSHAFT LH .
2. Refer to CAMSHAFT RH .
3. See figure.
CAMSHAFT LH
REMOVAL
point.
(arrow).
3. See figure
INSTALLATION

caps.
1. Torque: 3 Nm.
2. Torque: 12 Nm.
3. Rotate the crankshaft until the camshaft lobe on the valve being checked is 180 degrees from the
NOTE: On vehicles without supercharger the inlet camshaft valve clearances

cannot be checked.

CAMSHAFT RH
REMOVAL
point.

(arrow).
3. See figure
INSTALLATION

caps.
1. Torque: 3 Nm.

2. Torque: 12 Nm.
3. Rotate the crankshaft until the camshaft lobe on the valve being checked is 180 degrees from the
NOTE: On vehicles without supercharger the inlet camshaft valve clearances

cannot be checked.

CRANKSHAFT FRONT SEAL
Special Tool(s)
303-1434 Remover/Installer, Front

Crankshaft Seal
REMOVAL
always correct.

2. See Crankshaft Pulley.
3. Installer/remover, Front Crankshaft Seal (303-1434)
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the seal.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Special Tool(s)
303-1437 Crankshaft Damper

Remover/Installer
303-1438 Crankshaft Damper Bolt

Remover/Installer

Removal Plate

Removal/Installation Stud

Remover/Installer Body
303-1448 Locking Tool

REMOVAL

3. Refer to Cooling Fan Motor and Shroud - Vehicles Without: Supercharger information.
5. See figure.
CAUTION: Before removing the crankshaft pulley bolt, note the numbers on the
bolt head. If the bolt head shows 10.9, the bolt must be removed
counter clockwise. If the bolt head shows 12.9, the bolt must be
removed clockwise. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
damage to the crankshaft.
6. Note the markings on the crankshaft pulley bolt.

Locking Tool (303-1448)
8. See figure.
Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer (303-1437)
Crankshaft Damper Bolt Remover/Installer (303-1438)

10. Torque: 65 Nm.

the opposite.

NOTE: The crankshaft pulley bolt will be very tight.
NOTE: The thread is left handed.
12. See figure.

13. See figure.
NOTE: If the crankshaft damper is fitted with an early RH thread crankshaft bolt
then the pulley can be removed with a standard puller.

15. See figure.

Crankshaft Damper Removal/Installation Stud (303-1440)

Crankshaft Damper Remover/Installer Body (303-1441)

Crankshaft Damper Removal Plate (303-1439)

19. See figure.

CAUTION: Discard the friction washer after removing the crankshaft pulley.
20. See figure.

21. See figure.

22. See figure.

INSTALLATION
1.
 Apply RTV sealant to the crankshaft pulley keyway.
 Make sure that the RTV sealant is applied in a 2mm diameter bead.
 Make sure that when the RTV sealant is applied that the RTV sealant is level with the top of the
keyway.
CAUTION: Install a new friction washer before installing the crankshaft pulley.
NOTE: Skip to step 11 for engines fitted with early RH thread crankshaft bolt.
2. See figure.


6. See figure.



10.
 Apply loctite 270 to the thread of the bolts.
 Torque: 65 Nm.
11. See figure.



14. Torque: 65 Nm.

the opposite.

16. Torque: 200 Nm.

NOTE: The use of a torque multiplyer capable of 600Nm will be required.
17.
 Torque: 270°
 Make sure that the socket is turned through 270 degrees not the torque wrench.
18. See figure.

20. Apply loctite 270 to the thread of the bolts.
Torque: 65 Nm.
21. See figure.


23. Refer to Cooling Fan Motor and Shroud - Vehicles Without: Supercharger information.
CRANKSHAFT REAR SEAL
Special Tool(s)
303-1442 Rear Crankshaft Seal

Installer
303-1443 Rear Crankshaft Cover

Alignment Tool
REMOVAL
1. See Flexplate.
2. See figure.
INSTALLATION
Rear Crankshaft Seal Installer (303-1442)

2. Torque: 11
3. Torque: 11
4. See Flexplate.
CYLINDER HEAD LH
REMOVAL

3. See Camshaft LH.
4. See Exhaust Manifold LH.
5. See Intake Manifold.
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
10. See figure.

11. See figure.

12. See figure.

13. See figure.

14. See figure.

15. See figure.

16. See figure.
17. See figure.

18. See figure.

installed.
NOTE: Left-hand shown, right-hand similar.
19. See figure.

20. See figure.

21. See figure.

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: The head gasket must be installed over the cylinder block dowels.
material.
NOTE: Install a new cylinder head gasket.
2. See figure.
3. Torque: 20 Nm.
4. Torque: 35 Nm.


7. Torque: 25 Nm.
8. Torque: 12 Nm.
installed.

10. Torque: 12 Nm.

11. Torque: 12 Nm.
12. Torque: 10 Nm.

13. See figure.

14. See figure.
15. See figure.

16. Torque: 12 Nm.
17. See figure.

18. Torque: 12 Nm.

19. See figure.

20. Torque: 20 Nm.
21. Torque: 20 Nm.

22. Torque: 12 Nm.

23. See Exhaust Manifold LH.

24. See Camshaft LH.
CYLINDER HEAD RH
REMOVAL

4. See Camshaft RH.
5. Exhaust ManifoldRefer to
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
10. See figure.

11. See figure.

12. See figure.

13. See figure.

14. See figure.
15. See figure.

16. See figure.

17. See figure.

18. See figure.

installed.
19. See figure.

20. See figure.

21. See figure.

INSTALLATION
NOTE: For cylinder head with distortion above the maximum allowance, the
cylinder head material must be measured.
2. See figure.
3. Torque: 20 Nm.
4. Torque: 35 Nm.


7. Torque: 25 Nm.
8. Torque: 12 Nm.
installed.
10. See figure.

NOTE: Install a new engine oil filter.
11. See figure.

12. Torque: 12 Nm.

13. Torque: 20 Nm.
14. Torque: 20 Nm.

15. Torque: 10 Nm.

16. See figure.

17. See figure.
18. See figure.

19. Torque: 12 Nm.
20. See figure.

21. Torque: 25 Nm.

22. Torque: 25 Nm.
23. Exhaust ManifoldRefer to

24. See Camshaft RH.
ENGINE MOUNT LH
REMOVAL

All vehicles


3. Refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor - 5.0L NA V8 - AJ133/5.0L SC V8 - AJ133 information.
5. See figure.
6.
 Torque: 35 Nm.
 Right-hand side shown, left-hand side similar.
7.
 Torque: 100 Nm.
 Support and release the power steering rack.
All vehicles
8.
 Torque: 63 Nm.
9.
 Torque: 48 Nm.
 Raise the engine.
10.
 Torque: 48 Nm.
INSTALLATION
ENGINE MOUNT RH
REMOVAL
All vehicles



All vehicles
5. See figure.
6. Torque: 35 Nm.
7. Torque: 100 Nm.

All vehicles
8. Torque: 63 Nm.
9. Torque: 48 Nm.
10. Torque: 48 Nm.

INSTALLATION
EXHAUST MANIFOLD LH
REMOVAL
always correct.


5. See figure.

is always correct.
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
10. See figure.

11. See figure.

manifold.
12. See figure.

13. See figure.

INSTALLATION
material.
monitor sensor tip.

or driveshaft.

1. Torque: 45 Nm.
2. Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Threaded (303-1444-01)

3. Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Unthreaded (303-1444-02)

4. Torque: 10 Nm.

6. Torque: 10 Nm.
7. Torque: 18 Nm.
8. See figure.
9. Torque: 100 Nm.

is always correct.
10. Torque: 35 Nm.

11. See figure.

12. Torque: 25 Nm.

13. Torque: 10 Nm.

14. Torque: 3 Nm.


EXHAUST MANIFOLD RH
REMOVAL
always correct.
All vehicles
NOTE: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported only by a jack. Always


4. See figure.
5. Torque: 35 Nm.
6. Torque: 100 Nm.

All vehicles
7. Torque: 12 Nm.
8. Torque: 48 Nm.
9. See figure.
10. See figure.

manifold.
11. See figure.
12. See figure.

INSTALLATION
All vehicles
1. Torque: 45 Nm.
Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Threaded (303-1444-01)

Exhaust Manifold Installation Guide Pins - Unthreaded (303-1444-02)

4. Torque: 10 Nm.

6. Torque: 10 Nm.
7. Torque: 18 Nm.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
10. Torque: 12 Nm.

11. Torque: 48 Nm.

12. Torque: 35 Nm.

13. Torque: 100 Nm.

14. See figure.

All vehicles

FLEXPLATE
REMOVAL

CAUTION: Make sure to support the vehicle with axle stands.

3. Refer to Transmission - 5.0L or Transmission - 5.0L information.
installation.
4. Torque :
Stage 1: 45 Nm
Stage 2: 90°
INSTALLATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
REMOVAL


4. Refer to Engine Cover - 5.0L NA V8 - AJ133/5.0L SC V8 - AJ133 information.
5. See figure.
6. See figure.
7. See figure.
8. See figure.
9. See figure.
10. See figure.
11. See figure.

12. See figure.

13. See figure.

14. See figure.

15. See figure.
16. See figure.

17. See figure.

18. See figure.

19. See figure.

20. See figure.

21. See figure.

22. See figure.

INSTALLATION
1. Torque: 5 Nm
2. Torque: 10 Nm

209907-Jaguar XF-R Supercharged 50L 2010-2011 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

209907-Jaguar XF-R Supercharged 50L 2010-2011 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2012 Jaguar XF Supercharged

GENERAL INFORMATION Emission Control Abbreviations

Emission Control Abbreviations

A/C Idle Speed-Up Solenoid

Air Assist Injector

Air Cleaner (Thermostatic Air Cleaner)

ACL Air Diverter

ACL Bimetallic Sensor

ACL Check Valve

ACL Delay Valve

ACL Ported Vacuum Switch

ACL Reverse Delay Valve

ACL Reverse Delay Valve (Single)

ACL Thermal Control Valve

ACL Temperature Sensor

ACL Temperature Sensor Override Valve

ACL Thermal Vacuum Switch

ACL Thermal Vacuum Valve

ACL Vacuum Control Delay Valve

ACL Vacuum Control Valve

ACL Vacuum Motor

ACL Wax Pellet Type Motor

Air/Fuel Ratio Sensor

Air Intake Heaters

AIH Temperature Sensor

Air Injection System

AIS Air Control Valve

AIS Air Management Valve

AIS Air Switching Solenoid

AIS Air Switching Valve

AIS By-Pass Valve

AIS Check Valve

AIS Combination Valve

AIS Diverter Valve

AIS Pulse Air Feeder

AIS Pump Motor

AIS Pneumatic Valve

AIS Relief Valve

AIS Solenoid Valve

AIS Vacuum Control Valve

AIS Vacuum Switching Valve

AIS Vacuum Tank

AIS Vacuum Control Valve

AIS Vacuum Switching Valve

Adjusted Loaded Vehicle Weight

Air Pump Injection System

AP Air Control Valve

AP Air Management Valve

AP Air Switching Relief Valve

AP Air Switching Solenoid

AP Air Switching Valve

AP Dual Coolant Temperature Override

AP Electric Air Control Diverter Valve

AP Electric Air Management Relay

AP Electric Air Management Solenoid

AP Electric Air Pump

AP Electric Air Pump Relay

AP Vacuum Control Solenoid

AP Vacuum Control Valve

AP Vacuum Switching Valve

Air Temperature Control Valve

Backpressure EGR System

BP/EGR Backpressure Sensor